Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ναθάν Transliteration: Nathan Phonetic Spelling: nath-an' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nathan, an Israelite Meaning: Nathan -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3481 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3481 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3481 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3481 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3481, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ναθάν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3481 Nathan 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nathan. Of Hebrew origin (Nathan); Nathan, an Israelite -- Nathan. see HEBREW Nathan Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3481: ΝαθανΝαθαν or (so L marginal reading T WH) Ναθάμ, ὁ (נָתָן (`given' namely, of God)), Nathan: a son of David the king (2 Samuel 5:14), Luke 3:31. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ναθαναήλ Transliteration: Nathanaēl Phonetic Spelling: nath-an-ah-ale' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nathanael (probably the same as Bartholomew) Meaning: Nathanael (probably the same as Bartholomew) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3482 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3482 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3482 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3482 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3482, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ναθαναήλ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3482 Nathanaēl 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nathanael. Of Hebrew origin (Nthane'l); Nathanael (i.e. Nathanel), an Israelite and Christian -- Nathanael. see HEBREW Nthane'l Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3482: ΝαθαναήλΝαθαναήλ, ὁ (נְתַנְאֵל, gift of God), Nathanael, an intimate disciple of Jesus: John 1:45-49 (); . lie is commonly thought to be identical with Bartholomew, because as in John 1:45 () he is associated with Philip, so in Matthew 10:3; Mark 3:18; Luke 6:14 Bartholomew is; Nathanael, on this supposition, was his personal name, and Bartholomew a title derived from his father (see Βαρθολομαῖος). But in Acts 1:13 Thomas is placed between Philip and Bartholomew; (see B. D. under the word ). Späth in the Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theologie, 1868, pp. 168ff, 309ff (again 1880, pp. 78ff) acutely but vainly tries to prove that the name was formed by the Fourth Evangelist symbolically to designate 'the disciple whom Jesus loved' (see Ἰωάννης, 2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναί Transliteration: nai Phonetic Spelling: nahee Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: yes (indeed), certainly Meaning: yes (indeed), certainly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3483 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3483 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3483 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3483 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3483, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3483 nai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: truly, yesA primary particle of strong affirmation; yes -- even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3483: ναίναί, a particle of assertion or confirmation (akin to νή; cf. Donaldson, Cratylus § 189), from Homer down, yea, verily, truly, assuredly, even so: Matthew 11:26; Luke 10:21; Philemon 1:20; Revelation 1:7; Revelation 16:7; Revelation 22:20; ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν κτλ., Matthew 11:9; Luke 7:26; Luke 11:51; Luke 12:5; ναί, λέγει τό πνεῦμα, Revelation 14:13; it is responsive and confirmatory of the substance of some question or statement: Matthew 9:28; Matthew 13:51; Matthew 15:27; Matthew 17:25; Matthew 21:16; Mark 7:28; John 11:27; John 21:15; Acts 5:8 (); ; Romans 3:29; a repeated ναί, most assuredly (A. V. yea, yea), expresses emphatic assertion, Matthew 5:37; ἤτω ὑμῶν τό ναί ναί, let your ναί be ναί, i. e. let your allegation be true, James 5:12 (Buttmann, 163 (142); Winer's Grammar, 59 (58)); εἶναι or γίνεσθαι ναί καί οὐ, to be or show oneself double-tongued, i. e. faithless, wavering, false, 2 Corinthians 1:18f; ἵνα παῥ ἐμοί τό ναί ναί καί τό οὐ οὐ, that with me should be found both a solemn affirmation and a most emphatic denial, i. e. that I so form my resolves as, at the dictate of pleasure or profit, not to carry them out, ibid. 17 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 460 (429)); ναί ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν, in him what was promised has come to pass, 2 Corinthians 1:19; ἐπαγγελίαι ἐν αὐτῷ τό ναί namely, γεγόνασιν, have been fulfilled, have been confirmed by the event, 2 Corinthians 1:20 (cf. Meyer at the passage). It is a particle of appeal or entreaty, like the (English yea) (German ja): with an imperative, ναί ... συλλαμβάνου αὐταῖς, Philippians 4:3 (where Rec. has καί for ναί); ναί ἔρχου, Revelation 22:20 Rec.; so ναί ναί, Judith 9:12. (A classification of the uses of ναί in the N. T. is given by Ellicott on Philippians 4:3; cf. Green, 'Grit. Note' on Matthew 11:26.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ναΐν Transliteration: Nain Phonetic Spelling: nah-in' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nain, a village of Galilee Meaning: Nain -- a village of Galilee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3484 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3484 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3484 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3484 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3484, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ναΐν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3484 Nain 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nain. Probably of Hebrew origin (compare na'ah); Nain, a place in Palestine -- Nain. see HEBREW na'ah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3484: ΝαΐνΝαΐν (WH Ναΐν (cf. Iota) (נָאִין, a pasture; cf. Simonis, Onomast. N. T., p. 115), ἡ, Nain, a town of Galilee, situated at the northern base of Little Hermon; modern Nein, a petty village inhabited by a very few families, and not to be confounded with a village of the same name beyond the Jordan (Josephus, b. j. 4, 9, 4): Luke 7:11. (Cf. Edersheim, Jesus the Messiah, i. 552f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναός Transliteration: naos Phonetic Spelling: nah-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a temple Meaning: a temple GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3485 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3485 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3485 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3485 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3485, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3485 naos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shrine, temple. From a primary naio (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple -- shrine, temple. Compare hieron. see GREEK hieron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3485: ναόςναός, ναοῦ, ὁ (ναίω to dwell), the Sept. for הֵיכָל, used of the temple at Jerusalem, but only of the sacred edifice (or sanctuary) itself, consisting of the Holy place and the Holy of holies (in classical Greek used of the sanctuary or cell of a temple, where the image of the god was placed, called also δόμος, σηκός, which is to be distinguished from τό ἱερόν, the whole temple, the entire consecrated enclosure; this distinction is observed also in the Bible; see ἱερόν, p. 299{a}): Matthew 23:16f, 35 27:40; Mark 14:58; Mark 15:29; John 2:19; Revelation 11:2; nor need Matthew 27:5 be regarded as an exception, provided we suppose that Judas in his desperation entered the Holy place, which no one but the priests was allowed to enter ((note the εἰς (others, ἐν) of T Tr WH)). with Θεοῦ, τοῦ Θεοῦ, added: Matthew 26:61; 1 Corinthians 3:17; 2 Corinthians 6:16; 2 Thessalonians 2:4; Revelation 11:1; used specifically of the Holy place, where the priests officiated: Luke 1:9, 21f; of the Holy of holies (see καταπέτασμα), Matthew 27:51; Mark 15:38; Luke 23:45. in the visions of the Revelation used of the temple of the 'New Jerusalem': Revelation 3:12; Revelation 7:15; Revelation 11:19; Revelation 14:15, 17; Revelation 15:5f, 8; Revelation 16:1, 17; of any temple whatever prepared for the true God, Acts 7:48 Rec.; . of miniature silver temples modeled after the temple of Diana (i. e. Artemis (which see)) of Ephesus, Acts 19:24. ὁ Θεός ναός αὐτῆς ἐστιν, takes the place of a temple in it, Revelation 21:22. metaphorically, of a company of Christians, a Christian church, as dwelt in by the Spirit of God: 1 Corinthians 3:16; 2 Corinthians 6:16; Ephesians 2:21; for the same reason, of the bodies of Christians, 1 Corinthians 6:19. of the body of Christ, ὁ ναός τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ (epexegetical genitive (Winer's Grammar, 531 (494))), John 2:21, and according to the Evangelist's interpretation in 19 also. ((From Homer on.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ναούμ Transliteration: Naoum Phonetic Spelling: nah-oom' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nahum, an Israelite Meaning: Nahum -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3486 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3486 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3486 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3486 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3486, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ναούμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3486 Naoum 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Naum. Of Hebrew origin (Nachuwm); Naum (i.e. Nachum), an Israelite -- Naum. see HEBREW Nachuwm Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3486: ΝαούμΝαούμ (נַחוּם, consolation), ὁ, Nahum, a certain Israelite, one of the ancestors of Christ: Luke 3:25. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νάρδος Transliteration: nardos Phonetic Spelling: nar'dos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: nard, ointment of nard Meaning: nard, ointment of nard GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3487 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3487 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3487 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3487 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3487, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νάρδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3487 nardos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spikenard. Of foreign origin (compare nerd); "nard" -- (spike-)nard. see HEBREW nerd Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3487: νάρδοςνάρδος, νάρδου, ἡ (a Sanskrit word (cf. Fick as in Löw below); Hebrew נֵרְדְּ, Song of Solomon 1:12; Song of Solomon 4:13f); a. nard, the head or spike of a fragrant East Indian plant belonging to the genus Valeriana, which yields a juice of delicious odor which the ancients used (either pure or mixed) in the preparation of a most precious ointment; hence, b. nard oil or ointment; so Mark 14:3; John 12:3. Cf. Winer, RWB under the word Narde; Rüetschi in Herzog x., p. 203; Furrer in Schenkel, p. 286f; (Löw, Aramäische Pflanzennamen (Leip. 1881), § 316, p. 368f; Royle in Alex.'s Kitto under the word Nerd; Birdwood in the 'Bible Educator' ii. 152). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νάρκισσος Transliteration: Narkissos Phonetic Spelling: nar'-kis-sos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Narcissus, a Roman Meaning: Narcissus -- a Roman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3488 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3488 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3488 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3488 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3488, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νάρκισσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3488 Narkissos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Narcissus. A flower of the same name, from narke (stupefaction, as a "narcotic"); Narcissus, a Roman -- Narcissus. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3488: ΝάρκισσοςΝάρκισσος, Ναρκίσσου, ὁ, Narcissus (i. e. 'daffodil'), a Roman mentioned in Romans 16:11, whom many interpreters without good reason suppose to be the noted freedman of the emperor Claudius (Suetonius, Claudius 28; Tacitus, ann. 11, 29f; 12, 57 etc.) (cf. Lightfoot on Philip., p. 175); in opposition to this opinion cf. Winers RWB, under the word; Rüetschi in Herzog x., 202f; (B. D., under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναυαγέω Transliteration: nauageō Phonetic Spelling: now-ag-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to suffer shipwreck Meaning: to suffer shipwreck GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3489 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3489 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3489 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3489 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3489, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναυαγέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3489 nauageō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shipwreck. From a compound of naus and ago; to be shipwrecked (stranded, "navigate"), literally or figuratively -- make (suffer) shipwreck. see GREEK naus see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3489: ναυαγέωναυαγέω, ναυάγω: 1 aorist ἐναυαγης; (from ναυαγός shipwrecked; and this from ναῦς, and ἄγνυμι to break); frequent in Greek writings from Aeschylus and Herodotus down, to suffer shipwreck: properly, 2 Corinthians 11:25; metaphorically, περί τήν πίστιν (as respects (A. V. concerning, see περί, II. b.) the faith), 1 Timothy 1:19. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναύκληρος Transliteration: nauklēros Phonetic Spelling: now'-klay-ros Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a shipowner, shipmaster Meaning: a shipowner, shipmaster GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3490 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3490 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3490 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3490 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3490, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναύκληρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3490 nauklēros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: owner of a ship. From naus and kleros ("clerk"); a captain -- owner of a ship. see GREEK naus see GREEK kleros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3490: ναύκληροςναύκληρος, ναυκληρου, ὁ (ναῦς and κλῆρος), from Herodotus (and Sophocles) down, a ship-owner, ship-master, i. e. one who hires out his vessel, or a portion of it, for purposes of transportation: Acts 27:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναῦς Transliteration: naus Phonetic Spelling: nowce Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a ship Meaning: a ship GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3491 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3491 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3491 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3491 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3491, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3491 naus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ship. From nao or neo (to float); a boat (of any size) -- ship. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3491: ναῦςναῦς, accusative ναῦν, ἡ (from ναῷ or νεώ, to flow, float, swim), a ship, vessel of considerable size: Acts 27:41. (From Homer down; the Sept. several times for אנִי and אנִיָה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ναύτης Transliteration: nautēs Phonetic Spelling: now'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a seaman Meaning: a seaman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3492 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3492 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3492 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3492 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3492, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ναύτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3492 nautēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sailor, shipman. From naus; a boatman, i.e. Seaman -- sailor, shipman. see GREEK naus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3492: ναῦτηςναῦτης, ναυτου, ὁ, a sailor, seaman, mariner: Acts 27:27, 30; Revelation 18:17. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ναχώρ Transliteration: Nachōr Phonetic Spelling: nakh-ore' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nahor, the grandfather of Abraham Meaning: Nahor -- the grandfather of Abraham GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3493 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3493 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3493 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3493 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3493, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ναχώρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3493 Nachōr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nachor. Of Hebrew origin (Nachowr); Nachor, the grandfather of Abraham -- Nachor. see HEBREW Nachowr Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3493: ΝαχώρΝαχώρ, ὁ (נָחור from חָרַר, to burn; (Philo de cong. erud. grat. § 9 N. ἑρμηνεύεται φωτός ἀνάπαυσις; others besides; see B. D. American edition, under the word)), the indeclinable proper name, Nachor (or (more common but less accurately) Nahor) (Genesis 11:22), of one of the ancestors of Christ: Luke 3:34. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεανίας Transliteration: neanias Phonetic Spelling: neh-an-ee'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a young man Meaning: a young man GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3494 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3494 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3494 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3494 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3494, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεανίας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3494 neanias 🕊 Strong's Concordance: young man. From a derivative of neos; a youth (up to about forty years) -- young man. see GREEK neos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3494: νεανίαςνεανίας, νεανίου, ὁ (from νέαν, and this from νέος; cf. μεγιστάν (which see), ξυνάν), from Homer down; Hebrew נַעַר and בָּחוּר; a young man: Acts 20:9; Acts 23:17, and R G in 18 (so here WH text), 22; it is used as in Greek writings, like the Latinadulescens and the Hebrew נַעַר (Genesis 41:12), of men between twenty-four and forty years of age (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 213; (Diogenes Laërtius 8, 10; other references in Stephanus' Thesaurus, see under the words, νεᾶνις, νεανίσκος): Acts 7:58. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεανίσκος Transliteration: neaniskos Phonetic Spelling: neh-an-is'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a young man, a youth Meaning: a young man, a youth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3495 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3495 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3495 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3495 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3495, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεανίσκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3495 neaniskos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: young man. From the same as neanias; a youth (under forty) -- young man. see GREEK neanias Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3495: νεανίσκοςνεανίσκος, νεανίσκου, ὁ (from νέαν, see νεανίας; on the ending νεανίσκος, νεανισκη, which has diminutive force, as ἀνθρωπίσκος, βασιλίσκος, παιδίσκη, etc., cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 443), from Herodotus down; the Sept. chiefly for בָּחוּר and נַעַר; a young man, youth: Matthew 19:20, 22; Mark 14:51a; Mark 16:5; Luke 7:14; Acts 2:17; (and L T Tr WH in (here WH marginal reading only), ); 1 John 2:13f; like נַעַר (2 Samuel 2:14; Genesis 14:24, etc.; cf. German Bursche, Knappe equivalent to Knabe (cf. our colloquial boys, lads )) used of a young attendant or servant: so the plural in Mark 14:51 Rec.; Acts 5:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νεάπολις Transliteration: Neapolis Phonetic Spelling: neh-ap'-ol-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Neapolis, a city of Macedonia Meaning: Neapolis -- a city of Macedonia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3496 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3496 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3496 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3496 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3496, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νεάπολις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3496 Neapolis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Neapolis. From neos and polis; new town; Neapolis, a place in Macedonia -- Neapolis. see GREEK neos see GREEK polis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3496: ΝεάπολιςΝεάπολις, Νεαπολισεως, ἡ, Neapoils,. a maritime city of Macedonia, on the gulf of Strymon, having a port (cf. Lewin, St. Paul, 1:203 n.) and colonized by Chalcidians (see B. D., under the word ; cf. Lightfoot's Commentary on Philippians, Introduction, § iii.): Acts 16:11 (here Tdf. Νέαν πόλιν, WH Νέαν Πόλιν, Tr Νέαν πόλιν; cf. Buttmann, 74; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 604f). (Strabo 7, p. 330; Pliny, 4 (11) 18.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νεεμάν Transliteration: Neeman Phonetic Spelling: neh-eh-man' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Naaman Meaning: Naaman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3497 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3497 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3497 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3497 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3497, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νεεμάν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3497 Neeman 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Naaman. Of Hebrew origin (Na'aman); Neeman (i.e. Naaman), a Syrian -- Naaman. see HEBREW Na'aman Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3497: ΝαιμάνΝαιμάν, see Νημαν. STRONGS NT 3497: ΝημανΝημαν and (so L T Tr WH after the Sept. (see WH's Appendix, p. 159f)) Ναιμάν, ὁ (נַעֲמָן, pleasantness), Naaman (so Vulg. (also Neman)), a commander of the Syrian armies (2 Kings 5:1): Luke 4:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεκρός Transliteration: nekros Phonetic Spelling: nek-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: dead Meaning: dead GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3498 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3498 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3498 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3498 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3498, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεκρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3498 nekros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dead. From an apparently primary nekus (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun) -- dead. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3498: νεκρόςνεκρός, νεκρά, νεκρόν (akin to the Latinneco, nex (from a root signifying 'to disappear' etc.; cf. Curtius, § 93; Fick i., p. 123; Vanicek, p. 422f)), the Sept. chiefly for מֵת; dead, i. e.: 1. properly, a. one that has breathed his last, lifeless: Matthew 28:4; Mark 9:26; Luke 7:15; Acts 5:10; Acts 20:9; Acts 28:6; Hebrews 11:35; Revelation 1:17; ἐπί νεκροῖς, if men are dead (where death has occurred (see ἐπί, Buttmann, 2 a. ε., p. 233a at the end)), Hebrews 9:17; ἐγείρειν νεκρούς, Matthew 10:8; Matthew 11:5; Luke 7:22; hyperbolically and proleptically equivalent to as if already dead, sure to die, destined inevitably to die: τό σῶμα, Romans 8:10 (τό σῶμα and τό σωμάτιον φύσει νεκρόν, Epictetus diss. 3, 10, 15 and 3, 22, 41; in which sense Luther called the human body, although alive,einen alten Madensack (cf. Shakespeare's "thou worms-meat!")); said of the body of a dead man (so in Homer often; for נְבֵלָה a corpse Deuteronomy 28:26; Isaiah 26:19; Jeremiah 7:33; Jeremiah 9:22; Jeremiah 19:7): μετά τῶν νεκρῶν, among the dead, i. e. the buried, Luke 24:5; θάψαι τούς νεκρούς, Matthew 8:22; Luke 9:60; ὀστέα νεκρῶν, Matthew 23:27; of the corpse of a murdered man, αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ, Revelation 16:3 (for הָרוּג, Ezekiel 37:9; for חָלָל,thrust through, slain, Ezekiel 9:7; Ezekiel 11:6). b. deceased, departed, one whose soul is in Hades: Revelation 1:18; Revelation 2:8; νεκρός ἦν, was like one dead, as good as dead, Luke 15:24, 32; plural, 1 Corinthians 15:29; Revelation 14:13; ἐν Χριστῷ, dead Christians (see ἐν, I. 6 b., p. 211b), 1 Thessalonians 4:16; very often οἱ νεκροί and νεκροί (without the article; see Winers Grammar, p. 123 (117) and cf. Buttmann, 89 (78) note) are used of the assembly of the dead (see ἀνάστασις, 2 and ἐγείρω, 2): 1 Peter 4:6; Revelation 20:5, 12f; τίς ἀπό τῶν νεκρῶν, one (returning) from the dead, the world of spirits, Luke 16:30; ἐκ νεκρῶν, from the dead, occurs times too many to count (see ἀνάστασις, ἀνίστημι, ἐγεριω): ἀνάγειν τινα ἐκ νεκρῶν, Romans 10:7; Hebrews 13:20; ζωή ἐκ νεκρῶν, life springing forth from death, i. e. the return of the dead to life (see ἐκ, I. 5), Romans 11:15; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν who was the first that returned to life from among the dead, Colossians 1:18; also πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν Revelation 1:5; ζοωποίειν τούς νεκρούς Romans 4:17; ἐγείρειν τινα ἀπό τῶν νεκρῶν, to rouse one to quit (the assembly of) the dead, Matthew 14:2; Matthew 27:64; Matthew 28:7; κρίνειν ζῶντας καί νεκρούς, 2 Timothy 4:1; 1 Peter 4:5; κριτής ζώντων καί νεκρῶν, Acts 10:42; νεκρῶν καί ζώντων κυριεύειν, Romans 14:9. c. destitute of life, without life, inanimate (equivalent to ἄψυχος): τό σῶμα χωρίς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν, James 2:26; οὐκ ἐστιν (ὁ) Θεός νεκρῶν ἀλλά ζώντων, God is the guardian God not of the dead but of the living, Matthew 22:32; Mark 12:27; Luke 20:38. 2. tropically: a. (spiritually dead, i. e.) "destitute of a life that recognizes and is devoted to God, because given up to trespasses and sins; inactive as respects doing right": John 5:25; Romans 6:13; Ephesians 5:14; Revelation 3:1; with τοῖς παραπτώμασιν (the dative of cause (cf. Winer's Grammar, 412 (384f))) added, Ephesians 2:1, 5; ἐν (but T Tr WH omit ἐν) τοῖς παραπτοις Colossians 2:13; in the pointed saying ἄφες τούς νεκρούς θάψαι τούς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, leave those who are indifferent to the salvation offered them in the gospel, to bury thee bodies of their own dead, Matthew 8:22; Luke 9:60. b. universally, destitute of force or power, inactive, inoperative: τῇ ἁμαρτία, unaffected by the desire to sin (cf. Winers Grammar, 210 (199); Buttmann, § 133, 12), Romans 6:11; of things: ἁμαρτία, Romans 7:8; πίστις, James 2:17, 20 (R G), 26; ἔργα, powerless and fruitless (see ἔργον, 3, p. 248b bottom), Hebrews 6:1; Hebrews 9:14. (Cf. θνητός, at the end) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεκρόω Transliteration: nekroō Phonetic Spelling: nek-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to put to death Meaning: to put to death GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3499 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3499 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3499 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3499 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3499, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεκρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3499 nekroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be dead, mortify. From nekros; to deaden, i.e. (figuratively) to subdue -- be dead, mortify. see GREEK nekros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3499: νεκρόωνεκρόω, νεκρῷ: 1 aorist imperative Νεκρώσατε; perfect passive participle νενεκρωμενος; to make dead (Vulg. and Latin Fathersmortifico), to put to death, slay: τινα, properly, Authol. app. 313, 5; passive νενεκρωμενος, hyperbolically, worn out, of an impotent old man, Hebrews 11:12; also σῶμα νενεκρωμενος, Romans 4:19; equivalent to to deprive of power, destroy the strength of: τά μέλη, i. e. the evil desire lurking in the members (of the body), Colossians 3:5. (τά δόγματα, Antoninus 7, 2; τήν ἕξιν, Plutarch, de primo frig. 21; (ἄνθρωπος, of obduracy, Epictetus diss. 1, 5, 7).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νέκρωσις Transliteration: nekrōsis Phonetic Spelling: nek'-ro-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a putting to death, a state of death Meaning: a putting to death, a state of death GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3500 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3500 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3500 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3500 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3500, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νέκρωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3500 nekrōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deadness, dying. From nekroo; decease; figuratively, impotency -- deadness, dying. see GREEK nekroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3500: νέκρωσιςνέκρωσις, νεκρωσεως, ἡ (νεκρόω); 1. properly, a putting to death (Vulg.mortificatio in 2 Corinthians 4:10), killing. 2. equivalent to τό νεκρουσθαι (the being put to death), with τοῦ Ἰησοῦ added, i. e. the (protracted) death (A. V. the dying) which Jesus underwent in God's service (on the genitive cf. Winer's Grammar, 189 (178) note), Paul so styles the marks of perpetual trials, misfortunes, hardships attended with peril of death, evident in his body (cf. Meyer), 2 Corinthians 4:10. 3. equivalent to τό νενεκρωμένον εἶναι, the dead state (A. V. deadness), utter sluggishness (of bodily members and organs, Galen): Romans 4:19. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νέος Transliteration: neos Phonetic Spelling: neh'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a new moon Meaning: a new moon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3501 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3501 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3501 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3501 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3501, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νέος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3501 neos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: new, young. Including the comparative neoteros neh-o'-ter-os; a primary word; "new", i.e. (of persons) youthful, or (of things) fresh; figuratively, regenerate -- new, young. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3501: νέοςνέος, νέα, νεσον (allied with Latinnovus, German neu, English new; Curtius, § 433), as in Greek authors from Homer down, 1. recently born, young, youthful: Titus 2:4 (for נַעַר, Genesis 37:2; Exodus 33:11); οἶνος νέος, recently made, Matthew 9:17; Mark 2:22; Luke 5:31-39 (but 39 WH in brackets) (Sir. 9:10). 2. new: 1 Corinthians 5:7; Hebrews 12:24; equivalent to born again, ἄνθρωπος (which see 1 f.), Colossians 3:10. (Synonym: see καινός, at the end.) STRONGS NT 3501: νεώτεροςνεώτερος, νεωτέρα, νεώτερον (comparitive of νέος, which see) (from Homer down), younger; i. e., a. younger (than now), John 21:18. b. young, youthful (A. V. younger (relatively)): 1 Timothy 5:11, 14; Titus 2:6; opposed to πρεσβυετεροι, 1 Timothy 5:1; 1 Peter 5:5. c. (strictly) younger by birth: Luke 15:12f (4 Macc. 12:1). d. an attendant, servant (see νεανίσκος, at the end): Acts 5:6; inferior in rank, opposed to ὁ μείζων, Luke 22:26. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεοσσός Transliteration: neossos Phonetic Spelling: neh-os-sos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: young Meaning: young GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3502 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3502 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3502 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3502 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3502, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεοσσός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3502 neossos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: young. From neos; a youngling (nestling) -- young. see GREEK neos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3502: νεοσσόςνεοσσός and (so T WH, see νοσσία) νοσσός, νεοσσου, ὁ (νέος), a young (creature), young bird: Luke 2:24. The form νοσσός appears in the Vaticanus text of the Sept.; but in the Alexandrian manuscript everywhere νεοσσός; cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced., p. 185f; Lob. ad Phryn. p. 206f; (cf. Winers Grammar, 24). (In Greek writings from Homer down; the Sept. often for בֵּן, of the young of animals, as Leviticus 12:6, 8; Job 38:41.) STRONGS NT 3502: νοσσόςνοσσός, see νεοσσός. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεότης Transliteration: neotēs Phonetic Spelling: neh-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: youth Meaning: youth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3503 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3503 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3503 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3503 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3503, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3503 neotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: youth. From neos; newness, i.e. Youthfulness -- youth. see GREEK neos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3503: νεότηςνεότης, νεότητός, ἡ (νέος), from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for נְעוּרִים; youth, youthful age: 1 Timothy 4:12; ἐκ νεότητός μου, from my boyhood, from my youth, Matthew 19:20 (R G); Mark 10:20; Luke 18:21; Acts 26:4; Genesis 8:21; Job 31:18, etc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεόφυτος Transliteration: neophytos Phonetic Spelling: neh-of'-oo-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: newly planted Meaning: newly planted GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3504 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3504 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3504 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3504 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3504, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεόφυτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3504 neophytos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: novice. From neos and a derivative of phuo; newly planted, i.e. (figuratively) a young convert ("neophyte") -- novice. see GREEK neos see GREEK phuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3504: νεόφυτοςνεόφυτος, νεόφυτον (νέος and φύω), newly-planted (Job 14:9; Isaiah 5:7, etc.); tropically, a new convert, neophyte (A. V. novice, i. e.) (one who has recently become a Christian): 1 Timothy 3:6. (Ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νέρων Transliteration: Nerōn Phonetic Spelling: ner'-ohn Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: Nero Meaning: Nero GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3505 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3505 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3505 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3505 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3505, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νέρων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3505Nerōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nero. Of Latin origin; Neron (i.e. Nero), a Roman emperor -- Nero. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3505: ΝέρωνΝέρων (by etymol. 'brave', 'bold'), Νερωνος, ὁ, Nero, the well-known Roman emperor: Rec. (i. e. in the subscription). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεύω Transliteration: neuō Phonetic Spelling: nyoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to nod or beckon (as a sign) Meaning: to nod or beckon (as a sign) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3506 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3506 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3506 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3506 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3506, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3506 neuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beckon. Apparently a primary verb; to "nod", i.e. (by analogy), signal -- beckon. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3506: νεύωνεύω; 1 aorist participle νευσας; to give a nod; to signify by a nod (A. V. to beckon): τίνι, followed by an infinitive of what one wishes to be done, John 13:24; Acts 24:10. (From Homer down; the Sept. Proverbs 4:25.) (Compare: διανεύω, ἐκνεύω, ἐννεύω, |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεφέλη Transliteration: nephelē Phonetic Spelling: nef-el'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a cloud Meaning: a cloud GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3507 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3507 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3507 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3507 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3507, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεφέλη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3507 nephelē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cloud. From nephos; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud -- cloud. see GREEK nephos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3507: νεφέληνεφέλη, νεφέλης, ἡ (νέφος) (from Homer down), the Sept. especially for עָנָן, but also for עָב and שַׁחַק; a cloud: (νεφέλη φωτεινή, Matthew 17:5); Matthew 24:30; Matthew 26:64; Mark 9:7; Mark 13:26; Mark 14:62; Luke 9:34; Luke 12:54; Luke 21:27; Acts 1:9; 1 Thessalonians 4:17; 2 Peter 2:17 (Rec.); Jude 1:12; Revelation 1:7; Revelation 10:1; Revelation 11:12; Revelation 14:14ff; of that cloud in which Jehovah is said (Exodus 13:21f, etc.) to have gone before the Israelites on their march through the wilderness, and which Paul represents as spread over them (ὑπό τῇ νεφέλην ἦσαν, cf. Psalm 104:39 (); Wis. 10:17): 1 Corinthians 10:1f. (Synonym: see νέφος.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νεφθαλείμ Transliteration: Nephthaleim Phonetic Spelling: nef-thal-ime' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Naphtali, a tribe of Isr Meaning: Naphtali -- a tribe of Israel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3508 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3508 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3508 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3508 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3508, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νεφθαλείμ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3508 Nephthaleim 🕊 Strong's Concordance: NaphtaliOf Hebrew origin (Naphtaliy); Nephthaleim (i.e. Naphthali), a tribe in Palestine -- Nephthalim. see HEBREW Naphtaliy Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3508: ΝεφθαλείμΝεφθαλείμ (and (so T editions 2, 7, WH in Revelation 7:6) Νεφθαλίμ; see WH's Appendix, p. 155, and under the word Iota), ὁ (נַפְתָּלִי, i. e. 'my wrestling' (cf. Genesis 30:8), or according to what seems to be a more correct interpretation 'my craftiness' (cf. Josephus, Antiquities 1, 19, 8; Test xii. Patr. test. Neph. § 1), from פָּתַל unused in Kal; cf. Rüetschi in Herzog x., p. 200f), Naphtali, the sixth son of the patriarch Jacob, by Bilhah, Rachel's maid: Revelation 7:6; by metonymy, his posterity, the tribe of Naphtali, Matthew 4:13, 15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νέφος Transliteration: nephos Phonetic Spelling: nef'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a mass of clouds, a cloud Meaning: a mass of clouds, a cloud GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3509 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3509 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3509 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3509 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3509, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νέφος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3509 nephos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cloud. Apparently a primary word; a cloud -- cloud. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3509: νέφοςνέφος, νέφους (allied with Latinnubes, nebula, etc.), τό, the Sept. for עָב and עָנָן, a cloud; in the N. T. once tropically, a large, dense multitude, a throng: μαρτύρων, Hebrews 12:1; often so in secular authors, as νεφῶν Τροωον, πεζῶν, ψαρων, κολοιων, Homer, Iliad 4, 274; 16, 66; 17, 755; 23, 133; ἀνθρώπων, Herodotus 8, 109; στρουθῶν, Aristophanes av. 578; ἀκρίδων, Diodorus 3, 29; peditum equitumque nubes, Livy 35, 49. [SYNONYMS: νέφος, νεφέλη: νέφος is general, νεφέλη specific; the former denotes the great, shapeless collection of vapor obscuring the heavens; the latter designates particular and definite masses of the same, suggesting form and limit. Cf. Schmidt vol. i., chapter 36.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεφρός Transliteration: nephros Phonetic Spelling: nef-ros' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a kidney, the (inmost) mind Meaning: a kidney, the (inmost) mind GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3510 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3510 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3510 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3510 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3510, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεφρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3510 nephros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reins. Of uncertain affinity; a kidney (plural), i.e. (figuratively) the inmost mind -- reins. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3510: νεφρόςνεφρός, νεφρου, ὁ, a kidney (Plato, Aristophanes); plural the kidneys, the loins, as the Sept. for כְּלָיות, used of the inmost thoughts, feelings, purposes, of the soul: with the addition of καρδίας, Revelation 2:23, with which cf. Psalm 7:10; Jeremiah 11:20; Jeremiah 17:10; Wis. 1:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεωκόρος Transliteration: neōkoros Phonetic Spelling: neh-o-kor'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a temple keeper Meaning: a temple keeper GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3511 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3511 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3511 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3511 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3511, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεωκόρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3511 neōkoros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a temple keeper, guardianFrom a form of naos and koreo (to sweep); a temple-servant, i.e. (by implication) a votary -- worshipper. see GREEK naos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3511: νεωκόροςνεωκόρος, νεωκορου, ὁ, ἡ (νεώς or ναός, and κορέω to sweep; (questioned by some; a hint of this derivation is found in Philo de sacerd. honor. § 6 (cf. νεωκορία, de somniis 2, 42), and Hesychius (under the word) defines the word ὁ τόν ναόν κόσμων. κόρειν γάρ τό σαίρειν ἔλεγον (cf. under the word σηκοκόρος; so Etym. Magn. 407, 27, cf. under the word νεωκόρος); yet Suidas under the word κόρη, p. 2157 c. says νεωκόρος οὐχ ὁ Σαρών τοῦ νεωκορου ἀλλ' ὁ ἐπιμελουμενος αὐτοῦ (cf. under the words, νεωκόρος, σηκοκόρος); hence, some connect the last half with root κορ, κολ, cf. Latincuro, colo)); 1. properly, one who sweeps and cleans a temple. 2. one who has charge of a temple, to keep and adorn it, a sacristan: Xenophon, an. 5, 3, 6; Plato, legg. 6, p. 759 a. 3. the worshipper of a deity (οὕς i. e. the Israelites ὁ Θεός ἑαυτῷ νεωκορους ἦγεν through the wilderness, Josephus, b. j. 5, 9, 4); as appears from coins still extant, it was an honorary title (temple-keeper or temple-warden (cf. 2 above)) of certain cities, especially of Asia Minor, in which the special worship of some deity or even of some deified human ruler had been established (cf. Stephanus, Thesaurus, v., p. 1472f; (cf. B. D., under the word worshipper)); so νεωκόρος ... τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος, of Ephesus, Acts 19:35; (see Lightfoot in Contemp. Rev. for 1878, p. 294f; Wood, Discoveries at Ephesus (Lond. 1877), Appendix, passim). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νεωτερικός Transliteration: neōterikos Phonetic Spelling: neh-o-ter'-ik-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: youthful Meaning: youthful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3512 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3512 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3512 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3512 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3512, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νεωτερικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3512 neōterikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: youthful. From the comparative of neos; appertaining to younger persons, i.e. Juvenile -- youthful. see GREEK neos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3512: νεωτερικόςνεωτερικός, νεωτερικη, νεωτερικον (νεώτερος, which see), peculiar to the age of youth, youthful: ἐπιθυμίαι, 2 Timothy 2:22. (3Macc. 4:8; Polybius 10, 24, 7; Josephus, Antiquities 16, 11, 8.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νή Transliteration: nē Phonetic Spelling: nay Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: by (a particle of affirmation employed in oaths) Meaning: by (a particle of affirmation employed in oaths) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3513 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3513 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3513 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3513 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3513, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3513 nē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: by, as sure asProbably an intensive form of nai; a particle of attestation (accompanied by the object invoked or appealed to in confirmation); as sure as -- I protest by. see GREEK nai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3513: νήνή, a particle employed in affirmations and oaths (common in Attic), and joined to an accusative of the person (for the most part, a divinity) or of the thing affirmed or sworn by (Buttmann, § 149, 17); by (Latinper, German bei): 1 Corinthians 15:31 (Genesis 42:15f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νήθω Transliteration: nēthō Phonetic Spelling: nay'-tho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spin Meaning: to spin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3514 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3514 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3514 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3514 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3514, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νήθω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3514 nēthō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spin. From neo (of like meaning); to spin -- spin. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3514: νήθωνήθω; to spin: Matthew 6:28; Luke 12:27. (Plato, polit., p. 289 c.; Anthol.; for טָוָה, Exodus 35:25f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νηπιάζω Transliteration: nēpiazō Phonetic Spelling: nay-pee-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be an infant Meaning: to be an infant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3515 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3515 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3515 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3515 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3515, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νηπιάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3515 nēpiazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be a child. From nepios; to act as a babe, i.e. (figuratively) innocently -- be a child. see GREEK nepios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3515: νηπιάζωνηπιάζω (cf. Winer's Grammar, 92 (87)); (νήπιος, which see); to be a babe (infant): 1 Corinthians 14:20. (Hippocrates; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νήπιος Transliteration: nēpios Phonetic Spelling: nay'-pee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: an infant, a simple-minded or immature person Meaning: an infant, a simple-minded or immature person GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3516 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3516 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3516 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3516 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3516, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νήπιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3516 nēpios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an infant, childFrom an obsolete particle ne- (implying negation) and epos; not speaking, i.e. An infant (minor); figuratively, a simple-minded person, an immature Christian -- babe, child (+ -ish). see GREEK epos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3516: νήπιοςνήπιος, νήπια, νήπιον (from νή, an insep. neg. prefix (Latinnefas, nequam, nisi, etc. cf. Curtius, § 437), and ἔπος); as in Greek writers from Homer down, a. an infant, little child: Matthew 21:16 (from Psalm 8:3); 1 Corinthians 13:11; the Sept. especially for עולֵל and עולָל. b. a minor, not of age: Galatians 4:1 (cf. Lightfoot at the passage). c. metaphorically, childish, untaught, unskilled (the Sept. for פְּתִי, Psalm 18:8 (); Psalm 118:130 (); Proverbs 1:32): Matthew 11:25; Luke 10:21; Romans 2:20; Galatians 4:3; Ephesians 4:14; opposed to τέλειοι, the more advanced in understanding and knowledge, Hebrews 5:13f. (Philo de agric. § 2); νηπίοις ἐν Χριστῷ, in things pertaining to Christ, 1 Corinthians 3:1. In 1 Thessalonians 2:7 L WH (cf. the latter's note at the passage) have hastily received νήπιοι for the common reading ἤπιοι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νηρεύς Transliteration: Nēreus Phonetic Spelling: nare-yoos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Nereus, a Christian Meaning: Nereus -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3517 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3517 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3517 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3517 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3517, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νηρεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3517 Nēreus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nereus. Apparently from a derivative of the base of naus (meaning wet); Nereus, a Christian -- Nereus. see GREEK naus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3517: ΝηρεύςΝηρεύς ((cf. Vanicek, p. 1158)), Νηρευσεως, ὁ, Nereus, a Christian who lived at Rome: Romans 16:15 (where L marginal reading Νηρεαν). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νηρί Transliteration: Nēri Phonetic Spelling: nay-ree' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Neri, an Israelite Meaning: Neri -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3518 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3518 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3518 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3518 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3518, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νηρί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3518 Nēri 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Neri. Of Hebrew origin (Neriyah); Neri (i.e. Nerijah), an Israelite -- Neri. see HEBREW Neriyah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3518: ΝηρίΝηρί and (so T Tr WH) Νηρει (see εἰ, ἰ), ὁ (from נֵר, a lamp), Neri, the grandfather of Zerubbabel: Luke 3:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νησίον Transliteration: nēsion Phonetic Spelling: nay-see'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a small island Meaning: a small island GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3519 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3519 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3519 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3519 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3519, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νησίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3519 nēsion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a small islandDiminutive of nesos; an islet -- island. see GREEK nesos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3519: νησίοννησίον, νησιου, τό (diminutive of νῆσος), a small island: Acts 27:16 ((Strabo)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νῆσος Transliteration: nēsos Phonetic Spelling: nay'-sos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an island Meaning: an island GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3520 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3520 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3520 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3520 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3520, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νῆσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3520 nēsos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: island, isle. Probably from the base of naus; an island -- island, isle. see GREEK naus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3520: νῆσοςνῆσος, νήσου, ὁ (νεώ, to swim, properly, 'floating land'), an island: Acts 13:6; Acts 27:26; Acts 28:1, 7, 9, 11; Revelation 1:9; Revelation 6:14; Revelation 16:20. (the Sept. for אִי; (from Homer down).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νηστεία Transliteration: nēsteia Phonetic Spelling: nace-ti'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: fasting, a fast Meaning: fasting, a fast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3521 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3521 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3521 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3521 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3521, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νηστεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3521 nēsteia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fasting. From nesteuo; abstinence (from lack of food, or voluntary and religious); specially, the fast of the Day of Atonement -- fast(-ing). see GREEK nesteuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3521: νηστείανηστεία, νηστείας, ἡ (νηστεύω, which see), a fasting, fast, i. e. abstinence from food, and a. voluntary, as a religious exercise: of private fasting, Matthew 17:21 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); Mark 9:29 (T WH omit; Tr marginal reading brackets); Luke 2:37; Acts 14:23; 1 Corinthians 7:5 Rec. of the public fast prescribed by the Mosaic Law (Leviticus 16:29ff; 23:27ff (BB. DD. under the word , and for references to Strabo, Philo, Josephus, Plutarch, see Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, 1)) and kept yearly on the great day of atonement, the tenth of the month Tisri: Acts 27:9 (the month Tisri comprises a part of our September and October (cf. B. D. under the word (at end)); the fast, accordingly, occurred in the autumn, ἡ χειμέριος ὥρα, when navigation was usually dangerous on account of storms, as was the case with the voyage referred to). b. a fasting to which one is driven by want: 2 Corinthians 6:5; 2 Corinthians 11:27; (Hippocrates, Aristotle, Philo, Josephus, Plutarch, Aelian, Athen., others; the Sept. for צום). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νηστεύω Transliteration: nēsteuō Phonetic Spelling: nace-tyoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fast Meaning: to fast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3522 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3522 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3522 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3522 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3522, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νηστεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3522 nēsteuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to fast. From nestis; to abstain from food (religiously) -- fast. see GREEK nestis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3522: νηστεύωνηστεύω; future νηστεύσω; 1 aorist (infinitive νηστεῦσαι (Luke 5:34 T WH Tr text)), participle νηστεύσας; (from νῆστις, which see); to fast (Vulg. and ecclesiastical writingsjejano), i. e. to abstain as a religious exercise from food and drink: either entirely, if the fast lasted but a single day, Matthew 6:16-18; Matthew 9:14; Mark 2:18-20; Luke 5:33,(); ; Acts 10:30 R G; Acts 13:2,(); or from customary and choice nourishment, if it continued several days, Matthew 4:2, cf. Matthew 11:18; νηστευει συνεχῶς καί ἄρτον ἐσθίει μόνον μετά ἁλατος καί τό πότον αὐτοῦ ὕδωρ, Acta Thom. § 20. (Aristophanes, Plutarch, mor., p. 626f; Aelian v. h. 5, 20; (Josephus, contra Apion 1, 34, 5 (where see Müller)); the Sept. for צוּן.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νῆστις Transliteration: nēstis Phonetic Spelling: nace'-tis Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: not eating Meaning: not eating GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3523 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3523 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3523 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3523 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3523, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νῆστις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3523 nēstis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fasting. From the inseparable negative particle ne- (not) and esthio; not eating, i.e. Abstinent from food (religiously) -- fasting. see GREEK esthio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3523: νῆστιςνῆστις, accusative plural νήστεις and (so Tdf. (cf. Proleg., p. 1183) νῆστις (see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 326; Fritzsche, Commentary on Mark, p. 796f; cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 157b); Buttmann, 26 (23)), ὁ, ἡ (from νή and ἐσθίω, see νήπιος), fasting, not having eaten: Matthew 15:32; Mark 8:3. (Homer, Aeschylus, Hippocrates (), Aristophanes, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νηφαλέος Transliteration: nēphaleos Phonetic Spelling: nay-fal'-eh-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sober Meaning: sober GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3524 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3524 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3524 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3524 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3524, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νηφαλέος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3524 nēphaleos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sober. Or nephalios (nay-fal'-ee-os) from nepho; sober, i.e. (figuratively) circumspect -- sober. see GREEK nepho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3524: νηφαλέοςνηφαλέος (so Rec.st in 1 Timothy 3:2, 11 (where Rec.bez νηφαλαιος), after a later form) and νηφάλιος (alone well attested (Hort)), νηφάλεον (in Greek authors generally of three term.; from νήφω), sober, temperate; abstaining from wine, either entirely (Josephus, Antiquities 3, 12, 2) or at least from its immoderate use: 1 Timothy 3:2, 11; Titus 2:2. (In secular authors, especially Aeschylus and Plutarch, of things free from all infusion or addition of wine, as vessels, offerings, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νήφω Transliteration: nēphō Phonetic Spelling: nay'-fo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be sober, to abstain from wine Meaning: to be sober, to abstain from wine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3525 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3525 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3525 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3525 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3525, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νήφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3525 nēphō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to be sober, to abstain from wineOf uncertain affinity: to abstain from wine (keep sober), i.e. (figuratively) be discreet -- be sober, watch. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3525: νήφωνήφω; 1 aorist imperative 2 person plural νήψατε; from Theognis, Sophocles, Xenophon down; to be sober; in the N. T. everywhere tropically, to be calm and collected in spirit; to be temperate, dispassionate, circumspect: 1 Thessalonians 5:6, 8; 2 Timothy 4:5; 1 Peter 1:13; 1 Peter 5:8; εἰς τάς προσευχάς, unto (the offering of) prayer, 1 Peter 4:7. (Synonym: see ἀγρυπνέω; and on the word see Ellicott on Timothy, the passage cited Compare: ἀνανήφω, ἐκνήφω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νίγερ Transliteration: Niger Phonetic Spelling: neeg'-er Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Niger, a Christian Meaning: Niger -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3526 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3526 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3526 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3526 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3526, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νίγερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3526 Niger 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Niger. Of Latin origin; black; Niger, a Christian -- Niger. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3526: ΝίγερΝίγερ, ὁ (a Latin name (`black')), Niger, surname of the prophet Symeon: Acts 13:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νικάνωρ Transliteration: Nikanōr Phonetic Spelling: nik-an'-ore Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Nicanor, a Christian Meaning: Nicanor -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3527 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3527 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3527 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3527 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3527, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νικάνωρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3527 Nikanōr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nicanor. Probably from nikao; victorious; Nicanor, a Christian -- Nicanor. see GREEK nikao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3527: ΝικάνωρΝικάνωρ ((i. e. 'conqueror')), Νικάνορος, ὁ, Nicanor, of Antioch (?), one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem: Acts 6:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νικάω Transliteration: nikaō Phonetic Spelling: nik-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to conquer, prevail Meaning: to conquer, prevail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3528 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3528 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3528 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3528 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3528, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νικάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3528 nikaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: conquer, overcome, prevailFrom nike; to subdue (literally or figuratively) -- conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory. see GREEK nike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3528: νικάωνικάω, νικῶ; present participle dative νικουντι, Revelation 2:7 Lachmann Revelation 2:17 L T Tr (yet all νικῶντας in Revelation 15:2) (cf. ἐρωτάω, at the beginning); future νικήσω; 1 aorist ἐνίκησα; perfect νενίκηκα; (νίκη); (from Homer down); to conquer (A. V. overcome); a. absolutely, to carry off the victory, come off victorious: of Christ, victorious over all his foes, Revelation 3:21; Revelation 6:2; ἐνίκησεν ... ἀνοῖξαι κτλ. hath so conquered that he now has the right and power to open etc. Revelation 5:5; of Christians, that hold fast their faith even unto death against the power of their foes, and their temptations and persecutions, Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; Revelation 3:5, 12, 21; Revelation 21:7; with ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου added, to conquer and thereby free themselves from the power of the beast (R. V. to come victorious from; cf. Winers Grammar, 367 (344f); Buttmann, 147 (128)), Revelation 15:2. when one is arraigned or goes to law, to win the case, maintain one's cause (so in the Attic orators; also νικαν δίκην, Euripides, El. 955): Romans 3:4 (from the Sept. of Psalm 50:6 ()). b, with the accusative of the object: τινα, by force, Luke 11:22; Revelation 11:7; Revelation 13:7 (L omits; WH Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); of Christ the conqueror of his foes, Revelation 17:14; τόν κόσμον, to deprive it of power to harm, to subvert its influence, John 16:33; νικαν τινα or τί is used of one who by Christian constancy and courage keeps himself unharmed and spotless from his adversary's devices, solicitations, assaults: the devil, 1 John 2:13; Revelation 12:11; false teachers, 1 John 4:4; τόν κόσμον, 1 John 5:4f. νικαν τό πονηρόν ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ, by the force which resides in goodness, i. e. in kindness, to cause an enemy to repent of the wrong be has done one, Romans 12:21; νίκασθαι ὑπό τοῦ κακοῦ, to be disturbed by an injury and driven to avenge it, ibid. (Compare: ὑπερνικάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νίκη Transliteration: nikē Phonetic Spelling: nee'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: victory Meaning: victory GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3529 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3529 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3529 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3529 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3529, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νίκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3529 nikē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: victory. Apparently a primary word; conquest (abstractly), i.e. (figuratively) the means of success -- victory. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3529: νίκηνίκη, νίκης, ἡ (from Homer down), victory: 1 John 5:4 (cf. νῖκος). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νικόδημος Transliteration: Nikodēmos Phonetic Spelling: nik-od'-ay-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Nicodemus, an Israelite Meaning: Nicodemus -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3530 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3530 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3530 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3530 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3530, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νικόδημος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3530 Nikodēmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nicodemus. From nikos and demos; victorious among his people; Nicodemus, an Israelite -- Nicodemus. see GREEK nikos see GREEK demos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3530: ΝικόδημοςΝικόδημος (νίκη and δῆμος (i. e. 'conqueror of the people')). Νικοδημου, ὁ, Nicodemus (rabbinical Hebrew נַקְדִימון), a member of the Sanhedrin who took the part of Jesus: John 3:1, 4, 9; John 7:50; John 19:39. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νικολαΐτης Transliteration: Nikolaitēs Phonetic Spelling: nik-ol-ah-ee'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Nicolaitan, a follower of Nicolaus Meaning: Nicolaitans -- a Nicolaitan, a follower of Nicolaus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3531 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3531 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3531 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3531 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3531, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νικολαΐτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3531 Nikolaitēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nicolaitane. From Nikolaos; a Nicolaite, i.e. Adherent of Nicolaus -- Nicolaitane. see GREEK Nikolaos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3531: ΝικολαΐτηςΝικολαΐτης, Νικολαιτου, ὁ, a follower of Nicolaus, a Nicolaitan: plural, Revelation 2:6, 15 — a name which, it can scarcely be doubted, refers symbolically to the same persons who in Revelation 2:14 are charged with holding τήν διδαχήν Βαλαάμ, i. e. after the example of Balaam, casting a stumblingblock before the church of God (Numbers 24:1-3) by upholding the liberty of eating things sacrificed unto idols as well as of committing fornication; for the Greek name Νικόλαος coincides with the Hebrew בִּלְעָם according to the interpretation of the latter which regards it as signifying destruction of the people. See in Βαλαάμ; (cf. BB. DD., under the words Nicolaitans, Nicolas; also commentaries on Revelation, at the passages cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νικόλαος Transliteration: Nikolaos Phonetic Spelling: nik-ol'-ah-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Nicolaus, a Christian, probably not connected with the sect bearing the same name Meaning: Nicolaus -- a Christian, probably not connected with the sect bearing the same name GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3532 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3532 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3532 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3532 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3532, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νικόλαος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3532 Nikolaos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nicolaus. From nikos and Laodikeus; victorious over the people; Nicolaus, a heretic -- Nicolaus. see GREEK nikos see GREEK Laodikeus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3532: ΝικόλαοςΝικόλαος, Νικολαου, ὁ (νίκη and λαός), Nicolaus (A. V. Nicolas), a proselyte of Antioch and one of the seven deacons of the church at Jerusalem: Acts 6:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νικόπολις Transliteration: Nikopolis Phonetic Spelling: nik-op'-ol-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: "victorious city", Nicopolis, a city in Achaia Meaning: Nicopolis -- "victorious city", Nicopolis, a city in Achaia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3533 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3533 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3533 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3533 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3533, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νικόπολις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3533 Nikopolis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nicopolis. From nikos and polis; victorious city; Nicopolis, a place in Macedonia -- Nicopolis. see GREEK nikos see GREEK polis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3533: ΝικόπολιςΝικόπολις, Νικοπολισεως, ἡ (city of victory), Nicopolis: Titus 3:12. There were many cities of this name — in Armenia, Pontus, Cilicia, Epirus, Thrace — which were generally built, or had their name changed, by some conqueror to commemorate a victory. The one mentioned above seems to be that which Augustus founded on the promontory of Epirus, in grateful commemoration of the victory he won at Actium over Antony. The author of the spurious subscription of the Epistle seems to have had in mind the Thracian Nicopolis, founded by Trajan ((?) cf. Pape, Eigennamen, under the word) on the river Nestus (or Nessus), since he calls it a city 'of Macedonia.' (B. D. under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νῖκος Transliteration: nikos Phonetic Spelling: nee'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: victory Meaning: victory GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3534 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3534 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3534 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3534 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3534, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νῖκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3534 nikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: victory. From nike; a conquest (concretely), i.e. (by implication) triumph -- victory. see GREEK nike Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3534: νῖκοςνῖκος, νικους, τό, a later form equivalent to νίκη (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 647; (Buttmann, 23 (20); Winers Grammar, 24)), victory: 1 Corinthians 15:55, 57 (2 Macc. 10:38; (1 Esdr. 3:9)); εἰς νῖκος, until he have gained the victory, Matthew 12:20; κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος εἰς νῖκος, (A. V. death is swallowed up in victory) i. e. utterly vanquished, 1 Corinthians 15:54. (The Sept. sometimes translate the Hebrew לָנֶצַח, i. e. to everlasting, forever, by εἰς νῖκος, 2 Samuel 2:26; Job 36:7; Lamentations 5:20; Amos 1:11; Amos 8:7, because נֶצַח denotes also splendor, 1 Chronicles 29:11, and in Syriac victory.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νινευΐ Transliteration: Nineui Phonetic Spelling: nin-yoo-ee' Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Nineve Meaning: Nineve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3535 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3535 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3535 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3535 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3535, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νινευΐ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3535 Nineui 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nineve. Of Hebrew origin (Niynveh); Ninevi (i.e. Nineveh), the capital of Assyria -- Nineve. see HEBREW Niynveh Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3535: Νινευΐ´Νινευΐ´, ἡ, Hebrew נִינְוֵה (supposed to be compounded of נין and נָוֵה, the abode of Ninus; (cf. Fried. Delitzsch as below; Schrader as below, pp. 102, 572)), in the Greek and Roman writings ἡ Νινος (on the accent cf. Pape, Eigennamen, under the word), Nineveh (Vulg.Ninive (so A. V. in Luke as below)), a great city, the capital of Assyria, built apparently about , on the eastern bank of the Tigris opposite the modern city of Mosul. It was destroyed (about) , and its ruins, containing invaluable monuments of art and archaeology, began to be excavated in recent times (from 1840 on), especially by the labors of the Frenchman Botta and the Englishman Layard; cf. Layard, Nineveh and its Remains, Lond. 1849, 2 vols.; and his Discoveries in the Ruins of Nineveh and Babylon, Lond. 1853; (also his article in Smith's Dict. of the Bible); H. J. C. Weissenborn, Ninive as above Gebiet etc. 2 Pts. Erf. 1851-1856; Tuch, De Nino urbe, Lipsius 1844; Spiegel in Herzog 10, pp. 361-381; (especially Fried. Delitzsch in Herzog 2 (cf. Schaff-Herzog) x., pp. 587-603; Schrader, Keilinschriften as above with index under the word; and in Riehm under the word; Winers Grammar, Robertson Smith in Encyc. Brit. under the word); Hitzig in Schenkel 4:334ff; (Rawlinson, Five Great Monarchies etc.; Geo. Smith, Assyrian Discoveries, (Lond. 1875)). In the N. T. once, viz. Luke 11:32 R G. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νινευίτης Transliteration: Nineuitēs Phonetic Spelling: nin-yoo-ee'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Ninevite, an inhabitant of Ninevah Meaning: Nineveh -- a Ninevite, an inhabitant of Ninevah GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3536 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3536 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3536 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3536 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3536, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νινευίτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3536 Nineuitēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of Nineve, Ninevite. From Nineui; a Ninevite, i.e. Inhabitant of Nineveh -- of Nineve, Ninevite. see GREEK Nineui Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3536: Νινευίτης [Νινευίτης R G (so Tr in Luke 11:32), or] Νινευίτης (L (so Tr in Luke 11:30)) or νινευειτης T WH (SO Tr in Matthew 12:41) (see εἰ, ἰ and Tdf. Proleg., p. 86; WH's Appendix, p. 154b), Νινευιτου, ὁ, (Νινευι<, which see), equivalent to Νινιος in Herodotus and Strabo; a Ninevite, an inhabitant of Nineveh: Matthew 12:41; Luke 11:30, and L T Tr WH in 32. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νιπτήρ Transliteration: niptēr Phonetic Spelling: nip-tare' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a basin Meaning: a basin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3537 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3537 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3537 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3537 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3537, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νιπτήρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3537 niptēr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a wash basinFrom nipto; a ewer -- bason. see GREEK nipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3537: νιπτήρνιπτήρ, νιπτηρος, ὁ (νίπτω), a vessel for washing the hands and feet, a basin: John 13:5. (Ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νίπτω Transliteration: niptō Phonetic Spelling: nip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to wash Meaning: to wash GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3538 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3538 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3538 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3538 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3538, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3538 niptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wash. To cleanse (especially the hands or the feet or the face); ceremonially, to perform ablution -- wash. Compare louo. see GREEK louo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3538: νίπτωνίπτω; (a later form for νίζω; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 241 (Veitch, under the word νίζω; Buttmann, 63 (55); Winer's Grammar, 88 (84))); 1 aorist ἔνιψα; middle, present νιπτομια; 1 aorist ἐνιψάμην; the Sept. for רָחַץ; to wash: τινα, John 13:8; τούς πόδας τίνος, ibid. 5f 8, 12, 14; 1 Timothy 5:10; middle to wash oneself (cf. Buttmann, § 135, 5; Winer's Grammar, § 38, 2b.): John 9:7, 11, 15; τάς χεῖρας, to wash one's (own) hands, Mark 7:3; τούς πόδας, John 13:10 (T omits; WH brackets τούς πόδας); νίψαι τό προσοπον σου, Matthew 6:17; νίπτονται τάς χεῖρας αὐτῶν, Matthew 15:2. (Compare: ἀπονίπτω. Synonym: see λούω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοέω Transliteration: noeō Phonetic Spelling: noy-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to perceive, think Meaning: to perceive, think GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3539 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3539 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3539 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3539 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3539, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3539 noeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consider, perceive, think, understand. From nous; to exercise the mind (observe), i.e. (figuratively) to comprehend, heed -- consider, perceive, think, understand. see GREEK nous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3539: νοέωνοέω, νόω; 1 aorist ἐνόησα; (present passive participle (neuter plural) νωυμενα); (νοῦς); from Homer down; the Sept. for הַבִין and הִתְבּונֵן, and for הִשְׂכִּיל; 1. to perceive with the mind, to understand: absolutely, with the addition τῇ καρδία, John 12:40 (Isaiah 44:18); with an accusative of the thing, Ephesians 3:4, 20; 1 Timothy 1:7; passive: Romans 1:20; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 15:17; Matthew 16:11; Mark 7:18; followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Hebrews 11:3; the absolute equivalent to to have understanding: Matthew 16:9; Mark 8:17. 2. to think upon, heed, ponder, consider: ὀείτω, namely, let him attend to the events that occur, which will show the time to flee, Matthew 24:15; Mark 13:14; (similarly νόει ὁ (R G ἅ) λέγω, 2 Timothy 2:7). (Compare: εὐνοέω, κατανοέω, μετανοέω, προνοέω, ὑπονοέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόημα Transliteration: noēma Phonetic Spelling: no'-ay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: thought, purpose Meaning: thought, purpose GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3540 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3540 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3540 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3540 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3540, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3540 noēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: device, mind, thought. From noieo; a perception, i.e. Purpose, or (by implication) the intellect, disposition, itself -- device, mind, thought. see GREEK noieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3540: νόημανόημα, νοηματος, τό, from Homer down; 1. a mental perception, thought. 2. specifically, (an evil) purpose: αἰχμαλωτίζειν πᾶν νόημα εἰς τήν ὑπακοήν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, to cause whoever is devising evil against Christ to desist from his purpose and submit himself to Christ (as Paul sets him forth), 2 Corinthians 10:5; plural: 2 Corinthians 2:11 (τοῦ διαβόλου, Ignatius ad Eph. (interpolated) 14 [ET]; τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν πονηρᾶς, Baruch 2:8). 3. that which thinks, the mind: plural (where the minds of many are referred to), 2 Corinthians 3:14; 2 Corinthians 4:4, and perhaps (2 Corinthians 11:3); Philippians 4:7, for here the word may mean thoughts and purposes; (others would so take it also in all the examples cited under this head (cf. καύχημα, 2)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόθος Transliteration: nothos Phonetic Spelling: noth'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a bastard, baseborn Meaning: a bastard, baseborn GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3541 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3541 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3541 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3541 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3541, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3541 nothos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an illegitimate childOf uncertain affinity; a spurious or illegitimate son -- bastard. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3541: νόθοςνόθος, νοθη, νοθον, illegitimate, bastard, i. e. born, not in lawful wedlock, but of a concubine or female slave: Hebrews 12:8; cf. Bleek at the passage (Wis. 4:3; from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομή Transliteration: nomē Phonetic Spelling: nom-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a pasture, a grazing Meaning: a pasture, a grazing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3542 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3542 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3542 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3542 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3542, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3542 nomē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: feeding, pasture. Feminine from the same as nomos; pasture, i.e. (the act) feeding (figuratively, spreading of a gangrene), or (the food) pasturage -- X eat, pasture. see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3542: νομήνομή, νομῆς, ἡ (νέμω to pasture), from Homer (i. e. batrach.) down; 1. pasturage, fodder, food: in figurative discourse εὑρήσει νομήν, i. e. he shall not want the needful supplies for the true life, John 10:9; (the Sept. for מִרְעֶה, מַרְעִית, נָוֶה). 2. tropically, growth, increase (German Umsicbfressen, Umsichgreifen): of evils spreading like a gangrene, 2 Timothy 2:17 (of ulcers, νομήν ποιεῖται ἕλκος, Polybius 1, 81, 6; of a conflagration, τό πῦρ λαμβάνει νομήν, 11, 4 (5), 4 cf. 1, 48, 5; Josephus, b. j. 6, 2, 9). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομίζω Transliteration: nomizō Phonetic Spelling: nom-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to practice, consider Meaning: to practice, consider GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3543 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3543 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3543 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3543 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3543, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3543 nomizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: supposeFrom nomos; properly, to do by law (usage), i.e. To accustom (passively, be usual); by extension, to deem or regard -- suppose, thing, be wont. see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3543: νομίζωνομίζω; imperfect ἐνόμιζον; 1 aorist ἐνομισα; imperfect passive ἐνομιζομην; (νόμος); as in Greek authors from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; 1. to hold by custom or usage, own as a custom or usage; to follow custom or usage; passive νομίζεται it is the custom, it is the received usage: οὗ ἐνομίζετο προσευχή εἶναι, where according to custom was a place of prayer, Acts 16:13 (but L T Tr WH read οὗ ἐνομίζομεν προσευχήν εἶναι, where we supposed there was, etc.; cf. 2 below), (2 Macc. 14:4). 2. to deem, think, suppose: followed by an infinitive, Acts 8:20; 1 Corinthians 7:36; followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Luke 2:44; Acts 7:25; Acts 14:19; Acts 16:(18 (see 1 above)), Acts 16:27; Acts 17:29; 1 Corinthians 7:26; 1 Timothy 6:5; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 5:17; Matthew 10:34 (Winer's Grammar, § 56, 1 b.); Matthew 20:10; Acts 21:29; ὡς ἐνομίζετο, as was accustomed to be supposed, Luke 3:23. (Synonym: see ἡγέομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομικός Transliteration: nomikos Phonetic Spelling: nom-ik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: relating to law, learned in the law Meaning: relating to law, learned in the law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3544 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3544 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3544 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3544 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3544, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3544 nomikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: about the law, lawyer. From nomos; according (or pertaining) to law, i.e. Legal (ceremonially); as noun, an expert in the (Mosaic) law -- about the law, lawyer. see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3544: νομικόςνομικός, νομικη, νομικόν (νόμος), pertaining to (the) law (Plato, Aristotle, others): μάχαι, Titus 3:9; ὁ νομικός, one learned in the law, in the N. T. an interpreter and teacher of the Mosaic law (A. V. a lawyer; cf. γραμματεύς, 2): Matthew 22:35; Luke 10:25; Titus 3:13; plural, Luke 7:30; Luke 11:45f, 52; Luke 14:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομίμως Transliteration: nomimōs Phonetic Spelling: nom-im'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: rightly, lawfully Meaning: rightly, lawfully GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3545 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3545 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3545 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3545 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3545, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομίμως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3545 nomimōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lawfully. Adverb from a derivative of nomos; legitimately (specially, agreeably to the rules of the lists) -- lawfully. see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3545: νομίμωςνομίμως, adverb (νόμιμος), lawfully, agreeably to the law, properly: 1 Timothy 1:8; 2 Timothy 2:5. (Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόμισμα Transliteration: nomisma Phonetic Spelling: nom'-is-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a custom, current coin Meaning: a custom, current coin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3546 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3546 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3546 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3546 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3546, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόμισμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3546 nomisma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: money. From nomizo; what is reckoned as of value (after the Latin numisma), i.e. Current coin -- money. see GREEK nomizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3546: νόμισμανόμισμα, νομισματος, τό (νομίζω, which see); 1. anything received and sanctioned by usage or law (Tragg., Aristophanes). 2. money (current) coin (cf. our lawful money): Matthew 22:19 (and in Greek writings from Euripides, and Aristophanes down). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομοδιδάσκαλος Transliteration: nomodidaskalos Phonetic Spelling: nom-od-id-as'-kal-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a teacher of the law Meaning: a teacher of the law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3547 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3547 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3547 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3547 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3547, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομοδιδάσκαλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3547 nomodidaskalos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: teacher of the law. From nomos and didaskalos; an expounder of the (Jewish) law, i.e. A Rabbi -- doctor (teacher) of the law. see GREEK nomos see GREEK didaskalos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3547: νομοδιδάσκαλοςνομοδιδάσκαλος, νομοδιδασκαλου, ὁ (νόμος and διδάσκαλος, cf. ἑτεροδιδάσκαλος, ἱεροδιδασκαλος, χοροδιδάσκαλος), a teacher and interpreter of the law: among the Jews (cf. γραμματεύς, 2), Luke 5:17; Acts 5:34; of those who among Christians also went about as champions and interpreters of the Mosaic law, 1 Timothy 1:7. (Not found elsewhere (except in ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομοθεσία Transliteration: nomothesia Phonetic Spelling: nom-oth-es-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: legislation, lawgiving Meaning: legislation, lawgiving GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3548 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3548 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3548 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3548 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3548, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομοθεσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3548 nomothesia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: giving of the law. From nomothetes; legislation (specially, the institution of the Mosaic code) -- giving of the law. see GREEK nomothetes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3548: νομοθεσίανομοθεσία, νομοθεσίας, ἡ (νόμος, τίθημι), law-giving, legislation: Romans 9:4. (Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, Diodorus, Philo, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομοθετέω Transliteration: nomotheteō Phonetic Spelling: nom-oth-et-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make law, to ordain by law Meaning: to make law, to ordain by law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3549 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3549 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3549 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3549 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3549, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομοθετέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3549 nomotheteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: establish, receive the law. From nomothetes; to legislate, i.e. (passively) to have (the Mosaic) enactments injoined, be sanctioned (by them) -- establish, receive the law. see GREEK nomothetes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3549: νομοθετέωνομοθετέω, νομοθέτω: passive, perfect 3 person singular νενομοθέτηται; pluperfect 3 person singular νενομοθέτητο (on the omission of the augment see Winers Grammar, 72 (70); Buttmann, 33 (29)); (νομοθέτης); from (Lysias), Xenophon, and Plato down; the Sept. several times for הורָה; 1. to enact laws; passive laws are enacted or prescribed for one, to be legislated for, furnished with laws (often so in Plato; cf. Ast, Platonic Lexicon, ii., p. 391 (for examples)); ὁ λαός ἐπ' αὐτῆς (R G ἐπ' αὐτῇ) νενομοθέτηται (R G νενομοθέτητο) the people received the Mosaic law established upon the foundation of the priesthood, Hebrews 7:11 (Winers Grammar, § 39, 1 b.; cf. Buttmann, 337 (290); many refer this example (with the genitive) to time (A. V. under it); see ἐπί, A. II.,cf. B. 2 a. γ.). 2. to sanction by law, enact: τί, passive Hebrews 8:6 (cf. Winers Grammar, and Buttmann, as above). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νομοθέτης Transliteration: nomothetēs Phonetic Spelling: nom-oth-et'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a lawgiver Meaning: Lawgiver -- a lawgiver GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3550 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3550 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3550 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3550 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3550, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νομοθέτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3550 nomothetēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lawgiver. From nomos and a derivative of tithemi; a legislator -- lawgiver. see GREEK nomos see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3550: νομοθέτηςνομοθέτης, νομοθετου, ὁ (νόμος and τίθημι, a lawgiver: James 4:12. ((Antiphon, Thucydides), Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Josephus, others; the Sept. Psalm 9:21.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόμος Transliteration: nomos Phonetic Spelling: nom'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: that which is assigned, usage, law Meaning: that which is assigned, usage, law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3551 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3551 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3551 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3551 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3551, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3551 nomos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: law. From a primary nemo (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle) -- law. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3551: νόμοςνόμος, νόμου, ὁ (νέμω to divide, distribute, apportion), in secular authors from Hesiod down, anything established, anything received by usage, a custom, usage, law; in the Sept. very often for תּורָה, also for חֻקָּה, דָּת, etc. In the N. T. a command, law; and 1. of any law whatsoever: διά ποίου νόμου; Romans 3:27; νόμος δικαιοσύνης, a law or rule producing a state approved of God, i. e. by the observance of which we are approved of God, Romans 9:31, cf. Meyer (see Weiss edition), Fritzsche, Philippi at the passage; a precept or injunction: κατά νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης, Hebrews 7:16; plural of the things prescribed by the divine will, Hebrews 8:10; Hebrews 10:16; νόμος τοῦ νως, the rule of action prescribed by reason, Romans 7:23; the mention of the divine law causes those things even which in opposition to this law impel to action, and therefore seem to have the force of a law, to be designated by the term νόμος, as ἕτερος νόμος ἐν τοῖς μέλεσί μου, a different law from that which God has given, i. e. the impulse to sin inherent in human nature, or ὁ νόμος τῆς ἁμαρτίας (genitive of author), Romans 7:23, 25; Romans 8:2, also ὁ νόμος τοῦ θανάτου, emanating from the power of death, Romans 8:2; with which is contrasted ὁ νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος, the impulse to (right) action emanating from the Spirit, ibid. 2. of the Mosaic law, and referring, according to the context, either to the volume of the law or to its contents: with the article, Matthew 5:18; Matthew 12:5; Matthew 22:36; Luke 2:27; Luke 10:26; Luke 16:17; John 1:17, 45 (); ; Acts 6:13; Acts 7:53; Acts 18:13, 15; Acts 21:20; Acts 23:3; Romans 2:13 ((bis) here L T Tr WH omit the article (also G in Romans 2:13b)), Romans 2:15, 18, 20, 23b, 26; Romans 4:15a; Romans 7:1b, 5, 14, 21 (on the right interpretation of this difficult passage cf. Knapp, Scripta varii Argumenti, ii., p. 385ff and Fritzsche, Commentary to Romans, ii., p. 57; (others take νόμος here generally, equivalent to controlling principle; see 1 above under the end and cf. Winers Grammar, 557 (578); Buttmann, § 151, 15)); Romans 8:3; 1 Corinthians 9:8; 1 Corinthians 15:56; Galatians 3:13, 24; Ephesians 2:15 (on which passage see δόγμα, 2); 1 Timothy 1:8; Hebrews 7:19, 28; Hebrews 10:1, etc.; with the addition of Μωϋσέως, Luke 2:22; John 7:23; John 8:5; Acts 13:38() (here L T Tr WH omit the article); Acts 15:5; Acts 28:23; 1 Corinthians 9:9; of κυρίου, Luke 2:39; of τοῦ Θεοῦ, (Matthew 15:6 T WH marginal reading); Romans 7:22; Romans 8:7. κατά τόν νόμον, according to the (standard or requirement of the) law, Acts 22:12; Hebrews 7:5; Hebrews 9:22. νόμος without the article (in the Epistles of Paul and James and the Epistle to the Hebrews; cf. Winers Grammar, p. 123 (117); Buttmann, 89 (78); (some interpreters contend that νόμος without the article denotes not the law of Moses but law viewed as 'a principle', 'abstract and universal'; cf. Lightfoot on Galatians 2:19; also Fresh Revision, etc., p. 99; Vaughan on Romans 2:23; especially Van Hengel on Romans 2:12; Gifford in the Speaker's Commentary on Romans, pp. 41ff. (cf. Cremer, under the word). This distinction is contrary to usage (as exhibited e. g. in Wis. 18:4; Sir. 19:17 Sir. 21:11 Sir. 31:8 Sir. 32:1 Sir. 35:15, 24 (32); ,(33); 1 Macc. 2:21; 4 Macc. 7:7, and many other examples in the Apocrypha; see Wahl, Clavis Apocrr. under the word, p. 343), and to the context in such Pauline passages as the following: Romans 2:17, 25, 27; Romans 7:1(); ; Galatians 3:17, 18, 23, 24 (cf. Romans 2:12 and Romans 3:19; Romans 5:13 and Romans 5:14); etc. It should be added, perhaps, that neither the list of passages with the article nor of those without it, as given by Prof. Grimm, claims to be complete)): Romans 2:23a, 25; Romans 3:31; Romans 4:15b; Romans 5:13; Romans 7:1a, 2a; Romans 10:4; Romans 13:10; Galatians 3: ; Galatians 5:23; 1 Timothy 1:9; Hebrews 7:12, etc.; with the addition of κυρίου, Luke 2:23 (here L has the article), (L T Tr WH add the article); of Θεοῦ, Romans 7:25; of Μωϋσέως, Hebrews 10:28; especially after prepositions, as διά νόμου, Romans 2:12; Romans 3:20; Galatians 2:21; χωρίς νόμου, without the cooperation of the law, Romans 3:21; destitute or ignorant of the law, Romans 7:9; where no law has been promulged, Romans 7:8; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, those who rule their life by the law, Jews, Romans 4:14, 16 (here all editions have the article); οἱ ἐν νόμῳ, who are in the power of the law, i. e. bound to it, Romans 3:19 (but all texts here ἐν τῷ νόμῳ); ὑπό νόμον, under dominion of the law, Romans 6:14; Galatians 3:23; Galatians 4:4, 21; Galatians 5:18; οἱ ὑπό νόμον, 1 Corinthians 9:20; δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν νόμῳ, Galatians 5:4; ἔργα νόμου (see ἔργον, under the end); ἐν νόμῳ ἁμαρτάνειν, under law, i. e. with knowledge of the law, Romans 2:12 (equivalent to ἔχοντες νόμον, cf. Romans 2:14); they to whom the Mosaic law has not been made known are said νόμον μή ἔχειν, ibid. 14; ἑαυτοῖς εἰσί νόμος, their natural knowledge of right takes the place of the Mosaic law, ibid.; νόμος ἔργων, the law demanding works, Romans 3:27; διά νόμου νόμῳ ἀπέθανον, by the law itself (when I became convinced that by keeping it I could not attain to salvation, cf. Romans 7:9-24) I became utterly estranged from the law, Galatians 2:19 (cf. Winers Grammar, 210 (197); Buttmann, § 133,12). κατά νόμον, as respects the interpretation and observance of the law, Philippians 3:5. The observance of the law is designated by the following phrases: πληροῦν νόμον, Romans 13:8; τόν νόμον Galatians 5:14; πληροῦν τό δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου, Romans 8:4; φυλάσσειν (τόν) νόμον, Acts 21:24; Galatians 6:13; τά δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου, Romans 2:26; πράσσειν νόμον, Romans 2:25; ποιεῖν τόν νόμον, John 7:19; Galatians 5:3; τηρεῖν, Acts 15:5, 24 (Rec.); James 2:10; τέλειν, Romans 2:27 (cf. James 2:8); (on the other hand, ἀκυρουν τόν νόμον Matthew 15:6 T WH marginal reading). ὁ νόμος is used of some particular ordinance of the Mosaic law in John 19:7; James 2:8; with a genitive of the object added, τοῦ ἀνδρός, the law enacted respecting the husband, i. e. binding the wife to her husband, Romans 7:2 where Rec.elz omit τοῦ νόμου (so ὁ νόμος τοῦ πάσχα, Numbers 9:12; τοῦ λεπροῦ, Leviticus 14:2; other examples are given in Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, ii., p. 9; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 2 β.). Although the Jews did not make a distinction as we do between the moral, the ceremonial; the civil, precepts of the law, but thought that all should be honored and kept with the same conscientious and pious regard, yet in the N. T. not infrequently the law is so referred to as to show that the speaker or writer has his eye on the ethical part of it alone, as of primary importance and among Christians also of perpetual validity, but does not care for the ceremonial and civil portions, as being written for Jews alone: thus in Galatians 5:14; Romans 13:8, 10; Romans 2:26; Romans 7:21, 25; Matthew 5:18, and often; τά τοῦ νόμου, the precepts, moral requirements, of the law, Romans 2:14. In the Epistle of James νόμος (without the article) designates only the ethical portion of the Mosaic law, confirmed by the authority of the Christian religion: Romans 2:9-11; Romans 4:11; in the Epistle to the Hebrew, on the other hand, the ceremonial part of the law is the prominent idea. 3. of the Christian religion: νόμος πίστεως, the law demanding faith, Romans 3:27; τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the moral instruction given by Christ, especially the precept concerning love, Galatians 6:2; τῆς ἐλευθερίας (see ἐλευθερία, a.), James 1:25; James 2:12; cf. ὁ καινός νόμος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἄνευ ζυγοῦ ἀνάγκης ὤν, the Epistle of Barnabas 2, 6 [ET] (see Harnack's note, in the place cited). 4. by metonymy ὁ νόμος, the name of the more important part (i. e. the Pentateuch), is put for the entire collection of the sacred books of the O. T.: John 7:49; John 10:34 (Psalm 81:6 ()); John 12:34 (Psalm 109:4 (); (Theod.) Daniel 2:44; Daniel 7:14); John 15:25 (Psalm 34:19 (); ()); Romans 3:19; 1 Corinthians 14:21 (Isaiah 28:11f; so 2 Macc. 2:18, where cf. Grimm); ὁ νόμος καί οἱ προφῆται, Matthew 11:13; John 1:46; Acts 13:15; Acts 24:14; Acts 28:23; Romans 3:21 (2 Macc. 15:9); equivalent to the system of morals taught in the O. T., Matthew 5:17; Matthew 7:12; Matthew 22:40; ὁ νόμος (οἱ) προφῆται καί ψαλμοί, the religious dispensation contained in the O. T., Luke 24:44 (ὁ νόμος, οἱ προφῆται καί τά ἀλλά πατριά βιβλία, proleg. to Sir.). Paul's doctrine concerning ὁ νόμος is exhibited by (besides others) Weiss, Biblical Theol. §§ 71, 72; Pfleiderer, Paulinismus, pp. 69f. (English translation, i., p. 68f; A. Zahn, Das Gesetz Gottes nach d. Lehre u. Erfahrung d. Apestel Paulus, Halle 1876; R. Tiling, Die Paulinische Lehre vom νόμος nach d. vier Hauptbriefen, as above with Dorpat, 1878). νόμος does not occur in the following N. T. books: 2 Corinthians, Colossians, Thessalonians, 2 Timothy, Peter, Jude, John, and Revelation. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοσέω Transliteration: noseō Phonetic Spelling: nos-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be sick Meaning: to be sick GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3552 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3552 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3552 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3552 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3552, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοσέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3552 noseō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dote. From nosos; to be sick, i.e. (by implication, of a diseased appetite) to hanker after (figuratively, to harp upon) -- dote. see GREEK nosos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3552: νοσέωνοσέω, νόσῳ; (νόσος); from (Aeschylus), Herodotus down; to be sick; metaphorically, of any ailment of the mind (ἀνηκέστω πονηρία νόσειν Ἀθηναιους, Xenophon, mem. 3, 5, 18 and many other examples in Greek authors): περί τί, to be taken with such an interest in a thing as amounts to a disease, to have a morbid fondness for, 1 Timothy 6:4 (περί δόξαν, Plato, mor., p. 546 d.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόσημα Transliteration: nosēma Phonetic Spelling: nos'-ay-ma Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: sickness Meaning: sickness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3553 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3553 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3553 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3553 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3553, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόσημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3553 nosēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: disease. From noseo; an ailment -- disease. see GREEK noseo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3553: νόσημανόσημα, νοσηματος, τό, disease, sickness: John 5:4 Rec. Lachmann (Tragg., Aristophanes, Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νόσος Transliteration: nosos Phonetic Spelling: nos'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: disease, sickness Meaning: disease, sickness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3554 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3554 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3554 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3554 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3554, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νόσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3554 nosos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: disease, infirmity, sickness. Of uncertain affinity; a malady (rarely figuratively, of moral disability) -- disease, infirmity, sickness. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3554: νόσοςνόσος, νόσου, ἡ, disease, sickness: Matthew 4:23; Matthew 8:17; Matthew 9:35; Matthew 10:1; Mark 1:34; Mark 3:15 (R G L); Luke 4:40; Luke 6:18(); ; Acts 19:12. (Deuteronomy 7:15; Deuteronomy 28:59; Exodus 15:26, etc. (Homer, Herodotus, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοσσιά Transliteration: nossia Phonetic Spelling: nos-see-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a brood of young birds Meaning: a brood of young birds GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3555 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3555 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3555 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3555 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3555, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοσσιά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3555 nossia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: brood. From neossos; a brood (of chickens) -- brood. see GREEK neossos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3555: νοσσίανοσσία, νοσσιᾶς, ἡ (for νεοσσιά, the earlier and more common form (cf. WH's Appendix, p. 145), from νεοσσός, which see), the Sept. for קֵן; 1. a nest of birds. 2. a brood of birds: Luke 13:34 (but L text νοσσία, see the following word). (Deuteronomy 32:11 (Genesis 6:14; Numbers 24:22; Proverbs 16:16, etc.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοσσίον Transliteration: nossion Phonetic Spelling: nos-see'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a young bird Meaning: a young bird GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3556 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3556 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3556 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3556 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3556, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοσσίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3556 nossion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chicken. Diminutive of neossos; a birdling -- chicken. see GREEK neossos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3556: νοσσίοννοσσίον, νοσσιου, τό (see νοσσία), a brood of birds: Matthew 23:37 and Lachmann text in Luke 13:34 (where others νοσσία, see the preceding word). (Arstph, Aristotle, Aelian; for אֶפְרֹחִים Psalm 83:4 ().) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοσφίζω Transliteration: nosphizō Phonetic Spelling: nos-fid'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to abandon, to set apart Meaning: to abandon, to set apart GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3557 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3557 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3557 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3557 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3557, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοσφίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3557 nosphizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: keep back, purloin. Middle voice from nosphi (apart or clandestinely); to sequestrate for oneself, i.e. Embezzle -- keep back, purloin. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3557: νοσφίζωνοσφίζω: middle, present participle νοσφιζόμενος; 1 aorist ἐνοσφισαμην; (νόσφι afar, apart); to set apart, separate, divide; middle to set apart or separate for oneself, i. e. to purloin, embezzle, withdraw covertly and appropriate to one's own use: χρήματα, Xenophon, Cyril 4, 2, 42; Plutarch, Lucull. 37; Aristid. 4; μηδέν τῶν ἐκ τῆς διαρπαγης, Polybius 10, 16, 6; χρυσώματα, 2 Macc. 4:32; ἀλλότρια, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 29; absolutely, Titus 2:10; (τί) ἀπό τίνος, Acts 5:2, 3 (here A. V. keep back); the Sept. Joshua 7:1; ἐκ τίνος, Athen. 6, p. 234 a. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νότος Transliteration: notos Phonetic Spelling: not'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the south wind, the southern quarter Meaning: the south wind, the southern quarter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3558 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3558 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3558 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3558 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3558, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νότος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3558 notos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: south wind. Of uncertain affinity; the south(-west) wind; by extension, the southern quarter itself -- south (wind). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3558: νότοςνότος, νότου, ὁ, the south wind; a. properly: Luke 12:55; Acts 27:13; Acts 28:13. b. the South (cf. βορρᾶς): Matthew 12:42; Luke 11:31; Luke 13:29; Revelation 21:13. (From Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for נֶגֶב, the southern quarter, the South; and for דָּרוּם, the southern (both) wind and quarter; תֵּימָן, the same; קָדִים, the eastern (both) quarter and wind.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νουθεσία Transliteration: nouthesia Phonetic Spelling: noo-thes-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: admonition Meaning: admonition GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3559 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3559 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3559 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3559 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3559, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νουθεσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3559 nouthesia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: admonition. From nous and a derivative of tithemi; calling attention to, i.e. (by implication) mild rebuke or warning -- admonition. see GREEK nous see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3559: νουθεσίανουθεσία, νουθεσιας, ἡ (νουθετέω, which see); admonition, exhortation: Wis. 16:6; 1 Corinthians 10:11; Titus 3:10; κυρίου, such as belongs to the Lord (Christ) or proceeds from him, Ephesians 6:4 (cf. Winers Grammar, 189 (178)). (Aristophanes ran. 1009; Diodorus 15, 7; besides in Philo, Josephus, and other recent writings for νουθέτησις and νουθετια, forms more common in the earlier writings cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 512; (Winers Grammar, 24).) (Cf. Trench, § xxxii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νουθετέω Transliteration: noutheteō Phonetic Spelling: noo-thet-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to admonish, exhort Meaning: to admonish, exhort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3560 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3560 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3560 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3560 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3560, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νουθετέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3560 noutheteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: admonish, warn. From the same as nouthesia; to put in mind, i.e. (by implication) to caution or reprove gently -- admonish, warn. see GREEK nouthesia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3560: νουθετέωνουθετέω, νουθετῶ; (νουθετης, and this from νοῦς and τίθημι; hence, properly, equivalent to ἐν τῷ νώ τίθημι, literally, 'put in mind', German an das Herz legen); to admonish, warn, exhort: τινα, Acts 20:31; Romans 15:14; 1 Corinthians 4:14; Colossians 1:28; Colossians 3:16; 1 Thessalonians 5:12, 14; 2 Thessalonians 3:15. ((1 Samuel 3:13); Job 4:3; Wis. 11:11 Wis. 12:2; Tragg., Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νουμηνία Transliteration: noumēnia Phonetic Spelling: noo-may-nee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: new moon Meaning: new moon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3561 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3561 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3561 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3561 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3561, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νουμηνία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3561 noumēnia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: new moon. Feminine of a compound of neos and men (as noun by implication, of hemera); the festival of new moon -- new moon. see GREEK neos see GREEK men see GREEK hemera Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3561: νεομηνίανεομηνία, see νουμηνία. STRONGS NT 3561: νουμηνίανουμηνία, and according to a rarer uncontracted form (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 148 (Lightfoot on Col. as below; WH's Appendix, p. 145)) νεομηνία (so L text Tr WH), νουμηνίας, ἡ (νέος, μήν a month), new moon (Vulg.neomenia; barbarous Latinnovilunium): of the Jewish festival of the new moon (BB. DD., under the phrase, New Moon), Colossians 2:16. (The Sept. chiefly for חֹדֶשׁ; also for חֹדֶשׁ אֶחָד, Exodus 40:2; and חֹדֶשׁ רֹאשׁ, Numbers 10:10; Numbers 28:11; see μήν, 2. Pindar, Aristophanes, Thucydides, Xenophon, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νουνεχῶς Transliteration: nounechōs Phonetic Spelling: noon-ekh-oce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: sensibly, discreetly Meaning: sensibly, discreetly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3562 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3562 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3562 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3562 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3562, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νουνεχῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3562 nounechōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: discreetly. Adverb from a comparative of the accusative case of nous and echo; in a mind-having way, i.e. Prudently -- discreetly. see GREEK nous see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3562: νουνεχῶςνουνεχῶς (νοῦς and ἔχω (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 599)), adverb wisely, prudently, discreetly: Mark 12:34. ((Aristotle, rhet. Alex. 30, p. 1436{b}, 33 νουνεχῶς καί δικαίως); Polybius 1, 83, 3 νουνεχῶς καί φρονίμως; (2, 13, 1); 5, 88, 2 νουνεχῶς καί πραγματικως; (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νοῦς Transliteration: nous Phonetic Spelling: nooce Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: mind, understanding, reason Meaning: mind, understanding, reason GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3563 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3563 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3563 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3563 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3563, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νοῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3563 nous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mind, understanding. Probably from the base of ginosko; the intellect, i.e. Mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning -- mind, understanding. Compare psuche. see GREEK ginosko see GREEK psuche Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3563: νωςνως, see νοῦς. STRONGS NT 3563: νοῦςνοῦς (contracted from νως), ὁ, genitive νως,dative νοι< (so in later Greek for the earlier forms νου, νώ, contracted from νωυ, νόω; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 453; Winers Grammar, § 8, 2 b.; (Buttmann, 12f (12))), accusative νοῦν (contracted from νῷν), the Sept. for לֵב and לֵבָב (from Homer down); mind (German Sinn), i. e. 1. the mind, comprising alike the faculties of perceiving and understanding and those of feeling, judging, determining; hence, specifically, a. the intellective faculty, the understanding: Luke 24:45 (on which see διανοίγω, 2); Philippians 4:7; Revelation 13:18; Revelation 17:9; opposed to τό πνεῦμα, the spirit intensely roused and completely absorbed with divine things, but destitute of clear ideas of them, 1 Corinthians 14:14f, 19; ἔχειν τόν νοῦν κυρίου (L text, others Χριστοῦ), to be furnished with the understanding of Christ, 1 Corinthians 2:16b. b. reason (German die Vernunft) in the narrower sense, as the capacity for spiritual truth, the higher powers of the soul, the faculty of perceiving dibble things, of recognizing goodness and of hating evil: Romans 1:28; Romans 7:23; Ephesians 4:17; 1 Timothy 6:5; 2 Timothy 3:8 (cf. Winers Grammar, 229 (215); Buttmann, § 134, 7); Titus 1:15; opposed to ἡ σάρξ, Romans 7:25; ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νως, to be so changed that the spirit which governs the mind is renewed, Ephesians 4:23; (cf. ἡ ἀνακαίνωσις τοῦ νως, Romans 12:2). c. the power of considering and judging soberly, calmly and impartially: 2 Thessalonians 2:2. 2. a particular mode of thinking and judging: Romans 14:5; 1 Corinthians 1:10; equivalent to thoughts, feelings, purposes: τοῦ κυρίου (from Isaiah 40:13), Romans 11:34; 1 Corinthians 2:16a; equivalent to desires, τῆς σαρκός, Colossians 2:18 (cf. Meyer at the passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νυμφᾶς Transliteration: Nymphas Phonetic Spelling: noom-fas' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Nympha, a Christian of Laodicea Meaning: Nympha -- a Christian of Laodicea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3564 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3564 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3564 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3564 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3564, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νυμφᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3564 Nymphas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Nymphas. Probably contracted for a compound of numphe and doron; nymph-given (i.e. -born); Nymphas, a Christian -- Nymphas. see GREEK numphe see GREEK doron Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3564: νύμφαςνύμφας, Νύμφα, ὁ (perhaps contracted from νυμφοδωρος; cf. Winers Grammar, 102f (97); on accent cf. Chandler § 32), Nymphas, a Christian inhabitant of Laodicea: Colossians 4:15 (L WH Tr marginal reading read Νύμφαν, i. e. Nympha, the name of a woman; see especially Lightfoot ad loc, and p. 256). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νύμφη Transliteration: nymphē Phonetic Spelling: noom-fay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a bride, a young woman Meaning: a bride, a young woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3565 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3565 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3565 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3565 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3565, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νύμφη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3565 nymphē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bride, daughter in law. From a primary but obsolete verb nupto (to veil as a bride; compare Latin "nupto," to marry); a young married woman (as veiled), including a betrothed girl; by implication, a son's wife -- bride, daughter in law. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3565: νύμφηνύμφη, νύμφης, ἡ (apparently allied with Latinnubo; Vanicek, p. 429f), the Sept. for כַּלָּה; 1. a betrothed woman, a bride: John 3:29; Revelation 18:23; Revelation 21:2, 9; Revelation 22:17. 2. in the Greek writings from Homer down, a recently married woman, young wife; a young woman; hence, in Biblical and ecclesiastical Greek, like the Hebrew כַּלָּה (which signifies both a bride and a daughter-in-law (cf. Winers Grammar, 32)), a daughter-inlaw: Matthew 10:35; Luke 12:53. (Micah 7:6; Genesis 11:31; (Genesis 38:11); Ruth 1:6 (etc.); also Josephus, Antiquities 5, 9, 1.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νυμφίος Transliteration: nymphios Phonetic Spelling: noom-fee'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a bridegroom Meaning: a bridegroom GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3566 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3566 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3566 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3566 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3566, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νυμφίος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3566 nymphios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bridegroom. From numphe; a bride-groom (literally or figuratively) -- bridegroom. see GREEK numphe Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3566: νυμφίοςνυμφίος, νυμφίου, ὁ (νύμφη), a bridegroom: Matthew 9:15; Matthew 25:1, 5f, 10; Mark 2:19; Luke 5:34; John 2:9; John 3:29; Revelation 18:23. (From Homer down; Sept for חָתָן.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νυμφών Transliteration: nymphōn Phonetic Spelling: noom-fohn' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the bridechamber Meaning: the bridechamber GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3567 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3567 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3567 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3567 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3567, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νυμφών [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3567 nymphōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bridechamber. From numphe; the bridal room -- bridechamber. see GREEK numphe Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3567: νυμφώννυμφών, νυμφῶνος, ὁ (νύμφη), the chamber containing the bridal bed, the bride-chamber: οἱ υἱοί τοῦ νυμφῶνος (see υἱός, 2), of the friends of the bridegroom whose duty it was to provide and care for whatever pertained to the bridal chamber, i. e. whatever was needed for the due celebration of the nuptials: Matthew 9:15; Mark 2:19; Luke 5:34 ((Winer's Grammar, 33 (32)); Tobit 6:13 (14), 16 (17); ecclesiastical writings; Heliodorus 7, 8); the room in which the marriage ceremonies are held: Matthew 22:10 T WH Tr marginal reading |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νῦν Transliteration: nyn Phonetic Spelling: noon Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: now, the present Meaning: now, the present GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3568 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3568 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3568 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3568 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3568, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νῦν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3568 nyn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: henceforth, hereafter, nowA primary particle of present time; "now" (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate -- henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also tanun, nuni. see GREEK tanun see GREEK nuni Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3568: νῦννῦν, and νυνί (which see in its place), adverb now, Latinnunc (the Sept. for עַתָּה; (from Homer down)); 1. adverb of Time, now, i. e. at the present time; a. so used that by the thing which is now said to be or to be done the present time is opposed to past time: John 4:18; John 9:21; Acts 16:37; Acts 23:21; Romans 13:11; 2 Thessalonians 2:6; 2 Corinthians 7:9; 2 Corinthians 13:2; Philippians 1:30; Philippians 2:12; Philippians 3:18; Colossians 1:24, etc.; frequently it denotes a somewhat extended portion of present time as opposed to a former state of things: Luke 16:25; Acts 7:4; Galatians 1:23; Galatians 3:3; specifically, the time since certain persons received the Christian religion, Romans 5:9, 11; Romans 6:19, 21; Romans 8:1; Galatians 2:20; Galatians 4:29; 1 Peter 2:10, 25; or the time since man has had the blessing of the gospel, as opposed to past times, equivalent to in our times, our age: Acts 7:52; Romans 16:26; 2 Corinthians 6:2; Ephesians 3:5, 10; 2 Timothy 1:10; 1 Peter 1:12; 1 Peter 3:21,(cf. Epistle ad Diogn. 1 [ET]). b. opposed to future time: John 12:21; John 13:36 (opposed to ὕστερον); ; Romans 11:31; 1 Corinthians 16:12; νῦν καί εἰς πάντας τούς αἰῶνας, Jude 1:25; used to distinguish this present age, preceding Christ's return, from the age which follows that return: Luke 6:21, 25; Ephesians 2:2; Hebrews 2:8; 2 Peter 3:18; 1 John 2:28; with ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ added, Mark 10:30. c. Sometimes νῦν with the present is used of what will occur forthwith or soon, Luke 2:29; John 12:31; John 16:5; John 17:13; Acts 26:17. with a preterite, of what has just been done, Matthew 26:65; John 21:10; or very lately (but now, just now, hyperbolically, equivalent to a short time ago), νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, John 11:8; cf. Kypke at the passage; Vig. ed. Herm., p. 425f with a future, of those future things which are thought of as already begun to be done, John 12:31; or of those which will be done instantly, Acts 13:11 (here others supply ἐστι; Winers Grammar, § 64, 2 a.); or soon, Acts 20:22 (here πορεύομαι merely has inherent future force; cf. Buttmann, § 137, 10 a.). d. with the imperative it often marks the proper or fit time for doing a thing: Matthew 27:42; Mark 15:32; John 2:8. Hence, it serves to point an exhortation in ἄγε νῦν, come now: James 4:13; James 5:1 (where it is more correctly written ἄγε νῦν, cf. Passow, ii., p. 372). e. with other particles, by which the contrast in time is marked more precisely: καί νῦν, even now (now also), John 11:22; Philippians 1:20; and now, John 17:5; Acts 7:34 (cf. 2 below); (Winer's Grammar, § 43, 3 a.); ; ἀλλά νῦν, Luke 22:36; ἀλλά καί νῦν, but even now, John 11:22 (T Tr text WH omit; L Tr marginal reading brackets ἀλλά); ἔτι νῦν, 1 Corinthians 3:2(3) (L WH brackets ἔτι); νῦν δέ (see νυνί below) but now, John 16:5; John 17:13; Hebrews 2:8; τότε ... νῦν δέ, Galatians 4:9; Romans 6:21f (here νυνί δέ); Hebrews 12:26; πότε ... νῦν δέ, Romans 11:30 (WH marginal reading νυνί); Ephesians 5:8; 1 Peter 2:10; νῦν ἤδη, now already, 1 John 4:3. νῦν οὖν, now therefore, Acts 10:33; Acts 15:10; Acts 16:36; Acts 23:15 (Genesis 27:8, 43; Genesis 31:13, 30; Genesis 45:8; 1 Macc. 10:71). τό νῦν ἔχον, see ἔχω, II. b. f. with the article; α. with neuter accusative absolutely of the article, τά νῦν, as respects the present; at present, now (in which sense it is written also τανῦν (so Grab. always, Rec. twice; classic editions often τανῦν; cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 111; Chandler, Accent, § 826)): Acts 4:29; Acts 17:30; Acts 20:32; Acts 27:22 (2 Macc. 15:8; often in classical Greek; also τό νῦν, 1 Macc. 7:35 1 Macc. 9:9; cf. Krüger, § 50, 5, 13; Bernhardy (1829), p. 328; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. § 125, 8 Anm. 8 (5)); the things that now are, the present things, Judith 9:5; the accusative absolute, as respects the things now taking place, equivalent to as respects the case in hand, Acts 5:38. β. ὁ, ἡ, τό νῦν, the present, joined to substantives: as ὁ νῦν αἰών, 1 Timothy 6:17; 2 Timothy 4:10; Titus 2:12; καιρός, Romans 3:26; Romans 8:18; Romans 11:5; (2 Corinthians 8:14 (13)); νῦν ἱεροσαλημ, Galatians 4:25; οἱ νῦν οὐρανοί, 2 Peter 3:7; μου τῆς πρός ὑμᾶς νῦν (or νυνί) ἀπολογίας, Acts 22:1. γ. τό νῦν with prepositions: ἀπό τοῦ νῦν (the Sept. for מֵעַתָּה)' from this time onward (A. V. from henceforth), Luke 1:48; Luke 5:10; Luke 12:52; Luke 22:69; Acts 18:6; 2 Corinthians 5:16; ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν, Romans 8:22; Philippians 1:5; ἕως τοῦ νῦν (the Sept. for עַתָּה עַד), Matthew 24:21; Mark 13:19. 2. Like our now and the Latinnunc, it stands in a conclusion or sequence; "as things now are, as the matter now stands; under these circumstances; in the present state of affairs; since these things are so; as it is": Luke 11:39 (νῦν i. e. since ye are intent on observing the requirements of tradition; (but others take νῦν here of time — a covert allusion to a former and better state of things)); Colossians 1:24 (others, of time; cf. Meyer, Lightfoot, Ellicott at the passage); καί νῦν, 1 John 2:28; 2 John 1:5; καί νῦν δεῦρο, Acts 7:34. νῦν δέ (and νυνί δέ see, νυνί, but note; now however; but as it is; (often in classical Greek; cf. Vig. edition, Herm., p. 426; Matthiae, ii., p. 1434f; Kühner, § 498, 2 (or Jelf, § 719, 2)): 1 Corinthians 7:14; James 4:16, and R G in Hebrews 9:26; especially after a conditional statement with εἰ and the indicative preterite, Luke 19:42; John 8:40; John 9:41; John 15:22, 24; John 18:36; 1 Corinthians 12:20; (cf. Buttmann, § 151, 26). In Revelation νῦν does not occur. (Synonym: see ἄρτι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: τανῦν Transliteration: tanyn Phonetic Spelling: tan-oon' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: but now Meaning: but now GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3569 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3569 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3569 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3569 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3569, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/τανῦν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3569 tanyn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: but now. Or ta nun (tah noon) from neuter plural of ho and nun; the things now, i.e. (adverbially) at present -- (but) now. see GREEK ho see GREEK nun Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3569: τανῦντανῦν, see νῦν, 1 f. α., p. 430b top. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νυνί Transliteration: nyni Phonetic Spelling: noo-nee' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: now Meaning: now GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3570 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3570 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3570 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3570 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3570, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νυνί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3570 nyni 🕊 Strong's Concordance: now. A prolonged form of nun for emphasis; just now -- now. see GREEK nun Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3570: νυνίνυνί; (νῦν with iota demonstrative (Krüger, § 25, 6, 4f; Kühner, § 180, e. (Jelf, § 160, e.); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. § 80, 2)), in Attic note, at this very moment (precisely now, neither before nor after; Latinnunc ipsum), and only of Time, almost always with the present, very rarely with the future (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 19). Not found in the N. T. except in the writings of Paul and in a few places in Acts and the Epistle to the Hebrews; and it differs here in no respect from the simple νῦν; cf. Fritzsche, Romans, i., p. 182; (Winer's Grammar, 23); 1. of Time: with a present (Job 30:9), Acts 24:13 L T Tr WH; Romans 15:23, 25; 1 Corinthians 13:13 (ἄρτι ... τότε δέ ... νυνί δέ); 2 Corinthians 8:11, 22; Philemon 1:9, 11 (namely, ὄντα); with a perfect indicating continuance, Romans 3:21 (others refer this to 2); with a preterite (Psalm 16:11 ()), Romans 6:22 (opposed to τότε); Romans 7:6; Ephesians 2:13 (opposed to 1, τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ); Colossians 1:22 () (and Colossians 3:8; also Romans 11:30 WH marginal reading) (opposed to πότε); Colossians 1:26 (R G L marginal reading; cf. Winers Grammar, § 63 I. 2 b.; Buttmann, 382 (328)) (opposed to ἀπό τῶν αἰώνων); with a future, Job 7:21; Baruch 6:4 (Epistle Jeremiah 3); 2 Macc. 10:10; τῆς πρός ὑμᾶς νυνί ἀπολογίας, Acts 22:1. 2. contrary to Greek usage, in stating a conclusion (see νῦν, 2), but since the case stands thus (as it is): 1 Cor. ( R G T L marginal reading); R G (i. e. since ὁ γλώσσῃ λαλῶν without an interpretation cannot edify the church); but now (German so aber), Hebrews 9:26 L T Tr WH; after a conditional statement with εἰ (see νῦν, at the end), Romans 7:17; 1 Corinthians 12:18 (R G T WH marginal reading); ; Hebrews 8:6 (here L Tr marginal reading WH text νῦν), cf. ; Rec., cf. ; (Buttmann, § 151, 26). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νύξ Transliteration: nyx Phonetic Spelling: noox Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: night, by night Meaning: night, by night GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3571 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3571 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3571 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3571 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3571, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νύξ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3571 nyx 🕊 Strong's Concordance: midnight. A primary word; "night" (literally or figuratively) -- (mid-)night. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3571: νύξνύξ, genitive νυκτός, ἡ (from a root meaning 'to disappear'; cf. Latinnox, German nacht, English night; Curtius, § 94) (the Sept. for לַיִל and לַיְלָה) (from Homer down), night: Mark 6:48; Acts 16:33; Acts 23:23; John 13:30; Revelation 21:25; Revelation 22:5; ἵνα ἡ νύξ μή φοαινη τό τρίτον αὐτῆς, i. e. that the night should want a third part of the light which the moon and the stars give it, Revelation 8:12 (others understand this of the want of the light etc. for a third part of the night's duration); genitive νυκτός, by night (Winers Grammar, § 30, 11; Buttmann, § 132, 26), Matthew 2:14; Matthew 28:13; Luke 2:8 (but note here the article; some make τῆς νυκτός depend on φυλακάς); John 3:2; Acts 9:25; 1 Thessalonians 5:7; νυκτός καί ἡμέρας, Mark 5:5; 1 Thessalonians 2:9; 1 Thessalonians 3:10; 1 Timothy 5:5 (where see Ellicott on the order); ἡμέρας καί νυκτός, Luke 18:7; Acts 9:24; Revelation 4:8; Revelation 7:15; Revelation 12:10, etc.; μέσης νυκτός, at midnight, Matthew 25:6; in answer to the question when: ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, this night, Luke 12:20; Luke 17:34; Acts 27:23; τῇ νυκτί ἐκείνῃ, Acts 12:6; τῇ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτί, Acts 23:11; in answer to the question how long: νύκτα καί ἡμέραν, Luke 2:37; Acts 20:31; Acts 26:7; differently in Mark 4:27 (night and day, namely, applying himself to what lie is here said to be doing); τάς νύκτας, during the nights, every night, Luke 21:37; νύκτας τεσσαράκοντα, Matthew 4:2; τρεῖς, ; διά τῆς νυκτός, see διά, A. II. 1 b.; δι' ὅλης (τῆς) νυκτός, the whole night through, all night, Luke 5:5; ἐν νυκτί, when he was asleep, Acts 18:9; (κλέπτης) ἐν νυκτί, 1 Thessalonians 5:2, and Rec. in 2 Peter 3:10; ἐν τῇ νυκτί, in (the course of) the night, John 11:10; ἐν τῇ νυκτί ταύτῃ, Matthew 26:31, 34; Mark 14:30; ἐν τῇ νυκτί ἡ κτλ. 1 Corinthians 11:23; κατά μέσον τῆς νυκτός, about midnight, Acts 27:27. Metaphorically, the time when work ceases, i. e. the time of death, John 9:4; the time for deeds of sin and shame, the time of moral stupidity and darkness, Romans 13:12; the time when the weary and also the drunken give themselves up to slumber, put for torpor and sluggishness, 1 Thessalonians 5:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νύσσω Transliteration: nyssō Phonetic Spelling: noos'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pierce Meaning: to pierce GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3572 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3572 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3572 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3572 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3572, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νύσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3572 nyssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pierce. Apparently a primary word; to prick ("nudge") -- pierce. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3572: νύσσωνύσσω (νύττω): 1 aorist ἔνυξα; to strike (?), pierce; to pierce through, transfix; often in Homer of severe or even deadly wounds given one; as, τόν μέν ἔγχει νυξ' ... στυγερός δ' ἄρα μίν σκότος ἑιλε, Iliad 5, 45. 47; φθάσας αὐτόν ἐκεῖνος νυττει κάτωθεν ὑπό τόν βουβωνα δόρατι καί παραχρῆμα διεργάζεται, Josephus, b. j. 3, 7, 35; so τήν πλευράν λόγχη, John 19:34, cf. John 20:25, 27. On the further use of the word cf. Fritzsche, Romans, ii., p. 559. (Compare: κατανύσσω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νυστάζω Transliteration: nystazō Phonetic Spelling: noos-tad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to nod in sleep, to fall asleep Meaning: to nod in sleep, to fall asleep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3573 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3573 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3573 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3573 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3573, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νυστάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3573 nystazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: slumber. From a presumed derivative of neuo; to nod, i.e. (by implication) to fall asleep; figuratively, to delay -- slumber. see GREEK neuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3573: νυστάζωνυστάζω; 1 aorist ἐνύσταξα; (ΝΥΩ, cf. νεύω, νευστάζω); the Sept. for נוּם; 1. properly, "to nod in sleep, to sleep (Hippocrates, Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others); to be overcome or oppressed with sleep; to fall asleep, drop off to sleep," ((cf. Wycliffe) to nap it"): Matthew 25:5; the Sept. for נִרְדַּם, Psalm 75:7 (). 2. like the Latindormito (cf. our to be napping), tropical equivalent to: to be negligent, careless (Plato, Plutarch, others): of a thing equivalent to to linger, delay, 2 Peter 2:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νυχθήμερον Transliteration: nychthēmeron Phonetic Spelling: nookh-thay'-mer-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: lasting a night and a day Meaning: lasting a night and a day GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3574 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3574 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3574 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3574 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3574, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νυχθήμερον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3574 nychthēmeron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: night and day. From nux and hemera; a day-and-night, i.e. Full day of twenty-four hours -- night and day. see GREEK nux see GREEK hemera Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3574: νυχθήμεροννυχθήμερον, νυχθημερου, τό (νύξ and ἡμέρα), a night and a day, the space of twenty-four hours: 2 Corinthians 11:25. (Alex. Aphr.; Geoponica) Cf. Sturz, De dial. Mac. etc., p. 186; (Sophocles Lexicon, under the word; cf. Winer's Grammar, 25). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Νῶε Transliteration: Nōe Phonetic Spelling: no'-eh Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Indeclinable Short Definition: Noah, a patriarch Meaning: Noah -- a patriarch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3575 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3575 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3575 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3575 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3575, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Νῶε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3575 Nōe 🕊 Strong's Concordance: NoahOf Hebrew origin (Noach); Noe, (i.e. Noach), a patriarch -- Noe. see HEBREW Noach Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3575: ΝῶεΝῶε (Νωεος, Νοωυ, in Josephus (Antiquities 1, 3, 1ff)), ὁ (נֹחַ, rest), Noah, the second father of the human race: Matthew 24:37; Luke 3:36; Luke 17:26; Hebrews 11:7; 1 Peter 3:20; 2 Peter 2:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νωθρός Transliteration: nōthros Phonetic Spelling: no-thros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sluggish, slothful Meaning: sluggish, slothful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3576 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3576 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3576 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3576 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3576, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νωθρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3576 nōthros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dull, slothful. From a derivative of nothos; sluggish, i.e. (literally) lazy, or (figuratively) stupid -- dull, slothful. see GREEK nothos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3576: νωθρόςνωθρός, νωθρα, νωθρον (equivalent to νωθής, from νή (cf. νήπιος) and ὠθέω (to push; others, ὄθομαι to care about (cf. Vanicek, p. 879)), cf. νώδυνος, νώνυμος, from νή and ὀδύνη, ὄνομα), slow, sluggish, indolent, dull, lanuguid: Hebrews 6:12; with a dative of reference (Winers Grammar, § 31, 6 a.; Buttmann, § 133, 21), ταῖς ἀκοαῖς, of one who apprehends with difficulty, Hebrews 5:11; νωθρός καί παρειμένος ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις, Sir. 4:29; νωθρός καί παρειμένος ἐργάτης, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 34, 1 [ET]. (Plato, Aristotle, Polybius, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Anthol., others) (Synonym: see ἀργός, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: νῶτος Transliteration: nōtos Phonetic Spelling: no'-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the back Meaning: the back GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3577 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3577 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3577 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3577 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3577, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/νῶτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3577 nōtos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: back. Of uncertain affinity; the back -- back. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3577: νῶτοςνῶτος, νώτου, ὁ (from root 'to bend,' 'curve,' akin to Latinnatis; Fick i. 128; Vanicek, p. 420), the back: Romans 11:10 from Psalm 68:24 (). (In Homer ὁ νῶτος ( the gender of the singular is undetermined in Homer and Hesiod (Liddell and Scott)), plural τά νῶτα; in Attic generally τό νῶτον, very rarely ὁ νῶτος; plural always τά νῶτα; the Sept. ὁ νῶτος, plural οἱ νῶτοι; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 290; (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 351); Passow (Liddell and Scott), under the word.) STRONGS NT 3577a: Ξ [Ξ Xi, on its occasional substitution for sigma ς' see Sigma.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξενία Transliteration: xenia Phonetic Spelling: xen-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: hospitality, a lodging place Meaning: hospitality, a lodging place GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3578 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3578 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3578 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3578 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3578, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξενία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3578 xenia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lodging. From xenos; hospitality, i.e. (by implication) a place of entertainment -- lodging. see GREEK xenos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3578: ξένιαξένια, ξενιας, ἡ (ξένιος, ξένια, ξενιον, and this from ξένος), from Homer down, hospitality, hospitable reception; equivalent to a lodging-place, lodgings: Acts 28:23 (equivalent to τό μίσθωμα in Acts 28:30 (but this is doubtful; the more probable opinion receives the preference under the word ἴδιος, 1 a.)); Philemon 1:22. (See especially Lightfoot on Philippians, p. 9, and on Philemon 1, the passage cited.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξενίζω Transliteration: xenizō Phonetic Spelling: xen-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive as a guest, to surprise Meaning: to receive as a guest, to surprise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3579 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3579 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3579 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3579 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3579, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξενίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3579 xenizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: entertain, lodge, think it strange. From xenos; to be a host (passively, a guest); by implication, be (make, appear) strange -- entertain, lodge, (think it) strange. see GREEK xenos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3579: ξενίζωξενίζω; 1 aorist ἐξενισα; passive, present ξενίζομαι; 1 aorist ἐξενίσθην; from Homer down; 1. to receive as a guest, to entertain hospitably: τινα, Acts 10:23; Acts 28:7; Hebrews 13:2; passive to be recieved hospitably; to stay as a guest, to lodge (be lodged): ἐνθάδε, Acts 10:18; ἐν οἰκία τίνος, Acts 10:32; παρά τίνι, Acts 10:6; Acts 21:16 (cf. Buttmann, 284 (244); Winer's Grammar, 214 (201)), and sundry manuscripts in 1 Corinthians 16:19; (Diodorus 14, 30). 2. to surprise or astonish by the strangeness and novelty of a thing (cf. German befremden): ζενιζοντα τινα, Acts 17:20 (ξενιζουσα πρόσοψις καί καταπληκτικη, Polybius 3, 114, 4; τόν Θεόν ἐξενιζε τό πραττόμενον, Josephus, Antiquities 1, 1, 4; ξενιζουσαι συμφοραι, 2 Macc. 9:6); passive to be surprised, astonished at the novelty or strangeness of a thing; to think strange, be shocked: with the dative of the thing (Winer's Grammar, § 31, 1 f.), 1 Peter 4:12 (Polybius 1, 23, 5; 3,68, 9); ἐν with the dative of the thing (cf. Buttmann, § 133, 23), 1 Peter 4:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξενοδοχέω Transliteration: xenodocheō Phonetic Spelling: xen-od-okh-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to entertain strangers Meaning: to entertain strangers GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3580 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3580 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3580 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3580 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3580, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξενοδοχέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3580 xenodocheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lodge strangers. From a compound of xenos and dechomai; to be hospitable -- lodge strangers. see GREEK xenos see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3580: ξενοδοχέω [ξενοδοχέω (for the earlier form ξενοδοκέω in use from Herodotus down; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 307), ξενοδόχω: 1 aorist ἐξενοδόχησα; (ξενοδοχος, i. e. ξένους δεχόμενος); to receive and entertain hospitably, to be hospitable: 1 Timothy 5:10. (Dio Cass. 78, 3; (Graecus Venetus, Genesis 26:17; ecclesiastical writings).] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξένος Transliteration: xenos Phonetic Spelling: xen'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: foreign, a foreigner, guest Meaning: foreign, a foreigner, guest GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3581 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3581 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3581 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3581 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3581, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξένος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3581 xenos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: host, stranger. Apparently a primary word; foreign (literally, alien, or figuratively, novel); by implication, a guest or (vice-versa) entertainer -- host, strange(-r). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3581: ξένοςξένος, ξένῃ, ξένον, from Homer down, masculine a guest-friend (Latinhopes (of parties bound by ties of hospitality)), i. e.: 1. a foreigner, stranger (opposed to ἐπιχώριος, Plato, Phaedo c. 2, p. 59 b.; Josephus, b. j. 5, 1, 3); a. properly: Matthew 25:35, 38, 43; Matthew 27:7; 3 John 1:5; ξένοι καί παρεπίδημοί ἐπί τῆς γῆς, Hebrews 11:13; οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι, Acts 17:21; opposed to συμπολίτης, Ephesians 2:19; (the Sept. for אֹרֵחַ, a traveler, 2 Samuel 12:4, Alex. manuscript; for נֵר, Job 31:32; several times for נָכְרִי). (as adjective with) δαιμόνια, Acts 17:18. b. tropically, α. alien (from a person or thing); without knowledge of, without a share in: with a genitive of the thing, τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, Ephesians 2:12 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 4, 6) (τοῦ λόγου, Sophocles O. T. 219). β. new, unheard of: διδαχαι, Hebrews 13:9; ξένον τί a strange, wonderful thing, 1 Peter 4:12 (Aeschylus Prom. 688; Diodorus 3, 15 and 52; others). 2. one echo receives and entertains another hospitably; with whom he stays or lodges, a host: ὁ ξένος μου, Romans 16:23, where καί τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὅλης is added, i. e. either 'who receives hospitably all the members of the church who cross his threshold,' or 'who kindly permits the church to worship in his house' (Fritzsche). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξέστης Transliteration: xestēs Phonetic Spelling: xes'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a sextarius (about a pint), a pitcher (of wood or stone) Meaning: a sextarius (about a pint), a pitcher (of wood or stone) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3582 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3582 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3582 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3582 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3582, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξέστης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3582 xestēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a pitcher, jugAs if from xeo (properly, to smooth; by implication, (of friction) to boil or heat); a vessel (as fashioned or for cooking) (or perhaps by corruption from the Latin sextarius, the sixth of a modius, i.e. About a pint), i.e. (specially), a measure for liquids or solids, (by analogy, a pitcher) -- pot. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3582: ξέστηςξέστης, ξεστου, ὁ (a corruption of the Latin sextarius); 1. a sextarius, i. e. a vessel for measuring liquids, holding about a pint (Josephus, Antiquities 8, 2, 9 — see βάτος; Epictetus diss. 1, 9, 33; 2, 16, 22; (Dioscor.), Galen and medical writers). 2. a wooden pitcher or ewer (Vulg.urceus (A. V. pot)) from which water or wine is poured, whether holding a sextarius or not: Mark 7:4, 8 (here T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξηραίνω Transliteration: xērainō Phonetic Spelling: xay-rah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dry up, waste away Meaning: to dry up, waste away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3583 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3583 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3583 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3583 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3583, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξηραίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3583 xērainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dry up, wither away. From xeros; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature -- dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away). see GREEK xeros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3583: ξηραίνωξηραίνω: 1 aorist ἐξηρανα (James 1:11); passive, present ξηραίνομαι; perfect 3 person singular ἐξήρανται (Mark 11:21), participle ἐξηραμμενος; 1 aorist ἐξηράνθην; cf. Buttmann, 41 (36); (from ξηρός, which see); from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for יִבֵּשׁ and הובִישׁ; to make dry, dry up, wither: active, τόν χόρτον, James 1:11; passive to become dry, to be dry, be withered (cf. Buttmann, 52 (45)) (the Sept. for יָבֵשׁ): of plants, Matthew 13:6; Matthew 21:19; Mark 4:6; Mark 11:20; Luke 8:6; John 15:6; (1 Peter 1:24); of the ripening of crops, Revelation 14:15; of fluids: ἡ πηγή, Mark 5:29; τό ὕδωρ, Revelation 16:12 (Genesis 8:7; Isaiah 19:5); of members of the body, to waste away, pine away: Mark 9:18; ἐξηραμμενη χείρ, a withered hand, Mark 3:1, and R G in 3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξηρός Transliteration: xēros Phonetic Spelling: xay-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: dry Meaning: dry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3584 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3584 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3584 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3584 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3584, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξηρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3584 xēros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dry, withered. From the base of xestes (through the idea of scorching); arid; by implication, shrunken, earth (as opposed to water) -- dry land, withered. see GREEK xestes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3584: ξηρόςξηρός, ξηρά, ξηρόν, from Herodotus down, dry: τό ξύλον, Luke 23:31 (in a proverb. saying, 'if a good man is treated so, what will be done to the wicked?' cf. Psalm 1:3; Ezekiel 20:47. Isaiah 56:3; Ezekiel 17:24); of members of the body deprived of their natural juices, shrunk, wasted, withered: as χείρ, Matthew 12:10; Mark 3:3 L T Tr WH; Luke 6:6, 8; men are spoken of as ξηροι, withered, John 5:3. of the land in distinction from water, ἡ ξηρά namely, γῆ (the Sept. for יַבָּשָׁה, Genesis 1:9; Jonah 1:9; Jonah 2:11, and often (Winer's Grammar, 18; 592 (550))): Matthew 23:15; Hebrews 11:29 where L T Tr WH add γῆς. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξύλινος Transliteration: xylinos Phonetic Spelling: xoo'-lin-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: wooden Meaning: wooden GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3585 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3585 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3585 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3585 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3585, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξύλινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3585 xylinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of wood. From xulon; wooden -- of wood. see GREEK xulon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3585: ξύλινοςξύλινος, ξυλίνη, ξύλινον (ξύλον), from Pindar and Herodotus down, wooden, made of wood: σκεύη, 2 Timothy 2:20; neuter plural εἴδωλα, Revelation 9:20 (Θεοί, Baruch 6:30 (Epistle Jeremiah 29)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξύλον Transliteration: xylon Phonetic Spelling: xoo'-lon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: wood Meaning: wood GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3586 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3586 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3586 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3586 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3586, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξύλον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3586 xylon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: staff, stocks, tree, wood. From another form of the base of xestes; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance -- staff, stocks, tree, wood. see GREEK xestes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3586: ξύλονξύλον, ξύλου, τό (from ξύω to scrape, plane), from Homer down; the Sept. for עֵץ; 1. wood: universally, 1 Corinthians 3:12; ξύλον θύϊνον, Revelation 18:12; that which is made of wood, as a beam from which anyone is suspended, a gibbet, a cross (A. V. tree, which see in B. D. American edition), Acts 5:30; Acts 10:39; Acts 13:29; Galatians 3:13; 1 Peter 2:24 (עֵץ, Genesis 40:19; Deuteronomy 21:23; Joshua 10:26; Esther 5:14) — a use not found in the classics (cf. Liddell and Scott, under II. 4). A log or timber with holes in which the feet, bands, neck, of prisoners were inserted and fastened with thongs (Gr. καλόν, ξυλοπεδη, ποδοκάκη, ποδοστράβη, Latinnervus, by which the Latin renders the Hebrew סַד, a fetter, or shackle for the feet, Job (Job 13:27); ; cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexamples N. T., p. 458ff; (B. D., under the word )): Acts 16:24 (Herodotus 6, 75; 9, 37; Aristophanes eq. 367, 394, 705); a cudgel, stick, staff: plural, Matthew 26:47, 55; Mark 14:43, 48; Luke 22:52 (Herodotus 2, 63; 4, 180; Demosthenes, p. 645, 15; Polybius 6, 37, 3; Josephus, b. j. 2, 9, 4; Herodian, 7, 7, 4). 2. a tree: Luke 23:31 (Genesis 1:29; Genesis 2:9; Genesis 3:1; Isaiah 14:8, etc.); ξυλος τῆς ζωῆς, see ζωή, 2 b., p. 274{a}. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ξυράω Transliteration: xyraō Phonetic Spelling: xoo-rah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shave Meaning: to shave GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3587 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3587 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3587 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3587 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3587, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ξυράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3587 xyraō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shave. From a derivative of the same as xulon (meaning a razor); to shave or "shear" the hair -- shave. see GREEK xulon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3587: ξυράωξυράω (a later form, from Diodorus (1, 84) down, for ξυρέω, which the earlier writers used from Herodotus down; (Winers Grammar, 24; Buttmann, 63 (55); especially Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 53)), ξυρῷ: perfect passive participle ἐξυρημενος; middle, present infinitive ξυρᾶσθαι (for which some would read (1 Corinthians 11:6) ξυρᾶσθαι (1 aorist middle infinitive from ξυρῷ); see WH's Appendix, p. 166); 1 aorist subjunctive 3 person plural ξυρήσωνται (but T Tr WH read the future ξυρήσονται); (from ξυρόν a razor, and this from ξύω); the Sept. for גִּלַּח; to shear, shave: passive 1 Corinthians 11:5; middle to get oneself shaved, 1 Corinthians 11:6; 1 Corinthians 11:6; with an accusative specifying the object more precisely (cf. Buttmann, § 134, 7; Winer's Grammar, § 32, 5): τήν κεφαλήν, Acts 21:21 (the Sept. Numbers 6:9, 19: Leviticus 21:5; τάς ὀφρύας, Herodotus 2, 66; τό σῶμα, 2, 37). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁ Transliteration: ho Phonetic Spelling: ho Part of Speech: Definite Article Short Definition: the Meaning: the GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3588 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3588 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3588 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3588 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3588, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3588 ho 🕊 Strong's Concordance: the, this, that, one, he, she, it Including the feminine he (hay), and the neuter to (to) in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom) -- the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3588: ὁὁ, ἡ, τό, originally τος, τῇ, τό (as is evident from the forms τοι, ται for οἱ, αἱ in Homer and the Ionic writings), corresponds to our definite article the (German der, die, das), which is properly a demonstrative pronoun, which we see in its full force in Homer, and of which we find certain indubitable traces also in all kinds of Greek prose, and hence also in the N. T. I. As a demonstrative pronoun; Latinhic, hacc, hoc; German der, die, das, emphatic; cf. Winers Grammar, § 17, 1; Buttmann, 101f (89f); 1. in the words of the poet Aratus, τοῦ γάρ καί γένος ἐσμεν, quoted by Paul in Acts 17:28. 2. in prose, where it makes a partition or distributes into parts: ὁ μέν ... ὁ δέ, that ... this, the one ... the other: Matthew 13:23 R G Tr (here the division is threefold); Galatians 4:23 (here L WH Tr marginal reading brackets μέν); οἱ μέν ... οἱ δέ, Acts 28:24; Philippians 1:16f; οἱ μέν ... ὁ δέ, Hebrews 7:5f, 20 (21), 23f; τούς μέν ... τούς δέ, Mark 12:5 R G; Ephesians 4:11; οἱ μέν ... ἄλλοι δέ (Lclnn. οἱ δέ) ... ἕτεροι δέ, Matthew 16:14 cf. John 7:12; τινες followed by οἱ δέ, Acts 17:18; ὅς (see ὅς I.) μέν followed by ὁ δέ, Romans 14:2; οἱ δέ stands as though οἱ μέν had preceded, Matthew 26:67; Matthew 28:17. 3. in narration, when either two persons or two parties are alternately placed in opposition to each other and the discourse turns from one to the other; ὁ δέ, but he, and he (German er aber): Matthew 2:14; Matthew 4:4; Matthew 21:29; Mark 1:45; Mark 12:15; Luke 8:21, 30, 48; Luke 22:10, 34; John 9:38, and very often; plural, Matthew 2:5, 9; Matthew 4:20; Mark 12:14 (R G L marginal reading), 16 (L brackets οἱ δέ); Luke 7:4; Luke 20:5, 12; Luke 22:9, 38, 71; Acts 4:21; Acts 12:15, and often; οἱ μέν οὖν, in the Acts alone: Acts 1:6; Acts 5:41; Acts 15:3, 30; ὁ μέν οὖν, . II. As the definite or prepositive article (to be distinguished from the postpositive article — as it is called when it has the force of a relative pronoun, like the German der, die, das, examples of which use are not found in the N. T.), whose use in the N. T. is explained at length by Winers Grammar, §§ 18-20; Buttmann, 85 (74ff); (Green, p. 5ff). As in all languages the article serves to distinguish things, persons, notions, more exactly, it is prefixed 1. to substantives that have no modifier; and a. those that designate a person or a thing that is the only one of its kind; the article thus distinguishes the same from all other persons or things, as ὁ ἥλιος, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ Θεός, ὁ λόγος (John 1:1f), ὁ διάβολος, τό φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος, etc. b. appellative names of persons and things definite enough in themselves, or made so by the context, or sufficiently well-known from history; thus, to the names of virtues and vices, as ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία, ἡ δύναμις, ἡ ἀλήθεια, etc. ὁ ἐρχόμενος, the well-known personage who is to come, i. e. the Messiah, Matthew 11:3; Luke 7:19; ὁ προφήτης, the (promised and expected) prophet, John 1:21; John 7:40; ἡ σωτηρία, the salvation which all good men hope for, i. e. the Messianic salvation: ἡ γραφή, etc.; ἡ νεφέλη, the cloud (well known from the O. T.), 1 Corinthians 10:1f; τούς ἀγγέλους, James 2:25; τῷ ἐκτρώματι, 1 Corinthians 15:8. to designations of eminent personages: ὁ υἱός τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ υἱός τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (see υἱός); ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, John 3:10; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 613. The article is applied to the repeated name of a person or thing already mentioned or indicated, and to which the reader is referred, as τούς μάγους, Matthew 2:7 cf. 1; οἱ ἀσκοί, Matthew 9:17: οἱ δαίμονες, Matthew 8:31 cf. Matthew 8:28; τήν ὄνον καί τόν πῶλον, Matthew 21:7, cf. Matthew 21:2, and countless other examples The article is used with names of things not yet spoken of, in order to show that definite things are referred to, to be distinguished from others of the same kind and easily to be known from the context; as τά βρέφη, the babes belonging to the people of that place, Luke 18:15; ἀπό τῶν δένδρων, namely, which were there, Matthew 21:8; τῷ ἱερεῖ, to the priest whose duty it will be to examine thee, when thou comest, Matthew 8:4; Mark 1:44; Luke 5:14; τό πλοῖον, the ship which stood ready to carry them over, Matthew 8:23 (R G T, cf. Matthew 8:18); (R G); (R G); τό ὄρος, the mountain near the place in question (der an Ort u. Stelle befindliche Berg) (But some commentators still regard τό ὄρος as used here generically or Hebraistically like ἡ ὀρεινῇ, the mountain region or the highlands, in contrast with the low country (cf. the Sept. Joshua 17:16; Joshua 20:7; Genesis 19:17, 19, etc.); cf. Lightfoot 'Fresh Revision' etc., p. 111f; Weiss, Matthäusevangelium, p. 129 note; and in Meyer's Matthew 7te Aufl.), Matthew 5:1; Mark 3:13; Luke 9:28; John 6:3, 15 (1 Macc. 9:38, 40); ἡ οἰκία, the house in which (Jesus) was wont to lodge, Matthew 9:10, 28; Matthew 13:36; Matthew 17:25; ὑπό τόν μόδιον, namely, that is in the house, Matthew 5:15; also ἐπί τήν λυχνίαν, ibid.; ἐν τῇ φάτνη, in the manger of the stable of the house where they were lodging, Luke 2:7 R G; ὁ ἔπαινος, the praise of which he is worthy, 1 Corinthians 4:5; so everywhere in the doxologies: ἡ δόξα τό κράτος, 1 Peter 4:11; Revelation 5:13, etc. c. The article prefixed to the plural often either includes all and every one of those who by the given name are distinguished from other things having a different name — as οἱ ἀστέρες, Matthew 24:29; Mark 13:25; αἱ ἀλωτεκες, Matthew 8:20; Luke 9:58, etc.; — or defines the class alone, and thus indicates that the whole class is represented by the individuals mentioned, however many and whosoever they may be; as in οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, οἱ γραμματεῖς, οἱ τελῶναι, οἱ ἄνθρωποι people, the multitude (German die Leute); οἱ ἀετοί, Matthew 24:28; τοῖς κυσίν, Matthew 7:6. d. The article prefixed to the singular sometimes so defines only the class, that all and every one of those who bear the name are brought to mind; thus, ὁ ἄνθρωπος, Matthew 15:11; ὁ ἐθνικός καί τελώνης, Matthew 18:17; ὁ ἐργάτης, Luke 10:7; 1 Timothy 5:18; ὁ μεσίτης, Galatians 3:20; ὁ κληρονόμος, Galatians 4:1; ὁ δίκαιος, Romans 1:17; Hebrews 10:38; τά σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου, the signs required of anyone who claims to be an apostle, 2 Corinthians 12:12, and ether examples e. The article is prefixed to the nominative often put for the vocative in addresses (cf. Winers Grammar, § 29, 2; Buttmann, § 129 a. 5): χαῖρε ὁ βασιλεύς τῶν Ἰουδαίων (properly, σύ ὁ βασιλεύς, thou who art the king), John 19:3; ναί, ὁ πατήρ, Matthew 11:26; ἄγε νῦν οἱ πλούσιοι, κλαύσατε, James 5:1; οὐρανέ καί οἱ ἅγιοι, Revelation 18:20; add, Mark 5:41; Mark 10:47; Luke 12:32; Luke 18:11, 13; John 8:10; John 20:28; Acts 13:41; Romans 8:15; Ephesians 5:14, 22, 25; Ephesians 6:1, 4; Revelation 12:12. f. The Greeks employ the article, where we abstain from its use, before nouns denoting things that pertain to him who is the subject of discourse: εἶπε or φησί μεγάλη τῇ φωνή, Acts 14:10 (R G); (Proverbs 26:25); γυνή προσευχομένη ... ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλή, 1 Corinthians 11:5; especially in the expression ἔχειν τί, when the object and its adjective, or what is equivalent to an adjective, denotes a part of the body or something else which naturally belongs to anyone (as in French,il a les epaules larges); so, ἐήξειν τήν χεῖρα ξηράν, Matthew 12:10 R G; Mark 3:1; τό πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου ((Rec. ἄνθρωπος)), Revelation 4:7; τά αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα, Hebrews 5:14; ἀπαράβατον τήν ἱερωσύνην, Hebrews 7:24; τήν κατοίκησιν κτλ., Mark 5:3; τήν εἰς ἑαυτούς ἀγάπην ἐκτενῆ, 1 Peter 4:8. Cf. Grimm on 2 Macc. 3:25. the genitive of a person pronoun αὐτοῦ, ὑμῶν, is added to the substantive: Matthew 3:4; Mark 8:17; Revelation 2:18; 1 Peter 2:12, cf. Ephesians 1:18; cf. Winers Grammar, § 18, 2; (Buttmann, § 125,5). g. Proper Names sometimes have the article and sometimes are anarthrous; cf. Winers Grammar, § 18, 5 and 6; Buttmann, § 124, 3 and 4; (Green, p. 28f); α. as respects names of Persons, the person without the article is simply named, but with the article is marked as either well known or as already mentioned; thus we find Ἰησοῦς and ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Παῦλος and ὁ Παῦλος, etc. Πιλᾶτος has the article everywhere in John's Gospel and also in Mark's Gospel, if Mark 15:43 (in R G L) be excepted (but T Tr WH insert the article there also); Τίτος is everywhere anarthrous. Indeclinable names of persons in the oblique cases almost always have the article, unless the case is made evident by a preposition: τῷ Ἰωσήφ, Mark 15:45; τόν Ἰακώβ καί τόν Ἠσαῦ, Hebrews 11:20, and many other examples, especially in the genealogies, Matthew 1:1ff; Luke 3:23; but where perspicuity does not require the article, it is omitted also in the oblique cases, as τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσήφ, Hebrews 11:21; τῶν υἱῶν Αμμωρ, Acts 7:16; ὁ Θεός Ἰσαάκ, Matthew 22:32; Acts 7:32; ὅταν ὄψησθε Ἀβραάμ καί Ἰσαάκ ... καί πάντας τούς προφήτας, Luke 13:28. The article is commonly omitted with personal proper names to which is added an apposition indicating the race, country, office, rank, surname, or something else, (cf. Matthiae, § 274): let the following suffice as examples: Ἀβραάμ ὁ πατήρ ἡμῶν, John 8:56; Romans 4:1; Ἰάκωβον τόν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καί Ἰωάννην τόν ἀδελφόν αὐτοῦ, Matthew 4:21; Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή, Matthew 27:56, etc.; Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτιστής, Matthew 3:1; ἡροδης ὁ τετράρχης, Luke 9:7; Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός, Matthew 1:16; Σαῦλος δέ ὁ καί Παῦλος namely, καλούμενος, Acts 13:9; Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, Mark 14:3; Βαρτιμαῖος ὁ τυφλός, Mark 10:46 (R G); Ζαχαριου τοῦ ἀπολομένου, Luke 11:51. But there are exceptions also to this usage ὁ δέ ἡροδης ὁ τετράρχης, Luke 3:19; τόν Σαούλ, υἱόν Κίς, Acts 13:21; in the opening of the Epistles: Παῦλος ἀπόστολος, Romans 1:1; 1 Corinthians 1:1, etc. β. Proper names of countries and region s have the article far more frequently than those of cities and towns, for the reason that most names of countries, being derived from adjectives, get the force of substantives only by the addition of the article, as ἡ Ἀχαΐα (but cf. 2 Corinthians 9:2), ἡ Γαλατία, ἡ Γαλιλαία, ἡ Ἰταλία, ἡ Ἰουδαία, ἡ Μακεδονία (but cf. Romans 15:26; 1 Corinthians 16:5), etc. Only Αἴγυπτος, if Acts 7:11 L T Tr WH be excepted, is everywhere anarthrous. The names of cities, especially when joined to prepositions, particularly ἐν, εἰς and ἐκ, are without the article; but we find ἀπό (R G ἐκ) τῆς Ῥώμης in Acts 18:2. γ. Names of rivers and streams have the article in Matthew 3:13; Mark 1:5; Luke 4:1; Luke 13:4; John 1:28; τοῦ Κεδρών, John 18:1 G L Tr marginal reading 2. The article is prefixed to substantives expanded and more precisely defined by modifiers; a. to nouns accompanied by a genitive of the pronouns μου, σου, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτῶν, αὐτῶν: Matthew 1:21, 25; Matthew 5:45; Matthew 6:10-12; Matthew 12:49; Mark 9:17; Luke 6:27; Luke 10:7; Luke 16:6; Acts 19:25 (L T Tr WH ἡμῖν); Romans 4:19; Romans 6:6, and in numberless other places; it is rarely omitted, as in Matthew 19:28; Luke 1:72; Luke 2:32; 2 Corinthians 8:23; James 5:20, etc.; cf. Buttmann, § 127, 27. b. The possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος, joined to substantives (if John 4:34 be excepted) always take the article, and John generally puts them after the substantive (ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή, John 5:30; ὁ λόγος ὁ σός, ; κοινωνία ἡ ἡμετέρα, 1 John 1:3; ὁ καιρός ὁ ὑμέτερος, John 7:6), very rarely between the article and the substantive (τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῤήμασιν, John 5:47; ἡ ἐμή διδαχή, ; τήν σήν λαλιάν, ), yet this is always done by the other N. T. writings, Matthew 18:20; Mark 8:38; Luke 9:26; Acts 24:6 (Rec.); ; Romans 3:7, etc. c. When adjectives are added to substantives, either the adjective is placed between the article and the substantive — as τό ἴδιον φορτίον, Galatians 6:5; ὁ ἀγαθός ἄνθρωπος, Matthew 12:35; τήν δικαίαν κρίσιν, John 7:24; ἡ ἀγαθή μερίς, Luke 10:42; τό ἅγιον πνεῦμα, Luke 12:10; Acts 1:8; ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, John 17:3, and many other examples; — or the adjective preceded by an article is placed after the substantive with its article, as τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Mark 3:29; John 14:26; Acts 1:16; Hebrews 3:7; Hebrews 9:8; Hebrews 10:15; ἡ ζωή αἰώνιος, 1 John 1:2; 1 John 2:25; ὁ ποιμήν ὁ καλός, John 10:11; τήν πύλην τήν σιδηρᾶν, Acts 12:10, and other examples; — very rarely the adjective stands before a substantive which has the article, as in Acts ( R G); ; 1 Corinthians 11:5 (cf. Buttmann, § 125, 5; Winer's Grammar, § 20, 1 c.). As to the adjectives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ' ἐκλογήν πρόθεσις, Romans 9:11; παῥ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Romans 11:27; ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Corinthians 1:18; ἡ εἰς Χριστόν πίστις, Colossians 2:5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρός τόν Θεόν, 1 Thessalonians 1:8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τούς ἁγίους, 2 Corinthians 8:4; see many other examples of each usage in Winers Grammar, 131ff (124ff); (Buttmann, 91ff (80ff)). e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows (Winers Grammar, § 18, 4; Buttmann, § 127, 29-31); as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, John 9:24 (οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, L Tr marginal reading WH); Acts 6:13; Acts 22:26; ὁ λαός οὗτος, Matthew 15:8; ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, Luke 15:30; plural Luke 24:17, and numberless other examples; οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, Luke 14:30; οὗτος ὁ λαός, Mark 7:6 (ὁ λαός οὗτος, L WH marginal reading); οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου, Luke 15:24; οὗτος ὁ τελώνης, Luke 18:11 (ὁ τελώνης οὗτος, L marginal reading); οὗτος ὁ λόγος, John 7:36 (ὁ λόγος οὗτος, L T Tr WH), and many other examples on ἐκεῖνος, see ἐκεῖνος, 2; on αὐτός ὁ etc., see αὐτός (I. 1 b. etc.); on ὁ αὐτός etc., see αὐτός, III. 3. The neuter article prefixed to adjectives changes them into substantives (cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 2; Buttmann, § 128, 1); as, τό ἀγαθόν, τό καλόν (which see each in its place); τό ἔλαττον, Hebrews 7:7; with a genitive added, τό γνωστόν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 1:19; τό ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, Romans 8:3; τό ἀσθενές τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Corinthians 1:25; αὐτῆς, Hebrews 7:18; τά ἀόρατα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 1:20; τά κρυπτά τῆς αἰσχύνης, 2 Corinthians 4:2, etc. 4. The article with cardinal numerals: εἷς one; ὁ εἷς the one (of two), see εἷς, 4 a.; but differently ὁ εἷς in Romans 5:15, 17, the (that) one. So also οἱ δύο (our the twain), Matthew 19:5; οἱ δέκα the (those) ten, and οἱ ἐννέα, Luke 17:17; ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δέκα (καί) ὀκτώ, Luke 13:4. 5. The article prefixed to participles a. gives them the force of substantives (Winers Grammar, §§ 18, 3; 45, 7; Buttmann, §§ 129, 1 b.; 144, 9); as, ὁ πειράζων, Matthew 4:3; 1 Thessalonians 3:5; ὁ βαπτίζων, Mark 6:14 (for which Matthew 14:2 ὁ βαπτιστής); ὁ σπείρων, Matthew 13:3; Luke 8:5; ὁ ὀλοθρεύων, Hebrews 11:28; οἱ βαστάζοντες, Luke 7:14; οἱ βόσκοντες, Matthew 8:33; Mark 5:14; οἱ ἐσθίοντες, the eaters (convivae), Matthew 14:21; τό ὀφειλόμενον, Matthew 18:30, 34; τά ὑπάρχοντα (see ὑπάρχω, 2). b. the participle with the article must be resolved into he who (and a finite verb; cf. Buttmann, § 144, 9): Matthew 10:40; Luke 6:29; Luke 11:23; John 15:23; 2 Corinthians 1:21; Philippians 2:13, and very often. πᾶς ὁ followed by a participle (Winer's Grammar, 111 (106)), Matthew 5:22; Matthew 7:26; Luke 6:30 (T WH omit; L Tr marginal reading brackets article); ; Romans 2:1; 1 Corinthians 16:16; Galatians 3:13, etc.; μακάριος ὁ with a participle, Matthew 5:4 (), , etc.; οὐαί ὑμῖν οἱ with a preposition, Luke 6:25; the neuter τό with a participle must be resolved into that which (with a finite verb), τό γεννώμενον, Luke 1:35; τό γεγεννημένον, John 3:6. c. the article with participle is placed in apposition: Mark 3:22; Acts 17:24; Ephesians 3:20; Ephesians 4:22, 24; 2 Timothy 1:14; 1 Peter 1:21, etc. 6. The neuter τό before infinitives a. gives them the force of substantives (cf. Buttmann, 261ff (225ff) (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 44, 2 a.; 3 c.)); as, τό καθίσαι, Matthew 20:23; Mark 10:40; τό θέλειν, Romans 7:18; 2 Corinthians 8:10; τό ποιῆσαι, τό ἐπιτελέσαι, 2 Corinthians 8:11, and other examples; τοῦτο κρίνατε. τό μή τιθέναι κτλ., Romans 14:13. On the infinite with the article depending on a preposition (ἀντί τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, εἰς τό, etc.), see under each preposition in its place. b. Much more frequent in the N. T. than in the earlier and more elegant Greek writings, especially in the writings of Luke and Paul (nowhere in John's Gospel and Epistles), is the use of the genitive τοῦ with an infinitive (and in the Sept. far more frequent than in the N. T.), which is treated of at length by Fritzsche in an excursus at the end of his commentary on Matthew, p. 843ff; Winers Grammar, § 44, 4; Buttmann, 266ff (228ff). The examples fall under the following classes: τοῦ with an infinitive is put α. after words which naturally require a genitive (of a noun also) after them; thus after ἄξιον, 1 Corinthians 16:4; ἔλαχε, Luke 1:9 (1 Samuel 14:47); ἐξαποροῦμαι, 2 Corinthians 1:8. β. for the simple expletive (i. e. 'complementary') or (as it is commonly called) epexegetical infinite, which serves to fill out an incomplete idea expressed by a noun or a verb or a phrase (where in German zu is commonly used); thus after προθυμία, 2 Corinthians 8:11; βραδεῖς, Luke 24:25; ἐλπίς, Acts 27:20; 1 Corinthians 9:10 (not Rec.); ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν, Luke 22:6 (not L marginal reading); ὁ καιρός (namely, ἐστι) τοῦ ἄρξασθαι, to begin, 1 Peter 4:17 (καιρόν χειν with the simple infinitive Hebrews 11:15); διδόναι τήν ἐξουσίαν, Luke 10:19 (ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν with simple infinitive, John 19:10; 1 Corinthians 9:4); ὀφειλέται ἐσμεν (equivalent to ὀφείλομεν), Romans 8:12 (with an infinitive alone, Galatians 5:3); ἕτοιμον εἶναι, Acts 23:15 (1 Macc. 3:58 1 Macc. 5:39 1 Macc. 13:31; with an infinitive alone, Luke 22:33); χρείαν ἔχειν, Hebrews 5:12; ἔδωκεν ὀφθαλμούς τοῦ μή βλέπειν καί ὦτα τοῦ μή ἀκούειν, that they should not see ... that they should not hear (cf. Buttmann, 267 (230)), Romans 11:8 (χειν ὦτα elsewhere always with a simple infinitive; see οὖς, 2); ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν, at which she should be delivered (cf. Buttmann, the passage cited), Luke 1:57; ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ... τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν, that they should circumcise him (cf. Buttmann, the passage cited), Luke 2:21; after ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν, Luke 17:1 (so Buttmann, § 140, 15; (Winer's Grammar, 328 (308) otherwise)); quite unusually after ἐγένετο (cf. Buttmann, § 140, 16 δ.; Winer's Grammar, the passage cited), Acts 10:25 (Rec. omits the article). γ. after verbs of deciding, entreating, exhorting, commanding, etc.: after κρίνειν (see κρίνω, 4); ἐγένετο γνώμη (γνώμης T Tr WH (see γίνομαι, 5 e. a.)), Acts 20:3; τό πρόσωπον ἐστήριξεν, Luke 9:51; συντίθεσθαι, Acts 23:20 (with an infinitive alone, Luke 22:5); προσεύχεσθαι, James 5:17; παρακαλεῖν, Acts 21:12; ἐντέλλεσθαι, Luke 4:10; ἐπιστέλλειν, Acts 15:20 (with an infinitive alone, Acts 21:25 (R G T, but L Tr text WH here ἐπεστείλαμεν; Buttmann, 270 (232))); κατανεύειν, Luke 5:7. δ. after verbs of hindering, restraining, removing (which naturally require the genitive), and according to the well-known pleonasm with μή before the infinitive (see μή, I. 4 a.; Buttmann, § 148, 13; Winer's Grammar, 325 (305)); thus, after κατέχω τινα, Luke 4:42; κρατοῦμαι, Luke 24:16; κωλύω, Acts 10:47; ὑποστέλλομαι, Acts 20:20, 27; παύω, 1 Peter 3:10; καταπαύω, Acts 14:18; without μή before the infinitive after ἐγκόπτομαι, Romans 15:22. ε. τοῦ with an infinitive is added as a somewhat loose epexegesis: Luke 21:22; Acts 9:15; Acts 13:47; Philippians 3:21; εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τά σώματα αὐτῶν, to the uncleanness of their bodies being dishonored, Romans 1:24 (cf. Buttmann, § 140, 14); Winer's Grammar, 325f (305f). ζ. it takes the place of an entire final clause, in order that (Winers Grammar, § 44, 4 b.; Buttmann, § 140, 17); especially after verbs implying motion: Matthew 2:13; Matthew 3:13; Matthew 13:3; Matthew 24:45; Mark 4:3 (where L T WH omit; Tr brackets τοῦ); Luke 1:77, 79; Luke 2:24, 27; Luke 5:1 (R G L text Tr marginal reading); (here L omits; Tr brackets τοῦ); ; Acts 3:2; Acts 20:30; Acts 26:18; Romans 6:6; Romans 11:10; Galatians 3:10; Philippians 3:10; Hebrews 10:7, 9; Hebrews 11:5. ἡ. used of result so that: Acts 7:19; Romans 7:3; after ποιῶ, to cause that, make to, Acts 3:12; (cf. Winers Grammar, 326 (306); Buttmann, § 140, 16 δ.). 7. The article with adverbs (Buttmann, § 125, 10f; Winer's Grammar, § 18, 3), a. gives them the force of substantives; as, τό πέραν, the region beyond; τά ἄνω, τά κάτω, τό νῦν, τά ἔμπροσθεν, τά ὀπίσω, etc.; see these words in their proper places. b. is used when they stand adjectivally, as ἡ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, ὁ τότε κόσμος, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος, ὁ νῦν αἰών, etc., on which see these several words. c. the neuter τό is used in the accusative absolute, especially in specifications of time: both with adverbs of time, τό πάλιν, 2 Corinthians 13:2; τά νῦν or τανῦν, and with neuter adjectives used adverbially, as τό λοιπόν, τό πρότερον (John 6:62; Galatians 4:13); τό πρῶτον (John 10:40; John 12:16; John 19:39); τό πλεῖστον (1 Corinthians 14:2;); see these words themselves. 8. The article before prepositions with their cases is very often so used that ὤν, ὄντες, ὄντα, must be supplied in thought (cf. Buttmann, § 125, 9; Winer's Grammar, § 18, 3); thus, οἱ ἀπό Ἰταλίας, ἀπό Θεσσαλονίκης, Acts 17:13; Hebrews 13:24 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 66, 6); ὁ ἐν τίνι, Matthew 6:9; Romans 8:1; neuter τά πρός, Mark 2:2; οἱ ἐκ τίνος, Romans 2:8; Romans 4:14, 16; Philippians 4:22 etc.; οἱ παρά τίνος, Mark 3:21 (see παρά, I. e.). τά περί τίνος, Luke 24:19; Acts 24:10; Philippians 1:27; (add, τά (T Tr WH τό) περί ἐμοῦ, Luke 22:37), etc. (see περί, I. b. β.); τά περί τινα, Philippians 2:23 (see περί, II. b.); οἱ μετά τίνος, those with one, his companions, Matthew 12:3; οἱ περί τινα, and many other examples which are given under the several prepositions. the neuter τό in the accusative absolute in adverbial expressions (cf. Winers Grammar, 230 (216); Buttmann, §§ 125, 12; 131, 9): τό καθ' ἡμέραν, daily, day by day, Luke 11:3; Luke 19:47; Acts 17:11 (R G WH brackets); τό καθόλου, at all, Acts 4:18 (L T WH omit τό); besides, in τό κατά σάρκα, as respects human origin, Romans 9:5 (on the force of the article here see Abbot in the Journal of the Society for Biblical Literature, etc. for 1883, p. 108); τά κατ' ἐμέ, as respects what relates to me, my state, my affairs, Colossians 4:7; Ephesians 6:21; τό ἐξ ὑμῶν, as far as depends on you, Romans 12:18; τό ἐφ' ὑμῖν, as far as respects you, if I regard you, Romans 16:19 R G; τά πρός (τόν) Θεόν, the accusative absolute, as respects the things pertaining to God, i. e. in things pertaining to God, Romans 15:17; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 5:1 (ἱερεῖ τά πρός τούς Θεούς, στρατήγω δέ τά πρός τούς ἀνθρώπους, Xenophon, resp. Laced. 13, 11; cf. Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, iii., p. 262f); τό ἐκ μέρους namely, ὄν, that which has been granted us in part, that which is imperfect, 1 Corinthians 13:10. 9. The article, in all genders, when placed before the genitive of substantives indicates "kinship, affinity, or some kind of connection, association or fellowship, or in general that which in some way pertains to a person or thing" (cf Winers Grammar, § 30, 3; Buttmann, § 125, 7); a. the masculine and the feminine article: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, ὁ τοῦ Ἀλφαίου, the son, Matthew 10:2 (3), 3; Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου, the mother, Mark 16:1 (T omits; Tr brackets τοῦ); Luke 24:10 (L T Tr WH); Ἑμμόρ τοῦ Συχέμ, of Hamor, the father of Shechem, Acts 7:16 R G; ἡ τοῦ Ουριου, the wife, Matthew 1:6; οἱ Χλόης, either the kinsfolk, or friends, or domestics, or work-people, or slaves, of Chloe, 1 Corinthians 1:11; also οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου, Romans 16:10f; οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, the followers of Christ (A. V. they that are Christ's), 1 Corinthians 15:23 G L T Tr WH; Galatians 5:24; οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων, the disciples of the Pharisees, Mark 2:18a Rec., 18b R G L; Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου, the city of Philip, Mark 8:27. b. τό and τά τίνος: as τά τοῦ Θεοῦ, the cause or interests, the purposes, of God, opposed to τά τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Matthew 16:23; Mark 8:33; in the same sense τά τοῦ κυρίου, opposed to τά τοῦ κόσμου, 1 Corinthians 7:32-34; τά τῆς σαρκός, τά τοῦ πνεύματος, Romans 8:5; τά ὑμῶν, your possessions, 2 Corinthians 12:14; ζητεῖν τό or τά τίνος, 1 Corinthians 10:24; 1 Corinthians 13:5; Philippians 2:21; τά τῆς εἰρήνης, τῆς οἰκοδομῆς, which make for, Romans 14:19; τά τῆς ἀσθενείας μου, which pertain to my weakness, 2 Corinthians 11:30; τά Καίσαρος, τά τοῦ Θεοῦ, due to Caesar, due to God, Matthew 22:21; Mark 12:17; Luke 20:25; τά τοῦ νηπίου, the things wont to be thought, said, done, by a child, 1 Corinthians 13:11; τά τίνος, the house of one (τά Λυκωνος, Theocritus, 2, 76; (εἰς τά τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, Lysias c. Eratosthenes § 12, p. 195); cf. ἐν τοῖς πατρικοῖς, in her father's house, Sir. 42:10; (Chrysostom hom. 52:(on Genesis 26:16), vol. iv. part ii. col. 458, Migne edition; Genesis 41:51; Esther 7:9, (Hebrew בַּיִת); Job 18:19 (Hebrew מָגוּר))); with the name of a deity, the temple (τά τοῦ Διός, Josephus, contra Apion 1, 18, 2; also τό τοῦ Διός, Lycurgus, adverb, Leocr., p. 231 ((orat. Attic, p. 167, 15))), Luke 2:49 (see other examples in Lob. ad Phryn., p. 100). τά τοῦ νόμου, the precepts of the (Mosaic) law, Romans 2:14; τό τῆς παροιμίας, the (saying) of (that which is said in) the proverb, 2 Peter 2:22; τά τῶν δαιμονιζομένων, what the possessed had done and experienced, Matthew 8:33; τό τῆς συκῆς, what has been done to the fig-tree, Matthew 21:21. 10. The neuter τό is put a. before entire sentences, and sums them up into one conception (Buttmann, § 125, 13; Winer's Grammar, 109 (103f)): εἶπεν αὐτῷ τό Αἰ δύνασαι πιστεῦσαι, said to him this: 'If thou canst believe,' Mark 9:23 (but L T Tr WH τό Αἰ δύνῃ 'If thou canst!'); cf. Bleek at the passage; (Riddell, The Apology etc. Digest of Idioms § 19 γ.). before the sayings and precepts of the O. T. quoted in the New: τό Οὐ φονεύσεις, the precept, 'Thou shalt not kill', Matthew 19:18; add, Luke 22:37 (where Lachmann ὅτι for τό); Romans 13:9; (1 Corinthians 4:6 L T Tr WH); Galatians 5:14. before indirect questions: τό τίς etc., τό τί etc., τό πῶς etc., Luke 1:62; Luke 9:46; Luke 19:48; Luke 22:2, 4, 23; Acts 4:21; Acts 22:30; Romans 8:26; 1 Thessalonians 4:1; cf. Matthiae, § 280; Krüger, § 50, 6, 10; Passow, ii., p. 395b; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, B. I. 3f). b. before single words which are explained as parts of some discourse or statement (references as above): τό Αγαρ, the name Αγαρ, Galatians 4:25 (T L text WH marginal reading omit; Tr brackets Αγαρ); τό 'ἀνέβη', this word ἀνέβη, Ephesians 4:9 (cf. Lightfoot on Galatians, the passage cited); τό ἔτι ἅπαξ, Hebrews 12:27; cf. Matthiae, 2, p. 731f, 11. We find the unusual expression οὐαί (apparently because the interjection was to the writer a substitute for the term ἡ πληγή or ἡ θλῖψις (Winers Grammar, 179 (169))), misery, calamity (A. V. the Woe), in Revelation 9:12; Revelation 11:14. III. Since it is the business, not of the lexicographer, but of the grammarian, to exhibit the instances in which the article is omitted in the N. T. where according to the laws of our language it would have been expected, we refer those interested in this matter to the Grammars of Winer (sec. 19) and Alex. Buttmann (sec. 124, 8) (cf. also Green, chapter ii. § iii.; Middleton, The Doctrine of the Greek Article (edited by Rose), pp. 41ff, 94f; and, particularly with reference to Granville Sharp's doctrine (Remarks on the uses of the Def. Art. in the Greek Text of the N. T., 3rd edition 1803), a tract by C. Winstanley (A Vindication etc.) republished at Cambr. 1819), and only add the following remarks: 1. More or less frequently the article is lacking before appellatives of persons or things of which only one of the kind exists, so that the article is not needed to distinguish the individual from others of the same kind, as ἥλιος, γῆ, Θεός, Χριστός, πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ζωή αἰώνιος, θάνατος, νεκροί (of the whole assembly of the dead (see νεκρός, 1 b., p. 423b)); and also of those persons and things which the connection of discourse clearly shows to be well-defined, as νόμος (the Mosaic law (see νόμος, 2, p. 428a)), κύριος, πατήρ, υἱός, ἀνήρ (husband), γυνή (wife), etc. 2. Prepositions which with their cases designate a state and condition, or a place, or a mode of acting, usually have an anarthrous noun after them; as, εἰς φυλακήν, ἐν φυλακή, εἰς ἀέρα, ἐκ πίστεως, κατά σάρκα, ἐπ' ἐλπίδι, παῥ ἐλπίδα, ἀπ' ἀγορᾶς, ἀπ' ἀγροῦ, ἄν ἀγρῷ, εἰς ὁδόν, ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου, εἰς ἡμέραν ἀπολυτρώσεως, and numberless other examples. STRONGS NT 3588: ὅὅ, τέ, ἥ, τέ, τό, τέ, see τέ 2 a. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀγδοήκοντα Transliteration: ogdoēkonta Phonetic Spelling: og-do-ay'-kon-tah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: eighty Meaning: eighty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3589 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3589 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3589 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3589 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3589, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀγδοήκοντα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3589 ogdoēkonta 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fourscore. From ogdoos; ten times eight -- fourscore. see GREEK ogdoos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3589: ὀγδοήκονταὀγδοήκοντα, eighty: Luke 2:37; Luke 16:7. ((Thucydides, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄγδοος Transliteration: ogdoos Phonetic Spelling: og'-do-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: the eighth Meaning: the eighth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3590 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3590 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3590 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3590 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3590, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄγδοος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3590 ogdoos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eighth. From oktos; the eighth -- eighth. see GREEK oktos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3590: ὄγδοοςὄγδοος, ὀγδη, ὀγδον (from Homer down), the eighth: Luke 1:59; Acts 7:8; Revelation 17:11; Revelation 21:20; our who has seven other companions, who with others is the eighth, 2 Peter 2:5; so δέκατος, with nine others, 2 Macc. 5:27; cf. Matthiae, § 469, 9; Viger. edition, Herm., p. 72f and 720f; Winers Grammar, § 37, 2; (Buttmann, 30 (26)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄγκος Transliteration: onkos Phonetic Spelling: ong'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: bulk, an encumbrance Meaning: bulk, an encumbrance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3591 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3591 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3591 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3591 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3591, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄγκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3591 onkos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: weight. Probably from the same as agkale; a mass (as bending or bulging by its load), i.e. Burden (hindrance) -- weight. see GREEK agkale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3591: ὄγκοςὄγκος, ὀγδου, ὁ (apparently from ἘΓΚΩ, ἐνεγκεῖν, equivalent to φόρτος, see Buttmann, Lexil. i. 288ff (Fishlake's translation, p. 151f), whatever is prominent, protuberance, bulk, mass, hence), a burden, weight, encumbrance: Hebrews 12:1. (In many other uses in Greek writings of all ages.) [SYNONYMS: ὄγκος, βάρος, φορτίον: βάρος refers to weight, o. to bulk, and either may be oppressive (contra Tittmann); βάρος a load in so far as it is heavy, φορτίον a burden in so far as it is borne; hence, the φορτίον may be either 'heavy' (Matthew 23:4; Sir. 21:16), or 'light' (Matthew 11:30).] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅδε Transliteration: hode Phonetic Spelling: hod'-eh Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun Short Definition: this (referring to what is present) Meaning: this (referring to what is present) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3592 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3592 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3592 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3592 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3592, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅδε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3592 hode 🕊 Strong's Concordance: he, she, such, these, thus. Including the feminine hede (hay'-deh), and the neuter tode (tod'-e) from ho and de; the same, i.e. This or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun -- he, she, such, these, thus. see GREEK ho see GREEK de Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3592: ὅδεὅδε, ἤδη, τόδε (from the old demonstrative pronoun ὁ, ἡ, τό, and the enclitic δέ) (from Homer down), this one here, Latinhicce, haecce, hocce; a. it refers to what precedes: Luke 10:39 and Rec. in ; τάδε πάντα, 2 Corinthians 12:19 Griesbach; to what follows: neuter plural τάδε, these (viz. the following) things, as follows, thus, introducing words spoken, Acts 15:23 R G; τάδε λέγει etc., Acts 21:11; Revelation 2:1, 8, 12, 18; Revelation 3:1, 7, 14. b. εἰς τήνδε τήν πόλιν (where we say into this or that city) (the writer not knowing what particular city the speakers he introduces would name), James 4:13 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 162 (153), who adduces as similar τήνδε τήν ἡμέραν, Plutarch, symp. 1, 6, 1; (but see Lünemann's addition to Winers and especially Buttmann, § 127, 2)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδεύω Transliteration: hodeuō Phonetic Spelling: hod-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to travel Meaning: to travel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3593 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3593 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3593 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3593 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3593, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3593 hodeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: journey. From hodos; to travel -- journey. see GREEK hodos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3593: ὁδεύωὁδεύω; (ὁδός); to travel, journey: Luke 10:33. (Homer Iliad 11,569; Xenophon, an. 7, 8, 8; Josephus, Antiquities 19, 4, 2; b. j. 3, 6,3; Herodian, 7, 3, 9 (4 edition, Bekker); Plutarch, others; Tobit 6:6.) (Compare: διοδεύω, συνοδεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδηγέω Transliteration: hodēgeō Phonetic Spelling: hod-ayg-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lead, guide, teach Meaning: to lead, guide, teach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3594 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3594 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3594 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3594 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3594, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδηγέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3594 hodēgeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: guide, lead. From hodegos; to show the way (literally or figuratively (teach)) -- guide, lead. see GREEK hodegos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3594: ὁδηγέωὁδηγέω, ὁδήγω; future ὁδηγήσω; 1 aorist subjunctive 3 person singular ὁδηγήσῃ; (ὁδηγός, which see); the Sept. chiefly for נָחָה, also for הִדְרִיך, הולִיך, etc.; a. properly, to be a guide, lead on one's way, to guide: τινα, Matthew 15:14; Luke 6:39; τινα ἐπί τί, Revelation 7:17; (Aeschylus, Euripides, Diodorus, Alciphron, Babrius, others). b. tropically, to be a guide or teacher; to give guidance to: τινα, Acts 8:31 (Plutarch, mor. 954 b.); εἰς τήν ἀλήθειαν, John 16:13 (R G L Tr WH text (see below)) (ὁδήγησόν με ἐπί τήν ἀλήθειαν σου καί δίδαξόν με, Psalm 24:5 () (followed by εἰς and πρός in the Teaching of the Apostles, chapter 3 [ET])); followed by ἐν, with the dative of the thing in which one gives guidance, instruction or assistance to another, ἐν τῇ ἀλήθεια, John 16:13 T WH marginal reading (see above) (ὁδήγησόν με ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ σου καί πορεύσομαι ἐν τῇ ἀλήθεια σου, Psalm 85:11 (); cf. Psalm 118:35 (); Wis. 9:11 Wis. 10:17). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδηγός Transliteration: hodēgos Phonetic Spelling: hod-ayg-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a leader, guide Meaning: a leader, guide GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3595 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3595 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3595 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3595 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3595, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδηγός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3595 hodēgos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: guide, leader. From hodos and hegeomai; a conductor (literally or figuratively (teacher)) -- guide, leader. see GREEK hodos see GREEK hegeomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3595: ὁδηγόςὁδηγός, ὁδηγοῦ, ὁ (ὁδός and ἡγέομαιt; cf. χορηγός), a leader of the way, a guide; a. properly: Acts 1:16 (Polybius 5, 5, 15; Plutarch, Alex. 27; 1 Macc. 4:2; 2 Macc. 5:15). b. in figurative and sententious discourse ὁδηγός τυφλῶν, i. e. like one who is literally so called, namely a teacher of the ignorant and unexperienced, Romans 2:19; plural, τυφλοί ... ὁδηγοί τυφλῶν, i. e. like blind guides in the literal sense, in that, while themselves destitute of a knowledge of the truth, they offer themselves to others as teachers, Matthew 15:14; Matthew 23:16, 24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδοιπορέω Transliteration: hodoiporeō Phonetic Spelling: hod-oy-por-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to travel Meaning: to travel GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3596 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3596 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3596 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3596 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3596, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδοιπορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3596 hodoiporeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go on a journey. From a compound of hodos and poreuomai; to be a wayfarer, i.e. Travel -- go on a journey. see GREEK hodos see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3596: ὁδοιπορέωὁδοιπορέω, ὁδοιπόρῳ; (ὁδοιπόρος a wayfarer, traveller); to travel, journey: Acts 10:9. (Herodotus, Sophocles, Xenophon, Aelian v. h. 10, 4; Herodian, 7, 9, 1, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδοιπορία Transliteration: hodoiporia Phonetic Spelling: hod-oy-por-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a journey Meaning: a journey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3597 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3597 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3597 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3597 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3597, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδοιπορία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3597 hodoiporia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: journey. From the same as hodoiporeo; travel -- journey(-ing). see GREEK hodoiporeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3597: ὁδοιπορίαὁδοιπορία, ὁδοιπορίας, ἡ (ὁδοιπόρος), a journey, journeying: John 4:6; 2 Corinthians 11:26. (Wis. 13:18 Wis. 18:3; 1 Macc. 6:41; Herodotus, Xenophon, Diodorus 5, 29; Herodian, others.) STRONGS NT 3597a: ὁδοποιέωὁδοποιέω, ὁδοποιῶ; in Greek writings from Xenophon down, to make a road; to level, make passable, smooth, open, a way; and so also in the Sept.: ὡδοποιησε τρίβον τῇ ὀργή αὐτοῦ, for פִּלֵס, Psalm 77:50 (); for סָלַל, to construct a lever way by casting up an embankment, Job 30:12; Psalm 67:5 (); for פִּנָּה, Psalm 79:10 (); for דֶּרֶך פִּנָּה, Isaiah 62:10; — and so, at least apparently, in Mark 2:23 L Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading (see ποιέω, I. 1 a. and c.) (with ὁδόν added, Xenophon, anab. 4, 8, 8). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁδός Transliteration: hodos Phonetic Spelling: hod-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a way, road Meaning: a way, road GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3598 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3598 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3598 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3598 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3598, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁδός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3598 hodos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: road, way, journeyApparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means -- journey, (high-)way. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3598: ὁδόςὁδός, ὁδοῦ, ἡ (apparently from the root, ἘΔ, to go (Latinadire, accedere), allied with Latinsolum; Curtius, § 281); the Sept. numberless times for דֶּרֶך, less frequently for אֹרַח; (from Homer down); a way; 1. properly, a. a travelled way, road: Matthew 2:12; Matthew 7:13; Matthew 13:4, 19; Mark 4:4, 15; Mark 10:46; Luke 8:5, 12; Luke 10:31; Luke 18:35; Luke 19:36; Acts 8:26; Acts 9:17; James 2:25, etc.; κατά τήν ὁδόν (as ye pass along the way (see κατά, II. 1 a.)) by the way, on the way, Luke 10:4; Acts 8:36; Acts 25:3; Acts 26:13; σαββάτου ὁδός (A. V. a sabbath-day's journey) the distance that one is allowed to travel on the sabbath, Acts 1:12 (see σάββατον, 1 a.). ἡ ὁδός with a genitive of the object, the way leading to a place (the Hebrew דֶּרֶך also is construed with a genitive, cf. Geseuius, Lehrgeb., p. 676 (Gr. § 112, 2; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 2)): ἐθνῶν, Matthew 10:5; τῶν ἁγίων into the holy place, Hebrews 9:8, cf. 10:20, where the grace of God is symbolized by a way, cf. ζάω, II. b. (τοῦ ξύλου, Gcn. 3:24; Αἰγύπτου ... Ἀσσυρίων, Jeremiah 2:18; γῆς Φιλιστιειμ, Exodus 13:17; τοῦ Σινᾶ, Judith 5:14; Latinvia mortis, Tibull. 1, 10, 4; cf. Kühner, ii., p. 286, 4). in imitation of the Hebrew דֶּרֶך, the accusative of which takes on almost the nature of a preposition, in the way to, toward (cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, i., p. 352{a}), we find ὁδόν θαλάσσης in Matthew 4:15 from Isaiah 8:23 (Isaiah 9:1) (so ὁδόν (τῆς θαλάσσης, 1 Kings 18:43); γῆς αὐτῶν, 1 Kings 8:48; 2 Chronicles 6:38; ὁδόν δυσμῶν ἡλίου, Deuteronomy 11:30; moreover, once with the accusative, ὁδόν θάλασσαν ἐρυθράν, Numbers 14:25; (Deuteronomy 2:1); cf. Thiersch, De Alex. Pentateuchi versione, p. 145f; (Buttmann, § 131, 12)), with a genitive of the subject, the way in which one walks: ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν, Romans 3:16; ἑτοιμάζειν τήν ὁδόν τῶν βασιλέων, Revelation 16:12; in metaphorical phrases, κατευθένειν τήν ὁδόν τίνος, to remove the hindrances to the journey, 1 Thessalonians 3:11; ἑτοιμάζειν (and ἐυθύνειν, John 1:23; κατασκευάζειν, Matthew 11:10; Mark 1:2; Luke 7:27) τήν ὁδόν τοῦ κυρίου, see ἑτοιμάζω. b. a traveller's way, journey, travelling: ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, on the journey, on the road, Matthew 5:25; Matthew 15:32; Matthew 20:17; Mark 8:27; Mark 9:33; Mark 10:32, 52; Luke 12:58; Luke 24:32, 35; Acts 9:27; ἐξ ὁδοῦ, from a journey, Luke 11:6; αἴρειν or κτᾶσθαι τί εἰς ὁδόν, Matthew 10:10; Mark 6:8, and εἰς τήν ὁδόν, Luke 9:3; πορεύομαι τήν ὁδόν, to make a journey (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 2, 22), with αὐτοῦ added (A. V. to go on one's way), to continue the journey undertaken, Acts 8:39; ὁδός ἡμέρας, a journey requiring a (single) day for its completion, used also, like our a day's journey, as a measure of distance, Luke 2:41 (Genesis 30:36; Genesis 31:23; Exodus 3:18; Judith 2:21; 1 Macc. 5:24 1 Macc. 7:45; ἀοπέχειν παμπολλων ἡμερῶν ὁδόν, Xenophon, Cyril 1, 1, 3, cf. Herodotus 4, 101 (Winer's Grammar, 188 (177))); on the phrase ὁδόν ποιεῖν, Mark 2:23 see ποιέω, I. 1 a. and c. 2. Metaphorically, a. according to the familiar figure of speech, especially frequent in Hebrew (cf. Winers Grammar, 32) and not unknown to the Greeks, by which an action is spoken of as a proceeding (cf. the German Wandel), ὁδός denotes a course of conduct, a way (i. e. manner) of thinking, feeling, deciding: a person is said ὁδόν δεικνύναι τίνι, who shows him how to obtain a thing, what helps he must use, 1 Corinthians 12:31; with a genitive of the object, i. e. of the thing to be obtained, εἰρήνης, Romans 3:17; ζωῆς, Acts 2:28; σωτηρίας, Acts 16:17; with a genitive of the subjunctive, τῆς δικαιοσύνης, the way which ἡ δικαιοσύνη points out and which is accustomed to characterize ἡ δικαιοσύνη, so in Matthew 21:32 (on which see δικαιοσύνη, 1 b., p. 149{a} bottom); used of the Christian religion, 2 Peter 2:21; likewise τῆς ἀληθείας, 2 Peter 2:2; with the genitive of the person deciding and acting, James 5:20; τοῦ Κάϊν, Jude 1:11; τοῦ Βαλαάμ, 2 Peter 2:15; ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ, in all his purposes and actions, James 1:8; τάς ὁδούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ, the methods which I as Christ's minister and apostle follow in the discharge of my office, 1 Corinthians 4:17; those are said πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν (to walk in their own ways) who take the course which pleases them, even though it be a perverse one, Acts 14:16 (on the dative see πορεύω, under the end); αἱ ὁδοί τοῦ Θεοῦ or κυρίου, the purposes and ordinances of God, his ways of dealing with men, Acts 13:10; Romans 11:33; Revelation 15:3 (Hosea 14:9; Psalm 94:10 (); (); Sir. 39:24; Tobit 3:2, etc.). ἡ ὁδός τοῦ Θεοῦ, the course of thought, feeling, action, prescribed and approved by God: Matthew 22:16; Mark 12:14; Luke 20:21; used of the Christian religion, Acts 18:26; also ἡ ὁδός τοῦ κυρίου, Acts 18:25; ὁδός used generally of a method of knowing and worshipping God, Acts 22:4; Acts 24:14; ἡ ὁδός simply, of the Christian religion (cf. Buttmann, 163 (142)), Acts 9:2; Acts 19:9, 23; Acts 24:22. b. in the saying of Christ, ἐγώ εἰμί ἡ ὁδός I am the way by which one passes, i. e. with whom all who seek approach to God must enter into closest fellowship, John 14:6. (On the omission of ὁδός in certain formulas and phrases (Luke 5:19; Luke 19:4), see Winers Grammar, 590f (549f); Buttmann, § 123, 8; Bos, Ellipses etc. (edited by Schaefer), p. 331f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀδούς Transliteration: odous Phonetic Spelling: od-ooce Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a tooth Meaning: a tooth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3599 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3599 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3599 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3599 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3599, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀδούς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3599 odous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tooth. Perhaps from the base of esthio; a "tooth" -- tooth. see GREEK esthio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3599: ὀδούςὀδούς (according to Etym. Magn. 615, 21 (Pollux 6, 38) from ἔδω, Latinedere, etc., cf. Curtius, § 289; others from the root, da, to divide, cf. δαίω, δάκνω; (Latindens); Fick i., p. 100), ὀδόντος, ὁ, from Homer down; the Sept. for שֵׁן; a tooth: Matthew 5:38; Mark 9:18; Acts 7:54; plural Revelation 9:8; ὁ βρυγμός τῶν ὀδόντων, see βρυγμός. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀδυνάω Transliteration: odynaō Phonetic Spelling: od-oo-nah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cause or suffer pain Meaning: to cause or suffer pain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3600 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3600 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3600 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3600 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3600, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀδυνάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3600 odynaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sorrow, torment. From odune; to grieve -- sorrow, torment. see GREEK odune Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3600: ὀδυνάωὀδυνάω, ὀδύνω: present indicative passive ὀδυνῶμαι; present indicative middle 2 person singular ὀδυνᾶσαι (see κατακαυχάομαι), participle ὀδυνωμενος; (ὀδύνη); to cause intense pain; passive to be in anguish, be tormented: Luke 16:24f; middle to torment or distress oneself (A. V. to sorrow), Luke 2:48; ἐπί τίνι, Acts 20:38. (Aristophanes, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀδύνη Transliteration: odynē Phonetic Spelling: od-oo'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: pain, distress Meaning: pain, distress GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3601 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3601 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3601 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3601 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3601, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀδύνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3601 odynē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sorrow. From duno; grief (as dejecting) -- sorrow. see GREEK duno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3601: ὀδύνηὀδύνη (perhaps allied with ἔδω; consuming grief; cf. Latincurae edaces), ὀδύνης, ἡ, pain, sorrow: Romans 9:2; 1 Timothy 6:10. (From Homer down; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀδυρμός Transliteration: odyrmos Phonetic Spelling: od-oor-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: lamentation Meaning: lamentation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3602 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3602 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3602 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3602 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3602, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀδυρμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3602 odyrmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mourning. From a derivative of the base of duno; moaning, i.e. Lamentation -- mourning. see GREEK duno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3602: ὀδυρμόςὀδυρμός, ὀδυρμοῦ, ὁ (ὀδύρομαι to wail, lament (see κλαίω, at the end)), a wailing, lamentation, mourning: Matthew 2:18 (from Jeremiah 38:15 () for תַּמְרוּרִים); 2 Corinthians 7:7. (2 Macc. 11:6; Aeschylus, Euripides, Plato, Josephus, Plutarch, Aelian v. h. 14, 22.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅ Transliteration: ho Phonetic Spelling: ho es-tee' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: called, that is to say Meaning: called, that is to say GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3603 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3603 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3603 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3603 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3603, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3603 ho 🕊 Strong's Concordance: called, that is to say. From the neuter of hos and the third person singular present indicative of eimi; which is -- called, which is (make), that is (to say). see GREEK hos see GREEK eimi |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ὀζίας Transliteration: Ozias Phonetic Spelling: od-zee'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Uzziah, an Israelite Meaning: Uzziah -- an Israelite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3604 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3604 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3604 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3604 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3604, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ὀζίας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3604 Ozias 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Ozias. Of Hebrew origin (Uzziyah); Ozias (i.e. Uzzijah), an Israelite -- Ozias. see HEBREW Uzziyah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3604: ὈζίαςὈζίας (L T Tr WH Ὀζείας (cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 84; WHs Appendix, p. 155, and see εἰ, ἰ)), Οζιου (but cf. Buttmann, 18 (16)), ὁ, (עֻזִּיָה and עֻזִּיָהוּ, strength of Jehovah, or my strength is Jehovah), Ozias or Uzziah, son of Amaziah, king of Judah (circa) (2 Kings 15:30ff): Matthew 1:8f, where the Evangelist ought to have preserved this order: Ιωραμ, Οχοζιας, Ιωας, Ἀμαζιας, Ὀζίας. He seems therefore to have confounded Οχοζιας and Ὀζίας; see another example of (apparent) confusion under Ιεχονιας. (But Matthew has simply omitted three links; such omissions were not uncommon, cf. e. g. 1 Chronicles 6:3ff and Ezra 7:1ff See the commentators.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄζω Transliteration: ozō Phonetic Spelling: od'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to (emit a) smell Meaning: to (emit a) smell GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3605 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3605 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3605 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3605 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3605, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3605 ozō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to smell, stink. A primary verb (in a strengthened form); to scent (usually an ill "odor"): stink. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3605: ὄζωὄζω; (from root ὀδ, cf. Latin and English odor etc.; Curtius, § 288); from Homer down; to give out an odor (either good or bad), to smell, emit a smell: of a decaying corpse, John 11:39; cf. Exodus 8:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅθεν Transliteration: hothen Phonetic Spelling: hoth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from where, for which reason Meaning: from where, for which reason GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3606 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3606 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3606 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3606 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3606, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3606 hothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: from thence, whenceFrom hos with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction) -- from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon). see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3606: ὅθενὅθεν (from the relative pronoun ὁ and the enclitic θεν which denotes motion from a place) (from Homer down), adverb, from which; whence; it is used a. of the place from which: Matthew 12:44; Luke 11:24; Acts 14:26; Acts 28:13; by attraction for ἐκεῖθεν ὅπου etc., Matthew 25:24, 26; cf. Buttmann, § 143, 12; (Winers Grammar, 159 (150)). b. of the source from which a thing is known, from which, whereby: 1 John 2:18. c. of the cause from which, for which reason, wherefore, on which account (A. V. whereupon (in the first two instances)): Matthew 14:7; Acts 26:19; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 3:1; Hebrews 7:25; Hebrews 8:3; Hebrews 9:18; Hebrews 11:19; often in the last three books of Macc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀθόνη Transliteration: othonē Phonetic Spelling: oth-on'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: fine linen, a sheet or sail Meaning: fine linen, a sheet or sail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3607 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3607 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3607 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3607 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3607, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀθόνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3607 othonē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sheet. Of uncertain affinity; a linen cloth, i.e. (especially) a sail -- sheet. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3607: ὀθόνηὀθόνη, ὀθονης, ἡ (from Homer down); a. linen (i. e. fine white linen for women's clothing; cf. Vanicek, Fremdwörter, under the word). b. linen cloth (sheet or sail); so Acts 10:11; Acts 11:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀθόνιον Transliteration: othonion Phonetic Spelling: oth-on'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a piece of fine linen Meaning: a piece of fine linen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3608 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3608 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3608 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3608 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3608, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀθόνιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3608 othonion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: linen clothes. Neuter of a presumed derivative of othone; a linen bandage -- linen clothes. see GREEK othone Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3608: ὀθόνιονὀθόνιον, ὀθονιου, τό (diminutive of ὀθόνη, which see), a piece of linen, small linen cloth: plural strips of linen cloth for swathing the dead, Luke 24:12 (T omits; L Tr brackets WH reject the verse); John 19:40; John 20:5-7. (In Greek writings of ships' sails made of linen, bandages for wounds, and other articles; the Sept. for סָדִין, Judges 14:13; for פִּשְׁתֶּה or פֵּשֶׁת, Hosea 2:5(7),9(11).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκεῖος Transliteration: oikeios Phonetic Spelling: oy-ki'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: to have seen or perceived, to know Meaning: to have seen or perceived, to know GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3609 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3609 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3609 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3609 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3609, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκεῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3609 oikeios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: those of the his own household. From oikos; domestic, i.e. (as noun), a relative, adherent -- (those) of the (his own) house(-hold). see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3609: οἰκεῖοςοἰκεῖος, οἰκεῖα, οἰκεῖον (οἶκος), from Hesiod down, belonging to a house or family, domestic, intimate: belonging to one's household, related by blood, kindred, 1 Timothy 5:8; οἰκεῖοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, belonging to God's household, i. e. to the theocracy, Ephesians 2:19; in a wider sense, with a genitive of the thing, belonging to, devoted to, adherents of a thing, οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, professors of the (Christian) faith, Galatians 6:10 (but others associate this passage with that from Ephesians as above; see Lightfoot at the passage); so οἰκεῖος φιλοσοφίας, Strabo 1, p. 13 b. (1, 17 edition Sieben.); γεωγραφιας, p. 25 a. (1, 34 edition Sieben.); ὀλιγαρχιας, Diodorus 13, 91; τυραννίδος, 19, 70. (The Sept. for שְׁאֵר, related by blood; דּוד, 1 Samuel 10:14ff; שַׁאֲרָה, consanguinity, Leviticus 18:17; οἰκεῖος τοῦ σπέρματος for בָּשָׂר, Isaiah 58:7.) STRONGS NT 3609a: οἰκετείαοἰκετεία (others, οἰκετεία, cf. Chandler § 99ff), οἰκετείας, ἡ (οἰκέτης, which see), household i. e. body of servants (Macrobius, Appuleius ()famulitium, German Dienerschaft): Matthew 24:45 L T Tr WH. (Strabo, Lucian, Inscriptions; plural Josephus, Antiquities 12, 2, 3), |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκέτης Transliteration: oiketēs Phonetic Spelling: oy-ket'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a household (of servants) Meaning: a household (of servants) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3610 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3610 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3610 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3610 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3610, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκέτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3610 oiketēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: household servant. From oikeo; a fellow resident, i.e. Menial domestic -- (household) servant. see GREEK oikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3610: οἰκέτηςοἰκέτης, οἰκέτου, ὁ (οἰκέω), from (Aeschylus and) Herodotus down, Latindomesticus, i. e. one who lives in the same house with another, spoken of all who are under the authority of one and the same householder, Sir. 4:30 Sir. 6:11, especially a servant, domestic; so in Luke 16:13; Acts 10:7; Romans 14:4; 1 Peter 2:18; the Sept. for עֶבֶד. See more fully on the word, Meyer on Romans, the passage cited (where he remarks that οἰκέτης is a more restricted term than δοῦλος, designating a house-servant, one holding closer relations to the family than other slaves; cf. διάκονος at the end, Schmidt, chapter 162.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκέω Transliteration: oikeō Phonetic Spelling: oy-keh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to inhabit, to dwell Meaning: to inhabit, to dwell GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3611 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3611 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3611 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3611 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3611, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3611 oikeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dwell. From oikos; to occupy a house, i.e. Reside (figuratively, inhabit, remain, inhere); by implication, to cohabit -- dwell. See also oikoumene. see GREEK oikos see GREEK oikoumene Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3611: οἰκέωοἰκέω, οἴκῳ; (οἶκος); from Homer down; the Sept. for יָשַׁב, a few times for שָׁכַן; Latinhabito (transitive), to dwell in: τί (Herodotus and often in Attic), 1 Timothy 6:16; (intransitive, to dwell), μετά τίνος, with one (of the husband and wife), 1 Corinthians 7:12f; tropically, (ἐν τίνι, to be fixed and operative in one's soul: of sin, Romans 7:17f, 20; of the Holy Spirit, Romans 8:(9),11; 1 Corinthians 3:16. (Compare: ἐνοικέω, κατοικέω, ἐνκατοικέω, παροικέω, περιοικέω, συνοικέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἴκημα Transliteration: oikēma Phonetic Spelling: oy'-kay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a dwelling Meaning: a dwelling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3612 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3612 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3612 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3612 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3612, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἴκημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3612 oikēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prison cellFrom oikeo; a tenement, i.e. (specially), a jail -- prison. see GREEK oikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3612: οἴκημαοἴκημα, ὀικηματος, τό, from (Pindar and) Herodotus down, a dwelling-place, habitation; euphemistically a prison (R. V. cell), Acts 12:7, as in Thucydides 4, 47f; Demosthenes, Lucian, Tox. 29; Plutarch, Agis 19; Aelian v. h. 6, 1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκητήριον Transliteration: oikētērion Phonetic Spelling: oy-kay-tay'-ree-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a habitation Meaning: a habitation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3613 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3613 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3613 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3613 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3613, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκητήριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3613 oikētērion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: habitation, house. Neuter of a presumed derivative of oikeo (equivalent to oikema); a residence (literally or figuratively) -- habitation, house. see GREEK oikeo see GREEK oikema Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3613: οἰκητήριονοἰκητήριον, ὀικητηριου, τό (οἰκητήρ), a dwelling-place, habitation: Jude 1:6; of the body as the dwelling-place of the spirit, 2 Corinthians 5:2 (2 Macc. 11:2; 3Macc. 2:15; (Josephus, contra Apion 1, 20, 7); Euripides, Plutarch, Cebes () tab. 17). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκία Transliteration: oikia Phonetic Spelling: oy-kee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a house, dwelling Meaning: a house, dwelling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3614 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3614 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3614 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3614 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3614, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3614 oikia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: home, household. From oikos; properly, residence (abstractly), but usually (concretely) an abode (literally or figuratively); by implication, a family (especially domestics) -- home, house(-hold). see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3614: οἰκίαοἰκία, οἰκίας, ἡ (οἶκος), the Sept. for בַּיִת (from Herodotus down), a house; a. properly, an inhabited edifice, a dwelling: Matthew 2:11; Matthew 7:24-27; Mark 1:29; Luke 15:8; John 12:3; Acts 4:34; 1 Corinthians 11:22; 2 Timothy 2:20, and often; οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκία namely, ὄντες, Matthew 5:15; οἱ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας with the genitive of person, Philippians 4:22; ἡ οἰκία τοῦ (πατρός μου) Θεοῦ, i. e. heaven,. John 14:2; of the body as the habitation of the soul, 2 Corinthians 5:1. b. the inmates of a house, the family: Matthew 12:25; ἡ οἰκία τίνος, the household, the family of anyone, John 4:53; 1 Corinthians 16:15 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 58, 4; Buttmann, § 129, 8 a.);. universally, for persons dwelling in the house, Matthew 10:13. c. property, wealth, goods (cf. Latinres familiaris): τίνος, Matthew 23:14-13Rec. (cf. Wetstein (1752) at the passage); Mark 12:40; Luke 20:47; so οἶκος in Homer (as Odyssey 2, 237 κατεδουσι βιαίως οἶκον Ὀδυσσηος, cf. 4, 318), in Herodotus 3, 53 and in Attic; Hebrew בַּיִת, Genesis 45:18 (the Sept. τά ὑπάρχοντα); Esther 8:1 (the Sept. ὅσα ὑπῆρχεν). Not found in Rev. (Synonym: see οἶκος, at the end) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκειακός Transliteration: oikeiakos Phonetic Spelling: oy-kee-ak-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: belonging to the household Meaning: belonging to the household GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3615 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3615 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3615 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3615 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3615, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκειακός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3615 oikeiakos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: member of a householdFrom oikia; familiar, i.e. (as noun) relatives -- they (them) of (his own) household. see GREEK oikia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3615: οἰκειακόςοἰκειακός, ὀικειακη, ὀικειακον, see οἰκιακός. STRONGS NT 3615: οἰκιακόςοἰκιακός (in secular authors and in some N. T. manuscripts also οἰκειακός (cf. εἰ, ἰ) from οἶκος), ὀικιακου, ὁ (οἰκία), "one belonging to the house (Latindomesticus), one under the control of the master of a house," whether a son, or a servant: Matthew 10:36; opposed to ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, Matthew 10:25. (Plutarch, Cicero, 20.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκοδεσποτέω Transliteration: oikodespoteō Phonetic Spelling: oy-kod-es-pot-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rule a household Meaning: to rule a household GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3616 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3616 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3616 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3616 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3616, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκοδεσποτέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3616 oikodespoteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to rule a householdFrom oikodespotes; to be the head of (i.e. Rule) a family -- guide the house. see GREEK oikodespotes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3616: οἰκοδεσποτέωοἰκοδεσποτέω, ὀικοδεσπότω; (οἰκοδεσπότης); to be master (or head) of a house; to rule a household, manage family affairs: 1 Timothy 5:14. (A later Greek word; see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 373.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκοδεσπότης Transliteration: oikodespotēs Phonetic Spelling: oy-kod-es-pot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the master of a house Meaning: the master of a house GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3617 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3617 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3617 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3617 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3617, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκοδεσπότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3617 oikodespotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: householder, master of the house. From oikos and despotes; the head of a family -- goodman (of the house), householder, master of the house. see GREEK oikos see GREEK despotes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3617: οἰκοδεσπότηςοἰκοδεσπότης, οἰκοδεσπότου, ὁ (οἶκος, δεσπότης), master of a house, householder: Matthew 10:25; Matthew 13:27; Matthew 20:11; Matthew 24:43; Mark 14:14; Luke 12:39; Luke 13:25; Luke 14:21; ἄνθρωπος οἰκοδεσπότης (see ἄνθρωπος, 4 a.), Matthew 13:52; Matthew 20:1; Matthew 21:33; οἰκοδεσπότης τῆς οἰκίας, Luke 22:11, on this pleonasm cf. Bornemann, Schol. at the passage; Winers Grammar, § 65, 2. (Alexis, a comic poet of the IV. century B.C. quoted in Pollux 10, 4, 21; Josephus, contra Apion 2, 11, 3; Plutarch, quaest. Rom. 30; Ignatius ad Eph. 6 [ET]. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 313 shows that the earlier Greeks said οἴκου or οἰκίας δεσπότης.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκοδομέω Transliteration: oikodomeō Phonetic Spelling: oy-kod-om-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to build a house Meaning: to build a house GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3618 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3618 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3618 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3618 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3618, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκοδομέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3618 oikodomeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: build, edify, embolden. From the same as oikodome; to be a house-builder, i.e. Construct or (figuratively) confirm -- (be in) build(-er, -ing, up), edify, embolden. see GREEK oikodome Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3618: οἰκοδομέωοἰκοδομέω, οἰκοδομῶ; imperfect ᾠκοδόμουν; future οἰκοδομήσω; 1 aorist ᾠκοδόμησα (ὀικοδόμησα Tr WH in Acts 7:47; see Tdf. at the passage; Proleg., p. 120; WHs Appendix, p. 161; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 153; Winers Grammar, § 12, 4; Buttmann, 34 (30)); passive (present ὀικοδομοῦμαι (infinitive οἰκοδομεῖσθαι, Luke 6:48 Treg.); perfect infinitive οἰκοδομῆσθαι (Luke 6:48 T WH)); pluperfect 3 person singular ᾠκοδόμητο; 1 aorist ὠκοδομήθην (ὀικοδομήθην, T WH in John 2:20); 1 future ὀικοδομηθήσομαι; (οἰκοδόμος, which see); from Herodotus down; the Sept. for בָּנָה; to build a house. erect a building; a. properly, α. to build (up from the foundation): absolutely, Luke 11:48 G T WH Tr text ; οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, a substantive, the builders (cf. Winers Grammar, § 45, 7; Buttmann, § 144, 11), Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:10; Luke 20:17; Acts 4:11 Rec.; 1 Peter 2:7, from Psalm 117:22 (); ἐπ' ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον, to build upon a foundation laid by others, i. e. (without a figure) to carry on instruction begun by others, Romans 15:20; οἰκοδομεῖν τί, Galatians 2:18; πύργον, Matthew 21:33; Mark 12:1; Luke 14:28; ἀποθήκας, Luke 12:18; ναόν, Mark 14:58; passive John 2:20 (on the aorist cf. 2 Esdr. 5:16); οἶκον, passive, 1 Peter 2:5 ((here T ἐποικον), cf. Winer's Grammar, 603 (561), and add ὀικούργειν τά κατά τόν οἶκον, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 1, 3 [ET]); (οἰκίαν, Luke 6:48 (cf. Winer's Grammar, the passage cited)); συναγωγήν or οἶκον τίνι, for the use of or in honor of one, Luke 7:5; Acts 7:47, 49 (Genesis 8:20; Ezekiel 16:24); οἰκίαν ἐπί τί, Matthew 7:24, 26; Luke 6:49; πόλιν ἐπ' ὄρους, Luke 4:29. β. contextually equivalent to to restore by building, to rebuild, repair: τί, Matthew 23:29; Matthew 26:61; Matthew 27:40; Mark 15:29; Luke 11:47 and R (L brackets Tr marginal reading) in 48. b. metaphorically, α. equivalent to to found: ἐπί ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρα οἰκοδομήσω μου τήν ἐκκλησίαν, i. e. by reason of the strength of thy faith thou shalt be my principal support in the establishment of my church, Matthew 16:18. β. Since both a Christian church and individual Christians are likened to a building or temple in which God or the Holy Spirit dwells (1 Corinthians 3:9, 16ff; 2 Corinthians 6:16; Ephesians 2:21), the erection of which temple will not be completely finished till the return of Christ from heaven, those who, by action, instruction, exhortation, comfort, promote the Christian wisdom of others and help them to live a correspondent life are regarded as taking part in the erection of that building, and hence, are said οἰκοδομεῖν, i. e. (dropping the figure) to promote growth in Christian wisdom, affection, grace, virtue, holiness, blessedness: absolutely, Acts 20:32 L T Tr WH; 1 Corinthians 8:1; 1 Corinthians 10:23; τινα, ; 1 Thessalonians 5:11; passive to grow in wisdom, piety, etc., Acts 9:31; 1 Corinthians 14:17; universally, to give one strength and courage, dispose to: εἰς τήν πίστιν, Polycarp, ad Philip. 3, 2 [ET] (yet here to be built up into (in) etc.); even to do what is wrong (A. V. embolden), εἰς τό τά εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν, 1 Corinthians 8:10 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 39, 3 N. 3). This metaphorical use of the verb Paul, in the opinion of Fritzsche (Ep. ad Romans, iii., p. 205f), did not derive from the figure, of building a temple, but from the O. T., where "בָּנָה and הָרַס with an accusative of the person (to build one up and to pull one down) denote to bless and to ruin; to prosper and to injure, anyone"; cf. Psalm 27:5 (); Jeremiah 24:6; Jeremiah 40:7 (). (Compare: ἀνοικοδομέω, ἐποικοδομέω, συνοικοδομέω.) STRONGS NT 3618: οἰκοδόμοςοἰκοδόμος, ὀικοδομου, ὁ (οἶκος, δέμω to build; cf. οἰκονόμος), a builder, an architect: Acts 4:11 L T Tr WH. (Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, Plutarch, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκοδομή Transliteration: oikodomē Phonetic Spelling: oy-kod-om-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: (the act of) building, a building Meaning: (the act of) building, a building GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3619 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3619 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3619 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3619 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3619, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκοδομή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3619 oikodomē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: building, edificationFeminine (abstract) of a compound of oikos and the base of doma; architecture, i.e. (concretely) a structure; figuratively, confirmation -- building, edify(-ication, -ing). see GREEK oikos see GREEK doma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3619: οἰκοδομήοἰκοδομή, οἰκοδομῆς, ἡ (οἶκος, and δέμω to build), a later Greek word, condemned by Phryn., yet used by Aristotle, Theophrastus, ((but both these thought to be doubtful)), Diodorus (1, 46), Philo (vit. Moys. i. § 40; de monarch. ii. § 2), Josephus, Plutarch, the Sept., and many others, for οἰκοδόμημα and οἰκοδόμησις; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 481ff, cf. p. 421; (Winer's Grammar, 24); 1. (the act of) building, building up, equivalent to τό οἰκοδομεῖν; as, τῶν τειχέων, 1 Macc. 16:23; τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Chronicles 26:27; in the N. T. metaphorically, "edifying, edification, i. e. the act of one who promotes another's growth in Christian wisdom, piety, holiness, happiness" (see οἰκοδομέω, b. β'. (cf. Winer's Grammar, 35 (34))): Romans 14:19; Romans 15:2; (1 Corinthians 14:26); 2 Corinthians 10:8 (see below); ; Ephesians 4:29; with a genitive of the person whose growth is furthered, ὑμῶν, 2 Corinthians 12:19 (cf. 10:8); ἑαυτοῦ (Tdf. αὐτοῦ), Ephesians 4:16; τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Ephesians 4:12; τῆς ἐκκλησίας, 1 Corinthians 14:12; equivalent to τό ὀικοδομουν, what contributes to edification, or augments wisdom, etc. λαλεῖν, λαβεῖν, οἰκοδομήν, 1 Corinthians 14:3, 5. 2. equivalent to οἰκοδόμημα, a building (i. e. thing built, edifice): Mark 13:1f; τοῦ ἱεροῦ, Matthew 24:1; used of the heavenly body, the abode of the soul after death, 2 Corinthians 5:1; tropically, of a body of Christians, a Christian church (see οἰκοδομέω, b. β'.), Ephesians 2:21 (cf. πᾶς, I. 1 c.); with a genitive of the owner or occupant, Θεοῦ, 1 Corinthians 3:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκοδομία Transliteration: oikodomia Phonetic Spelling: oy-kod-om-ee'-ah Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: edifying Meaning: edifying GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3620 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3620 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3620 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3620 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3620, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκοδομία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3620 oikodomia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: edifying. From the same as oikodome; confirmation -- edifying. see GREEK oikodome Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3620: οἰκοδομίαοἰκοδομία, ὀικοδομιας, ἡ (οἰκοδομέω) (the act of) buliding, erection (Thucydides, Plato, Polybius, Plutarch, Lucian, etc.; but never in the Sept.); metaphorically, οἰκοδομίαν Θεοῦ τήν ἐν πίστει, the increase which God desires in faith (see οἰκοδομή), 1 Timothy 1:4 Rec.bez elz; but see οἰκονομία. Not infrequent οἰκονομία and οἰκοδομία are confounded in the manuscripts; see Grimm on 4 Maccabees, p. 365, cf. Hilgenfeld, the Epistle of Barnabas, p. 28; (D'Orville, Chariton 8, 1, p. 599). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκονομέω Transliteration: oikonomeō Phonetic Spelling: oy-kon-om-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be a steward, to manage Meaning: to be a steward, to manage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3621 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3621 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3621 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3621 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3621, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκονομέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3621 oikonomeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be steward. From oikonomos; to manage (a house, i.e. An estate) -- be steward. see GREEK oikonomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3621: οἰκονομέωοἰκονομέω, ὀικονόμω; (οἰκονόμος); to be a steward; to manage the affairs of a household: absolutely, Luke 16:2. (Univ. to manage, dispense, order, regulate: Sophocles, Xenophon, Plato, Polybius, Josephus, Plutarch, others; 2 Macc. 3:14.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκονομία Transliteration: oikonomia Phonetic Spelling: oy-kon-om-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: stewardship, administration Meaning: stewardship, administration GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3622 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3622 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3622 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3622 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3622, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκονομία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3622 oikonomia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dispensation, stewardship. From oikonomos; administration (of a household or estate); specially, a (religious) "economy" -- dispensation, stewardship. see GREEK oikonomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3622: οἰκονομίαοἰκονομία, οἰκονομίας, ἡ (οἰκονομέω), from Xenophon, and Plato down, "the management of a household or of household affairs; specifically, the management, oversight, administration, of others' property; the office of a manager or overseer, stewardship": Luke 16:2-4; hence, the word is transferred by Paul in a theocratic sense to the office (duty) intrusted to him by God (the lord and master) of proclaiming to men the blessings of the gospel, 1 Corinthians 9:17; ἡ, οἰκονομία τοῦ Θεοῦ, the office of administrator (stewardship) intrusted by God, Colossians 1:25. universally, administration, dispensation, which in a theocratic sense is ascribed to God himself as providing for man's salvation: αἵτινες ... ἡ οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ τήν ἐν πίστει, which furnish matter for disputes rather than the (knowledge of the) dispensation of the things by which God has provided for and prepared salvation, which salvation must be embraced by faith, 1 Timothy 1:4 L T Tr WH; ἥν προέθετο ... καιρῶν, which good will he purposed to show with a view to (that) dispensation (of his) by which the times (namely, of infancy and immaturity cf. Galatians 4:1-4) were to be fulfilled, Ephesians 1:9f; ἡ οἰκονομία τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι, that dispensation (or arrangement) by which the grace of God was granted me, Ephesians 3:2; ἡ οἰκονομία τοῦ μυστηρίου, the dispensation by which he carried out his secret purpose, Ephesians 3:9 G L T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκονόμος Transliteration: oikonomos Phonetic Spelling: oy-kon-om'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the manager of a household Meaning: the manager of a household GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3623 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3623 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3623 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3623 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3623, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκονόμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3623 oikonomos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chamberlain, governor, steward. From oikos and the base of nomos; a house-distributor (i.e. Manager), or overseer, i.e. An employee in that capacity; by extension, a fiscal agent (treasurer); figuratively, a preacher (of the Gospel) -- chamberlain, governor, steward. see GREEK oikos see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3623: οἰκονόμοςοἰκονόμος, οἰκονόμου, ὁ (οἶκος, νέμω (`to dispense, manage'); Hesychius ὁ τήν οἶκον νεμόμενος), the manager of a household or of household affairs; especially a steward, manager, superintendent (whether free-born, or, as was usually the case, a freed-man or slave) to whom the head of the house or proprietor has intrusted the management of his affairs, the care of receipts and expenditures, and the duty of dealing out the proper portion to every servant and even to the children not yet of age: Luke 12:42; 1 Corinthians 4:2; Galatians 4:2; the manager of a farm or landed estate, an overseer (A. V. steward): Luke 16:1, 3, 8; ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πόλεως, the superintendent of the city's finances, the treasurer of the city (Vulg.arcarius civitatis): Romans 16:23 (of the treasurers or quaestors of kings, Esther 8:9; 1 Esdr. 4:49; Josephus, Antiquities 12, 4, 7; 11, 6, 12; 8, 6, 4). Metaphorically, the apostles and other Christian teachers (see οἰκονομία) are called οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων τοῦ Θεοῦ, as those to whom the counsels of God have been committed to be made known to men: 1 Corinthians 4:1; a bishop (or overseer) is called οἰκονόμος Θεοῦ, of God as the head and master of the Christian theocracy (see οἶκος, 2), Titus 1:7; and any and every Christian who rightly uses the gifts intrusted to him by God for the good of his brethren, belongs to the class called καλοί οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ, 1 Peter 4:10. (Aeschylus, Xenophon, Plato, Aristotle, others; for עַל־בַּיִת the Sept. 1 Kings 4:6; 1 Kings 16:9, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἶκος Transliteration: oikos Phonetic Spelling: oy'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a house, a dwelling Meaning: a house, a dwelling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3624 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3624 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3624 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3624 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3624, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἶκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3624 oikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: home, household, temple. Of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively) -- home, house(-hold), temple. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3624: οἶκοςοἶκος, οἴκου, ὁ (cf. Latinvicus, English ending -wich; Curtius, § 95), from Homer down; the Sept. in numberless places for בַּיִת, also for הֵיכַל, a palace, אֹהֶל, a tent, etc.; 1. a house; a. strictly, an inhabited house (differing thus from δόμος the building): Acts 2:2; Acts 19:16; τίνος, Matthew 9:6; Mark 2:11; Mark 5:38; Luke 1:23, 40, 56; Luke 8:39, 41, etc.; ἔρχεσθαι εἰς οἶκον, to come into a house (domurn venire), Mark 3:20 (19); εἰς τόν οἶκον, into the (i. e. his or their) house, home, Luke 7:10; Luke 15:6; ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ, in the (her) house, John 11:20; ἐν οἴκῳ, at home, 1 Corinthians 11:34; 1 Corinthians 14:35; οἱ εἰς τόν οἶκον(see εἰς, C. 2), Luke 9:61; κατ' οἶκον, opposed to ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, in a household assembly, in private (R. V. at home; see κατά, II. 1 d.), Acts 2:46; Acts 5:42; κατ' οἴκους, opposed to δημοσίᾳ, in private houses (A. V. from house to house; see κατά, II. 3 a.), Acts 20:20; κατά τούς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, entering house after house, Acts 8:3; ἡ κατ' οἶκον τίνος ἐκκλησία, see ἐκκλησία, 4 b. aa. b. any building whatever: ἐμπορίου, John 2:16; προσευχῆς, Matthew 21:13; Mark 11:17; Luke 19:46; τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, the palace of etc., Matthew 11:8; Luke 22:54 (here T Tr WH οἰκία); τοῦ Θεοῦ, the house where God was regarded as present — of the tabernacle, Matthew 12:4; Mark 2:26; Luke 6:4; of the temple at Jerusalem, Matthew 21:13; Mark 11:17; Luke 19:46; John 2:16f, (Isaiah 56:5, 7); cf. Luke 11:51; Acts 7:47, 49; of the heavenly sanctuary, Hebrews 10:21 (οἶκος ἅγιος Θεοῦ, of heaven, Deuteronomy 26:15; Baruch 2:16); a body of Christians (a church), as pervaded by the Spirit and power of God, is called οἶκος πνευματικός, 1 Peter 2:5. c. any dwelling-place: of the human body as the abode of demons that possess it, Matthew 12:44; Luke 11:24; (used in Greek authors also of tents and huts, and later, of the nests, stalls, lairs, of animals). universally, the place where one has fixed his residence, one's settled abode, domicile: οἶκος ὑμῶν, of the city of Jerusalem, Matthew 23:38; Luke 13:35. 2. by metonymy, the inmates of a house, all the persons forming one family, a household: Luke 10:5; Luke 11:17 (al: refer this to 1, and take ἐπί either locally (see ἐπί, C. I. 1), or of succession (see ἐπί, C. I. 2 c.)); ; Acts 7:10; Acts 10:2; Acts 11:14; Acts 16:31; Acts 18:8; 1 Corinthians 1:16; 1 Timothy 3:4; 1 Timothy 5:4; 2 Timothy 1:16; 2 Timothy 4:19; Hebrews 11:7; plural, 1 Timothy 3:12; Titus 1:11 (so also Genesis 7:1; Genesis 47:12, and often in Greek authors); metaphorically, and in a theocratic sense ὁ οἶκος τοῦ Θεοῦ, the family of God, of the Christian church, 1 Timothy 3:15; 1 Peter 4:17; of the church of the Old and New Testament, Hebrews 3:2, 5f (Numbers 12:7). 3. stock, race, descendants of one (A. V. house): ὁ οἶκος Δαυίδ, Luke 1:27, 69; Luke 2:4 (1 Kings 12:16); οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, Matthew 10:6; Matthew 15:24; Luke 1:33; Acts 2:36; Acts 7:42; ((ὁ οἶκος Ἰακώβ), 46 L T Tr marginal reading); Hebrews 8:8, 10 (Jeremiah 38:31 (); Exodus 6:14; Exodus 12:3; Exodus 19:3; 1 Samuel 2:30; (cf. ὁ σεβαστός οἶκος, Philo in Flac. § 4)). The word is not found in the Apocalypse. [SYNONYMS: οἶκος, οἰκία: in Attic (and especially legal) usage, οἶκος denotes one's household establishment, one's entire property, οἰκία, the dwelling itself; and in prose οἶκος is not used in the sense of οἰκία. In the sense of family οἶκος and οἰκία are alike employed; Schmidt vol. ii., chapter 80. In relation to distinctions (real or supposed) between οἶκος and οἰκία the following passages are of interest (cf. Valckenaer on Herodotus 7, 224): Xenophon, oecon. 1, 5 οἶκος δέ δή τί δοκεῖ ἡμῖν κειναι; ἄρα ὅπερ οἰκία, ἤ καί ὅσα τίς ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας κέκτηται, πάντα τοῦ οἴκου ταῦτα ἐστιν ... πάντα τοῦ ὀκου εἶναι ὅσα τίς κέκτηται. Aristotle, polit. 1, 2, p. 1252{b}, 9ff, ἐκ μέν οὖν τούτων τῶν δύο κοινωνιων (viz. of a man with wife and servant) οἰκία πρώτη, καί ὀρθῶς ἡσιοδος εἶπε ποιήσας "οἶκον μέν prootista] γυναῖκα τέ βοῦν τ' ἀροτηρα." ... ἡ μέν οὖν εἰς πᾶσαν ἡμέραν συνεστηκυια κοινωνία κατά φύσιν οἶκος ἐστιν. ibid. 3, p. 1253{b}, 2ff, πᾶσα πόλις ἐκ οἰκιῶν σύγκειται. οἰκίας δέ μέρη, ἐκ ὧν αὖθις οἰκία συνισταται. οἰκία δέ τέλειος ἐκ δούλων καί ἐλευθέρων ... πρῶτα δέ καί ἐλάχιστα μέρη οἰκίας δεσπότης καί δοῦλος καί πόσις καί ἄλοχος. πατήρ καί τέκνα, etc. Plutarch, de audiend. poetis § 6 καί γάρ οἶκον πότε μέν τήν οἰκίαν καλοῦσιν, "οἶκον ἐς ὑψοροφον." πότε δέ τήν οὐσίαν, "ἐσθίεται μοι οἶκος." (see οἰκία, c.) Hesychius' Lexicon, under the words οἰκία, οἶκοι, under the word οἶκος. ὀλίγη οἰκία ... καί μέρος τί τῆς οἰκίας ... καί τά ἐν τῇ οἰκία. In the N. T., although the words appear at times to be used with some discrimination (e. g. Luke 10:5, 6, 7; Acts 16:31, 32, 34; cf. John 14:2), yet other passages seem to show that no distinction can be insisted upon: e. g. Matthew 9:23; Mark 5:38; Luke 7:36, 37; Acts 10:17,(); ; (1 Corinthians 1:16; 1 Corinthians 16:15).] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκουμένη Transliteration: oikoumenē Phonetic Spelling: oy-kou-men'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the inhabited earth Meaning: the inhabited earth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3625 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3625 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3625 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3625 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3625, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκουμένη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3625 oikoumenē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: earth, world. Feminine participle present passive of oikeo (as noun, by implication, of ge); land, i.e. The (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire -- earth, world. see GREEK oikeo see GREEK ge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3625: οἰκουμένηοἰκουμένη, οἰκουμένης, ἡ (feminine of the present passive participle from οἰκέω (namely, γῆ; cf. Winers Grammar, § 64, 5; Buttmann, § 123, 8)); 1. the inhabited earth; a. in Greek writings often the portion of the earth inhabited by the Greeks, in distinction from the lands of the barbarians, cf. Passow, ii., p. 415a; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, I.). b. in the Greek authors who wrote about Roman affairs (like the Latinorbis terrarum) equivalent to the Roman empire: so πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη contextually equivalent to all the subjects of this empire, Luke 2:1. c. the whole inhabited earth, the world (so in (Hyperides, Eux. 42 (probably Liddell and Scott)) the Sept. for תֵּבֵל and אֶרֶץ): Luke 4:5; Luke 21:26; Acts 24:5; Romans 10:18; Revelation 16:14; Hebrews 1:6 (πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη, Josephus, b. j. 7, 3, 3); ὅλῃ ἡ οἰκουμένη, Matthew 24:14; Acts 11:28 (in the same sense Josephus, Antiquities 8, 13, 4 πᾶσα ἡ οἰκουμένη; cf. Bleek, Erklär. d. drei ersten Evv. i., p. 68); by metonymy, the inhabitants of the earth, men: Acts 17:6, 31 (Psalm 9:9); ; ἡ οἰκουμένη ὅλῃ, all mankind, Revelation 3:10; Revelation 12:9. 2. the universe, the world: Wis. 1:7 (alternating there with τά πάντα); ἡ οἰκουμένη μελλουσα, that consummate state of all things which will exist after Christ's return from heaven, Hebrews 2:5 (where the word alternates with πάντα and τά πάντα, Hebrews 2:8, which there is taken in an absolute sense). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐκουρός Transliteration: oukouros Phonetic Spelling: oy-koo-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: working at home Meaning: working at home GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3626 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3626 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3626 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3626 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3626, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐκουρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3626 oukouros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Domestically inclinedFrom oikos and ouros (a guard; be "ware"); a stayer at home, i.e. Domestically inclined (a "good housekeeper") -- keeper at home. see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3626: οἰκουργόςοἰκουργός, ὀικουργον (οἶκος, ἘΡΓΩ (cf. ἔργον), cf. ἀμπελουργός, γεωργός, etc.), caring for the house, working at home: Titus 2:5 L T Tr WH; see the following word. Not found elsewhere. STRONGS NT 3626: οἰκουρόςοἰκουρός, ὀικουρου, ὁ, ἡ (οἶκος, and οὐρός a keeper; see θυρωρός and κηπουρός); a. properly, the (watch or) keeper of a house (Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Pausanias, Plutarch, others). b. tropically, keeping at home and taking care of household affairs, domestic: Titus 2:5 R G; cf. Fritzsche, De conformatione N. T. critica etc., p. 29; (Winers Grammar, 100f (95)); (Aeschylus Ag. 1626; Euripides, Hec. 1277; σώφρονας, οἰκουρούς καί φιλάνδρους, Philo de exsecr. § 4). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκτείρω Transliteration: oikteirō Phonetic Spelling: oyk-ti'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pity, to have compassion on Meaning: to pity, to have compassion on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3627 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3627 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3627 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3627 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3627, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκτείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3627 oikteirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: have compassion on. Also (in certain tenses) prolonged oiktereo oyk-ter-eh'-o from oiktos (pity); to exercise pity -- have compassion on. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3627: οἰκτείρωοἰκτείρω; future (as if from οἰκτειρέω, a form which does not exist) as in the Sept. οἰκτειρήσω, for the earlier οἰκτείρω, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 741; (Veitch, under the word; Winers Grammar, 88 (84); Buttmann, 64 (56)); (from οἶκτος pity, and this from the interjection οἱ, "Oh!); to pity, have compassion on": τινα, Romans 9:15 (from Exodus 33:19. Homer, Tragg., Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Lucian, Plutarch, Aelian; the Sept. for חָנַן and רָחַם). (Synonym: see ἐληω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκτιρμός Transliteration: oiktirmos Phonetic Spelling: oyk-tir-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: compassion, pity Meaning: compassion, pity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3628 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3628 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3628 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3628 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3628, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκτιρμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3628 oiktirmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mercy. From oikteiro; pity -- mercy. see GREEK oikteiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3628: οἰκτιρμόςοἰκτιρμός, οἰκτιρμοῦ, ὁ (οἰκτείρω), the Sept. for רַחֲמִים) (the viscera, which were thought to be the seat of compassion (see σπλάγχνον, b.)), compassion, pity, mercy: σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ (Rec. οἰκτίρμων), bowels in which compassion resides, a heart of compassion, Colossians 3:12; in the Scriptures mostly plural (conformably to the Hebrew רַחֲמִים), emotions, longings, manifestations of pity (English compassions) (cf. Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, iii., pp. 5ff; (Winers Grammar, 176 (166); Buttmann, 77 (61))), τοῦ Θεοῦ, Romans 12:1; Hebrews 10:28; ὁ πατήρ τῶν οἰκτίρμων (genitive of quality (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 10; Winer's Grammar, 237 (222))), the father of mercies i. e. most merciful, 2 Corinthians 1:3; joined with σπλάγχνα, Philippians 2:1. (Pindar, Pythagoras 1, 164.) (Synonym: see ἐληω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰκτίρμων Transliteration: oiktirmōn Phonetic Spelling: oyk-tir'-mone Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: merciful Meaning: merciful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3629 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3629 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3629 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3629 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3629, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰκτίρμων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3629 oiktirmōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: merciful, of tender mercy. From oikteiro; compassionate -- merciful, of tender mercy. see GREEK oikteiro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3629: οἰκτίρμωνοἰκτίρμων, οἰκτιρμόν, genitive ὀικτιρμονος (ὀκτείρω), merciful: Luke 6:36; James 5:11. (Theocritus, 15, 75; Anth. 7, 359, 1 (Epigr. Anth. Pal. Append. 223, 5); the Sept. for רַחוּם.) ("In classic Greek only a poetic term for the more common ἐλεήμων." Schmidt iii., p. 580.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰνοπότης Transliteration: oinopotēs Phonetic Spelling: oy-nop-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a wine drinker Meaning: a wine drinker GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3630 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3630 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3630 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3630 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3630, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰνοπότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3630 oinopotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a drunkardFrom oinos and a derivative of the alternate of pino; a tippler -- winebibber. see GREEK oinos see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3630: οἰνοπότηςοἰνοπότης, ὀινοποτου, ὁ (οἶνος, and πότης a drinker), a winebibber, given to wine: Matthew 11:19; Luke 7:34. (Proverbs 23:20; Polybius 20, 8, 2; Anacreon () fragment 98; Anthol. 7, 28, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἶνος Transliteration: oinos Phonetic Spelling: oy'-nos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: wine Meaning: wine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3631 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3631 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3631 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3631 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3631, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἶνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3631 oinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wine. A primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (yayin)); "wine" (literally or figuratively) -- wine. see HEBREW yayin Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3631: οἶνοςοἶνος, οἴνου, ὁ (from Homer down), the Sept. for יַיִן, also for תִּירושׁ (must, new wine), חֶמֶר, etc.; wine; a. properly: Matthew 9:17; (xxvii. 34 L text T Tr WH); Mark 15:23; Luke 1:15; John 2:3; Romans 14:21; Ephesians 5:18; 1 Timothy 5:23; Revelation 17:2, etc.; οἴνῳ προσέχειν, 1 Timothy 3:8; δουλεύειν, Titus 2:3. b. metaphorically: οἶνος τοῦ θυμοῦ (see θυμός, 2), fiery wine, which God in his wrath is represented as mixing and giving to those whom he is about to punish by their own folly and madness, Revelation 14:10; Revelation 16:19; Revelation 19:15; with τῆς πορνείας added (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 3 N. 1; B. 155 (136)), a love-potion as it were, wine exciting to fornication, which he is said to give who entices others to idolatry, Revelation 14:8; Revelation 18:3 (here L omits; Tr WH brackets οἴνου), and he is said to be drunk with who suffers himself to be enticed, Revelation 17:2. c. by metonymy, equivalent to a vine: Revelation 6:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἰνοφλυγία Transliteration: oinophlygia Phonetic Spelling: oy-nof-loog-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: drunkenness, debauchery Meaning: drunkenness, debauchery GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3632 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3632 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3632 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3632 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3632, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἰνοφλυγία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3632 oinophlygia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drunkennessFrom oinos and a form of the base of phluaros; an overflow (or surplus) of wine, i.e. Vinolency (drunkenness) -- excess of wine. see GREEK oinos see GREEK phluaros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3632: οἰνοφλυγίαοἰνοφλυγία, ὀινοφλυγιας, ἡ (οἰνοφλυγέω, and this from οἰνόφλυξ, which is compounded of οἶνος and φλύω, to bubble up, overflow), drunkenness (A. V. wine-bibbing): 1 Peter 4:3. (Xenophon, oec. 1, 22; Aristotle, eth. Nic. 3, 6, 15; Polybius 2, 19, 4; Philo, vita Moys. iii., § 22 (for other examples see Siegfried, Philo etc., p. 102); Aelian v. h. 3, 14.) (Cf. Trench, § lxi.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἴμαι Transliteration: oimai Phonetic Spelling: oy'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to suppose, expect Meaning: to suppose, expect GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3633 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3633 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3633 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3633 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3633, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἴμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3633 oimai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: suppose, think. Or (shorter) oimai (oy'-mahee) middle voice apparently from hoios; to make like (oneself), i.e. Imagine (be of the opinion) -- suppose, think. see GREEK hoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3633: οἶμαιοἶμαι, see οἴομαι. STRONGS NT 3633: οἴομαιοἴομαι, contracted οἶμαι; (from Homer down); to suppose, think: followed by an accusative with an infinitive John 21:25 (T omits the verse); by the infinitive alone, where the subjunctive and the objective are the same, Philippians 1:16 (17); by ὅτι, James 1:7. (Synonym: see ἡγέομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οἵος Transliteration: hoios Phonetic Spelling: hoy'-os Part of Speech: Correlative Pronoun, Relative Pronoun Short Definition: what sort or manner of Meaning: what sort or manner of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3634 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3634 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3634 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3634 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3634, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οἵος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3634 hoios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: so as, such as, what manner of Probably akin to ho, hos, and hosos; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so -- so (as), such as, what (manner of), which. see GREEK hosos see GREEK ho see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3634: οἷοςοἷος, οἷα, οἷον (from Homer down), relative pronoun (correlative to the demonstrative τοῖος and τοιοῦτος), what sort of, what manner of, such as (Latinqualis): οἷος ... τοιοῦτος, 1 Corinthians 15:48; 2 Corinthians 10:11; τόν αὐτόν ... οἷον, Philippians 1:30; with the pronoun τοιοῦτος suppressed, Matthew 24:21; Mark 9:3; Mark 13:19 (here however the antecedent demonstrative is merely attracted into the relative clause or perhaps repeated for rhetorical emphasis, cf. Buttmann, § 143, 8; Winers Grammar, 148 (140); see τοιοῦτος, b.); 2 Corinthians 12:20; 2 Timothy 3:11; Revelation 16:18; ὁιωδηποτουν νοσήματι, of what kind of disease soever, John 5:4 Lachmann (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 373f); in indirect question, Luke 9:55 (Rec.); 1 Thessalonians 1:5. οὐχ οἷον δέ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν, concisely for οὐ τοιον ἐστιν οἷον ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν, "but the thing (state of the case) is not such as this, that the word of God hat fallen to the ground, i. e. the word of God hath by no means come to nought" (A. V. but not as though the word of God hath etc.), Romans 9:6; cf. Winers Grammar, § 64 I. 6; Buttmann, § 150, 1 Rem. STRONGS NT 3634: οἱοσδηποτοῦνοἱοσδηποτοῦν, John 5:4 Lachmann, see οἷος. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀκνέω Transliteration: okneō Phonetic Spelling: ok-neh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shrink (from doing), to hesitate (to do) Meaning: to shrink (from doing), to hesitate (to do) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3635 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3635 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3635 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3635 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3635, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀκνέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3635 okneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: delay. From oknos (hesitation); to be slow (figuratively, loath) -- delay. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3635: ὀκνέωὀκνέω, ό᾿κνω: 1 aorist ώ᾿κνησα; (ὄκνος (perhaps allied with the frequent.cunc-tari (cf. Curtius, p. 708)) delay); from Homer down; to feel loath, to be slow; to delay, hesitate: followed by an infinitive Acts 9:38. (Numbers 22:16; Judges 18:9, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀκνηρός Transliteration: oknēros Phonetic Spelling: ok-nay-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: shrinking, timid, idle, lazy, troublesome Meaning: shrinking, timid, idle, lazy, troublesome GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3636 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3636 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3636 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3636 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3636, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀκνηρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3636 oknēros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lazy, slothful. From okneo; tardy, i.e. Indolent; (figuratively) irksome -- grievous, slothful. see GREEK okneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3636: ὀκνηρόςὀκνηρός, ὀκνηρά, ὀκνηρόν (ὀκνέω), sluggish, slothful, backward: Matthew 25:26; with a dative of respect (cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 6 a.; Buttmann, § 133, 21), Romans 12:11; οὐκ ὀκνηρόν μοι ἐστι, followed by an infinitive, is not irksome to me, I am not reluctant, Philippians 3:1 (cf. Lightfoot at the passage). (Pindar, Sophocles, Thucydides, Demosthenes, Theocritus, etc.; the Sept. for עָצֵל.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀκταήμερος Transliteration: oktaēmeros Phonetic Spelling: ok-tah-ay'-mer-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of the eighth day, eight days old Meaning: of the eighth day, eight days old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3637 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3637 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3637 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3637 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3637, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀκταήμερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3637 oktaēmeros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: the eighth day. From oktos and hemera; an eight-day old person or act -- the eighth day. see GREEK oktos see GREEK hemera Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3637: ὀκταήμεροςὀκταήμερος, ὀκταημερον (ὀκτώ, ἡμέρα), eight days old; passing the eighth day: περιτομή (cf. Winers Grammar, § 31, 6 a.; Buttmann, § 133, 21; but Rec. περιτομή) ὀκταήμερος, circumcised on the eighth day, Philippians 3:5; see τεταρταῖος; (`the word denotes properly, not interval but duration' (see Lightfoot on Philippians, the passage cited). Graecus Venetus, Genesis 17:12; ecclesiastical writings). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀκτώ Transliteration: oktō Phonetic Spelling: ok-to' Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: eight Meaning: eight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3638 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3638 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3638 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3638 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3638, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀκτώ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3638 oktō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eight. A primary numeral; "eight" -- eight. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3638: ὀκτώὀκτώ, eight: Luke 2:21; John 20:26; Acts 9:33, etc. ((From Homer on.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄλεθρος Transliteration: olethros Phonetic Spelling: ol'-eth-ros Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: destruction, death Meaning: destruction, death GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3639 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3639 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3639 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3639 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3639, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄλεθρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3639 olethros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: destruction. From a primary ollumi (to destroy; a prolonged form); ruin, i.e. Death, punishment -- destruction. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3639: ὀλέθριοςὀλέθριος, ὀλέθριον (in secular authors also of three term., as in Wis. 18:15) (ὄλεθρος), from (Homer), Herodotus down, destructive, deadly: δίκην, 2 Thessalonians 1:9 Lachmann text STRONGS NT 3639: ὄλεθροςὄλεθρος, ὄλεθρον (ὄλλυμι to destroy (perhaps (ὀλνυμι) allied to Latinvulnus)), from Homer down, rain, destruction, death: 1 Thessalonians 5:3; 1 Timothy 6:9; εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός, for the destruction of the flesh, said of the external ills and troubles by which the lusts of the flesh are subdued and destroyed, 1 Corinthians 5:5 (see παραδίδωμι, 2); equivalent to the loss of a life of blessedness after death, future misery, αἰώνιος (as 4 Macc. 10:15): 2 Thessalonians 1:9 (where L text ὀλέθριον, which see), cf. Wis. 1:12. STRONGS NT 3639a: ὀλιγοπιστίαὀλιγοπιστία, ὀλιγοπιστιας, ἡ, littleness of faith, little faith: Matthew 17:20 L T Tr WH, for R G ἀπιστία. (Several times in ecclesiastical and Byzantine writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλιγόπιστος Transliteration: oligopistos Phonetic Spelling: ol-ig-op'-is-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: little faith Meaning: little faith GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3640 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3640 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3640 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3640 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3640, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλιγόπιστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3640 oligopistos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of little faith. From oligos and pistis; incredulous, i.e. Lacking confidence (in Christ) -- of little faith. see GREEK oligos see GREEK pistis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3640: ὀλιγόπιστοςὀλιγόπιστος, ὀλιγοπιστου, ὁ, ἡ (ὀλίγος and πίστις), of little faith, trusting too little: Matthew 6:30; Matthew 8:26; Matthew 14:31; Matthew 16:8; Luke 12:28. (Not found in secular authors) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλίγος Transliteration: oligos Phonetic Spelling: ol-ee'-gos Part of Speech: Adjective; Adverb Short Definition: few, little, small Meaning: few, little, small GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3641 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3641 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3641 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3641 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3641, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλίγος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3641 oligos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: few, small, a while. Of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat -- + almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3641: ὀλίγοςὀλίγος, ὀλίγη, ὀλίγον (on its occasional aspiration, (ὀλίγος) see WHs Appendix, p. 143; Tdf. Proleg., pp. 91,106; Scrivener, Introduction, p. 565, and references under the word οὐ at the beginning), the Sept. for מְעַט (from Homer down), little, small, few, of number, multitude, quantity, or size: joined to nouns (cf. Winers Grammar, § 20, 1 b. note; Buttmann, § 125, 6), Matthew 9:37; Matthew 15:34; Mark 6:5; Mark 8:7; Luke 10:2; Luke 12:48 (ὀλίγας namely, πληγάς (cf. B. § 134, 6; Winer's Grammar, § 32, 5, especially § 64, 4), opposed to πολλαί, 47); Acts 19:24; 1 Timothy 5:23; Hebrews 12:10; James 3:5 R G; 1 Peter 3:20 R G; Revelation 3:4; of time, short: χρόνος, Acts 14:28; καιρός, Revelation 12:12; of degree or intensity, light, slight: τάραχος, Acts 12:18; Acts 19:23; στάσις, ; χειμών, . plural with a partitive genitive: γυναικῶν, Acts 17:4; ἀνδρῶν, Acts 17:12. ὀλίγοι, absolutely: Matthew 7:14; Matthew 20:16; (T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); ; Luke 13:23; 1 Peter 3:20 L T Tr WH; neuter singular: Luke 7:47; τό ὀλίγον, 2 Corinthians 8:15; πρός ὀλίγον ὠφέλιμος, profitable for little (Latinparum utilis); (cf. Winers Grammar, 213 (200); some, for a little (namely, time); see below), 1 Timothy 4:8; ἐν ὀλίγῳ, in few words (cf. Shakespear's in a few), i. e. in brief, briefly (γράφειν), Ephesians 3:3; easily, without much effort, Acts 26:28f on other but incorrect interpretations of this phrase cf. Meyer at the passage (see μέγας, 1 a. γ.); πρός ὀλίγον, for a little time, James 4:14; simply ὀλίγον, adverbially: of time, a short time, a (little) while, Mark 6:31; 1 Peter 1:6; 1 Peter 5:10; Revelation 17:10; of space, a little (further), Mark 1:19; Luke 5:3. plural ὀλίγα, a few things: (Luke 10:41 WH); Revelation 2:14, 20 (Rec.); ἐπ' ὀλίγα ((see at the beginning and) ἐπί, C. I. 2 e.), Matthew 25:21, 23; δἰ ὀλίγων, briefly, in few words, γράφειν, 1 Peter 5:12 (see διά, A. III. 3) (ῤηθῆναι, Plato, Phil., p. 31 d.; legg. 6, p. 778 c.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλιγόψυχος Transliteration: oligopsychos Phonetic Spelling: ol-ig-op'-soo-khos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fainthearted Meaning: fainthearted GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3642 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3642 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3642 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3642 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3642, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλιγόψυχος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3642 oligopsychos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: feebleminded. From oligos and pshar; little-spirited, i.e. Faint-hearted -- feebleminded. see HEBREW pshar see GREEK oligos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3642: ὀλιγόψυχοςὀλιγόψυχος, ὀλιγόψυχον (ὀλίγος, ψυχή), faint-hearted: 1 Thessalonians 5:14. (Proverbs 14:29; Proverbs 18:14; Isaiah 57:15, etc.; Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 3, 5.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλιγωρέω Transliteration: oligōreō Phonetic Spelling: ol-ig-o-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to esteem lightly Meaning: to esteem lightly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3643 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3643 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3643 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3643 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3643, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλιγωρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3643 oligōreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: despise. From a compound of oligos and ora ("care"); to have little regard for, i.e. To disesteem -- despise. see GREEK oligos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3643: ὀλιγωρέωὀλιγωρέω, ὀλιγώρω; (ὀλίγωρος, and this from ὀλίγος and ὥρα care); to care little for, regard lightly, make small account of: τίνος (see Matthiae, § 348; (Winer's Grammar, § 30, 10 d.)), Hebrews 12:5 from Proverbs 3:11. (Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Aristotle, Philo, Josephus, others.) STRONGS NT 3643a: ὀλίγωςὀλίγως (ὀλίγος), adverb, a little, scarcely (R. V. just (escaping)): 2 Peter 2:18 G L T Tr WH (for Rec. ὄντος). (Anthol. 12, 205, 1; (Isaiah 10:7 Aq.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλοθρευτής Transliteration: olothreutēs Phonetic Spelling: ol-oth-ryoo-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a destroyer Meaning: a destroyer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3644 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3644 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3644 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3644 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3644, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλοθρευτής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3644 olothreutēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: destroyer. From olothreuo; a ruiner, i.e. (specially), a venomous serpent -- destroyer. see GREEK olothreuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3644: ὀλοθρευτήςὀλοθρευτής (Rec. ὀλοθρευτής), ὀλοθρευτοῦ, ὁ (ὀλοθρεύω, which see), a destroyer; found only in 1 Corinthians 10:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλοθρεύω Transliteration: olothreuō Phonetic Spelling: ol-oth-ryoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to destroy, ruin Meaning: to destroy, ruin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3645 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3645 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3645 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3645 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3645, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλοθρεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3645 olothreuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: destroy. From olethros; to spoil, i.e. Slay -- destroy. see GREEK olethros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3645: ὀλεθρεύωὀλεθρεύω (Lachmann in Hebrews 11:28), see ὀλοθρεύω. STRONGS NT 3645: ὀλοθρεύωὀλοθρεύω and, according to a preferable form, ὀλεθρεύω (Lachmann; see Bleek, Hebrew-Br. ii. 2, p. 809; cf. Delitzsch, Commentary on Hebrews, as below; (Tdf. Proleg., p. 81; WH's Appendix, p. 152)); (ὄλεθρος); an Alex. word (Winers Grammar, 92 (88)); to destroy: τινα, Hebrews 11:28. (Exodus 12:23; Joshua 3:10; Joshua 7:25; Jeremiah 2:30; Haggai 2:22, etc.; (Philo, alleg. 2:9).) (Compare: ἐξολοθρεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁλοκαύτωμα Transliteration: holokautōma Phonetic Spelling: hol-ok-ow'-to-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a whole burnt offering Meaning: a whole burnt offering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3646 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3646 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3646 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3646 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3646, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁλοκαύτωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3646 holokautōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whole burnt offering. From a derivative of a compound of holos and a derivative of kaio; a wholly-consumed sacrifice ("holocaust") -- (whole) burnt offering. see GREEK holos see GREEK kaio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3646: ὁλοκαύτωμαὁλοκαύτωμα, ὁλοκαυτώματος, τό (ὀλοκαυτόω to burn whole, Xenophon, Cyril 8, 3, 24; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 13, 1; and this from ὅλος and καὐτός, for καυστός, verbal adjective from καίω, cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 524; (Winers Grammar, 33)), a whole burnt offering (Latinholocaustum), i. e. a victim the whole (and not like other victims only a part) of which is burned: Mark 12:33; Hebrews 10:6, 8. (The Sept. especially for עֹלָה; also for אִשֶּׁה, Exodus 30:20; Leviticus 5:12; Leviticus 23:8, 25, 21; 1 Macc. 1:45; 2 Macc. 2:10; not found in secular authors (except Philo do sacr. Ab. et Cain. § 33); Josephus, Antiquities 3, 9, 1 and 9, 7, 4 says ὁλοκαύτωσις.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁλοκληρία Transliteration: holoklēria Phonetic Spelling: hol-ok-lay-ree'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: completeness, soundness Meaning: completeness, soundness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3647 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3647 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3647 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3647 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3647, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁλοκληρία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3647 holoklēria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: perfect soundness. From holokleros; integrity, i.e. Physical wholeness -- perfect soundness. see GREEK holokleros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3647: ὁλοκληρίαὁλοκληρία, ὁλοκηριας, ἡ (ὁλόκληρος, which see), Latinintegritas; used of an unimpaired condition of body, in which all its members are healthy and fit for use; Vulg.integra sanitas (A. V. perfect soundness): Acts 3:16 (joined with ὑγίεια, Plutarch, mor., p. 1063 f.; with τοῦ σώματος added, ibid., p. 1047 e.; cf. (Diogenes Laërtius 7, 107;corporis integritas, equivalent to health, in Cicero, de fin. 5, 14, 40; the Sept. for מְתֹם, Isaiah 1:6). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁλόκληρος Transliteration: holoklēros Phonetic Spelling: hol'-ok'-lay-ros Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: complete, entire Meaning: complete, entire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3648 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3648 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3648 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3648 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3648, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁλόκληρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3648 holoklēros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: entire, whole. From holos and kleros; complete in every part, i.e. Perfectly sound (in body) -- entire, whole. see GREEK holos see GREEK kleros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3648: ὁλόκληροςὁλόκληρος, ὁλόκληρον (ὅλος and κλῆρος, properly, all that has fallen by lot), complete in all its parts, in no part lacking or unsound, complete, entire, whole: λίθοι, untouched by a tool, Deuteronomy 27:6; Joshua 20:4 (viii. 31) 1 Macc. 4:47; of a body without blemish or defect, whether of a priest or of a victim, Philo de vici. § 12; Josephus, Antiquities 3, 12, 2 ((cf. Havercamp's Josephus, ii., p. 321)). Ethically, free from sin, faultless (R. V. entire): 1 Thessalonians 5:23; plural, connected with τέλειοι and with the addition of ἐν μηδενί λειπόμενοι, James 1:4; complete in all respects, consummate, δικαιοσύνη, Wis. 15:3; εὐσέβεια, 4 Macc. 15:17. (Plato, Polybius, Lcian, Epictetus, others; the Sept. for שָׁלֵם, Deuteronomy 27:6; תָּמִים, Leviticus 23:15; Ezekiel 15:5.) [SYNONYMS: ὁλόκληρος, τέλειος (cf. Trench, § xxii.): 'in the ὁλόκληρος no grace which ought to be in a Christian man is deficient; in the τέλειος no grace is merely in its weak imperfect beginnings, but all have reached a certain ripeness and maturity.'] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀλολύζω Transliteration: ololyzō Phonetic Spelling: ol-ol-odd'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cry aloud Meaning: to cry aloud GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3649 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3649 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3649 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3649 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3649, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀλολύζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3649 ololyzō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: howl. A reduplicated primary verb; to "howl" or "halloo", i.e. Shriek -- howl. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3649: ὀλολύζωὀλολύζω; an onomatopoetic verb (cf. the similar ὀιμώζειν, αἰάζειν, ἀλαλάζειν, πιπίζειν, κοκκύζειν, τίζειν. Compare the German term.-zen, as ingrunzen, krächzen, ächzen), to howl, wail, lament: James 5:1. (In Greek writings from Homer down of a loud cry, whether of joy or of grief; the Sept. for הֵילִיל.) (Synonym: cf. κλαίω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅλος Transliteration: holos Phonetic Spelling: hol'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: whole, complete Meaning: whole, complete GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3650 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3650 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3650 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3650 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3650, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3650 holos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: all, altogether, whole. A primary word; "whole" or "all", i.e. Complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb -- all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3650: ὅλοςὅλος, ὅλῃ, ὅλον, the Sept. for כָּל (from Pindar (Homer) down), whole (all): with an anarthrous substantive five (six) times in the N. T., viz. ὅλον ἄνθρωπον, John 7:23; ἐνιαυτόν ὅλον, Acts 11:26; ὅλῃ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ; διετίαν ὅλην, ; ὅλους οἴκους, Titus 1:11; (to which add, δἰ ὅλης νυκτός, Luke 5:5 L T Tr WH). usually placed before a substantive which has the article: ὅλῃ ἡ Γαλιλαία, Matthew 4:23; ὅλῃ ἡ Συρία, ; καθ' ὅλην τήν πόλιν, Luke 8:39; ὅλον τό σῶμα, Matthew 5:29; Matthew 6:22; Luke 11:34; 1 Corinthians 12:17; James 3:2, etc.; (ὅλῃ ἡ ἐκκλησία, Romans 16:23 L T Tr WH); ὅλην τήν ἡμέραν, Matthew 20:6; Romans 8:36; ὅλος ὁ νόμος, Matthew 22:40; Galatians 5:3; James 2:10; ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδία σου, Matthew 22:37; ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, Mark 12:30, and many other examples it is placed after a substantive which has the article (Winers Grammar, 131 (124) note; Buttmann, § 125, 6): ἡ πόλις ὅλῃ, Mark 1:33; Acts 19:29 (Rec.); — (the distinction which Krüger, § 50,11, 7 makes, viz. that ἡ ὅλῃ πόλις denotes the whole city as opposed to its parts, but that ὅλῃ ἡ πόλις and ἡ πόλις ἡ ὅλῃ denotes the whole city in opposed to other ideas, as the country, the fields, etc., does not hold good at least for the N. T. where even in ἡ πόλις ὅλῃ the city is opposed only to its parts); add the following examples: Matthew 16:26; Matthew 26:59; Luke 9:25; Luke 11:36a; John 4:53; Romans 16:23 (R G); 1 John 5:19; Revelation 3:10; Revelation 6:12 G L T Tr WH; . It is subjoined to an adjective or a verb to show that the idea expressed by the adjective or verb belongs to the whole person or thing under consideration: Matthew 13:33; Luke 11:36b; Luke 13:21; John 9:34; John 13:10, (Xenophon, mem. 2, 6, 28). Neuter τοῦτο δέ ὅλον, Matthew 1:22; Matthew 21:4 (where G L T Tr WH omit ὅλον); ; δἰ ὅλου, throughout, John 19:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁλοτελής Transliteration: holotelēs Phonetic Spelling: hol-ot-el-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: complete, perfect Meaning: complete, perfect GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3651 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3651 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3651 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3651 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3651, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁλοτελής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3651 holotelēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wholly. From holos and telos; complete to the end, i.e. Absolutely perfect -- wholly. see GREEK holos see GREEK telos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3651: ὁλοτελήςὁλοτελής, ὁλοτελες (ὅλος, τέλος), perfect, complete in all respects: 1 Thessalonians 5:23. (Plutarch, plac. philos. 5, 21; (Field, Hexapla, Leviticus 6:23; Psalm 50:21); ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ὀλυμπᾶς Transliteration: Olympas Phonetic Spelling: ol-oom-pas' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Olympas, a Christian Meaning: Olympas -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3652 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3652 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3652 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3652 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3652, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ὀλυμπᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3652 Olympas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Olympas. Probably a contraction from Olumpiodoros (Olympian-bestowed, i.e. Heaven-descended); Olympas, a Christian -- Olympas. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3652: ὈλυμπᾶςὈλυμπᾶς (perhaps contracted from Ὀλυμπιοδωρος, Winers Grammar, 103 (97); cf. Fick, Gr. Personennamen, pp. 63f, 201), Ὀλυμπα (Buttmann, 20 (18)), ὁ, Olympas, a certain Christian: Romans 16:15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄλυνθος Transliteration: olynthos Phonetic Spelling: ol'-oon-thos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an unripe fig Meaning: an unripe fig GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3653 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3653 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3653 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3653 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3653, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄλυνθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3653 olynthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an unripe figOf uncertain derivation; an unripe (because out of season) fig -- untimely fig. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3653: ὄλυνθοςὄλυνθος, ὀλυνθου, ὁ, an unripe fig (Latingrossus), which grows during the winter, yet does not come to maturity but fails off in the spring (cf. B. D. under the word ): Revelation 6:13. (Hesiod from 14; Herodotus 1, 193; Dioscorid. 1, 185; Theophrastus, caus. plant. 5, 9, 12; the Sept. Song of Solomon 2:13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅλως Transliteration: holōs Phonetic Spelling: hol'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: altogether, assuredly Meaning: altogether, assuredly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3654 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3654 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3654 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3654 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3654, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅλως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3654 holōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: at all, commonly, utterly. Adverb from holos; completely, i.e. Altogether; (by analogy), everywhere; (negatively) not by any means -- at all, commonly, utterly. see GREEK holos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3654: ὅλωςὅλως (ὅλος), adverb, wholly, altogether (Latinomnino), (with a neg. at all): Matthew 5:34 (with which compare Xenophon, mem. 1, 2, 35); 1 Corinthians 5:1 (R. V. actually); . ((Plato, Isocrates, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄμβρος Transliteration: ombros Phonetic Spelling: om'-bros Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a rainstorm Meaning: a rainstorm GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3655 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3655 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3655 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3655 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3655, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄμβρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3655 ombros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a shower, thunderstormOf uncertain affinity; a thunder storm -- shower. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3655: ὄμβροςὄμβρος, ὀμβρου, ὁ (Latinimber) a shower, i. e. a violent rain, accompanied by high wind with thunder and lightning: Luke 12:54. (Deuteronomy 32:2; Wis. 16:16; in Greek writings from Homer down.) STRONGS NT 3655a: ὁμείρομαιὁμείρομαι (or ὀμείρω, see below) equivalent to ἱμείρομαι; to desire, long for, yearn after (A. V. to be affectionately desirous): τίνος, 1 Thessalonians 2:8, G L T Tr WH (but the last read ὁμειρόμενοι, cf. their Appendix, p. 144 and Lob. Pathol. Element. 1:72), on the authority of all the uncial and many cursive manuscripts, for Rec. ἱμειρόμενοι. The word is unknown to the Greek writers, but the commentators at the passage recognize it, as do Hesychius, Phavorinus, and Photius, and interpret it by ἐπιθυμεῖν. It is found in Psalm 62:2 Symm., and according to some manuscripts in Job 3:21. According to the conjecture of Fritzsche, Commentary on Mark, p. 792, it is composed of ὁμοῦ and ἐίρειν, just as Photius (p. 331, 8 edition Porson) explains it ὁμοῦ ἡρμοσθαι (so Theophylact (cf. Tdf.'s note)). But there is this objection, that all the verbs compounded with ὁμοῦ govern the dative, not the genitive. Since Nicander, ther. verse 402, uses μείρομαι for ἱμείρομαι, some suppose that the original form is μείρομαι, to which, after the analogy of κέλλω and ὀκέλλω), either ἰ or ὁ is for euphony prefixed in ἱμείρομαι and ὁμείρομαι But as ἱμείρομαι is derived from ἵμερος, we must suppose that Nicander dropped the ι( syllable to suit the meter. Accordingly, ὁμείρεσθαι seems not to differ at all from ἱμείρεσθαι, and its form must be attributed to a vulgar pronunciation. Cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 152); Winers Grammar, 101 (95); (Buttmann, 64 (56); Ellicott on 1 Thessalonians, the passage cited; (Kuenen and Cobet, N. T. Vat., p. ciii.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμιλέω Transliteration: homileō Phonetic Spelling: hom-il-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to consort with, to converse with Meaning: to consort with, to converse with GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3656 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3656 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3656 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3656 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3656, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμιλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3656 homileō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: commune, talk. From homilos; to be in company with, i.e. (by implication) to converse -- commune, talk. see GREEK homilos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3656: ὁμιλέωὁμιλέω, ὁμίλω; imperfect ὡμίλουν; 1 aorist participle ὁμιλήσας; (ὅμιλος, which see); frequent in Greek writings from Homer down; to be in company with; to associate with; to stay with; hence, to converse with, talk with: τίνι, with one (Daniel 1:19), Acts 24:26; namely, αὐτοῖς, Acts 20:11 (so A. V. talked), unless one prefer to render it when he had stayed in their company; πρός τινα, Luke 24:14 (Xenophon, mem. 4, 3, 2; Josephus, Antiquities 11, 6, 11; (cf. Winers Grammar, 212f (200); Buttmann, § 133, 83); νε τῷ ὁμιλεῖν αὐτούς namely, ἀλλήλοις, ibid. 15. (Compare: συνομιλέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμιλία Transliteration: homilia Phonetic Spelling: hom-il-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: company, association Meaning: company, association GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3657 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3657 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3657 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3657 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3657, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμιλία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3657 homilia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: communication. From homilos; companionship ("homily"), i.e. (by implication) intercourse -- communication. see GREEK homilos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3657: ὁμιλίαὁμιλία, ὁμιλίας, ἡ (ὅμιλος), companionship, contact, communion: 1 Corinthians 15:33, on which see ἦθος. (Tragg., Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅμιλος Transliteration: homilos Phonetic Spelling: hom'-il-os Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: a mist or fog Meaning: a mist or fog GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3658 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3658 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3658 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3658 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3658, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅμιλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3658 homilos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: company. From the base of homou and a derivative of the alternate of haireomai (meaning a crowd); association together, i.e. A multitude -- company. see GREEK homou see GREEK haireomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3658: ὅμιλοςὅμιλος, ὁμιλου, ὁ (ὁμός, ὁμοῦ, and ἴλη a crowd, band (Curtius, § 660; Vanicek, p. 897; but Fick iii. 723 from root mil 'to be associated,' 'to love')), from Homer down, a multitude of men gathered together, a crowd, throng: Revelation 18:17 Rec. STRONGS NT 3658a: ὁμίχληὁμίχλη, ὁμίχλης, ἡ (in Homer ὀιχλη), from ὀμιχέω to make water), a mist, fog: 2 Peter 2:17 G L T Tr WH. (Amos 4:13; Joel 2:2; Sir. 24:3; Wis. 2:4.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄμμα Transliteration: omma Phonetic Spelling: om'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an eye Meaning: an eye GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3659 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3659 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3659 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3659 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3659, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄμμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3659 omma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eye. From optanomai; a sight, i.e. (by implication) the eye -- eye. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3659: ὄμμαὄμμα, ὀμματος, τό (from ό᾿πτομαι (see ὁράω), part ᾦμμαι), from Homer down, an eye: plural, Matthew 20:34 L T Tr WH; Mark 8:23. (The Sept. for עַיִן, Proverbs 6:4; Proverbs 7:2; Proverbs 10:26.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀμνύω Transliteration: omnyō Phonetic Spelling: om-noo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to swear, take an oath Meaning: to swear, take an oath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3660 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3660 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3660 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3660 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3660, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀμνύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3660 omnyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: swear. A prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete omo, for which another prolonged form omoo (om-o'-o) is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. Take (or declare on) oath -- swear. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3660: ὀμνύωὀμνύω (Matthew 23:20; Matthew 26:74; Hebrews 6:16; James 5:12; (Winer's Grammar, 24)) and ὄμνυμι (ὀμνύναι, Mark 14:71 G L T Tr WH (cf. B. 45 (39))) form their tenses from ὈΜΟΩ; hence, 1 aorist ὤμοσα; the Sept. for נִשְׁבַּע ; to swear; to affirm, promise, threaten, with an oath: absolutely, followed by direct discourse, Matthew 26:74; Mark 14:71; Hebrews 7:21; followed by εἰ, Hebrews 3:11; Hebrews 4:3; see εἰ I. 5. ὀμνύειν ὅρκον (often so in Greek writings from Homer down (Winer's Grammar, 226 (212))) πρός τινα, to one (Homer, Odyssey 14, 331; 19, 288), Luke 1:73; ὀμνύειν with the dative of the person to whom one promises or threatens something with an oath: followed by direct discourse Mark 6:23; by an infinitive (Winer's Grammar, 331 (311)), Hebrews 3:18; with ὅρκῳ added, Acts 2:30 (Winer's Grammar, 603 (561)); τίνι τί, Acts 7:17 (Rec. i. e. genitive by attraction; cf. Buttmann, § 143, 8; Winer's Grammar, § 24, 1). that by which one swears is indicated by an accusative, τινα or τί (so in classical Greek from Homer down (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 32, 1 b. γ.; Buttmann, 147 (128))), in swearing to call a person or thing as witness, to invoke, swear by (Isaiah 65:16; Josephus, Antiquities 5, 1, 2; 7, 14, 5); τόν οὐρανόν, τήν γῆν, James 5:12; with prepositions (cf. Buttmann, as above): κατά τίνος (see κατά, I. 2 a.), Hebrews 6:13, 16 (Genesis 22:16; Genesis 31:54; 1 Samuel 28:10 (Complutensian); Isaiah 45:23; Isaiah 62:8; Amos 4:2; Demosthenes, p. 553, 17; 553, 26 (others, ἐπομνύειν), etc.; κατά πάντων ὠμνυε θεῶν, Long. past. 4, 16); in imitation of the Hebrew נִשְׁבַּע followed by בְּ, ἐν τίνι is used (Winers Grammar, 389 (364); Buttmann, the passage cited; see ἐν, I. 8{b}): Matthew 5:34, 36; Matthew 23:16, 18, 20-22; Revelation 10:6; εἰς εἰ, with the mind directed unto (Winers Grammar, 397 (371); Buttmann, as above; see εἰς, B. II. 2 a.), Matthew 5:35. STRONGS NT 3660: ὁμόωὁμόω, see ὀμνύω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοθυμαδόν Transliteration: homothymadon Phonetic Spelling: hom-oth-oo-mad-on' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: with one mind Meaning: with one mind GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3661 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3661 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3661 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3661 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3661, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοθυμαδόν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3661 homothymadon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: with one accord Adverb from a compound of the base of homou and thumos; unanimously -- with one accord (mind). see GREEK homou see GREEK thumos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3661: ὁμοθυμαδόνὁμοθυμαδόν (from ὁμοθυμος, and this from ὁμός and θυμός; on adverbs in ὁμοθυμαδόν (chiefly derived from nouns, and designating form or structure) as γνωμηδον, ῤοιζηδόν, etc., cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 452), with one mind, of one accord (Vulg.unanimiter (etc.)): Romans 15:6; Acts 1:14; Acts 2:46; Acts 4:24; Acts 7:57; Acts 8:6; Acts 12:20; Acts 15:25; Acts 18:12; Acts 19:29, and R G in (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Demosthenes, Philo, Josephus, Herodian, the Sept. Lamentations 2:8; Job 17:16; Numbers 24:24, etc.); with ἅπαντες (L T WH πάντες) (Aristophanes pax 484, and often in classical Greek), Acts 5:12 (cf. 2:1 above). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοιάζω Transliteration: homoiazō Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: agree Meaning: agree GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3662 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3662 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3662 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3662 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3662, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοιάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3662 homoiazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: agree. From homoios; to resemble -- agree. see GREEK homoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3662: ὁμοιάζωὁμοιάζω; (ὅμοιος (cf. Winers Grammar, 25)); to be like: Matthew 23:27 L Tr text WH marginal reading; Mark 14:70 Rec. where see Fritzsche, p. 658f; (on the dative cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 1 h.). Not found elsewhere. (Compare: παρομοιάζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοιοπαθής Transliteration: homoiopathēs Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy-op-ath-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of like feelings or affections Meaning: of like feelings or affections GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3663 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3663 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3663 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3663 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3663, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοιοπαθής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3663 homoiopathēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: with the same natureFrom homoios and the alternate of pascho; similarly affected -- of (subject to) like passions. see GREEK homoios see GREEK pascho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3663: ὁμοιοπαθήςὁμοιοπαθής, ὁμοιοπαθες (ὅμοιος, πάσχω), suffering the like with another, of like feelings or affections: τίνι, Acts 14:15; James 5:17. (Plato, rep. 3, 409 b., Tim. 45 c.; Theophrastus, h. pl. 5, 8 (7, 2); Philo, conf. ling. § 3; 4 Macc. 12:13; γῆ, i. e. trodden alike by all, Wis. 7:3; see examples from ecclesiastical writings (viz., Ignatius (interpolated) ad Trall. 10 [ET]; Eusebius, h. e. 1, 2, 1 (both of the incarnate Logos)) in Grimm on 4 Maccabees, p. 344.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅμοιος Transliteration: homoios Phonetic Spelling: hom'-oy-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: like, resembling, the same as Meaning: like, resembling, the same as GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3664 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3664 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3664 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3664 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3664, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅμοιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3664 homoios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: like, similar From the base of homou; similar (in appearance or character) -- like, + manner. see GREEK homou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3664: ὅμοιοςὅμοιος (on the accent cf. (Chandler §§ 384, 385); Winers Grammar, 52 (51); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 11 Anm. 9), ὁμοία, ὅμοιον, also of two term. (once in the N. T., Revelation 4:3 Rst G L T Tr WH; cf. Winers Grammar, § 11, 1; (Buttmann, 26 (23))) (from ὁμός (akin to ἅμα (which see), Latinsimilis, English same, etc.)) (from Homer down), like, similar, resembling: a. like i. e. resembling: τίνι, in form or look, John 9:9; Revelation 1:13, 15; Revelation 2:18; Revelation 4:6f.; (but here Tr text WH marginal reading ὁμοιοις), ; (but here T WH with the accusative (for dative)); Rec.; ὁράσει, in appearance, Revelation 4:3; in nature, Acts 17:29; Galatians 5:21; Revelation 21:11, 18; in nature and condition, 1 John 3:2; in mode of thinking, feeling, acting, Matthew 11:16; Matthew 13:52; Luke 6:47-49; Luke 7:31; Luke 12:36, and L WH Tr text (see below) in John 8:55; equivalent to may be compared to a thing, so in parables: Matthew 13:31, 33, 44f, 47; Matthew 20:1; Luke 13:18f, 21. b. like i. e. corresponding or equivalent to, the same as: ὅμοιον τούτοις τρόπον, Jude 1:7; equal in strength, Revelation 13:4; in power and attractions, Revelation 18:18; in authority, Matthew 22:39; Mark 12:31 (here T WH omit; Tr marginal reading brackets ὅμοιον); in mind and character, τίνος (cf. Winers Grammar, 195 (183) (cf. § 28, 2); Buttmann, § 132, 24), John 8:55 R G T Tr marginal reading (see above). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοιότης Transliteration: homoiotēs Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: likeness, in like manner Meaning: likeness, in like manner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3665 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3665 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3665 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3665 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3665, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοιότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3665 homoiotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: likeness, similarityFrom homoios; resemblance -- like as, similitude. see GREEK homoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3665: ὁμοιότηςὁμοιότης, ὁμοιοτητος, ἡ (ὅμοιος), likeness: καθ' ὁμοιότητα, in like manner, Hebrews 4:15 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 143 (136)); κατά τήν ὁμοιότητα (Μελχισέδεκ), after the likeness, Hebrews 7:15. (Genesis 1:11; 4 Macc. 15:4 (3); Plato, Aristotle, Isocr, Polybius, Philo, Plutarch.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοιόω Transliteration: homoioō Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy-o'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make like Meaning: to make like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3666 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3666 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3666 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3666 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3666, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3666 homoioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make like, compare, resemble. From homoios; to assimilate, i.e. Compare; passively, to become similar -- be (make) like, (in the) liken(-ess), resemble. see GREEK homoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3666: ὁμοιόωὁμοιόω, ὁμοίῳ: future ὁμοιώσω; passive, 1 aorist ὡμοιώθην, and without augment ὁμοιωθην (once Romans 9:29 L marginal reading T editions 2, 7 (but see WHs Appendix, p. 161); cf. Buttmann, 34 (30); Sturz, De dial. Maced. etc., p. 124; (cf.) Lob. ad Phryn., p. 153); 1 future ὁμοιωθήσομαι; (ὅμοιος); from (Homer and) Herodotus down; the Sept. especially for דָּמָה; a. to make like: τινα τίνι; passive to be or to become like to one: Matthew 6:8; Acts 14:11; Hebrews 2:17; ὡμοιώθη ἡ βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, was made like, took the likeness of, (aorist of the time when the Messiah appeared), Matthew 13:24; Matthew 18:23; Matthew 22:2; ὁμοιωθήσεται (future of the time of the last judgment), Matthew 25:1; ὡς τί, to be made like and thus to become as a thing (i. e., a blending of two thoughts; cf. Fritzsche on Mark 4:31; Buttmann, § 133, 10; Winer's Grammar, § 65, 1 a.), Romans 9:29 (כְּ נִדְמָה, Ezekiel 32:2). b. to liken, compare: τινα τίνι, or τί τίνι, Matthew 7:24 (R G (see below)); ; Mark 4:30 R L text Tr marginal reading; Luke 7:31; Luke 13:18 ; passive Matt. 7:( L T WH Tr text), ; to illustrate by comparison, πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τήν βασσιλειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Mark 4:30 T WH Tr text L marginal reading (Compare: ἀφομοιόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοίωμα Transliteration: homoiōma Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy'-o-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is made like (something) Meaning: that which is made like (something) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3667 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3667 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3667 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3667 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3667, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοίωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3667 homoiōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: likeness, form, appearanceFrom homoioo; a form; abstractly, resemblance -- made like to, likeness, shape, similitude. see GREEK homoioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3667: ὁμοίωμαὁμοίωμα, ὁμοιώματος, τό (ὁμοιόω), the Sept. for תְּמוּנָה, דְּמוּת, צֶלֶם, תַּבְנִית; properly, that which has been made after the likeness of something, hence, a. a figure, image, likeness, representation: Psalm 105:20 (); 1 Macc. 3:48; of the image or shape of things seen in a vision, Revelation 9:7 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 604 (562)) (Ezekiel 1:5, 26, 28, etc. Plato, in Parmen., p. 132 d., calls finite things ὁμοιώματα, likenesses as it were, in which τά παραδειγματα, i. e. αἱ ἰδέαι or τά εἴδη, are expressed). b. likeness i. e. resemblance (inasmuch as that appears in an image or figure), frequent such as amounts almost to equality or identity: τίνος, Romans 6:5; Romans 8:3 (on which see σάρξ, 3 at the end (cf. Weiss, Biblical Theol. etc. §§ 69 e. note, 78 c. note)); Philippians 2:7 (see μορφή); εἰκόνος, a likeness expressed by an image, i. e. an image, like, Romans 1:23; ἐπί τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, in the same manner in which Adam transgressed a command of God (see ἐπί, B. 2 a. εε.), Romans 5:14. Cf. the different views of this word set forth by Holsten, Zum Evangel. des Paulus u. Petrus, p. 437ff and (especially for examples) in the Jahrbüch. f. protest. Theol. for 1815, p. 451ff, and by Zeller, Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. for 1870, p. 301ff. (Synonym: cf. εἰκών, at the end; Schmidt, chapter 191.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοίως Transliteration: homoiōs Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: likewise, in like manner Meaning: likewise, in like manner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3668 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3668 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3668 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3668 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3668, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3668 homoiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: likewise, so. Adverb from homoios; similarly -- likewise, so. see GREEK homoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3668: ὁμοίωςὁμοίως (ὅμοιος), adverb (from Pindar, Herodotus down), likewise, equally, in the same way: Mark 4:16 (Tr marginal reading brackets ὁμοίως); Luke 3:11; Luke 10:37; Luke 13:3 L T Tr WH; R G L Tr marginal reading; ; John 5:19; John 21:13; 1 Peter 3:1, 7; 1 Peter 5:5; Hebrews 9:21; Revelation 2:15 (for Rec. ὁ μισῶ); ; ὁμοίως καί, Matthew 22:26; Matthew 26:35; Mark 15:31 (here Rec. ὁμοίως δέ καί); Luke 5:33; Luke 17:28 R G L; ; John 6:11; 1 Corinthians 7:22 R G; ὁμοίως μέντοι καί, Jude 1:8; ὁμοίως δέ καί, Matthew 27:41 R G (where T omits; L brackets δέ καί; Tr brackets δέ; WH omits δέ and brackets καί); Luke 5:10; Luke 10:32; 1 Corinthians 7:3 (where L brackets δέ), 4; James 2:25; and correctly restored by L Tr marginal reading in Romans 1:27, for R T Tr text WH ὁμοίως τέ καί; cf. Fritzsche, Romans, i., p. 77; (Winers Grammar, 511 (531); Buttmann, § 149, 8); ὁμοίως preceded by καθώς, Luke 6:31. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοίωσις Transliteration: homoiōsis Phonetic Spelling: hom-oy'-o-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a making like, likeness Meaning: a making like, likeness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3669 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3669 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3669 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3669 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3669, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοίωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3669 homoiōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: resemblanceFrom homoioo; assimilation, i.e. Resemblance -- similitude. see GREEK homoioo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3669: ὁμοίωσιςὁμοίωσις, ὁμοιώσεως, ἡ (ὁμοιόω); 1. a making like: opposed to ἀλλοίωσις, Plato, rep. 5, 454 c. 2. likeness (Plato, Aristotle, Theophrastus): καθ' ὁμοίωσιν Θεοῦ, after the likeness of God, James 3:9 from Genesis 1:26. (Cf. Trench, § xv.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμολογέω Transliteration: homologeō Phonetic Spelling: hom-ol-og-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to speak the same, to agree Meaning: to speak the same, to agree GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3670 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3670 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3670 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3670 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3670, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμολογέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3670 homologeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to confess, professFrom a compound of the base of homou and logos; to assent, i.e. Covenant, acknowledge -- con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise. see GREEK homou see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3670: ὁμολογέωὁμολογέω, ὁμολογῶ; imperfect ὡμολόγουν; future ὁμολογήσω; 1 aorist ὡμολόγησα; present passive 3 person singular ὁμολογεῖται; (from ὁμόλογος, and this from ὁμον and λέγω); from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down; 1. properly, to say the same thing as another, i. e. to agree with, assent, both absolutely and with a dative of the person; often so in Greek writings from Herodotus down; hence, 2. universally, to concede; i. e. a. not to refuse, i. e. to promise: τίνι τήν ἐπαγγελίαν, Acts 7:17 L T Tr WH (here R. V. vouchsafe); followed by an object. infinitive, Matthew 14:7 (Plato, Demosthenes, Plutarch, others). b. not to deny, i. e. to confess; declare: joined with οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, followed by direct discourse with recitative ὅτι, John 1:20; followed by ὅτι, Hebrews 11:13; τίνι τί, ὅτι, Acts 24:14; to confess, i. e. to admit or declare oneself guilty of what one is accused of: τάς ἁμαρτίας, 1 John 1:9 (Sir. 4:26). 3. to profess (the difference between the Latin profiteor (`to declare openly and voluntarily') and confiteor (`to declare fully,' implying the yielding or change of one's conviction; cf.pro fessio fidei, confessio peccatorum) is exhibited in Cicero, pro Sest. 51, 109), i. e. to declare openly, speak out freely (A. V. generally confess; on its construction see Buttmann, § 133, 7): (followed by an infinitive, εἰδέναι Θεόν, Titus 1:16); τίνι (cf. Buttmann, as above; Winer's Grammar, § 31, 1 f.) followed by direct discourse with ὅτι recitative, Matthew 7:23; one is said ὁμολογεῖν that of which he is convinced and which he holds to be true (hence, ὁμολογεῖν is distinguished from πιστεύειν in John 12:42; Romans 10:9f): the passive absolute, with στόματι (dative of instrum.) added, Romans 10:10; τί, Acts 23:8; τινα with a predicate accusative (Buttmann, as above), αὐτόν Χριστόν, John 9:22; κύριον (predicate accusative) λησουν, Romans 10:9 (here WH τό ῤῆμα ... ὅτι κύριος etc., L marginal reading Tr marginal reading simply ὅτι etc.; again with ὅτι in 1 John 4:15); Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐν σαρκί ἐληλυθότα (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading ἐληλυθεναι), 1 John 4:2 and Rec. also in 3 (see below); ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί, 2 John 1:7 (cf. Buttmann, as above; Winer's Grammar, 346 (324)); τινα, to profess oneself the worshipper of one, 1 John 4:3 (here WH marginal reading λύει, cf. Westcott, Epistles of John, p. 156ff) and G L T Tr WH in ; ἐν with a dative of the person (see ἐν, I. 8 c.), Matthew 10:32; Luke 12:8; with cognate accusative giving the substance of the profession (cf. Buttmann, § 131, 5; Winer's Grammar, § 32, 2), ὁμολογίαν, 1 Timothy 6:12 (also followed by περί τίνος, Philo de mut. nom. § 8); τό ὄνομα τίνος, to declare the name (written in the book of life) to be the name of a follower of me, Revelation 3:5 G L T Tr WH. 4. According to a usage unknown to Greek writers to praise, celebrate (see ἐξομολογέω, 2; (Buttmann, § 133, 7)): τίνι, Hebrews 13:15. (Compare: ἀνθομολογέω (ἀνθομολογοῦμαι), ἐξομολογέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμολογία Transliteration: homologia Phonetic Spelling: hom-ol-og-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an agreement, confession Meaning: an agreement, confession GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3671 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3671 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3671 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3671 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3671, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμολογία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3671 homologia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confession, profession. From the same as homologeo; acknowledgment -- con- (pro-)fession, professed. see GREEK homologeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3671: ὁμολογίαὁμολογία, ὁμολογίας, ἡ (ὁμολογέω, which see (cf. Winers Grammar, 35 (34))), in the N. T. profession (R. V. uniformly confession); a. subjectively: ἀρχιερέα τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν, i. e. whom we profess (to be ours), Hebrews 3:1 (but others refer this to b.). b. objectively, profession (confession) i. e. what one professes (confesses): Hebrews 4:14; 1 Timothy 6:12 (see ὁμολογέω, 3); 13 (see μαρτυρέω, a. p. 391a); τῆς ἐλπίδος, the substance of our profession, which we embrace with hope, Hebrews 10:23; εἰς τό εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, relative to the gospel, 2 Corinthians 9:13 (translate, for the obedience ye render to what ye profess concerning the gospel; cf. ἡ εἰς τόν τοῦ Θεοῦ Χριστόν ὁμολογία, Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, c. 47 — a construction occasioned perhaps by ἡ εἰς τόν Χριστόν πίστις, Colossians 2:5; (cf. Winers Grammar, 381 (357))). ((Herodotus, Plato, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμολογουμένως Transliteration: homologoumenōs Phonetic Spelling: hom-ol-og-ow-men'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: as agreed, by common consent Meaning: as agreed, by common consent GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3672 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3672 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3672 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3672 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3672, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμολογουμένως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3672 homologoumenōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: without controversy. Adverb of present passive participle of homologeo; confessedly -- without controversy. see GREEK homologeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3672: ὁμολογουμένωςὁμολογουμένως (ὁμολογέω), adverb, by consent of all, confessedly, without controversy: 1 Timothy 3:16. (4 Macc. 6:31; 7:16; 16:1; in secular authors from Thucydides, Xenophon,Plato down; with ἀοπ πάντων added, Isocrates paneg. § 33, where see Baiter's note.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμότεχνος Transliteration: homotechnos Phonetic Spelling: hom-ot'-ekh-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of the same trade Meaning: of the same trade GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3673 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3673 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3673 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3673 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3673, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμότεχνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3673 homotechnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of the same craft. From the base of homou and techne; a fellow-artificer -- of the same craft. see GREEK homou see GREEK techne Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3673: ὁμότεχνοςὁμότεχνος, ὁμότεχνον (ὁμός and τέχνη), practising the same trade or craft, of the same trade: Acts 18:3. (Herodotus 2, 89; Plato, Demosthenes, Josephus, Lucian, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμοῦ Transliteration: homou Phonetic Spelling: hom-oo' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: together Meaning: together GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3674 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3674 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3674 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3674 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3674, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμοῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3674 homou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: together. Genitive case of homos (the same; akin to hama) as adverb; at the same place or time -- together. see GREEK hama Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3674: ὁμοῦὁμοῦ (ὁμός) (from Homer down), adverb, together: John 4:36; John 20:4; εἶναι ὁμοῦ, of persons assembled together, Acts 2:1 L T Tr WH; Lachmann; John 21:2. (Synonym: see ἅμα, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁμόφρων Transliteration: homophrōn Phonetic Spelling: hom-of'-rone Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: agreeing Meaning: agreeing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3675 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3675 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3675 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3675 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3675, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁμόφρων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3675 homophrōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of one mind. From the base of homou and phren; like-minded, i.e. Harmonious -- of one mind. see GREEK phren see GREEK homou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3675: ὁμόφρωνὁμόφρων, ὀμων (ὁμός, φρήν), of one mind (A. V. likeminded), concordant: 1 Peter 3:8. (Homer, Hesiod, Pindar, Aristophanes, Anthol., Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅμως Transliteration: homōs Phonetic Spelling: hom'-oce Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: yet, but yet Meaning: yet, but yet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3676 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3676 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3676 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3676 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3676, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅμως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3676 homōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: and even, nevertheless, though but. Adverb from the base of homou; at the same time, i.e. (conjunctionally) notwithstanding, yet still -- and even, nevertheless, though but. see GREEK homou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3676: ὅμωςὅμως (ὁμός), from Homer down, yet; it occurs twice in the N. T. out of its usual position (cf. Winers Grammar, § 61, 5f.; Buttmann, § 144, 23), viz. in 1 Corinthians 14:7, where resolve thus: τά ἄψυχα, καίπερ φωνήν διδόντα, ὅμως, ἐάν διαστολήν ... πῶς κτλ. instruments without life, although giving forth a sound, yet, unless they give a distinction in the sounds, how shall it be known etc., Fritzsche, Conject. spec. i., p. 52; cf. Meyer at the passage; (Winer's Grammar, 344 (323)); again, ὅμως ἀνθρώπου ... οὐδείς ἀθετεῖ for ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, καίπερ ἀνθρώπου οὖσαν, ὅμως οὐδείς κτλ., a man's established covenant, though it be but a man's, yet no one, etc. Galatians 3:15; ὅμως μέντοι, but yet, nevertheless, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 444 (413)), John 12:42. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄναρ Transliteration: onar Phonetic Spelling: on'-ar Part of Speech: Noun, Indeclinable, Other Type Short Definition: a dream, in a dream Meaning: a dream, in a dream GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3677 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3677 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3677 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3677 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3677, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄναρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3677 onar 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dream. Of uncertain derivation; a dream -- dream. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3677: ὄναρὄναρ, τό (an indeclinable noun, used only in the nominative and accusative singular; the other cases are taken from ὄνειρος) (from Homer down); a dream: κατ' ὄναρ, in a dream, Matthew 1:20; Matthew 2:12f, 19, 22; Matthew 27:19 — a later Greek phrase, for which Attic writings used ὄναρ without κατά (which see II. 2); see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 422ff; (Photius, Lex., p. 143, 25f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνάριον Transliteration: onarion Phonetic Spelling: on-ar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little donkey Meaning: a little donkey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3678 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3678 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3678 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3678 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3678, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3678 onarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: young donkeyNeuter of a presumed derivative of onos; a little ass -- young ass. see GREEK onos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3678: ὀνάριονὀνάριον, ὀναριου, τό (diminutive of ὄνος; cf. (Winer's Grammar, 24 and) γιναικαριον), a little ass: John 12:14. (Machon quoted in Athen. 13, p. 582 c.; (Epictetus diss. 2, 24, 18).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνειδίζω Transliteration: oneidizō Phonetic Spelling: on-i-did'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to reproach Meaning: to reproach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3679 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3679 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3679 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3679 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3679, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνειδίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3679 oneidizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: defame, reproach, revileFrom oneidos; to defame, i.e. Rail at, chide, taunt -- cast in teeth, (suffer) reproach, revile, upbraid. see GREEK oneidos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3679: ὀνειδίζωὀνειδίζω; imperfect ὠνείδιζον; 1 aorist ὠνείδισα; present passive ὀνειδίζομαι; (ὄνειδος, which see); from Homer down; the Sept. especially for חָרַף; to reproach, upbraid, revile; (on its construction cf. Winer's Grammar, § 32, 1 b. β.; Buttmann, § 133, 9): of deserved reproach, τινα, followed by ὅτι, Matthew 11:20; τί (the fault) τίνος, followed by ὅτι, Mark 16:14. of unjust reproach, to revile: τινα, Matthew 5:11; Mark 15:32; Luke vt. 22; Romans 15:3 from Psalm 68:10 (); passive 1 Peter 4:14; followed by ὅτι, 1 Timothy 4:10 R G Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading; τό αὐτό ὠνείδιζον αὐτόν (Rec. αὐτῷ), Matthew 27:44 (see αὐτός, III. 1). to upbraid, cast (favors received) in one's teeth: absolutely James 1:5; μετά τό δοῦναι μή ὀνείδιζε, Sir. 41:22, cf. 20:14; τίνι σωτηρίαν, deliverance obtained by us for one, Polybius 9, 31, 4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνειδισμός Transliteration: oneidismos Phonetic Spelling: on-i-dis-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a reproach Meaning: a reproach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3680 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3680 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3680 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3680 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3680, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνειδισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3680 oneidismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reproach. From oneidizo; contumely -- reproach. see GREEK oneidizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3680: ὀνειδισμόςὀνειδισμός, ὀνειδισμοῦ, ὁ (ὀνειδίζω) (cf. Winers Grammar, 24), a reproach: Romans 15:3; 1 Timothy 3:7; Hebrews 10:33; ὁ ὀνειδισμός τοῦ Χριστοῦ i. e. such as Christ suffered (for the cause of God from its enemies), Hebrews 11:26; Hebrews 13:13; cf. Winers Grammar, 189 (178). (Plutarch, Artax. 22; (Dionysius Halicarnassus); the Sept. chiefly for חֶרְפָּה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄνειδος Transliteration: oneidos Phonetic Spelling: on'-i-dos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: reproach, disgrace Meaning: reproach, disgrace GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3681 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3681 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3681 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3681 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3681, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄνειδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3681 oneidos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reproach. Probably akin to the base of onoma; notoriety, i.e. A taunt (disgrace) -- reproach. see GREEK onoma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3681: ὄνειδοςὄνειδος, ὀνείδους, τό (from ὄνομαι to blame, to revile), from Homer down, reproach; equivalent to shame: Luke 1:25. (The Sept. chiefly for חֶרְפָּה; three times for כְּלִמָּה disgrace, Isaiah 30:3; Micah 2:6; Proverbs 18:13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ὀνήσιμος Transliteration: Onēsimos Phonetic Spelling: on-ay'-sim-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "useful", Onesimus, a Christian Meaning: Onesimus -- "useful", a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3682 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3682 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3682 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3682 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3682, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ὀνήσιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3682 Onēsimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Onesimus. From oninemi; profitable; Onesimus, a Christian -- Onesimus. see GREEK oninemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3682: ὈνήσιμοςὈνήσιμος, Ὀνησίμου, ὁ (i. e. profitable, helpful; from ὄνησις profit), Onesimus, a Christian, the slave of Philemon: Philemon 1:10; Colossians 4:9. (Cf. Lightfoots Commentary, introduction, Hackett in B. D.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ὀνησίφορος Transliteration: Onēsiphoros Phonetic Spelling: on-ay-sif'-or-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "bringing advantage", Onesiphorus, a Christian Meaning: Onesiphorus -- "bringing advantage", a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3683 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3683 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3683 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3683 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3683, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ὀνησίφορος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3683 Onēsiphoros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Onespiphorus. From a derivative of oninemi and phoros; profit-bearer; Onesiphorus, a Christian -- Onespiphorus. see GREEK oninemi see GREEK phoros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3683: ὈνησίφοροςὈνησίφορος, Ὀνησιφόρου, ὁ (i. e. 'profit-bringer'), Onesiphorus, the name of a certain Christian: 2 Timothy 1:16; 2 Timothy 4:19. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνικός Transliteration: onikos Phonetic Spelling: on-ik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of or for a donkey Meaning: of or for a donkey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3684 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3684 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3684 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3684 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3684, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3684 onikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of or for a donkeyFrom onos; belonging to a ass, i.e. Large (so as to be turned by a ass) -- millstone. see GREEK onos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3684: ὀνικόςὀνικός, ὀνικη, ὀνικον (ὄνος), of or for an ass: μύλος ὀνικός i. e. turned by an ass (see μύλος, 1), Mark 9:42 L T Tr WH; Luke 17:2 Rec.; Matthew 18:6. Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνίνημι Transliteration: oninēmi Phonetic Spelling: on-in'-ay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to profit, help Meaning: to profit, help GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3685 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3685 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3685 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3685 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3685, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνίνημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3685 oninēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: have joy. A prolonged form of an apparently primary verb (onomai, to slur); for which another prolonged form (onao) is used as an alternate in some tenses (unless indeed it be identical with the base of onoma through the idea of notoriety); to gratify, i.e. (middle voice) to derive pleasure or advantage from -- have joy. see GREEK onoma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3685: ὀνίνημιὀνίνημι: from Homer down; to be useful, to profit, help (Latinjuvo); middle, present ὀνίναμαι; 2 aorist ὠνήμην (and later ὠνάμην, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 12f; Kühner, § 343 under the word, i., p. 880; (Veitch, under the word)), optative ὀναίμην; to receive profit or advantage, be helped (or have joy (Latinjuvor)): τίνος, of one, Philemon 1:20 (see Lightfoot at the passage). (Elsewhere in the Scriptures only in Sir. 30:2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄνομα Transliteration: onoma Phonetic Spelling: on'-om-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a name, authority, cause Meaning: a name, authority, cause GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3686 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3686 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3686 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3686 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3686, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄνομα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3686 onoma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: called, surnamed. From a presumed derivative of the base of ginosko (compare oninemi); a "name" (literally or figuratively) (authority, character) -- called, (+ sur-)name(-d). see GREEK ginosko see GREEK oninemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3686: ὄνομαὄνομα, ὀνόματος, τό (ΝΟΜ (others ΓΝΟ; see Vanicek, p. 1239), cf. Latinnomen (English name), with the prefixed omicron ὀ (but see Curtius, § 446)), the Sept. for שֵׁם (from Homer down), the name by which a person or a thing is called, and distinguished from others; 1. universally: of proper names, Mark 3:16; Mark 6:14; Acts 13:8, etc.; τῶν ἀποστόλων τά ὀνόματα, Matthew 10:2; Revelation 21:14; ἄνθρωπος or ἀνήρ ᾧ ὄνομα, πόλις ἡ ὄνομα, namely, ἦν, named, followed by the name in the nominative (cf. Buttmann, § 129, 20, 3): Luke 1:26; Luke 2:25; Luke 8:41; Luke 24:13, 18; Acts 13:6 (Xenophon, mem. 3, 11, 1); οὗ (L ᾧ) τό ὄνομα, Mark 14:32; καί τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, αὐτῆς, etc., Luke 1:5, 27; ὄνομα αὐτῷ namely, ἦν or ἐστιν (Buttmann, as above), John 1:6; John 3:1; John 18:10; Revelation 6:8; ὀνόματι, followed by the name (cf. Buttmann, § 129 a. 3; Winer's Grammar, 182 (171)), Matthew 27:32; Mark 5:22; Luke 1:5; Luke 10:38; Luke 16:20; Luke 23:50; Acts 5:1, 34; Acts 8:9; Acts 9:10-12, 33, 36; Acts 10:1; Acts 11:28; Acts 12:13; Acts 16:1, 14; Acts 17:34; Acts 18:2, 7, 24; Acts 19:24; Acts 20:9; Acts 21:10; Acts 27:1; Acts 28:7; Revelation 9:11 (Xenophon, anab. 1, 4, 11); τοὔνομα (i. e. τό ὄνομα), the accusative absolute (Buttmann, § 131, 12; cf. Winer's Grammar, 230 (216)), i. e. by name, Matthew 27:57; ὄνομα μοι namely, ἐστιν, my name is, Mark 5:9; Luke 8:30 (οὔτις ἐμοιγ ὄνομα, Homer, Odyssey 9, 366); ἔχειν ὄνομα, followed by the name in the nominative, Revelation 9:11; καλεῖν τό ὄνομα τίνος, followed by the accusative of the name, see καλέω, 2 a.; καλεῖν τινα ὀνόματι τίνι, Luke 1:61; ὀνόματι καλούμενος, Luke 19:2; καλεῖν τινα ἐπί τῷ ὀνόματι, Luke 1:59 (see ἐπί, B. 2 a. εε., p. 233b); κατ' ὄνομα (see κατά, II. 3 a. γ., p. 328a); τά ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐγράφη (ἐγγέγραπται T WH Tr) ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, your names have been enrolled by God in the register of the citizens of the kingdom of heaven, Luke 10:20; τό ὄνομα τίνος (ἐγράφη) ἐν βίβλῳ (τῷ βιβλίῳ) ζωῆς, Philippians 4:3; Revelation 13:8; ἐπί τό βιβλίον τῆς ζῇς Revelation 17:8; ἐκβάλλειν (which see 1 h.) τό ὄνομα τίνος ὡς πονηρόν, since the wickedness of the man is called to mind by his name, Luke 6:22; ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τό ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου, see ἐπικαλέω, 5; ἐπικέκληται τό ὄνομα τίνος ἐπί τινα, see ἐπικαλέω, 2; ὀνόματα (ὄνομα) βλασφημίας equivalent to βλάσφημα (βλασπηημον) (cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 3 b.; Buttmann, § 132, 10), names by which God is blasphemed, his majesty assailed, Revelation 13:1; Revelation 17:3 (R G Tr, see γέμω). so used that the name is opposed to the reality: ὄνομα ἔχεις, ὅτι ζῇς, καί νεκρός εἰ, thou art said (A. V. hast a name) to live, Revelation 3:1 (ὄνομα εἶχεν, ὡς ἐπ' Ἀθηνας ἐλαυνει, Herodotus 7, 138). equivalent to title: περί ὀνομάτων, about titles (as of the Messiah), Acts 18:15; κληρονομεῖν ὄνομα, Hebrews 1:4; χαρίζεσθαί τίνι ὄνομα τί, Philippians 2:9 (here the title ὁ κύριος is meant (but critical texts read τό ὄνομα etc., which many take either strictly or absolutely; cf. Meyer and Lightfoot at the passage (see below just before 3))); specifically, a title of honor and authority, Ephesians 1:21 (but see Meyer); ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, in devout recognition of the title conferred on him by God (i. e. the title ὁ κύριος), Philippians 2:10 (but the interpretation of ὄνομα here follows that of ὄνομα in Philippians 2:9 above; see Meyer and Lightfoot, and cf. Winer's Grammar, 390 (365)). 2. By a usage chiefly Hebraistic the name is used for everything which the name covers, everything the thought or feeling of which is roused in the mind by mentioning, hearing, remembering, the name, i. e. for one's rank, authority, interests, pleasure, command, excellences, deeds, etc.; thus, εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, out of regard for (see εἰς, B. II. 2 d.) the name of prophet which he bears, equivalent to because he is a prophet, Matthew 10:41; βαπτίζειν τινα εἰς ὄνομα τίνος, by baptism to bind anyone to recognize and publicly acknowledge the dignity and authority of one (cf. βαπτίζω, II. b. (aa.)), Matthew 28:19; Acts 8:16; Acts 19:5; 1 Corinthians 1:13, 15. to do a thing ἐν ὀνόματι τίνος, i. e. by one's command and authority, acting on his behalf, promoting his cause (cf. Winers Grammar, 390 (365); Buttmann, § 147, 10); as, ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου (from Psalm 117:26 ()), of the Messiah, Matthew 21:9; Matthew 23:39; Mark 11:9; Luke 13:35; Luke 19:38; John 12:13; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου, John 5:43; John 10:25; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, of his own free-will and authority, John 5:43; to do a thing ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι of Jesus, Acts 10:48; 1 Corinthians 5:4; 2 Thessalonians 3:6; and L T Tr WH in James 5:10 (but surely κυρίου here denotes God; cf. 2 f. below). According to a very frequent usage in the O. T. (cf. יְהוָה שֵׁם), the name of God in the N. T. is used for all those qualities which to his worshippers are summed up in that name, and by which God makes himself known to men; it is therefore equivalent to his divinity, Latinnumen (not his nature or essence as it is in itself), the divine majesty and perfections, so far forth as these are apprehended, named, magnified (cf. Winer, Lex. Hebrew et Chald., p. 993; Oehler in Herzog x., p. 196ff; Wittichen in Schenkel iv., p. 282ff); so in the phrases ἅγιον τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ namely, ἐστιν, Luke 1:49; ἁγιάζειν τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 6:9; Luke 11:2; ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, Hebrews 13:15; ψάλλειν, Romans 15:9; δοξάζειν, John 12:28; (Revelation 15:4); φανερουν, γνωρίζειν, John 17:6, 26; φοβεῖσθαι τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Revelation 11:18; Revelation 15:4 (G L T Tr WH); διαγγέλλειν, Romans 9:17; ἀπαγγέλλειν, Hebrews 2:12; βλασφημεῖν, Romans 2:24; 1 Timothy 6:1; Revelation 13:6; Revelation 16:9; ἀγάπην ἐνδείκνυσθαι εἰς τό ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Hebrews 6:10; τήρησον αὐτούς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι σου, ᾧ (by attraction for ὁ (cf. Buttmann, § 143, 8, p. 286; Winers Grammar, § 24, 1; Rec. incorrectly οὕς)) δέδωκάς μοι, keep them consecrated and united to thy name (character), which thou didst commit to me to declare and manifest (cf. verse 6), John 17:11; (cf. ὑπέρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀνόματος σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν, 'Teaching etc., chapter 10, 2 [ET]). After the analogy of the preceding expression, the name of Christ (Ἰησοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν, etc.) is used in the N. T. of all those things which, in hearing or recalling that name, we are bidden to recognize in Jesus and to profess; accordingly, of "his Messianic dignity, divine authority, memorable sufferings, in a word the peculiar services and blessings conferred by him on men," so far forth as these are believed, confessed, commemorated (cf. Westcott on the Epistles of John, p. 232): hence, the phrases εὐαγγελίζεσθαι τά περί τοῦ ὀνοματου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Acts 8:12; μεγαλύνειν τό ὄνομα Acts 19:17; τῷ ὀνόματι (Rec. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι) αὐτοῦ ἐλπίζειν, Matthew 12:21 (Buttmann, 156 (153)); πιστεύειν, 1 John 3:23; πιστεύουσιν εἰς τό ὄνομα, John 1:12; John 2:23; John 3:18; 1 John 5:13a (Rec., 13b); πίστις τοῦ ὄνομα, Acts 3:16; ὁ ὀνομάζων τό ὄνομα κυρίου, whoever nameth the name of the Lord namely, as his Lord (see ὀνομάζω, a.), 2 Timothy 2:19; κρατεῖν, to hold fast i. e. persevere in professing, Revelation 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Revelation 3:8; τό ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐνδοξάζεται ἐν ὑμῖν, 2 Thessalonians 1:12; βαστάζειν τό ὄνομα ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν (see βαστάζω, 3), Acts 9:15; to do or to suffer anything ἐπί τῷ ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ, see ἐπί, B. 2 a. β., p. 232b. The phrase ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ is used in various senses: a. by the command and authority of Christ: see examples just above. b. in the use of the name of Christ i. e. the power of his name being invoked for assistance, Mark 9:38 Relz L T Tr WH (see f. below); Luke 10:17; Acts 3:6; Acts 4:10; Acts 16:18; James 5:14; universally, ἐν ποιῶ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο; Acts 4:7. c. through the power of Christ's name, pervading and governing their souls, Mark 16:17. d. in acknowledging, embracing, professing, the name of Christ: σωθῆναι, Acts 4:12; δικαιωθῆναι, 1 Corinthians 6:11; ζωήν ἔχειν, John 20:31; in professing and proclaiming the name of Christ, παρρησιάζεσθαι, Acts 9:27, 28 (29). e. relying or resting on the name of Christ, rooted (so to speak) in his name, i. e. mindful of Christ: ποιεῖν τί, Colossians 3:17; εὐχαριστεῖν, Ephesians 5:20; αἰτεῖν τί, i. e. (for substance) "to ask a thing, as prompted by the mind of Christ and in reliance on the bond which unites us to him," John 14:13; John 15:16; John 16:24,(26), and R G L in 23; cf. Ebrard, Gebet im Namen Jesu, in Herzog iv. 692ff. God is said to do a thing ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ, regardful of the name of Christ, i. e. moved by the name of Christ, for Christ's sake, διδόναι the thing asked, John 16:23 T Tr WH; πέμπειν τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον John 14:26f. ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ (A. V. for the name of Christ) (German auf Grund Namens Christi), i. e. because one calls himself or is called by the name of Christ: ὀνειδίζεσθαι, 1 Peter 4:14 (equivalent to ὡς Χριστιανός, 16). The simple dative τῷ ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ signifies by the power of Christ's name, pervading and prompting souls, Matthew 7:22; so also τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου (i. e. of God) λαλεῖν, of the prophets, James 5:10 R G; τῷ ὀνόματι σου, by uttering thy name as a spell, Mark 9:38 Rst bez G (see b. above). εἰς τό ὄνομα τοῦ Χριστοῦ συνάγεσθαι is used of those who come together to deliberate concerning any matter relating to Christ's cause (German auf den Namen), with the mind directed unto, having regard unto, his name, Matthew 18:20. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνοματου (A. V. for my name's sake), i. e. on account of professing my name, Matthew 19:29; also διά τό ὄνομα μου, αὐτοῦ, etc.: Matthew 10:22; Matthew 24:9; Mark 13:13; Luke 21:17; John 15:21; 1 John 2:12; Revelation 2:3. διά τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου παρακαλεῖν τινα, to beseech one by employing Christ's name as a motive or incentive (cf. Winer's Grammar, 381 (357)), 1 Corinthians 1:10; by embracing and avowing his name, ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν, Acts 10:43. ὑπέρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, equivalent to for defending, spreading, strengthening, the authority of Christ, Acts 5:41 (see below); ; Romans 1:5; 3 John 1:7; — (but according to the better texts in Acts 5:41; 3 John 1:7, τό ὄνομα is used absolutely, the Name, namely, κυρίου, of the Lord Jesus; so Vat. James 5:14; cf. Leviticus 24:11, 16; Lightfoot on Ignatius ad Eph. 3, 1 [ET]; Buttmann, 163 (142) note; Winers Grammar, 594 (553). So Lightfoot in Philippians 2:9; (see 1 above)). πρός τό ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου ... ἐναντία πρᾶξαι, Acts 26:9. 3. In imitation of the Hebrew שֵׁמות (Numbers 1:2, 18, 20; Numbers 3:40, 43; Numbers 26:53), the plural ὀνόματα is used equivalent to persons reckoned up by name: Acts 1:15; Revelation 3:4; Revelation 11:13. 4. Like the Latinnomen, equivalent to the cause or reason named: ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ, in this cause, i. e. on this account, namely, because he suffers as a Christian, 1 Peter 4:16 L T Tr WH (others, more simply, take ὄνομα here as referring to Χριστιανός preceding); ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι (as in Syriac d )MSB []) Χριστοῦ ἐστε, in this name, i. e. for this reason, because ye are Christ's (disciples), Mark 9:41. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀνομάζω Transliteration: onomazō Phonetic Spelling: on-om-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to name, to give a name Meaning: to name, to give a name GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3687 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3687 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3687 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3687 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3687, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀνομάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3687 onomazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: call, name. From onoma; to name, i.e. Assign an appellation; by extension, to utter, mention, profess -- call, name. see GREEK onoma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3687: ὀνομάζωὀνομάζω; 1 aorist ὠνόμασα; passive, present ὀνομάζομαι; 1 aorist ὠνομασθην; (ὄνομα); from Homer down; to name (cf. Winers Grammar, 615 (572)); a. τό ὄνομα, to name i. e. to utter: passive Ephesians 1:21; τοῦ κυρίου (Rec. Χριστοῦ), the name of the Lord (Christ) namely, as his Lord, 2 Timothy 2:19 (the Sept. for יְהוָה שֵׁם הִזְכִּיר, to make mention of the name of Jehovah in praise, said of his worshippers, Isaiah 26:13; Amos 6:10); τό ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐπί τινα, Acts 19:13, see ἐπί, C. I. 1 c., p. 234{b} middle b. τινα, with a proper or an appellative name as predicate accusative, to name, i. e. give name to, one: Luke 6:13f; passive to be named, i. e. bear the name of, 1 Corinthians 5:11; ἐκ with the genitive of the one from whom the received name is derived, Ephesians 3:15 (Homer Iliad 10, 68; Xenophon, mem. 4, 5, 12). c. τινα or τί, to utter the name of a person or thing: ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός, of the lands into which the knowledge of Christ has been carried, Romans 15:20 (1 Macc. 3:9); ὀνομάζεσθαι of things which are called by their own name because they are present or exist (as opposed to those which are unheard of), 1 Corinthians 5:1 Rec.; Ephesians 5:3. (Compare: ἐπονομάζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄνος Transliteration: onos Phonetic Spelling: on'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a donkey Meaning: a donkey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3688 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3688 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3688 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3688 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3688, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3688 onos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: donkeyApparently a primary word; a donkey -- an ass. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3688: ὄνοςὄνος, ὄνου, ὁ, ἡ (from Homer down), the Sept. for חֲמור and אָתון, an ass: Luke 14:5 Rec.; Matthew 21:5; John 12:15; — ὁ, Luke 13:15; ἡ, Matthew 21:2, 7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄντως Transliteration: ontōs Phonetic Spelling: on'-toce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: really, truly Meaning: really, truly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3689 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3689 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3689 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3689 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3689, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄντως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3689 ontōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: certainly, clean, indeed, verily. Adverb of the oblique cases of on; really -- certainly, clean, indeed, of a truth, verily. see GREEK on Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3689: ὄντωςὄντως (from ὄν; on adverbs formed from participles cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 115 a. Anm. 3; Kühner, § 335 Anm. 2), adverb, truly, in reality, in point of fact, as opposed to what is pretended, fictitious, false, conjectural: Mark 11:32 (see ἔχω, I. 1 f.); Luke 23:47; Luke 24:34; John 8:36; 1 Corinthians 14:25; Galatians 3:21 and Rec. in 2 Peter 2:18; ὁ, ἡ, τό ὄντως followed by a noun, that which is truly etc., that which is indeed (τά ὄντως ἀγατα ἤ καλά, P'lat. Phaedr., p. 260 a.; τήν ὄντως καί ἀληθῶς φιλίαν, Plato, Clit., p. 409 e.; οἱ ὄντως βασιλεῖς, Josephus, Antiquities 15, 3, 5): as ἡ ὄντως (Rec. αἰώνιος) ζωή, 1 Timothy 6:19; ἡ ὄντως χήρα, a widow that is a widow indeed, not improperly called a widow (as παρθένος ἡ λεγομένη χήρα, i. e., a virgin that has taken a vow of celibacy, in Ignatius ad Smyrn. 13 [ET] (cf. Lightfoot, in the place cited); cf. Baur, Die sogen. Pastoralbriefe, p. 46ff), 1 Timothy 5:3, 5, 16. (Euripides, Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, and following; the Sept. for אֻמְנָם, Numbers 22:37; for אָכֵן, Jeremiah 3:23; for אַך, Jeremiah 10:19.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄξος Transliteration: oxos Phonetic Spelling: oz-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: sour wine Meaning: sour wine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3690 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3690 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3690 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3690 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3690, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄξος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3690 oxos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: vinegar. From oxus; vinegar, i.e. Sour wine -- vinegar. see GREEK oxus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3690: ὄξοςὄξος, ὀξεος (ὄξους), τό (ὀξύς), vinegar (Aeschylus, Hippocrates, Aristophanes, Xenophon, and following; for חֹמֶץ, Ruth 2:14; Numbers 6:3, etc.); used in the N. T. for Latinposca, i. e. the mixture of sour wine or vinegar and water which the Roman soldiers were accustomed to drink: Matthew 27:34 R L marginal reading, 48; Mark 15:36; Luke 23:36; John 19:29f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀξύς Transliteration: oxys Phonetic Spelling: oz-oos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sharp, swift Meaning: sharp, swift GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3691 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3691 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3691 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3691 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3691, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀξύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3691 oxys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sharp, swift. Probably akin to the base of akmen ("acid"); keen; by analogy, rapid -- sharp, swift. see GREEK akmen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3691: ὀξύςὀξύς, ὀξεῖα, ὀξύ (allied with Latinacer, acus, etc.; cf. Curtius, § 2); 1. sharp (from Homer down): ῤομφαία, δρέπανον, Revelation 1:16; Revelation 2:12; Revelation 14:14, 17; Revelation 19:15 (Isaiah 5:28; Psalm 56 ()). 2. swift, quick (so from Herodotus 5, 9 down; cf. ὠκύς fleet): Romans 3:15 (Amos 2:15; Proverbs 22:29). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπή Transliteration: opē Phonetic Spelling: op-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an opening, a hole Meaning: an opening, a hole GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3692 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3692 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3692 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3692 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3692, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3692 opē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cave, place. Probably from optanomai; a hole (as if for light), i.e. Cavern; by analogy, a spring (of water) -- cave, place. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3692: ὀπήὀπή, ὀπῆς, ἡ (perhaps from ὄψ (root ὀπ (see ὁράω); cf. Curtius, § 627)), properly, through which one can see (Pollux (2, 53, p. 179) ὀπή, δἰ ἧς ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, cf. German Luke, Loch (?)), an opening, aperture (used of a window, Song of Solomon 5:4): of fissures in the earth, James 3:11 (Exodus 33:22); of caves in rocks or mountains, Hebrews 11:38 (here R. V. holes); Obadiah 1:3. (Of various other kinds of holes and openings, in Aristophanes, Aristotle, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄπισθεν Transliteration: opisthen Phonetic Spelling: op'-is-then Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: behind, after Meaning: behind, after GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3693 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3693 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3693 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3693 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3693, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄπισθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3693 opisthen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after, backside, behind. From opis (regard; from optanomai) with enclitic of source; from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. At the back (adverb and preposition of place or time) -- after, backside, behind. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3693: ὄπισθενὄπισθεν (see ὀπίσω), adverb of place, from behind, on the back, behind, after: Matthew 9:20; Mark 5:21; Luke 8:44; Revelation 4:6; Revelation 5:1 (on which see γράφω, 3). As a preposition it is joined with the genitive (like ἔμπροσθεν, ἔξωθεν, etc. (Winers Grammar, § 54, 6; Buttmann, § 146, 1)): Matthew 15:23; Luke 23:26; (Revelation 1:10 WH marginal reading). (From Homer down; the Sept. for אַחֲרֵי, sometimes for אָחור.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπίσω Transliteration: opisō Phonetic Spelling: op-is'-o Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: back, behind, after Meaning: back, behind, after GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3694 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3694 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3694 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3694 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3694, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπίσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3694 opisō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after, backward, behindFrom the same as opisthen with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. Aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun) -- after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow. see GREEK opisthen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3694: ὀπίσωὀπίσω ((perhaps) from ἡ ὄπις; and this from ἐπω, ἕπομαι, to follow (but cf. Vanicek, p. 530)), adverb of place and time, from Homer down; the Sept. for אַחַר, אָחור and especially for אַחֲרֵי; (at the) back, behind, after; 1. adverbially of place: ἑστάναι, Luke 7:38; ἐπιστρέψαι ὀπίσω, back, Matthew 24:18 (ὑποστρέφειν ὀπίσω, Josephus, Antiquities 6, 1, 3); τά ὀπίσω, the things that are behind, Philippians 3:13 (14); εἰς τά ὀπίσω ἀπέρχεσθαι, to go backward, Vulg.abire retrorsum, John 18:6; to return home, of those who grow recreant to Christ's teaching and cease to follow him, John 6:66; στρέφεσθαι, to turn oneself back, John 20:14; ἐπιστρέφειν, to return back to places left, Mark 13:16; Luke 17:31; ὑποστρέψαι εἰς τά ὀπίσω, tropically, of those who return to the manner of thinking and living already abandoned, 2 Peter 2:21 Lachmann; βλέπειν (Vulg. (aspicere or)respicere retro (A. V. to look back)), Luke 9:62. 2. By a usage unknown to Greek authors, as a preposition with the genitive (Winers Grammar, § 54, 6; Buttmann, § 146, 1); a. of place: Revelation 1:10 (WH marginal reading ὄπισθεν); (Numbers 25:8; Song of Solomon 2:9); in phrases resembling the Hebrew (cf. Winers Grammar, 30; Buttmann, as above and 172 (150)): ὀπίσω τίνος ἔρχεσθαι to follow anyone as a guide, to be his disciple or follower, Matthew 16:24; Luke 9:23; Mark 8:34 R L Tr marginal reading WH; (cf. Luke 14:27); also ἀκολουθεῖν, Mark 8:34 G T Tr text; Matthew 10:38 (see ἀκολουθέω, 2 at the end); πορεύεσθαι, to join oneself to one as an attendant and follower, Luke 21:8 (Sir. 46:10); to seek something one lusts after, 2 Peter 2:10 (cf. Winers Grammar, 594 (553); Buttmann, 184 (160)); ἀπέρχομαι ὀπίσω τίνος, to go off in order to follow one, to join one's party, Mark 1:20; John 12:19; to run after a thing which one lusts for (cf. Buttmann, as above), ἑτέρας σαρκός, Jude 1:7; δεῦτε ἐπίσω μου (see δεῦτε, 1), Matthew 4:19; Mark 1:17; ἀποστέλλειν τινα ὀπίσω τίνος, Luke 19:14; ἀφισταναι, ἀποσπᾶν, τινα ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, to draw one away to (join) his party, Acts 5:37; Acts 20:30; ἐκτρέπεσθαι, to turn out of the right path, turn aside from rectitude, 1 Timothy 5:15; by a pregnant construction, after θαυμάζειν, to wonder after i. e. to be drawn away by admiration to follow one (Buttmann, 185 (160f)), Revelation 13:3 (πᾶς ὁ λαός ἐξέστη ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, 1 Samuel 13:7); ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου (A. V. get thee behind me), out of my sight: Luke 4:8 R L brackets; Matthew 4:10 (G L brackets); ; Mark 8:33. b. of time, after: ἐρήξεσθαι ὀπίσω τίνος, to make his public appearance after (subsequently to) one, Matthew 3:11; Mark 1:7; John 1:15, 27, 30 (ὀπίσω τοῦ σαββάτου, Nehemiah 13:19). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁπλίζω Transliteration: hoplizō Phonetic Spelling: hop-lid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make ready, to equip Meaning: to make ready, to equip GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3695 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3695 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3695 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3695 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3695, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁπλίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3695 hoplizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: arm self. From hoplon; to equip (with weapons (middle voice and figuratively)) -- arm self. see GREEK hoplon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3695: ὁπλίζωὁπλίζω: (1 aorist middle imperative 2 person plural ὁπλίσασθε); (ὅπλον); from Homer down; to arm, furnish with arms; universally, to provide; middle τί, to furnish oneself with a thing (as with arms); metaphorically, τήν αὐτήν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε (A. V. arm yourselves with i. e.) take on the same mind, 1 Peter 4:1 (θράσος, Sophocles Electr. 995). (Compare: καθσπλίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅπλον Transliteration: hoplon Phonetic Spelling: hop'-lon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a tool, implement, weapon Meaning: a tool, implement, weapon GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3696 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3696 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3696 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3696 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3696, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅπλον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3696 hoplon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: armor, instrument, weapon. Probably from a primary hepo (to be busy about); an implement or utensil or tool (literally or figuratively, especially, offensive for war) -- armour, instrument, weapon. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3696: ὅπλονὅπλον (allied to ἐπω, Latinsequor, socius, etc.; Curtius, § 621), ὅπλου, τό, as in classical Greek from Homer down, any tool or implement for preparing a thing (like the Latinarma); hence, 1. plural arms used in warfare, weapons: John 18:3; 2 Corinthians 10:4; metaphorically, τῆς δικαιοσύνης, which ἡ δικαιοσύνη furnishes, 2 Corinthians 6:7; τοῦ φωτός, adapted to the light, such as light demands, Romans 13:12 (here L marginal reading ἔργα). 2. an instrument: ὅπλα ἀδικίας, for committing unrighteousness, opposed to ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης, for practising righteousness, Romans 6:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁποῖος Transliteration: hopoios Phonetic Spelling: hop-oy'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of what sort Meaning: of what sort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3697 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3697 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3697 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3697 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3697, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁποῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3697 hopoios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: what manner ofFrom hos and poios; of what kind that, i.e. How (as) great (excellent) (specially, as an indefinite correlative to the definite antecedent toioutos of quality) -- what manner (sort) of, such as whatsoever. see GREEK hos see GREEK poios see GREEK toioutos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3697: ὁποῖοςὁποῖος, ὁποια, ὁποῖόν (ποῖος with the relative ὁ), (from Homer down), of what sort or quality, what manner of: 1 Corinthians 3:13; Galatians 2:6; 1 Thessalonians 1:9; James 1:24; preceded by τοιοῦτος (such as), Acts 26:29. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁπότε Transliteration: hopote Phonetic Spelling: hop-ot'-eh Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: when Meaning: when GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3698 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3698 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3698 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3698 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3698, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁπότε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3698 hopote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: when. From hos and pote; what(-ever) then, i.e. (of time) as soon as -- when. see GREEK hos see GREEK pote Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3698: ὁπότεὁπότε (πότε with the relative ὁ) (from Homer down), when (cf. Buttmann, § 139, 34; Winer's Grammar, § 41 b. 3): Luke 6:3 R G T (where L Tr WH ὅτε). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅπου Transliteration: hopou Phonetic Spelling: hop'-oo Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: where Meaning: where GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3699 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3699 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3699 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3699 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3699, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅπου [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3699 hopou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: in what place, whereFrom hos and pou; what(-ever) where, i.e. At whichever spot -- in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever). see GREEK hos see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3699: ὅπουὅπου (from ποῦ and the relative ὁ) (from Homer down), where; 1. adverb of place, a. in which place, where; α. in relative sentences with the indicative it is used to refer to a preceding noun of place; as, ἐπί τῆς γῆς, ὅπου etc. Matthew 6:19; add, Matthew 6:20; Matthew 13:5; Matthew 28:6; Mark 6:55; Mark 9:44, 46 (which verses T WH omit; Tr brackets), 48; Luke 12:33; John 1:28; John 4:20, 46; John 6:23; John 7:42; John 10:40; John 11:30; John 12:1; John 18:1, 20; John 19:18, 20, 41; John 20:12; Acts 17:1; Revelation 11:8; Revelation 20:10. it refers to ἐκεῖ or ἐκεῖσε to be mentally supplied in what precedes or follows: Matthew 25:24, 26; Mark 2:4; Mark 4:15; Mark 5:40; Mark 13:14; John 3:8; John 6:62; John 7:34; John 11:32; John 14:3; John 17:24; John 20:19; Romans 15:20; Hebrews 9:16; Hebrews 10:18; Revelation 2:13. it refers to ἐκεῖ expressed in what follows: Matthew 6:21; Luke 12:34; Luke 17:37; John 12:26; James 3:16. in imitation of the Hebrew שָׁם אֲשֶׁר (Genesis 13:3; Ecclesiastes 9:10, etc.): ὅπου ἐκεῖ, Revelation 12:6 (G T Tr WH), 14 (see ἐκεῖ, a.); ὅπου ... ἐπ' αὐτῶν, Revelation 17:9. ὅπου also refers to men, so that it is equivalent to with (among) whom, in whose house: Matthew 26:57; (add, Revelation 2:13; cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 7 at the end); in which state (viz. of the renewed man), Colossians 3:11. it is loosely connected with the thought to which it refers, so that it is equivalent to wherein (A. V. whereas), 2 Peter 2:11 (in the same sense in indirect question, Xenophon, mem. 3, 5, 1). ὅπου ἄν, wherever — with imperfect indicative (see ἄν, II. 1), Mark 6:56 (Tdf. ἐάν); with aorist subjunctive (Latin future perfect), Mark 9:18 (where L T Tr WH ὅπου ἐάν); Mark 14:9 (here too T WH ὅπου ἐάν); also ὅπου ἐάν (see ἐάν, II.), Matthew 26:13; Mark 6:10; Mark 14:14a (in both of the last two passages, L Tr ὅπου ἄν); with subjunctive present Matthew 24:28. β. in indirect questions (yet cf. Winer's Grammar, § 57, 2 at the end), with subjunctive aorist: Mark 14:14b; Luke 22:11. b. joined to verbs signifying motion into a place instead of ὅποι, into which place, whither (see ἐκεῖ, b.): followed by the indicative, John 8:21; John 13:33, 36; John 14:4; John 21:18; (James 3:4 T Tr WH (see below)); ὅπου ἄν, where (whither) soever, with indicative present, Revelation 14:4 L Tr WH (cf. below), cf. Buttmann, § 139, 30; with subjunctive present, Luke 9:57 R G T WH (others, ὅπου ἐάν, see below); James 3:4 (R G L); Revelation 14:4 R G T (see above); ὅπου ἐάν, with subjunctive present, Matthew 8:19, and L Tr in Luke 9:57. 2. It gets the force of a conditional particle if (in case that, in so far as (A. V. whereas (cf. 2 Peter 2:11 above))): 1 Corinthians 3:3 (Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 43, 1 [ET], and often in Greek writings; cf. Grimm on 4 Macc. 2:14; Meyer on 1 Corinthians 3:3; (Müller on the Epistle of Barnabas 16, 63). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπτάνομαι Transliteration: optanomai Phonetic Spelling: op-tan'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to appear Meaning: to appear GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3700 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3700 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3700 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3700 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3700, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπτάνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3700 optanomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appear, look, seeA (middle voice) prolonged form of the primary (middle voice) optomai (op'-tom-ahee); which is used for it in certain tenses; and both as alternate of horao; to gaze (i.e. With wide-open eyes, as at something remarkable; and thus differing from blepo, which denotes simply voluntary observation; and from eido, which expresses merely mechanical, passive or casual vision; while theaomai, and still more emphatically its intensive theoreo, signifies an earnest but more continued inspection; and skopeo a watching from a distance) -- appear, look, see, shew self. see GREEK horao see GREEK blepo see GREEK eido see GREEK theaomai see GREEK theoreo see GREEK skopeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3700: ὀπτάνωὀπτάνω (ὈΠΤΩ): to look at, behold; middle present participle ὀπτανόμενος; to allow oneself to be seen, to appear: τίνι, Acts 1:3. (1 Kings 8:8; Tobit 12:19; (Graecus Venetus, Exodus 34:24).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπτασία Transliteration: optasia Phonetic Spelling: op-tas-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an appearing Meaning: an appearing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3701 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3701 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3701 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3701 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3701, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπτασία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3701 optasia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: vision. From a presumed derivative of optanomai; visuality, i.e. (concretely) an apparition -- vision. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3701: ὀπτασίαὀπτασία, ὀπτασίας, ἡ (ὀπτάζω); 1. the act of exhibiting oneself to view: ὀπτασιαι κυρίου, 2 Corinthians 12:1 (A. V. visions; cf. Meyer at the passage) (ἐν ἡμέραις ὀπτασίας μου, Additions to Esther 4:1, 44 (13) [Esther 4:384:17f]; (cf. Malachi 3:2); ἥλιος ἐν ὀπτασία, coming into view, Sir. 43:2). 2. a sight, a vision, an appearance presented to one whether asleep or awake: οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασία, Acts 26:19; ἑωρακέναι ὀπτασίαν, Luke 1:22; with the genitive of apposition ἀγγέλων, Luke 24:23. A later form for ὄψις (cf. Winers Grammar, 24), Anthol. 6, 210, 6; for מַרְאֶה, (Theod.) Daniel 9:23; Daniel 10:1, 7f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπτός Transliteration: optos Phonetic Spelling: op-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: roasted Meaning: roasted GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3702 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3702 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3702 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3702 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3702, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3702 optos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: broiled. From an obsolete verb akin to hepso (to "steep"); cooked, i.e. Roasted -- broiled. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3702: ὀπτόςὀπτός, ὀπτη, ὀπτον (ὀπτάω (to roast, cook)), cooked, broiled: Luke 24:42. (Exodus 12:8, 9; in classical Greek from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀπώρα Transliteration: opōra Phonetic Spelling: op-o'-rah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: late summer, ripe fruits Meaning: late summer, ripe fruits GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3703 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3703 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3703 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3703 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3703, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀπώρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3703 opōra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fruit. Apparently from the base of opse and hora; properly, even-tide of the (summer) season (dog-days), i.e. (by implication) ripe fruit -- fruit. see GREEK opse see GREEK hora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3703: ὀπώραὀπώρα, ὀπωρας, ἡ (derived by some from ὄπις (cf. ὀπίσω), έ῾τομαι, and ὥρα; hence, the time that follows the ὥρα (Curtius, § 522); by others from ὀπός (cf. our sap) juice, and ὥρα, i. e. the time of juicy fruits, the time when fruits become ripe), from Homer down; 1. "the season which succeeds θέρος, from the rising of Sirius to that of Arcturus," i. e. late summer, early autumn, our dog-days (the year being divided into seven seasons as follows: ἔαρ, θέρος, ὀπώρα, φθινόπωρον, σπορητός, χειμών, φυταλία). 2. ripe fruits (of trees): σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς for ὧν ἡ ψυχή σου ἐπιθυμεῖ, Revelation 18:14. (Jeremiah 47:10 (), and often in Greek writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅπως Transliteration: hopōs Phonetic Spelling: hop'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: as, how, that Meaning: as, how, that GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3704 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3704 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3704 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3704 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3704, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅπως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3704 hopōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: because, how, so thatFrom hos and pos; what(-ever) how, i.e. In the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual) -- because, how, (so) that, to, when. see GREEK hos see GREEK pos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3704: ὅπωςὅπως (from πῶς and the relative ὁ), with the indicative, a relative adverb but, like the Latinut, assuming also the nature of a conjunction (cf. Winer's Grammar, 449 (418f)). I. As an adverb; as, in what manner, how; once so in the N. T. in an indirect question, with the indicative: οὐκ ἔγνως, ὅπως κτλ., Luke 24:20, where cf. Bornemann, Scholia etc. II. A conjunction, Latinut, answering to the German dass, that; in classical Greek with the optative, and subjunctive, and future indicative; cf. especially Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 681ff But the distinction observed between these constructions by the more elegant Greek writings is quite neglected in the N. T., and if we except Matthew 26:59 L T Tr (ὅπως θανατώσουσιν) (1 Corinthians 1:29 Rec.elz), only the subjunctive follows this particle (for in Mark 5:23, for ὅπως ... ζήσεται, L text T Tr WH have correctly restored ἵνα ... ζήσῃ); cf. Winers Grammar, 289 (271); Buttmann, 233f (201f); (214 (185)). 1. It denotes the purpose or end, in order that; with the design or to the end that; that; a. without ἄν — after the present, Matthew 6:2, 16; Philemon 1:6; Hebrews 9:15; after ἐστε to be supplied, 1 Peter 2:9; after the perfect, Acts 9:17; Hebrews 2:9; ὅπως μή, Luke 16:26; after the imperfect, Matthew 26:59 (R G (see above)); Acts 9:24; after the aorist, Acts 9:2, 12; Acts 25:26; Romans 9:17; Galatians 1:4; ὅπως μή, Acts 20:16; 1 Corinthians 1:29; after the pluperfect, John 11:57; after the future, Matthew 23:35; and Rec. in Acts 24:26; after an aorist subjunctive by which something is asked for, Mark 5:23 Rec.; after imperatives, Matthew 2:8; Matthew 5:16, 45; Matthew 6:4; Acts 23:15, 23; 2 Corinthians 8:11; ὅπως μή, Matthew 6:18; after clauses with ἵνα and the aorist subjunctive, Luke 16:28; 2 Corinthians 8:14; 2 Thessalonians 1:12. Noteworthy is the phrase ὅπως πληροθη, i. e. that according to God's purpose it might be brought to pass or might be proved by the event, of O. T. prophecies and types (see ἵνα, II. 3 at the end): Matthew 2:23; Matthew 8:17; Matthew 12:17 (where L T Tr WH ἵνα); . b. ὅπως ἄν, that, if it be possible, Matthew 6:5 R G; that, if what I have just said shall come to pass, Luke 2:35; Acts 3:20 () (R. V. that so); ; Romans 3:4 (Buttmann, 234 (201)); examples from the Sept. are given in Winer's Grammar, § 42, 6. 2. As in the Greek writings also (cf. Winers Grammar, 338 (317); (Buttmann, § 139, 41)), ὅπως with the subjunctive is used after verbs of praying, entreating, asking, exhorting, to denote what one wishes to be done: Matthew 8:34 (here L ἵνα); ; Luke 7:3; Luke 10:2; Luke 11:37; Acts 8:15, 24; Acts 9:2; Acts 23:20; Acts 25:3; James 5:16; after a verb of deliberating: Matthew 12:14; Matthew 22:15; Mark 3:6 (from which examples it is easy to see how the use noted in II. arises from the original adverbial force of the particle; for συμβούλιον ἐδίδουν ... ὅπως αὐτόν ἀπολέσωσιν, they took counsel to destroy him is equivalent to how they might destroy him, and also to to this end that they might destroy him; cf. Kühner, § 552 Anm. 3, ii., p. 892). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅραμα Transliteration: horama Phonetic Spelling: hor'-am-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is seen Meaning: that which is seen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3705 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3705 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3705 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3705 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3705, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅραμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3705 horama 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sight, vision. From horao; something gazed at, i.e. A spectacle (especially supernatural) -- sight, vision. see GREEK horao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3705: ὅραμαὅραμα, ὁράματος, τό (ὁράω), that which is seen, a sight, spectacle: Acts 7:31; Matthew 17:9; a sight divinely granted in an ecstasy or in sleep, a vision, Acts 10:17, 19; δἰ ὁράματος, Acts 18:9; ἐν ὁράματι, Acts 9:10, 12 (R G); ; ὅραμα βλέπειν, Acts 12:9; ἰδεῖν, Acts 11:5; Acts 16:10. (Xenophon, Aristotle, Plato, Aelian v. h. 2, 3 (others, εἰκών); the Sept. several times for מַרְאֶה, חָזון, Chaldean חֶזְוַא etc.; see ὀπτασία.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅρασις Transliteration: horasis Phonetic Spelling: hor'-as-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the act of seeing, a vision, appearance Meaning: the act of seeing, a vision, appearance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3706 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3706 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3706 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3706 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3706, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅρασις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3706 horasis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sight, vision. From horao; the act of gazing, i.e. (externally) an aspect or (internally) an inspired appearance -- sight, vision. see GREEK horao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3706: ὅρασιςὅρασις, ὁράσεως, ἡ (ὁράω); 1. the act of seeing: ὀμμάτων χρῆσις εἰς ὅρασιν, Wis. 15:15; the sense of sight, Aristotle, de anima 3, 2; Diodorus 1, 59; Plutarch, mor., p. 440f; plural the eyes, ἐκκόπτειν τάς ὁράσεις, Diodorus 2, 6. 2. appearance, visible form: Revelation 4:3 (Numbers 24:4; Ezekiel 1:5, 26, 28; Sir. 41:20, etc.). 3. a vision, i. e. an appearance divinely granted in an ecstasy: Revelation 9:17; ὁράσεις ὄψονται, Acts 2:17 from Joel 2:28. (The Sept. chiefly for מַרְאֶה and חָזון.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρατός Transliteration: horatos Phonetic Spelling: hor-at-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: visible Meaning: visible GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3707 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3707 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3707 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3707 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3707, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρατός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3707 horatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: visible. From horao; gazed at, i.e. (by implication) capable of being seen -- visible. see GREEK horao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3707: ὁρατόςὁρατός, ὁρατη, ὁρατόν (ὁράω), visible, open to view: neuter plural substantively, Colossians 1:16. (Xenophon, Plato, Theocritus, Philo; the Sept.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁράω Transliteration: horaō Phonetic Spelling: hor-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to see, perceive, attend to Meaning: to see, perceive, attend to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3708 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3708 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3708 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3708 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3708, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3708 horaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: behold, perceive, seeProperly, to stare at (compare optanomai), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear -- behold, perceive, see, take heed. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3708: ό᾿πτωό᾿πτω, see ὁράω. STRONGS NT 3708: ὁράωὁράω, ὁρῶ; imperfect 3 person plural ἑώρων (John 6:2, where L Tr WH ἐθεώρουν); perfect ἑώρακα and (T WH in Colossians 2:1, 18; (1 Corinthians 9:1); Tdf. edition 7 also in John 9:37; John 15:24; John 20:25; 1 John 3:6; 1 John 4:20; 3 John 1:11) ἑόρακα (on which form cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 161; Tdf. Proleg., p. 122; Stephanus Thesaurus, under the word, 2139 d.); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. i., p. 325; (Buttmann, 64 (56); Veitch, under the word)) (2 person singular ἑορακες (John 8:57 Tr marginal reading) see κοπιάω, at the beginning), 3 person plural ἑωράκασιν (and ἑώρακαν in Colossians 2:1 L Tr WH; Luke 9:36 T Tr WH; see γίνομαι, at the beginning); pluperfect 3 person singular ἑωράκει (Acts 7:44); future ὄψομαι (from ὈΠΤΩ), 2 person singular ὄψει (cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. i., p. 347f; Kühner, § 211, 3, i., p. 536), Matthew 27:4; John 1:50 (); ; but L T Tr WH (G also in John 1:50 ()) have restored ὄψῃ (cf. Winers Grammar, § 13, 2; Buttmann, 42f (37)), 2 person plural ὄψεσθε, John 1:39 () T Tr WH, etc.; passive, 1 aorist ὤφθην; future ὀφθήσομαι; 1 aorist middle subjunctive 2 person plural ὄψησθε (Luke 13:28 (R G L WH text Tr marginal reading)) from a Byzantine form ὠψαμην (see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 734, cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., 258f; (Veitch, under the word)); the Sept. for רָאָה and חָזָה; (from Homer down); to see, i. e.: 1. to see with the eyes: τινα ὁρᾶν, ἑωρακέναι, Luke 16:23; John 8:57; John 14:7, 9; John 20:18, 25, 29; 1 Corinthians 9:1, etc.; future ὄψομαι, Matthew 28:7, 10; Mark 16:7; Revelation 1:7, etc.; τόν Θεόν, 1 John 4:20; ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν, Hebrews 11:27; with a participle added as a predicate (Buttmann, 301 (258); Winer's Grammar, § 45, 4), Matthew 24:30; Mark 13:26; Mark 14:62; Luke 21:27; John 1:51(52); ἑωρακέναι or ὄψεσθαί τό πρόσωπον τίνος, Colossians 2:1; Acts 20:25; ὁ (which divine majesty, i. e. τοῦ θείου λόγου) ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν (on this addition cf. Winers Grammar, 607 (564); (Buttmann, 398 (341))), 1 John 1:1; ὄψεσθαί τινα, i. e. come to see, visit, one, Hebrews 13:23; ἑωρακέναι Christ, i. e. to have seen him exhibiting proofs of his divinity and Messiahship, John 6:36; John 9:37; John 15:24; ὁρᾶν and ὄψεσθαί with an accusative of the thing, Luke 23:49; John 1:50 (); (L Tr WH ἐθεώρουν); ; Acts 2:17; Acts 7:44; Revelation 18:18 (Rec.), etc.; (ἔρχεσθε καί ὄψεσθε (namely, ποῦ μένω), John 1:40 () T Tr WH; cf. Buttmann, 290 (250)); ὄψῃ τήν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, the glory of God displayed in a miracle, John 11:40. metaphorically, ὄψεσθαί τόν Θεόν, τόν κύριον, to be admitted into intimate and blessed fellowship with God in his future kingdom, Matthew 5:8; Hebrews 12:14; also τό πρόσωπον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Revelation 22:4 — (a figure borrowed from those privileged to see and associate with kings; see βλέπω, 1 b. β.); οὐκ εἶδος Θεοῦ ἑωράκατε, tropically equivalent to his divine majesty as he discloses it in the Scriptures ye have not recognized, John 5:37; cf. Meyer at the passage 2. to see with the mind, to perceive, know: absolutely, Romans 15:21; τινα followed by a participle in the accusative (Buttmann, § 144,15 b.; Winer's Grammar, § 45, 4), Acts 8:23; τί, Colossians 2:18; with a participle added, Hebrews 2:8; followed by ὅτι, James 2:24; to look at or upon, observe, give attention to: εἰς τινα, John 19:37 (Sophocles El. 925; Xenophon, Cyril 4, 1, 20; εἰς τί, Solon in (Diogenes Laërtius 1, 52); ἑωρακέναι παρά τῷ πατρί, to have learned from (see παρά, II. b.) the father (a metaphorical expression borrowed from sons, who learn what they see their fathers doing), John 8:38 (twice in Rec.; once in L T Tr WH); Christ is said to deliver to men ἅ ἑώρακεν, the things which he has seen, i. e. which he learned in his heavenly state with God before the incarnation, i. e. things divine, the counsels of God, John 3:11, 32; ἑωρακέναι Θεόν, to know God's will, 3 John 1:11; from the contact and influence of Christ to have come to see (know) God's majesty, saving purposes, and will (cf. Winer's Grammar, 273 (257)), John 14:7, 9; in an emphatic sense, of Christ, who has an immediate and perfect knowledge of God without being taught by another, John 1:18; John 6:46; ὄψεσθαί Θεόν καθώς ἐστιν, of the knowledge of God that may be looked for in his future kingdom, 1 John 3:2; ὄψεσθαί Christ, is used in reference to the apostles, about to perceive his invisible presence among them by his influence upon their souls through the Holy Spirit, John 16:16, 19; Christ is said ὄψεσθαί the apostles, i. e. will have knowledge of them, ibid. 22. 3. to see i. e. to become acquainted with by experience, to experience: ζωήν, equivalent to to become a partaker of, John 3:36; ἡμέραν (cf. German erleben; see εἰδῶ, I. 5), Luke 17:22 (Sophocles O. R. 831). 4. to see to, look to; i. e. a. equivalent to to take heed, beware (see especially Buttmann, § 139, 49; cf. Winer's Grammar, 503 (469)): ὁρᾷ μή, with aorist subjunctive, see that ... not, take heed lest, Matthew 8:4; Matthew 18:10; Mark 1:44; 1 Thessalonians 5:15; supply τοῦτο ποιήσῃς in Revelation 19:10; Revelation 22:9 (Winers Grammar, 601 (558); Buttmann, 395 (338)) (Xenophon, Cyril 3, 1, 27, where see Poppo; Sophocles Philoct. 30, 519; El. 1003); followed by an imperative, Matthew 9:30; Matthew 24:6; ὁρᾶτε καί προσέχετε ἀπό, Matthew 16:6; ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε ἀπό, Mark 8:15; ὁρᾶτε, καί φυλάσσεσθε ἀπό, Luke 12:15; ὁρᾷ, τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν, equivalent to weigh well, Acts 22:26 Rec. (ὁρᾷ τί ποιεῖς, Sophocles Philoct. 589). b. equivalent to to care for, pay heed to: σύ ὄψῃ (R G ὄψει (see above)), see thou to it, that will be thy concern (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 40, 6), Matthew 27:4; plural, 24; Acts 18:15 (Epictetus diss. 2, 5, 30; 4, 6, 11f; (Antoninus 5, 25 (and Gataker at the passage))). 5. passive 1 aorist ὤφθην, I was seen, showed myself, appeared (cf. Buttmann, 52 (45)): Luke 9:31; with the dative of person (cf. Buttmann, as above (also § 134, 2; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 10)): of angels, Luke 1:11; Luke 22:43 (L brackets WH reject the passage); Acts 7:30, 35 (Exodus 3:2); of God, Acts 7:2 (Genesis 12:7; Genesis 17:1); of the dead, Matthew 17:3; Mark 9:4, cf. Luke 9:31; of Jesus after his resurrection, Luke 24:34; Acts 9:17; Acts 13:31; Acts 26:16; 1 Corinthians 15:5-8; 1 Timothy 3:16; of Jesus hereafter to return, Hebrews 9:28; of visions during sleep or ecstasy, Acts 16:9; Revelation 11:19; Revelation 12:1, 8; in the sense of coming upon unexpectedly, Acts 2:3; Acts 7:26. future passive ὧν ὀφθήσομαι σοι, on account of which I will appear unto thee, Acts 26:16; on this passive see Winers Grammar, § 39, 3 N. 1; cf. Buttmann, 287 (247); (Compare: ἀφοράω, καθοράω, πρωράω.) [SYNONYMS: ὁρᾶν, βλέπειν, both denote the physical act: ὁρᾶν in general, βλέπειν the single look; ὁρᾶν gives prominence to the discerning mind, βλέπειν to the particular mood or point. When the physical side recedes, ὁρᾶν denotes perception in general (as resulting principally from vision), the prominence in the word of the mental element being indicated by the construction of the accusative with an infinitive (in contrast with that of the participle required with βλέπειν), and by the absolute ὁρᾷς; βλέπειν on the other hand, when its physical side recedes, gets a purely outward sense, look (i. e. open, incline) toward, Latinspectare,vergere. Schmidt, chapter 11. Cf. θεωρέω, σκοπέω, εἰδῶ, I. at the end] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀργή Transliteration: orgē Phonetic Spelling: or-gay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: impulse, wrath Meaning: impulse, wrath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3709 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3709 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3709 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3709 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3709, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀργή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3709 orgē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath. From oregomai; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment -- anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath. see GREEK oregomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3709: ὀργήὀργή, ὀργῆς, ἡ (from ὀργάω to teem, denoting an internal motion, especially that of plants and fruits swelling with juice (Curtius, § 152); cf. Latinturgerealicui forirascialicui in Plautus Cas. 2, 5, 17; Most. 3, 2, 10; cf. German arg, Aerger), in Greek writings from Hesiod down "the natural disposition, temper, character; movement or agitation of soul, impulse, desire, any violent emotion," but especially (and chiefly in Attic) anger. In Biblical Greek anger, wrath, indignation (on the distinction between it and θυμός, see θυμός, 1): Ephesians 4:31; Colossians 3:8; James 1:19f; μετ' ὀργῆς, indignant (A. V. with anger), Mark 3:5; χωρίς ὀργῆς, 1 Timothy 2:8; anger exhibited in punishing, hence, used for the punishment itself (Demosthenes or. in middle § 43): of the punishments inflicted by magistrates, Romans 13:4; διά τήν ὀργήν, i. e. because disobedience is visited with punishment, Romans 13:5. The ὀργή attributed to God in the N. T. is that in God which stands opposed to man's disobedience, obduracy (especially in resisting the gospel) and sin, and manifests itself in punishing the same: John 3:36; Romans 1:18; Romans 4:15; Romans 9:22a; Hebrews 3:11; Hebrews 4:3; Revelation 14:10; Revelation 16:19; Revelation 19:15; absolutely, ἡ ὀργή, Romans 12:19 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 594 (553)); σκεύη ὀργῆς, vessels into which wrath will be poured (at the last day), explained by the addition κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν, Romans 9:22b; ἡ μελλουσα ὀργή, which at the last day will be exhibited in penalties, Matthew 3:7; Luke 3:7 (others understand in these two passages the (national) judgments immediately impending to be referred to — at least primarily); also ἡ ὀργή ἡ ἐρχομένη, 1 Thessalonians 1:10; ἡμέρα ὀργῆς, the day on which the wrath of God will be made manifest in the punishment of the wicked (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 2 a.), Romans 2:5; and ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ (Revelation 6:17; see ἡμέρα, 3 at the end); ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργή τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπί τινα, the wrath of God cometh upon one in the infliction of penalty (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 40, 2 a.), Ephesians 5:6; Colossians 3:6 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets ἐπί etc.); ἔφθασε (ἔφθακεν L text WH marginal reading) ἐπ' αὐτούς ἡ ὀργή, 1 Thessalonians 2:16; so ἡ ὀργή passes over into the notion of retribution and punishment, Luke 21:23; Rom. (Romans 2:8); ; Revelation 11:18; τέκνα ὀργῆς, men exposed to divine punishment, Ephesians 2:3; εἰς ὀργήν, unto wrath, i. e. to undergo punishment in misery, 1 Thessalonians 5:9. ὀργή is attributed to Christ also when he comes as Messianic judge, Revelation 6:16. (The Sept. for עֶבְרָה, wrath, outburst of anger, זַעַם, חֵמָה, חָרון, קֶצֶף, etc.; but chiefly for אַף.) Cf. Ferd. Weber, Vom Zorne Gottes. Erlang. 1862; Ritschl, Die christl. Lehre v. d. Rechtfertigung u. Versöhnung, ii., p. 118ff. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀργίζω Transliteration: orgizō Phonetic Spelling: or-gid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make angry Meaning: to make angry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3710 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3710 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3710 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3710 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3710, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀργίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3710 orgizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provoke, enrageFrom orge; to provoke or enrage, i.e. (passively) become exasperated -- be angry (wroth). see GREEK orge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3710: ὀργίζωὀργίζω: passive, present ὀργίζομαι; 1 aorist ὠργίσθην; (ὀργή); from Sophocles, Euripides, and Thucydides down; to provoke, arouse to anger; passive to be provoked to anger, be angry, be wroth (the Sept. for חָרָה, קָצַף, also for אַף חָרָה etc.): absolutely, Matthew 18:34; Matthew 22:7; Luke 14:21; Luke 15:28; Ephesians 4:26 (Buttmann, 290 (250); cf. Winer's Grammar, §§ 43, 2; 55, 7); Revelation 11:18; τίνι, Matthew 5:22; ἐπί τίνι, Revelation 12:17 (L omits ἐπί) as in 1 Kings 11:9; (Andocides () 5, 10); Isocrates, p. 230 c.; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 232 (218)). (Compare: πρωργίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀργίλος Transliteration: orgilos Phonetic Spelling: org-ee'-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: inclined to anger, passionate Meaning: inclined to anger, passionate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3711 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3711 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3711 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3711 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3711, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀργίλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3711 orgilos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: inclined to anger, quick-temperedFrom orge; irascible -- soon angry. see GREEK orge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3711: ὀργίλοςὀργίλος, ὀργιλη, ὀργίλον (ὀργή), prone to anger, irascible (A. V. soon angry): Titus 1:7. (Proverbs 22:24; Proverbs 29:22; Xenophon, de re equ. 9, 7; Plato (e. g. de rep. 411 b.); Aristotle (e. g. eth. Nic. 2, 7, 10); others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀργυιά Transliteration: orguia Phonetic Spelling: org-wee-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a fathom (the length of the outstretched arms) Meaning: a fathom (the length of the outstretched arms) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3712 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3712 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3712 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3712 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3712, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀργυιά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3712 orguia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a fathom. From oregomai; a stretch of the arms, i.e. A fathom -- fathom. see GREEK oregomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3712: ὀργυιάὀργυιά, ὀργυιάς, ἡ (ὀρέγω to stretch out), the distance across the breast front the tip of one middle finger to the tip of the other when the arms are outstretched; five or six feet, a fathom: Acts 27:28. (Homer, Herodotus, Xenophon, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρέγω Transliteration: oregō Phonetic Spelling: or-eg'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to stretch out, to reach after, to yearn for Meaning: to stretch out, to reach after, to yearn for GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3713 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3713 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3713 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3713 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3713, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρέγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3713 oregō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: covet after, desire. Middle voice of apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary (compare oros); to stretch oneself, i.e. Reach out after (long for) -- covet after, desire. see GREEK oros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3713: ὀρέγωὀρέγω: (cf. Latinrego, German recken,strecken,reichen (English reach; Curtius, § 153)); from Homer down; to stretch forth, as χεῖρα, Homer, Iliad 15, 371, etc.; present middle (cf. Winers Grammar, p. 252 (237) note), to stretch oneself out in order to touch or to grasp something, to reach after or desire something: with a genitive of the thing, 1 Timothy 3:1; Hebrews 11:16; φιλαργυριας, to give oneself up to the love of money (not quite accurately since φιλαργυριας is itself the ὄρεξις; (cf. Ellicott at the passage)), 1 Timothy 6:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρεινός Transliteration: oreinos Phonetic Spelling: or-i-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: mountainous, the hill country Meaning: mountainous, the hill country GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3714 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3714 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3714 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3714 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3714, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρεινός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3714 oreinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hill country. From oros; mountainous, i.e. (feminine by implication, of chora) the Highlands (of Judaea) -- hill country. see GREEK oros see GREEK chora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3714: ὀρεινόςὀρεινός, ὀρεινῇ, ὀρεινόν (ὄρος), mountainous, hilly; ἡ ὀρεινῇ (WH ὀρινη, see Iota) namely, χώρα (cf. Winers Grammar, 591 (550)) (which is added in Herodotus 1, 110; Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 3), the mountain-district, hill-country: Luke 1:39, 65 (Aristotle, h. a. 5, 28, 4; the Sept. for הַר, Genesis 14:10; Deuteronomy 11:11; Joshua 2:16, etc.). STRONGS NT 3714: ὀρινος [ὀρινος, see ὀρεινός.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρεξις Transliteration: orexis Phonetic Spelling: or'-ex-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: desire, longing Meaning: desire, longing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3715 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3715 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3715 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3715 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3715, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρεξις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3715 orexis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lust. From oregomai; excitement of the mind, i.e. Longing after -- lust. see GREEK oregomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3715: ὄρεξιςὄρεξις, ὀρέξεως, ἡ (ὀρέγομαι, which see), desire, longing, craving, for; eager desire, lust, appetite: of lust, Romans 1:27. It is used both in a good and a bad sense, as well of natural and lawful and even of proper cravings (of the appetite for food, Wis. 16:2f; Plutarch, mor., p. 635 c.; others; ἐπιστήμης, Plato, de fin., p. 414 b.), as also of corrupt and unlawful desires, Sir. 18:30 Sir. 23:6; ἄλογοι and λογιστικαι ὀρεξεις are contrasted in Aristotle, rhet. 1, 10, 7. (Cf. Trench, § lxxxvii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθοποδέω Transliteration: orthopodeō Phonetic Spelling: or-thop-od-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to walk straight Meaning: to walk straight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3716 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3716 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3716 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3716 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3716, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθοποδέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3716 orthopodeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: walk uprightly. From a compound of orthos and pous; to be straight-footed, i.e. (figuratively) to go directly forward -- walk uprightly. see GREEK orthos see GREEK pous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3716: ὀρθοποδέωὀρθοποδέω, ὀρθοποδω; (ὀρθόπους with straight feet, going straight; and this from ὀρθός and πούς); to walk in a straight course; metaphorically, to act uprightly, Galatians 2:14 (cf. πρός, I. 3 f.). Not found elsewhere; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 26; 102 (96)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθός Transliteration: orthos Phonetic Spelling: or-thos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: straight, upright Meaning: straight, upright GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3717 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3717 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3717 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3717 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3717, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3717 orthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: straight, upright. Probably from the base of oros; right (as rising), i.e. (perpendicularly) erect (figuratively, honest), or (horizontally) level or direct -- straight, upright. see GREEK oros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3717: ὀρθόςὀρθός, ὀρθή, ὀρθόν (ὈΡΩ, ὄρνυμι (to stir up, set in motion; according to others, from the root, to lift up; cf. Fick iii., p. 775; Vanicek, p. 928; Curtius, p. 348)), straight, erect; i. e. a. upright: ἀνάστηθι, Acts 14:10; so with στῆναι in 1 Esdr. 9:46, and in Greek writings, especially Homer b. opposed to σκολιός, straight i. e. not crooked: τροχιαί, Hebrews 12:13 (for יָשָׁר, Proverbs 12:15 etc.; (Pindar, Theognis, others)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθοτομέω Transliteration: orthotomeō Phonetic Spelling: or-thot-om-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut straight Meaning: to cut straight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3718 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3718 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3718 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3718 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3718, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθοτομέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3718 orthotomeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rightly divide. From a compound of orthos and the base of tomoteros, to make a straight cut, i.e. (figuratively) to dissect (expound) correctly (the divine message) -- rightly divide. see GREEK orthos see GREEK tomoteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3718: ὀρθοτομέωὀρθοτομέω, ὀρθοτόμω; (ὀρθοτομος cutting straight, and this from ὀρθός and τέμνω); 1. to cut straight: τάς ὁδούς, to cut straight ways, i. e. to proceed by straight paths, hold a straight course, equivalent to to do right (for יִשֵּׁר), Proverbs 3:6; Proverbs 11:5 (viam secare, Vergil Aen. 6, 899). 2. dropping the idea of cutting, to make straight and smooth; Vulg.rectetracto, to handle aright: τόν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, i. e. to teach the truth correctly and directly, 2 Timothy 2:15; τόν ἀληθῆ λόγον, Eustathius, opuscc., p. 115, 41. (Not found elsewhere (except in ecclesiastical writings (Winer's Grammar, 26); e. g. constt. apost. 7, 31 ἐν τῷ τοῦ κυρίου δόγμασιν; cf. Suicer ii. 508f). Cf. καινοτομέω, to cut new veins in mining; dropping the notion of cutting, to make something new, introduce new things, make innovations or changes, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθρίζω Transliteration: orthrizō Phonetic Spelling: or-thrid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to rise early Meaning: to rise early GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3719 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3719 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3719 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3719 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3719, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3719 orthrizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come early in the morning. From orthros; to use the dawn, i.e. (by implication) to repair betimes -- come early in the morning. see GREEK orthros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3719: ὀρθρίζωὀρθρίζω: 3 person singular imperfect ὤρθριζεν; (ὄρθρος); not found in secular authors ((cf. Winers Grammar, 26; 33; 91 (87)); Moeris (p. 272, Pierson edition) ὀρθρευει ἀττικως, ὀρθρίζει ἑλληνικως); the Sept. often for הִשְׁכִּים; (cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. 4:52 and on Wis. 6:14); to rise early in the morning: πρός τινα, to rise early in the morning in order to betake oneself to one, to resort to one early in the morning, (Vulg.manicoadaliquem), Luke 21:38, where see Meyer. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθρινός Transliteration: orthrinos Phonetic Spelling: or-thrin-os' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: early Meaning: early GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3720 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3720 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3720 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3720 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3720, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθρινός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3720 orthrinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: morning. From orthros; relating to the dawn, i.e. Matutinal (as an epithet of Venus, especially brilliant in the early day) -- morning. see GREEK orthros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3720: ὀρθρινόςὀρθρινός, ὀρθρινή ὀρθρινον (from ὄρθρος; cf. ἡμερινός, ἑσπερινός, ὀπωρινός, πρωϊνός a poetic (Anth.) and later form for ὄρθριος (see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 51; Sturz, De dial. Maced. et Alex., p. 186; (Winers Grammar, 25)), early: Revelation 22:16 Rec.; Luke 24:22 L T Tr WH. (Hosea 6:4; Wis. 11:23 (22).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρθριος Transliteration: orthrios Phonetic Spelling: or'-three-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: early Meaning: early GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3721 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3721 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3721 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3721 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3721, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρθριος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3721 orthrios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: early. From orthros; in the dawn, i.e. Up at day-break -- early. see GREEK orthros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3721: ὄρθριοςὄρθριος, ὀρθρια, ὀρθριον (from ὄρθρος, which see; cf. ὄψιος πρώιος), early; rising at the first dawn or very early in the morning: Luke 24:22 R G (Job 29:7; 3Macc. 5:10, 23). Cf. the preceding word. (Homer (h. Merc. 143), Theognis, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρθρος Transliteration: orthros Phonetic Spelling: or'-thros Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: daybreak, dawn Meaning: daybreak, dawn GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3722 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3722 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3722 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3722 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3722, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρθρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3722 orthros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: early in the morning. From the same as oros; dawn (as sun-rise, rising of light); by extension, morn -- early in the morning. see GREEK oros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3722: ὄρθροςὄρθρος, ὄρθρου, ὁ (from ὈΡΩ, ὄρνυμι to stir up, rouse; cf. Latinorior,ortus), from Hesiod down; the Sept. for שַׁחַר dawn, and several times for בֹּקֶר; daybreak, dawn: ὄρθρου βαθέος or βαθέως (see βαθέως and βαθύς (on the genitive cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 11; Buttmann, § 132, 26)), at early dawn, Luke 24:1; ὄρθρου, at daybreak, at dawn, early in the morning, John 8:2 (Hesiod, Works, 575; the Sept. Jeremiah 25:4; Jeremiah 33:5 (), etc.); ὑπό τόν ὄρθρον, Acts 5:21 (Dio Cassius, 76, 17). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρθῶς Transliteration: orthōs Phonetic Spelling: or-thoce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: rightly Meaning: rightly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3723 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3723 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3723 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3723 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3723, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρθῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3723 orthōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: plain, rightly. Adverb from orthos; in a straight manner, i.e. (figuratively) correctly (also morally) -- plain, right(-ly). see GREEK orthos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3723: ὀρθῶςὀρθῶς (ὀρθός), adverb, rightly: Mark 7:35; Luke 7:43; Luke 10:28; Luke 20:21. (Aeschylus and Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρίζω Transliteration: horizō Phonetic Spelling: hor-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to mark off by boundaries, to determine Meaning: to mark off by boundaries, to determine GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3724 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3724 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3724 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3724 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3724, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3724 horizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: declare, determine, limit, ordain. From horion; to mark out or bound ("horizon"), i.e. (figuratively) to appoint, decree, specify -- declare, determine, limit, ordain. see GREEK horion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3724: ὁρίζωὁρίζω; 1 aorist ὡρισα; passive, perfect participle ὡρισμένος; 1 aorist participle ὁρισθεις; (from ὅρος a boundary, limit); from (Aeschylus and) Herodotus down; to define; i. e. 1. to mark out the boundaries or limits (of any place or thing): Herodotus, Xenophon, Thucydides, others; Numbers 34:6; Joshua 13:27. 2. to determine, appoint: with an accusative of the thing, ἡμέραν, Hebrews 4:7; καιρούς, Acts 17:26 (numerous examples from Greek authors are given in Bleek, Hebrew-Br. 2:1, p. 538f); passive ὡρισμένος, 'determinate,' settled, Acts 2:23; τό ὡρισμένον, that which hath been determined, according to appointment, decree, Luke 22:22; with an accusative of person Acts 17:31 (ᾧ by attraction for ὅν (Winers Grammar, § 24, 1; Buttmann, § 143, 8)); passive with a predicate nominative, Romans 1:4 (for although Christ was the Son of God before his resurrection, yet he was openly appointed (A. V. declared) such among men by this transcendent and crowning event); ὁρίζω, to ordain, determine, appoint, Acts 10:42; followed by an infinitive Acts 11:29 (Sophocles from 19 d. (i. e. Aegeus (539), viii., p. 8, Brunck edition)). (Compare: ἀφορίζω, ἀποδιορίζω, πρωρίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅριον Transliteration: horion Phonetic Spelling: hor'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a boundary Meaning: a boundary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3725 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3725 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3725 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3725 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3725, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3725 horion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: border, coast. Neuter of a derivative of an apparently primary horos (a bound or limit); a boundary-line, i.e. (by implication) a frontier (region) -- border, coast. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3725: ὅριονὅριον, ὁρίου, τό (from ὅρος (boundary)) (fr. Sophocles down), a bound, limit, in the N. T. always in plural (like Latinfines) boundaries (R. V. borders), equivalent to region, district, land, territory: Matthew 2:16; Matthew 4:13; Matthew 8:34; Matthew 15:22, 39; Matthew 19:1; Mark 5:17; Mark 7:24 L T Tr WH,; ; Acts 13:50. (the Sept. very often for גֲּבוּל; several times for גְּבוּלָה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρκίζω Transliteration: horkizō Phonetic Spelling: hor-kid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make (one) swear, to adjure Meaning: to make (one) swear, to adjure GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3726 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3726 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3726 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3726 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3726, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρκίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3726 horkizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: adjure, charge. From horkos; to put on oath, i.e. Make swear; by analogy, to solemnly enjoin -- adjure, charge. see GREEK horkos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3726: ὁρκίζωὁρκίζω; (ὅρκος); 1. to force to take an oath, to administer an oath to: Xenophon, conviv. 4, 10; Demosthenes, Polybius; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 361. 2. to adjure (solemnly implore), with two accusative of person, viz. of the one who is adjured and of the one by whom he is adjured (cf. Matthiae, § 413, 10; (Buttmann, 147 (128))): 1 Thessalonians 5:27 R G (see ἐνορκίζω); Mark 5:7; Acts 19:13. (the Sept. for הִשְׁבִּיעַ , τινα followed by κατά with the genitive, 1 Kings 2:42 (); 2 Chronicles 36:13; ἐν, Nehemiah 13:25.) (Compare: ἐνορκίζω, ἐξορκίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅρκος Transliteration: horkos Phonetic Spelling: hor'-kos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an oath Meaning: an oath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3727 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3727 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3727 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3727 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3727, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅρκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3727 horkos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: oath. From herkos (a fence; perhaps akin to horion); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath) -- oath. see GREEK horion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3727: ὅρκοςὅρκος, ὅρκου, ὁ (from ἔργῳ, εἴργω; equivalent to ἕρκος an enclosure, confinement; hence, Latinorcus) (from Homer down), the Sept. for שֲׁבוּעָה, an oath: Matthew 14:7, 9; Matthew 26:72; Mark 6:26; Luke 1:73 (Winers Grammar, 628 (583); Buttmann, § 144, 13); Acts 2:30 (Winer's Grammar, 226 (212); 603 (561)); Hebrews 6:16; James 5:12; by metonymy, that which has been pledged or promised with an oath; plural vows, Matthew 5:33 ((cf. Wünsche ad loc.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρκωμοσία Transliteration: horkōmosia Phonetic Spelling: hor-ko-mos-ee'ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: affirmation on oath Meaning: affirmation on oath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3728 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3728 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3728 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3728 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3728, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρκωμοσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3728 horkōmosia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: oath. From a compound of horkos and a derivative of omnuo; asseveration on oath -- oath. see GREEK horkos see GREEK omnuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3728: ὁρκωμοσίαὁρκωμοσία, ὁρκωμοσίας, ἡ (ὁρκωματέω (ὅρκος and ὄμνυμι); cf. ἀπωμοσια, ἀντωμοσία), affirmation made on oath, the taking of an oath, an oath: Hebrews 7:20(21),21,28. (Ezekiel 17:18; 1 Esdr. 8:90 (92); Josephus, Antiquities 16, 6, 2. Cf. Delitzsch, Commentary on Hebrew, the passage cited.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρμάω Transliteration: hormaō Phonetic Spelling: hor-mah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set in motion, to hasten on Meaning: to set in motion, to hasten on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3729 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3729 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3729 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3729 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3729, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρμάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3729 hormaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: run violently, rush. From horme; to start, spur or urge on, i.e. (reflexively) to dash or plunge -- run (violently), rush. see GREEK horme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3729: ὁρμάωὁρμάω, ό῾ρμω: 1 aorist ὥρμησα; (from ὁρμή); 1. transitive, to set in rapid motion, stir up, incite, urge on; so from Homer down. 2. intransitive, to start forward impetuously, to rush (so from Homer down): εἰς τί, Matthew 8:32; Mark 5:13; Luke 8:33; Acts 19:29; ἐπί τινα, Acts 7:57. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁρμή Transliteration: hormē Phonetic Spelling: hor-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a rapid motion forwards, onrush, assault Meaning: a rapid motion forwards, onrush, assault GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3730 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3730 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3730 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3730 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3730, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁρμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3730 hormē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: assault. Of uncertain affinity; a violent impulse, i.e. Onset -- assault. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3730: ὁρμήὁρμή, ὁρμῆς, ἡ (from the root, sar, to go, flow; Fick i., p. 227; Curtius, § 502), from Homer down, a violent motion, impulse: James 3:4; a hostile movement, onset, assault, Acts 14:5 (cf. Trench, § lxxxvii.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅρμημα Transliteration: hormēma Phonetic Spelling: hor'-may-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a rush Meaning: a rush GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3731 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3731 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3731 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3731 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3731, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅρμημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3731 hormēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: violence. From horme; an attack, i.e. (abstractly) precipitancy -- violence. see GREEK horme Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3731: ὅρμημαὅρμημα, ὁρμηματος, τό (ὁρμάω), a rush, impulse: Revelation 18:21 (here A. V. violence). (For עֶבְרָה outburst of wrath, Amos 1:11; Habakkuk 3:8, cf. Schleusner, Thesaurus iv., p. 123; an enterprise, venture, Homer, Iliad 2, 356, 590, although interpreters differ about its meaning there (cf. Ebeling, Lex. Homer or Liddell and Scott, v.); that to which one is impelled or hurried away by impulse (rather, incitement, stimulus), Plutarch, mor. (de virt. mor. § 12), p. 452c.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρνεον Transliteration: orneon Phonetic Spelling: or'-neh-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a bird Meaning: a bird GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3732 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3732 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3732 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3732 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3732, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρνεον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3732 orneon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bird, fowl. Neuter of a presumed derivative of ornis; a birdling -- bird, fowl. see GREEK ornis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3732: ὄρνεονὄρνεον, ὀρνέου, τό, a bird: Revelation 18:2; Revelation 19:17, 21. (The Sept.; Homer, Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato; Josephus, Antiquities 3, 1, 5.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρνις Transliteration: ornis Phonetic Spelling: or'-nis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a bird, a rooster or hen Meaning: hen -- a bird, a rooster or hen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3733 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3733 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3733 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3733 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3733, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρνις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3733 ornis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hen. Probably from a prolonged form of the base of oros; a bird (as rising in the air), i.e. (specially), a hen (or female domestic fowl) -- hen. see GREEK oros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3733: ὄρνιξὄρνιξ (so manuscripts א D), equivalent to ὄρνις (which see): Luke 13:34 Tdf. The nominative is not found in secular writings, but the trisyllabic forms ὀρνιχος, ὀρνιχι for ὀρνιθος, etc., are used in Doric; (Photius (edited by Porson, p. 348, 22) Ἰωνες ὄρνιξ ... καί Δωριεις ὄρνιξ. Cf. Curtius, p. 495). STRONGS NT 3733: ὄρνιςὄρνις, ὀρνιθος, ὁ, ἡ (ὈΡΩ, ὄρνυμι, (see ὄρθρος)); 1. a bird; so from Homer down. 2. specifically, a cock, a hen: Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:34 (Tdf. ὄρνιξ, which see); (so Aeschylus Eum. 866; Xenophon, an. 4, 5, 25; Theocritus, Polybius 12, 26, 1; (others)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁροθεσία Transliteration: horothesia Phonetic Spelling: hor-oth-es-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a setting of boundaries Meaning: a setting of boundaries GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3734 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3734 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3734 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3734 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3734, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁροθεσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3734 horothesia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a limit, boundaryFrom a compound of the base of horion and a derivative of tithemi; a limit-placing, i.e. (concretely) boundary-line -- bound. see GREEK horion see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3734: ὁροθεσίαὁροθεσία, ὁροθεσίας, ἡ (from ὁροθετης; and this from ὅρος (a boundary; see ὅριον), and τίθημι); a. properly, a setting of boundaries, laying down limits. b. a definite limit; plural bounds, Acts 17:26. (Ecclesiastical writings; (Winer's Grammar, 25).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄρος Transliteration: oros Phonetic Spelling: or'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a mountain Meaning: a mountain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3735 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3735 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3735 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3735 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3735, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3735 oros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a mountain, hillProbably from an obsolete oro (to rise or "rear"; perhaps akin to airo; compare ornis); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain): -hill, mount(-ain). see GREEK airo see GREEK ornis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3735: ὄροςὄρος, ὄρους, τό (ὈΡΩ, ὄρνυμι (i. e. a rising; see orthroi])) (from Homer down), the Sept. for הַר, a mountain: Matthew 5:14; Luke 3:5; Revelation 6:14, and often; τό ὄρος, the mountain nearest the place spoken of, the mountain near by (but see ὁ, II. 1 b.), Matthew 5:1; Mark 3:13; Luke 9:28; John 6:3, 15; plural ὄρη, Matthew 18:12; Matthew 24:16; Mark 5:5; Revelation 6:16, etc.; genitive plural ὀρέων (on this uncontracted form, used also in Attic, cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. § 49 note 3; Winers Grammar, § 9, 2 c.; (Buttmann, 14 (13); Dindorf in Fleckeisen's Jahrb. for 1869, p. 83)), Revelation 6:15; ὄρη μεθιστάνειν a proverb. phrase, used also by rabbinical writings, to remove mountains, i. e. to accomplish most difficult, stupendous, incredible things: 1 Corinthians 13:2, cf. Matthew 17:20; Matthew 21:21; Mark 11:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρύσσω Transliteration: oryssō Phonetic Spelling: or-oos'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dig Meaning: to dig GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3736 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3736 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3736 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3736 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3736, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρύσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3736 oryssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dig. Apparently a primary verb; to "burrow" in the ground, i.e. Dig -- dig. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3736: ὀρύσσωὀρύσσω: 1 aorist ὤρυξα; from Homer down; the Sept. for חָפַר, כָּרָה, etc.; to dig: to make τί by digging, Mark 12:1; τί ἐν τίνι, Matthew 21:33; equivalent to to make a pit, ἐν τῇ γῆ, Matthew 25:18 (here T Tr WH ὤρυξεν γῆν). (Compare: διορύσσω, ἐξορύσσω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρφανός Transliteration: orphanos Phonetic Spelling: or-fan-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: an orphan Meaning: an orphan GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3737 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3737 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3737 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3737 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3737, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρφανός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3737 orphanos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: orphaned, fatherless. Of uncertain affinity; bereaved ("orphan"), i.e. Parentless -- comfortless, fatherless. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3737: ὀρφανόςὀρφανός, ὀρφανη, ὀρφανόν (ὈΡΦΟΣ, Latinorbus; (Curtius, § 404)), from Homer, Odyssey 20, 68 down, the Sept. for יָתום; bereft (of a father, of parents), James 1:27 (A. V. fatherless); of those bereft of a teacher, guide, guardian, John 14:18 (Lamentations 5:3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀρχέομαι Transliteration: orcheomai Phonetic Spelling: or-kheh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dance Meaning: to dance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3738 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3738 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3738 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3738 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3738, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀρχέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3738 orcheomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dance. Middle voice from orchos (a row or ring); to dance (from the ranklike or regular motion) -- dance. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3738: ὀρχέομαιὀρχέομαι, ὀρχοῦμαι: 1 aorist ὠρχησαμην; (from χορός, by transposition ὄρχος; cf. ά῾ρπω, ἁρπάζω, and Latinrapio, μορφή and Latinforma; (but these supposed transpositions are extremely doubtful, cf. Curtius, § 189; Fick 4:207, 167. Some connect ὀρχέομαι with the root, argh, 'to put in rapid motion'; cf. Vanicek, p. 59)); to dance: Matthew 11:17; Matthew 14:6; Mark 6:22; Luke 7:32. (From Homer down; the Sept. for רָקַד, 1 Chronicles 15:29; Ecclus. 3:4; 2 Samuel 6:21.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅς Transliteration: hos Phonetic Spelling: hos Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun Short Definition: usually rel. who, which, that, also demonstrative this, that Meaning: who, which, that, this GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3739 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3739 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3739 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3739 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3739, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3739 hos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: one, other, some, that, what, whichIncluding feminine he (hay), and neuter ho (ho) probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ho); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that -- one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also hou. see GREEK ho see GREEK hou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3739: ὅςὅς, ἡ, ὁ, the postpositive article, which has the force of: I. a demonstrative pronoun, this, that (Latinhic,haec,hoc; German emphaticder,die,das); in the N. T. only in the following instances: ὅς δέ, but he (German eraber), John 5:11 L Tr WH; (Mark 15:23 T Tr text WH; cf. Buttmann, § 126, 2); in distributions and distinctions: ὅς μέν ... ὅς δέ, this ... that, one ... another, the one ... the other, Matthew 21:35; Matthew 22:5 L T Tr WH; ; Luke 23:33; Acts 27:44; Romans 14:5; 1 Corinthians 7:7 R G; ; 2 Corinthians 2:16; Jude 1:22; ὁ μέν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Romans 9:21; (ὁ μέν ... ὁ δέ ... ὁ δέ, some ... some ... some, Matthew 13:23 L T WH); ὁ δέ ... ὁ δέ ... ὁ δέ, some ... some ... some, Matthew 13:8; ᾧ (masculine) μέν ... ἄλλῳ (δέ) ... ἑτέρῳ δέ (but L T Tr WH omit this δέ) κτλ., 1 Corinthians 12:8-10 ὁ μέν ... ἄλλο δέ (L text T Tr WH καί ἄλλο), Mark 4:4; with a variation of the construction also in the following passages: ὁ μέν ... καί ἕτερον, Luke 8:5; οὕς μέν with the omission of οὕς δέ by anacoluthon, 1 Corinthians 12:28; ὅς μέν ... ὁ δέ ἀσθενῶν etc. one man ... but he that is weak etc. Romans 14:2. On this use of the pronoun, chiefly by later writers from Demosth. down, cf. Matthiae, § 289 Anm. 7; Kühner, § 518, 4 b. ii., p. 780; (Jelf, § 816, 3 b.); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. § 126, 3; Buttmann, 101 (89); Winer's Grammar, 105 (100); Fritzsche on Mark, p. 507. II. a relative pronoun who, which, what; 1. in the common construction, according to which the relative agrees as respects its gender with the noun or pronoun which is its antecedent, but as respects case is governed by its own verb, or by a substantive, or by a preposition: ὁ ἀστήρ ὅν εἶδον, Matthew 2:9; ὁ ... Ἰουδαῖος οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος κτλ., Romans 2:29; οὗτος περί οὗ ἐγώ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα, Luke 9:9; ἀπό τῆς ἡμέρας, ἀφ' ἧς, Acts 20:18; Θεός δἰ οὗ, ἐξ οὗ, 1 Corinthians 8:6, and numberless other examples it refers to a more remote noun in 1 Corinthians 1:8, where the antecedent of ὅς is not the nearest noun Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, but τῷ Θεῷ in 4; yet cf. Winer's Grammar, 157 (149); as in this passage, so very often elsewhere the relative is the subject of its own clause: ἀνήρ ὅς etc. James 1:12; πᾶς ὅς, Luke 14:33; οὐδείς ὅς, Mark 10:29; Luke 18:29, and many other examples 2. in constructions peculiar in some respect; a. the gender of the relative is sometimes made to conform to that of the following noun: τῆς αὐλῆς, ὁ ἐστι πραιτώριον, Mark 15:16; λαμπάδες, ἅ εἰσί (L ἐστιν) τά πνεύματα, Revelation 4:5 (L T WH); σπέρματι, ὅς ἐστι Χριστός, Galatians 3:16; add, Ephesians 1:14 (L WH text Tr marginal reading ὁ); ; 1 Timothy 3:15; Revelation 5:8 (T WH marginal reading ἅ); cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 708; Matthiae, § 440, p. 989f; Winers Grammar, § 24, 3; Buttmann, § 143, 3. b. in constructions ad sensum (cf. Buttmann, § 143, 4); α. the plural of the relative is used after collective nouns in the singular (cf. Winers Grammar, § 21, 3; Buttmann, as above): πλῆθος πολύ, οἱ ἦλθον, Luke 6:17; πᾶν τό πρεσβυτέριον, παῥ ὧν, Acts 22:5; γενεάς, ἐν οἷς, Philippians 2:15. β. κατά πᾶσαν πόλιν, ἐν αἷς, Acts 15:36; ταύτην δευτέραν ὑμῖν γράφω ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (because the preceding context conveys the idea of two Epistles), 2 Peter 3:1. γ. the gender of the relative is conformed not to the grammatical but to the natural gender its antecedent (cf. Winers Grammar, § 21, 2; Buttmann, as above): παιδάριον ὅς, John 6:9 L T Tr WH; θηρίον ὅς, of Nero, as antichrist, Revelation 13:14 L T Tr WH; κεφαλή ὅς, of Christ, Colossians 2:19; (add μυστήριον ὅς etc. 1 Timothy 3:16 G L T Tr WH; cf. Buttmann, as above; Winer's Grammar, 588f (547)); σκεύη (of men) οὕς,Romans 9:24; ἔθνη οἱ, Acts 15:17; Acts 26:17; τέκνα, τεκνία οἱ, John 1:13; Galatians 4:19; 2 John 1:1 (Euripides, suppl. 12); τέκνον ὅς, Philemon 1:10. c. In attractions (Buttmann, § 143, 8; Winer's Grammar, §§ 24, 1; 66, 4ff); α. the accusative of the relative pronoun depending on a transitive, verb is changed by attraction into the oblique case of its antecedent: κτίσεως ἧς ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεός, Mark 13:19 (R G); τοῦ ῤήματος οὗ εἶπεν, Mark 14:72 (Rec.); add, John 4:14; John 7:31, 39 (but Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading ὁ); ; Acts 3:21, 25; Acts 7:17, 45; Acts 9:36; Acts 10:39; Acts 22:10; Romans 15:18; 1 Corinthians 6:19; 2 Corinthians 1:6; 2 Corinthians 10:8, 13; Ephesians 1:8; Titus 3:5(R G),; Hebrews 6:10; Hebrews 9:20; James 2:5; 1 John 3:24; Jude 1:15; for other examples see below; ἐν ἄρα ἡ οὐ γινώσκει, Matthew 24:50; τῇ παραδόσει ἡ παρεδώκατε, Mark 7:13; add, Luke 2:20; Luke 5:9; Luke 9:43; Luke 12:46; Luke 24:25; John 17:5; Acts 2:22; Acts 17:31; Acts 20:38; 2 Corinthians 12:21; 2 Thessalonians 1:4; Revelation 18:6; cf. Winers Grammar, § 24, 1; (Buttmann, as above). Rarely attraction occurs where the verb governs the dative (but see below): thus, κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε Θεοῦ for κατέναντι Θεοῦ, ᾧ ἐπίστευσε (see κατέναντι), Romans 4:17; φωνῆς, ἧς ἔκραξα (for ἡ (others, ἥν, cf. Winers Grammar, 164 (154f) Buttmann, 287 (247))), Acts 24:21, cf. Isaiah 6:4; (ἤγετο δέ καί τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τέ πιστῶν, οἷς ἠδετο καί ὧν ἠπιστει πολλούς, for καί πολλούς τούτων, οἷς ἠπιστει, Xenophon, Cyril 5, 4, 39; ὧν ἐγώ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς, for οὐδείς τούτων, οἷς ἐντετύχηκα, Plato, Gorgias, p. 509 a.; Protag., p. 361 e.; de rep. 7, p. 531 e.; παῥ ὧν βοηθεῖς, οὐδεμίαν ληψει χάριν, for παρά τούτων, οἷς κτλ., Aeschines f. leg., p. 43 (117); cf. Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, i., p. 237; (Buttmann, § 148, 11; Winer's Grammar, 163f (154f); but others refuse to recognize this rare species of attraction in the N. T.; cf. Meyer on Ephesians 1:8)). The following expressions, however, can hardly be brought under this construction: τῆς χάριτος ἧς ἐχαρίτωσεν (as if for ἡ), Ephesians 1:6 L T Tr WH; τῆς κλήσεως, ἧς ἐκλήθητε, Ephesians 4:1; διά τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα, 2 Corinthians 1:4, but must be explained agreeably to such phrases as χάριν χαριτουν, κλῆσιν καλεῖν, etc. ((i. e. accusative of kindred abstract substantive; cf. Winers Grammar, § 32, 2; Buttmann, § 131, 5)); cf. Winers Grammar, (and Buttmann, as above). β. The noun to which the relative refers is so conformed to the case of the relative clause that either αα. it is itself incorporated into the relative construction, but without the article (Buttmann, § 143, 7; Winer's Grammar, § 24, 2 b.): ὅν ἐγώ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη, for Ἰωάννης, ὅν κτλ., Mark 6:16; add, Luke 24:1; Philemon 1:10; Romans 6:17; εἰς ἥν οἰκίαν, ἐκεῖ, equivalent to ἐν τῇ οἰκία, εἰς ἥν, Luke 9:4; or ββ. it is placed before the relative clause, either with or without the article (Winers Grammar, § 24, 2 a.; Buttmann, § 144, 13): τόν ἄρτον ὅν κλῶμεν, οὐχί κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος, 1 Corinthians 10:16; λίθον ὅν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη (for ὁ λίθος, ὅς κτλ.), Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:10; Luke 20:17; 1 Peter 2:7. γ. Attraction in the phrases ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας for ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ἡ (Winer's Grammar, § 24, 1 at the end): Matthew 24:38; Luke 1:20; Luke 17:27; Acts 1:2; ἀφ' ἧς ἡμρας for ἀπό τῆς ἡμέρας, ἡ, Colossians 1:6, 9; ὅν τρόπον, as, just as, for τοῦτον τόν τρόπον ὅν or ᾧ Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:31; Acts 7:28; (preceded or) followed by οὕτως, Acts 1:11; 2 Timothy 3:8. δ. A noun common to both the principal clause and the relative is placed in the relative clause after the relative pronoun (Winer's Grammar, 165 (156)): ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε, for κριθήσεσθε ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, Matthew 7:2; Matthew 24:44; Mark 4:24; Luke 12:40, etc. 3. The Neuter ὁ a. refers to nouns of the masculine and the feminine gender, and to plurals, when that which is denoted by these nouns is regarded as a thing (cf. Buttmann, § 129, 6): λεπτά δύο, ὁ ἐστι κοδράντης, Mark 12:42; ἀγάπην, ὁ ἐστι σύνδεσμος, Colossians 3:14 L T Tr WH; ἄρτους, ὁ etc. Matthew 12:4 L text T Tr WH. b. is used in the phrases (Buttmann, as above] — ὁ ἐστιν, which (term) signifies: Βοανεργές ὁ ἐστιν υἱοί βροντῆς, Mark 3:17; add, ; Hebrews 7:2; ὁ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον, and the like: Matthew 1:23; Mark 15:34; John 1:38 (), f (f); . c. refers to a whole sentence (Buttmann, as above): τοῦτον ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός, οὗ ... μάρτυρες, Acts 2:32; Acts 3:15; περί οὗ ... ὁ λόγος, Hebrews 5:11; ὁ καί ἐποίησαν (and the like), Acts 11:30; Galatians 2:10; Colossians 1:29; ὁ (which thing viz. that I write a new commandment (cf. Buttmann, § 143, 3)) ἐστιν ἀληθές, 1 John 2:8; ὁ (namely, to have one's lot assigned in the lake of fire) ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος, Revelation 21:8. 4. By an idiom to be met with from Homer down, in the second of two coordinate clauses a pronoun of the third person takes the place of the relative (cf. Passow 2, p. 552b; (Liddell and Scott, under the word B. IV. 1); Buttmann, § 143, 6; (Winer's Grammar, 149 (141))): ὅς ἔσται ἐπί τοῦ δώματος καί τά σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκία μή καταβάτω, Luke 17:31; ἐξ οὗ τά πάντα καί ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν, 1 Corinthians 8:6. 5. Sometimes, by a usage especially Hebraistic, an oblique case of the pronoun αὐτός is introduced into the relative clause redundantly; as, ἧς τό θυγάτριον αὐτῆς, Mark 7:25; see αὐτός, II. 5. 6. The relative pronoun very often so includes the demonstrative οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος that for the sake of perspicuity demons. pronoun must be in thought supplied, either in the clause preceding the relative clause or in that which follows it (Winers Grammar, § 23, 2; Buttmann, § 127, 5). The following examples may suffice: a. a demons. pronoun must be added in thought in the preceding clause: οἷς ἡτοίμασται, for τούτοις δοθήσεται, οἷς ἡτοίμασται, Matthew 20:23; δεῖξαι (namely, ταῦτα), ἅ δεῖ γενέσθαι, Revelation 1:1; Revelation 22:6; ᾧ for ἐκεῖνος ᾧ, Luke 7:43, 47; οὗ for τούτῳ οὗ, Romans 10:14; with the attraction of ὧν for τούτων ἅ, Luke 9:36; Romans 15:18; ὧν for ταῦτα ὧν, Matthew 6:8; with a preposition intervening, ἔμαθεν ἀφ' ὧν (for ἀπό τούτων ἅ) ἔπαθεν, Hebrews 5:8. b. a demons. pronoun must be supplied in the subsequent clause: Matthew 10:38; Mark 9:40; Luke 4:6; Luke 9:50; John 19:22; Romans 2:1, and often. 7. Sometimes the purpose and end is expressed in the form of a relative clause (cf. the Latinqui forutis): ἀποστέλλω ἄγγελον, ὅς (for which Lachmann in Matt. has καί) κατασκευάσει, who shall etc. equivalent to that he may etc., Matthew 11:10; Mark 1:2; Luke 7:27; (1 Corinthians 2:16); so also in Greek authors, cf. Passow, under the word, VIII. vol. 2, p. 553; (Liddell and Scott, under B. IV. 4); Matthiae, § 481, d.; (Kühner, § 563, 3 b.; Jelf, § 836, 4; Buttmann, § 139, 32); — or the cause: ὅν παραδέχεται, because he acknowledges him as his own, Hebrews 12:6; — or the relative stands where ὥστε might be used (cf. Matthiae, § 479 a.; Krüger, § 51, 13, 10; (Kühner, § 563, 3 e.); Passow, under the word, VIII. 2, ii., p. 553b; (Liddell and Scott, as above)): Luke 5:21; Luke 7:49. 8. For the interrogative τίς, τί, in indirect questions (cf. Ellendt, Lex. Sophocles 2:372; (cf. Buttmann, § 139, 58)): οὐκ ἔχω ὁ παραθήσω, Luke 11:6; by a later Greek usage, in a direct question (cf. Winers Grammar, § 24, 4; Buttmann, § 139, 59): ἐφ' ὁ (or Rec. ἐφ' ᾧ) πάρει, Matthew 26:50 (on which (and the more than doubtful use of ὅς in direct question) see ἐπί, B. 2 a. ζ῾., p. 233b and C. I. 2 g. γ. αα., p. 235^b). 9. Joined to a preposition it forms a periphrasis for a conjunction (Buttmann, 105 (92)): ἀνθ' ὧν, for ἀντί τούτων ὅτι — because, Luke 1:20; Luke 19:44; Acts 12:23; 2 Thessalonians 2:10; for which reason, wherefore, Luke 12:3 (see ἀντί, 2 d.); ἐφ' ᾧ,.for that, since (see ἐπί, B. 2 a. δ., p. 233^a); ἀφ' οὗ (from the time that), when, since, Luke 13:25; Luke 24:21 (see ἀπό, I. 4 b., p. 58{b}); ἄχρις οὗ, see ἄχρι, 1 d.; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Philippians 3:20 cf. Winers Grammar, § 21, 3; (Buttmann, § 143, 4 a.); ἕως οὗ, until (see ἕως, II. 1 b. α., p. 268{b}); also μέχρις οὗ, Mark 13:30; ἐν ᾧ, while, Mark 2:19; Luke 5:34; John 5:7; ἐν οἷς, meanwhile, Luke 12:1; (cf. ἐν, I. 8 e.). 10. With particles: ὅς ἄν and ὅς ἐάν, whosoever, if any one ever, see ἄν, II. 2 and ἐάν, II., p. 163{a}; οὗ ἐάν, wheresoever (whithersoever) with subjunctive, 1 Corinthians 16:6 (cf. Buttmann, 105 (92)). ὅς γέ, see γέ, 2. ὅς καί, who also, he who (cf. Klotz ad Devar. 2:2, p. 636): Mark 3:19; Luke 6:13; Luke 10:39 (here WH brackets ἡ); John 21:20; Acts 1:11; Acts 7:45; Acts 10:39 (Rec. omits καί); ; Romans 5:2; 1 Corinthians 11:23; 2 Corinthians 3:6; Galatians 2:10; Hebrews 1:2, etc.; ὅς καί αὐτός, who also himself, who as well as others: Matthew 27:57. ὅς δήποτε, whosoever, John 5:4 Rec.; ὅσπερ (or ὅς περ L Tr text), who especially, the very one who (cf. Klotz ad Devar. 2:2, p. 724): Mark 15:6 (but here T WH Tr marginal reading now read ὅν παρῃτοῦντο, which see). 11. The genitive οὗ, used absolutely (cf. Winers Grammar, 690 (549) note; Jelf, § 522, Obs. 1), becomes an adverb (first so in Attic writings, cf. Passow, II., p. 546a; (Meisterhans, § 50, 1)); a. where (Latinubi): Matthew 2:9; Matthew 18:20; Luke 4:16; Luke 23:53; Acts 1:13; Acts 12:12; Acts 16:13; Acts 20:6 (T Tr marginal reading ὅπου); ; Romans 4:15; Romans 9:26; 2 Corinthians 3:17; Colossians 3:1; Hebrews 3:9; Revelation 17:15; after verbs denoting motion (see ἐκεῖ b.; ὅπου, 1 b.) it can be rendered whither (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 7; Buttmann, 71 (62)), Matthew 28:16; Luke 10:1; Luke 24:28; 1 Corinthians 16:6. b. when (like Latinubi equivalent toeotemporequo,quom): Romans 5:20 (Euripides, Iph. Taur. 320) (but others take οὗ in Romans, the passage cited locally). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁσάκις Transliteration: hosakis Phonetic Spelling: hos-ak'-is Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: as often as Meaning: as often as GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3740 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3740 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3740 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3740 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3740, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁσάκις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3740 hosakis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: as often as. Multiple adverb from hos; how (i.e. With an, so) many times as -- as oft(-en) as. see GREEK hos see GREEK an Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3740: ὁσάκιςὁσάκις (ὅσος), relative adverb, as often as; with the addition of ἄν, as often soever as, 1 Corinthians 11:25f. (R G; cf. Winers Grammar, § 42, 5a.; Buttmann, § 139, 34); also of ἐάν (L T Tr WH in 1 Corinthians, in the passage cited); Revelation 11:6. ((Lysias, Plato, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅσιος Transliteration: hosios Phonetic Spelling: hos'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: righteous, pious, holy Meaning: righteous, pious, holy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3741 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3741 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3741 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3741 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3741, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3741 hosios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: righteous, pious, holyOf uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from dikaios, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from hieros, which denotes formal consecration; and from hagios, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. Hallowed (pious, sacred, sure) -- holy, mercy, shalt be. anakainosis see GREEK hieros see GREEK hagios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3741: ὅσιοςὅσιος, ὅσια, ὅσιον, and once (1 Timothy 2:8) of two terminations (as in Plato, legg. 8, p. 831 d.; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities, 5, 71 at the end; cf. Winers Grammar, § 11, 1; Buttmann, 26 (23); the feminine occurs in the N. T. only in the passage cited); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. chiefly for חָסִיד (cf. Grimm, Exgt. Hdbch. on Sap., p. 81 (and references under the word ἅγιος, at the end)); "undefiled by sin, free from wickedness, religiously observing every moral obligation, pure, holy, pious" (Plato, Gorgias, p. 507 b. περί μέν ἀνθρώπους τά προσηκοντα πράττων δικαἰ ἄν πραττοι, περί δέ θεούς ὅσια. The distinction between δίκαιος and ὅσιος is given in the same way by Polybius 23, 10, 8; Schol. ad Euripides, Hec. 788; Chariton 1, 10; (for other examples see Trench, § lxxxviii.; Wetstein on Ephesians 4:24; but on its applicability to N. T. usage see Trench, as above; indeed Plato elsewhere (Euthyphro, p. 12 e.) makes δίκαιος the generic and ὅσιος the specific term)); of men: Titus 1:8; Hebrews 7:26; οἱ ὅσιοι τοῦ Θεοῦ, the pious toward God, God's pious worshippers (Wis. 4:15 and often in the Psalms); so in a peculiar and pre-eminent sense of the Messiah (A. V. thy Holy One): Acts 2:27; Acts 13:35, after Psalm 15:10 (); χεῖρες (Aeschylus cho. 378; Sophocles O. C. 470), 1 Timothy 2:8. of God, holy: Revelation 15:4; Revelation 16:5 (also in secular authors occasionally of the gods; the Orphica, Arg. 27; hymn. 77, 2; of God in Deuteronomy 32:4 for יָשָׁר; Psalm 144:17 () for חָסִיד, cf. Wis. 5:19); τά ὅσια Δαυίδ, the holy things (of God) promised to David, i. e. the Messianic blessings, Acts 13:34 from Isaiah 55:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁσιότης Transliteration: hosiotēs Phonetic Spelling: hos-ee-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: piety, holiness Meaning: piety, holiness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3742 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3742 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3742 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3742 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3742, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁσιότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3742 hosiotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: holiness. From hosios; piety -- holiness. see GREEK hosios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3742: ὁσιότηςὁσιότης, ὁσιότητος, ἡ (ὅσιος), piety toward God, fidelity in observing the obligations of piety, holiness: joined with διακιοσυνη (see ὅσιος (and δικαιοσύνη, 1 b.)): Luke 1:75; Ephesians 4:24; Wis. 9:3; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 48, 4 [ET]. (Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates, others; the Sept. for יֹשֶׁר, Deuteronomy 9:5; for תֹּם, 1 Kings 9:4.) (Meinke in Studien und Kritiken 1884, p. 743; Schmidt, chapter 181.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁσίως Transliteration: hosiōs Phonetic Spelling: hos-ee-oce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: piously, holily Meaning: piously, holily GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3743 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3743 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3743 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3743 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3743, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁσίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3743 hosiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: devoutlyAdverb from hosios; piously -- holily. see GREEK hosios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3743: ὁσίωςὁσίως (ὅσιος) (from Euripides down), adverb, piously, holily: joined with δικαίως, 1 Thessalonians 2:10 (ἁγνῶς καί ὁσίως καί δικαίως, Theophilus ad Autol. 1, 7). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀσμή Transliteration: osmē Phonetic Spelling: os-may' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a smell Meaning: a smell GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3744 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3744 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3744 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3744 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3744, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀσμή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3744 osmē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a smell, aroma, fragranceFrom ozo; fragrance (literally or figuratively) -- odour, savour. see GREEK ozo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3744: ὀσμήὀσμή, ὀσμῆς, ἡ (ὄζω (which see)), a smell, odor: John 12:3; 2 Corinthians 2:14; θανάτου (L T Tr WH ἐκ θανάτου), such an odor as is emitted by death (i. e. by a deadly, pestiferous thing, a dead body), and itself causes death, 2 Corinthians 2:16; ζωῆς (or ἐκ ζωῆς) such as is diffused (or emitted) by life, and itself imparts life, ibid. (A. V. both times savor); ὀσμή εὐωδίας, Ephesians 5:2; Philippians 4:18; see εὐωδία, b. (Tragg., Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, others; in Homer ὀδμή; the Sept. for רֵיחַ.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅσος Transliteration: hosos Phonetic Spelling: hos'-os Part of Speech: Correlative Pronoun Short Definition: how much, how many Meaning: how much, how many GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3745 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3745 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3745 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3745 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3745, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3745 hosos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: how great, how manyBy reduplication from hos; as (much, great, long, etc.) As -- all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever). see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3745: ὅσοςὅσος, ὅση, ὅσον (from Homer down), a relative adjective corresponding to the demon. τοσοῦτος either expressed or understood, Latinquantus,-a,-um; used a. of space (as great as): τό μῆκος αὐτῆς (Rec. adds τοσοῦτον ἐστιν) ὅσον καί (G T Tr WH omit καί) τό πλάτος, Revelation 21:16; of time (as long as): ἐφ' ὅσον χρόνον, for so long time as, so long as, Romans 7:1; 1 Corinthians 7:39; Galatians 4:1; also without a preposition, ὅσον χρόνον, Mark 2:19; neuter ἐφ' ὅσον, as long as, Matthew 9:15; 2 Peter 1:13 (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 3, 25); ἔτι μικρόν ὅσον ὅσον, yet a little how very, how very (Vulg.modicum (ali)quautulum), i. e. yet a very little while, Hebrews 10:37 (Isaiah 26:20; of a very little thing, Aristophanes vesp. 213; cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 726 no. 93; Winers Grammar, 247 (231) note; Buttmann, § 150, 2). b. of abundance and multitude; how many, as many as; how much, as much as: neuter ὅσον, John 6:11; plural ὅσοι, as many (men) as, all who, Matthew 14:36; Mark in. 10; Acts 4:6, 34; Acts 13:48; Romans 2:12; Romans 6:8; Galatians 3:10, 27; Philippians 3:15; 1 Timothy 6:1; Revelation 2:24; ὅσαι ἐπαγγελίαι, 2 Corinthians 1:20; ὅσα ἱμάτια, Acts 9:39; neuter plural, absolutely (A. V. often whatsoever), Matthew 17:12; Mark 10:21; Luke 11:8; Luke 12:8; Romans 3:19; Romans 15:4; Jude 1:10; Revelation 1:2. πάντες ὅσοι (all as many as), Matthew 22:10 (here T WH πάντες οὕς); Luke 4:40; John 10:8; Acts 5:36f; neuter πάντα ὅσα (all things whatsoever, all that), Matthew 13:46; Matthew 18:25; Matthew 28:20; Mark 12:44; Luke 18:22; John 4:29 (T WH Tr marginal reading πάντα ἅ); John 4:39 (T WH Tr text πάντα ἅ); πολλά ὅσα, John 21:25 R G (Homer, Iliad 22, 380; Xenophon, Hell. 3, 4, 3). ὅσοι ... οὗτοι, Romans 8:14; ὅσα ... ταῦτα, Philippians 4:8; ὅσα ... ἐν τούτοις, Jude 1:10; ὅσοι ... αὐτοί, John 1:12; Galatians 6:16. ὅσοι ἄν or ἐάν, how many soever, as many soever as (cf. Winers Grammar, § 42, 3); followed by an indicative preterite (see ἄν, II. 1), Mark 6:56; by an indicative present Revelation 3:19; by a subjunctive aorist, Matthew 22:9; Mark 3:28; Mark 6:11; Luke 9:5 (Rec.); Acts 2:39 (here Lachmann οὕς ἄν); Revelation 13:15; ὅσα ἄν, Matthew 18:18; John 11:22; John 16:13 (R G); πάντα ὅσα ἄν, all things whatsoever: followed by subjunctive present Matthew 7:12; by subjunctive aorist, Matthew 21:22; Matthew 23:3; Acts 3:22. ὅσα in indirect discourse; how many things: Luke 9:10; Acts 9:16; Acts 15:12; 2 Timothy 1:18. c. of importance: ὅσα, how great things, i. e. how extraordinary, in indirect discourse, Mark 3:8 (L marginal reading ἅ); ; Luke 8:39; Acts 14:21; Acts 15:4 (others take it of number in these last two examples how many; cf. b. above); how great (i. e. bitter), κακά, Acts 9:13. d. of measure and degree, in comparative sentences, accusative neuter ὅσον ... μᾶλλον περισσότερον, the more ... so much the more a great deal (A. V.), Mark 7:36; καθ' ὅσον with a comparitive, by so much as with the comparitive Hebrews 3:3; καθ' ὅσον ... κατά τοσοῦτον (τοσοῦτο L T Tr WH), Hebrews 7:20, 22; καθ' ὅσον (inasmuch) as followed by οὕτως, Hebrews 9:27; τοσούτῳ with a comparitive followed by ὅσῳ with a comparitive, by so much ... as, Hebrews 1:4 (Xenophon, mem. 1, 4, 40; Cyril 7, 5, 5f); without τοσούτῳ, Hebrews 8:6 (A. V. by how much); τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ (without μᾶλλον), Hebrews 10:25; ὅσα ... τοσοῦτον, how much ... so much, Revelation 18:7; ἐφ' ὅσον, for as much as, in so far as, without ἐπί τοσοῦτο, Matthew 25:40, 45; Romans 11:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅσπερ Transliteration: hosper Phonetic Spelling: hos'-per Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun Short Definition: whomsoever Meaning: whomsoever GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3746 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3746 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3746 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3746 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3746, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅσπερ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3746 hosper 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whomsoever. From hos and per; who especially -- whomsoever. see GREEK hos see GREEK per Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3746: ὅσπερὅσπερ, ἤπερ, ὅπερ, see ὅς, ἡ, ὁ, 10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀστέον Transliteration: osteon Phonetic Spelling: os-teh'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a bone Meaning: a bone GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3747 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3747 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3747 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3747 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3747, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀστέον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3747 osteon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bone. Or contracted ostoun (os-toon') of uncertain affinity; a bone -- bone. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3747: ὀστέονὀστέον, contracted ὀστοῦν, genitive ὀστέου, τό (akin to Latinos,ossis; Curtius, § 213, cf., p. 41), a bone: John 19:36; plural ὀστέα, Luke 24:39; genitive ὀστέων (on these uncontracted forms cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 157); Winers Grammar, § 8, 2 d.; (Buttmann, p. 13 (12))), Matthew 23:27; Ephesians 5:30 (R G Tr marginal reading brackets); Hebrews 11:22. (From Homer down; the Sept. very often for עֶצֶם.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅστις Transliteration: hostis Phonetic Spelling: hos'-tis Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun Short Definition: whoever, anyone who Meaning: whoever, anyone who GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3748 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3748 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3748 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3748 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3748, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅστις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3748 hostis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whoever, whichever, whateverIncluding the feminine hetis (hay'-tis), and the neuter ho,ti (hot'-ee) from hos and tis; which some, i.e. Any that; also (definite) which same -- X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare hoti. see GREEK hos see GREEK tis see GREEK hoti Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3748: ὅστιςὅστις, ἥτις, ὁ, τί (separated by a hypodiastole (comma), to distinguish it from ὅτι; but L T Tr write ὁ τί, without a hypodiastole (cf. Tdf. Prolog., p. 111), leaving a little space between ὁ and τί; (WH ὅτι); cf. Winers Grammar, 46 (45f); (Lipsius, Gramm. Untersuch., p. 118f; WH. Introductory § 411)), genitive ὁυτινος (but of the oblique cases only the accusative neuter ὁ, τί and the genitive ὅτου, in the phrase ἕως ὅτου, are found in the N. T.) (from Homer down), compound of ὅς and τίς, hence, properly, anyone who; i. e.: 1. whoever, everyone who: ὅστις simply, in the singular chiefly at the beginning of a sentence in general propositions, especially in Matt.; with an indicative present, Matthew 13:12 (twice); Mark 8:34 (where L Tr WH εἰ τίς); Luke 14:27; neuter Matthew 18:28 Rec.; with a future, Matthew 5:39 (R G Tr marginal reading), ; , etc.; James 2:10 R G; plural οἵτινες, whosoever (all those who): with indicative present, Mark 4:20; Luke 8:15; Galatians 5:4; with indicative aorist, Revelation 1:7; Revelation 2:24; Revelation 20:4; πᾶς ὅστις, with indicative present Matthew 7:24; with future Matthew 10:32; ὅστις with subjunctive (where ἄν is lacking very rarely (cf. Winers Grammar, § 42, 3 (especially at the end); Buttmann, § 139, 31)) aorist (having the force of the future perfect in Latin), Matthew 18:4 Rec.; James 2:10 L T Tr WH. ὅστις ἄν with subjunctive aorist (Latin future perfect), Matthew 10:33 (R G T); ; with subjunctive present Galatians 5:10 (ἐάν T Tr WH); neuter with subjunctive aorist, Luke 10:35; John 14:13 (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading present subjunctive); (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading present subjunctive); with subjunctive present, John 2:5; 1 Corinthians 16:2 (Tr WH ἐάν; WH marginal reading aorist subjunctive); ὁ ἐάν τί for ὁ, τί ἄν with subjunctive aorist Ephesians 6:8 (R G); πᾶν ὁ, τί ἄν or ἐάν with subjunctive present, Colossians 3:17, 23 (Rec.; cf. Buttmann, § 139, 19; Winer's Grammar, § 42, 3). 2. it refers to a single person or thing, but so that regard is had to a general notion or class to which this individual person or thing belongs, and thus it indicates quality: one who, such a one as, of such a nature that (cf. Kühner, § 554 Anm. 1, ii., p. 905; (Jelf, § 816, 5); Lücke on 1 John 1:2, p. 210f): ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ, Matthew 2:6; add, Matthew 7:26; Matthew 13:52; Matthew 16:28; Matthew 20:1; Matthew 25:1; Mark 15:7; Luke 2:10; Luke 7:37; Luke 8:3; John 8:25; John 21:25 (Tdf. omits the verse); Acts 11:28; Acts 16:12; Acts 24:1; Romans 11:4; 1 Corinthians 5:1; 1 Corinthians 7:13 (Tdf. εἰ τίς); Galatians 4:24, 26; Galatians 5:19; Philippians 2:20; Colossians 2:23; 2 Timothy 1:5; Hebrews 2:3; Hebrews 8:5; Hebrews 10:11; Hebrews 12:5; James 4:14; 1 John 1:2; Revelation 1:12; Revelation 9:4; Revelation 17:12; ὁ ναός τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιος ἐστιν, οἵτινες ἐστε ὑμεῖς (where οἵτινες makes reference to ἅγιος) and such are ye, 1 Corinthians 3:17 (some refer it to ναός). 3. Akin to the last usage is thai whereby it serves to give a reason, such as equivalent to seeing that he, inasmuch as he: Romans 16:12 (here Lachmann brackets the clause); Ephesians 3:13; (Colossians 3:5); Hebrews 8:6; plural, Matthew 7:15; Acts 10:47; Acts 17:11; Romans 1:25, 32; Romans 2:15; Romans 6:2; Romans 9:4; Romans 16:7; 2 Corinthians 8:10; (Philippians 4:3 (where see Lightfoot)); 1 Timothy 1:4; Titus 1:11; 1 Peter 2:11. 4. According to a later Greek usage it is put for the interrogative τίς in direct questions (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 57; Lachmann, larger edition, vol. i., p. xliii; Buttmann, 253 (218); cf. Winer's Grammar, 167 (158)); thus in the N. T. the neuter ὁ, τί stands for τί equivalent to διά τί in Mark 2:16 T Tr WH (cf. 7 WH marginal reading); (Jeremiah 2:36; 1 Chronicles 17:6 — for which in the parallel, 2 Samuel 7:7, ἵνα τί appears; Epistle of Barnabas 7, 9 [ET] ((where see Müller); cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 125; Evang. Nicod. pars i. A. 14:3 p. 245 and note; cf. also Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, 4)); many interpreters bring in John 8:25 here; but respecting it see ἀρχή, 1 b. 5. It differs scarcely at all from the simple relative ὅς (cf. Matthiae, p. 1073; Buttmann, § 127, 18; (Krüger, § 51, 8; Ellicott on Galatians 4:24; cf. Jebb in Vincent and Dickson's Handbook. to Modern Greek, Appendix, § 24); but cf. C. F. A. Fritzsche in Fritzschiorum opuscc., p. 182f, who stoutly denies it): Luke 2:4; Luke 9:30; Acts 17:10; Acts 23:14; Acts 28:18; Ephesians 1:23. 6. ἕως ὅτου, on which see ἕως, II. 1 b. β., p. 268b middle |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀστράκινος Transliteration: ostrakinos Phonetic Spelling: os-tra'-kin-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: earthen Meaning: earthen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3749 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3749 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3749 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3749 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3749, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀστράκινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3749 ostrakinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: of earth, earthen. From ostrakon ("oyster") (a tile, i.e. Terra cotta); earthen-ware, i.e. Clayey; by implication, frail -- of earth, earthen. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3749: ὀστράκινοςὀστράκινος, ὀστρακινη, ὀστράκινον (ὄστρακον baked clay), made of clay, earthen: σκεύη ὀστράκινα, 2 Timothy 2:20; with the added suggestion of frailty, 2 Corinthians 4:7. (Jeremiah 19:1, 11; Jeremiah 39:14 (); Isaiah 30:14, etc.; Hippocrates, Anthol. (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄσφρησις Transliteration: osphrēsis Phonetic Spelling: os'-fray-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the sense of smell, smelling Meaning: the sense of smell, smelling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3750 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3750 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3750 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3750 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3750, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄσφρησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3750 osphrēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: smelling. From a derivative of ozo; smell (the sense) -- smelling. see GREEK ozo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3750: ὄσφρησιςὄσφρησις, ὀσφρησεως, ἡ (ὀσφραίνομαι (to smell)), the sense of smell, smelling: 1 Corinthians 12:17. (Plato, Phaedo, p. 111 b. ((yet cf. Stallbaum at the passage)); Aristotle, Theophrastus.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀσφύς Transliteration: osphys Phonetic Spelling: os-foos' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the loin Meaning: the loin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3751 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3751 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3751 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3751 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3751, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀσφύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3751 osphys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: loin. Of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. The hip; internally (by extension) procreative power -- loin. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3751: ὀσφύςὀσφύς (or ὀσφύς, so R Tr in Ephesians 6:14; G in Matthew 3:4; cf. Chandler §§ 658, 659; Tdf. Proleg., p. 101), ὀσφύος, ἡ, from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; 1. the hip (loin), as that part of the body where the ζώνη was worn (the Sept. for מָתְנַיִם): Matthew 3:4; Mark 1:6; hence, περιζωννυσθαι τάς ὀσφύας, to gird, gird about, the loins, Luke 12:35; Ephesians 6:14; and ἀναζωννυσθαι τάς ὀσφύας (to gird up the loins), 1 Peter 1:13; on the meaning of these metaphorical, phrases see ἀναζώννυμι. 2. a loin, the Sept. several times for חֲלָצַיִם, the (two) loins, where the Hebrews thought the generative power (semen) resided (?); hence, καρπός τῆς ὀσφύος, fruit of the loins, offspring, Acts 2:30 (see καρπός, 1 at the end); ἐξέρχεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος τίνος, to come forth out of one's loins i. e. derive one's origin or descent from one, Hebrews 7:5 (see ἐξέρχομαι, 2 b.); ἔτι ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τίνος, to be yet in the loins of someone (an ancestor), Hebrews 7:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅταν Transliteration: hotan Phonetic Spelling: hot'-an Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: whenever Meaning: whenever GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3752 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3752 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3752 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3752 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3752, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅταν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3752 hotan 🕊 Strong's Concordance: as long as, wheneverFrom hote and an; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as -- as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while. see GREEK hote see GREEK an Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3752: ὅτανὅταν, a particle of time, compound of ὅτε and ἄν, at the time that, whenever (German dannwann;wannirgend); used of things which one assumes will really occur, but the time of whose occurrence he does not definitely fix (in secular authors often also of things which one assumes can occur, but whether they really will or not he does not know; hence, like our in case that, as in Plato, Prot., p. 360 b.; Phaedr., p. 256 e.; Phaedo, p. 68 d.); (cf. Winers Grammar, § 42, 5; Buttmann, § 139, 33); a. with the subjunctive present: Matthew 6:2, 5; Matthew 10:23; Mark 13:11 (here Rec. aorist); ; Luke 11:36; Luke 12:11; Luke 14:12; Luke 21:7; John 7:27; John 16:21; Acts 23:35; 1 Corinthians 3:4; 2 Corinthians 13:9; 1 John 5:2; Revelation 10:7; Revelation 18:9; preceded by a specification of time: ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ὅταν etc., Matthew 26:29; Mark 14:25; followed by τότε, 1 Thessalonians 5:3; 1 Corinthians 15:28; equivalent to as often as, of customary action, Matthew 15:2; John 8:44; Romans 2:14; at the time when equivalent to as long as, Luke 11:34; John 9:5. b. with the subjunctive aorist: equivalent to the Latinquandoacciderit,ut with subjunctive present, Matthew 5:11; Matthew 12:43; Matthew 13:32; Matthew 23:15; Matthew 24:32; Mark 4:15f, 29 (R G), 31f; 13:28; Luke 6:22, 26; Luke 8:13; Luke 11:24; Luke 12:54; Luke 21:30; John 2:10; John 10:4; John 16:21; 1 Timothy 5:11 (here L marginal reading future); Revelation 9:5. equivalent toquando with future perfect, Matthew 19:28; Matthew 21:40; Mark 8:38; Mark 9:9; Mark 12:23 (G Tr WH omit; L brackets the clause), 25; Luke 9:26; Luke 16:4, 9; Luke 17:10; John 4:25; John 7:31; John 13:19; John 14:29; John 15:26; John 16:4, 13, 21; John 21:18; Acts 23:35; Acts 24:22; Romans 11:27; 1 Corinthians 15:24 (here L T Tr WH present), (where the meaning is, 'when he shall have said that the ὑποταξις predicted in the Psalm is now accomplished'; cf. Meyer ad loc.); ; 2 Corinthians 10:6; Colossians 4:16; 1 John 2:28 (L T Tr WH ἐάν); 2 Thessalonians 1:10; Hebrews 1:6 (on which see εἰσάγω, 1); Revelation 11:7; Revelation 12:4; Revelation 17:10; Revelation 20:7. followed by τότε, Matthew 9:15; Matthew 24:15; Matthew 25:31; Mark 2:20; Mark 13:14; Luke 5:35; Luke 21:20; John 8:28; 1 Corinthians 13:10 (G L T Tr WH omit τότε); ; Colossians 3:4. c. According to the usage of later authors, a usage, however, not altogether unknown to the more elegant writers (Winers Grammar, 309 (289f); Buttmann, 222f (192f); (Tdf. Proleg., p. 124f; WHs Appendix, p. 171; for examples additional to these given by Winers Grammar, and Buttmann, as above see Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word; cf. Jebb in Vincent and Dickson's Handbook to Modern Greek, Appendix, § 78)), with the indicative; α. future: when (Matthew 5:11 Tdf.); Luke 13:28 T Tr text WH marginal reading; (1 Timothy 5:11 L marginal reading); as often as, Revelation 4:9 (cf. Bleek ad loc.). β. present: Mark 11:25 L T Tr WH; Mark 13:7 Tr text; (Luke 11:2 Tr marginal reading). γ. very rarely indeed, with the imperfect: as often as, (whensoever), ὅταν ἐθεώρουν, Mark 3:11 (Genesis 38:9; Exodus 17:11; 1 Samuel 17:34; see ἄν, II. 1). δ. As in Byzantine authors equivalent to ὅτε, when, with the indicative aorist: ὅταν ἤνοιξεν, Revelation 8:1 L T Tr WH; (add ὅταν ὀψέ ἐγένετο, Mark 11:19 T Tr text WH, cf. Buttmann, 223 (193); but others take this of customary action, whenever evening came (i. e. every evening, R. V.)). ὅταν, does not occur in the Epistles of Peter and Jude. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅτε Transliteration: hote Phonetic Spelling: hot'-eh Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: when Meaning: when GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3753 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3753 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3753 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3753 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3753, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3753 hote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after that, as soon as, whenFrom hos and te; at which (thing) too, i.e. When -- after (that), as soon as, that, when, while. see GREEK hos see GREEK te Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3753: ὅτεὅτε, a particle of time (from Homer down), when; 1. with the indicative (Winers Grammar, 296f (278f)); indicative present (of something certain and customary, see Herm. ad Vig., p. 913f), while: John 9:4; Hebrews 9:17; with an historical present Mark 11:1. with the imperfect (of a thing done on occasion or customary); Mark 14:12; Mark 15:41; Mark 6:21 R G; John 21:18; Acts 12:6; Acts 22:20; Romans 6:20; Romans 7:5; 1 Corinthians 13:11; Galatians 4:3; Colossians 3:7; 1 Thessalonians 3:4; 2 Thessalonians 3:10; 1 Peter 3:20. with an indicative aorist, Latinquom with pluperfect (Winers Grammar, § 40, 5; (Buttmann, § 137, 6)): Matthew 9:25; Matthew 13:26, 48; Matthew 17:25 (R G); ; Mark 1:32; Mark 4:10; Mark 8:19; Mark 15:20; Luke 2:21f, 42; Luke 4:25; 6:( L T WH), ; ; John 1:19; John 2:22; John 4:45 (where Tdf. ὡς), etc.; Acts 1:13; Acts 8:12, 39; Acts 11:2; Acts 21:5, 35; Acts 27:39; Acts 28:16; Romans 13:11 (than when we gave in our allegiance to Christ; LatinquomChristonomendedissemus (R. V. than when we first believed)); Galatians 1:15; Galatians 2:11, 12, 14; Galatians 4:4; Philippians 4:15; Hebrews 7:10; Revelation 1:17; Revelation 6:3, 5, 7, 9, 12; Revelation 8:1, etc.; so also Matthew 12:3; Mark 2:25; (John 12:41 R Tr marginal reading ὅτε εἶδεν, when it had presented itself to his sight (but best texts ὅτι: because he saw etc.)). ἐγένετο, ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν, a common phrase in Matthew, viz. Matthew 7:28; Matthew 11:1; Matthew 13:53; Matthew 19:1; Matthew 26:1. ὅτε ... τότε, Matthew 21:1; John 12:16. with the indicative perfect, since (R. V. now that I am become), 1 Corinthians 13:11; with the indicative future: Luke 17:22; John 4:21, 23; John 5:25; John 16:25; Romans 2:16 (R G T Tr text WH marginal reading) (where Lachmann ἡ (others besides)); 2 Timothy 4:3. 2. with the aorist subjunctive: ἕως ἄν ἥξῃ, ὅτε εἴπητε (where ὅταν, might have been expected), until the time have come, when ye have said, Luke 13:35 (R G (cf. Tr brackets)); cf. Matthiae, ii., p. 1196f; Bornemann, Scholia in Lucae evang., p. 92; Winers Grammar, 298 (279); (Bernhardy (1829), p. 400; cf. Buttmann, 231f (199)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅτι Transliteration: hoti Phonetic Spelling: hot'-ee Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: that, because Meaning: that, because GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3754 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3754 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3754 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3754 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3754, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅτι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3754 hoti 🕊 Strong's Concordance: as great as, as many asNeuter of hostis as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because -- as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why. see GREEK hostis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3754: ὅτιὅτι (properly neuter of ὅστις), a conjunction (from Homer down) (Latinquod (cf. Winers Grammar, § 53, 8 b.; Buttmann, § 139, 51; § 149, 3)), marking: I. the substance or contents (of a statement), that; 1. joined to verbs of saying and declaring (where the accusative and infinitive is used in Latin): ἀναγγέλλειν, Acts 14:27; διηγεῖσθαι, Acts 9:27; εἰπεῖν, Matthew 16:20; Matthew 28:7, 13; John 7:42; John 16:15; 1 Corinthians 1:15; λέγειν, Matthew 3:9; Matthew 8:11; Mark 3:28; Luke 15:7; John 16:20; Romans 4:9 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets ὅτι); , and very often; προειρηκέναι, 2 Corinthians 7:3; before the ὅτι in Acts 14:22 supply λέγοντες, contained in the preceding παρακαλοῦντες (cf. Buttmann, § 151, 11); ὅτι after γράφειν, 1 Corinthians 9:10; 1 John 2:12-14; μαρτυρεῖν, Matthew 23:31; John 1:34; John 3:28; John 4:44; ὁμολογεῖν, Hebrews 11:13; δεικνύειν, Matthew 16:21; δηλουν, 1 Corinthians 1:11; διδάσκειν, 1 Corinthians 11:14. after ἐμφανίζειν, Hebrews 11:14; δῆλον (ἐστιν), 1 Corinthians 15:27; Galatians 3:11; 1 Timothy 6:7 (where L T Tr WH omit δῆλον (and then ὅτι simply introduces the reason, because (Buttmann, 358 (308) to the contrary))); φανεροῦμαι (for φανερόν γίνεται περί ἐμοῦ), 2 Corinthians 3:3; 1 John 2:19. It is added — to verbs of swearing, and to forms of oath and affirmation: ὄμνυμι, Revelation 10:6; ζῶ ἐγώ (see ζάω, I. 1, p. 270{a}), Romans 14:11; μάρτυρα τόν Θεόν ἐπικαλοῦμαι, 2 Corinthians 1:23; πιστός ὁ Θεός, 2 Corinthians 1:18; ἐστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, 2 Corinthians 11:10; ἰδού ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Galatians 1:20; cf. Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, ii., p. 242f; (Winers Grammar, § 53, 9; Buttmann, 394 (338)); — to verbs of perceiving, knowing, remembering, etc.: ἀκούειν, John 14:28; βλέπειν, 2 Corinthians 7:8; Hebrews 3:19; James 2:22; θέασθαι, John 6:5; γινώσκειν, Matthew 21:45; Luke 10:11; John 4:53; 2 Corinthians 13:6; 1 John 2:5, etc.; after τοῦτο, Romans 6:6; εἰδέναι, Matthew 6:32; Matthew 22:16; Mark 2:10; Luke 2:49; John 4:42; John 9:20, 24; Romans 2:2; Romans 6:9; Philippians 4:15f, and very often γνωστόν ἐστιν, Acts 28:28; ἐπιγινώσκειν, Mark 2:8; Luke 1:22; Acts 4:13; ἐπίστασθαί, Acts 15:7; νόειν, Matthew 15:17; ὁρᾶν, James 2:24; καταλαμβάνειν, Acts 4:13; Acts 10:34; συνιέναι, Matthew 16:12; ἀγνοεῖν, Romans 1:13; Romans 2:4; Romans 6:3, etc.; ἀναγινώσκειν, Matthew 12:5; Matthew 19:4; μνημονεύειν, John 16:5; — to verbs of thinking, believing, judging, hoping: λογίζεσθαι, John 11:50 L T Tr WH; after τοῦτο, Romans 2:3; 2 Corinthians 10:11; νομίζειν, Matthew 5:17; οἶμαι, James 1:7; πέπεισμαι, Romans 8:38; Romans 14:14; Romans 15:14; 2 Timothy 1:5, 12; πεποιθέναι, Luke 18:9; 2 Corinthians 2:3; Philippians 2:24; Galatians 5:10; 2 Thessalonians 3:4; Hebrews 13:18; πιστεύειν, Matthew 9:28; Mark 11:23; Romans 10:9; ὑπολαμβάνειν, Luke 7:43; δοκεῖν, Matthew 6:7; Matthew 26:53; John 20:15; ἐλπίζειν, Luke 24:21; 2 Corinthians 13:6; κρίνειν τοῦτο ὅτι, 2 Corinthians 5:14 (15); — to verbs of emotion (where in Latin now the accusative and infinitive is used, nowquod): θαυμάζειν Luke 11:38; χαίρειν, John 14:28; 2 Corinthians 7:9, 16; Philippians 4:10; 2 John 1:4; ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, Luke 10:20; συγχαίρειν, Luke 15:6, 9; μέλει μοι (σοι, αὐτῷ), Mark 4:38; Luke 10:40; — to verbs of praising, thanking, blaming (where the Latin usesquod): ἐπαινεῖν, Luke 16:8; 1 Corinthians 11:2, 17; ἐξομολογεῖσθαι, Matthew 11:25; Luke 10:21; εὐχαριστεῖν, Luke 18:11; χάρις τῷ Θεῷ, Romans 6:17; χάριν ἔχω τίνι, 1 Timothy 1:12; ἔχω κατά τίνος, ὅτι etc. Revelation 2:4; ἔχω τοῦτο ὅτι, I have this (which is praiseworthy) that, Revelation 2:6; add, John 7:23 (but here ὅτι is causal; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 53, 8 b.); 1 Corinthians 6:7; — to the verb εἶναι, when that precedes with a demons. pronoun, in order to define more exactly what thing is or wherein it may be seen: αὕτη ἐστιν ὅτι (Latinquod), John 3:19; ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, 1 John 3:16; 1 John 4:9f, 13, etc.; περί τούτου ὅτι, John 16:19; οὐχ οἷον δέ ὅτι (see οἷος), Romans 9:6; — to the verbs γίνεσθαι and εἶναι with an interrogative pronoun, as τί γέγονεν ὅτι etc., what has come to pass that? our how comes it that? John 14:22; τί (L marginal reading τίς) ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι, Hebrews 2:6 from Psalm 8:5. τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος (namely, ἐστιν), ὅτι, Luke 4:36; ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι, Matthew 8:27; τίς ἡ διδαχή αὕτη, ὅτι, Mark 1:27 Rec.; add Mark 4:41. 2. in elliptical formulas (Buttmann, 358 (307); (Winer's Grammar, 585 (544) note)): τί ὅτι etc., equivalent to τί ἐστιν ὅτι (A. V. how is it that), wherefore? Mark 2:16 R G L (others omit τί; cf. 5 below, and see ὅστις, 4); Luke 2:49; Acts 5:4, 9. οὐχ ὅτι for οὐ λέγω ὅτι, our not that, not as though, cf. Buttmann, § 150, 1; (Winer's Grammar, 597 (555)); thus, John 6:46; John 7:22; 2 Corinthians 1:24; 2 Corinthians 3:5; Philippians 3:12; Philippians 4:11. ὅτι is used for εἰς ἐκεῖνο ὅτι (in reference to the fact that (English seeing that, in that")): thus in John 2:18; (Meyer (see his note on 1 Corinthians 1:26) would add many other examples, among them John 9:17 (see below)); for ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, Romans 5:8; for περί τούτου ὅτι, concerning this, that: so after λαλεῖν, Mark 1:34; Luke 4:41 (others take ὅτι, in these examples and those after διαλογ. which follow in a causal sense; cf. Winer's Grammar, as below (Ellicott on 2 Thessalonians 3:7)); after λέγειν, John 9:17 (see above); after διαλογίζεσθαι, Matthew 16:8; Mark 8:17 (after ἀποστέλλειν σπιστολας, 1 Macc. 12:7). See examples from classic authors in Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 248f; (Meyer, as above; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 53, 8b.). 3. Noteworthy is the attraction, not uncommon, by which the noun that would naturally be the subject of the subjoined clause, is attracted by the verb of the principal clause and becomes its object (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 66, 5; B § 151, 1 a.); as, οἴδατε τήν οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ, ὅτι ἐστιν ἀπαρχή, for οἴδατε, ὅτι ἡ οἰκία Στεφανᾶ, κτλ., 1 Corinthians 16:15; also after εἰδέναι and ἰδεῖν, Mark 12:34; 1 Thessalonians 2:1; so after other verbs of knowing, declaring, etc.: Matthew 25:24; John 9:8; Acts 3:10; Acts 9:20; 1 Corinthians 3:20; 2 Thessalonians 2:4; Revelation 17:8, etc.; ὅν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι Θεός ὑμῶν ἐστι, for περί οὐ (cf. Luke 21:5) ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι, John 8:54. 4. As respects construction, ὅτι is joined in the N. T. a. to the indicative even where the opinion of another is introduced, and therefore according to classical usage the optative should have been used; as, διεστείλατο ... ἵνα μηδενί εἴπωσιν, ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, Matthew 16:20; add, ; , etc. b. to that subjunctive after ὀυτ μή which differs scarcely at all from the future (see μή, IV. 2, p. 411a; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 508 (473))): Matthew 5:20; Matthew 26:29 (R G; others omit ὅτι); Mark 14:25; Luke 21:32; John 11:56 (where before ὅτι supply δοκεῖτε, borrowed from the preceding δοκεῖ); but in Romans 3:8 ὅτι before ποιήσωμεν (hortatory subjunctive (cf. Winers Grammar, § 41 a. 4 a.; Buttmann, 245 (211))) is recitative (see 5 below), depending on λέγουσι (Winers Grammar, 628 (583); Buttmann, § 141, 3). c. to the infinitive, by a mingling of two constructions, common even in classic Greek, according to which the writer beginning the construction with ὅτι falls into the construction of the accusative with an infinitive: Acts 27:10; cf. Winers Grammar, 339 (318) N. 2; (sec. 63, 2c.; Buttmann, 383 (328)). On the anacoluthon found in 1 Corinthians 12:2, according to the reading ὅτι ὅτε (which appears in the Sinaiticus manuscript also (and is adopted by L brackets T Tr WH (yet cf. their note))), cf. Buttmann, 383f (328f). 5. ὅτι is placed before direct discourse (`recitative' ὅτι) (Buttmann,sec. 139, 51; Winer's Grammar, § 65, 3 c.; § 60, 9 (and Moulton's note)): Matthew 2:23(?); ; Mark ( T Tr WH (see 2 above); but see ὅστις, 4); (cf. Buttmann, 237 (204)); Luke 1:61; Luke 2:23; Luke 4:43; Luke 15:27; John 1:20; John 4:17; John 15:25; John 16:17; Acts 15:1; Hebrews 11:18; 1 John 4:20; Revelation 3:17, etc.; most frequently after λέγω, which see II. 1 a., p. 373{a} bottom (Noteworthy is 2 Thessalonians 3:10, cf. Buttmann, § 139, 53.) II. the reason why anything is said to be or to be done, because, since, for that, for (a causal conjunc.; Latinquod,quia,quom,nam); (on the difference between it and γάρ cf. Westcott, Epistles of John, p. 70); a. it is added to a speaker's words to show what ground he gives for his opinion; as, μακάριος etc. ὅτι, Matthew 5:4-12; Matthew 13:16; Luke 6:20; Luke 14:14; after οὐαί, Matthew 11:21; Matthew 23:13-15, 23, 25, 27, 29; Luke 6:24; Luke 10:13; Luke 11:42-44, 46, 52; Jude 1:11; cf. further, Matthew 7:13; Matthew 17:15; Matthew 25:8; Mark 5:9; Mark 9:38 (G Tr marginal reading omit; Tr text brackets the clause); Luke 7:47; Luke 23:40; John 1:30; John 5:27; John 9:16; John 16:9-11, 14, 16 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets the clause); Acts 1:5, and often; — or is added by the narrator, to give the reason for his own opinion: Matthew 2:18; Matthew 9:36; Mark 3:30; Mark 6:34; John 2:25; Acts 1:17; — or, in general, by a teacher, and often in such a way that it relates to his entire statement or views: Matthew 5:43; 1 John 4:18; 2 John 1:7; Revelation 3:10. b. ὅτι makes reference to some word or words that precede or immediately follow it (cf. Winers Grammar, § 23, 5; § 53, 8 b.; Buttmann, § 127, 6); as, διά τοῦτο, John 8:47; John 10:17; John 12:39; 1 John 3:1, etc. διά τί; Romans 9:32; 2 Corinthians 11:11. χάριν τίνος; 1 John 3:12. οὕτως, Revelation 3:16. ἐν τούτῳ, 1 John 3:20. ὅτι in the protasis, John 1:50(); . It is followed by διά τοῦτο, John 15:19. οὐχ ὅτι ... ἀλλ' ὅτι, not because ... but because, John 6:26; John 12:6. III. On the combination ὡς ὅτι see ὡς, I. 3. STRONGS NT 3754: ὅτι (interrog) [ὅτι (interrog) interrogative, i. e. ὁ, τί or ὁ τί, see ὅστις, 4 (and at the beginning).) ὅστις, 4 (and at the beginning).] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὅτου Transliteration: hotou Phonetic Spelling: hot'-oo Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun Short Definition: while Meaning: while GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3755 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3755 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3755 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3755 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3755, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὅτου [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3755 hotou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whileFor the genitive case of hostis (as adverb); during which same time, i.e. Whilst -- whiles. see GREEK hostis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3755: ὅτουὅτου, see ὅστις at the beginning |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐ Transliteration: ou Phonetic Spelling: oo Part of Speech: Particle, Negative Short Definition: not, no Meaning: not, no GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3756 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3756 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3756 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3756 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3756, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3756 ou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nay, neither, never, noAlso (before a vowel) ouk (ook), and (before an aspirate) ouch (ookh) a primary word; the absolute negative (compare me) adverb; no or not -- + long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also ou me, mekos. see GREEK me see GREEK ou me see GREEK mekos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3756: οὐοὐ before a consonant, οὐκ before a vowel with a smooth breathing, and οὐχ before an aspirated vowel; but sometimes in the best manuscripts οὐχ occurs even before a smooth breathing; accordingly, L T WH marginal reading have adopted οὐχ ἰδού, Acts 2:7; L T οὐχ Ἰουδαϊκῶς, Galatians 2:14 (see WH, Introduction, § 409); L οὐχ ὀλίγος, Acts 19:23; οὐχ ἠγάπησαν, Revelation 12:11; and contrariwise οὐκ before an aspirate, as οὐκ ἕστηκεν, John 8:44 T; (οὐκ ἕνεκεν, 2 Corinthians 7:12 T); (οὐκ εὗρον, Luke 24:3; (οὐκ ὑπάρχει, Acts 3:6) in manuscript א (also C*; cf. the Alex. manuscript in 1 Esdr. 4:2, 12; Job 19:16; Job 38:11, 26)); cf. Winers Grammar, § 5, 1 d. 14; Buttmann, 7; (A. V. Schütz, Hist. Alphab. Art., Berol. 1875, pp. 54-58; Sophocles, Hist. of Greek Alphab., 1st edition 1848, p. 64f (on the breathing); Tdf., the Sept., edition 4, Proleg., pp. xxxiii. xxxiv.; Scrivener, Collation etc., 2nd edition, p. 55: no. 9; id. manuscript Bezae, p. xlvii. no. 11 (cf. p. xiii. no. 5); Kuenen and Cobet, N. T. etc., p. 87f; Tdf. Proleg., p. 90f; WH. Introductory §§ 405ff, and Appendix, p. 143f); the Sept. for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין; a particle of negation, not (how it differs from μή has been explained in μή, at the beginning); it is used: 1. absolutely and accented, οὐ, nay, no (Winer's Grammar, 476 (444)): in answers, ὁ δέ φησίν. οὐ, Matthew 13:29; ἀπεκρίθη. Οὐ, John 1:21; (), cf. 7:12; repeated, οὐ οὐ, it strengthens the negation, nay, nay, by no means, Matthew 5:37; ἤτω ὑμῶν τό οὐ οὐ, let your denial be truthful, James 5:12; on 2 Corinthians 1:17-19, see ναί. 2. It is joined to other words — to a finite verb, simply to deny that what is declared in the verb applies to the subject of the sentence: Matthew 1:25 (οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτήν); Mark 3:25; Luke 6:43; John 10:28; Acts 7:5; Romans 1:16, and times without number. It has the same force when conjoined to participles: ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων, 1 Corinthians 9:26; οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου, at the time when he had no child, Acts 7:5 (μή ὄντος would be, although he had no child); add, Romans 8:20; 1 Corinthians 4:14; 2 Corinthians 4:8; Galatians 4:8, 27; Colossians 2:19; Philippians 3:3; Hebrews 11:35; 1 Peter 1:8; ὁ ... οὐκ ὤν ποιμήν, John 10:12 (where according to classical usage μή must have been employed, because such a person is imagined as is not a shepherd; (cf. Buttmann, 351 (301) and μή, I. 5 b.)). in relative sentences: εἰσιν ... τινες οἱ οὐ πιστεύουσιν, John 6:64; add, Matthew 10:38; Matthew 12:2; Luke 6:2; Romans 15:21; Galatians 3:10, etc.; οὐκ ἐστιν ὅς and οὐδέν ἐστιν ὁ followed by a future: Matthew 10:26; Luke 8:17; Luke 12:2; τίς ἐστιν, ὅς οὐ followed by a present indicative: Acts 19:35; Hebrews 12:7; cf. Winers Grammar, 481 (448); Buttmann, 355 (305); in statements introduced by ὅτι after verbs of understanding, perceiving, saying, etc.: John 5:42; John 8:55, etc.; ὅτι οὐκ (where οὐκ is pleonastic) after ἀρνεῖσθαι, 1 John 2:22; cf. Buttmann, § 148, 13; (Winer's Grammar, § 65, 2 β.); — to an infinitive, where μή might have been expected: τίς ἔτι χρεία κατά τήν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα καί οὐ κατά τήν τάξιν Ἀαρών λέγεσθαι, Hebrews 7:11 (where the difficulty is hardly removed by saying (e. g. with Winer's Grammar, 482 (449)) that οὐ belongs only to κατά τήν τάξιν Ἀαρών, not to the infinitive). it serves to deny other parts of statements: οὐκ ἐν σοφία λόγου, 1 Corinthians 1:17; οὐ μέλανι, οὐκ ἐν πλαξί λιθίναις, 2 Corinthians 3:3, and many other examples; — to deny the object, ἔλεος (R G ἔλεον) θέλω, οὐ θυσίαν, Matthew 9:13; Matthew 12:7; οὐκ ἐμέ δέχεται, Mark 9:37. It blends with the term to which it is prefixed into a single and that an affirmative idea (Winers Grammar, 476 (444); cf. Buttmann, 347 (298)); as, οὐκ ἐάω, to present, hinder, Acts 16:7; Acts 19:30 (cf., on this phrase, Herm. ad Vig., p. 887f); οὐκ ἔχω, to be poor, Matthew 13:12; Mark 4:25 (see ἔχω, I. 2 a., p. 266{b}); τά οὐκ ἀνήκοντα (or ἅ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν, L T Tr WH), unseemly, dishonorable, Ephesians 5:4 (see μή, I. 5 d. at the end, p. 410a; (cf. Buttmann, § 148, 7{a}.; Winer's Grammar, 486 (452))); often so as to form a litotes; as, οὐκ ἀγνοέω, to know well, 2 Corinthians 2:11 (Wis. 12:10); οὐκ ὀλίγοι, not a few, i. e. very many, Acts 17:4, 12; Acts 19:23; Acts 15:2; Acts 14:28; Acts 27:20; οὐ πολλαί ἡμέραι, a few days, Luke 15:13; John 2:12; Acts 1:5; οὐ πολύ, Acts 27:14; οὐ μετρίως, Acts 20:12; οὐκ ἄσημος, not undistinguished (A. V. no mean etc.), Acts 21:39; οὐκ ἐκ μέτρου, John 3:34. it serves to limit the term to which it is joined: οὐ πάντως, not altogether, not entirely (see πάντως, c. β.); οὐ πᾶς, not any and every one, Matthew 7:21; plural, οὐ πάντες, not all, Matthew 19:11; Romans 9:6; Romans 10:16; οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ, not every kind of flesh, 1 Corinthians 15:39; οὐ παντί τῷ λαῷ, not to all the people, Acts 10:41; on the other hand, when οὐ is joined to the verb, πᾶς ... οὐ must be rendered no one, no (as in Hebrew, now כָּל ... לֹא, now לֹא ... כָּל; cf. Winer, Lex. Hebrew et Chald., p. 513f): Luke 1:31; Ephesians 5:5; 1 John 2:21; Revelation 22:3; πᾶσα σάρξ ... οὐ with a verb, no flesh, no mortal, Matthew 24:22; Mark 13:20; Romans 3:20; Galatians 2:16; cf. Winers Grammar, § 26, 1; (Buttmann, 121 (106)). Joined to a noun it denies and annuls the idea of the noun; as, τόν οὐ λαόν, a people that is not a people (German einNichtvolk, a no-people), Romans 9:25, cf. 1 Peter 2:10; ἐπ' οὐκ ἔθνει (R. V. with that which is no nation), Romans 10:19 (so עָם לֹא; אֵל לֹא, a no-god, Deuteronomy 32:21; עֵץ לֹא, a not-wood, Isaiah 10:15; οὐκ ἀρχιερεύς, 2 Macc. 4:13; ἡ οὐ διάλυσις, Thucydides 1, 137, 4; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις 3, 95, 2; ἡ οὐκ ἐξουσία 5, 50, 3; δἰ ἀπειροσυναν ... κουκ ἀπόδειξιν, Euripides, Hippolytus 196, and other examples in Greek writings; non sutor, Horace sat. 2, 3, 106; non corpus, Cicero, acad. 1, 39 at the end); cf. Winers Grammar, 476 (444); (Buttmann, § 148, 9); ἡ οὐκ ἠγαπημένη, Romans 9:25; οἱ οὐκ ἠλεημένοι, 1 Peter 2:10. 3. followed by another negative, a. it strengthens the negation: οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα, John 8:15; add, Mark 5:37; 2 Corinthians 11:9 (8); οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδέπω οὐδείς κείμενος, Luke 23:53 (see οὐδέπω); οὐκ ... οὐδέν, nothing at all, Luke 4:2; John 6:63; John 11:49; John 12:19; John 15:5; οὐ μέλει σοι περί οὐδενός, Matthew 22:16; οὐκ ... οὐκέτι, Acts 8:39; cf. Matthiae, § 609, 3; Kühner, ii. § 516; Winers Grammar, § 55, 9{b}; (Buttmann, § 148, 11). b. as in Latin, it changes a negation into an affirmation (cf. Matthiae, § 609, 2; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 695f; Winers Grammar, § 55, 9 a.; Buttmann, § 148, 12); οὐ παρά τοῦτο οὐκ ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, not on this account is it not of the body, i. e. it belongs to the body, does not cease to be of the body, 1 Corinthians 12:15; οὐ δυνάμεθα ἅ εἴδομεν καί ἠκούσαμεν μή λαλεῖν, we are unable not to speak (A. V. we cannot but speak), Acts 4:20. 4. It is used in disjunctive statements where one thing is denied that another may be established (Winers Grammar, § 55, 8; cf. Buttmann, 356 (306)): οὐκ ... ἀλλά, Luke 8:52; Luke 24:6 (WH reject the clause); John 1:33; John 7:10, 12, 16; John 8:49; Acts 10:41; Romans 8:20; 1 Corinthians 15:10; 2 Corinthians 3:3; 2 Corinthians 8:5; Hebrews 2:16, etc.; see ἀλλά II. 1; οὐχ ἵνα ... ἀλλ' ἵνα, John 3:17; οὐχ ἵνα ... ἀλλά, John 6:38; οὐ μόνον ... ἀλλά καί, see ἀλλά, II. 1 and μόνος, 2; οὐκ ... εἰ μή, see εἰ, III. 8 c., p. 171{b}; οὐ μή with subjunctive aorist followed by εἰ μή, Revelation 21:27 (see εἰ as above, β.). 5. It is joined to other particles: οὐ μή, not at all, by no means, surely not, in no wise, see μή, IV.; οὐ μηκέτι with aorist subjunctive Matthew 21:19 L T Tr marginal reading WH. μή οὐ, where μή is interrogative (Latinnum) and οὐ negative (cf. Buttmann, 248 (214), 354 (304); Winer's Grammar, 511 (476)): Romans 10:18; 1 Corinthians 9:4; 1 Corinthians 11:22. εἰ οὐ, see εἰ, III. 11, p. 172a. οὐ γάρ (see γάρ, I., p. 109b), Acts 16:37. 6. As in Hebrew לֹא with imperfect, so in Biblical Greek οὐ with 2 person future is used in emphatic prohibition (in secular authors it is milder; cf. Winers Grammar, § 43, 5 c.; also 501f (467f); (Buttmann, § 139, 64); Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 259f (cf. p. 252f) thinks otherwise, but not correctly): Matthew 6:5; and besides in the moral precepts of the O. T., Matthew 4:7; Matthew 19:18; Luke 4:12; Acts 23:5; Romans 7:7; Romans 13:9. 7. οὐ is used interrogatively — when an affirmative answer is expected (Latinnonne; (Winers Grammar, § 57, 3{a}; Buttmann, 247 (213))): Matthew 6:26, 30; Matthew 17:24; Mark 4:21; Mark 12:24; Luke 11:40; John 4:35; John 7:25; Acts 9:21; Romans 9:21; 1 Corinthians 9:1, 6f, 12; James 2:4, and often; οὐκ οἴδατε κτλ.; and the like, see εἰδῶ, II. 1, p. 174{a}; ἀλλ' οὐ, Hebrews 3:16 (see ἀλλά, I. 10, p. 28{a}); οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; answerest thou nothing at all? Mark 14:60; Mark 15:4; — where an exclamation of reproach or wonder, which denies directly, may take the place of a negative question: Mark 4:13, 38; Luke 17:18; Acts 13:10 (cf. Buttmann, § 139, 65); (on which see ἄρα, 1); cf. Winer's Grammar, as above; οὐ μή πίω αὐτό; shall I not drink it? John 18:11; cf. Winers Grammar, p. 512 (477); (cf. Buttmann, § 139, 2). STRONGS NT 3756: οὐχοὐχ, see οὐ. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὗ Transliteration: hou Phonetic Spelling: hoo Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: where (adv. of place) Meaning: where GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3757 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3757 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3757 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3757 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3757, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὗ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3757 hou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wherein, whithersoever. Genitive case of hos as adverb; at which place, i.e. Where -- where(-in), whither(-soever). see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3757: οὗοὗ, see ὅς, ἡ, ὁ, II. 11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐά Transliteration: oua Phonetic Spelling: oo-ah' Part of Speech: Interjection Short Definition: ah! ha! (an expression of wonder or surprise) Meaning: ah! ha! (an expression of wonder or surprise) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3758 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3758 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3758 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3758 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3758, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3758 oua 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ah!A primary exclamation of surprise; "ah" -- ah. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3758: οὐάοὐά, Tdf. οὐά (see Proleg., p. 101; cf. Chandler § 892), "Ah! Ha!" an interjection of wonder and amazement: Epictetus diss. 3, 22, 34; 3, 23, 24; Dio Cassius, 63, 20; called out by the overthrow of a boastful adversary, Mark 15:29. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐαί Transliteration: ouai Phonetic Spelling: oo-ah'-ee Part of Speech: Interjection, Noun, Indeclinable, Other Type Short Definition: alas! woe! (an expression of grief or denunciation) Meaning: alas! woe! (an expression of grief or denunciation) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3759 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3759 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3759 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3759 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3759, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐαί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3759 ouai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: alas, woe. A primary exclamation of grief; "woe" -- alas, woe. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3759: οὐαίοὐαί, an interjection of grief or of denunciation; the Sept. chiefly for הוי and אוי; "Alas! Woe!" with a dat of person added, Matthew 11:21; Matthew 18:7; Matthew 23:13-16, 23, 25, 27, 29; Matthew 24:19; Matthew 26:24; Mark 13:17; Mark 14:21; Luke 6:24-26; Luke 10:13; Luke 11:42-44, 46f, 52; Luke 21:23; Luke 22:22; Jude 1:11; Revelation 12:12 R G L, small edition. (see below) (Numbers 21:29; Isaiah 3:9, and often in the Sept.); thrice repeated, and followed by a dative, Revelation 8:13 R G L WH marginal reading (see below); the dative is omitted in Luke 17:1; twice repeated and followed by a nominative in place of a vocative, Revelation 18:10, 16, 19 (Isaiah 1:24; Isaiah 5:8-22; Habakkuk 2:6, 12, etc.); exceptionally, with an accusative of the person, in Revelation 8:13 T Tr WH text, and L T Tr WH; this accusative, I think, must be regarded either as an accusative of exclamation (cf. Matthiae, § 410), or as an imitation of the construction of the accusative after verbs of injuring (Buttmann, § 131, 14 judges otherwise); with the addition of ἀπό and a genitive of the evil the infliction of which is deplored (cf. Buttmann, 322 (277); Winer's Grammar, 371 (348)), Matthew 18:7; also of ἐκ, Revelation 8:13. As a substantive, ἡ οὐαί (the writer seems to have been led to use the feminine by the similarity of ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ ταλαιπωρία; cf. Winers Grammar, 179 (169)) woe, calamity: Revelation 9:12; Revelation 11:14; δύο οὐαί, Revelation 9:12 (οὐαί ἐπί οὐαί ἔσται, Ezekiel 7:26; οὐαί ἡμᾶς λήψεται Evang. Nicod c. 21 (Pars ii., 5:1 (edited by Tdf.))); so also in the phrase οὐαί μοι ἐστιν, woe is unto me, i. e. divine penalty threatens me, 1 Corinthians 9:16, cf. Hosea 9:12; (Jeremiah 6:4); Epictetus diss. 3, 19, 1 (frequent in ecclesiastical writings). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐδαμῶς Transliteration: oudamōs Phonetic Spelling: oo-dam-oce' Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: by no means Meaning: by no means GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3760 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3760 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3760 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3760 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3760, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐδαμῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3760 oudamōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: by no meansAdverb from (the feminine) of oudeis; by no means -- not. see GREEK oudeis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3760: οὐδαμῶςοὐδαμῶς (from οὐδαμός, not even one; and this from οὐδέ and ἆμος (allied perhaps with ἅμα; cf. Vanicek, p. 972; Curtius, § 600)), adverb, from Herodotus (and Aeschylus) down, by no means, in no wise: Matthew 2:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐδέ Transliteration: oude Phonetic Spelling: oo-deh' Part of Speech: Conjunction,Negative Short Definition: and not, neither Meaning: and not, neither GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3761 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3761 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3761 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3761 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3761, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐδέ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3761 oude 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neither, not evenFrom ou and de; not however, i.e. Neither, nor, not even -- neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as. see GREEK ou see GREEK de Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3761: οὐδέοὐδέ (from Homer down), a neg. disjunctive conjunction, compounded of οὐ and δέ, and therefore properly, equivalent to but not; generally, however, its oppositive force being lost, it serves to continue a negation. (On the elision of ἐ when the next word begins with a vowel (observed by Tdf. in eight instances, neglected in fifty-eight), see Tdf. Proleg., p. 96; cf. WHs Appendix, p. 146; Winers Grammar, § 5, 1 a.; Buttmann, p. 10f) It signifies: 1. and not, continuing a negation, yet differently from οὔτε; for the latter connects parts or members of the same thing, since τέ is adjunctive like the Latinque; but οὐδέ places side by side things that are equal and mutually exclude each other ((?). There appears to be some mistake here in what is said about 'mutual exclusion' (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 55, 6): οὐδέ, like δέ, always makes reference to something preceding; οὔτε to what follows also; the connection of clauses made negative by οὔτε is close and internal, so that they are mutually complementary and combine into a unity, whereas clauses negatived by οὐδέ follow one another much more loosely, often almost by accident as it were; see Winer's Grammar, at the passage cited, and especially the quotations there given from Benfey and Klotz.) It differs from μηδέ as οὐ does from μή (which see ad at the beginning); after οὐ, where each has its own verb: Matthew 5:15 6:28; Mark 4:22; Luke 6:44; Acts 2:27; Acts 9:9; Acts 17:24; Galatians 1:17; Galatians 4:14; οὐκ οἶδα οὐδέ ἐπίσταμαι, Mark 14:68 R G L marginal reading (others, οὔτε ... οὔτε) (Cicero, pro Rosc. American 43,non novi neque scio); cf. Winers Grammar, 490 (456) c.; (Buttmann, 367 (315) note); οὐ ... οὐδέ ... οὐδέ, not ... nor ... nor, Matthew 6:26; οὐδείς ... οὐδέ ... οὐδέ ... οὐδέ, Revelation 5:3 (R G; cf. Buttmann, 367 (315); Winer's Grammar, 491 (457)); οὐ ... οὐδέ; followed by a future ... οὐδέ μή followed by subjunctive aorist ... οὐδέ, Revelation 7:16. οὐ ... οὐδέ, the same verb being common to both: Matthew 10:24; Matthew 25:13; Luke 6:43; Luke 8:17 (cf. Winers Grammar, 300 (281); Buttmann, 355 (305) cf. § 139, 7); John 6:24; John 13:16; Acts 8:21; Acts 16:21; Acts 24:18; Romans 2:28; Romans 9:16; Galatians 1:1; Galatians 3:28; 1 Thessalonians 5:5; 1 Timothy 2:12; Revelation 21:23. preceded by οὔπω, Mark 8:17; — by οὐδείς, Matthew 9:17; — by ἵνα μή, which is followed by οὐδέ ... οὐδέ, where μηδέ ... μηδέ might have been expected (cf. Buttmann, § 148, 8; (Winer's Grammar, 474 (442))) Revelation 9:4. οὐδέ γάρ, for neither, John 8:42; Romans 8:7. 2. also not (A. V. generally neither): Matthew 6:15; Matthew 21:27; Matthew 25:45; Mark 11:26 (R L); Luke 16:31; John 15:4; Romans 4:15; Romans 11:21; 1 Corinthians 15:13, 16; Galatians 1:12 (οὐδέ γάρ ἐγώ (cf. Buttmann, 367 (315) note; 492 (458))); Hebrews 8:4, etc.; ἀλλ' οὐδέ, Luke 23:15; ἤ οὐδέ, in a question, or doth not even etc.? 1 Corinthians 11:14 Rec.; the simple οὐδέ, num ne quidem (have ye not even etc.) in a question where a negative answer is assumed (see οὐ, 7): Mark 12:10; Luke 6:3; Luke 23:40; and G L T Tr WH in 1 Corinthians 11:14. 3. not even (Buttmann, 369 (316)): Matthew 6:29; Matthew 8:10; Mark 6:31; Luke 7:9; Luke 12:27; John 21:25 (Tdf. omits the verse); 1 Corinthians 5:1; 1 Corinthians 14:21; οὐδέ εἷς (Winers Grammar, 173 (163); Buttmann, § 127, 32), Acts 4:32; Romans 3:10; 1 Corinthians 6:5 (L T Tr WH οὐδείς); οὐδέ ἕν, John 1:3; ἀλλ' οὐδέ, Acts 19:2; 1 Corinthians 3:2 (Rec. ἀλλ' οὔτε); ; Galatians 2:3. in a double negative for the sake of emphasis, οὐκ ... οὐδέ (Buttmann, 369 (316); Winer's Grammar, 500 (465)): Matthew 27:14; Luke 18:13; Acts 7:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐδείς Transliteration: oudeis Phonetic Spelling: oo-dice' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: no one, none Meaning: no one, none GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3762 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3762 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3762 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3762 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3762, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐδείς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3762 oudeis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: none, no oneIncluding feminine oudemia (oo-dem-ee'-ah), and neuter ouden (oo-den') from oude and heis; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. None, nobody, nothing -- any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought. see GREEK oude see GREEK heis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3762: οὐδείςοὐδείς, οὐδεμία (the feminine only in these passages: Mark 6:5; Luke 4:26; John 16:29; John 18:38; John 19:4; Acts 25:18; Acts 27:22; Philippians 4:15; 1 John 1:5, and Rec. in James 3:12), οὐδέν (and, according to a pronunciation not infrequent from Aristotle, and Theophrastus down, οὐθείς, οὐθέν: 1 Corinthians 13:2 Rst L T Tr WH; Acts 19:27 L T Tr WH; 2 Corinthians 11:8-9L T Tr WH; Luke 22:35 T Tr WH; T Tr WH; Acts 15:9 T Tr WH text; Acts 26:26 T WH Tr brackets; 1 Corinthians 13:3 Tdf.; see μηδείς at the beginning and Göttling on Aristotle, pol., p. 218; (Meisterhans, Grammatik d. Attisch. Inschriften, § 20, 5; see Liddell and Scott, under the word οὐθείς; cf. Lob. Pathol. Elem. ii. 344); Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 10 Anm. 7) (from οὐδέ and εἷς) (fr. Homer down), and not one, no one, none, no; it differs from μηδείς as οὐ does from μή (which see at the beginning); 1. with nouns: masc, Luke 4:24; Luke 16:13; 1 Corinthians 8:4; οὐδείς ἄλλος, John 15:24; οὐδεμία in the passages given above; neuter, Luke 23:4; John 10:41; Acts 17:21; Acts 23:9; Acts 28:5; Romans 8:1; Romans 14:14; Galatians 5:10, etc. 2. absolutely: οὐδείς, Matthew 6:24; Matthew 9:16; Mark 3:27; Mark 5:4; Mark 7:24; Luke 1:61; Luke 5:39 (WH in brackets); ; John 1:18; John 4:27; Acts 18:10; Acts 25:11; Romans 14:7, and very often. with a partitive genitive: Luke 4:26; Luke 14:24; John 13:28; Acts 5:13; 1 Corinthians 1:14; 1 Corinthians 2:8; 1 Timothy 6:16. οὐδείς εἰ μή, Matthew 19:17 Rec.; ; Mark 10:18; Luke 18:19; John 3:13; 1 Corinthians 12:3; Revelation 19:12, etc.; ἐάν μή, John 3:2; John 6:44, 65. οὐκ ... οὐδείς (see οὐ, 3 a.), Matthew 22:16; Mark 5:37; Mark 6:5; Mark 12:14; Luke 8:43; John 8:15; John 18:9, 31; Acts 4:12; 2 Corinthians 11:9 (8); οὐκέτι ... οὐδείς, Mark 9:8; οὐδέπω ... οὐδείς, Luke 23:53 (Tdf. οὐδείς ... οὐδέπω; L Tr WH οὐδείς οὔπω); John 19:41; Acts 8:16 (L T Tr WH); οὐδείς ... οὐκέτι, Mark 12:34; Revelation 18:11. neuter οὐδέν, nothing, Matthew 10:26 (cf. Winers Grammar, 300 (281); Buttmann, 355 (305)); Matthew 17:20; Matthew 26:62; Matthew 27:12, and very often; with a partitive genitive, Luke 9:36; Luke 18:34; Acts 18:17; 1 Corinthians 9:15; 1 Corinthians 14:10 (R G); οὐδέν εἰ μή, Matthew 5:13; Matthew 21:19; Mark 9:29; Mark 11:13; μή τίνος; with the answer οὐδενός, Luke 22:35; οὐδέν ἐκτός with genitive, Acts 26:22; οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει, Galatians 2:6; it follows another negative, thereby strengthening the negation (see οὐ, 3 a.): Mark 15:4; Mark 16:8; Luke 4:2; Luke 9:36; Luke 20:40; John 3:27; John 5:19, 30; John 9:33; John 11:49; John 14:30; Acts 26:26 (Lachmann omits); 1 Corinthians 8:2 (R G); (G L T Tr WH); οὐδέν οὐ μή with aorist subjunctive Luke 10:19 (Rst G WH marginal reading; see μή, IV. 2). οὐδέν, absolutely, nothing whatever, not at all, in no wise (cf. Buttmann, § 131, 10): ἀδικεῖν (see ἀδικέω, 2 b.), Acts 25:10; Galatians 4:12; οὐδέν διαφέρειν τίνος, Galatians 4:1; ὑστέρειν, 2 Corinthians 12:11; ὠφέλειν, John 6:63; 1 Corinthians 13:3. οὐδέν ἐστιν, it is nothing, of no importance, etc. (cf. Buttmann, § 129, 5): Matthew 23:16, 18; John 8:54; 1 Corinthians 7:19; with a genitive, none of these things is true, Acts 21:24; Acts 25:11; οὐδέν εἰμί, I am nothing, of no account: 1 Corinthians 13:2; 2 Corinthians 12:11, (see examples from Greek authors in Passow, under the word, 2; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. 2; Meyer on 1 Corinthians, the passage cited)); εἰς οὐδέν λογισθῆναι (see λογίζομαι, 1 a.), Acts 19:27; εἰς οὐδέν γίνεσθαι, to come to nought, Acts 5:36 (Winer's Grammar, § 29, 3 a.; ἐν οὐδενί, in no respect, in nothing, Philippians 1:20 (cf. μηδείς, g.)). STRONGS NT 3762: οὐθείςοὐθείς, οὐθέν, see οὐδείς, at the beginning. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐδέποτε Transliteration: oudepote Phonetic Spelling: oo-dep'-ot-eh Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: never Meaning: never GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3763 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3763 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3763 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3763 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3763, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐδέποτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3763 oudepote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neverFrom oude and pote; not even at any time, i.e. Never at all -- neither at any time, never, nothing at any time. see GREEK oude see GREEK pote Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3763: οὐδέποτεοὐδέποτε, adverb, denying absolutely and objectively (from οὐδέ and πότε, properly, not ever) (from Homer down), never: Matthew 7:23; Matthew 9:33; Matthew 26:33; Mark 2:12; (Luke 15:29 (bis)); John 7:46; Acts 10:14; Acts 11:8; Acts 14:8; 1 Corinthians 13:8; Hebrews 10:1, 11. interrogatively, did ye never, etc.: Matthew 21:16, 42; Mark 2:25. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐδέπω Transliteration: oudepō Phonetic Spelling: oo-dep'-o Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: not yet Meaning: not yet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3764 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3764 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3764 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3764 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3764, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐδέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3764 oudepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: not yet, still notFrom oude and po; not even yet -- as yet not, never before (yet), (not) yet. see GREEK oude see GREEK po Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3764: οὐδέπωοὐδέπω, adverb, simply negative (from οὐδέ and the enclitic πω) (from Aeschylus down), not yet, not as yet: John 7:39 (where L Tr WH οὔπω); John 20:9. οὐδέπω οὐδείς, never anyone (A. V. never man yet), John 19:41; (οὐδέπω ... ἐπ' οὐδενί, as yet ... upon none, Acts 8:16 L T Tr WH); οὐκ ... οὐδέπω οὐδείς (see οὐ, 3 a.), Luke 23:53 (L Tr WH οὐκ ... οὐδείς οὔπω; Tdf. οὐκ ... οὐδείς οὐδέπω); οὐδέπω οὐδέν (L T Tr WH simply οὔπω) not yet (anything), 1 Corinthians 8:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐκέτι Transliteration: ouketi Phonetic Spelling: ook-et'-ee Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: no longer, no more Meaning: no longer, no more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3765 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3765 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3765 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3765 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3765, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐκέτι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3765 ouketi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: no longerAlso (separately) ouk eti (ook et'-ee) from ou and eti; not yet, no longer -- after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not). see GREEK ou see GREEK eti Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3765: οὐκέτιοὐκέτι (also written separately by Rec.st (generally), Tr (nine times in John), Tdf. (in Philemon 1:16)) (οὐκ, ἔτι), an adverb which denies simply, and thus differs from μηκέτι (which see), no longer, no more, no further: Matthew 19:6; Mark 10:8: Luke 15:19, 21; John 4:42; John 6:66; Acts 20:25, 38; Romans 6:9; Romans 14:15; 2 Corinthians 5:16; Galatians 3:25; Galatians 4:7; Ephesians 2:19; Philemon 1:16; Hebrews 10:18, 26, etc.; οὐκέτι ἦλθον, I came not again (R. V. I forebore to come), 2 Corinthians 1:23. with another neg. particle in order to strengthen the negation: οὐδέ ... οὐκέτι, Matthew 22:46; οὐκ ... οὐκέτι, Acts 8:39; οὐδείς ... οὐκέτι, Mark 12:34; Revelation 18:11; οὐκέτι ... οὐδέν, Mark 7:12; Mark 15:5; Luke 20:40; οὐκέτι ... οὐδένα, Mark 9:8; οὐκέτι οὐ μή, Mark 14:25; Luke 22:16 (WH omits; L Tr brackets οὐκέτι); Revelation 18:14 (Tr omits); οὐδέ ... οὐκέτι οὐδείς, Mark 5:3 L T WH Tr text οὐκέτι is used logically (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 65, 10); as, οὐκέτι ἐγώ for it cannot now be said ὅτι ἐγώ etc., Romans 7:17, 20; Galatians 2:20; add, Romans 11:6; Galatians 3:18. ((Homer, Hesiod, Herodotus, others)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐκοῦν Transliteration: oukoun Phonetic Spelling: ook-oon' Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: therefore, so then Meaning: therefore, so then GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3766 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3766 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3766 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3766 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3766, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐκοῦν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3766 oukoun 🕊 Strong's Concordance: then. From ou and oun; is it not therefore that, i.e. (affirmatively) hence or so -- then. see GREEK ou see GREEK oun Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3766: οὐκοῦνοὐκοῦν (from οὐκ and οὖν), adverb, not therefore; and since a speaker often introduces in this way his own opinion (see Krüger, as below), the particle is used affirmatively, therefore, then, the force of the negative disappearing. Hence, the saying of Pilate οὐκοῦν βασιλεύς εἰ σύ must be taken affirmatively: "then (since thou speakest of thy βασιλεία) thou art a king!" (German alsobistdudocheinKönig!), John 18:37 (cf. Buttmann, 249 (214)); but it is better to write οὐκοῦν, so that Pilate, arguing from the words of Christ, asks, not without irony, art thou not a king then? or in any case, thou art a king, art thou not? cf. Winer's Grammar, 512 (477). The difference between οὐκοῦν and οὐκοῦν is differently stated by different writers; cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 792ff; Krüger, § 69, 51, 1 and 2; Kühner, § 508, 5 ii., p. 715ff, also the 3rd excurs. appended to his edition of Xenophon, memor.; (Bäumlein, Partikeln, pp. 191-198). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὖν Transliteration: oun Phonetic Spelling: oon Part of Speech: Conjunction Short Definition: therefore, then, (and) so Meaning: therefore, then, (and) so GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3767 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3767 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3767 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3767 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3767, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὖν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3767 oun 🕊 Strong's Concordance: and, but, now, soApparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly -- and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3767: οὖνοὖν a conjunction indicating that something follows from another necessarily; (others regard the primary force of the particle as confirmatory or continuative, rather than illative; cf. Passow, or Liddell and Scott, under the word; Kühner, § 508, 1 ii., p. 707ff; Bäumlein, p. 173ff; Krüger, § 69, 52; Donaldson, p. 571; Rost in a program Ueber Ableitung, as above, p. 2; Klotz, p. 717; Hartung 2:4). Hence, it is used in drawing a conclusion and in connecting sentences together logically, then, therefore, accordingly, consequently, these things being so ((Klotz, Rost, others, have wished to derive the word from the neuter participle ὄν (cf. ὄντως); but see Bäumlein or Kühner, as above); cf. Winer's Grammar, § 53, 8): Matthew 3:10; Matthew 10:32 (since persecutions are not to be dreaded, and consequently furnish no excuse for denying me (cf. Winer's Grammar, 455 (424))); Matthew 18:4; Luke 3:9; Luke 16:27; John 8:38 (καί ὑμεῖς οὖν, and ye accordingly, i. e. 'since, as is plain from my case, sons follow the example of their fathers'; Jesus says this in sorrowful irony (Winer's Grammar, 455 (424))); Acts 1:21 (since the office of the traitor Judas must be conferred on another); Romans 5:9; Romans 6:4; Romans 13:10; 1 Corinthians 4:16 (since I hold a father's place among you); 2 Corinthians 5:20; James 4:17, and many other examples As respects details, notice that it stands a. in exhortations (to show what ought now to be done by reason of what has been said), equivalent to wherefore (our transitional therefore): Matthew 3:8; Matthew 5:48; Matthew 9:38; Luke 11:35; Luke 21:14, 36 (R G L marginal reading Tr marginal reading); Acts 3:19; Acts 13:40; Romans 6:12; Romans 14:13; 1 Corinthians 16:11; 2 Corinthians 8:24; Ephesians 5:1; Ephesians 6:14 Philippians 2:29; Colossians 2:16; 2 Timothy 1:8; Hebrews 4:1, 11; Hebrews 10:35; James 4:7; James 5:7; 1 Peter 4:7; 1 Peter 5:6; Revelation 1:19 (G L T Tr WH); , and often; νῦν οὖν, now therefore, Acts 16:36. b. in questions, then, therefore (Latinigitur); α. when the question is, what follows or seems to follow from what has been said: Matthew 22:28; Matthew 27:22 (Winer's Grammar, 455 (424)); Mark 15:12; Luke 3:10; Luke 20:15, 33; John 8:5; τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; Romans 6:1; Romans 7:7; Romans 9:14; τί οὖν φημί; 1 Corinthians 10:19; τί οὖν; what then? i. e. how then does the matter stand? (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 64, 2 a.), John 1:21 (here WH marginal reading punct. τί οὖν σύ;) Romans 3:9; Romans 6:15; Romans 11:7; also τί οὖν ἐστιν; (what is it then?) Acts 21:22; 1 Corinthians 14:15, 26. β. when it is asked, whether this or that follows from what has just been said: Matthew 13:28; Luke 22:70; John 18:39; Romans 3:31; Galatians 3:21. γ. when it is asked, how something which is true or regarded as true, or what someone does, can be reconciled with what has been previously said or done: Matthew 12:26; Matthew 13:27; Matthew 17:10 (where the thought is, 'thou commandest us to tell no one about this vision we have had of Elijah; what relation then to this vision has the doctrine of the scribes concerning the coming of Elijah? Is not this doctrine confirmed by the vision?'); Matthew 19:7; Matthew 26:54; Luke 20:17; John 4:11 (Tdf. omits οὖν); Acts 15:10 (νῦν οὖν, now therefore, i. e. at this time, therefore, when God makes known his will so plainly); Acts 19:3; Romans 4:1 (where the meaning is, 'If everything depends on faith, what shall we say that Abraham gained by outward things, i. e. by works?' (but note the critical texts)); 1 Corinthians 6:15; Galatians 3:5. δ. in general, it serves simply to subjoin questions suggested by what has just been said: Romans 3:27; Romans 4:9f.; ; 1 Corinthians 3:5, etc. c. in epanalepsis, i. e. it serves to resume a thought or narrative interrupted by intervening matter (Matthiae, 2, p. 1497; (Winers Grammar, 444 (414))), like Latinigitur,inquam, our as was said, say I, to proceed, etc.; Mark 3:31 (R G) (cf. Mark 3:21); Luke 3:7 (cf. Luke 3:3); John 4:45 (cf. John 4:43); (cf. ); 1 Corinthians 8:4; 1 Corinthians 11:20 (cf. John 11:18); add, Mark 16:19 (Tr marginal reading brackets οὖν); Acts 8:25; Acts 12:5; Acts 13:4; Acts 15:3, 30; Acts 23:31; Acts 25:1; Acts 28:5. It is used also when one passes at length to a subject about which he had previously intimated an intention to speak: Acts 26:4, 9. d. it serves to gather up summarily what has already been said, or even what cannot be narrated at length: Matthew 1:17; Matthew 7:24 (where no reference is made to what has just before been said (?), but all the moral precepts of the Serm. on the Mount are summed up in a single rule common to all); Luke 3:18; John 20:30; Acts 26:22. e. it serves to adapt examples and comparisons to the case in hand: John 3:29; John 16:22; — or to add examples to illustrate the subject under consideration: Romans 12:20 Rec. f. In historical discourse it serves to make the transition from one tiring to another, and to connect the several parts and portions of the narrative, since the new occurrences spring from or are occasioned by what precedes (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 60, 3): Luke 6:9 R G; numberless times so in John, as (Lachmann omits); (Tdf. omits); (G T omit), ; , etc. g. with other conjunction οὖν, so then, Latinhincigitur, in Paul; see ἄρα, 5. εἰ οὖν, if then (where what has just been said and proved is carried over to prove something else), see εἰ, III. 12; (εἰ μέν οὖν, see μέν, II. 4, p. 398{b}). εἴτε οὖν ... εἴτε, whether then ... or: 1 Corinthians 10:31; 1 Corinthians 15:11. ἐπεί οὖν, since then: Hebrews 2:14; Hebrews 4:6; for which also a participle is put with οὖν, as Acts 2:30; Acts 15:2 (T Tr WH δέ); ; Romans 5:1; Romans 15:28; 2 Corinthians 3:12; 2 Corinthians 5:11; 2 Corinthians 7:1; Hebrews 4:14; Hebrews 10:19; 1 Peter 4:1; 2 Peter 3:11 (WH Tr marginal reading οὕτως). ἐάν οὖν, if then ever, in case then, or rather, therefore if, therefore in case (for in this formula, οὖν, although placed in the protasis, yet belongs more to the apodosis, since it shows what will necessarily follow from what precedes if the condition introduced by ἐάν shall ever take place): Matthew 5:23 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 455 (424)); (here Tdf. omits οὖν); ; Luke 4:7; John 6:62; John 8:36; Romans 2:26; 1 Corinthians 14:11, 23; 2 Timothy 2:21; ἐάν οὖν μή, Revelation 3:3; so also ὅταν οὖν, when therefore: Matthew 6:2; Matthew 21:40; Matthew 24:15, and R G in Luke 11:34. ὅτε οὖν, when (or after) therefore, so when: John 13:12, 31 ((30) Rec.bez elz L T Tr WH); ; equivalent to hence, it came to pass that, when etc., John 2:22; John 19:6, 8. ὡς οὖν, when (or after) therefore: John 4:1, 40; John 11:6; John 18:6; John 20:11; John 21:9; ὡς οὖν, as therefore, Colossians 2:6. ὥσπερ οὖν, Matthew 13:40. μέν οὖν, followed by δέ (cf. Buttmann, § 149, 16), Mark 16:19 (Tr marginal reading brackets οὖν); John 19:25; Acts 1:6; Acts 8:4, 25; 1 Corinthians 9:25, etc.; without an adversative conjunc. following, see μέν, II. 4. νῦν οὖν, see above under a., and b. γ. h. As to position, it is never the first word in the sentence, but generally the second, sometimes the third (sometimes even the fourth, Winer's Grammar, § 61, 6); as (περί τῆς βρώσεως οὖν etc. 1 Corinthians 8:4); οἱ μέν οὖν, Acts 2:41, and often; πολλά μέν οὖν, John 20:30. John uses this particle in his Gospel far more frequently ((more than two hundred times in all)) than the other N. T. writers; in his Epistles only in the following passages: 1 John 2:24 (where G L T Tr WH have expunged it); Lachmann; 3 John 1:8. ((From Homer down.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὔπω Transliteration: oupō Phonetic Spelling: oo'-po Part of Speech: Adverb, Negative Short Definition: not yet Meaning: not yet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3768 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3768 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3768 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3768 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3768, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὔπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3768 oupō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: not yetFrom ou and po; not yet -- hitherto not, (no...) As yet, not yet. see GREEK ou see GREEK po Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3768: οὔπωοὔπω (from οὐ and the enclitic πω), adverb (fr. Homer down) (differing from μήπω, as οὐ does from μή (which see ad init:) not yet; a. in a negation: Matthew 24:6; Mark 13:7; John 2:4; John 3:24; John 6:17 L text T Tr WH; John 7:6, 8a R L WH txt, ; ; 1 Corinthians 3:2; Hebrews 2:8; Hebrews 12:4; 1 John 3:2; Revelation 17:10, 12 (where Lachmann οὐκ); οὐδείς οὔπω, no one ever yet (see οὐδείς, 2, and cf. οὐ, 3 a.), Mark 11:2 L T Tr WH; Luke 23:53 L Tr WH; Acts 8:16 Rec. b. in questions, nondumne? do ye not yet etc.: Matthew 15:17 R G; ; Mark 4:40 L Tr WH; Mark 8:17 ( L text T Tr WH). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐρά Transliteration: oura Phonetic Spelling: oo-rah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a tail Meaning: a tail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3769 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3769 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3769 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3769 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3769, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐρά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3769 oura 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tail. Apparently a primary word; a tail -- tail. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3769: οὐράοὐρά, οὐράς, ἡ, a tail: Revelation 9:10, 19; Revelation 12:4. (From Homer down. The Sept. several times for זָנָב.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐράνιος Transliteration: ouranios Phonetic Spelling: oo-ran'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of or in heaven Meaning: of or in heaven GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3770 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3770 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3770 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3770 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3770, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐράνιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3770 ouranios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: heavenly. From ouranos; celestial, i.e. Belonging to or coming from the sky -- heavenly. see GREEK ouranos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3770: οὐράνιοςοὐράνιος, οὐράνιον, in classical Greek generally of three term. (Winers Grammar, § 11, 1; Buttmann, 25 (23)) (οὐρανός), heavenly, i. e. a. dwelling in heaven: ὁ πατήρ ὁ οὐράνιος, Matthew 6:14, 26, 32; Matthew 15:13; besides L T Tr WH in ; στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου Luke 2:13 (where Tr text WH marginal reading οὐρανοῦ). b. coming from heaven: οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασία, Acts 26:19. (Homer in Cer. 55; Pindar, Tragg., Aristophanes, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐρανόθεν Transliteration: ouranothen Phonetic Spelling: oo-ran-oth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from heaven Meaning: from heaven GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3771 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3771 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3771 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3771 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3771, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐρανόθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3771 ouranothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: from heaven. From ouranos and the enclitic of source; from the sky -- from heaven. see GREEK ouranos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3771: οὐρανόθενοὐρανόθεν (οὐρανός), adverb, from heaven: Acts 14:17; Acts 26:13. (Homer, Hesiod, the Orphica, 4 Macc. 4:10.) Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 93f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐρανός Transliteration: ouranos Phonetic Spelling: oo-ran-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: heaven Meaning: heaven GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3772 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3772 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3772 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3772 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3772, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐρανός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3772 ouranos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: air, heaven, sky. Perhaps from the same as oros (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity) -- air, heaven(-ly), sky. see GREEK oros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3772: οὐρανόςοὐρανός, οὐρανοῦ, ὁ (from a root meaning 'to cover,' 'encompass'; cf. Vanicek, p. 895; Curtius, § 509), heaven; and, in imitation of the Hebrew שָׁמַיִם (i. e. properly, the heights above, the upper regions), οὐρανοί, οὐρανῶν, οἱ, the heavens (Winers Grammar, § 27, 3; Buttmann, 24 (21)) (on the use and the omission of the article cf. Winer's Grammar, 121 (115)), i. e.: 1. the vaulted expanse of the Sky with all the things visible in it; a. generally: as opposed to the earth, Hebrews 1:10; 2 Peter 3:5, 10, 12; ὁ οὐρανός καί ἡ γῆ (heaven and earth) equivalent to the universe, the world (according to the primitive Hebrew manner of speaking, inasmuch as they had neither the conception nor the name of the universe, Genesis 1:1; Genesis 14:19; Tobit 7:17 (18); 1 Macc. 2:37, etc.): Matthew 5:18; Matthew 11:25; Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31; Luke 10:21; Luke 16:17; Luke 21:33; Acts 4:24; Acts 14:15; Acts 17:24; Revelation 10:6; Revelation 14:7; Revelation 20:11. The ancients conceived of the expanded sky as an arch or vault the outmost edge of which touched the extreme limits of the earth (see B. D. under the word , cf. ); hence, such expressions as ἀπ' ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν, Matthew 24:31; ἀπ' ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ, Mark 13:27; ὑπό τόν οὐρανόν (הַשָּׁמַיִם תַּחַת, Ecclesiastes 1:13; Ecclesiastes 2:3, etc.), under heaven, i. e. on earth, Acts 2:5; Acts 4:12; Colossians 1:23; ἐκ τῆς (namely, χώρας, cf. Winers Grammar, 591 (550); (Buttmann, 82 (71f))) ὑπ' (here L T Tr WH ὑπό τόν οὐρανόν) οὐρανόν εἰς τήν ὑπ' οὐρανόν, out of lite one part under the heaven unto the other part under heaven i. e. from one quarter of the earth to the other, Luke 17:24; as by this form of expression the greatest longitudinal distance is described, so to one looking up from the earth heaven stands as the extreme measure of altitude hence, κολλᾶσθαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Revelation 18:5 (L T Tr WH) (on which see κολλάω); ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, metaphorically, of a city that has reached the acme, zenith, of glory and prosperity, Matthew 11:23; Luke 10:15 (κλέος οὐρανόν ἱκει, Homer, Iliad 8, 192; Odyssey 19, 108; πρός οὐρανόν βιβάζειν τινα, Sophocles O. C. 382 (381); examples of similar expressions from other writings are given in Kypke, Observations, i., p. 62); καινοί οὐρανοί (καί γῆ καινή), better heavens which will take the place of the present after the renovation of all things, 2 Peter 3:13; Revelation 21:1; οἱ νῦν οὐρανοί, the heavens which now are, and which will one day be burnt up, 2 Peter 3:7; also ὁ πρῶτος οὐρανός, Revelation 21:1, cf. Hebrews 12:26. But the heavens are also likened in poetic speech to an expanded curtain or canopy (Psalm 103:2 (); Isaiah 40:22), and to an unrolled scroll; hence, ἑλίσσειν (T Tr marginal reading ἀλλάσσειν) τούς οὐρανούς ὡς περιβόλαιον, Hebrews 1:12 (from the Sept. of Psalm 101:26 () manuscript Alex.); καί ὁ οὐρανός ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον (or εἱλισσόμενον), Revelation 6:14. b. the aerial heavens or sky, the region where the clouds and tempests gather, and where thunder and lightning are produced: ὁ οὐρανός πυρράζει, Matthew 16:2 (T brackets WH reject the passage); στυγνάζων, Matthew 16:3 (see last reference); ὑετόν ἔδωκε, James 5:18; add Luke 9:54; Luke 17:29; Acts 9:3; Acts 22:6; Revelation 13:13; Revelation 16:21; Revelation 20:9; σημεῖον or ἀπό τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Matthew 16:1; Mark 8:11; Luke 11:16; Luke 21:11; τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ Acts 2:19; κλείειν τόν οὐρανόν, to keep the rain in the sky, hinder it from falling on the earth, Luke 4:25; Revelation 11:6, (συνέχειν τόν οὐρανοῦ for הַשָּׁמַיִם עָצַר, Deuteronomy 11:17; 2 Chronicles 6:26; 2 Chronicles 7:13; ἀνέχειν τόν οὐρανόν, Sir. 48:3); αἱ νεφέλαι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Matthew 24:30; Matthew 26:64; Mark 14:62; τό πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Matthew 16:3 (T brackets WH reject the passage); Luke 12:56; τά πετεινά τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (genitive of place), that fly in the air (Genesis 1:26; Psalm 8:9; Baruch 3:17; Judith 11:7), Matthew 6:26; Matthew 8:20; Matthew 13:32; Mark 4:32; Luke 8:5; Luke 9:58; Luke 13:19; Acts 10:12. These heavens are opened by being cleft asunder, and from the upper heavens, or abode of heavenly beings, come down upon earth — now the Holy Spirit, Matthew 3:16; Mark 1:10; Luke 3:21; John 1:32; now angels, John 1:51 (52); and now in vision appear to human sight some of the things within the highest heaven, Acts 7:55; Acts 10:11, 16; through the aerial heavens sound voices, which are uttered in the heavenly abode: Matthew 3:17; Mark 1:11; Luke 3:22; John 12:28; 2 Peter 1:18. e. the sidereal or starry heavens: τά ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Hebrews 11:12 (Deuteronomy 1:10; Deuteronomy 10:22; Euripides, Phoen. 1); οἱ ἀστέρες ... τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Mark 13:25; Revelation 6:13; Revelation 12:4 (Isaiah 13:10; Isaiah 14:13); αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν, the heavenly forces (hosts), i. e. the stars (others take δυνάμεις in this phrase in a general sense (see δύναμις, f.) of the powers which uphold and regulate the heavens): Matthew 24:29; Luke 21:26; αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, Mark 13:25 (Hebrew הַשָּׁמַיִם צְבָא, Deuteronomy 17:3; Jeremiah 33:22; Zephaniah 1:5); so ἡ στρατιά τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Acts 7:42. 2. "the region above the sidereal heavens, the seat of an order of things eternal and consummately perfect, where God dwells and the other heavenly beings": this heaven Paul, in 2 Corinthians 12:2, seems to designate by the name of ὁ τρίτος οὐρανός, but certainly not the third of the seven distinct heavens described by the author of the Test xii. Patr., Levi § 3, and by the rabbis ((cf. Wetstein at the passage; Hahn, Theol. d. N. T. 1:247f; Drummond, Jewish Messiah, chapter xv.)); cf. DeWette at the passage Several distinct heavens are spoken of also in Ephesians 4:10 (ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν); cf. Hebrews 7:26, if it be not preferable here to understand the numerous regions or parts of the one and the same heaven where God dwells as referred to. The highest heaven is the dwelling-place of God: Matthew 5:34; Matthew 23:22; Acts 7:49; Revelation 4:1ff (Psalm 10:4 (); (f)); hence, Θεός τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Revelation 11:13; Revelation 16:11 (Genesis 24:3); ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανός, Matthew 5:16, 45; Matthew 6:1, 9; Matthew 7:21; Matthew 10:33; Matthew 7:50; Matthew 16:17; Matthew 18:10 (here L WH marginal reading ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ in brackets), ; Mark 11:25f, etc. From this heaven the πνεῦμα ἅγιον is sent down, 1 Peter 1:12 and the passages already cited (cf. 1 b. under the end); and Christ is said to have come, John 3:18, 31; John 6:38, 41; 1 Corinthians 15:47; it is the abode of the angels, Matthew 24:36; Matthew 22:30; Matthew 18:10; Matthew 28:2; Mark 12:25; Mark 13:32; Luke 2:15; Luke 22:43 (L brackets WH reject the passage); Galatians 1:8; 1 Corinthians 8:5; Ephesians 3:15; Hebrews 12:22; Revelation 10:1; Revelation 12:7; Revelation 18:1; Revelation 19:14 (Genesis 21:17; Genesis 22:11); τά ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καί τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς, the things and beings in the heavens (i. e. angels) and on the earth, Ephesians 1:10; Colossians 1:16, 20; γίνεται τό θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν οὐρανῷ, i. e. by the inhabitants of heaven, Matthew 6:10; χαρά ἔσται ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, God and the angels will rejoice, Luke 15:7. this heaven is the abode to which Christ ascended after his resurrection, Mark 16:19; Luke 24:51 (T omits; WH reject the clause); Acts 1:10; Acts 2:34; Acts 3:21; Romans 10:6; (Ephesians 1:20 Lachmann text); 1 Peter 3:22; Hebrews 1:4 (ἐν ὑψηλοῖς); ; Revelation 4:2, and from which he will hereafter return, 1 Thessalonians 1:10; 1 Thessalonians 4:16; 2 Thessalonians 1:7; into heaven have already been received the souls (πνεύματα) both of the O. T. saints and of departed Christians, Hebrews 12:23 (see ἀπογράφω, b. at the end), and heaven is appointed as the future abode of those who, raised from the dead and clothed with superior bodies, shall become partakers of the heavenly kingdom, 2 Corinthians 5:1, and enjoy the reward of proved virtue, Matthew 5:12; Luke 6:23; hence, eternal blessings are called θησαυρός ἐν οὐρανῷ, Matthew 6:20; Luke 12:33, and those on whom God has conferred eternal salvation are said ἔχειν θησαυρόν ἐν οὐρανῷ (οὐρανοῖς), Matthew 19:21; Mark 10:21; Luke 18:22, cf. Hebrews 10:34 (R G); or the salvation awaiting them is said to be laid up for them in heaven, Colossians 1:5; 1 Peter 1:4; or their names are said to have been written in heaven, Luke 10:20; moreover, Christ, appointed by God the leader and lord of the citizens of the divine kingdom, is said to have all power in heaven and on earth, Matthew 28:18; finally, the seer of the Apocalypse expects a new Jerusalem to come down out of heaven as the metropolis of the perfectly established Messianic kingdom, Revelation 3:12; Revelation 21:2, 10. By metonymy, ὁ οὐρανός is put for the inhabitants of heaven: εὐφραίνου οὐρανέ, Revelation 18:20, cf. Revelation 12:12 (Psalm 95:11 (); Isaiah 44:23; Job 15:15); in particular for God (Daniel 4:23, and often by the rabbis, influenced by an over-scrupulous reverence for the names of God himself; cf. Schürer in the Jahrbb. f. protest. Theol., 1876, p. 178f; (Keil, as below)): ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τόν οὐρανόν, Luke 15:18, 21; ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, equivalent to by God, John 3:27; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, of divine authority, Matthew 21:25; Mark 11:30; Luke 20:4; ἐναντίον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, 1 Macc. 3:18 (where the τοῦ Θεοῦ before τοῦ οὐρανοῦ seems questionable); ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἡ ἰσχύς, 1 Macc. 3:19; ἡ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ βοήθεια, , cf. ; cf. Keil, Comm. üb. d. Büch. d. Macc., p. 20. On the phrase ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν and its meaning, see βασιλεία, 3; (Cremer, under the word βασιλεία; Edersheim 1:265). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Οὐρβανός Transliteration: Ourbanos Phonetic Spelling: oor-ban-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Urbanus, a Christian Meaning: Urbanus -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3773 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3773 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3773 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3773 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3773, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Οὐρβανός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3773 Ourbanos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Urbanus. Of Latin origin; Urbanus (of the city, "urbane"), a Christian -- Urbanus. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3773: ΟὐρβανόςΟὐρβανός, Ὀυρβανου, ὁ (a Latin name; cf. Lightfoot on Philip., p. 174), Urbanus, a certain Christian: Romans 16:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Οὐρίας Transliteration: Ourias Phonetic Spelling: oo-ree'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Uriah, a Hittite Meaning: Uriah -- a Hittite GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3774 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3774 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3774 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3774 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3774, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Οὐρίας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3774 Ourias 🕊 Strong's Concordance: UriahOf Hebrew origin ('Uwriyah); Urias (i.e. Urijah), a Hittite -- Urias. see HEBREW 'Uwriyah Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3774: ΟυριαςΟυριας, Ουριου (Buttmann, 17f (16) no. 8), ὁ (אוּרִיָה light of Jehovah (or, my light is Jehovah)), Uriah, the husband of Bathsheba the mother of Solomon by David: Matthew 1:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὖς Transliteration: ous Phonetic Spelling: ooce Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the ear Meaning: the ear GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3775 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3775 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3775 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3775 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3775, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὖς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3775 ous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ear. Apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally) -- ear. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3775: οὖςοὖς, genitive ὠτός, plural ὦτα, dative ὦσιν, τό (cf. Latinauris,ausculto, audio, etc.; akin to ἀΐω, αἰσθάνομαι; cf. Curtius, § 619; Vanicek, p. 67); from Homer down; Hebrew אֹזֶן; the ear; 1. properly: Matthew 13:16; Mark 7:33; Luke 22:50; 1 Corinthians 2:9; 1 Corinthians 12:16; ὦτα τίνος εἰς δέησιν, to hear supplication, 1 Peter 3:12; ἡ γραφή πληροῦται ἐν τοῖς ὠσί τίνος, while present and hearing, Luke 4:21 (Baruch 1:3f); those unwilling to hear a thing are said συνέχειν (which see 2 a.) τά ὦτα, to stop their ears, Acts 7:57; ἠκούσθη τί εἰς τά ὦτα τίνος, something was heard by, came to the knowledge of (A. V. came to the ears of) one, Acts 11:22; likewise ἐισέρχεσθαι, James 5:4; γίνεσθαι, to come unto the ears of one, Luke 1:44; ἀκούειν εἰς τό οὖς, to hear (A. V. in the ear i. e.) in familiar converse, privately, Matthew 10:27 (εἰς οὖς often so in classical Greek; cf. Passow (Liddell and Scott), under the word, 1); also πρός τό οὖς λαλεῖν, Luke 12:3. 2. metaphorically equivalent to: the faculty of perceiving with the mind, the faculty of understanding and knowing: Matthew 13:16; ὁ ἔχων (or εἰ τίς ἔχει) ὦτα (or οὖς, in Rev.) (sometimes (especially in Mark and Luke) with ἀκούειν added; cf. Buttmann, § 140, 3) ἀκουέτω, whoever has the faculty of attending and understanding, let him use it, Matthew 11:15; Matthew 13:9, 43; Mark 4:9, 23; Mark 7:16 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); Luke 8:8; Luke 14:35 (34); Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29; Revelation 3:6, 13, 22; Revelation 13:9; τοῖς ὠσί βαρέως ἀκούειν, to be slow to understand or obey (A. V. their ears are dull of hearing), Matthew 13:15; Acts 28:27 (from Isaiah 6:10); ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούετε, Mark 8:18; ὦτα τοῦ μή ἀκούειν, (ears that they should not hear; cf. Buttmann, 267 (230)), Romans 11:8; θέσθε τούς λόγους τούτους εἰς τά ὦτα (A. V. let these words sink into your ears i. e.) take them into your memory and hold them there, Luke 9:44; ἀπερίτμητος τοῖς ὦσιν (see ἀπερίτμητος), Acts 7:51. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐσία Transliteration: ousia Phonetic Spelling: oo-see'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: substance, property Meaning: substance, property GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3776 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3776 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3776 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3776 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3776, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3776 ousia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: goods, property From the feminine of on; substance, i.e. Property (possessions) -- goods, substance. see GREEK on Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3776: οὐσίαοὐσία, οὐσίας, ἡ (from ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν, the participle of εἰμί), what one has, i. e. property, possessions, estate (A. V. substance): Luke 15:12f. (Tobit 14:13; Herodotus 1, 92; Xenophon, Plato, Attic orators, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὔτε Transliteration: oute Phonetic Spelling: oo'-teh Part of Speech: Conjunction,Negative Short Definition: and not, neither Meaning: and not, neither GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3777 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3777 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3777 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3777 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3777, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὔτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3777 oute 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neither, norFrom ou and te; not too, i.e. Neither or nor; by analogy, not even -- neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing. see GREEK ou see GREEK te Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3777: οὔτεοὔτε (οὐ and τέ), an adjunctive negative conjunction (from Homer down) (differing fr., μήτε as οὐ does from μή (which see ad at the beginning), and from οὐδέ as μήτε does from μηδέ; see μήτε and οὐδέ), neither; and not. 1. Examples in which οὔτε stands singly: a. οὐ ... οὔτε, Revelation 12:8 Rec. (where G L T Tr WH οὐδέ); Revelation 20:4 R G (where L T Tr WH οὐδέ); οὐδείς ἄξιος εὑρέθη ἀνοῖξαι τό βιβλίον οὔτε βλέπειν αὐτό, Revelation 5:4; cf. Winers Grammar, 491 (457); Buttmann, 367 (315); οὐ ... οὐδέ ... οὔτε, 1 Thessalonians 2:3 R G (where L T Tr WH more correctly οὐδέ) (Winers Grammar, 493 (459); Buttmann, 368 (315)); οὐδέ ... οὔτε (so that οὔτε answers only to the οὐ in οὐδέ), Galatians 1:12 R G T WH text (Winers Grammar, 492 (458); Buttmann, 366 (314)). b. οὔτε ... καί, like Latinneque ...et, neither ... and: John 4:11; 3 John 1:10 (Euripides, Iph. T. 591; but the more common Greek usage was οὐ ... τέ, cf. Klotz ad Devar. 2:2, p. 714; Passow, under the word, B. 2; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. 4); Winers Grammar, § 55, 7; (Buttmann, § 149, 13 c.)). c. By a solecism οὔτε is put for οὐδέ, not ... even: 1 Corinthians 3:2 Rec. (where G L T Tr WH οὐδέ) (Winers Grammar, 493 (459); Buttmann, 367 (315); § 149, 13 f.); Mark 5:3 R G (where L T Tr WH have restored οὐδέ (Winers Grammar, 490 (456); Buttmann, as above)); Luke 12:26 R G (where L T Tr WH οὐδέ (Winers Grammar, as above and 478 (445); Buttmann, 347 (298))); οὔτε μετενόησαν, Revelation 9:20 R L Tr (where G WH text οὐ, T οὐδέ not ... even; WH marginal reading οὔτε or οὐδέ (cf. Buttmann, 367 (315))); after the question μή δύναται ... σῦκα; follows οὔτε ἁλυκόν γλυκύ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ, James 3:12 G L T Tr WH (as though οὔτε δύναται ... σῦκα had previously been in the writer's mind (cf. Winers Grammar, 493 (459); Buttmann, as above)). 2. used twice or more, neither ... nor (Latinnec ...nec;neque ...neque): Matthew 6:20; Matthew 22:30; Mark 12:25; (Mark 14:68 L text T Tr WH); Luke 14:35 (34); John 4:21; John 5:37; John 8:19; John 9:3; Acts 15:10; Acts 19:37; Acts 25:8; Acts 28:21; Romans 8:38f (where οὔτε occurs ten times); 1 Corinthians 3:7; 1 Corinthians 6:9f; (οὔτε eight times (yet T WH Tr marginal reading the eighth time οὐ)); ; Galatians 5:6; Galatians 6:15; 1 Thessalonians 2:6; Revelation 3:15; Revelation 9:20; Revelation 21:4; οὔτε ... οὔτε ... οὐδέ (German auchnicht, also not), L Tr WH in Luke 20:35f, and L T Tr marginal reading WH in Acts 24:12f; cf. Winers Grammar, 491 (457f); Buttmann, 368 (315) note. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὗτος Transliteration: houtos Phonetic Spelling: hoo'-tos Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun Short Definition: this Meaning: this GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3778 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3778 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3778 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3778 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3778, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὗτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3778 houtos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: these, they, this, he, itIncluding nominative masculine plural houtoi (hoo'-toy), nominative feminine singular haute (how'-tay), and nominative feminine plural hautai (how'-tahee) from the article ho and autos; the he (she or it), i.e. This or that (often with article repeated) -- he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who. see GREEK autos see GREEK ho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3778: οὗτοςοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, demonstrative pronoun (cf. Curtius, p. 543), Hebrew זֶה, זֹאת, this; used: I. absolutely. 1. a. this one, visibly present here: Matthew 3:17; Matthew 17:5; Mark 9:7; Luke 7:44; Luke 9:35; 2 Peter 1:17. Matthew 9:3; Matthew 21:38; Mark 14:69; Luke 2:34; Luke 23:2; John 1:15, 30; John 7:25; John 9:8f, 19; John 18:21, 30; John 21:21; Acts 2:15; Acts 4:10; Acts 9:21; according to the nature and character of the person or thing mentioned, it is used with a suggestion — either of contempt, as Matthew 13:55; Mark 6:2; Luke 5:21; Luke 7:39, 49; John 6:42, 52; John 7:15; or of admiration, Matthew 21:11; Acts 9:21; cf. Wahl, Clavis apocryphor. V. T., p. 370. b. it refers to a subject immediately preceding, the one just named: Luke 1:32; Luke 2:37 (R G L); John 1:2; John 6:71; 2 Timothy 3:6, 8, etc.; at the beginning of a narrative about one already mentioned, Matthew 3:3; Luke 16:1; John 1:41 (); ; Acts 7:19; Acts 21:24. this one just mentioned and no other: John 9:9; Acts 4:10 (ἐν τούτῳ); ; 1 John 5:6; such as I have just described, 2 Timothy 3:5; 2 Peter 2:17. καί οὗτος, this one just mentioned also, i. e. as well as the rest, Luke 20:30 R G L; Hebrews 8:3. καί τοῦτον, and him too, and him indeed, 1 Corinthians 2:2. c. it refers to the leading subject of a sentence although in position more remote (Winers Grammar, § 23, 1; (Buttmann, § 127, 3)): Acts 4:11; Acts 7:19; Acts 8:26 (on which see Γάζα under the end); 1 John 5:20 (where οὗτος is referred by (many) orthodox interpreters incorrectly ((see Alford at the passage; Winers Grammar, and Buttmanns Grammar, the passages cited)) to the immediately preceding subject, Christ); 2 John 1:7. d. it refers to what follows; οὗτος, αὕτη ἐστι, in this appears ... that etc.; on this depends ... that etc.: followed by ὅτι, as αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ὅτι, 1 John 1:5; add, ; — by ἵνα, John 15:12; 1 John 3:11, 23; 1 John 5:3; 2 John 1:6; τοῦτο ἐστι τό ἔργον, τό θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα, John 6:29, 39f. e. it serves to repeat the subject with emphasis: οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, οὗτοι Ἰσραήλ, Romans 9:6; add, ; (L marginal reading οἱ τοιοῦτοι); Romans 7:10; Galatians 3:7; it refers, not without special force, to a description given by a participle or by the relative ὅς, ὅστις; which description either follows, as Mark 4:16, 18; Luke 8:15, 21; Luke 9:9; John 11:37; followed by a relative sentence, John 1:15; 1 Peter 5:12; — or precedes: in the form of a participle, Matthew 10:22; Matthew 13:20, 22; Matthew 24:13; Matthew 26:23; Mark 12:40; Luke 9:48 (ὁ ... ὑπάρχων, οὗτος); John 6:46; John 7:18; John 15:5; 2 John 1:9; Acts 17:7; (and R G in Revelation 3:5); or of the relative ὅς, Matthew 5:19; Mark 3:35; Luke 9:24, 26; John 1:33 (here L marginal reading αὐτός); ; Romans 8:30; 1 Corinthians 7:20; Hebrews 13:11; 1 John 2:5; 2 Peter 2:19; in the neuter, John 8:26; Romans 7:16; 1 Corinthians 7:24; Philippians 4:9; 2 Timothy 2:2; or of a preceding ὅστις, Matthew 18:4; in the neuter Philippians 3:7. ὅσοι ... οὗτοι, Romans 8:14; Galatians 6:12; also preceded by εἰ τίς, 1 Corinthians 3:17 (here Lachmann αὐτός); ; James 1:23; James 3:2; by ἐάν τίς, John 9:31; cf. Winers Grammar, § 23, 4. f. with αὐτός annexed, this man himself, Acts 25:25; plural these themselves, Acts 24:15, 20; on the neuter see below, 2 a. b. etc. g. As the relative and interrogative pronoun so also the demonstrative, when it is the subject, conforms in gender and number to the noun in the predicate: οὗτοι εἰσιν οἱ υἱοί τῆς βασιλείας, Matthew 13:38; add, Mark 4:15f, 18; αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ μεγάλη ἐντολή, Matthew 22:38; οὗτος ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος (German diesesind), 2 John 1:7. 2. The neuter τοῦτο a. refers to what precedes: Luke 5:6; John 6:61; Acts 19:17; τοῦτο εἰπών, and the like, Luke 24:40 (T omits; Tr brackets WH reject the verse); John 4:18; John 8:6; John 12:33; John 18:38; διά τοῦτο, see διά, B. II. 2 a.; εἰς τοῦτο, see εἰς, B. II. 3 c. β.; αὐτό τοῦτο, for this very cause, 2 Peter 1:5 (Lachmann αὐτοί); cf. Matthiae, § 470, 7; Passow, under the word, C. 1 a. at the end (Liddell and Scott, under the word, C. IX. 1 at the end; Winer's Grammar, § 21, 3 note 2; Kühner, § 410 Anm. 6); μετά τοῦτο, see μετά, II. 2 b. ἐκ τούτου, for this reason (see ἐκ, II. 8), John 6:66; John 19:12; from this, i. e. hereby, by this note, 1 John 4:6 (cf. Westcott at the passage). ἐν τούτῳ, for this cause, John 16:30; Acts 24:16; hereby, by this token, 1 John 3:19. ἐπί τούτῳ, in the meanwhile, while this was going on (but see ἐπί, B. 2 e., at the end, p. 234a), John 4:27. τούτου χάριν, Ephesians 3:14. plural ταῦτα, John 7:4 (these so great, so wonderful, things); μετά ταῦτα, see μετά, II. 2 b. κατά ταῦτα, in this same manner, Rec. in Luke 6:23, and (others, τά αὐτά or ταῦτα). it refers to the substance of the preceding discourse: Luke 8:8; Luke 11:27; Luke 24:26; John 5:34; John 15:11; John 21:24, and very often. καθώς ... ταῦτα, John 8:28. b. it prepares the reader or hearer and renders him attentive to what follows, which tires gets special weight (Winer's Grammar, § 23, 5): 1 John 4:2; αὐτό τοῦτο ὅτι, Philippians 1:6; τοῦτο λέγω followed by direct discourse, Galatians 3:17 (see λέγω, II. 2 d.). it is prefixed to sentences introduced by the particles ὅτι, ἵνα, etc.: τοῦτο λέγω or φημί followed by ὅτι, 1 Corinthians 1:12 ((see λέγω as above); 1 Corinthians 7:29); ; γινώσκεις τοῦτο followed by ὅτι, Romans 6:6; 2 Timothy 3:1; 2 Peter 1:20; 2 Peter 3:3; λογίζεσθαι τοῦτο ὅτι, Romans 2:3; after ὁμολογεῖν, Acts 24:14; after εἰδώς, 1 Timothy 1:9; ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι, 1 John 3:16, 24; 1 John 4:9f; τοῦτο, ἵνα, Luke 1:43; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Acts 9:21; Romans 14:9; 2 Corinthians 2:9; 1 Peter 3:9; 1 Peter 4:6; 1 John 3:8; διά τοῦτο, ἵνα, 2 Corinthians 13:10; 1 Timothy 1:16; Philemon 1:15; τούτων (on this neuter plural referring to a single object see Winers Grammar, 162 (153); (cf. Riddell, Platonic Idioms, § 41)), ἵνα, 3 John 1:4; ἐν τούτῳ, ἐάν, 1 John 2:3; ὅταν, 1 John 5:2; τοῦτο αὐτό, ἵνα, on this very account, that (see a. above (but others take it here as the accusative of object; see Meyer at the passage (for instances of αὐτό τοῦτο see Buttmann, § 127, 12))), 2 Corinthians 2:3; εἰς αὐτό τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ephesians 6:22; Colossians 4:8; ὅπως, Romans 9:17. In the same manner τοῦτο is put before an infinitive with τό for the sake of emphasis (Winers Grammar, § 23, 5; Buttmann, § 140, 7, 9, etc.): 2 Corinthians 2:1; before a simple infinitive, 1 Corinthians 7:37 (here R G prefix τοῦ to the infinitive); before an accusative and infinitive Ephesians 4:17; before nouns, as τοῦτο εὔχομαι, τήν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν, 2 Corinthians 13:9, cf. 1 John 3:24; 1 John 5:4. c. καί τοῦτο, and this, and that too, and indeed, especially: Romans 13:11; 1 Corinthians 6:6, L T Tr WH also in 8; Ephesians 2:8; καί ταῦτα, and that too, 1 Corinthians 6:8 Rec.; Hebrews 11:12; (so καί ταῦτα also in classical Greek; cf. Devar. edition Klotz i., p. 108; Viger. edition Herm., p. 176f; Matthiae, § 470, 6). d. ταῦτα, of this sort, such, spoken contemptuously of men, 1 Corinthians 6:11 (cf. Sophocles O. R 1329; Thucydides 6, 77; Livy 30, 30; cf. Bernhardy (1829), p. 281; (Winers Grammar, 162 (153))). e. τοῦτο μέν ... τοῦτο δέ, partly ... partly, Hebrews 10:33 (for examples from Greek anth. see Winers Grammar, 142 (135); Matthiae, ii., § 288 Anm. 2; (Kühner, § 527 Anm. 2)). f. τουτ' ἐστιν, see εἰμί, II. 3, p. 176{b}. II. Joined to nouns it is used like an adjective; a. so that the article stands between the demonstrative and the noun, οὗτος ὁ, αὕτη ἡ, τοῦτο τό (cf. Winers Grammar, § 23 at the end; Buttmann, § 127, 29): Matthew 12:32; Matthew 16:18; Matthew 17:21 (T WH omits; Tr brackets the verse); ; Mark 9:29; Luke 7:44; Luke 10:36; Luke 14:30; Luke 15:24; John 4:15; John 7:46 (L WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); ; Acts 1:11; Romans 11:24; 1 Timothy 1:18; Hebrews 7:1; Hebrews 8:10; (1 John 4:21); Revelation 19:9; Revelation 20:14; Revelation 21:5; Revelation 22:6. etc.; τοῦτο τό παιδίον, such a little child as ye see here, Luke 9:48; cf. Bornemann at the passage (who takes τοῦτο thus as representing the class, 'this and the like;' but cf. Meyer (edited by Weiss) at the passage). b. so that the noun stands between the article and the demonstrative (cf. Winer's Grammar, 548 (510)); as, οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι, the stones which ye see lying near, Matthew 3:9; Matthew 4:3; add, Matthew 5:19; Matthew 7:24 (L Tr WH brackets τούτους), (Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading αὐτῆς); Matthew 10:23, etc.; Mark 12:16; Mark 13:30; Luke 11:31; Luke 23:47; John 4:13, 21; John 7:49; John 11:9; John 18:29; Acts 6:13; Acts 19:26; Romans 15:28; 1 Corinthians 1:20; 1 Corinthians 2:6; 1 Corinthians 11:26; 2 Corinthians 4:1, 7; 2 Corinthians 8:6; 2 Corinthians 11:10; 2 Corinthians 12:13; Ephesians 3:8; Ephesians 5:32; 2 Timothy 2:19; Revelation 2:24, and very often — (which construction is far more frequent with Paul than the other (see Winer's Grammar, as above)); it is added to a noun which has another adjective, ἡ χήρα ἡ πτωχή αὕτη, Luke 21:3; πάντα τά ῤήματα ταῦτα, Luke 2:19, 51 ((T WH L marginal reading omit; L text Tr marginal reading brackets ταῦτα); ἀπό τῆς γενεάς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης, Acts 2:40). c. Passages in which the reading varies between οὗτος ὁ and ὁ ... οὗτος: viz. οὗτος ὁ, Mark 14:30 L text T Tr WH; John 4:20 R L marginal reading; John 6:60 R G; John 7:36 R G; John 9:24 L WH Tr marginal reading; John 21:23 L T Tr WH. ὁ ... οὗτος, Mark 14:30 R G L marginal reading; John 4:20 G L text T Tr WH; John 6:60 L T Tr WH; John vii 36 L T Tr WH; John 9:24 G T Tr text; John 21:23 R G; etc. d. with anarthrous nouns, especially numerical specifications (Winer's Grammar, § 37, 5 N. 1): τρίτον τοῦτο, this third time, 2 Corinthians 13:1; τοῦτο τρίτον, John 21:14 (Judges 16:15; δεύτερον τοῦτο, Genesis 27:36; τοῦτο δέκατον, Numbers 14:22; τέταρτον τοῦτο, Herodotus 5, 76). (The passages which follow, although introduced here by Prof. Grimm, are (with the exception of Acts 1:5) clearly instances of the predicative use of οὗτος; cf. Winers Grammar, 110 (105) note; Buttmann, § 127, 31; Rost § 98, 3 A. c. α. following): τοῦτο πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν, John 4:54; τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, this is the third day that Israel is passing (but see ἄγω, 3), Luke 24:21 (κεῖμαι τριακοστην ταύτην ἡμέραν, this is now the thirtieth day that I lie (unburied), Lucian, dial. mort. 13, 3); οὐ μετά πολλάς ταύτας ἡμέρας (see μετά, II. 2 b. (Winers Grammar, 161 (152); Buttmann, § 127, 4)), Acts 1:5; οὗτος μήν ἕκτος ἐστιν αὐτῇ, this is the sixth month with her etc. Luke 1:36; αὕτη ἀπογραφή πρώτη ἐγένετο, Luke 2:2 L (T) Tr WH; ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχήν τῶν σημείων, John 2:11 L T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὕτως Transliteration: houtōs Phonetic Spelling: hoo'-to Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in this way, thus Meaning: in this way, thus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3779 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3779 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3779 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3779 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3779, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὕτως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3779 houtōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: after thatOr (before a vowel houtos hoo'-toce adverb from houtos; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows) -- after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what. see GREEK houtos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3779: οὕτωοὕτω and οὕτως (formerly in printed editions οὕτω appeared before a consonant, οὕτως before a vowel; but (recent critical editors, following the best manuscripts ("Codex Sinaiticus has οὕτω but fourteen times in the N. T." Scrivener, Collation etc., p. liv.; cf. his Introduction etc., p. 561), have restored οὕτως; viz. Treg. uniformly, 205 times; Tdf. 203 times, 4 times οὕτω; Lachmann 196 times, 7 times οὕτω (all before a consonant); WH 196 times, 10 times οὕτω (all before a consonant); cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 97; WHs Appendix, p. 146f); cf. Winers Grammar, § 5, 1 b.; B. 9; (Lob. Pathol. Elementa ii. 218ff); cf. Krüger, § 11, 12, 1; Kühner, § 72, 3 a.), adverb (from οὗτος) (fr. Homer down), the Sept. for כֵּן, in this manner, thus, so: 1. by virtue of its native demonstrative force it refers to what precedes; "in the manner spoken of; in the way described; in the way it was done; in this manner; in such a manner; thus, so": Matthew 6:30; Matthew 11:26; Matthew 17:12; Matthew 19:8; Mark 14:59; Luke 1:25; Luke 2:48; Luke 12:28; Romans 11:5; 1 Corinthians 8:12; 1 Corinthians 15:11; Hebrews 6:9; (2 Peter 3:11 WH Tr marginal reading); οὐχ οὕτως ἔσται (L Tr WH ἐστιν (so also T in Mark)) ἐν ὑμῖν, it will not be so among you (I hope), Matthew 20:26; Mark 10:43; ὑμεῖς οὐχ οὕτως namely, ἔσεσθε, Luke 22:26; ἐάν ἀφῶμεν αὐτόν οὕτως namely, ποιοῦντα, thus as he has done hitherto (see ἀφίημι, 2 b.), John 11:48; it refers to similitudes and comparisons, and serves to adapt them to the case in hand, Matthew 5:16 (even so, i. e. as the lamp on the lampstand); Matthew 12:45; Matthew 13:49; Matthew 18:14; Matthew 20:16; Luke 12:21 (WH brackets the verse); ; John 3:8; 1 Corinthians 9:24; likewise οὕτως καί, Matthew 17:12; Matthew 18:35; Matthew 24:33; Mark 13:20; Luke 17:10. οὕτως ἔχειν, to be so (Latinsic oritasehabere): Acts 7:1; Acts 12:15; Acts 17:11; Acts 24:9. it serves to resume participles (Josephus, Antiquities 8, 11, 1; b. j. 2, 8, 5; see examples from Greek authors in Passow, under the word, 1 h.; (Liddell and Scott, v. I. 7)): Acts 20:11; Acts 27:17; but John 4:6 must not (with Winers Grammar, § 65, 9 at the end; Buttmann, § 144, 21) be referred to this head, see Meyer (and 5 d. below); on Revelation 3:5, see 5 c. below. It takes the place of an explanatory participial clause, equivalent to matters being thus arranged, under these circumstances, in such a condition of things (Buttmann, § 149, 1; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 60, 5): Romans 5:12 (this connection between sin and death being established (but this explanation of the οὕτως appears to be too general (cf. Meyer ad loc.))); Hebrews 6:15 (i. e. since God had pledged the promise by an oath); equivalent to things having been thus settled, this having been done, then: Matthew 11:26; Acts 7:8; Acts 28:14; 1 Corinthians 14:25; 1 Thessalonians 4:17; 2 Peter 1:11; cf. Fritzsche, Commentary to Romans, i., p. 298. Closely related to this use is that of of οὕτως (like Latinita foritaque,igitur) in the sense of consequently (cf. English so at the beginning of a sentence): Matthew 7:17; Romans 1:15; Romans 6:11; Revelation 3:16 ((cf. Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 220); Passow, under the word, 2; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II.)). 2. it prepares the way for what follows: Matthew 6:9; Luke 19:31; John 21:1; οὕτως ἦν, was arranged thus, was on this wise (Winers Grammar, 465 (434); Buttmann, § 129, 11), Matthew 1:18; οὕτως ἐστι τό θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ followed by an infinitive, so is the will of God, that, 1 Peter 2:15. before language quoted from the O. T.: Matthew 2:5; Acts 7:6; Acts 13:34, 47; 1 Corinthians 15:45; Hebrews 4:4. 3. with adjectives, so (Latintam, marking degree of intensity): Hebrews 12:21; Revelation 16:18; postpositive, τί δειλοί ἐστε οὕτως; Mark 4:40 (L Tr WH omit); in the same sense with adverbs, Galatians 1:6; or with verbs, so greatly, 1 John 4:11; οὕτως ... ὥστε, John 3:16. οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως, it was never seen in such fashion, i. e. such an extraordinary sight, Matthew 9:33 (ἐφάνη must be taken impersonally; cf. Bleek, Synoptative Erklär. i. p. 406 (or Meyer at the passage)); οὐδέποτε οὕτως εἴδομεν, we never saw it so, i. e. with such astonishment, Mark 2:12. 4. οὕτως or οὕτως καί in comparison stands antithetic to an adverb or a relative pronoun (Winers Grammar, § 53, 5; cf. Buttmann, 362 (311) c.): καθάπερ ... οὕτως, Romans 12:4; 1 Corinthians 12:12; 2 Corinthians 8:11; καθώς ... οὕτως, Luke 11:30; Luke 17:26; John 3:14; John 12:50; John 14:31; John 15:4; 2 Corinthians 1:5; 2 Corinthians 10:7; 1 Thessalonians 2:4; Hebrews 5:3; οὕτως ... καθώς, Luke 24:24; Romans 11:26; Philippians 3:17; ὡς ... οὕτως, Acts 8:32; Acts 23:11; Romans 5:15, 18; 1 Corinthians 7:17; 2 Corinthians 7:14; 1 Thessalonians 2:8; 1 Thessalonians 5:2; οὕτως ... ὡς, Mark 4:26; John 7:46 (L WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); 1 Corinthians 3:15; 1 Corinthians 4:1; 1 Corinthians 9:26; Ephesians 5:28; James 2:12; οὕτως ὡς ... μή ὡς, 2 Corinthians 9:5 (G L T Tr WH); ὥσπερ ... οὕτως, Matthew 12:40; Matthew 13:40; Matthew 24:27, 37, 39; Luke 17:24; John 5:21, 26; Romans 5:12, 19, 21; Romans 6:4; Romans 11:31; 1 Corinthians 11:12; 1 Corinthians 15:22; 1 Corinthians 16:1; 2 Corinthians 1:7 R G; Galatians 4:29; Ephesians 5:24 R G; after καθ' ὅσον, Hebrews 9:27f; οὕτως ... ὅν τρόπον, Acts 1:11; Acts 27:25; ὅν τρόπον ... οὕτως, 2 Timothy 3:8 (Isaiah 52:14); κατά τήν ὁδόν ἥν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν οὕτω κτλ., after the Way (i. e. as it requires (cf. ὁδός, 2 a. at the end)) so etc. Acts 24:14. 5. Further, the following special uses deserve notice: a. (ἔχει) ὅς (better ὁ) μέν οὕτως ὅς (better ὁ) δέ οὕτως, one after this manner, another after that, i. e. different men in different ways, 1 Corinthians 7:7 (πότε μέν οὕτως καί πότε οὕτως φάγεται ἡ μάχαιρα, 2 Samuel 11:25). b. οὕτως, in the manner known to all, i. e. according to the context, so shamefully, 1 Corinthians 5:3. c. in that state in which one finds oneself, such as one is (cf. Winer's Grammar, 465 (434)): τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως, Romans 9:20; οὕτως of those εἶναι, μένειν who remain unmarried, 1 Corinthians 7:26, 40; ὁ νικῶν οὕτως περιβαλεῖται viz. as (i. e. because he is) victor (others in the manner described in verse 4), Revelation 3:5 L T Tr WH. d. thus forthwith, i. e. without hesitation (cf. English off-hand, without ceremony, and the colloquial right, just): John 4:6; cf. Passow, under the word, 4; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, IV.; see 1 above; add John 13:25 T WH Tr brackets (cf. Green, Critical Notes at the passage)) e. in questions (Latinsicine?) (English exclamatory so then, what): Mark 7:18 (German sonach) (others take οὕτως here as expressive of degree. In Matthew 26:40, however, many give it the sense spoken of; cf. too 1 Corinthians 6:5); οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ; i. e. so impudently, John 18:22; with an adjective, so (very), Galatians 3:3. (But these examples, although classed together by Fritzsche also (Commentary on Mark, p. 150f), seem to be capable of discrimination. The passage from Galatians, for instance, does not seem to differ essentially from examples under 3 above.) f. In classical Greek οὕτως often, after a conditional, concessive, or temporal protasis, introduces the apodosis (cf. Passow, under the word, 1 h.; (Liddell and Scott, under the word I. 7)). 1 Thessalonians 4:14 and Revelation 11:5 have been referred to this head; Buttmann, 357 (307); (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 60, 5 (especially a.)). But questionably; for in the first passage οὕτως may also be taken as equivalent to under these circumstances, i. e. if we believe what I have said (better cf. Winer's Grammar, as above); in the second passage οὕτως denotes in the manner spoken of, i. e. by fire proceeding out of their mouth. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: οὐχί Transliteration: ouchi Phonetic Spelling: oo-khee' Part of Speech: Particle, Interrogative; Particle, Negative Short Definition: not, not at all Meaning: not, not at all GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3780 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3780 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3780 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3780 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3780, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/οὐχί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3780 ouchi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: not, nayIntensive of ou; not indeed -- nay, not. see GREEK ou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3780: οὐχίοὐχί, equivalent to οὐ, not, but stronger (cf. νυνί at the beginning); a. in simple negative sentences, by no means, not at all (A. V. not): John 13:10; John 14:22; 1 Corinthians 5:2; 1 Corinthians 6:1; followed by ἀλλά, 1 Corinthians 10:29; 2 Corinthians 10:13 (L T Tr WH οὐκ); in denials or contradictions (A. V. nay; not so), Luke 1:60; Luke 12:51; Luke 13:3, 5; Luke 16:30; Romans 3:27. b. in a question, Latinnonne? (asking what no one denies to be true): Matthew 5:46; Matthew 10:29; Matthew 13:27; Matthew 20:13; Luke 6:39; Luke 17:17 (L Tr WH οὐχ); ; John 11:9; Acts 2:7 Tr WH text; Romans 2:26 (L T Tr WH οὐχ); 1 Corinthians 1:20; Hebrews 1:14, etc.; (the Sept. for הֲלֹא, Genesis 40:8; Judges 4:6); ἀλλ' οὐχί, will he not rather, Luke 17:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφειλέτης Transliteration: opheiletēs Phonetic Spelling: of-i-let'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a debtor Meaning: a debtor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3781 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3781 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3781 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3781 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3781, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφειλέτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3781 opheiletēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: debtor, which owed, sinner. From opheilo; an ower, i.e. Person indebted; figuratively, a delinquent; morally, a transgressor (against God) -- debtor, which owed, sinner. see GREEK opheilo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3781: ὀφειλέτηςὀφειλέτης, ὀφειλετου, ὁ (ὀφείλω), one who owes another, a debtor: properly, of one who owes another money (Plato, legg. 5, 736 d.; Plutarch; others); with a genitive of the sum due, Matthew 18:24. Metaphorically, a. one held by some obligation, bound to some duty: ὀφειλέτης εἰμί, equivalent to ὀφείλω, followed by an infinitive, Galatians 5:3 (Sophocles Aj. 590); ὀφειλέτης εἰμί τίνος, to be one's debtor i. e. under obligations of gratitude to him for favors received, Romans 15:27; τίνι (dative commodi), to be under obligation to do something for someone, Romans 1:14; Romans 8:12. b. one who has not yet made amends to one whom he has injured: Matthew 6:12; in imitation of the Chaldean חַיָב, one who owes God penalty or of whom God can demand punishment as something due, i. e. a sinner, Luke 13:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφειλή Transliteration: opheilē Phonetic Spelling: of-i-lay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a debt Meaning: a debt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3782 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3782 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3782 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3782 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3782, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφειλή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3782 opheilē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: debt, due. From opheilo; indebtedness, i.e. (concretely) a sum owed; figuratively, obligation, i.e. (conjugal) duty -- debt, due. see GREEK opheilo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3782: ὀφειλήὀφειλή, ὀφειλης, ἡ (ὀφείλω), that which is owed; properly, a debt: Matthew 18:32; metaphorical plural, dues: Romans 13:7; specifically, of conjugal duty (R. V. her due), 1 Corinthians 7:3 G L T Tr WH. Found neither in the Greek O. T. nor in secular authors; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 90. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφείλημα Transliteration: opheilēma Phonetic Spelling: of-i'-lay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is owed, a debt Meaning: that which is owed, a debt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3783 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3783 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3783 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3783 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3783, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφείλημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3783 opheilēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: debt. From (the alternate of) opheilo; something owed, i.e. (figuratively) a due; morally, a fault -- debt. see GREEK opheilo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3783: ὀφείλημαὀφείλημα, ὀφειλητος, τό (ὀφείλω), that which is owed; a. properly, that which is justly or legally due, a debt; so for מַשָּׁאָה, Deuteronomy 24:12 (10); ἀφιέναι, 1 Macc. 15:8; ἀποτίνειν, Plato, legg. 4, p. 717 b.; ἀποδιδόναι, Aristotle, eth. Nic. 9, 2, 5 (p. 1165a, 3). κατά ὀφείλημα, as of debt, Romans 4:4. b. in imitation of the Chaldean חוב or חובָא (which denotes both debt and sin), metaphorically, offence, sin (see ὀφειλέτης, b.); hence, ἀφιέναι τίνι τά ὀφειλετα αὐτοῦ, to remit the penalty of one's sins, to forgive them, (Chaldean חובִין שְׁבַק), Matthew 6:12. (Cf. Winer's Grammar, 30, 32, 33.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφείλω Transliteration: opheilō Phonetic Spelling: of-i'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to owe Meaning: to owe GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3784 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3784 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3784 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3784 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3784, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφείλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3784 opheilō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: owe, oughtOr (in certain tenses), its prolonged form opheileo (of-i-leh'-o) probably from the base of ophelos (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty -- behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ophelon. see GREEK ophelos see GREEK ophelon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3784: ὀφείλωὀφείλω; imperfect ὤφειλον; present passive participle ὀφειλόμενος; from Homer down; to owe; a. properly, to owe money, be in debt for: τίνι τί, Matthew 18:28; Luke 16:5; without a dative, Matthew 18:28; Luke 7:41; Luke 16:7; Philemon 1:18; τό ὀφειλόμενον, that which is due, the debt, Matthew 18:30; αὐτῷ (which L Tr WH omit), that due to him, Matthew 18:34. b. metaphorically: τί, passive τήν εὔνοιαν ὀφειλομένην, the good-will due (A. V. (not R. V.) due benevolence), 1 Corinthians 7:3 Rec.; μηδενί μηδέν ὀφείλετε (here ὀφείλετε, on account of what precedes and what follows, must be taken in its broadest sense, both literal and tropical), εἰ μή τό ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν, owe no one anything except to love one another, because we must never cease loving and the debt of love can never be paid, Romans 13:8. absolutely, to be a debtor, be bound: Matthew 23:16, 18; followed by an infinitive to be under obligation, bound by duty or necessity, to do something; it behooves one; one ought; used thus of a necessity imposed either by law and duty, or by reason, or by the times, or by the nature of the matter under consideration (according to Westcott (Epistles of John, p. 5), Cremer, others, denoting obligation in its special and personal aspects): Luke 17:10; John 13:14; John 19:7 (ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, he ought to die); Acts 17:29; Romans 15:1, 27; 1 Corinthians 5:10; (1 Corinthians 7:36 (A. V. need so requireth)); ; 2 Corinthians 12:14; Ephesians 5:28; 2 Thessalonians 1:3; 2 Thessalonians 2:13; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 5:3, 12; 1 John 2:6; 1 John 3:16; 1 John 4:11; 3 John 1:8; ὤφειλον συνίστασθαι, I ought to have been commended, i. e. I can demand commendation, 2 Corinthians 12:11. c. after the Chaldee (see ὀφειλέτης, b., ὀφείλημα, b.), ὀφείλω τίνι, to have wronged one and not yet made amends to him (A. V. indebted), Luke 11:4. (Compare: προσοφείλω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄφελον Transliteration: ophelon Phonetic Spelling: of'-el-on Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: would that (used to express an unattainable wish) Meaning: would that (used to express an unattainable wish) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3785 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3785 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3785 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3785 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3785, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄφελον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3785 ophelon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: would that, I wishFirst person singular of a past tense of opheilo; I ought (wish), i.e. (interjection) oh that! -- would (to God). see GREEK opheilo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3785: ὄφελονὄφελον (for ὠφελον, without the augment, 2 aorist of ὀφείλω; in earlier Greek with an infinitive, as ὠφελον θανεῖν, I ought to have died, expressive of a wish, equivalent to would that I were dead; in later Greek it assumes the nature of an interjection, to be rendered) would that, where one wishes that a thing had happened which has not happened, or that a thing be done which probably will not be done (cf. Winers Grammar, 301f (283); Buttmann, § 150, 5): with an optative present Revelation 3:15 Rec.; with an indicative imperfect, Rev. ibid. G L T Tr WH; 2 Corinthians 11:1 (Epictetus diss. 2, 18, 15; Ignatius ad Smyrn. c. 12 [ET]); with an indicative aorist, 1 Corinthians 4:8 (Psalm 118:5 (); ὄφελον ἀπεθάνομεν, Exodus 16:3; Numbers 14:2; Numbers 20:3); with the future, Galatians 5:12 (Lucian, soloec. (or Pseudosoph.) 1, where this construction is classed as a solecism). Cf. Passow, ii., p. 603{a}; (Liddell and Scott, under the word ὀφείλω, II. 3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄφελος Transliteration: ophelos Phonetic Spelling: of'-el-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: advantage, help Meaning: advantage, help GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3786 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3786 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3786 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3786 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3786, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄφελος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3786 ophelos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: advantage, profit. From ophello (to heap up, i.e. Accumulate or benefit); gain -- advantageth, profit. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3786: ὄφελοςὄφελος, ὀφελους, τό (ὀφέλλω to increase), advantage, profit: 1 Corinthians 15:32; James 2:14, 16. (From Homer down; the Sept. Job 15:3.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφθαλμοδουλεία Transliteration: ophthalmodouleia Phonetic Spelling: of-thal-mod-oo-li'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: eye service Meaning: eye service GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3787 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3787 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3787 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3787 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3787, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφθαλμοδουλεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3787 ophthalmodouleia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eye-service. From ophthalmos and douleia; sight-labor, i.e. That needs watching (remissness) -- eye-service. see GREEK ophthalmos see GREEK douleia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3787: ὀφθαλμοδουλείαὀφθαλμοδουλεία (T WH ὀφθαλμοδουλία; see Iota), ὀφθαλμοδουλειας, ἡ (ὀφθαλμοδουλος, Apostolic Constitutions (4, 12, Coteler. Patr. Apost.) 1, p. 299a; and this from ὀφθαλμός and δοῦλος) (A. V. eye-service i. e.) service performed (only) under the master's eye (μή κατ' ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν, τουτεστι μή μόνον παρόντων τῶν δεσποτῶν καί ὁρώντων, ἀλλά καί ἀποντων, Theophylact on Ephesians 6:6; "for the master's eye usually stimulates to greater diligence; his absence, on the other hand, renders sluggish." H. Stephanus): Ephesians 6:6; Colossians 3:22. Not found elsewhere; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 100 (94)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφθαλμός Transliteration: ophthalmos Phonetic Spelling: of-thal-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the eye Meaning: the eye GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3788 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3788 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3788 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3788 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3788, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφθαλμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3788 ophthalmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eye, sight. From optanomai; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance) -- eye, sight. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3788: ὀφθαλμόςὀφθαλμός, ὀφθαλμοῦ, ὁ (from the root, ὀπ, to see; allied to ὄψις, ὄψομαι, etc.; Curtius, § 627), the Sept. for עַיִן (from Homer down), the eye: Matthew 5:38; Matthew 6:22; Mark 9:47; Luke 11:34; John 9:6; 1 Corinthians 12:16; Revelation 7:17; Revelation 21:4, and often; ῤιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, 1 Corinthians 15:52; οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου εἶδον (see the remark in γλῶσσα, 1), Luke 2:30; cf. Luke 4:20; Luke 10:23; Matthew 13:16; 1 Corinthians 2:9; Revelation 1:7; (ἀνέβλεψαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί Matthew 20:34 R G); ἰδεῖν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, Matthew 13:15; John 12:40; Acts 28:27; ὁρᾶν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς (see ὁράω, 1), 1 John 1:1; ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, desire excited by seeing, 1 John 2:16. Since the eye is the index of the mind, the following phrases have arisen: ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, i. e. thou art envious, Matthew 20:15; ὀφθαλμός πονηρός, envy, Mark 7:22 (עַיִן רַע, an envious man, Proverbs 23:6; Proverbs 28:22; cf. Sir. 34:13; בְּאָחִיך עֵינֲך רָעָה, thine eye is evil toward thy brother, i. e. thou enviest (grudgest) thy brother, Deuteronomy 15:9; ὀφθαλμός πονηρός φθονερός ἐπ' ἄρτῳ, Sir. 14:10; μή φθονεσάτω σου ὁ ὀφθαλμός, Tobit 4:7; the opposite, ἀγαθός ὀφθαλμός, is used of a willing mind, Sir. 32:10, 12 (Sir. 35:10, 12)); on the other hand, ὀφθαλμός πονηρός in Matthew 6:23 is a diseased, disordered eye, just as we say a bad eye, a bad finger (see πονηρός, 2 a. (where Luke 11:34)). κρατεῖν τούς ὀφθαλμούς τοῦ μή κτλ. (A. V. to hold the eyes i. e.) to prevent one from recognizing another, Luke 24:16; ὑπολαμβάνω τινα ἀπό τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τίνος, by receiving one to withdraw him from another's sight (A. V. received him out of their sight), Acts 1:9. Metaphorically, of the eyes of the mind, the faculty of knowing: ἐκρύβη ἀπό τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου, hidden from thine eyes, i. e. concealed from thee (cf. Buttmann, 320 (274)), Luke 19:42; διδόναι τίνι ὀφθαλμούς τοῦ μή βλέπειν, to crease one to be slow to understand, Romans 11:8 (cf. Buttmann, 267 (230)); τυφλουν τούς ὀφθαλμούς τίνος, John 12:40; 1 John 2:11; σκοτιζονται οἱ ὀφθαλμοί Romans 11:10; πεφωτίσμενοι ὀφθαλμοί τῆς διανοίας (cf. Buttmann, § 145, 6), Ephesians 1:18 Rec.; τῆς καρδίας (as in Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 36, 2 [ET]), ibid. G L T Tr WH; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τίνος (פּ בְּעֵינֵי (cf. Buttmann, § 146, 1 at the end)), in the judgment (cf. our view) of one, Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:11; οὐκ ἐστι τί ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τίνος, to neglect a thing (cf. our leave, put, out of sight), Romans 3:18; γυμνόν ἐστι τί τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τίνος (see γυμνός, 2 a.), Hebrews 4:13; οἱ ὀφθαλμοί τοῦ κυρίου ἐπί δικαίους (namely, επι( (or απο() βλέπουσιν, which is added in Psalm 10:4 ()), are (fixed) upon the righteous, i. e. the Lord looks after, provides for them, 1 Peter 3:12. Other phrases in which ὀφθαλμός occurs may be found under ἀνοίγω, p. 48{b}, ἁπλοῦς, διανοίγω 1, ἐξορύσσω 1, ἐπαίρω, p. 228^a, καμμύω, μοιχαλίς a., προγράφω2 |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄφις Transliteration: ophis Phonetic Spelling: of'-is Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a snake Meaning: a snake GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3789 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3789 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3789 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3789 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3789, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄφις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3789 ophis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: serpent. Probably from optanomai (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan -- serpent. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3789: ὄφιςὄφις, ὀφισεως, ὁ (perhaps named from its sight; cf. δράκων, at the beginning, and see Curtius, as under the word ὀφθαλμός); from Homer, Iliad 12, 208 down; the Sept. mostly for נָחָשׁ; a snake, serpent: Matthew 7:10; Mark 16:18; Luke 10:19; Luke 11:11; John 3:14; 1 Corinthians 10:9; Revelation 9:19; with the ancients the serpent was an emblem of cunning and wisdom, 2 Corinthians 11:3, cf. Genesis 3:1; hence, φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, Matthew 10:16 (here WH marginal reading ὁ ὄφις); hence, crafty hypocrites are called ὄφεις, Matthew 23:33. The serpent narrated to have deceived Eve (see Gen. as above) was regarded by the later Jews as the devil (Sap. ii., 23f, cf. 4 Macc. 18:8); hence, he is called ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ ὄφις: Revelation 12:9, 14; Revelation 20:2; see (Grimm on Sap. as above; From Lenormant, Beginnings of History etc., chapter ii., p. 109f, and) δράκων. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀφρῦς Transliteration: ophrys Phonetic Spelling: of-roos' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an eyebrow Meaning: an eyebrow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3790 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3790 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3790 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3790 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3790, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀφρῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3790 ophrys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: brow. Perhaps from optanomai (through the idea of the shading or proximity to the organ of vision); the eye-"brow" or forehead, i.e. (figuratively) the brink of a precipice -- brow. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3790: ὀφρύςὀφρύς, ὀφρύος, ἡ, 1. the eyebrow, so from Homer down. 2. any prominence or projection; as (English the brow) of a mountain (so the Latinsupercilium, Vergil, georg. 1, 108; Hirtius, bell. afr. 58; Livy 27, 18; 34, 29): Luke 4:29 (Homer, Iliad 20, 151; often in Polybius, Plutarch, others). STRONGS NT 3790a: ὀχετός [ὀχετός, ὀχετου, ὁ, 1. a water-pipe, duct. 2. the intestinal canal: Mark 7:19 WH (rejected) marginal reading (others, ἀφεδρών).] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀχλέω Transliteration: ochleō Phonetic Spelling: okh-leh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to disturb, trouble Meaning: to disturb, trouble GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3791 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3791 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3791 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3791 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3791, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀχλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3791 ochleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to trouble, afflictFrom ochlos; to mob, i.e. (by implication) to harass -- vex. see GREEK ochlos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3791: ὀχλέωὀχλέω, ὄχλῳ: present passive participle ὀχλουμενος; (ὄχλος); properly, to excite a mob against one; (in Homer (Iliad 21, 261) to disturb, roll away); universally, to trouble, molest (τινα, Herodotus 5, 41; Aeschylus, others); absolutely, to be in confusion, in an uproar (3Macc. 5:41); passive to be vexed, molested, troubled: by demons, Luke 6:18, R G L (where T Tr WH ἐνοχλούμενοι — the like variation of text in Herodian, 6, 3, 4); Acts 5:16; Tobit 6:8 (7); Acta Thomae § 12. (Compare: ἐνοχλέω, παρενοχλέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀχλοποιέω Transliteration: ochlopoieō Phonetic Spelling: okh-lop-oy-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to gather a crowd Meaning: to gather a crowd GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3792 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3792 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3792 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3792 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3792, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀχλοποιέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3792 ochlopoieō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: form a mobFrom ochlos and poieo; to make a crowd, i.e. Raise a public disturbance -- gather a company. see GREEK ochlos see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3792: ὀχλοποιέωὀχλοποιέω, ὀχλοποιῶ: 1 aorist participle ὀχλοποιησας; (ὄχλος, ποιέω); to collect a crowd, gather the people together: Acts 17:5. Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄχλος Transliteration: ochlos Phonetic Spelling: okh'los Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a crowd, multitude, the common people Meaning: a crowd, multitude, the common people GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3793 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3793 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3793 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3793 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3793, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄχλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3793 ochlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: multitude, crowdFrom a derivative of echo (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot -- company, multitude, number (of people), people, press. see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3793: ὄχλοςὄχλος, ὄχλου, ὁ, in the N. T. only in the historical books and five times in the book of Revelation; as in Greek writings from Pindar and Aeschylus down, a crowd, i. e. 1. a casual collection of people; a multitude of men who have flocked together in some place, a throng: Matthew 9:23, 25; Matthew 15:10, etc.; Mark 2:4; Mark 3:9, and often; Luke 5:1, 19; Luke 7:9, etc.; John 5:13; John 6:22, 24; John 7:20, 32, 49, etc.; Acts 14:14; Acts 17:8; Acts 21:34; τίς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου, Luke 11:27; Luke 12:13; or ἀπό τοῦ ὄχλου, ; ἀπό (for i. e. on account of (cf. ἀπό, II. 2 b.)) τοῦ ὄχλου, Luke 19:3; ἡ βία τοῦ ὄχλου, Acts 21:35; πολύς ὄχλος and much more often ὄχλος πολύς, Matthew 14:14; Matthew 20:29; Matthew 26:47; Mark 5:21, 24; Mark 6:34; Mark 9:14; Mark 14:43 (here T Tr WH omit; L Tr marginal reading brackets πολύς); Luke 7:11; Luke 8:4; Luke 9:37; John 6:2, 5; John 12:12 (but here Tr marginal reading brackets WH prefix ὁ; cf. Buttmann, 91 (80)); Revelation 19:1, 6; with the article ὁ πολύς ὄχλος, the great multitude present, Mark 12:37; (ὁ ὄχλος πολύς (the noun forming with the adjective a single composite term, like our) the common people, John 12:9 T WH Tr marginal reading; cf. Buttmann, as above; some would give the phrase the same sense in Mark, the passage cited); πάμπολυς, Mark 8:1 (Rec.); ἱκανός, Mark 10:46; Luke 7:12; Acts 11:24, 26; Acts 19:26; ὁ ... πλεῖστος ὄχλος (the most part of the multitude), Matthew 21:8; πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος, Matthew 13:2; Mark 2:13; Mark 4:1; Mark 7:14 (Rec.); ; Luke 13:17; Acts 21:27; ὄχλον τοσοῦτον, Matthew 15:33; αἱ μυριάδες τοῦ ὄχλου Luke 12:1; οὐ μετά ὄχλου, not having a crowd with me, Acts 24:18; ἄτερ ὄχλου, in the absence of the multitude ((see ἄτερ)), Luke 22:6. plural οἱ ὄχλοι, very often in Matt. and Luke, as Matthew 5:1; Matthew 7:28; Matthew 9:8, 33, 36; Matthew 11:7; Matthew 12:46; Matthew 13:34, 36, etc.; Luke 3:7, 10; Luke 4:42; Luke 5:3; Luke 8:42, 45; Luke 9:11; Luke 11:14, etc.; Acts 8:6; Acts 13:45; Acts 14:11, 13, 18; Acts 17:13; once in John 7:12 (where Tdf. the singular); in Mark only Rec.; and without the article Mark 10:1; ὄχλοι πολλοί, Matthew 4:25; Matthew 8:1; Matthew 12:15 (R G); ; Luke 5:15; Luke 14:25; πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι, Matthew 12:23. 2. the multitude, i. e. the common people, opposed to the rulers and leading men: Matthew 14:5; Matthew 21:26; Mark 12:12; (John 7:12b (provided the plural is retained in the first part of the verse)); with contempt, "the ignorant multitude, the populace, John 7:49; ἐπισύστασις ὄχλου, a riot, a mob, Acts 24:12 (L T Tr WH ἐπίστασιν (which see) ὄχλου). 3. universally, a multitude: with a genitive of the class, as τελωνῶν, Luke 5:29; μαθητῶν, Luke 6:17; ὀνομάτων (see ὄνομα, 3), Acts 1:15; τῶν ἱερέων, Acts 6:7; the plural ὄχλοι, joined with λαοί and ἔθνη, in Revelation 17:15 seems to designate troops of men assembled together without order. (The Sept. chiefly for הָמון.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀχύρωμα Transliteration: ochyrōma Phonetic Spelling: okh-oo'-ro-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a stronghold, fortress Meaning: a stronghold, fortress GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3794 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3794 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3794 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3794 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3794, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀχύρωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3794 ochyrōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: stronghold. From a remote derivative of echo (meaning to fortify, through the idea of holding safely); a castle (figuratively, argument) -- stronghold. see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3794: ὀχύρωμαὀχύρωμα, ὀχυρώματος, τό (ὀχυρόω (to make strong, to fortify)); 1. properly, a castle, stronghold, fortress, fastness, the Sept. for מִבְצָר, etc.; very often in 1 and 2 Macc.; Xenophon, Hellen. 3, 2, 3. 2. tropically, anything on which one relies: καθεῖλε τό ὀχύρωμα, ἐφ' ᾧ ἐπεποίθεισαν, Proverbs 21:22; ὀχύρωμα ὁσίου φόβος κυρίου, Proverbs 10:29; in 2 Corinthians 10:4 of the arguments and reasonings by which a disputant endeavors to fortify his opinion and defend it against his opponent. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀψάριον Transliteration: opsarion Phonetic Spelling: op-sar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: fish Meaning: fish GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3795 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3795 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3795 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3795 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3795, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀψάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3795 opsarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fish. Neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of optos; a relish to other food (as if cooked sauce), i.e. (specially), fish (presumably salted and dried as a condiment) -- fish. see GREEK optos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3795: ὀψάριονὀψάριον, ὀψαριου, τό (diminutive from ὄψον (cf. Curtius, § 630) i. e. whatever is eaten with bread, especially food boiled or roasted; hence, specifically), fish: John 6:9, 11; John 21:9f, 13. (Comicus Philemon () quoted in Athen. 9, c. 35, p. 385 e.; Lucian, Geoponica (cf. Wetstein on John 6:9); see γυναικάριον, at the end (Winer's Grammar, 23 (22)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀψέ Transliteration: opse Phonetic Spelling: op-seh' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: long after, late Meaning: long after, late GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3796 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3796 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3796 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3796 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3796, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀψέ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3796 opse 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lateFrom the same as opiso (through the idea of backwardness); (adverbially) late in the day; by extension, after the close of the day -- (at) even, in the end. see GREEK opiso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3796: ὀψέὀψέ (apparently from ὄπις; see ὀπίσω, at the beginning), adverb of time, after a long time, long after, late; a. especially late in the day (namely, τῆς ἡμέρας, which is often added, as Thucydides 4, 93; Xenophon, Hellen. 2, 1, 23), i. e. at evening (Homer, Thucydides, Plato, others; for עֶבֶר עֵת, Genesis 24:11): (Mark 11:( T Tr marginal reading WH text (cf. Plutarch, Alex. 16,1)),; . b. with a genitive (Winer's Grammar, § 54, 6), ὀψέ σαββάτων, the sabbath having just passed, after the sabbath, i. e.: at the early dawn of the first day of the week — (an interpretation absolutely demanded by the added specification τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ κτλ.), Matthew 28:1 cf. Mark 16:1 (ὀψέ τῶν βασιλέως χρόνων, long after the times of the king, Plutarch, Numbers 1; ὀψέ μυστηρίων, the mysteries being over, Philostr. vit. Apoll. 4, 18); (but an examination of the instances just cited (and others) will show that they fail to sustain the rendering after (although it is recognized by Passow, Pape, Schenkl, and other lexicographers); ὀψέ followed by a genitive seems always to be partitive, denoting late in the period specified by the genitive (and consequently still belonging to it), cf. Buttmann, § 132, 7 Rem.; Kühner, § 414, 5 c. β. Hence, in Matthew, the passage cited 'late on the sabbath'). Keim, iii, p. 552f (English translation, vi., 303f) endeavors to relieve the passage differently (by adopting the Vulg.vesperesabbati, on the evening of the sabbath), but without success. ((Cf. Keil, Comm. über Matth. at the passage.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄψιμος Transliteration: opsimos Phonetic Spelling: op'-sim-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: the latter rain Meaning: the latter rain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3797 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3797 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3797 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3797 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3797, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄψιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3797 opsimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spring rainFrom opse; later, i.e. Vernal (showering) -- latter. see GREEK opse Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3797: ὄψιμοςὄψιμος, ὄψιμον (ὀψέ), late, latter (Homer, Iliad 2, 325; ὀψιμωτατος σπόρος, Xenophon, oec. 17, 4f; ἐν τοῖς ὀψιμοις τῶν ὑδάτων, of the time of subsidence of the waters of the Nile, Diodorus 1, 10; (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 51f)): ὄψιμον ὑετόν, the latter or vernal rain, which falls chiefly in the months of March and April just before the harvest (opposed to the autumnal or πρώϊμος (cf. B. D. under the word )), James 5:7 (but L T Tr WH omit ὑετόν, the Sinaiticus manuscript and a few other authorities substitute καρπόν); the Sept. for מַלְקושׁ, Deuteronomy 11:14; Jeremiah 5:24; Hosea 6:3; Joel 2:23; Zechariah 10:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄψιος Transliteration: opsios Phonetic Spelling: op'-see-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: evening Meaning: evening GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3798 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3798 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3798 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3798 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3798, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄψιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3798 opsios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eveningFrom opse; late; feminine (as noun) afternoon (early eve) or nightfall (later eve) -- even(-ing, (-tide)). see GREEK opse Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3798: ὄψιοςὄψιος, ὀψία, ὀψιον (ὀψέ), late; 1. as an adjective ((Pindar) Thucydides, Demosthenes, Aristotle, Theophrastus, others; (Lob. ad Phryn., p. 51f)): ἡ ὥρα, Mark 11:11 (but T Tr marginal reading WH text ὀψέ, which see) (ὀψία ἐν νυκτί, Pindar Isthm. 4, 59). 2. contrary to the usage of secular authors ἡ ὀψία as a substantive (namely, ὥρα (cf. Winers Grammar, 591f (550); Buttmann, 82 (71))), evening: i. e. either from our three to six o'clock p. m., Matthew 8:16; Matthew 14:15; Matthew 27:57; Mark 4:35; or from our six o'clock p. m. to the beginning of night, Matthew 14:23; Matthew 16:2 there T brackets WH reject the passage); ; Mark 1:32; Mark 6:47; Mark 14:17; Mark 15:42; John 6:16; John 20:19,(hence, הָעַרְבַּיִם בֵּין, between the two evenings, Exodus 12:6; Exodus 16:12; Exodus 29:39 (cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, p. 1064f (and addit. et emend., p. 103); B. D. under the word )). Besides only in Judith 13:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὄψις Transliteration: opsis Phonetic Spelling: op'-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the act of seeing, the sense of sight Meaning: the act of seeing, the sense of sight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3799 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3799 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3799 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3799 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3799, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὄψις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3799 opsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appearance, countenance, face. From optanomai; properly, sight (the act), i.e. (by implication) the visage, an external show -- appearance, countenance, face. see GREEK optanomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3799: ὄψιςὄψις, ὄψεως, ἡ (ὈΠΤΩ, ὄψομαι (cf. ὀφθαλμός)), from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for מַרְאֶה; 1. seeing, sight. 2. face, countenance: John 11:44; Revelation 1:16. 3. the outward appearance, look (many lexicographers give this neuter and objective sense precedence): κρίνειν κατ' ὄψιν, John 7:24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὀψώνιον Transliteration: opsōnion Phonetic Spelling: op-so'-nee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: provisions, wages Meaning: provisions, wages GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3800 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3800 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3800 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3800 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3800, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὀψώνιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3800 opsōnion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wages. Neuter of a presumed derivative of the same as opsarion; rations for a soldier, i.e. (by extension) his stipend or pay -- wages. see GREEK opsarion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3800: ὀψώνιονὀψώνιον, ὀψωνιου, τό (from ὄψον — on which see ὀψάριον, at the beginning — and ὠνέομαι to buy), a later Greek word (cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced. et Alex., p. 187; Phryn. ed. Lob., p. 418), properly, whatever is bought to be eaten with bread, as fish, flesh, and the like (see ὀψάριον). And as grain, meat, fruits, salt, were given to soldiers instead of pay (Caesar b. g. 1, 23, 1; Polybius 1, 66f; 3, 13, 8), ὀψώνιον began to signify: 1. universally, a soldier's pay, allowance (Polybius 6, 39, 12; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 9, 36), more commonly in the plural (Winers Grammar, 176 (166); Buttmann, 24 (21)) ὀψώνια, properly, that part of a soldier's support given in place of pay (i. e. rations) and the money in which he is paid (Polybius 1, 67, 1; 6, 39, 15; 1 Macc. 3:28 1 Macc. 14:32; 1 Esdr. 4:56; Josephus, Antiquities 12, 2, 3): Luke 3:14; 1 Corinthians 9:7 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 7 d.). 2. metaphorically, wages: singular 2 Corinthians 11:8; τῆς ἁμαρτίας, the hire that sin pays, Romans 6:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ὁ Transliteration: ho Phonetic Spelling: ho en kai Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: to come Meaning: to come GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3801 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3801 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3801 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3801 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3801, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ὁ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3801 ho 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to comeHo erchomenos (ho own kahee) ho ane kahee (ho er-khom'-en-os) a phrase combining ho with the present participle and imperfect of eimi and the present participle of erchomai by means of kai; the one being and the one that was and the one coming, i.e. The Eternal, as a divine epithet of Christ -- which art (is, was), and (which) wast (is, was), and art (is) to come (shalt be). see GREEK eimi see GREEK kai see GREEK ho see GREEK erchomai |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παγιδεύω Transliteration: pagideuō Phonetic Spelling: pag-id-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set a trap Meaning: to set a trap GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3802 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3802 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3802 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3802 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3802, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παγιδεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3802 pagideuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: entangle. From pagis; to ensnare (figuratively) -- entangle. see GREEK pagis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3802: παγιδεύωπαγιδεύω: 1 aorist subjunctive 3rd person plural παγιδεύσωσιν; (παγίς, which see); a word unknown to the Greeks; to ensnare, entrap: birds, Ecclesiastes 9:12; metaphorically, τινα ἐν λόγῳ, of the attempt to elicit from one some remark which can be turned into an accusation against him, Matthew 22:15. ((τοῖς λόγοις, Proverbs 6:2 Graecus Venetus; cf. also Deuteronomy 7:25; Deuteronomy 12:30 in the same); 1 Samuel 28:9.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παγίς Transliteration: pagis Phonetic Spelling: pag-ece' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a trap, snare Meaning: a trap, snare GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3803 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3803 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3803 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3803 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3803, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παγίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3803 pagis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: snare. From pegnumi; a trap (as fastened by a noose or notch); figuratively, a trick or statagem (temptation) -- snare. see GREEK pegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3803: παγίςπαγίς, παγίδος, ἡ (from πήγνυμι to make fast, 2 aorist ἐπαγον; properly, that which holds fast (cf. Anth. Pal. C, 5)), the Sept. for פַּח, רֶשֶׁת, מוקֵשׁ, etc.; a snare, trap, noose; a. properly, of snares in which birds are entangled and caught, Proverbs 6:5; Proverbs 7:23; Psalm 90:3 (); Psalm 123:7 (); παγίδας ἱσταναι, Aristophanes av. 527; hence, ὡς παγίς, as a snare, i. e. unexpectedly, suddenly, because birds and beasts are caught unawares, Luke 21:35. b. tropically, a snare, i. e. whatever brings peril, loss, destruction: of a sudden and unexpected deadly peril, Romans 11:9 from Psalm 68:23 (); of the allurements and seductions of sin, ἐμπίπτειν εἰς πειρασμόν καί παγίδα, 1 Timothy 6:9 (ἐμπίπτει εἰς παγίδα ἁμαρτωλός, Proverbs 12:13, cf. Proverbs 29:6; joined with σκάνδαλον, Wis. 14:11); τοῦ διαβόλου, the allurements to sin by which the devil holds one bound, 2 Timothy 2:26; 1 Timothy 3:7. (In Greek writings also of the snares of love.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάθημα Transliteration: pathēma Phonetic Spelling: path'-ay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which befalls one, a suffering, a passion Meaning: that which befalls one, a suffering, a passion GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3804 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3804 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3804 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3804 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3804, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάθημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3804 pathēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: affliction, suffering. From a presumed derivative of pathos; something undergone, i.e. Hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence -- affection, affliction, motion, suffering. see GREEK pathos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3804: πάθημαπάθημα, παθηματος, τό (from παθεῖν, πάσχω, as μάθημα from μαθεῖν), from (Sophocles) Herodotus down; 1. that which one suffers or has suffered; a. externally, a suffering, misfortune, calamity, evil, affliction : plural, Romans 8:18; 2 Corinthians 1:6; Colossians 1:24; 2 Timothy 3:11; Hebrews 2:10; Hebrews 10:32; 1 Peter 5:9; τά εἰς Χριστόν, that should subsequently come unto Christ (Winer's Grammar, 193 (182)), 1 Peter 1:11; τοῦ Χριστοῦ, which Christ endured, 1 Peter 5:1; also the afflictions which Christians must undergo in behalf of the same cause for which Christ patiently endured, are called παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ (Winer's Grammar, 189 (178) note), 2 Corinthians 1:5; Philippians 3:10; 1 Peter 4:13. b. of an inward state, an affection, passion: Galatians 5:24; τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, that lead to sins, Romans 7:5. 2. equivalent to τό πάσχειν (see καύχημα, 2), an enduring, undergoing, suffering (so the plural in Arstph: thesm. 199): θανάτου, genitive of the object, Hebrews 2:9. (Synonym: cf. πάθος, at the beginning.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παθητός Transliteration: pathētos Phonetic Spelling: path-ay-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: one who has suffered or is subject to suffering Meaning: one who has suffered or is subject to suffering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3805 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3805 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3805 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3805 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3805, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παθητός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3805 pathētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: suffer. From the same as pathema; liable (i.e. Doomed) to experience pain -- suffer. see GREEK pathema Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3805: παθητόςπαθητός, παθητη, παθητον (πάσχω, παθεῖν); 1. passible (Latinpatibilis, Cicero, de nat. deor. 3, 12, 29), endued with capacity of suffering, capable of feeling; often in Plutarch, as παθητον σῶμα. 2. subject to the necessity of suffering, destined to suffer (Vulg.passibilis): Acts 26:23 (with the thought here respecting Christ as παθητός compare the similar language of Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, chapters 36, 39, 52, 68, 76, 89); cf. Winers Grammar, 97 (92); (Buttmann, 42 (37)); (so in ecclesiastical writings also, cf. Otto's Justin, Greek index under the word; Christ is said to be παθητός and ἀπαθής in Ignatius ad Eph. 7, 2 [ET]; ad Polycarp, 3, 2 [ET]). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάθος Transliteration: pathos Phonetic Spelling: path'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which befalls one, a passion, a suffering Meaning: that which befalls one, a passion, a suffering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3806 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3806 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3806 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3806 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3806, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3806 pathos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: inordinate affection, lust. From the alternate of pascho; properly, suffering ("pathos"), i.e. (subjectively) a passion (especially concupiscence) -- (inordinate) affection, lust. see GREEK pascho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3806: πάθοςπάθος, πάθους, τό (παθεῖν, πάσχω), from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; equivalent to πάθημα (which see; (the latter differs from πάθος (if at all) only in being the more individualizing and concrete term; cf. Schmidt, Synonym, chapter 24 § 11)); 1. whatever befalls one, whether it be sad or joyous; specifically, a calamity, mishap, evil, affliction. 2. a feeling which the mind suffers, an affection of the mind, emotion, passion; passionate desire; used by the Greeks in either a good or a bad sense (cf. Aristotle, eth. Nic. 2, 4 (cf. Cope, Introduction to Aristotles Rhet., p. 133f; and his note on rhet. 2, 22, 16)). In the N. T. in a bad sense, depraved passion: Colossians 3:5; πάθη ἀτιμίας, vile passions, Romans 1:26 (see ἀτιμία); ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας (in the passion of lust), genitive of apposit. (Winer's Grammar, § 59, 8 a.), 1 Thessalonians 4:5. [SYNONYMS: πάθος, ἐπιθυμία: πάθος presents the passive, ἐπιθυμία the active side of a vice; ἐπιθυμία is more comprehensive in meaning than πάθος; ἐπιθυμία is (evil) desire, πάθος ungovernable desire. Cf. Trench, § lxxxvii.; Lightfoot on Colossians 3:5.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδαγωγός Transliteration: paidagōgos Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dag-o-gos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a trainer of boys, a tutor Meaning: a trainer of boys, a tutor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3807 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3807 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3807 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3807 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3807, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδαγωγός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3807 paidagōgos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: instructor, schoolmaster. From pais and a reduplicated form of ago; a boy-leader, i.e. A servant whose office it was to take the children to school; (by implication, (figuratively) a tutor ("paedagogue")) -- instructor, schoolmaster. see GREEK pais see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3807: παιδαγωγόςπαιδαγωγός, παιδαγωγου, ὁ (from παῖς, and ἀγωγός a leader, escort), from Herodotus 8, 75 down; a tutor (Latinpaedagogus) i. e. a guide and guardian of boys. Among the Greeks and Romans the name was applied to trustworthy slaves who were charged with the duty of supervising the life and morals of boys belonging to the better class. The boys were not allowed so much as to step out of the house without them before arriving at the age of manhood; cf. Fischer under the word in index 1 to Aeschines dial. Socrates; Hermann, Griech. Privatalterthümer, § 34, 15ff; (Smith, Dict. of Greek and Rom. Antiq. under the word; Becker, Charicles (English translation, 4th edition), p. 226f). They are distinguished from οἱ διδάσκαλοι: Xenophon, de rep. Lac. 3, 2; Plato, Lysias, p. 208 c.; (Diogenes Laërtius 3, 92. The name carries with it an idea of severity (as of a stern censor and enforcer of morals) in 1 Corinthians 4:15, where the father is distinguished from the tutor as one whose discipline is usually milder, and in Galatians 3:24f where the Mosaic law is likened to a tutor because it arouses the consciousness of sin, and is called παιδαγωγός εἰς Χριστόν, i. e. preparing the soul for Christ, because those who have learned by experience with the law that they are not and cannot be commended to God by their works, welcome the more eagerly the hope of salvation offered them through the death and resurrection of Christ, the Son of God. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδάριον Transliteration: paidarion Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little boy Meaning: a little boy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3808 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3808 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3808 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3808 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3808, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3808 paidarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: child, lad. Neuter of a presumed derivative of pais; a little boy -- child, lad. see GREEK pais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3808: παιδάριονπαιδάριον, παιδαρίου, τό (diminutive of παῖς, see γυναικάριον), a little boy, a lad: Matthew 11:16 Rec.; John 6:9. (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, following; the Sept. very often for נַעַר, also for יֶלֶד; (παιδάριον of an adult youth, Tobit 6:2, etc. (cf. 11f)).) (Synonym: see παῖς, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδεία Transliteration: paideia Phonetic Spelling: pahee-di'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the rearing of a child, training, discipline Meaning: the rearing of a child, training, discipline GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3809 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3809 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3809 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3809 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3809, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3809 paideia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture. From paideuo; tutorage, i.e. Education or training; by implication, disciplinary correction -- chastening, chastisement, instruction, nurture. see GREEK paideuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3809: παιδείαπαιδεία (Tdf. παιδία; (see Iota)), παιδείας, ἡ, (παιδεύω), the Sept. for מוּסָר; 1. the whole training and education of children (which relates to the cultivation of mind and morals, and employs for this purpose now commands and admonitions, now reproof and punishment): Ephesians 6:4 (cf. Winers Grammar, 388 (363) note); (in Greek writings from Aeschylus on, it includes also the care and training of the body.) (See especially Trench, Synonyms, § xxxii.; cf. Jowett's Plato, index under the word Education). 2. "whatever in adults also cultivates the soul, especially by correcting mistakes and curbing the passions "; hence, a. instruction which aims at the increase of virtue: 2 Timothy 3:16. b. according to Biblical usage chastisement, chastening (of the evils with which God visits men for their amendment): Hebrews 12:5 (Proverbs 3:11), f (see ὑπομένω, 2 b.), ; (Proverbs 15:5, and often in the O. T.; cf. Grimm, Exgt. Hdbch. on Sap., p. 51; (cf. (Plato) definition παιδεία. δύναμις θεραπευτικη |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδευτής Transliteration: paideutēs Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dyoo-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a teacher, one who disciplines Meaning: a teacher, one who disciplines GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3810 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3810 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3810 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3810 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3810, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδευτής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3810 paideutēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: instructor. From paideuo; a trainer, i.e. Teacher or (by implication) discipliner -- which corrected, instructor. see GREEK paideuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3810: παιδευτήςπαιδευτής, παιδευτου, ὁ (παιδεύω); 1. an instructor, preceptor, teacher: Romans 2:20 (Sir. 37:19; 4 Macc. 5:34; Plato, legg. 7, p. 811 d., etc.; Plutarch, Lycurgus, c. 12, etc.; (Diogenes Laërtius 7, 7). 2. a chastiser: Hebrews 12:9 (Hosea 5:2; Psalt. Sal. 8, 35). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδεύω Transliteration: paideuō Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dyoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to train children, to chasten, correct Meaning: to train children, to chasten, correct GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3811 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3811 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3811 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3811 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3811, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3811 paideuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chastise, instruct, learn, teach. From pais; to train up a child, i.e. Educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment) -- chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach. see GREEK pais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3811: παιδεύωπαιδεύω; imperfect ἐπαίδευον; 1 aorist participle παιδεύσας; passive, present παιδεύομαι; I aorist ἐπαιδεύθην; perfect participle πεπαιδευμένος; (παῖς); Sept for יָסַר; 1. as in classical Greek, properly, to train children: τινα with a dative of the thing in which one is instructed, in passive, σοφία (Winer's Grammar, 221 (213) n.), Acts 7:22 R G L WH (cf. Buttmann, § 134, 6) (γράμμασιν, Josephus, contra Apion 1, 4 at the end); ἐν σοφία, ibid. T Tr; τινα κατά ἀκρίβειαν, in passive, Acts 22:3. passive, to be instructed or taught, to learn: followed by an infinitive, 1 Timothy 1:20; to cause one to learn: followed by ἵνα, Titus 2:12. 2. to chastise; a. to chastise or castigate with words, to correct: of those who are moulding the character of others by reproof and admonition, 2 Timothy 2:25 (τινα παιδεύειν καί ῥυθμίζειν λόγῳ, Aelian v. h. 1, 34). b. in Biblical and ecclesiastical use employed of God, to chasten by the infliction of evils and calamities (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 2, 1 b.): 1 Corinthians 11:32; 2 Corinthians 6:9; Hebrews 12:6; Revelation 3:19 (Proverbs 19:18; Proverbs 29:17; Wis. 3:5 Wis. 11:10 (9); 2 Macc. 6:16 2Macc. 10:4). c. to chastise with blows, to scourge: of a father punishing a son, Hebrews 12:7,(); of a judge ordering one to be scourged, Luke 23:16, 22 ((Deuteronomy 22:18)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδιόθεν Transliteration: paidiothen Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dee-oth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from childhood Meaning: from childhood GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3812 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3812 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3812 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3812 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3812, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδιόθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3812 paidiothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: from infancyAdverb (of source) from paidion; from infancy -- of a child. see GREEK paidion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3812: παιδιόθενπαιδιόθεν (παιδίον), adverb, from childhood, from a child, (a later word, for which the earlier writings used ἐκ παιδός, Xenophon, Cyril 5, 1, 2; or ἐκ παιδίου, mem. 2, 2, 8; or ἐκ παιδίων, oec. 3, 10; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 26 (25); 463 (431))): Mark 9:21, where L T Tr WH ἐκ παιδιόθεν (cf. Winers § 65,2). (Synes. de provid., p. 91 b.; Joann. Zonar. 4, 184 a.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδίον Transliteration: paidion Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dee'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a young child Meaning: a young child GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3813 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3813 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3813 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3813 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3813, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3813 paidion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: little, young child, damsel. Neuter diminutive of pais; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian -- (little, young) child, damsel. see GREEK pais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3813: παιδίονπαιδίον, παιδίου, τό (diminutive of παῖς) (from Herodotus down), the Sept. for טַף, נַעַר, בֵּן, etc.; a young child, a little boy, a little girl; plural τά παιδία, infants; children; little ones. In singular: universally, of an infant just born, John 16:21; of a (male) child recently born, Matthew 2:8, 11, 13, 14, 20; Luke 1:59, 66, 76, 80; Luke 2:17, 21 (Rec.), 21,40; Hebrews 11:23; of a more advanced child, Matthew 18:2, 4; Mark 9:36f; (Mark 10:15); Luke 9:47f; (Luke 18:17); of a mature child, Mark 9:24; τίνος, the son of someone, John 4:49; of a girl, Mark 5:39-41; (Mark 7:30 L text T Tr WH). In plural of (partly grown) children: Matthew 11:16 G L T Tr WH; ; Mark 7:28; Mark 10:13ff; Luke 7:32; Luke 18:16; (Hebrews 2:14); τίνος, of someone, Luke 11:7, cf. Hebrews 2:13. Metaphorically, παιδία ταῖς φρεσί, children (i. e. like children) where the use of the mind is required, 1 Corinthians 14:20; in affectionate address, equivalent to Latincarissimi (A. V. children), John 21:5; 1 John 2:14 (13),18; (1 John 3:7 WH marginal reading Synonym: see παῖς, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παιδίσκη Transliteration: paidiskē Phonetic Spelling: pahee-dis'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a young girl, maidservant Meaning: a young girl, maidservant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3814 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3814 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3814 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3814 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3814, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παιδίσκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3814 paidiskē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bondmaid, damsel, maiden. Feminine diminutive of pais; a girl, i.e. (specially), a female slave or servant -- bondmaid(-woman), damsel, maid(-en). see GREEK pais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3814: παιδίσκηπαιδίσκη, παιδίσκης, ἡ (feminine of παιδίσκος, a young boy or slave; a diminutive of παῖς, see νεανίσκος); 1. a young girl, damsel (Xenophon, Menander, Polybius, Plutarch, Lucian; the Sept. Ruth 4:12). 2. a maid-servant, a young female slave; cf. German Mädchen (our maid) for a young female-servant (Herodotus 1, 93; Lysias, Demosthenes, others): Luke 12:45; Acts 16:16; opposed to ἡ ἐλευθέρα, Galatians 4:22f, 30f; specifically, of the maid-servant who had charge of the door: Matthew 26:69; Mark 14:66, 69; Luke 22:56; Acts 12:13; ἡ παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωρός, John 18:17; (also in the Sept. of a female slave, often for אָמָה, שִׁפְחָה). Cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 239. (Synonym: see παῖς, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παίζω Transliteration: paizō Phonetic Spelling: paheed'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to play as a child Meaning: to play as a child GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3815 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3815 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3815 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3815 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3815, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3815 paizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: play. From pais; to sport (as a boy) -- play. see GREEK pais Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3815: παίζωπαίζω; from Homer down; properly, to play like a child; then universally, to play, sport, jest; to give way to hilarity, especially by joking, singing, dancing; so in 1 Corinthians 10:7, after Exodus 32:6 where it stands for צִחֵק, as in Genesis 21:9; Genesis 26:8; Judges 16:25; also in the Sept. for שִׂחַק. (Compare: ἐμπαίζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παῖς Transliteration: pais Phonetic Spelling: paheece Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine; Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a child, boy, youth Meaning: a child, boy, youth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3816 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3816 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3816 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3816 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3816, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παῖς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3816 pais 🕊 Strong's Concordance: child, maiden, servant, young man. Perhaps from paio; a boy (as often beaten with impunity), or (by analogy), a girl, and (genitive case) a child; specially, a slave or servant (especially a minister to a king; and by eminence to God) -- child, maid(-en), (man) servant, son, young man. see GREEK paio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3816: παῖςπαῖς, genitive παιδός, ὁ, ἡ, from Homer down; in the N. T. only in the Gospels and Acts; 1. a child, boy or girl; the Sept. for נַעַר and נַעֲרָה (Genesis 24:28; Deuteronomy 22:15, etc.): ὁ παῖς, Matthew 17:18; Luke 2:43; Luke 9:42; Acts 20:12; ἡ παῖς, Luke 8:51, 54; plural infants, children, Matthew 2:16; Matthew 21:15; ὁ παῖς τίνος, the son of one, John 4:51. 2. (Like the Latinpuer, equivalent to) servant, slave (Aeschylus choëph. 652; Aristophanes nub. 18, 132; Xenophon, mem. 3, 13, 6; symp. 1, 11; 2, 23; Plato, Charm., p. 155 a.; Protag., p. 310{c}. and often; Diodorus 17, 76; others; so the Sept. times without number for עֶבֶד (cf. Winers Grammar, p. 30, no. 3); cf. the similar use of German Bursch (Frenchgarcon, English boy)): Matthew 8:6, 8, 13; Luke 7:7 cf. Luke 7:10; Luke 12:45; Luke 15:26. an attendant, servant, specifically, a king's attendant, minister: Matthew 14:2 (Diodorus 17:36; hardly so in the earlier Greek writings; Genesis 41:37; 1 Samuel 16:15-17; 1 Samuel 18:22, 26; Daniel 2:7; 1 Macc. 1:6, 8; 1 Esdr. 2:16 1 Esdr. 5:33, 35); hence, in imitation of the Hebrew יְהוָה עֶבֶד, παῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ is used of a devout worshipper of God, one who fulfils God's will (Psalm 68:18 (); Psalm 112:1 (); Wis. 2:13, etc.) thus, the people of Israel, Luke 1:54 (Isaiah 41:8; Isaiah 42:19; Isaiah 44:1f, 21, etc.); David, Luke 1:69; Acts 4:25 (Psalm 17:1 (); () (Ald., Complutensian), etc.); likewise any upright and godly man whose agency God employs in executing his purposes; thus in the N. T. Jesus the Messiah: Matthew 12:18 (from Isaiah 42:1); Acts 3:13, 26; Acts 4:27, 30 (cf. Harnack on the Epistle of Barnabas 6, 1 [ET] and Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 59, 2 [ET]); in the O. T. also Moses, Nehemiah 1:7f; the prophets, 1 Esdr. 8:79(81); Baruch 2:20, 24; and others. [SYNONYMS: παῖς, παιδάριον, παιδον, παιδίσκη, τέκνον: The grammarian Aristophanes is quoted by Ammonius (under the word, γέρων) as defining thus: παιδίον, τό τρεφόμενον ὑπό τιθηνου. παιδάριον δέ, τό ἤδη περιπατουν καί τῆς λέξεως ἀντεχόμενον. παιδίσκος δ', ὁ ἐν τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡλικία. παῖς δ' ὁ διά τῶν ἐγκυκλιων μαθηματων δυνάμενος ἰέναι. Philo (de mund. opif. § 36) quotes the physician Hippocrates as follows: ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει ἑπτά εἰσιν ὧραι κτλ.. παιδίον μέν ἐστιν ἄχρις ἑπτά ἐτῶν, ὀδόντων ἐκβολης. παῖς δέ ἄχρι γονης ἐκφυσεως, τά δίς ἑπτά. μειράκιον δέ ἄχρι γενειου λαχνωσεως, ἐς τά τρίς ἑπτά, etc. According to Schmidt, παιδίον denotes exclusively a little child; παιδάριον child up to its first school years; παῖς a child of any age; (παιδίσκος and) παιδίσκη, in which reference to descent quite disappears, cover the years of late childhood and early youth. But usage is untrammelled from a child is expressed either by ἐκ παιδός (most frequently), or ἐκ παιδίου, or ἐκ (ἀπό) παιδαρίου. παῖς and τέκνον denote a child alike as respects descent and age, reference to the latter being more prominent in the former word, to descent in τέκνον; but the period παῖς covers is not sharply defined; and, in classic usage as in modern, youthful designations cleave to the female sex longer than to the male. See Schmidt, chapter 69; Höhne in Luthardt's Zeitschrift as above with for 1882, p. 57ff.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παίω Transliteration: paiō Phonetic Spelling: pah'-yo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to strike, to sting Meaning: to strike, to sting GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3817 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3817 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3817 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3817 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3817, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παίω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3817 paiō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: smite, strike. A primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than tupto); specially, to sting (as a scorpion) -- smite, strike. see GREEK tupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3817: παίωπαίω: 1 aorist ἔπαισά; from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. mostly for הִכָּה; to strike, smite: with the fists, Matthew 26:68 (cf. ῤαπίζω, 2); Luke 22:64; with a sword, Mark 14:47: John 18:10; to sting (to strike or wound with a sting), Revelation 9:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πακατιανή Transliteration: Pakatianē Phonetic Spelling: pak-at-ee-an-ay' Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: Pacatiana Meaning: Pacatiana GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3818 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3818 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3818 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3818 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3818, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πακατιανή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3818Pakatianē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pacatiana. Feminine of an adjective of uncertain derivation; Pacatianian, a section of Phrygia -- Pacatiana. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3818: ΠακατιανηΠακατιανη, Πακατιανῆς, ἡ, Pacatiana (Phrygia). In the fourth century after Christ, Phrygia was divided into Phrygia Salutaris and Phrygia Pacatiana (later, Capatiana); Laodicea was the metropolis of the latter: (in the spurious subscription). (Cf. Forbiger, Hndbch. d. alt. Geogr. 2te Ausg. ii., 338, 347f; Lightfoot's Commentary on Colossians, Introduction, (especially, pp. 19, 69f).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάλαι Transliteration: palai Phonetic Spelling: pal'-ahee Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: long ago, of old Meaning: long ago, of old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3819 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3819 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3819 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3819 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3819, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάλαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3819 palai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: long agoProbably another form for palin (through the idea of retrocession); (adverbially) formerly, or (by relatively) sometime since; (elliptically as adjective) ancient -- any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past. see GREEK palin Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3819: πάλαιπάλαι, adverb of time, from Homer down; 1. of old; Hebrews 1:1; (as adjective) former, 2 Peter 1:9. (πάλαι properly designates the past not like πρίν and πρότερον relatively, i. e. with a reference, more or less explicit, to some other time (whether past, present, or future), but simply and absolutely.) 2. long ago: Matthew 11:21; Luke 10:13; Jude 1:4; so also of time just past, Mark 15:44 (A. V. any while) (where L Tr text WH text ἤδη); 2 Corinthians 12:19 L T Tr WH (R. V. all this time) (so in Homer, Odyssey 20, 293; Josephus, Antiquities 14, 15, 4). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παλαιός Transliteration: palaios Phonetic Spelling: pal-ah-yos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: old, ancient Meaning: old, ancient GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3820 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3820 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3820 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3820 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3820, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παλαιός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3820 palaios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: old. From palai; antique, i.e. Not recent, worn out -- old. see GREEK palai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3820: παλαιόςπαλαιός, παλαιά, παλαιόν (πάλαι, which see), from Homer down; 1. old, ancient (the Sept. several times for יָשָׁן and עַתִּיק): οἶνος παλαιός (opposed to νέος), Luke 5:39 (but WH in brackets) (Homer Odyssey 2, 340; Sir. 9:10); διαθήκη, 2 Corinthians 3:14; ἐντολή (opposed to καινή), given long since, 1 John 2:7; ζύμη (opposed to νέον φύραμα), 1 Corinthians 5:7f; neuter plural παλαιά (opposed to καινά), old things, Matthew 13:52 (which seems to allude to such articles of food as are fit for use only after having been kept some time (others consider clothing, jewels, etc., as referred to; cf. θησαυρός, 1 c.); dropping the fig, old and new commandments; cf. Sir. 24:23; Hebrews 5:12ff); ὁ παλαιός ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος (opposed to ὁ νέος). our old man, i. e. we, as we were before our mode of thought, feeling, action, had been changed, Romans 6:6.; Ephesians 4:22; (Colossians 3:9). 2. no longer new, worn by use, the worse for wear, old (for בָּלֶה, Joshua 9:10f (4f)): ἱμάτιον, ἀσκός, Matthew 9:16; Mark 2:21; Luke 5:39f. (Synonym: see ἀρχαῖος, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παλαιότης Transliteration: palaiotēs Phonetic Spelling: pal-ah-yot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: oldness Meaning: oldness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3821 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3821 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3821 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3821 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3821, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παλαιότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3821 palaiotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ageFrom palaios; antiquatedness -- oldness. see GREEK palaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3821: παλαιότηςπαλαιότης, παλαιοτητος, ἡ (παλαιός), oldness: γράμματος, the old state of life controlled by 'the letter' of the law, Romans 7:6; see καινότης, and γράμμα, 2 c. ((Euripides), Plato, Aeschines, Dio Cassius, 72, 8.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παλαιόω Transliteration: palaioō Phonetic Spelling: pal-ah-yo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make or declare old Meaning: to make or declare old GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3822 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3822 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3822 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3822 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3822, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παλαιόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3822 palaioō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: decay, make obsolete. From palaios; to make (passively, become) worn out, or declare obsolete -- decay, make (wax) old. see GREEK palaios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3822: παλαιόωπαλαιόω, παλαιῷ: perfect πεπαλαίωκα; passive, present participle παλαιουμενος; future παλαιωθήσομαι; (παλαιός); a. to make ancient or old, the Sept. for בִּלָּה; passive to become old, to be worn out, the Sept. for בָּלָה, עָתַק: of things worn out by time and use, as βαλάντιον, Luke 12:33; ἱμάτιον, Hebrews 1:11 (cf. Psalm 101:27 (); Deuteronomy 29:5; Joshua 9:19 (); Nehemiah 9:21; Isaiah 50:9; Isaiah 51:6; Sir. 14:17). passive τό παλαιούμενον, that which is becoming old, Hebrews 8:13 (Plato, symp., p. 208 b.; Tim., p. 59 c.). b. to declare a thing to be old and so about to be abrogated: Hebrews 8:13 (see γηράσκω, at the end). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάλη Transliteration: palē Phonetic Spelling: pal'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: wrestling, generally fight Meaning: wrestling, generally fight GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3823 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3823 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3823 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3823 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3823, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάλη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3823 palē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: struggleFrom pallo (to vibrate; another form for ballo); wrestling -- + wrestle. see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3823: πάληπάλη, παλης, ἡ (from πάλλω to vibrate, shake), from Homer down, wrestling (a contest between two in which each endeavors to throw the other, and which is decided when the victor is able θλίβειν καί κατέχειν his prostrate antagonist, i. e. hold him down with his hand upon his neck; cf. Plato, legg. 7, p. 796; Aristotle, rhet. 1, 5, 14, p. 1361b, 24; Heliodorus aethiop. 10, 31; (cf. Krause, Gymn. u. Agon. d. Griech. i. 1, p. 400ff; Guhl and Koner, p. 219f; Dict. of Antiq. under the wordlucta)); the term is transferred to the struggle of Christians with the powers of evil: Ephesians 6:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παλιγγενεσία Transliteration: palingenesia Phonetic Spelling: pal-ing-ghen-es-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: regeneration, renewal Meaning: regeneration, renewal GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3824 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3824 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3824 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3824 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3824, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παλιγγενεσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3824 palingenesia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: regeneration. From palin and genesis; (spiritual) rebirth (the state or the act), i.e. (figuratively) spiritual renovation; specially, Messianic restoration -- regeneration. see GREEK palin see GREEK genesis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3824: παλιγγενεσίαπαλιγγενεσία (T WH παλιγγενεσία (cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 77 bottom)), παλιγγενεσίας, ἡ (πάλιν and γένεσις), properly, new birth, reproduction, renewal, recreation (see Halm on Cicero, pro Sest. § 140), Vulg. and Augustineregeneratio; hence, "moral renovation, regeneration, the production of a new life consecrated to God, a radical change of mind for the better" (effected in baptism (cf. references under the word βάπτισμα, 3)): Titus 3:5 (cf. the commentaries at the passage (especially Holtzmann, where see, p. 172f for references); Weiss, Biblical Theol. especially §§ 84, 108; cf. Suicer, Thesaurus, under the word). Commonly, however, the word denotes the restoration of a thing to its pristine state, its renovation, as the renewal or restoration of life after death, Philo leg. ad Gaium § 41; de cherub. § 32; (de poster. Cain. § 36); Long. past. 3, 4 (2) (παλιγγενεσία ἐκ θανάτου); Lucian, encom. muscae 7; Schol. ad Sophocles Elec. 62 (Πυθαγόρας περί παλιγγενεσίας ἐτερατευετο); Plutarch, mor., p. 998 c. (i. e. de esu carn. 2:4, 4) (ὅτι χρωνται κοινοις αἱ ψυχαί σώμασιν ἐν ταῖς παλιγγενεσιαις (cf. ibid. 1:7, 5; also de Isa. et Osir. 72; de Ei quoted in Delph. 9; etc.)); the renovation of the earth after the deluge, Philo de vim Moys. ii., § 12; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 9, 4 [ET]; the renewal of the world to take place after its destruction by fire, as the Stoics taught, Philo (de incorrupt. mundi §§ 3, 14, 17); de round. § 15; Antoninus 11, 1 ((cf. Gataker ad loc.); Zeller, Philos. d. Griech. iii, p. 138); that signal and glorios change of all things (in heaven and earth) "for the better, that restoration of the primal and perfect condition of things which existed before the fall of our first parents," which the Jews looked for in connection with the advent of the Messiah, and which the primitive Christians expected in connection with the visible return of Jesus from heaven: Matthew 19:28 (where the Syriac correctly )tDX )MLOB [], in the new age or world); cf. Bertholdt, Christologia Judaeorum, p. 214f; Gfrörer, Jahrhundert des Heils, ii., p. 272ff; (Schürer, Neutest. Zeitgesch. § 29, 9; Weber, Altsynagog. Paläst. Theol. § 89). (Further, the word is used of Ciceros restoration to rank and fortune on his recall from exile, Cicero, ad Att. 6, 6; of the restoration of the Jewish nation after the exile, παλιγγενσια πατρίδος, Josephus, Antiquities 11, 3, 9; of the recovery of knowledge by recollection, παλιγγενεσία τῆς γνώσεως ἐστιν ἡ ἀνάμνησις, Olympiodorus quoted by Cousin in the Journal des Sarans for 1834, p. 488.) (Cf. Trench, § xviii.; Cremer, 3te Aufl. under the word.) STRONGS NT 3824: παλινγενεσίαπαλινγενεσία, see παλιγγενεσία. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάλιν Transliteration: palin Phonetic Spelling: pal'-in Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: back (of place), again (of time), further Meaning: back (of place), again (of time), further GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3825 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3825 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3825 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3825 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3825, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάλιν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3825 palin 🕊 Strong's Concordance: again. Probably from the same as pale (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand -- again. see GREEK pale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3825: πάλινπάλιν, adverb, from Homer down; 1. anew, again (but the primary meaning seems to be back; cf. (among others) Ellendt, Lex. Sophocles, under the word, ii, p. 485); a. joined to verbs of all sorts, it denotes renewal or repetition of the action: Matthew 4:8; Matthew 20:5; Matthew 21:36; Matthew 22:1, 4; Mark 2:13; Mark 3:20; Luke 23:20; John 1:35; John 4:13; John 8:2, 8, 12, 21; John 9:15, 17; John 10:19; Acts 17:32; Acts 27:28; Romans 11:23; 1 Corinthians 7:5; 2 Corinthians 11:16; Galatians 1:9; Galatians 2:18; Galatians 4:19; 2 Peter 2:20; Philippians 2:28; Philippians 4:4; Hebrews 1:6 (where πάλιν is tacitly opposed to the time when God first brought his Son into the world, i. e. to the time of Jesus' former life on earth); Hebrews 5:12; Hebrews 6:1, 6; James 5:18; Revelation 10:8, 11; πάλιν μικρόν namely, ἔσται, John 16:16f, 19; εἰς τό πάλιν, again (cf. German zum wiederholten Male; (see εἰς, A. II. 2 at the end)), 2 Corinthians 13:2; with verbs of going, coming, departing, returning, where again combines with the notion of back; thus with ἄγωμεν, John 11:7; ἀναχωρεῖν, John 6:15 (where Tdf. φεύγει and Griesbach omits πάλιν) (cf. John 6:3); ἀπέρχεσθαι, John 4:3; John 10:40; John 20:10; ἐισέρχεσθαι, Mark 2:1; Mark 3:1; John 18:33; John 19:9; ἐξέρχεσθαι, Mark 7:31; ἔρχεσθαι, John 4:46; John 14:3; 2 Corinthians 1:16; 2 Corinthians 12:21 (cf. Winers Grammar, 554 (515) n.; Buttmann, § 145, 2 a.); ὑπάγειν, John 11:8; ἀνακάμπτειν, Acts 18:21; διαπεραν, Mark 5:21; ὑποστρέφειν, Galatians 1:17; ἡ ἐμή παρουσία πάλιν πρός ὑμᾶς, my presence with you again, i. e. my return to you, Philippians 1:26 (cf. Buttmann, § 125, 2); also with verbs of taking, John 10:17; Acts 10:16 Rec.; . b. with other parts of the sentence: πάλιν εἰς φόβον, Romans 8:15; πάλιν ἐν λύπη, 2 Corinthians 2:1. c. πάλιν is explained by the addition of more precise specifications of time (cf. Winer's Grammar, 604 (562)): πάλιν ἐκ τρίτου, Matthew 26:44 (L Tr marginal reading brackets ἐκ τρίτου); ἐκ δευτέρου, Matthew 26:42; Acts 10:15; πάλιν δεύτερον, John 4:54; John 21:16; πάλιν ἄνωθεν, again, anew (R. V. back again (yet cf. Meyer at the passage)), Galatians 4:9 (Wis. 19:6; πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, Aristophanes Plutarch, 866; Plato, Eut., p. 11 b. and 15 c.; Isoc. areiop. 6, p. 338 (p. 220, Lange edition); cf. Winer's Grammar, as above). 2. again, i. e. further, moreover (where the subject remains the same and a repetition of the action or condition is indicated): Matthew 5:33 (πάλιν ἠκούσατε); Matthew 13:44 (where T Tr WH omit; L brackets πάλιν), ; ; Luke 13:20; John 10:7 (not Tdf.); especially where to O. T. passages already quoted others are added: Matthew 4:7; John 12:39; John 19:37; Romans 15:10-12; 1 Corinthians 3:20; Hebrews 1:5; Hebrews 2:13; Hebrews 4:5; Hebrews 10:30; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 15, 3f [ET] and often in Philo; cf. Bleek, Br. a. d. Hebrews 2:1, p. 108. 3. in turn, on the other hand: Luke 6:43 T WH L brackets Tr brackets; 1 Corinthians 12:21; 2 Corinthians 10:7; 1 John 2:8 (Wis. 13:8 Wis. 16:23; 2 Macc. 15:39; see examples from secular authors in Pape, under the word, 2; Passow, under the word, 3; (Ellendt as above (at the beginning); Liddell and Scott, under the word, III.; but many (e. g. Fritzsche and Meyer on Matthew 3:7) refuse to recognize this sense in the N. T.)). John uses πάλιν in his Gospel far more frequent than the other N. T. writings, in his Epistles but once; Luke two or three times; the author of the Rev. twice. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παμπληθεί Transliteration: pamplēthei Phonetic Spelling: pam-play-thi' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: with the whole multitude Meaning: with the whole multitude GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3826 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3826 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3826 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3826 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3826, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παμπληθεί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3826 pamplēthei 🕊 Strong's Concordance: all togetherDative case (adverb) of a compound of pas and plethos; in full multitude, i.e. Concertedly or simultaneously -- all at once. see GREEK pas see GREEK plethos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3826: παμπληθείπαμπληθεί (T WH πανπληθεί (cf. WH's Appendix, p. 150)), adverb (from the adjective παμπληθής, which is from πᾶς and πλῆθος), with the whole multitude, all together, one and all: Luke 23:18 (Dio Cassius, 75, 9, 1). (Cf. Winer's Grammar, § 16, 4 B. a.) STRONGS NT 3826: πανπληθείπανπληθεί, see παμπληθεί. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάμπολυς Transliteration: pampolys Phonetic Spelling: pam-pol-ooce Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: Immense, very great Meaning: Immense, very great GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3827 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3827 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3827 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3827 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3827, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάμπολυς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3827 pampolys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Immense, very great. From pas and polus; full many, i.e. Immense -- very great. see GREEK pas see GREEK polus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3827: πάμπολυςπάμπολυς, παμπολλη, παμπολυ (πᾶς and πολύς), very great: Mark 8:1 Rec. (where L T Tr WH πάλιν πολλοῦ). (Aristophanes, Plato, Plutarch, (others).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Παμφυλία Transliteration: Pamphylia Phonetic Spelling: pam-fool-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Pamphylia, a province of Asia Minor Meaning: Pamphylia -- a province of Asia Minor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3828 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3828 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3828 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3828 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3828, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Παμφυλία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3828 Pamphylia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pamphylia. From a compound of pas and pura; every-tribal, i.e. Heterogeneous (chora being implied); Pamphylia, a region of Asia Minor -- Pamphylia. see GREEK pas see GREEK pura see GREEK chora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3828: ΠαμφυλίαΠαμφυλία, Παμφυλίας, ἡ, Pamphylia, a province of Asia Minor, bounded on the east by Cilicia, on the Winer's Grammar, by Lycia and Phrygia Minor, on the north by Galatia and Cappadocia, and on the south by the Mediterranean Sea (there called the Sea (or Gulf) of Pamphylia (now of Adalia)): Acts 2:10; Acts 13:13; Acts 14:24; Acts 15:38; Acts 27:5. (Conybeare and Howson, St. Paul, chapter viii.; Lewin, St. Paul, index under the word; Dict. of Geogr., under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανδοχεῖον Transliteration: pandocheion Phonetic Spelling: pan-dokk-i'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: an inn Meaning: an inn GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3829 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3829 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3829 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3829 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3829, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανδοχεῖον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3829 pandocheion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: inn. Neuter of a presumed compound of pas and a derivative of dechomai; all-receptive, i.e. A public lodging-place (caravanserai or khan) -- inn. see GREEK pas see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3829: πανδοκιονπανδοκιον, see πανδοχεῖον. STRONGS NT 3829: πανδοχεῖονπανδοχεῖον (πανδοκιον, Tdf. (cf. his note on Luke 10:34, and Hesychius, under the word)), πανδοκειου, τό (from πανδοχεύς, which see), an inn, a public house for the reception of strangers (modern caravansary, khan, manzil): Luke 10:34. (Polybius 2, 15, 5; Plutarch, de sanit. tuenda c. 14; Epictetus enchirid. c. 11; but the Attic form πανδοκεῖον is used by Aristophanes ran. 550; Theophrastus, char. 11 (20), 2; Plutarch, Crass. 22; Palaeph. fab. 46; Aelian v. h. 14, 14; Polyaen. 4, 2, 3; Epictetus diss. 2, 23, 36ff; 4, 5, 15; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 307.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανδοχεύς Transliteration: pandocheus Phonetic Spelling: pan-dokh-yoos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an innkeeper, a host Meaning: an innkeeper, a host GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3830 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3830 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3830 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3830 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3830, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανδοχεύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3830 pandocheus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: innkeeper, host. From the same as pandocheion; an innkeeper (warden of a caravanserai) -- host. see GREEK pandocheion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3830: πανδοκεύςπανδοκεύς, see πανδοχεύς. STRONGS NT 3830: πανδοχεύςπανδοχεύς, πανδοχεως, ὁ (πᾶς and δέχομαι (hence, literally, 'one who receives all comers')), for the earlier and more elegant πανδοκεύς (so Tdf.; (cf. Winers Grammar, 25 note)), an inn-keeper, host: Luke 10:35. (Polybius 2, 15, 6; Plutarch, de sanit. tuenda c. 14.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανήγυρις Transliteration: panēgyris Phonetic Spelling: pan-ay'-goo-ris Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a festal assembly Meaning: a festal assembly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3831 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3831 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3831 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3831 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3831, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανήγυρις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3831 panēgyris 🕊 Strong's Concordance: general assembly. From pas and a derivative of agora; a mass-meeting, i.e. (figuratively) universal companionship -- general assembly. see GREEK pas see GREEK agora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3831: πανήγυριςπανήγυρις, πανηγυρισεως, ἡ (from πᾶς and ἄγυρις from ἀγείρω), from Herodotus and Pindar down; a. a festal gathering of the whole people to celebrate public games or other solemnities. b. universally, a public festal assembly ; so in Hebrews 12:22(23) where the word is to be connected with ἀγγέλων (so G L Tr (Tdf.); yet see the commentaries). (The Sept. for מועֵד, Ezekiel 46:11; Hosea 2:11 (); ; עֲצָרָה, Amos 5:21.) (Cf. Trench, § i.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανοικί Transliteration: panoiki Phonetic Spelling: pan-oy-kee' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: with all the household Meaning: with all the household GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3832 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3832 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3832 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3832 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3832, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανοικί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3832 panoiki 🕊 Strong's Concordance: with the whole familyAdverb from pas and oikos; with the whole family -- with all his house. see GREEK pas see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3832: πανοικίπανοικί (so R G L Tr) and πανοικεί (T (WH; see WHs Appendix, p. 154 and cf. εἰ, ἰ)), on this difference in writing cf. Winers Grammar, 43f; Buttmann, 73 (64) (πᾶς and οἶκος; a form rejected by the Atticists for πανοικία, πανοικεσια, πανοικησίᾳ (cf. Winers Grammar, 26 (25); Lob. ad Phryn., p. 514f)), with all (his) house, with (his) whole family: Acts 16:34. (Plato, Eryx., p. 392c.; Aeschines dial. 2, 1; Philo de Josephus, §42; de vita Moys. 1:2; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 42; 5, 1, 2; 3Macc. 3:27 where Fritzsche πανοικία.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανοπλία Transliteration: panoplia Phonetic Spelling: pan-op-lee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: full armor Meaning: full armor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3833 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3833 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3833 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3833 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3833, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανοπλία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3833 panoplia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: full armor. From a compound of pas and hoplon; full armor ("panoply") -- all (whole) armour. see GREEK pas see GREEK hoplon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3833: πανοπλίαπανοπλία, πανοπλίας, ἡ (from πάνοπλος wholly armed, in full armor; and this from πᾶς and ὅπλον), full armor, complete armor (i. e. a shield, sword, lance, helmet, greaves, and breastplate, (cf. Polybius 6, 28, 2ff)): Luke 11:22; Θεοῦ, which God supplies (Winer's Grammar, 189 (178)), Ephesians 6:11, 13, where the spiritual helps needed for overcoming the temptations of the devil are so called. (Herodotus, Plato, Isocrates, Polybius, Josephus, the Sept.; tropically, of the various appliances at God's command for punishing, Wis. 5:18.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανουργία Transliteration: panourgia Phonetic Spelling: pan-oorg-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: cleverness, craftiness Meaning: cleverness, craftiness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3834 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3834 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3834 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3834 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3834, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανουργία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3834 panourgia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cunning, craftiness, subtilty. From panougos; adroitness, i.e. (in a bad sense) trickery or sophistry -- (cunning) craftiness, subtilty. see GREEK panougos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3834: πανουργίαπανουργία, πανουργίας, ἡ (πανοῦργος, which see), craftiness, cunning: Luke 20:23; 2 Corinthians 4:2; 2 Corinthians 11:3; Ephesians 4:14; contextually equivalent to a specious or false wisdom, 1 Corinthians 3:19. (Aeschylus, Sophocles, Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, Lucian, Aelian, others; πᾶσα τέ ἐπιστήμη χωριζομενη δικαιοσύνης καί τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς πανουργία οὐ σοφία φαίνεται, Plato, Menex., p. 247 a. for עָרְמָה in a good sense, prudence, skill, in undertaking and carrying on affairs, Proverbs 1:4; Proverbs 8:5; Sir. 31:10 (Sir. 34:11.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανοῦργος Transliteration: panourgos Phonetic Spelling: pan-oor'-gos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: ready to do anything, crafty, skillful Meaning: ready to do anything, crafty, skillful GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3835 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3835 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3835 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3835 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3835, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανοῦργος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3835 panourgos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: crafty. From pas and ergon; all-working, i.e. Adroit (shrewd) -- crafty. see GREEK pas see GREEK ergon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3835: πανοῦργοςπανοῦργος, πανοῦργον (πᾶς and ἘΠΤΩ equivalent to ἐργάζομαι; on the accent, see κακοῦργος), the Sept. for עָרוּם; skillful, clever, i. e.: 1. in a good sense, fit to undertake and accomplish anything, dexterous; wise, sagacious, skillful (Aristotle, Polybius, Plutarch, others; the Sept. Proverbs 13:1; Proverbs 28:2). But far more frequent. 2. in a bad sense, crafty, cunning, knavish, treacherous, deceitful, (Tragg., Aristophanes, Plato, Plutarch, others; the Sept.; Sir. 6:32 (31) (but here in a good sense); , etc.): 2 Corinthians 12:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανταχόθεν Transliteration: pantachothen Phonetic Spelling: pan-takh-oth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: everywhere Meaning: everywhere GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3836 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3836 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3836 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3836 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3836, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανταχόθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3836 pantachothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: from every quarter. Adverb (of source) from pantachou; from all directions -- from every quarter. see GREEK pantachou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3836: πανταχόθενπανταχόθεν, adverb, from all sides, from every quarter: Mark 1:45 Rec. (Herodotus, Thucydides, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πανταχοῦ Transliteration: pantachou Phonetic Spelling: pan-takh-oo' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: everywhere Meaning: everywhere GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3837 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3837 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3837 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3837 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3837, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πανταχοῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3837 pantachou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: in all places, everywhere. Genitive case (as adverb of place) of a presumed derivative of pas; universally -- in all places, everywhere. see GREEK pas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3837: πανταχῇπανταχῇ or πανταχῇ (L Tr WH; see εἰκῇ), adverb, everywhere: Acts 21:28 L T Tr WH, for πανταχοῦ — a variation often met with also in the manuscripts of secular authors (From Herodotus down; cf. Meisterhans, Gr. d. Attic Inschr., p. 64.) STRONGS NT 3837: πανταχοῦπανταχοῦ, adverb, everywhere: Mark 1:28 T WH Tr brackets; Mark 16:20; Luke 9:6; Acts 17:30; Acts 21:28 Rec.; ; 1 Corinthians 4:17. (Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παντελής Transliteration: pantelēs Phonetic Spelling: pan-tel-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: all complete, entire Meaning: all complete, entire GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3838 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3838 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3838 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3838 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3838, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παντελής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3838 pantelēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: uttermostFrom pas and telos; full-ended, i.e. Entire (neuter as noun, completion) -- + in (no) wise, uttermost. see GREEK pas see GREEK telos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3838: παντελήςπαντελής, παντελές (πᾶς and τέλος), all-complete, perfect (Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Diodorus, Plutarch, others; 3Macc. 7:16); εἰς τό παντελές (properly, unto completeness (Winers Grammar, § 51, 1 c.)) completely, perfectly, utterly: Luke 13:11; Hebrews 7:25 (Philo leg. ad Gaium 21; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 18, 5; 3, 11, 3 and 12, 1; 6, 2, 3; 7, 13, 3; Aelian v. h. 7, 2; n. a. 17, 27). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάντῃ Transliteration: pantē Phonetic Spelling: pan'-tay Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: every way, entirely Meaning: every way, entirely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3839 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3839 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3839 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3839 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3839, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάντῃ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3839 pantē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: always. Adverb (of manner) from pas; wholly -- always. see GREEK pas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3839: πάντῃπάντῃ (R G L Tr WH πάντῃ, see references under the word εἰκῇ), (πᾶς), adverb, from Homer down, everywhere; wholly, in all respects, in every way: Acts 24:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάντοθεν Transliteration: pantothen Phonetic Spelling: pan-toth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from all sides Meaning: from all sides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3840 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3840 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3840 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3840 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3840, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάντοθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3840 pantothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: on every side, round about. Adverb (of source) from pas; from (i.e. On) all sides -- on every side, round about. see GREEK pas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3840: πάντοθενπάντοθεν (πᾶς), adverb, from Homer down, from all sides, from every quarter: Mark 1:45 L T WH Tr (but the last named hem πάντοθεν; cf. Chandler § 842); Luke 19:43; John 18:20 Rec.bez elz; Hebrews 9:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παντοκράτωρ Transliteration: pantokratōr Phonetic Spelling: pan-tok-rat'-ore Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: almighty Meaning: almighty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3841 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3841 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3841 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3841 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3841, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παντοκράτωρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3841 pantokratōr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Almighty, Omnipotent. From pas and kratos; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign) -- Almighty, Omnipotent. see GREEK pas see GREEK kratos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3841: παντοκράτωρπαντοκράτωρ, παντοκράτορος, ὁ (πᾶς and κρατέω), he who holds sway over all things; the ruler of all; almighty: of God, 2 Corinthians 6:18 (from Jeremiah 38:35 ()); Revelation 1:8; Revelation 4:8; Revelation 11:17; Revelation 15:3; Revelation 16:7, 14; Revelation 19:6, 15; Revelation 21:22. (The Sept. for צְבָאות in the phrase צְבָאות יְהוָה or צְבָאות אֱלֹהֵי, Jehovah or God of hosts; also for שַׁדַי; Wis. 7:25; Sir. 42:17 Sir. 50:14; often in Judith () and 2 Maccabees (circa ) and 3 Maccabees (circa ?); Anthol. Gr. iv., p. 151, Jacobs edition; Inscriptions; ecclesiastical writings (e. g. Teaching etc. 10, 3 [ET]; cf. Harnack's notes on Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. at the beginning and the Symb. Rom. (Patr. apost. Works, i. 2, p. 134)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάντοτε Transliteration: pantote Phonetic Spelling: pan'-tot-eh Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: at all times Meaning: at all times GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3842 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3842 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3842 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3842 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3842, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάντοτε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3842 pantote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: always, evermore. From pas and hote; every when, i.e. At all times -- alway(-s), ever(-more). see GREEK pas see GREEK hote Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3842: πάντοτεπάντοτε (πᾶς), adverb (for which the Atticists tell us that the better Greek writings used ἑκάστοτε; cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced. et Alex., p. 187f; (Winers Grammar, 26 (25))), at all times, always, ever: Matthew 26:11; Mark 14:7; Luke 15:31; Luke 18:1; John 6:34; John 7:6; John 8:29; John 11:42; John 12:8; John 18:20a (20b Rec.st); Romans 1:10 (9); 1 Corinthians 1:4; 1 Corinthians 15:58; 2 Corinthians 2:14; 2 Corinthians 4:10; 2 Corinthians 5:6; ( L marginal reading); ; Galatians 4:18; Ephesians 5:20; Philippians 1:4, 20; (); Colossians 1:3; Colossians 4:6,(); 1 Thessalonians 1:2; 1 Thessalonians 2:16; (); ; (); 2 Thessalonians 1:3, 11; 2 Thessalonians 2:13; 2 Timothy 3:7; Philemon 1:4; Hebrews 7:25. (Wis. 11:22 (21); (18); Josephus, Dionysius, Halicarnassus, Plutarch, Herodian, 3, 9, 13 ((7 edition, Bekker)); Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 4, 20; Athen., (Diogenes Laërtius) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάντως Transliteration: pantōs Phonetic Spelling: pan'-toce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: altogether, by all means Meaning: altogether, by all means GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3843 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3843 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3843 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3843 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3843, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάντως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3843 pantōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: altogether, by all means, no doubt. Adverb from pas; entirely; specially, at all events, (with negative, following) in no event -- by all means, altogether, at all, needs, no doubt, in (no) wise, surely. see GREEK pas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3843: πάντωςπάντως (from πᾶς), adverb, altogether (Latinomnino), i. e. a. in any and every way, by all means: 1 Corinthians 9:22 (so from Herodotus down). b. doubtless, surely, certainly: Luke 4:23; Acts 18:21 (Rec.); ; 1 Corinthians 9:10 (Tobit 14:8; Aelian v. h. 1, 32; by Plato in answers (cf. our colloquial by all means)). with the negative οὐ, α. where οὐ is postpositive, in no wise, not at all: 1 Corinthians 16:12 (often so as far back as Homer). β. when the negative precedes, the force of the adverb is restricted: οὐ πάντως, not entirely, not altogether, 1 Corinthians 5:10; not in all things, not in all respects, Romans 3:9; (rarely equivalent to πάντως οὐ, as in Ep. ad Diogn. 9 [ET] 'God οὐ πάντως ἐφηδόμενος τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἡμῶν.' Likewise, οὐδέν πάντως in Herodotus 5, 34. But in Theognis, 305 edition, Bekker οἱ κακοί οὐ πάντως κακοί ἐκ γαστρός γεγόνασι κτλ. is best translated not wholly, not entirely. Cf. Winers Grammar, 554f (515f); Buttmann, 389f (334f) (on whose interpretation of Romans, the passage cited, although it is that now generally adopted, see Weiss in Meyer 6te Aufl.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρά Transliteration: para Phonetic Spelling: par-ah' Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: from beside, by the side of, by, beside Meaning: from beside, by the side of, by, beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3844 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3844 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3844 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3844 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3844, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3844 para 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beside, among, at, before, byA primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of) -- above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side...by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3844: παράπαρά (it neglects elision before proper names beginning with a vowel, and (at least in Tdf.s text) before some other words; see Tdf Proleg., p. 95, cf. Winers Grammar, § 5, 1 a.; Buttmann, 10), a preposition indicating close proximity, with various modifications corresponding to the various cases with which it is joined; cf. Viger. editionm Herm., p. 643ff; Matthiae, § 588; Bernhardy (1829), p. 255ff; Kühner, § 440; Krüger, § 68, 34-36. It is joined: I. with the genitive; and as in Greek prose writings always with the genitive of a person, to denote that a thing proceeds from. the side or the vicinity of one, or from one's sphere of power, or from one's wealth or store, Latina, ab; German von ... her, von neben; Frenchde chez; (English from beside, from); the Sept. for מִלִּפְנֵי, מִיַד, מֵאֵצֶל (1 Samuel 17:30); cf. Winers Grammar, 364f (342f) a. properly, with a suggestion of union of place or of residence, after verbs of coming, departing, setting out, etc. (cf. Frenchvenir, partir de chez quelqu'un): Mark 14:43; Luke 8:49 (here Lachmann ἀπό); John 15:26; John 16:27; John 17:8; (παῥ ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτά δαιμόνια, Mark 16:9 L Tr text WH); εἶναι παρά Θεοῦ, of Christ, to be sent from God, John 9:16, 33; to be sprung from God (by the nature of the λόγος), (where for the sake of the context κἀκεῖνος με ἀπέστειλεν (Tdf. ἀπέσταλκέν) is added); μονογενοῦς παρά πατρός namely, ὄντος, John 1:14; ἐστι τί παρά τίνος, is given by one, John 17:7 (cf. d. below). b. joined to passive verbs, παρά makes one the author, the giver, etc. (Winers Grammar, 365 (343); Buttmann, § 134, 1); so after ἀποστέλλεσθαι, John 1:6 (the expression originates in the fact that one who is sent is conceived of as having been at the time with the sender, so that he could be selected or commissioned from among a number and then sent off); γίνεσθαι, Matthew 21:42; Mark 12:11 (παρά κυρίου, from the Lord, by divine agency or by the power at God's command); akin to which is οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῤῆμα, Luke 1:37 L marginal reading T Tr WH (see ἀδυνατέω, b.); λαλεῖσθαι, Luke 1:45 (not ὑπό, because God had not spoken in person, but by an angel); κατηγορεῖσθαι, Acts 22:30 Rec. (not ὑπό (yet so L T Tr WH) because Paul had not yet been formally accused by the Jews, but the tribune inferred from the tumult that the Jews accused him of some crime). c. after verbs of seeking, asking, taking, receiving, buying (cf. Winers Grammar, 370 (347) n.; Buttmann, § 147, 5; yet see Lightfoot on Galatians 1:12); as, αἴτω, αἰτοῦμαι, Matthew 20:20 (where L Tr text WH text ἀπ' αὐτοῦ); John 4:9; Acts 3:2; Acts 9:2; James 1:5; 1 John 5:15 (where L T Tr WH ἀπ' αὐτοῦ); ζητῶ, Mark 8:11; Luke 11:16; Luke 12:48; λαμβάνω, Mark 12:2; John 5:34, 41, 44; John 10:18; Acts 2:33; Acts 3:5; Acts 17:9; Acts 20:24; Acts 26:10; James 1:7; 2 Peter 1:17; 1 John 3:22 (L T Tr WH ἀπ' αὐτοῦ); 2 John 1:4; Revelation 2:28 (27); παραλαμβάνω, Galatians 1:12; 1 Thessalonians 2:13; 1 Thessalonians 4:1; ἀπολαμβάνω, Luke 6:34 R G LTr marginal reading; κομίζομαι, Ephesians 6:8; γίνεται μοι τί, Matthew 18:19; δέχομαι, Acts 22:5; Philippians 4:18; ἔχω, Acts 9:14; ὠνέομαι, Acts 7:16; ἀγοράζομαι, Revelation 3:18; also after ἄρτον φαγεῖν (namely, δοθεντα), 2 Thessalonians 3:8; εὑρεῖν ἔλεος, 2 Timothy 1:18; ἔσται χάρις, 2 John 1:3. after verbs of hearing, ascertaining, learning, making inquiry; as, ἀκούω τί, John 1:40(); ; Acts 10:22; Acts 28:22; 2 Timothy 1:13; 2 Timothy 2:2; πυνθάνομαι, Matthew 2:4; John 4:52; ἀκριβω, Matthew 2:16; ἀπιγινώσκω, Acts 24:8; μανθάνω, 2 Timothy 3:14. d. in phrases in which things are said εἶναι or ἐξέρχεσθαι from one: Luke 2:1; Luke 6:19; John 17:7 (see a. above). e. ὁ, ἡ, τό παρά τίνος (see ὁ, II. 8; cf. Buttmann, § 125, 9; Winer's Grammar, § 18, 3); α. absolutely: οἱ παῥ αὐτοῦ, those of one's family, i. e. his kinsmen, relations, Mark 3:21 (Susanna 33; one's descendants (yet here Vulg.qui cure eo erant), 1 Macc. 13:52; (Josephus, Antiquities 1, 10, 5)); cf. Fritzsche at the passage, p. 101; (Field, Otium Norv. pars 3:at the passage); τά παρά τίνος, what one has beside him, and so at his service, i. e. one's means, resources, Mark 5:26; τά παρά τινων, namely, ὄντα, i. e. δοθεντα, Luke 10:7; Philippians 4:18; (cf. Winers Grammar, 366 (343); Josephus, Antiquities 8, 6, 6; b. j. 2, 8, 4; etc.). β. where it refers to a preceding noun: ἡ ἐξουσία ἡ παρά τίνος, namely, received, Acts 26:12 (R G); ἐπικουρίας τῆς παρά (L T Tr WH ἀπό) τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 26:22 (ἡ παρά τίνος εὔνοια, Xenophon, mem. 2, 2, 12); ἡ παῥ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, of which I am the author, Romans 11:27 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 193 (182)). II. with the dative, παρά indicates that something is or is done either in the immediate vicinity of someone, or (metaphorically) in his mind, near by, beside, in the power of, in the presence of, with, the Sept. for אֵצֶל (1 Kings 20:1 (); Proverbs 8:30), בְּיַד (Genesis 44:16; Numbers 31:49), בְּעֵינֵי (see b. below); cf. Winers Grammar, § 48, d., p. 394f (369); (Buttmann, 339 (291f)). a. near, by: εἱστήκεισαν παρά τῷ σταυρῷ, John 19:25 (this is the only passage in the N. T. where παρά is joined with a dative of the thing, in all others with a dative of the person). after a verb of motion, to indicate the rest which follows the motion (cf. Buttmann, 339 (292)), ἔστησεν αὐτό παῥ ἑαυτῷ, Luke 9:47. b. with, i. e. in one's house; in one's town; in one's society: ξενίζεσθαι (which see), Acts 10:6; Acts 21:16; μένειν, of guests or lodgers, John 1:39 (); ; Acts 9:43; Acts 18:3, 20 (R G); f; ἐπιμένειν, Acts 28:14 L T Tr WH; καταλύειν, Luke 19:7 (Demosthenes, de corona § 82 (cf. Buttmann, 339 (292))); ἀριστᾶν, Luke 11:37; ἀπολείπειν τί, 2 Timothy 4:13; παρά τῷ Θεῷ, dwelling with God, John 8:38; equivalent to in heaven, John 17:5; μισθόν ἔχειν, to have a reward laid up with God in heaven, Matthew 6:1; εὑρεῖν χάριν (there where God is, i. e. God's favor (cf. Winer's Grammar, 365 (343))), Luke 1:30; a person is also said to have χάρις παρά one with whom he is acceptable, Luke 2:52; τοῦτο χάρις παρά Θεῷ, this is acceptable with God, pleasing to him, 1 Peter 2:20 (for בְּעֵינֵי, Exodus 33:12, 16; Numbers 11:15); παρά Θεῷ, in fellowship with God (of those who have embraced the Christian religion and turned to God from whom they had before been estranged), 1 Corinthians 7:24; παρά κυρίῳ (in heaven), before the Lord as judge, 2 Peter 2:11 (G L omit and Tr WH brackets the phrase); παῥ ὑμῖν, in your city, in your church, Colossians 4:16; with a dative plural equivalent to among, Matthew 22:25; Matthew 28:15; Revelation 2:13; παῥ ἑαυτῷ, at his home, 1 Corinthians 16:2. c. παῥ (L Tr WH text ἐν) ἑαυτῷ, with oneself i. e. in one's own mind, διαλογίζεσθαι, Matthew 21:25. d. a thing is said to be or not to be παρά τίνι, with one, α. which belongs to his nature and character, or is in accordance with his practice or the reverse; as, μή ἀδικία παρά τῷ Θεῷ; Romans 9:14; add, Romans 2:11; 2 Corinthians 1:17; Ephesians 6:9; James 1:17. β. which is or is not within one's power: Matthew 19:26; Mark 10:27; Luke 18:27, cf. Luke 1:37 R G L text e. παρά τίνι, with one i. e. in his judgment, he being judge (so in Herodotus and the Attic writings; cf. Passow, under the word, II. 2, vol. ii., p. 667; (Liddell and Scott, under B. II. 3)): παρά τῷ Θεῷ, Romans 2:13; 1 Corinthians 3:19; Galatians 3:11; 2 Thessalonians 1:6; James 1:27; 1 Peter 2:4; 2 Peter 3:8 (παρά κυρίῳ); φρόνιμον εἶναι παῥ ἑαυτῷ (A. V. in one's own conceit), Romans 11:25 (where Tr text WH text ἐν); Romans 12:16. III. with an accusative; the Sept. for אֵצֶל, יַד עַל, בְּעֵבֶר (Joshua 7:7; Joshua 22:7); cf. Winers Grammar, § 49 g., p. 403f (377f); (Buttmann, 339 (292)); 1. properly, of place, at, by, near, by the side of, beside, along; so with verbs of motion: περιπατεῖν παρά τήν θάλασσαν (Plato, Gorgias, p. 511 e.), Matthew 4:18; Mark 1:16 (here L T Tr WH παράγω); πίπτειν, Matthew 13:4; Mark 4:4; Luke 8:5, 41; Luke 17:16; Acts 5:10 (where L T Tr WH πρός); σπαρῆναι, Matthew 13:19; ῥίπτειν, Matthew 15:30; τιθέναι, Acts 4:35, 37 (here Tdf. πρός); ; ἀποτιθεναι, Acts 7:58; ἔρχεσθαι, ἐξέρχεσθαι, Matthew 15:29; Mark 2:13 (here Tdf. εἰς); Acts 16:13; οἱ παρά τήν ὁδόν, namely, πεσόντες, Mark 4:15, cf. Mark 4:4; Luke 8:12, cf. 5. with verbs of rest: καθῆσθαι, Matthew 13:1; Matthew 20:30; Luke 8:35; with εἶναι, Mark 5:21; Acts 10:6. with verbs denoting the business in which one is engaged, as παιδεύειν in passive, Acts 22:3 (so G L T Tr WH punctuate); διδάσκειν, Mark 4:1. without a verb, in specifications of place, Acts 10:32; Hebrews 11:12. 2. beside, beyond, i. e. metaphorically, a. equivalent to contrary to: παρά τήν διδαχήν, Romans 16:17; παῥ ἐλπίδα, literally, beyond hope, i. e. where the laws and course of nature left no room for hope, hence, equivalent to without (A. V. against) hope, Romans 4:18 (in secular authors, of things which happen against hope, beyond one's expectation, cf. Passow, under the word, III. 3, vol. ii, p. 669{b}; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 6, 25); παρά τόν νόμοι, contrary to the law, Acts 18:13 (παρά τούς νόμους, opposed to κατά τούς νόμους, Xenophon, mem. 1, 1, 18); παῥ ὁ, contrary to that which, i. e. at variance with that which, Galatians 1:8f; παρά φύσιν, Romans 1:26; Romans 11:24 (Thucydides 6, 17; Plato, rep. 5, p. 466 d.); after ἄλλος, other than, different from, 1 Corinthians 3:11 (see examples from secular authors in Passow, under the word, III. 3 at the end vol. ii., p. 670{a}); παρά τόν κτίσαντα, omitting or passing by the Creator, Romans 1:25, where others explain it before (above) the Creator, rather than the Creator, agreeably indeed to the use of the preposition in Greek writings (cf. Ast, Lex. Plato, iii., p. 28 (cf. Riddell, Platonic Idioms, § 165 β.; Liddell and Scott, under the word, C. I. 5 d.)), but not to the thought of the passage. except, save, equivalent to if you subtract from a given sum, less: τεσσαράκοντα παρά μίαν, one (stripe) excepted, 2 Corinthians 11:24 (τεσσαράκοντα ἐτῶν παρά τριάκοντα ἡμέρας, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 1; παρά πέντε ναῦς, five ships being deducted, Thucydides 8, 29; (παῥ ὀλίγας ψήφους, Josephus, contra Apion 2, 37, 3); see other examples from Greek authors in Bernhardy (1829), p. 258; (Winers Grammar, as above; especially Sophocles Lexicon, under 3)). b. above, beyond: παρά καιρόν ἡλικίας, Hebrews 11:11; παῥ ὁ δεῖ; (Plutarch, mor., p. 83 f. (de profect. in virt. § 13)), Romans 12:3; equivalent to more than: ἁμαρτωλοί παρά πάντας, Luke 13:2; ἔχρισεν σε ... ἔλαιον ... παρά τούς μετόχους more copiously than (A. V. above) thy fellows, Hebrews 1:9 (from Psalm 44:8 (); ὑψοῦν τινα παρά τινα, Sir. 15:5); κρίνειν ἡμέραν παῥ ἡμέραν, to prefer one day to another (see κρίνω, 2), Romans 14:5. Hence, it is joined to comparatives: πλέον παρά τό, Luke 3:13; διαφορώτερον παῥ αὐτούς ὄνομα, Hebrews 1:4; add, ; see examples from Greek authors in Winer's Grammar, § 35, 2 b. (and as above). Ἐλαττουν τινα παρά, to make one inferior to another, Hebrews 2:7, 9. 3. on account of (cf. Latinpropter equivalent toob): παρά τοῦτο, for this reason, therefore, 1 Corinthians 12:15f; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 49 g. c. IV. In Composition παρά denotes 1. situation or motion either from the side of, or to the side of; near, beside, by, to: παραθαλάσσιος, παράλιος, παροικέω, παρακολουθέω, παραλαμβάνω, παραλέγομαι, παραπλέω, παράγω; of what is done secretly or by stealth, as παρεισέρχομαι, παρεισάγω, παρεισδύω; cf. (the several words and) Fritzsche, Commentary on Romans, vol. i., p. 346. by the side of i. e. ready, present, at hand (παρά τίνι): πάρειμι, παρουσία, παρέχω, etc. 2. violation, neglect, aberration (cf. our beyond or aside equivalent to amiss): παραβαίνω, παραβάτης, παρανομέω, παρακούω, παρίημι, πάρεσις, παραλογίζομαι, παράδοξος, παραφρονία, etc. 3. like the German an (inanreizen, antreiben, etc.): παραζηλόω, παραπικραίνω, παροξύνω, παροργίζω. (Cf. Vig. edition, Herm., p. 650f) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβαίνω Transliteration: parabainō Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-ah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go by the side of, to go past Meaning: to go by the side of, to go past GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3845 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3845 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3845 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3845 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3845, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3845 parabainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: transgress. From para and the base of basis; to go contrary to, i.e. Violate a command -- (by) transgress(-ion). see GREEK para see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3845: παραβαίνωπαραβαίνω; 2 aorist παρέβην; properly, to go by the side of (in Homer twice παρβεβαως of one who stands by another's side in a war-chariot, Iliad 11,522; 13, 708 (but here of men on foot)); to go past or to pass over without touching a thing; tropically, to overstep, neglect, violate, transgress, with an accusative of the thing (often so in secular authors from Aeschylus down (cf. παρά, IV. 1 and 2)): τήν παράδοσιν, Matthew 15:2; τήν ἐντολήν τοῦ Θεοῦ, Matthew 15:3; ὁ παραβαίνων, he that transgresseth, oversteppeth, i. e. who does not hold to the true doctrine, opposed to μένειν ἐν τῇ διδαχή, 2 John 1:9 R G (where L T Tr WH ὁ προάγων (which see)) (so οἱ παραβαίνοντες, transgressors of the law, Sir. 40:14 (cf. Josephus, contra Apion 2, 18, 2; 29, 4; 30, 1)); (τήν διαθήκην, Joshua 7:11, 15; Ezekiel 16:59, and often; τό ῤῆμα κυρίου, Numbers 14:41; 1 Samuel 15:24, etc.; τάς συνθήκας, Polybius 7, 5, 1; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 6, 5; Aelian v. h. 10, 2; besides, παραβ. δίκην. τόν νόμον, τούς ὅρκους, πίστιν, etc., in Greek writings). In imitation of the Hebrew סוּר followed by מִן, we find παραβαίνειν ἐκ τίνος and ἀπό τίνος, so to go past as to turn aside from, i. e. to depart, leave, be turned from: ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ, Exodus 32:8; Deuteronomy 9:12; ἀπό τῶν ἐντολῶν, Deuteronomy 17:20; ἀποπο τῶν λόγων, Deuteronomy 28:14, the Alex. manuscript; once so in the N. T.: ἐκ (L T Tr WH ἀπό) τῆς ἀποστολῆς, of one who abandons his trust (R. V. fell away], Acts 1:25. (In the Sept. also for עָבַר, הֵפִיר, to break, שָׁטָה, to deviate, turn aside.) (Synonym: παραβαίνειν to overstep, παραπορεύεσθαι to proceed by the side of, παρέρχεσθαι to go past.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβάλλω Transliteration: paraballō Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-al'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to throw beside Meaning: to throw beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3846 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3846 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3846 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3846 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3846, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3846 paraballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: arrive, cross over From para and ballo; to throw alongside, i.e. (reflexively) to reach a place, or (figuratively) to liken -- arrive, compare. see GREEK para see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3846: παραβάλλωπαραβάλλω: 2 aorist παρέβαλον; 1. to throw before, cast to (cf. παρά, Winers Grammar, 1) (Homer, Plato, Polybius, Dio Cassius, others; as fodder to horses, Homer, Iliad 8, 504). 2. to put one thing by the side of another for the sake of comparison, to compare, liken (Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, Polybius, Josephus, Herodian): τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν παραβολή, to portray the kingdom of God (in), by the use of, a similitude, Mark 4:30 R G L marginal reading Tr marginal reading (cf. Buttmann, § 133, 22). 3. reflexively, to put oneself, betake oneself into a place or to a person (Plato, Polybius, Plutarch, (Diogenes Laërtius); of seamen (Herodotus 7, 179; Demosthenes, p. 163, 4; εἰς Ποτιόλους, Josephus, Antiquities 18, 6, 4), εἰς Σάμον, Acts 20:15 (put in at (R. V. touched at)). For another use of this verb in Greek writings see παραβολεύομαι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράβασις Transliteration: parabasis Phonetic Spelling: par-ab'-as-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a going aside, a transgression Meaning: a going aside, a transgression GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3847 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3847 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3847 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3847 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3847, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράβασις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3847 parabasis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breaking, transgression. From parabaino; violation -- breaking, transgression. see GREEK parabaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3847: παράβασιςπαράβασις, παραβάσεως, ἡ (παραβαίνω, which see), properly, a going over; metaphorically, a disregarding, violating; Vulg.praevaricario, and once (Galatians 3:19)transgressio; (A. V. transgression): with a genitive of the object, τῶν ὅρκων, 2 Macc. 15:10; τῶν δικαίων, Plutarch, comparative, Ages. and Pomp. 1; τοῦ νόμου, of the Mosaic law, Romans 2:23 (Josephus, Antiquities 18, 8, 2); absolutely, the breach of a definite, promulgated, tariffed law: Romans 5:14; 1 Timothy 2:14 (but ἁμαρτία is wrong-doing which even a man ignorant of the law may be guilty of (cf. Trench, N. T. Synonyms, § lxvi.)); τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν, to create transgressions, i. e. that sins might take on the character of transgressions, and thereby the consciousness of sin be intensified and the desire for redemption be aroused, Galatians 3:19; used of the transgression of the Mosaic law, Romans 4:15; Hebrews 2:2; Hebrews 9:15; Psalm 100:3 (); with a genitive of the subjunctive, τῶν ἀδίκων, Wis. 14:31. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβάτης Transliteration: parabatēs Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-at'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who stands beside Meaning: one who stands beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3848 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3848 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3848 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3848 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3848, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβάτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3848 parabatēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breaker, transgressor. From parabaino; a violator -- breaker, transgress(-or). see GREEK parabaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3848: παραβάτηςπαραβάτης, παραβατου, ὁ (παραβαίνω (cf. Winers Grammar, 26)), a transgressor (Vulg.praevaricator, transgressor): νόμου, a lawbreaker (Plautus legirupa), Romans 2:25, 27; James 2:11; absolutely, Galatians 2:18; James 2:9. (Aeschylus (παρβατης); Graecus Venetus, Deuteronomy 21:18, 20.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβιάζομαι Transliteration: parabiazomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-ee-ad'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to force against (nature) Meaning: to force against (nature) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3849 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3849 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3849 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3849 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3849, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβιάζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3849 parabiazomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: constrain. From para and the middle voice of biazo; to force contrary to (nature), i.e. Compel (by entreaty) -- constrain. see GREEK para see GREEK biazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3849: παραβιάζομαιπαραβιάζομαι: 1 aorist παρεβιασαμην; deponent verb, to employ force contrary to nature and right (cf. παρά, IV. 2), to compel by employing force (Polybius 26, 1, 3): τινα, to constrain one by entreaties, Luke 24:29; Acts 16:15; so the Sept. in Genesis 19:9; 1 Samuel 28:23, etc. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβολή Transliteration: parabolē Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-ol-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: to expose oneself to danger Meaning: to expose oneself to danger GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3850 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3850 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3850 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3850 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3850, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβολή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3850 parabolē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comparison, figure, parable, proverb. From paraballo; a similitude ("parable"), i.e. (symbolic) fictitious narrative (of common life conveying a moral), apothegm or adage -- comparison, figure, parable, proverb. see GREEK paraballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3850: παραβολήπαραβολή, παραβολῆς, ἡ (παραβάλλω, which see), the Sept. for מָשָׁל; 1. a placing of one thing by the side of another, juxtaposition, as of ships in battle, Polybius 15, 2, 13; Diodorus 14, 60. 2. metaphorically, a comparing, comparison of one thing with another, likeness, similitude (Plato, Isocrates, Polybius, Plutarch): universally, Matthew 24:32; Mark 13:28; an example by which a doctrine or precept is illustrated, Mark 3:23; Luke 14:7; a thing serving as a figure of something else, Hebrews 9:9; this meaning also very many interpreters give the word in Hebrews 11:19, but see 5 below; specifically, "a narrative, fictitious but agreeable to the laws and usages of human life, by which either the duties of men or the things of God, particularly the nature and history of God's kingdom, are figuratively portrayed" (cf. B. D., see under the words, Fable, Parable (and references there; add Aristotle, rhet. 2, 20, 2ff and Cope's notes)): Matthew 13:3, 10, 13, 24, 31, 33-35, 53; Matthew 21:33, 45; (); Mark 4:2, 10,(),f; (); ,(); Luke 8:4, 9-11; Luke 12:16, 41; Luke 13:6; Luke 14:7; Luke 15:3; Luke 18:1, 9; Luke 19:11; Luke 20:9, 19; Luke 21:29; with a genitive of the person or thing to which the contents of the parable refer (Winer's Grammar, § 30, 1 a.): τοῦ σπείροντος, Matthew 13:18; τῶν ζιζανίων, Matthew 13:36; τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν παραβολή τιθέναι (literally, to set forth the kingdom of God in a parable), to illustrate (the nature and history of) the kingdom of God by the use of a parable, Mark 4:30 L text T Tr text WH. 3. "a pithy and instructive saying, involving some likeness or comparison and having preceptive or admonitory force; an aphorism, a maxim": Luke 5:36; Luke 6:39; Matthew 15:15 (Proverbs 1:6; Ecclesiastes 1:17; Sir. 3:29(27); (25), etc.). Since sayings of this kind often pass into proverbs, παραβολή is 4. a proverb: Luke 4:23 (1 Samuel 10:12; Ezekiel 12:22; Ezekiel 18:2f). 5. an act by which one exposes himself or his possessions to danger, a venture, risk (in which sense the plural seems to be used by Plutarch, Aratus 22: διά πολλῶν ἑλιγμων καί παραβολῶν περαινοντες πρός τό τεῖχος (cf. Diodorus Siculus fragment book 30:9, 2; also variant in Thucydides 1, 131, 2 (and Poppo at the passage))); ἐν παραβολή, in risking him, i. e. at the very moment when he exposed his son to mortal peril (see παραβολεύομαι), Hebrews 11:19 (Hesychius ἐκ παραβολῆς. ἐκ παρακινδυνευματος); others with less probability explain it, in a figure, i. e. as a figure, either of the future general resurrection of all men, or of Christ offered up to God and raised again from the dead; others otherwise. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραβουλεύομαι Transliteration: parabouleuomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ab-ool-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: risk, disregard Meaning: risk, disregard GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3851 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3851 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3851 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3851 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3851, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραβουλεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3851 parabouleuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: risk, disregardFrom para and the middle voice of bouleuo; to misconsult, i.e. Disregard -- not (to) regard(-ing). see GREEK para see GREEK bouleuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3851: παραβολεύομαιπαραβολεύομαι: 1 aorist middle participle παραβολευσάμενος; to be παράβολος i. e. one who rashly exposes himself to dangers, to be venturesome, reckless (cf. Winers Grammar, 93 (88); Lob. ad Phryn., p. 67); recklessly to expose oneself to danger: with a dative of respect, τῇ ψυχή, as respects life; hence, to expose one's life boldly, jeopard life, hazard life, Philippians 2:30, G L T Tr WH for the παραβουλευσάμενος of Rec.; on the difference between these readings cf. Gabler, Kleinere theol. Schriften, i., p. 176ff. This verb is not found in the Greek writers, who say παραβάλλεσθαι, now absolutely, to expose oneself to danger (see Passow, under the word παραβάλλω, 2; Liddell and Scott, ibid. II.), now with an accusative of the thing (to risk, stake), as ψυχήν, Homer, Iliad 9, 322; σῶμα καί ψυχήν, 2 Macc. 14:38 (see other examples in Passow (and Liddell and Scott), the passage cited); now with a dative of reference, ταῖς ψυχαῖς, Diodorus 3, 35; τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ κεφαλή, ἀργυρίῳ, Phryn. ed. Lob., p. 238; (cf. Lightfoot on Philippians, the passage cited). STRONGS NT 3851: παραβουλεύομαιπαραβουλεύομαι: 1 aorist participle παραβουλευσάμενος; to consult amiss (see παρά, IV. 2): with a dative of the thing, Philippians 2:30 Rec. Not found in secular authors See παραβολεύομαι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραγγελία Transliteration: parangelia Phonetic Spelling: par-ang-gel-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an instruction, a command Meaning: an instruction, a command GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3852 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3852 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3852 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3852 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3852, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραγγελία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3852 parangelia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mandate, charge, command. From paraggello; a mandate -- charge, command. see GREEK paraggello Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3852: παραγγελίαπαραγγελία, παραγγελίας, ἡ (παραγγέλλω), properly, announcement, a proclaiming or giving a message to; hence, a charge, command: Acts 16:24; a prohibition, Acts 5:28; used of the Christian doctrine relative to right living, 1 Timothy 1:5; of particular directions relative to the same, 18; plural in 1 Thessalonians 4:2. (Of a military order in Xenophon, Polybius; of instruction, Aristotle, eth. Nic. 2, 2, p. 1104{a}, 7; Diodorus except p. 512, 19 (i. e. fragment book 26:1, 1).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραγγέλλω Transliteration: parangellō Phonetic Spelling: par-ang-gel'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to transmit a message, to order Meaning: to transmit a message, to order GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3853 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3853 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3853 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3853 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3853, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραγγέλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3853 parangellō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to command, chargeFrom para and the base of aggelos; to transmit a message, i.e. (by implication) to enjoin -- (give in) charge, (give) command(-ment), declare. see GREEK para see GREEK aggelos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3853: παραγγέλλωπαραγγέλλω; imperfect παρηγγελλον; 1 aorist παρηγγειλα; (παρά and ἀγγέλλω); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; 1. properly, to transmit a message along from one to another ((cf. παρά, IV. 1)), to declare, announce. 2. to command, order, charge: with the dative of the pers, 1 Thessalonians 4:11 (cf. Mark 16 WH (rejected) 'Shorter Conclusion'); followed by λέγων and direct discourse Matthew 10:5; followed by an infinitive aorist, Matthew 15:35 L T Tr WH; Mark 8:6; Luke 8:29; Acts 10:42; Acts 16:18; with μή inserted, Luke 5:14; Luke 8:56; Acts 23:22; 1 Corinthians 7:10 (here Lachmann infinitive present); followed by an infinitive present, Acts 16:23; Acts 17:30 (here T Tr marginal reading WH have ἀπαγγέλλει); 2 Thessalonians 3:6; with μή inserted, Luke 9:21 (G L T Tr WH); Acts 1:4; Acts 4:18; Acts 5:28 (παραγγελία παραγγέλλειν, to charge strictly, Winers Grammar, § 54, 3; Buttmann, 184 (159f)), 40; 1 Timothy 1:3; 1 Timothy 6:17; τίνι τί, 2 Thessalonians 3:4 (but T Tr WH omit; L brackets the dative); τοῦτο followed by ὅτι, 2 Thessalonians 3:10; τίνι followed by an accusative and infinitive (Acts 23:30 L T Tr marginal reading); 2 Thessalonians 3:6; 1 Timothy 6:13 (here Tdf. omits the dative); followed by an infinitive alone, Acts 15:5; by ἵνα (see ἵνα, II. 2 b.), Mark 6:8; 2 Thessalonians 3:12; with an accusative of the thing alone, 1 Corinthians 11:17; 1 Timothy 4:11; 1 Timothy 5:7. (Synonym: see κελεύω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραγίνομαι Transliteration: paraginomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ag-in'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be beside, to arrive Meaning: to be beside, to arrive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3854 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3854 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3854 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3854 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3854, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραγίνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3854 paraginomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come, go, be present. From para and ginomai; to become near, i.e. Approach (have arrived); by implication, to appear publicly -- come, go, be present. see GREEK para see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3854: παραγίνομαιπαραγίνομαι; imperfect 3 person plural παρεγίνοντο (John 3:23); 2 aorist παρεγενόμην; from Homer down; the Sept. for בּוא; (properly, to become near, to place oneself by the side of, hence) to be present, to come near, approach : absolutely, Matthew 3:1 (but in edition 1 Prof. Grimm (more appropriately) associates this with Hebrews 9:11; Luke 12:51 below); Luke (); ; John 3:23; Acts 5:21f, 25; Acts 9:39; Acts 10:32 (R G Tr marginal reading brackets), ; ; 1 Corinthians 16:3; followed by ἀπό with the genitive of place and εἰς with the accusative of place, Matthew 2:1; Acts 13:14; by ἀπό with the genitive of place and ἐπί with accusative of place and πρός with the accusative of person Matthew 3:13; by παρά with the genitive of person (i. e. sent by one (cf. Winer's Grammar, 365 (342))), Mark 14:43; by πρός τινα, Luke 7:4, 20; Luke 8:19; Acts 20:18; πρός τινα ἐκ with the genitive of place, Luke 11:6; by εἰς with the accusative of place, John 8:2; Acts 9:26 (here Lachmann ἐν); ; by ἐπί τινα (against, see ἐπί, C. I. 2 g. γ. ββ.), Luke 22:52 (Tdf. πρός). equivalent to to come forth, make one's public appearance, of teachers: of the Messiah, absolutely, Hebrews 9:11; followed by an infinitive denoting the purpose, Luke 12:51; (of John the Baptist, Matthew 3:1 (see above)). equivalent to to be present with help (R. V. "to take one's part]"], with a dative of the person 2 Timothy 4:16 L T Tr WH. (Compare: συμπαραγίνομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράγω Transliteration: paragō Phonetic Spelling: par-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lead by, to pass by or away Meaning: to lead by, to pass by or away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3855 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3855 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3855 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3855 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3855, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3855 paragō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depart, pass byFrom para and ago; to lead near, i.e. (reflexively or intransitively) to go along or away -- depart, pass (away, by, forth). see GREEK para see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3855: παράγωπαράγω; imperfect παρῆγον (John 8:59 Rec.); present passive 3 person singular παράγεται; from (Archilochus (), Theognis), Pindar and Herodotus down; the Sept. several times for עָבַר in Kal and Hiphil; 1. transitive, ((cf. παρά, IV.)); a. to lead past, lead by. b. to lead aside, mislead; to lead away. c. to lead to; to lead forth, bring forward. 2. intransitive (see ἄγω, 4); a. to pass by, go past: Matthew 20:30; Mark 2:14; Mark 15:21; (Luke 18:39 L marginal reading); followed by παρά with an accusative of place, Mark 1:16 L T Tr WH (by κατά with the accusative of place, 3Macc. 6:16; θεωροῦντες παραγουσαν τήν δύναμιν, Polybius 5, 18, 4). b. to depart, go away: John 8:59 Rec.; ; ἐκεῖθεν, Matthew 9:9, 27. (Others adhere to the meaning pass by in all these passages.) Metaphorically, to pass away, disappear: 1 Corinthians 7:31 (Psalm 143:5 ()); in the passive in the same sense, 1 John 2:8, 17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραδειγματίζω Transliteration: paradeigmatizō Phonetic Spelling: par-ad-igue-mat-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to set forth as an example Meaning: to set forth as an example GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3856 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3856 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3856 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3856 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3856, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραδειγματίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3856 paradeigmatizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expose, make a public exampleFrom para and deigmatizo; to show alongside (the public), i.e. Expose to infamy -- make a public example, put to an open shame. see GREEK para see GREEK deigmatizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3856: παραδειγματίζωπαραδειγματίζω; 1 aorist infinitive παραδειγματίσαι; (παραδιγμα ((from δείκνυμι)) an example; also an example in the sense of a warning (cf. Schmidt, chapter 128)); to set forth as an example, make an example of; in a bad sense, to hold up to infamy; to expose to public disgrace: τινα, Matthew 1:19 R G; Hebrews 6:6 (A. V. put to open shame). (Numbers 25:4; Jeremiah 13:22; Ezekiel 28:17; (Daniel 2:5 the Sept.); Additions to Esther 4:8 (36) [Esther 4:334:17q]; Protevangelium Jacobi, chapter 20; often in Polybius; Plutarch, de curios. 10; Eusebius, quaest. ad Steph. 1, 3 (iv. 884 d., Migne edition).) (Cf. Schmidt, chapter 128.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράδεισος Transliteration: paradeisos Phonetic Spelling: par-ad'-i-sos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a park, a garden, a paradise Meaning: Paradise -- a park, a garden, a paradise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3857 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3857 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3857 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3857 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3857, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράδεισος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3857 paradeisos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: paradise. Of Oriental origin (compare pardec); a park, i.e. (specially), an Eden (place of future happiness, "paradise") -- paradise. see HEBREW pardec Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3857: παράδεισοςπαράδεισος, παραδείσου, ὁ (thought by most to be of Persian orion, by others of Armenian, cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, ii., p. 1124; (B. D., under the word; especially Fried. Delitzsch, We lag das Paradies? Leipzig 1881, pp. 95-97; cf. Max Müller, Selected Essays, i., 129f)), 1. among the Persians a grand enclosure or preserve, hunting-ground, park, shady and well-watered, in which wild animals were kept for the hunt; it was enclosed by walls and furnished with towers for the hunters: Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 14; (1, 4, 5); 8, 1, 38; oec. 4, 13 and 14; anab. 1, 2, 7, 9; Theophrastus, h. pl. 5, 8, 1; Diodorus 16, 41; 14, 80; Pint. Artax. 25, cf. Curt; 8, 1, 11. 2. universally, a garden, pleasure-ground; grove, park: Lucian, v. h. 2, 23; Aelian v. h. 1, 33; Josephus, Antiquities 7, 14, 4; 8, 7, 3; 9, 10, 4; 10, 3, 2 and 11, 1; b. j. 6, 1, 1; (c. Apion. 1, 19, 9 (where cf. Müller)); Susanna 4, 7, 15, etc.; Sir. 24:30; and so it passed into the Hebrew language, פַּרְדֵּס, Nehemiah 2:8; Ecclesiastes 2:5; Song of Solomon 4:13; besides in the Sept. mostly for גַּן; thus, for that delightful region, 'the garden of Eden,' in which our first parents dwelt before the fall: Genesis 2:8ff; 3:1ff. 3. that part of Hades which was thought by the later Jews to be the abode of the souls of the pious until the resurrection: Luke 23:43, cf. 16:23f. But some (e. g. Dillmann (as below, p. 379)) understand that passage of the heavenly paradise. 4. an upper region in the heavens: 2 Corinthians 12:4 (where some maintain, others deny, that the term is equivalent to ὁ τρίτος οὐρανός in 2 Corinthians 12:2); with the addition of τοῦ Θεοῦ, genitive of possessor, the abode of God and heavenly beings, to which true Christians will be taken after death, Revelation 2:7 (cf. Genesis 13:10; Ezekiel 28:13; Ezekiel 31:8). According to the opinion of many of the church Fathers, the paradise in which our first parents dwelt before the fall still exists, neither on earth nor in the heavens, but above and beyond the world; cf. Thilo, Cod. apocr. Nov. Test., on Evang. Nicod. c. xxv., p. 748ff; and Bleek thinks that the word ought to be taken in this sense in Revelation 2:7. Cf. Dillmann under the word Paradies in Schenkel iv. 377ff; also Hilgenfeld, Die Clement. Recogn. und Hom., p. 87f; Klöpper on 2 Corinthians 12:2-4, p. 507ff ((Göttingen, 1869). See also B. D., under the word; McClintock and |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραδέχομαι Transliteration: paradechomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ad-ekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive, admit Meaning: to receive, admit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3858 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3858 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3858 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3858 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3858, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3858 paradechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: receive. From para and dechomai; to accept near, i.e. Admit or (by implication) delight in -- receive. see GREEK para see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3858: παραδέχομαιπαραδέχομαι; future 3 person plural παραδέξονταί; deponent middle, but in Biblical and ecclesiastical Greek with 1 aorist passive παρεδεχθην (Acts 15:4 L T Tr WH; 2 Macc. 4:22; (cf. Buttmann, 51 (44)); 1. in classical Greek from Homer down, properly, to receive, take up, take upon oneself. Hence, 2. to admit i. e. not to reject, to accept, receive: τόν λόγον, Mark 4:20; ἔθη, Acts 16:21; τήν μαρτυρίαν, Acts 22:18; κατηγορίαν, 1 Timothy 5:19 (τάς δοκιμους δραχμάς, Epictetus diss. 1, 7, 6); τινα, of a son, to acknowledge as one's own (A. V. receiveth), Hebrews 12:6 (after Proverbs 3:12, where for רָצָה); of a delegate or messenger, to give due reception to, Acts 15:4 L T Tr WH. (Cf. δέχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραδιατριβή Transliteration: paradiatribē Phonetic Spelling: par-ad-ee-at-ree-bay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: wrangling, constant arguing Meaning: wrangling, constant arguing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3859 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3859 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3859 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3859 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3859, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραδιατριβή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3859 paradiatribē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wrangling, constant arguingFrom a compound of para and diatribo; misemployment, i.e. Meddlesomeness -- perverse disputing. see GREEK para see GREEK diatribo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3859: παραδιατριβήπαραδιατριβή, παραδιατριβης, ἡ, useless occupation, empty business, misemployment (see παρά, IV. 2): 1 Timothy 6:5 Rec. (cf. Winers Grammar, 102 (96)), see διαπαρατριβή. Not found elsewhere; (cf. παραδιατυπόω in Justinian (in Koumanoudes, Λεξεις ἀθησαυρος, under the word)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραδίδωμι Transliteration: paradidōmi Phonetic Spelling: par-ad-id'-o-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hand over, to give or deliver over, to betray Meaning: to hand over, to give or deliver over, to betray GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3860 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3860 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3860 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3860 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3860, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραδίδωμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3860 paradidōmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: betray, bring forthFrom para and didomi; to surrender, i.e yield up, intrust, transmit -- betray, bring forth, cast, commit, deliver (up), give (over, up), hazard, put in prison, recommend. see GREEK para see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3860: παραδίδωμιπαραδίδωμι, subjunctive 3 person singular παραδιδῷ (1 Corinthians 15:24 (L marginal reading Tr marginal reading WH, the Sinaiticus manuscript, etc.)) and παραδιδοι (ibid. L text T Tr text; cf. Buttmann, 46 (40) (and δίδωμι, at the beginning)); imperfect 3 person singular παρεδίδου (Acts 8:3; 1 Peter 2:23), plural παρεδίδουν (Acts 16:4 R G; ) and παρεδίδοσαν (Acts 16:4 L T Tr WH; cf. Winers Grammar, § 14, 1 c.; Buttmann, 45 (39)); future παραδώσω; 1 aorist παρέδωκα; 2 aorist παρεδων, subjunctive 3 person singular παραδῷ and several times παραδοῖ (so L T Tr WH in Mark 4:29; Mark 14:10, 11; John 13:2; see δίδωμι, at the beginning); perfect participle παραδεδωκως (Acts 15:26); pluperfect 3 person plural without augment παραδεδώκεισαν (Mark 15:10; Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; (Buttmann, 33 (29); Tdf. Proleg., p. 120f)); passive, present παραδίδομαι; imperfect 3 person singular παρεδίδετο (1 Corinthians 11:23 L T Tr WH for R G παρεδίδοτο, see ἀποδίδωμι); perfect 3 person singular παραδέδοται (Luke 4:6), participle παραδεδόμενος, Acts 14:26; 1 aorist παρεδόθην; 1 future παραδοθήσομαι; from Pindar and Herodotus down; the Sept. mostly for נָתַן; to give over; 1. properly, to give into the hands (of another). 2. to give over into (one's) power or use: τίνι τί, to deliver to one something to keep, use, take care of, manage, Matthew 11:27; Luke 4:6 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 271 (254)); Luke 10:22; τά ὑπάρχοντα, τάλαντα, Matthew 25:14, 20, 22; τήν βασιλείαν, 1 Corinthians 15:24; τό πνεῦμα namely, τῷ Θεῷ, John 19:30; τό σῶμα, ἵνα etc., to be burned, 1 Corinthians 13:3; τινα, to deliver one up to custody, to be judged, condemned, punished, scourged, tormented, put to death (often thus in secular authors): τινα, absolutely, so that to be put in prison must be supplied, Matthew 4:12; Mark 1:14; τηρουμένους, who are kept, 2 Peter 2:4 (G T Tr WH; but R τετηρημένους, L κολαζομένους τηρεῖν); to be put to death (cf. German dahingeben), Romans 4:25; with the addition of ὑπέρ τίνος, for one's salvation, Romans 8:32; τινα τίνι, Matthew 5:25; Matthew 18:34; Matthew 20:18; Matthew 27:2; Mark 15:1; Luke 12:58; Luke 20:20; John 18:30, 35; John 19:11 etc.; Acts 27:1; Acts 28:16 Rec.; τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν, to do their pleasure with Luke 23:25; τινα τίνι, followed by ἵνα, John 19:16; with an infinitive of purpose, φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, to guard him, Acts 12:4; without the dative, Matthew 10:19; Matthew 24:10; Matthew 27:18; Mark 13:11; Mark 15:10; Acts 3:13; followed by ἵνα, Matthew 27:26; Mark 15:15; τινα εἰς τό σταυρωθῆναι, Matthew 26:2 (σταυροῦ θανάτῳ, Ev. Nicod. c. 26); εἰς χεῖρας τίνος, i. e. into one's power, Matthew 17:22; Matthew 26:45; Mark 9:31; Mark 14:41; Luke 9:44; Luke 24:7; Acts 21:11; Acts 28:17 (Jeremiah 33:24 (); ()); εἰς συνέδρια, to councils (see συνέδριον, 2 b.) (παραδιδόναι involving also the idea of conducting), Matthew 10:17; Mark 13:9; εἰς συναγωγάς, Luke 21:12; εἰς θλῖψιν, Matthew 24:9; εἰς φυλακήν, Acts 8:3; εἰς φυλακάς, Acts 22:4; εἰς θάνατον, Matthew 10:21; Mark 13:12; 2 Corinthians 4:11; εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, Luke 24:20; τόν σάρκα εἰς καταφθοράν, of Christ undergoing death, the Epistle of Barnabas 5, 1 [ET]; παραδιδόναι ἑαυτόν ὑπέρ τίνος, to give oneself up for, give oneself to death for, to undergo death for (the salvation of) one, Galatians 2:20; Ephesians 5:25; with the addition of τῷ Θεῷ and a predicate accusative, Ephesians 5:2; τήν ψυχήν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπέρ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, to jeopard life to magnify and make known the name of Jesus Christ, Acts 15:26. Metaphorically, expressions: τινα τῷ Σατανᾶ, to deliver one into the power of Satan to be harassed and tormented with evils, 1 Timothy 1:20; with the addition of εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός (see ὄλεθρος), 1 Corinthians 5:5 (the phrase seems to have originated from the Jewish formulas of excommunication (yet see Meyer (edited by Heinrici) at the passage (cf. B. D., under the word, Hymenaeus II., Excommunication II.)), because a person banished from the theocratic assembly was regarded as deprived of the protection of God and delivered up to the power of the devil). τινα εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν, to cause one to become unclean. Romans 1:24; cf. Fritzsche, Rückert, and others at the passage (in this example and several that follow A. V. renders to give up); εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας, to make one a slave of vile passions, Romans 1:26; εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, to cause one to follow his own corrupt mind — followed by an infinitive of purpose (or epexegetic infinitive (Meyer)), Romans 1:28; ἑαυτόν τῇ ἀσέλγεια, to make oneself the slave of lasciviousness, Ephesians 4:19; τινα λατρεύειν, to cause one to worship, Acts 7:42. to deliver up treacherously, i. e. by betrayal to cause one to be taken: τινα τίνι, of Judas betraying Jesus, Matthew 26:15; Mark 14:10; Luke 22:4, 6; without the dative, Matthew 26:16, 21, 23, 25; Mark 14:11, 18; Luke 22:21, 48; John 6:64, 71; John 12:4; in the passive, Mark 14:21; Luke 22:22; 1 Corinthians 11:23; present preposition ὁ παραδιδούς αὐτόν, of him as plotting the betrayal (cf. Buttmann, § 144, 11, 3): Matthew 26:25, 46, 48; Mark 14:42, 44; John 13:11; John 18:2, 5. to deliver one to be taught, moulded, etc.: εἰς τί, in the passive, Romans 6:17 (to be resolved thus, ὑπηκούσατε ... τύπον, etc. εἰς ὅν παρεδόθητε (Winer's Grammar, § 24, 2 b.)). 3. equivalent to to commit, to commend: τινα τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ, in the passive, Acts 14:26; Acts 15:40; παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως, namely, τά ἑαυτοῦ, his cause (Buttmann, 145 (127) note 2 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 590 (549))), 1 Peter 2:23. 4. to deliver verbally: commands, rites, Mark 7:13; Acts 6:14; 1 Corinthians 11:2; 2 Peter 2:21 (here in the passive); πίστιν, the tenets (see πίστις, 1 c. β.), in the passive, Jude 1:3; φυλάσσειν τά δόγματα, the decrees to keep, Acts 16:4; to deliver by narrating, to report, i. e. to perpetuate the knowledge of events by narrating them, Luke 1:2; 1 Corinthians 11:23; 1 Corinthians 15:3 (see examples from Greek authors in Passow (or Liddell and Scott), under the word, 4). 5. to permit, allow: absolutely ὅταν παραδῷ or παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός, when the fruit will allow, i. e. when its ripeness permits, Mark 4:29 (so τῆς ὥρας παραδιδουσης, Polybius 22, 24, 9; for other examples see Passow, under the word, 3 (Liddell and Scott, under the word II.; others take the word in Mark, the passage cited intransitively, in a quasi-reflexive sense, gives itself up, presents itself, cf. Winers Grammar, 251 (236); Buttmann, 145 (127))). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράδοξος Transliteration: paradoxos Phonetic Spelling: par-ad'-ox-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: contrary to opinion or expectation Meaning: contrary to opinion or expectation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3861 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3861 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3861 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3861 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3861, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράδοξος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3861 paradoxos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strange. From para and doxa (in the sense of seeming); contrary to expectation, i.e. Extraordinary ("paradox") -- strange. see GREEK para see GREEK doxa Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3861: παράδοξοςπαράδοξος, παράδοξον (παρά contrary to (see παρά, IV. 2), and δόξα opinion; hence, equivalent to ὁ παρά τήν δόξαν ὤν), unexpected, uncommon, incredible, wonderful: neuter plural Luke 5:26 (A. V. strange things, cf. Trench, § 91 at the end). (Judith 13:13; Wis. 5:2 etc.; Sir. 43:25; 2 Macc. 9:24; 4 Macc. 2:14; Xenophon, Plato, Polybius, Aelian v. h. 4, 25; Lucian, dial. deor. 20, 7; 9, 2; Josephus, contra Apion 1, 10, 2; Herodian, 1, 1, 5 ((4 Bekker)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράδοσις Transliteration: paradosis Phonetic Spelling: par-ad'-os-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a handing down or over, a tradition Meaning: a handing down or over, a tradition GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3862 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3862 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3862 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3862 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3862, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράδοσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3862 paradosis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tradition, ordinanceFrom paradidomi; transmission, i.e. (concretely) a precept; specially, the Jewish traditionary law -- ordinance, tradition. see GREEK paradidomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3862: παράδοσιςπαράδοσις, παραδοσεως, ἡ (παραδίδωμι), a giving over, giving up; i. e. 1. the act of giving up, the surrender: of cities, Polybius 9, 25, 5; Josephus, b. j. 1, 8, 6; χρημάτων, Aristotle, pol. 5, 7, 11, p. 1309{a}, 10. 2. a giving over which is done by word of mouth or in writing, i. e. tradition by instruction, narrative, precept, etc. (see παραδίδωμι, 4); hence, equivalent to instruction, Epictetus diss. 2, 23, 40; joined with διδασκαλία, Plato, legg. 7, p. 803 a. objectively, what is delivered, the substance of the teaching: so of Paul's teaching, 2 Thessalonians 3:6; in plural of the particular injunctions of Paul's instruction, 1 Corinthians 11:2; 2 Thessalonians 2:15. used in the singular of a written narrative, Josephus, contra Apion 1, 9, 2; 10, 2; again, of the body of precepts, especially ritual, which in the opinion of the later Jews were orally delivered by Moses and orally transmitted in unbroken succession to subsequent generations, which precepts, both illustrating and expanding the written law, as they did, were to be obeyed with equal reverence (Josephus, Antiquities 13, 10, 6 distinguishes between τά ἐκ παραδοσεως τῶν πατέρων and τά γεγραμμένα, i. e. τά ἐν τοῖς Μωϋσέως νόμοις γεγραμμένα νόμιμα): Matthew 15:2f, 6; Mark 7:3, 5, 9, 13; with τῶν ἀνθρώπων added, as opposed to the divine teachings, Mark 7:8; Colossians 2:8 (where see Lightfoot); πατρικαι παραδόσεις, precepts received from the fathers, whether handed down in the O. T. books or orally, Galatians 1:14 ((others restrict the word here to the extra-biblical traditions; cf. Meyer or Lightfoot at the passage). Cf. B. D. American edition under the word .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραζηλόω Transliteration: parazēloō Phonetic Spelling: par-ad-zay-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to provoke to jealousy Meaning: to provoke to jealousy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3863 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3863 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3863 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3863 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3863, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραζηλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3863 parazēloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provoke to jealousy. From para and zeloo; to stimulate alongside, i.e. Excite to rivalry -- provoke to emulation (jealousy). see GREEK para see GREEK zeloo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3863: παραζηλόωπαραζηλόω, παραζήλω; future παραζηλώσω; 1 aorist παρεζηλωσα; to provoke to ζῆλος (see παρά, IV. 3); a. to provoke to jealousy or rivalry: τινα, Romans 11:11, 14 (1 Kings 14:22; Sir. 30:3); ἐπί τίνι (see ἐπί, B. 2 a. δ. at the end), Romans 10:19 (Deuteronomy 32:21). b. to provoke to anger: 1 Corinthians 10:22 (on this see Prof. Hort in WH's Appendix, p. 167) (Psalm 36:1, 7f (f)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραθαλάσσιος Transliteration: parathalassios Phonetic Spelling: par-ath-al-as'-see-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: by the sea Meaning: by the sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3864 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3864 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3864 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3864 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3864, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραθαλάσσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3864 parathalassios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: by the seaFrom para and thalassa; along the sea, i.e. Maritime (lacustrine) -- upon the sea coast. see GREEK para see GREEK thalassa Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3864: παραθαλάσσιοςπαραθαλάσσιος, παραθαλασσια, παραθαλασσιον (παρά and θάλασσα), beside the sea, by the sea: Matthew 4:13. (The Sept.; Herodotus, Xenophon, Thucydides, Polybius, Diodorus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραθεωρέω Transliteration: paratheōreō Phonetic Spelling: par-ath-eh-o-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to compare, to overlook Meaning: to compare, to overlook GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3865 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3865 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3865 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3865 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3865, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραθεωρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3865 paratheōreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neglect. From para and theoreo; to overlook or disregard -- neglect. see GREEK para see GREEK theoreo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3865: παραθεωρέωπαραθεωρέω, παραθεώρω: imperfect passive 3 person plural παρεθεωροῦντο; 1. (παρά equivalent to by the side of (see παρά, IV. 1)) to examine things placed beside each other, to compare (Xenophon, Plutarch, Lucian). 2. (παρά equivalent to over, beyond (Latinpraeter; see παρά, IV. 2)) to overlook, neglect: Acts 6:1 (Demosthenes, p. 1414, 22; Diodorus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραθήκη Transliteration: parathēkē Phonetic Spelling: par-ath-ay'-kay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a deposit or trust Meaning: a deposit or trust GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3866 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3866 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3866 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3866 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3866, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραθήκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3866 parathēkē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a deposit or trustFrom paratithemi; a deposit, i.e. (figuratively) trust -- committed unto. see GREEK paratithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3866: παραθήκηπαραθήκη, παραθηκης, ἡ (παρατίθημι, which see), a deposit, a trust or thing consigned to one's faithful keeping (Vulg.depositum): used of the correct knowledge and pure doctrine of the gospel, to be held firmly and faithfully, and to be conscientiously delivered unto others: 2 Timothy 1:12 (μου possessive genitive (the trust committed unto me; Rec.elz 1633 reads here παρακαταθήκη, which see)); G L T Tr WH in 1 Timothy 6:20 and 2 Timothy 1:14 (Leviticus 6:2, 4; 2 Macc. 3:10, 15; Herodotus 9, 45; (others)). In the Greek writings παρακαταθήκη (which see) is more common; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 312; Winer's Grammar, 102 (96). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραινέω Transliteration: paraineō Phonetic Spelling: par-ahee-neh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to exhort, advise Meaning: to exhort, advise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3867 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3867 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3867 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3867 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3867, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραινέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3867 paraineō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: exhort. From para and aineo; to mispraise, i.e. Recommend or advise (a different course) -- admonish, exhort. see GREEK para see GREEK aineo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3867: παραινέωπαραινέω, παραινῶ; imperfect 3 person singular παρῄνει; to exhort, admonish: with the addition of λέγων followed by direct discourse, Acts 27:9; τινα (in classical Greek more commonly τίνι (Winers Grammar, 223 (209); Buttmann, § 133, 9)), followed by an infinitive Acts 27:22 (Buttmann, §§ 140, 1; 141, 2). (From Herodotus and Pindar down; 2 Macc. 7:25f; 3Macc. 5:17.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραιτέομαι Transliteration: paraiteomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ahee-teh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to beg from, to beg off Meaning: to beg from, to beg off GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3868 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3868 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3868 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3868 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3868, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραιτέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3868 paraiteomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: refuse, reject. From para and the middle voice of aiteo; to beg off, i.e. Deprecate, decline, shun -- avoid, (make) excuse, intreat, refuse, reject. see GREEK para see GREEK aiteo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3868: παραιτέομαιπαραιτέομαι, παραιτοῦμαι, imperative present παραιτοῦ; (imperfect 3 person plural παρῃτοῦντο, Mark 15:6 T WH Tr marginal reading, where others ὅνπερ ᾐτοῦντο (which see)); 1 aorist παρητησαμην; perfect passive participle παρητημενος with a passive significance; from Aeschylus and Pindar down; 1. properly, to ask alongside (παρά (IV. 1)), beg to have near one; to obtain by entreaty; to beg from, to ask for, supplicate: (Mark 15:6 (see above)). 2. to avert (παρά aside (see παρά, IV. 1)) by entreaty or seek to avert, to deprecate; a. properly, followed by μή and an accusative with an infinitive (to intreat that ... not), Hebrews 12:19 (Thucydides 5, 63); cf. Winers Grammar, 604 (561); (Buttmann, § 148,13). b. equivalent to to refuse, decline: τό ἀποθανεῖν, Acts 25:11 (θανεῖν οὐ παραιτοῦμαι, Josephus, de vita sua29). c. equivalent to to shun, avoid: τί, 1 Timothy 4:7; 2 Timothy 2:23; τινα, 1 Timothy 5:11; Titus 3:10; equivalent to to refuse, reject, Hebrews 12:25. d. to avert displeasure by entreaty, i. e. to beg pardon, crave indulgence, to excuse: ἔχε με παρῃτημένον (see ἔχω, I. 1 f.), Luke 14:18f (of one excusing himself for not accepting an invitation to a feast, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 8, 9). STRONGS NT 3868a: παρακαθέζομαιπαρακαθέζομαι: to sit down beside (παρά, IV. 1), seat oneself (Xenophon, Plato, others); 1 aorist passive participle παρακαθεσθεις (Josephus, Antiquities 6, 11, 9); πρός τί, Luke 10:39 T Tr WIt (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 269). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακαθίζω Transliteration: parakathizō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-ath-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sit down beside Meaning: to sit down beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3869 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3869 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3869 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3869 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3869, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακαθίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3869 parakathizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sit. From para and kathizo; to sit down near -- sit. see GREEK para see GREEK kathizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3869: παρακαθίζωπαρακαθίζω: 1 aorist participle feminine παρακαθίσασα, to make to sit down beside ((παρά, IV. 1)); to set beside, place near ; intransitive, to sit down beside: παρά τί, Luke 10:39 R G L (but L marginal reading πρός) (the Sept. Job 2:13; Plutarch, Marius 17; Cleomedes (?) 37; in this sense the middle is more common in the Greek writings). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακαλέω Transliteration: parakaleō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-al-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call to or for, to exhort, to encourage Meaning: to call to or for, to exhort, to encourage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3870 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3870 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3870 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3870 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3870, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακαλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3870 parakaleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beseech, call for, urgeFrom para and kaleo; to call near, i.e. Invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation) -- beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray. see GREEK para see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3870: παρακαλέωπαρακαλέω, παρακαλῶ; imperfect 3 person singular παρεκάλει, 1 and 3 person plural παρεκάλουν; 1 aorist παρεκάλεσα; passive, present παρακαλοῦμαι; perfect παρακέκλημαι; 1 aorist παρεκλήθην; 1 future παρακληθήσομαι; from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; I. as in Greek writings to call to one's side, call for, summon: τινα, with an infinitive indicating the purpose, Acts 28:20 (others (less naturally) refer this to II. 2, making the accusative the subjunctive of the infinitive). II. to address, speak to (call to, call on), which may be done in the way of exhortation, entreaty, comfort, instruction, etc.; hence, result a variety of senses, on which see Knapp, Scripto varii arg. edition 2, p. 117ff; cf. Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, i., p. 32f. 1. as in Greek authors, to admonish, exhort: absolutely, Luke 3:18; (Acts 20:1 (R G omit)); Romans 12:8; 2 Timothy 4:2; Hebrews 10:25; 1 Peter 5:12; followed by direct discourse, 2 Corinthians 5:20; followed by λέγων with direct discourse, Acts 2:40; followed by an infinitive where in Latinut, 1 Timothy 2:1; τινα, Acts 15:32; Acts 16:40; 2 Corinthians 10:1; 1 Thessalonians 2:12 (); ; 1 Timothy 5:1; Hebrews 3:13; τινα λόγῳ πολλῷ, Acts 20:2; ἰντα followed by direct discourse, 1 Corinthians 4:16; 1 Thessalonians 5:14; Hebrews 13:22 (here L WH marginal reading infinitive); 1 Peter 5:1f; τινα followed by an infinitive where in Latinut (cf. Buttmann, §§ 140, 1; 141, 2; Winer's Grammar, 332 (311); 335 (315) n.): infinitive present, Acts 11:23; Acts 14:22; Philippians 4:2; 1 Thessalonians 4:10; Titus 2:6; 1 Peter 2:11 (here Lachmann adds ὑμᾶς to the infinitive, and WH meg. with manuscripts A C L etc. read ἀπέχεσθε); Jude 1:3; infinitive aorist, Acts 27:33; Romans 12:1; Romans 15:30; 2 Corinthians 2:8; 2 Corinthians 6:1; Ephesians 4:1; 1 Timothy 1:3; Hebrews 13:19; τινα followed by ἵνα with subjunctive (cf. Buttmann, § 139, 42; Winer's Grammar, 335 as above), 1 Corinthians 1:10; 1 Corinthians 16:15; 2 Corinthians 8:6; 1 Thessalonians 4:1; 2 Thessalonians 3:12; to enjoin a thing by exhortation (cf. Buttmann, § 141, 2), 1 Timothy 6:2; Titus 2:15. 2. to beg, entreat, beseech (Josephus, Antiquities 6, 7, 4; (11, 8, 5); often in Epictetus cf. Schweighäuser, Index graecit. Epictetus, p. 411; Plutarch, apophth. regum, Mor. ii, p. 30, Tauchn. edition (vi. 695 edition Reiske; examples from Polybius, Diodorus, Philo, others, in Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word); not thus in the earlier Greek authors except where the gods are called on for aid, in the expressions, παρακαλεῖν Θεούς, so Θεόν in Josephus, Antiquities 6, 2, 2 and 7, 4; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 22)): (absolutely, Philemon 1:9 (yet see the commentaries at the passage)); τινα, Matthew 8:5; Matthew 18:32; Matthew 26:53; Mark 1:40; Acts 16:9; 2 Corinthians 12:18; πολλά, much, Mark 5:23: τινα περί τίνος, Philemon 1:10; followed by direct discourse, Acts 9:38 L T Tr WH with λέγων added and direct discourse, Matthew 18:29; Mark 5:12; (Luke 7:4 (Tdf. ἠρώτων)); without the accusative. Acts 16:15; τινα followed by an infinitive (Winers Grammar, and Buttmann's Grammar, as above), Mark 5:17; Luke 8:41; Acts 8:31; Acts 19:31; Acts 28:14 (1 Macc. 9:35); τινα followed by ὅπως, Matthew 8:34 (here Lachmann ἵνα (see above)); Acts 25:2 (4 Macc. 4:11; Plutarch, Demetr c. 38); τινα followed by ἵνα (Winers Grammar, § 44, 8 a.; Buttmann, § 139, 42), Matthew 14:36; Mark 5:18; Mark 6:56; Mark 7:32; Mark 8:22; Luke 8:31f; (2 Corinthians 9:5); τινα ὑπέρ τίνος, ἵνα, 2 Corinthians 12:8; πολλά (much) τινα, ἵνα, Mark 5:10; 1 Corinthians 16:12; followed by τοῦ μή with an infinitive (Buttmann, § 140, 16 δ.; Winer's Grammar, 325 (305)), Acts 21:12; by an infinitive Acts 9:38 R G; by an accusative with an infinitive, Acts 13:42; Acts 24:4; (Romans 16:17). to strive to appease by entreaty: absolutely, 1 Corinthians 4:13; τινα, Luke 15:28; Acts 16:39 (2 Macc. 13:23). 3. to console, to encourage and strengthen by consolation, to comfort, (the Sept. for נִחַם; very rarely so in Greek authors, as Plutarch, Oth. 16): absolutely, 2 Corinthians 2:7; τινα, 2 Corinthians 1:6; 2 Corinthians 7:6f; ἐν with a dative of the thing with which one comforts another, 1 Thessalonians 4:18; τινα διά παρακλήσεως, 2 Corinthians 1:4; with an accusative of the contents, διά τῆς παρακληθῆναι ἧς (for ἥν, see ὅς, ἡ, ὁ, II. 2 c. α.) παρακαλούμεθα, ibid.; in the passive, to receive consolation, be comforted, Matthew 2:18; 2 Corinthians 13:11; ἐπί τίνι over (in) a thing (see ἐπί, B. 2 a. δ.), 2 Corinthians 1:4; of the consolation (comfort) given not in words but by the experience of a happier lot or by a happy issue, equivalent to to refresh, cheer: passive, Matthew 5:4 (5); Luke 16:25; Acts 20:12; 2 Corinthians 7:13 (where a full stop must be put after παρακεκλήμεθα; ἐν τίνι, by the help of a thing, 2 Corinthians 7:6f; ἐπί τίνι, 1 Thessalonians 3:7; with (ἐν) παρακλήσει added, 2 Corinthians 7:7. 4. to encourage, strengthen (i. e. in the language of A. V. comfort (see Wright, Bible Word-Book, 2nd edition, under the word)) (in faith, piety, hope): τάς καρδίας, your hearts, Ephesians 6:22; Colossians 2:2; Colossians 4:8; 2 Thessalonians 2:17, (also χεῖρας ἀσθενεῖς, Job 4:3 for חִזַק; γόνατα παραλελυμένα, Isaiah 35:3f (see the Hebrew) for אִמֵּץ). 5. it combines the ideas of exhorting and comforting and encouraging in Romans 12:8; 1 Corinthians 14:31; 1 Thessalonians 3:2. 6. to instruct, teach: ἐν τῇ διδασκαλία, Titus 1:9. (Compare: συμπαρακαλέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακαλύπτω Transliteration: parakalyptō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-al-oop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cover (by hanging something beside), to hide Meaning: to cover (by hanging something beside), to hide GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3871 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3871 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3871 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3871 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3871, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακαλύπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3871 parakalyptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hide. From para and kalupto; to cover alongside, i.e. Veil (figuratively) -- hide. see GREEK para see GREEK kalupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3871: παρακαλύπτωπαρακαλύπτω: to cover over, cover up, hide, conceal: tropically, ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ' αὐτῶν ((it was concealed from them), a Hebraism, on which see in ἀποκρύπτω, b.), Luke 9:45 (Ezekiel 22:26; Plato, Plutarch, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακαταθήκη Transliteration: parakatathēkē Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-at-ath-ay'-kay Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: a trust or deposit Meaning: a trust or deposit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3872 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3872 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3872 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3872 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3872, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακαταθήκη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3872 parakatathēkē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depositFrom a compound of para and katatithemi; something put down alongside, i.e. A deposit (sacred trust) -- that (thing) which is committed (un-)to (trust). see GREEK para see GREEK katatithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3872: παρακαταθήκηπαρακαταθήκη, παρακαταθήκης, ἡ, (παρακατατίθημι), a deposit, a trust: so Rec. in 1 Timothy 6:20; 2 Timothy 1:14; (Rec.elz 1633 in 2 Timothy 1:12 also). (Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Aristotle, eth. Nic. 5, 8, 5, p. 1135,{b} 4; Polybius, Diodorus 15, 76; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 38; Aelian v. h. 4, 1); see παραθήκη above. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράκειμαι Transliteration: parakeimai Phonetic Spelling: par-ak'-i-mahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lie beside, be present Meaning: to lie beside, be present GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3873 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3873 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3873 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3873 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3873, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράκειμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3873 parakeimai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be present. From para and keimai; to lie near, i.e. Be at hand (figuratively, be prompt or easy) -- be present. see GREEK para see GREEK keimai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3873: παράκειμαιπαράκειμαι; (παρά and κεῖμαι); to lie beside (παρά, IV. 1), to be near (from Homer down); to be present, at hand: Romans 7:18 (where see Meyer), 21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράκλησις Transliteration: paraklēsis Phonetic Spelling: par-ak'-lay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a calling to one's aid, encouragement, comfort Meaning: a calling to one's aid, encouragement, comfort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3874 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3874 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3874 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3874 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3874, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράκλησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3874 paraklēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comfort, consolation, exhortation, entreaty. From parakaleo; imploration, hortation, solace -- comfort, consolation, exhortation, intreaty. see GREEK parakaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3874: παράκλησιςπαράκλησις, παρακλήσεως, ἡ (παρακαλέω, which see); 1. properly, a calling near, summons (especially for help, Thucydides 4, 61; Demosthenes, p. 275, 20). 2. imploration, supplication, entreaty: 2 Corinthians 8:4 (Strabo 13, p. 581; Josephus, Antiquities 3, 1, 5; (contra Apion 2, 23, 3 παράκλησις πρός τόν Θεόν ἔστω); λόγοι παρακλήσεως, words of appeal, containing entreaties, 1 Macc. 10:24). 3. exhortation, admonition, encouragement: Acts 15:31 (others refer this to 4); 1 Corinthians 14:3; 2 Corinthians 8:17; Philippians 2:1; 1 Timothy 4:13; Hebrews 12:5; λόγος τῆς παρακλήσεως, Hebrews 13:22 (2 Macc. 7:24 2Macc. 15:9 (11); Plato, del. 415 e.; Thucydides 8, 92; Aeschines, Polybius, others). 4. consolation, comfort, solace: 2 Corinthians 1:4-7; Hebrews 6:18; (add, Acts 9:31; 2 Thessalonians 2:16) (Jeremiah 16:7; Has. 13:14; (Job 21:2; Nahum 3:7); Phalaris, epistle 97 at the beginning); τῶν γραφῶν, afforded by the contents of the Scriptures, Romans 15:4 (Winer's Grammar, 189 (178)); Θεός τῆς παρακλήσεως, God the author and bestower of comfort, Romans 15:5; 2 Corinthians 1:3; solace or cheer which comes from a happy lot or a prosperous state of things, Luke 6:24; 2 Corinthians 7:4, 7, 13 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 393 (368)); Philemon 1:7; by metonymy, that which affords comfort or refreshment; thus of the Messianic salvation, Luke 2:25 (so the rabbis call the Messiah the consoler, the comforter, κατ' ἐξοχήν, מְנַחֵם (cf. Wünsche, Neue Beiträge as above with at the passage; Schöttgen, Horae Hebrew etc. ii. 18)). 5. universally, "persuasive discourse, stirring address — instructive; admonitory, consolatory; powerful hortatory discourse": Romans 12:8; λόγος, παρακλήσεως (A. V. "word of exhortation), Acts 13:15; υἱός παρακλήσεως (a son of exhortation), a man gifted in teaching, admonishing, consoling, Acts 4:36; used of the apostles' instruction or preaching, 1 Thessalonians 2:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράκλητος Transliteration: paraklētos Phonetic Spelling: par-ak'-lay-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: called to one's aid Meaning: called to one's aid GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3875 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3875 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3875 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3875 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3875, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράκλητος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3875 paraklētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: advocate, comforter. An intercessor, consoler -- advocate, comforter. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3875: παράκλητοςπαράκλητος, παρακλητου, ὁ (παρακαλέω), properly, summoned, called to one's side, especially called to one's aid; hence, 1. "one who pleads another's cause before a judge, a pleader, counsel for defense, legal assistant; an advocate": Demosthenes, p. 341, 11; (Diogenes Laërtius 4, 50, cf. Dio Cassius, 46, 20. 2. universally, one who pleads another's cause with one, an intercessor: Philo, de mund. opif. § 59; de Josepho § 40; in Flaccum §§ 3 and 4; so of Christ, in his exaltation at God's right hand, pleading with God the Father for the pardon of our sins, 1 John 2:1 (in the same sense, of the divine Logos in Philo, vita Moys. iii. § 14). 3. in the widest sense, a helper, succorer, aider, assistant; so of the Holy Spirit destined to take the place of Christ with the apostles (after his ascension to the Father), to lead them to a deeper knowledge of gospel truth, and to give them the divine strength needed to enable them to undergo trials and persecutions on behalf of the divine kingdom: John 14:16, 26; John 15:26; John 16:7, cf. Matthew 10:19; Mark 13:11; Luke 12:11f (Philo de mund. opif. § 6 at the beginning says that God in creating the world had no need of a παράκλητος, an adviser, counsellor, helper. The Targums and Talmud borrow the Greek words פְּרַקְלִיט and פְּרַקְלִיטָא and use them of any intercessor, defender, or advocate; cf. Baxtorf, Lex. Talm., p. 1843 ((edited by Fischer, p. 916)); so Targ. on Job 33:23 for מֵלִיץ מַלְאָך, i. e. an angel that pleads man's cause with God; (cf. πλουσίων παρακλητοι in 'Teaching' etc. 5 [ET] under the end; the Epistle of Barnabas 20, 2 [ET]; Apostolic Constitutions 7, 18)). Cf. Knapp, Scripta varii Argumenti, p. 124ff; Düsterdieck on 1 John 2:1, p. 147ff; (Watkins, Excursus G, in Ellicott's N. T. Commentary for English Readers; Westcott in the Speaker's commentary Additional Note on John 14:16; Schaff in Lange ibid.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακοή Transliteration: parakoē Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-o-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a hearing amiss, by implication disobedience Meaning: a hearing amiss, by implication disobedience GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3876 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3876 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3876 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3876 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3876, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακοή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3876 parakoē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: disobedience. From parakouo; inattention, i.e. (by implication) disobedience -- disobedience. see GREEK parakouo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3876: παρακοήπαρακοή, παρακοῆς, ἡ (παρά Latinpraeter (see παρά, IV. 2)); 1. properly, a hearing amiss (Plato, epistles 7, p. 341 b.). 2. (unwillingness to hear i. e.) disobedience: Romans 5:19; 2 Corinthians 10:6; Hebrews 2:2. (Cf. Trench, § lxvi.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακολουθέω Transliteration: parakoloutheō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-ol-oo-theh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to follow closely, to investigate Meaning: to follow closely, to investigate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3877 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3877 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3877 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3877 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3877, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακολουθέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3877 parakoloutheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: follow, fully know, have understanding. From para and akoloutheo; to follow near, i.e. (figuratively) attend (as a result), trace out, conform to -- attain, follow, fully know, have understanding. see GREEK para see GREEK akoloutheo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3877: παρακολουθέωπαρακολουθέω, παρακολούθω: future παρακολουθήσω; 1 aorist παρηκολούθησα (1 Timothy 4:6 L marginal reading WH marginal reading; 2 Timothy 3:10 L T Tr WH text); perfect παρηκολούθηκα; 1. to follow after; so to follow one as to be always at his side (see παρά, IV. 1); to follow close, accompany (so from Aristophanes and Xenophon down). 2. metaphorically, a. to be always present, to attend one wherever he goes: τίνι, Mark 16:17 (where Tr WH text ἀκολουθησει, which see). b. to follow up a thing in mind so as to attain to the knowledge of it, i. e. to understand (cf. our follow a matter up, trace its course, etc.); to examine thoroughly, investigate: πᾶσιν (i. e. πράγμασιν), all things that have taken place, Luke 1:3 (very often so in Greek auth, as Demosthenes, pro cor. c. 53 (p. 285, 23)). c. to follow faithfully namely, a standard or rule, to conform oneself to: with a dative of the thing, 1 Timothy 4:6; 2 Timothy 3:10 (2 Macc. 9:27). Cf. the full discussion of this word by Grimm in the Jahrbb. f. deutsche Theol. for 1871, p. 46f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακούω Transliteration: parakouō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to overhear, to hear amiss, to take no heed Meaning: to overhear, to hear amiss, to take no heed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3878 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3878 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3878 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3878 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3878, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακούω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3878 parakouō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neglect to hear. From para and akouo; to mishear, i.e. (by implication) to disobey -- neglect to hear. see GREEK para see GREEK akouo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3878: παρακούωπαρακούω: 1 aorist παρήκουσα; 1. to hear aside i. e. casually or carelessly or amiss (see παρά, IV. 2) (often so in classical Greek; on the frequent use of this verb by Philo see Siegfried, Philo van Alex. as above with (1875), p. 106). 2. to be unwilling to hear, i. e. on hearing to neglect, to pay no heed to (with a genitive of the person, Polybius 2, 8, 3; 3, 15, 2); contrary to Greek usage (but cf. Plutarch, Philop. § 16, 1 καί παριδεῖν τί καί παρακουσαι τῶν ἁμαρτανομενων, de curios. § 14 πείρω καί τῶν ἰδίων ἐνια παρακουσαι πότε καί παριδεῖν, with an accusative, τόν λόγον, Mark 5:36 T WH Tr text (others, 'overhearing the word as it was being spoken'; cf. Buttmann, 302 (259)); to refuse to hear, pay no regard to, disobey: τίνος, what one says, Matthew 18:17 (Tobit 3:4; τά ὑπό τοῦ βασιλέως λεγόμενα, Esther 3:3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρακύπτω Transliteration: parakyptō Phonetic Spelling: par-ak-oop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to stoop sideways, to stoop to look Meaning: to stoop sideways, to stoop to look GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3879 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3879 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3879 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3879 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3879, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρακύπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3879 parakyptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: look into, stoop down. From para and kupto; to bend beside, i.e. Lean over (so as to peer within) -- look (into), stoop down. see GREEK para see GREEK kupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3879: παρακύπτωπαρακύπτω: 1 aorist παρεκυψα; to stoop to (cf. παρά, IV. 1) "a thing in order to look at it; to look at with head bowed forward; to look into with the body bent; to stoop and look into": Luke 24:12 (T omits; L Tr brackets; WH reject the verse); John 20:5; εἰς τό μνημεῖον, John 20:11; metaphorically, to look carefully into, inspect curiously, εἰς τί, of one who would become acquainted with something, James 1:25; 1 Peter 1:12. (Aristophanes, Theocritus, Philo, Dio Cass., Plutarch, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλαμβάνω Transliteration: paralambanō Phonetic Spelling: par-al-am-ban'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive from Meaning: to receive from GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3880 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3880 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3880 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3880 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3880, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλαμβάνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3880 paralambanō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: receive, take unto, with. From para and lambano; to receive near, i.e. Associate with oneself (in any familiar or intimate act or relation); by analogy, to assume an office; figuratively, to learn -- receive, take (unto, with). see GREEK para see GREEK lambano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3880: παραλαμβάνωπαραλαμβάνω; future παραλήψομαι, in L T Tr WH παραλήμψομαι (John 14:3; see Mu); 2 aorist παρέλαβον, 3 person plural παρελάβοσαν (2 Thessalonians 3:6 G T L marginal reading Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading; cf. δολιόω (yet see WH's Appendix, p. 165)); passive, present παραλαμβάνομαι; 1 future παραληφθήσομαι, in L T Tr WH παραλημφθήσομαι (see Mu; Luke 17:34-36); from Herodotus down; the Sept. for לָקַח; 1. to take to (cf. παρά, IV. 1), to take with oneself, to join to oneself: τινα, an associate, a companion, Matthew 17:1; Matthew 26:37; Mark 4:36; Mark 5:40; Mark 9:2; Mark 10:32; Luke 9:10, 28; Luke 11:26; Luke 18:31; Acts 15:39; in the passive, Matthew 24:40, 41; Luke 17:34-36; one to be led off as a prisoner, John 19:16; Acts 23:18; to take with one in order to carry away, Matthew 2:13f, 20f; τινα μεθ' ἑαυτοῦ, Matthew 12:45; Matthew 18:16; Mark 14:33; παραλαμβάνειν γυναῖκα, to take one's betrothed to his home, Matthew 1:20, 24; τινα followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, to take (and bring, cf. Winer's Grammar, § 66, 2 d.) one with one into a place, Matthew 4:5, 8; Matthew 27:27; τινα κατ' ἰδίαν, Matthew 20:17; middle with πρός ἐμαυτόν, to my companionship, where I myself dwell, John 14:3. The participle is prefixed to other active verbs to describe the action more in detail, Acts 16:33; Acts 21:24, 26, 32 (here L WH marginal reading λαβών). Metaphorically, equivalent to "to accept or acknowledge one to be such as he professes to be; not to reject, not to withhold obedience": τινα, John 1:11. 2. to receive something transmitted; a. properly: παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν, an office to be discharged, Colossians 4:17; βασιλείαν, Hebrews 12:28 (so for the Chaldean קַבֵּל in Daniel 5:31; Daniel 7:18, Theod.; Herodotus 2, 120; (Josephus, contra Apion 1, 20, 5 (where see Müller)); τήν ἀρχήν, Plato, Polybius, Plutarch). b. to receive with the mind; by oral transmission: τί followed by ἀπό with a genitive of the author from whom the tradition proceeds, 1 Corinthians 11:23 (on which cf. Paret in the Jahrbb. f. deutsche Theol. for 1858, Bd. iii., p. 48ff; (see references in ἀπό, II. 2 d. aa.)); by the narration of others, by the instruction of teachers (used of disciples): (τόν Χριστόν Ἰησοῦν τόν κύριον, Colossians 2:6); τί, 1 Corinthians 15:1, 3; Galatians 1:9; Philippians 4:9; (τί followed by an infinitive, Mark 7:4); τί παρά τίνος (see references under the word παρά, the passage cited), Galatians 1:12; 1 Thessalonians 2:13; 2 Thessalonians 3:6; παρά τίνος, καθώς ... τό πῶς δεῖ etc. 1 Thessalonians 4:1, (σοφίαν παρά τίνος, Plato, Lach., p. 197 d.; Euthyd., p. 304 c.). (Compare: συμπαραλαμβάνω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλέγομαι Transliteration: paralegomai Phonetic Spelling: par-al-eg'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail past or coast along Meaning: to sail past or coast along GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3881 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3881 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3881 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3881 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3881, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλέγομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3881 paralegomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pass, sail by. From para and the middle voice of lego (in its original sense); (specially), to lay one's course near, i.e. Sail past -- pass, sail by. see GREEK para see GREEK lego Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3881: παραλέγομαιπαραλέγομαι; (παρελεγομην); (παρά beside, and λέγω to lay); Vulg. in Acts 27:8lego, i. e. to sail past, coast along: τήν Κρήτην, Acts 27:8 (here some, referring αὐτήν, to Σαλμώνην, render work past, weather), 13 (τήν Ἰταλίαν, Diodorus 13, 3; γῆν, 14, 55; (Strabo); Latinlegereoram). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράλιος Transliteration: paralios Phonetic Spelling: par-al'-ee-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: by the sea, the sea coast Meaning: by the sea, the sea coast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3882 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3882 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3882 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3882 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3882, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράλιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3882 paralios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sea coast. From para and hals; beside the salt (sea), i.e. Maritime -- sea coast. see GREEK para see GREEK hals Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3882: παράλιοςπαράλιος, παράλιον, also of three term. (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 11, 1) (παρά and ἅλς), by the sea, maritime: ἡ παράλιος, namely, χώρα, the sea-coast, Luke 6:17 (Polybius 3, 39, 3; Diodorus 3, 15, 41; Josephus, contra Apion 1, 12; the Sept. Deuteronomy 33:19; and the feminine form ἡ παραλία in Deuteronomy 1:7; Joshua 9:1; Judith 1:7 Judith 3:6 Judith 5:2, 23 Judith 7:8; 1 Macc. 11:8 1 Macc. 15:38; Herodotus 7, 185; often in Polybius; Josephus, Antiquities 12, 7, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλλαγή Transliteration: parallagē Phonetic Spelling: par-al-lag-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: change Meaning: change GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3883 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3883 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3883 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3883 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3883, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλλαγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3883 parallagē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fickleness, variableness. From a compound of para and allasso; transmutation (of phase or orbit), i.e. (figuratively) fickleness: variableness. see GREEK para see GREEK allasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3883: παραλλαγήπαραλλαγή, παραλλαγης, ἡ (παραλλάσσω), variation, change: James 1:17. (Aeschylus, Plato, Polybius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλογίζομαι Transliteration: paralogizomai Phonetic Spelling: par-al-og-id'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to miscalculate, to reason falsely Meaning: to miscalculate, to reason falsely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3884 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3884 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3884 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3884 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3884, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλογίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3884 paralogizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beguile, deceive. From para and logizomai; to misreckon, i.e. Delude -- beguile, deceive. see GREEK para see GREEK logizomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3884: παραλογίζομαιπαραλογίζομαι; (see παρά, IV. 2); a. to reckon wrong, miscount: Demosthenes, p. 822, 25; 1037, 15. b. to cheat by false reckoning (Aeschines, Aristotle); to deceive by false reasoning (joined to ἐξαπαταν, Epictetus diss. 2, 20, 7); hence, c. universally, to deceive, delude, circumvent: τινα, Colossians 2:4; James 1:22 (the Sept. several times for רִמָּה). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλυτικός Transliteration: paralytikos Phonetic Spelling: par-al-oo-tee-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: paralytic Meaning: paralytic GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3885 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3885 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3885 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3885 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3885, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλυτικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3885 paralytikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a paralyticFrom a derivative of paraluo; as if dissolved, i.e. "paralytic" -- that had (sick of) the palsy. see GREEK paraluo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3885: παραλυτικόςπαραλυτικός, παραλυτικη, παραλυτικόν (from παραλύω, which see), paralytic, i. e. suffering from the relaxing of the nerves of one side; universally, disabled, weak of limb (A. V. palsied, sick of the palsy): Matthew 4:24; Matthew 8:6; Matthew 9:2, 6; Mark 2:3-5, 9; and L WH marginal reading in Luke 5:24. (Cf. Riehm, HWB, under the word Krankheiten, 5; B. D. American edition, p. 1866b.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραλύω Transliteration: paralyō Phonetic Spelling: par-al-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to loose from the side Meaning: to loose from the side GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3886 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3886 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3886 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3886 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3886, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραλύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3886 paralyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to weaken, disable, paralyzeFrom para and luo; to loosen beside, i.e. Relax (perfect passive participle, paralyzed or enfeebled) -- feeble, sick of the (taken with) palsy. see GREEK para see GREEK luo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3886: παραλύωπαραλύω: (perfect passive participle παραλελυμένος); properly, to loose on one side or from the side (cf. παρά, IV. 1); to loose or part things placed side by side; to loosen, dissolve, hence, to weaken, enfeeble: παραλελυμένος, suffering from the relaxing of the nerves, unstrung, weak of limb (palsied), Luke 5:18, 24 ((not L WH marginal reading) see παραλυτικός); Acts 8:7; Acts 9:33; παραλελυμένα γόνατα, i. e. tottering, weakened, feeble knees, Hebrews 12:12; Isaiah 35:3; Sir. 25:23; χεῖρες παραλελυμένα Ezekiel 7:27; Jeremiah 6:24; (Jeremiah 27:15, 43 ()); παρελύοντο αἱ δεξιαι, of combatants, Josephus, b. j. 3, 8, 6; παρελύθη καί οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἔτι λαλῆσαι λόγον, 1 Macc. 9:55, where cf. Grimm; σωματική δυνάμει παραλελυμένα, Polybius 32, 23, 1; τοῖς σωμασι καί ταῖς ψυχαῖς, id. 20, 10, 9.' |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραμένω Transliteration: paramenō Phonetic Spelling: par-am-en'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to remain beside or near Meaning: to remain beside or near GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3887 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3887 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3887 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3887 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3887, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραμένω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3887 paramenō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abide, continue. From para and meno; to stay near, i.e. Remain (literally, tarry; or figuratively, be permanent, persevere) -- abide, continue. see GREEK para see GREEK meno see GREEK meno see GREEK para Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3887: παραμένωπαραμένω; future παραμένω; 1 aorist participle παραμείνας; from Homer down; to remain beside, continue always near (cf. παρά, IV. 1): Hebrews 7:23; opposed to ἀπεληλυθεναι, James 1:25 (and continues to do so, not departing till all stains are washed away, cf. James 1:24); with one, πρός τινα, 1 Corinthians 16:6; τίνι (as often in Greek authors), to survive, remain alive (Herodotus 1, 30), Philippians 1:25 L T Tr WH (where Lightfoot: "παραμένω is relative, while μένω is absolute." Compare: συμ(παραμένω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραμυθέομαι Transliteration: paramytheomai Phonetic Spelling: par-am-oo-theh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to encourge, comfort Meaning: to encourge, comfort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3888 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3888 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3888 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3888 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3888, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραμυθέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3888 paramytheomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comfort. From para and the middle voice of a derivative of muthos; to relate near, i.e. (by implication) encourage, console -- comfort. see GREEK para see GREEK muthos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3888: παραμυθέομαιπαραμυθέομαι, παραμυθοῦμαι; 1 aorist παρεμυθησαμην; from Homer down; to speak to, address one, whether by way of admonition and incentive, or to calm and console; hence, equivalent to to encourage, console: τινα, John 11:31; 1 Thessalonians 2:12 (); ; τινα περί τίνος, John 11:19. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραμυθία Transliteration: paramythia Phonetic Spelling: par-am-oo-thee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: encouragement, exhortation, comfort Meaning: encouragement, exhortation, comfort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3889 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3889 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3889 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3889 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3889, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραμυθία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3889 paramythia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comfort. From paramutheomai; consolation (properly, abstract) -- comfort. see GREEK paramutheomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3889: παραμυθίαπαραμυθία, παραμυθιας, ἡ (παραμυθέομαι), in classical Greek any address, whether made for the purpose of persuading, or of arousing and stimulating, or of calming and consoling; once in the N. T., like the Latinallocutio (Seneca, ad Marc. 1; ad Helv. 1), equivalent to consolation, comfort: 1 Corinthians 14:3. (So Plato, Ax., p. 365 a.; Aeschines dial. Socrates 3, 3; Josephus, b. j. 3, 7, 15; Lucian, dial. mort. 15, 3; Aelian v. h. 12, 1 at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραμύθιον Transliteration: paramythion Phonetic Spelling: par-am-oo'-thee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: exhortation, encouragement Meaning: exhortation, encouragement GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3890 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3890 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3890 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3890 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3890, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραμύθιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3890 paramythion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comfort. Neuter of paramuthia; consolation (properly, concretely) -- comfort. see GREEK paramuthia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3890: παραμύθιονπαραμύθιον, παραμυθου, τό, (παραμυθέομαι),persuasive address: Philippians 2:1. (consolation, Wis. 3:18 and often in Greek writings (from Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato on).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρανομέω Transliteration: paranomeō Phonetic Spelling: par-an-om-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to transgress the law Meaning: to transgress the law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3891 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3891 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3891 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3891 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3891, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρανομέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3891 paranomeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: contrary to law. From a compound of para and nomos; to be opposed to law, i.e. To transgress -- contrary to law. see GREEK para see GREEK nomos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3891: παρανομέωπαρανομέω, παρανόμῳ ;" to be a παράνομος, to act contrary to law, to break the law": Acts 23:3. (The Sept.; Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρανομία Transliteration: paranomia Phonetic Spelling: par-an-om-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: lawbreaking Meaning: lawbreaking GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3892 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3892 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3892 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3892 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3892, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρανομία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3892 paranomia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: transgression, iniquity. From the same as paranomeo; transgression: iniquity. see GREEK paranomeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3892: παρανομίαπαρανομία, παρανομίας, ἡ (παράνομος (from παρά (which see IV. 2) and νόμος)), breach of law, transgression, wickedness: 2 Peter 2:16. (Thucydides, Plato, Demosthenes, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπικραίνω Transliteration: parapikrainō Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-ik-rah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to embitter, provoke Meaning: to embitter, provoke GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3893 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3893 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3893 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3893 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3893, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπικραίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3893 parapikrainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provoke. From para and pikraino; to embitter alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate -- provoke. see GREEK para see GREEK pikraino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3893: παραπικραίνωπαραπικραίνω: 1 aorist παρεπίκρανα; (see παρά, IV. 3); the Sept. chiefly for מָרָה, הִמְרָה, to be rebellious, contumacious, refractory; also for סָרַר, הִכְעִיס, etc.; to provoke, exasperate; to rouse to indignation: absolutely, (yet so that God is thought of as the one provoked), Hebrews 3:16. as in Psalm 105:7 (); (); (); Ezekiel 2:5-8; with τόν Θεόν added, Jeremiah 39:29 (); (); Psalm 5:11; Ezekiel 20:21, and often; in the passive, Lamentations 1:20; joined with ὀργίζεσθαι, Philo de alleg. legg. iii. § 38; with πληροῦσθαι ὀργῆς δικαίας, vita Moys. i. § 55 (others πάνυ πικρ.); παραπικραίνειν καί παροργίζειν, de somn. ii. § 26. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπικρασμός Transliteration: parapikrasmos Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-ik-ras-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: provocation Meaning: provocation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3894 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3894 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3894 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3894 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3894, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπικρασμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3894 parapikrasmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provocation. From parapikraino; irritation -- provocation. see GREEK parapikraino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3894: παραπικρασμόςπαραπικρασμός, παραπικρασμου, ὁ (παραπικραίνω), provocation: ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, when they provoked (angered) me by rebelliousness, Hebrews 3:8, 15, from Psalm 94:8 () (where the Sept. for מְרִיבָה); cf. Numbers 16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπίπτω Transliteration: parapiptō Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-ip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall in, into or away, to fail Meaning: to fall in, into or away, to fail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3895 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3895 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3895 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3895 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3895, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3895 parapiptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fall away. From para and pipto; to fall aside, i.e. (figuratively) to apostatize -- fall away. see GREEK para see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3895: παραπίπτωπαραπίπτω: 2 aorist participle παραπεσων; properly, to fall beside a person or thing; to slip aside; hence, to deviate from the right path, turn aside, wander: τῆς ὁδοῦ, Polybius 3, 54, 5; metaphorically, τῆς ἀληθείας, Polybius 12, 12 (7), 2 ((here Didot edition ἀντέχηται); τοῦ καθηκοντος, 8, 13, 8); equivalent to to err, Polybius 18, 19,6; ἐν τίνι, Xenophon, Hell. 1, 6,4. In the Scriptures, to fall away (from the true faith): from the worship of Jehovah, Ezekiel 14:13; Ezekiel 15:8 (for מָעַל); from Christianity, Hebrews 6:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπλέω Transliteration: parapleō Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-leh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail by or past Meaning: to sail by or past GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3896 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3896 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3896 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3896 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3896, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3896 parapleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sail by. From para and pleo; to sail near -- sail by. see GREEK para see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3896: παραπλέωπαραπλέω: 1 aorist infinitive παραπλεῦσαι; to sail by, sail past, (παρά, IV. 1): with an accusative of place, Acts 20:16. (Thucydides 2, 25; Xenophon, anab. 6, 2, 1; Hell. 1, 3, 3; Plato, Phaedr., p. 259 a.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπλήσιον Transliteration: paraplēsion Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-lay'-see-on Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: coming near, nearly resembling Meaning: coming near, nearly resembling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3897 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3897 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3897 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3897 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3897, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπλήσιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3897 paraplēsion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nigh unto. Neuter of a compound of para and the base of plesion (as adverb); close by, i.e. (figuratively) almost -- nigh unto. see GREEK para see GREEK plesion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3897: παραπλήσιονπαραπλήσιον (neuter of the adjective παραπλήσιος), adverb, near to, almost to: ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον θανάτῳ (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 54, 6), Philippians 2:27. (Thucydides 7, 19; in like manner, Polybius) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπλησίως Transliteration: paraplēsiōs Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-lay-see'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in like manner Meaning: in like manner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3898 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3898 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3898 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3898 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3898, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπλησίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3898 paraplēsiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: likewise. Adverb from the same as paraplesion; in a manner near by, i.e. (figuratively) similarly -- likewise. see GREEK paraplesion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3898: παραπλησίωςπαραπλησίως, adverb (παραπλήσιος, see παραπλήσιον), similarly, in like manner, in the same way: Hebrews 2:14 (where it is equivalent to κατά πάντα Hebrews 2:17, and hence, is used of a similarity which amounts to equality, as in the phrase ἀγωνίζεσθαι παραπλ. to fight with equal advantage, aequo Marte, Herodotus 1, 77; so too the adjective, σύ δέ ἄνθρωπος ὤν παραπλήσιος τοῖς ἄλλοις, πλήν γέ δή ὅτι πολυπράγμων καί ἀτάσθαλος κτλ., the words in which an oriental sage endeavors to tame the pride of Alexander the Great, Arrian, exp. Alex. 7, 1, 9 (6)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραπορεύομαι Transliteration: paraporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ap-or-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go beside or past Meaning: to go beside or past GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3899 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3899 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3899 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3899 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3899, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3899 paraporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go past, pass by. From para and poreuomai; to travel near -- go, pass (by). see GREEK para see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3899: παραπορεύομαιπαραπορεύομαι; imperfect παρεπορευομην; from Aristotle and Polybius down; the Sept. for עָבַר; to proceed at the side, go past, pass by: Matthew 27:39; Mark 11:20; Mark 15:29; διά τῶν σπορίμων, to go along through the grain-fields so that he had the grain on either side of him as he walked (see ποιέω, I. 1 a. and c.), Mark 2:23 R G T WH marginal reading; διά τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Vulg.praetergredi Galilaeam, i. e. "obiter proficisci per Galilaeam," i. e. 'they passed right along through, intent on finishing the journey, and not stopping to receive hospitality or to instruct the people' (Fritzsche), Mark 9:30 (but L text Tr text WH text ἐπορεύοντο); διά τῶν ὁρίων, Deuteronomy 2:4. (Synonym: cf. παραβαίνω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράπτωμα Transliteration: paraptōma Phonetic Spelling: par-ap'-to-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a false step, a trespass Meaning: a false step, a trespass GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3900 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3900 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3900 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3900 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3900, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράπτωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3900 paraptōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: offense, sin, trespass. From parapipto; a side-slip (lapse or deviation), i.e. (unintentional) error or (wilful) transgression -- fall, fault, offence, sin, trespass. see GREEK parapipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3900: παράπτωμαπαράπτωμα, παραπτώματος, τό (παραπίπτω, which see); 1. properly, a fall beside or near something; but nowhere found in this sense. 2. tropically, a lapse or deviation from truth and uprightness; a sin, misdeed (R. V. trespass, 'differing from ἁμάρτημα (which see) in figure not in force' (Fritzsche); cf. Trench, § lxvi.): Matthew 6:14,(a G T omit; WH brackets), b; Rec.; Mark 11:25, 26 R G L; Romans 4:25; Romans 5:15-18, 20; Romans 11:11; 2 Corinthians 5:19; Galatians 6:1; Ephesians 1:7; Ephesians 2:1, 5; Colossians 2:13; James 5:16 (where L T Tr WH ἁμαρτίας). (Polybius 9, 10, 6; Wis. 3:13 Wis. 10:1; the Sept. several times for מַעַל, עָוֶל, פֶּשַׁע , etc.; of literary faults, Longinus, 36, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραρρέω Transliteration: pararreō Phonetic Spelling: par-ar-hroo-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to flow by, slip away Meaning: to flow by, slip away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3901 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3901 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3901 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3901 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3901, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραρρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3901 pararreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drift awayFrom para and the alternate of rheo; to flow by, i.e. (figuratively) carelessly pass (miss) -- let slip. see GREEK para see GREEK rheo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3901: παραρρέωπαραρρέω; (παρά and ῤέω); from Sophocles, Xenophon, and Plato down; to flow past (παραρρέον ὕδωρ, Isaiah 44:4), to glide by: μήποτε παραρρυῶμεν (2 aorist passive subjunctive; cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 287; (Veitch, under the word ῤέω; WHs Appendix, p. 170); but L T Tr WH παραρυῶμεν; see Rho), lest we be carried past, pass by (R. V. drift away from them) (missing the thing), i. e. lest the salvation which the things heard show us how to obtain slip away from us, Hebrews 2:1. In Greek authors παρραρει μοι τί, a thing escapes me, Sophocles Philoct. 653; tropically, slips from my mind, Plato, legg. 6, p. 781 a.; in the sense of neglect, μή παρραρυης, τήρησον δέ ἐμήν βουλήν, Proverbs 3:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παράσημος Transliteration: parasēmos Phonetic Spelling: par-as'-ay-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: marked amiss, marked at the side, marked with a sign Meaning: marked amiss, marked at the side, marked with a sign GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3902 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3902 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3902 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3902 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3902, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παράσημος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3902 parasēmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: side-marked with a figureheadFrom para and the base of semaino; side-marked, i.e. Labelled (with a badge (figure-head) of a ship) -- sign. see GREEK para see GREEK semaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3902: παράσημοςπαράσημος, παράσημον (παρά (which see IV. 2), and σῆμα (a mark)) 1. marked falsely, spurious, counterfeit; as coin. 2. marked beside or on the margin; so of noteworthy words, which the reader of a book marks on the margin hence, 3. universally, noted, marked, conspicuous, remarkable (of persons, in a bad sense, notorious); marked with a sign: ἐν πλοίῳ παρασήμῳ Διοσκωυροις, in a ship marked with the image or figure of the Dioscuri, Acts 28:11 (cf. B. D. under the word ). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρασκευάζω Transliteration: paraskeuazō Phonetic Spelling: par-ask-yoo-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to prepare, make ready Meaning: to prepare, make ready GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3903 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3903 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3903 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3903 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3903, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρασκευάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3903 paraskeuazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prepare self, make ready. From para and a derivative of skeuos; to furnish aside, i.e. Get ready -- prepare self, be (make) ready. see GREEK para see GREEK skeuos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3903: παρασκευάζωπαρασκευάζω; perfect passive παρεσκεύασμαι; future middle παρασκευάσομαι; from Herodotus down; to make ready, prepare: namely, τό δεῖπνον (added in Herodotus 9, 82; Athen. 4, 15, p. 138), Acts 10:10 (συμπόσιον, Halt. 9, 15; 2 Macc. 2:27). Middle to make oneself ready, to prepare oneself (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 38, 2 a.): εἰς πόλεμον, 1 Corinthians 14:8 (Jeremiah 27:42 (); εἰς μάχην, εἰς ναυμαχιαν, etc., in Xenophon). Perfect passive in middle sense, to have prepared oneself, to be prepared or ready, 2 Corinthians 9:2f (see Matthiae, § 493). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρασκευή Transliteration: paraskeuē Phonetic Spelling: par-ask-yoo-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: preparation, the day of preparation (for a Sabbath or feast) Meaning: preparation, the day of preparation (for a Sabbath or feast) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3904 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3904 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3904 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3904 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3904, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρασκευή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3904 paraskeuē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: preparation. As if from paraskeuazo; readiness -- preparation. see GREEK paraskeuazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3904: παρασκευήπαρασκευή, παρασκευῆς, ἡ, from Herodotus down; 1. a making ready, preparation, equipping. 2. that which is prepared, equipment. 3. in the N. T. in a Jewish sense, the day of preparation, i. e. the day on which the Jews made the necessary preparation to celebrate a sabbath or a feast: Matthew 27:62; Mark 15:42; Luke 23:54; John 19:31 (Josephus, Antiquities 16, 6, 2); with a genitive of the object, τοῦ πάσχα (according to Winer's Grammar, 189 (177f) a possessive genitive), John 19:14 (cf. Rückert, Abendmahl, p. 31f); with a genitive of the subjunctive, τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ibid. 42. Cf. Bleek, Beiträge zur Evangelienkritik, p. 114ff; (on later usage cf. 'Teaching 8, 1 [ET] (and Harnack's note); Martyr. Polycarp, 7, 1 [ET] (and Zahn's note); Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, 3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρατείνω Transliteration: parateinō Phonetic Spelling: par-at-i'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to extend, prolong Meaning: to extend, prolong GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3905 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3905 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3905 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3905 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3905, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρατείνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3905 parateinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continue. From para and teino (to stretch); to extend along, i.e. Prolong (in point of time) -- continue. see GREEK para Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3905: παρατείνωπαρατείνω: 1 aorist παρετεινα; from Herodotus down; to extend beside, to stretch out lengthwise, to extend; to prolong: τόν λόγον, his discourse, Acts 20:7 (λόγους, Aristotle, poet. 17; 5, p. 1455b, 2; μυθον, 9, 4, p. 1451b, 38). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρατηρέω Transliteration: paratēreō Phonetic Spelling: par-at-ay-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to watch closely, to observe scrupulously Meaning: to watch closely, to observe scrupulously GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3906 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3906 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3906 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3906 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3906, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρατηρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3906 paratēreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: observe, watch. From para and tereo; to inspect alongside, i.e. Note insidiously or scrupulously -- observe, watch. see GREEK para see GREEK tereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3906: παρατηρέωπαρατηρέω, παρατήρω: imperfect 3 person plural παρετήρουν; 1 aorist παρετήρησα; middle, present παρατηροῦμαι; imperfect 3 person plural παρετηροῦντο; properly, to stand beside and watch (cf. παρά, IV. 1); to watch assiduously, observe carefully; a. to watch, attend to, with the eyes: τά ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γιγνόμενα; of auguries, Dio Cassius, 38, 13; τινα, one, to see what he is going to do (Xenophon, mem. 3, 14, 4); contextually in a bad sense, to watch insidiously, Luke 20:20 (Tr marginal reading ἀποχωρησαντες) (joined with ἐνεδρεύειν, Polybius 17, 3, 2); τινα (Polybius 11, 9, 9; the Sept. Psalm 36:12 (); Susanna 16) followed by the interrogative εἰ, Mark 3:2 R G T WH Tr text; Luke vi.; Rec.; middle to watch for oneself: Mark 3:2 L Tr marginal reading; Luke 6:7 L T Tr WH ((in both passive followed by interrogative εἰ)); Luke 14:1; active with an accusative of place (Polybius 1, 29, 4): τάς πύλας (followed by ὅπως, cf. Buttmann, 237 (205)), Acts 9:24 R G, where L T Tr WH give middle παρετηροῦντο. b. to observe equivalent to to keep scrupulously; to neglect nothing requisite to the religious observance of: ἑβδομάδας, Josephus, Antiquities 3, 5, 5; (τήν τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέραν. id. 14, 10, 25); middle (for oneself, i. e. for one's salvation), ἡμέρας, μῆνας, καιρούς, Galatians 4:10 (ὅσα προσταττουσιν, οἱ νόμοι, Dio Cassius, 53, 10; (τά εἰς βρῶσιν οὐ νενομισμενα, Josephus, contra Apion 2, 39, 2)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρατήρησις Transliteration: paratērēsis Phonetic Spelling: par-at-ay'-ray-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: observation Meaning: observation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3907 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3907 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3907 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3907 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3907, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρατήρησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3907 paratērēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: observation. From paratereo; inspection, i.e. Ocular evidence -- obervation. see GREEK paratereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3907: παρατήρησιςπαρατήρησις, παρατηρήσεως, ἡ (παρατηρέω), observation ((Polybius 16, 22, 8), Diodorus, Josephus, Antoninus, Plutarch, others): μετά παρατηρήσεως, in such a manner that it can be watched with the eyes, i. e. in a visible manner, Luke 17:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρατίθημι Transliteration: paratithēmi Phonetic Spelling: par-at-ith'-ay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to place beside, to set before Meaning: to place beside, to set before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3908 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3908 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3908 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3908 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3908, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρατίθημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3908 paratithēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: entrust, commend, commit From para and tithemi; to place alongside, i.e. Present (food, truth); by implication, to deposit (as a trust or for protection) -- allege, commend, commit (the keeping of), put forth, set before. see GREEK para see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3908: παρατίθημιπαρατίθημι; future παραθήσω; 1 aorist παρέθηκα; 2 aorist subjunctive 3 person plural παραθῶσιν, infinitive παραθεῖναι (Mark 8:7 R G); passive, present participle παρατιθέμενος; 1 aorist infinitive παρατεθῆναι (Mark 8:7 Lachmann); middle, present παρατίθεμαί; future παραθήσομαι; 2 aorist 3 person plural παρέθεντο, imperative παράθου (2 Timothy 2:2); from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for שׂוּם; 1. to place beside, place near (cf. παρά, IV. 1) or set before: τίνι τί, as a. food: Mark 6:41; Mark 8:6; Luke 9:16; Luke 11:6; τράπεζαν a table, i. e. food placed on a table, Acts 16:34 (Ep. ad Diogn. 5, 7 [ET]); τά παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν (A. V. such things as are set before you), of food, Luke 10:8 (Xenophon, Cyril 2, 1, 30); singular 1 Corinthians 10:27. b. to set before (one) in teaching (Xenophon, Cyril 1, 6, 14; the Sept. Exodus 19:7): τίνι παραβολήν, Matthew 13:24, 31. Middle, to set forth (from oneself), to explain: followed by ὅτι, Acts 17:3. 2. Middle, "to place down (from oneself or for oneself) with anyone, to deposit; to intrust, commit to one's charge" (Xenophon, respub. Athen. 2, 16; Polybius 33, 12, 3; Plutarch, Numbers 9; Tobit 4:1): τί τίνι, a thing to one to be cared for, Luke 12:48; a thing to be religiously kept and taught to others, 1 Timothy 1:18; 2 Timothy 2:2; τινα τίνι, to commend one to another for protection, safety, etc., Acts 14:23; Acts 20:32 (Diodorus 17, 23); τάς ψυχάς to God, 1 Peter 4:19; τό πνεῦμα μου εἰς χεῖρας Θεοῦ, Luke 23:46; Psalm 30:6 (). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρατυγχάνω Transliteration: paratynchanō Phonetic Spelling: par-at-oong-khan'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to happen to be near or present Meaning: to happen to be near or present GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3909 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3909 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3909 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3909 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3909, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρατυγχάνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3909 paratynchanō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meet with. From para and tugchano; to chance near, i.e. Fall in with -- meet with. see GREEK para see GREEK tugchano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3909: παρατυγχάνωπαρατυγχάνω; from Homer (Iliad 11, 74) down; to chance to be by (cf. παρά, IV. 1), to happen to be present, to meet by chance: Acts 17:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραυτίκα Transliteration: parautika Phonetic Spelling: par-ow-tee'-kah Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: immediately, for a moment Meaning: immediately, for a moment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3910 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3910 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3910 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3910 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3910, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραυτίκα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3910 parautika 🕊 Strong's Concordance: immediately, but for a moment. From para and a derivative of autos; at the very instant, i.e. Momentary -- but for a moment. see GREEK para see GREEK autos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3910: παραυτίκαπαραυτίκα (cf. Buttmann, § 146, 4), adverb, for the moment: 2 Corinthians 4:17. (Tragg., Xenophon, Plato, and following.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραφέρω Transliteration: parapherō Phonetic Spelling: par-af-er'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring to, to carry away Meaning: to bring to, to carry away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3911 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3911 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3911 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3911 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3911, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3911 parapherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: remove, take away. From para and phero (including its alternate forms); to bear along or aside, i.e. Carry off (literally or figuratively); by implication, to avert -- remove, take away. see GREEK para see GREEK phero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3911: παραφέρωπαραφέρω: (1 aorist infinitive παρενεγκαι (Luke 22:42 Tdf., cf. Veitch, p. 669)); 2 aorist infinitive παρενεγκεῖν (Luke 22:42 R G), imperative παρένεγκε ((ibid. L Tr WH); present passive παραφέρομαι; see references under the word φέρω); 1. to bear (cf. παρά, IV. 1), bring to, put before: of food (Herodotus, Xenophon, others). 2. to lead aside (cf. παρά, IV. 2) from the right course or path, to carry away: Jude 1:12 (R. V. carried along) (where Rec. περιφέρεσθε); from the truth, Hebrews 13:9 where Rec. περιφερ. (Plato, Phaedr., p. 265 b.; Plutarch, Timol. 6; Antoninus 4, 43; Herodian, 8, 4, 7 (4 edition, Bekker)). 3. to carry past, lead past, i. e. to cause to pass by, to remove: τί ἀπό τίνος, Mark 14:36; Luke 22:42. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραφρονέω Transliteration: paraphroneō Phonetic Spelling: par-af-ron-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be beside oneself, to be deranged Meaning: to be beside oneself, to be deranged GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3912 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3912 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3912 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3912 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3912, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραφρονέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3912 paraphroneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to be insaneFrom para and phroneo; to misthink, i.e. Be insane (silly) -- as a fool. see GREEK para see GREEK phroneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3912: παραφρονέωπαραφρονέω, παραφρόνω; (παράφρων (from παρά (which see IV. 2) and φρήν, 'beside one's wits')); to be beside oneself, out of one's senses, void of understanding, insane: 2 Corinthians 11:23. (From Aeschylus and Herodotus down; once in the Sept., Zechariah 7:11.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραφρονία Transliteration: paraphronia Phonetic Spelling: par-af-ron-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: madness Meaning: madness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3913 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3913 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3913 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3913 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3913, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραφρονία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3913 paraphronia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: madness. From paraphroneo; insanity, i.e. Foolhardiness -- madness. see GREEK paraphroneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3913: παραφρονίαπαραφρονία, παραφρονιας, ἡ (παράφρων (see the preceding word)), madness, insanity: 2 Peter 2:16. The Greek writ, use not this word but παραφροσύνη (cf. Winer's Grammar, 24; 95 (90)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραχειμάζω Transliteration: paracheimazō Phonetic Spelling: par-akh-i-mad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to winter at Meaning: to winter at GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3914 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3914 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3914 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3914 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3914, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραχειμάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3914 paracheimazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: winter. From para and cheimazo; to winter near, i.e. Stay with over the rainy season -- winter. see GREEK para see GREEK cheimazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3914: παραχειμάζωπαραχειμάζω: future παραχειμάσω; 1 aorist infinitive παραχειμάσαι; perfect participle παρακεχειμακως; to winter, pass the winter, with one or at a place: Acts 27:12; 1 Corinthians 16:6; ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, Acts 28:11; ἐκεῖ, Titus 3:12. (Demosthenes, p. 909, 15; Polybius 2, 64, 1; Diodorus 19, 34; Plutarch, Sertor. 3; Dio Cassius, 40, 4.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραχειμασία Transliteration: paracheimasia Phonetic Spelling: par-akh-i-mas-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a wintering Meaning: a wintering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3915 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3915 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3915 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3915 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3915, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραχειμασία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3915 paracheimasia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: winter in. From paracheimazo; a wintering over -- winter in. see GREEK paracheimazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3915: παραχειμασίαπαραχειμασία, παραχειμασιας, ἡ (παραχειμάζω), a passing the winter, wintering: Acts 27:12. (Polybius 3, 34, 6; (3, 35, 1); Diodorus 19, 68.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παραχρῆμα Transliteration: parachrēma Phonetic Spelling: par-akh-ray'-mah Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: instantly Meaning: instantly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3916 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3916 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3916 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3916 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3916, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παραχρῆμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3916 parachrēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: immediately, presently, straightway, soon. From para and chrema (in its original sense); at the thing itself, i.e. Instantly -- forthwith, immediately, presently, straightway, soon. see GREEK para see GREEK chrema Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3916: παραχρῆμαπαραχρῆμα (properly, equivalent to παρά τό χρῆμα; cf. our on the spot), from Herodotus down; immediately, forthwith, instantly: Matthew 21:19; Luke 1:64; Luke 4:39; Luke 5:25; Luke 8:44, 47, 55; Luke 13:13; Luke 18:43; Luke 19:11; Luke 22:60; Acts 3:7; Acts 5:10; Acts 9:18 Rec.; (WH brackets παραχρῆμα); Acts 16:33. (Wis. 18:17; 2 Macc. 4:34, 38, etc.; the Sept. for פִּתְאֹם, Numbers 6:9; Numbers 12:4; Isaiah 29:5; Isaiah 30:13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάρδαλις Transliteration: pardalis Phonetic Spelling: par'-dal-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a panther, leopard Meaning: a panther, leopard GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3917 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3917 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3917 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3917 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3917, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάρδαλις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3917 pardalis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: leopard. Feminine of pardos (a panther); a leopard -- leopard. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3917: πάρδαλιςπάρδαλις, παρδαλισεως, ἡ, from Homer down; the Sept. for נָמֵר; a pard, panther, leopard; a very fierce Asiatic and African animal, having a tawny skin marked with large black spots (cf. Tristram, Nat. Hist. etc., p. 111ff; BB. DD. under the word): Revelation 13:2. STRONGS NT 3917a: παρεδρεύωπαρεδρεύω; (from πάρεδρος, sitting beside (cf. παρά, IV. 1)); to sit beside, attend constantly (Latinassidere) (Euripides, Polybius, Diodorus, others): τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, to perform the duties pertaining to the offering of sacrifices and incense (to wait upon), 1 Corinthians 9:13, L T Tr WH (for Rec. προσεδρεύω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάρειμι Transliteration: pareimi Phonetic Spelling: par'-i-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sit constantly beside Meaning: to sit constantly beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3918 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3918 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3918 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3918 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3918, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάρειμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3918 pareimi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to be presentFrom para and eimi (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. At hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property -- come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present. see GREEK para see GREEK eimi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3918: πάρειμιπάρειμι; imperfect 3 person pl. παρῆσαν; future 3 person singular παρέσται (Revelation 17:8 L T (not (as G Tr WH Alford, others) παρέσται; see Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 108, Anm. 20; Chandler § 803)); (παρά near, by (see παρά, IV. 1 at the end) and εἰμί); the Sept. chiefly for בּוא; as in Greek authors from Homer down a. to be by, be at hand, to have arrived, to be present: of persons, Luke 13:1; John 11:28; Acts 10:21; Revelation 17:8; παρών, present (opposed to ἀπών), 1 Corinthians 5:3; 2 Corinthians 10:2, 11; 2 Corinthians 13:2, 10; ἐπί τίνος, before one (a judge), Acts 24:19; ἐπί τίνι, for (to do) something, Matthew 26:50 Rec.; ἐπί τί, ibid. G L T Tr WH (on which see ἐπί, B. 2 a. ζ.); ἐνώπιον Θεοῦ, in the sight of God, Acts 10:33 (not Tr marginal reading); ἐνθάδε, Acts 17:6; πρός τινα, with one, Acts 12:20; 2 Corinthians 11:9 (8); Galatians 4:18, 20. of time: ὁ καιρός πάρεστιν, John 7:6; τό παρόν, the present, Hebrews 12:11 (3Macc. 5:17; see examples from Greek authors in Passow, under the word, 2 b.; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II.; Sophocles' Lexicon, under the wordb.)). of other things: τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς, which is come unto (and so is present among) you, Colossians 1:6 (followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, 1 Macc. 11:63, and often in secular authors from Herodotus down; see εἰς, C. 2). b. to be ready, in store, at command: ἡ παροῦσα ἀλήθεια, the truth which ye now hold, so that there is no need of words to call it to your remembrance, 2 Peter 1:12; (μή) πάρεστιν τίνι τί, ibid. 9 (A. V. lacketh), and Lachmann in 8 also (where others, ὑπάρχοντα) (Wis. 11:22 (21),and often in classical Greek from Homer down; cf. Passow, as above; (Liddell and Scott, as above)); τά παρόντα, possessions, property (A. V. such things as ye have (cf. our 'what one has by him')), Hebrews 13:5 (οἷς τά παρόντα ἀρκεῖ, ἡκιστα τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ὀρέγονται, Xenophon, symp. 4, 42). (Compare: συμπάρειμι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεισάγω Transliteration: pareisagō Phonetic Spelling: par-ice-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to introduce, to bring in secretly Meaning: to introduce, to bring in secretly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3919 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3919 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3919 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3919 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3919, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεισάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3919 pareisagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: introduce secretlyFrom para and eisago; to lead in aside, i.e. Introduce surreptitiously -- privily bring in. see GREEK para see GREEK eisago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3919: παρεισάγωπαρεισάγω: future παρεισαξω; (see παρά, IV. 1); to introduce or bring in secretly or craftily: αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, 2 Peter 2:1. In the same sense of heretics: ἕκαστος ἰδίως καί ἑτέρως ἰδίαν δόξαν παρεισηγαγοσαν, Hegesippus (circa ) quoted in Eusebius, h. e. 4, 22, 5; δοκοῦσι παρεισάγειν τά ἄρρητα αὐτῶν ... μυστήρια, Origen philos. (equivalent to Hippolytus refut. omn. haeres.) 5, 17 at the end; of Marcion, νομίζων καινόν τί παρεισάγειν, ibid. 7, 29 at the beginning; — passages noted by Hilgenfeld, Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. 1860, p. 125f (οἱ προδόται τούς στρατιώτας παρεισαγαγοντες ἐντός τῶν τειχῶν κυρίους τῆς πόλεως ἐποίησαν, Diodorus 12, 41 (cf. Polybius 1, 18, 3; 2, 7, 8). In other senses in other secular authors) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρείσακτος Transliteration: pareisaktos Phonetic Spelling: par-ice'-ak-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: brought in secretly Meaning: brought in secretly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3920 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3920 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3920 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3920 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3920, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρείσακτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3920 pareisaktos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: smuggled in, unawares brought in. From pareisago; smuggled in: unawares brought in. see GREEK pareisago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3920: παρείσακτοςπαρείσακτος, παρεισακτον (παρεισάγω), secretly or surreptitiously brought in; (A. V. privily brought in); one who has stolen in (Vulg.subintroductus): Galatians 2:4; cf. C. F. A. Fritzsche in Fritzschiorum opuscc., p. 181f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεισδύω Transliteration: pareisdyō Phonetic Spelling: par-ice-doo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to settle in alongside Meaning: to settle in alongside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3921 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3921 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3921 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3921 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3921, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεισδύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3921 pareisdyō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: creep in unawares. From para and a compound of eis and duno; to settle in alongside, i.e. Lodge stealthily -- creep in unawares. see GREEK para see GREEK eis see GREEK duno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3921: παρεισδύωπαρεισδύω or παρεισδύνω: 1 aorist παρεισεδυσα (according to classical usage trans., cf. δύνω; (see below)); to enter secretly, slip in stealthily; to steal in; (A. V. creep in unawares): Jude 1:4 (here WH παρεισεδυησαν, 3 person plural 2 aorist passive (with middle or intransitive force); see their Appendix, p. 170, and cf. Buttmann, 56 (49); Veitch, under the word δύω, at the end); cf. the expressions παρεισδυσιν πλάνης ποιεῖν, the Epistle of Barnabas 2, 10 [ET]; ἔχειν, ibid. 4, 9 [ET]. (Hippocrates, Herodian, 1, 6, 2; 7, 9, 18 (8 edition, Bekker; Philo de spec. legg. § 15); Plutarch, Galen, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεισέρχομαι Transliteration: pareiserchomai Phonetic Spelling: par-ice-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to come in beside Meaning: to come in beside GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3922 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3922 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3922 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3922 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3922, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεισέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3922 pareiserchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come in privily, enter. From para and eiserchomai; to come in alongside, i.e. Supervene additionally or steathily -- come in privily, enter. see GREEK para see GREEK eiserchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3922: παρεισέρχομαιπαρεισέρχομαι: 2 aorist παρεισῆλθον; 1. to come in secretly or by stealth (cf. παρά, IV. 1), to creep or steal in (Vulg.subintroeo): Galatians 2:4 (Polybius 1, 7, 3; 1, 8, 4; (especially) 2, 55, 3; Philo de opif. mund. § 52; de Abrah. § 19, etc.; Plutarch, Poplic. 17; Clement, homil. 2, 23). 2. to enter in addition, come in besides (Vulg.subintro): Romans 5:20, cf. 12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεισφέρω Transliteration: pareispherō Phonetic Spelling: par-ice-fer'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring in, to supply besides Meaning: to bring in, to supply besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3923 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3923 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3923 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3923 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3923, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεισφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3923 pareispherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: introduce simultaneouslyFrom para and eisphero; to bear in alongside, i.e. Introduce simultaneously -- give. see GREEK para see GREEK eisphero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3923: παρεισφέρωπαρεισφέρω: 1 aorist παρεισήνεγκα; a. to bring in besides (Demosthenes, others). b. to contribute besides to something: σπουδήν, 2 Peter 1:5 (R. V. adding on your part). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεκτός Transliteration: parektos Phonetic Spelling: par-ek-tos' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in addition, except Meaning: in addition, except GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3924 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3924 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3924 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3924 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3924, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεκτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3924 parektos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: except, saving, without. From para and ektos; near outside, i.e. Besides -- except, saving, without. see GREEK para see GREEK ektos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3924: παρεκτόςπαρεκτός (for which the Greek writings from Homer down use παρέκ, πάρεξ); 1. preposition with the genitive (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 6), except; with the exception of (a thing, expressed by the genitive): Matthew 5:32; Matthew 19:9 L WH marginal reading; Acts 26:29, (Deuteronomy 1:36 Aq.; Test xii. Patr., p. 631; ('Teaching 6, § 1 [ET]); Geoponica 13, 15, 7). 2. adverb besides: τά παρεκτός namely, γινόμενα, the things that occur besides or in addition, 2 Corinthians 11:28 (cf. our 'extra matters'; others, the things that I omit; but see Meyer). STRONGS NT 3924a: παρεμβάλλωπαρεμβάλλω: future παρεμβαλῶ; from Aristophanes and Demosthenes down; 1. to cast in by the side of or besides (cf.παρά, IV. 1), to insert, interpose; to bring back into line. 2. from Polybius on, in military usage, to assign to soldiers a place, whether in camp or in line of battle, to draw up in line, to encamp (often in 1 Macc., and in the Sept. where for חָנָה): τίνι χάρακα, to cast up a bank about a city, Luke 19:43 L marginal reading T WH text |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεμβολή Transliteration: parembolē Phonetic Spelling: par-em-bol-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: to put in beside or between, interpose Meaning: to put in beside or between, interpose GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3925 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3925 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3925 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3925 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3925, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεμβολή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3925 parembolē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: army, camp, castle. From a compound of para and emballo; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia) -- army, camp, castle. see GREEK para see GREEK emballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3925: παρεμβολήπαρεμβολή, παρεμβολῆς. ἡ (from παρεμβάλλω, which see); 1. interpolation, insertion (into a discourse of matters foreign to the subject in hand, Aeschines). 2. In the Maced. dialect (cf. Sturz, De dial. Maced. et Alex., p. 30; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 377; (Winers Grammar, 22)) an encampment (Pclyb., Diodorus, Josephus, Plutarch); a. the camp of the Israelites in the desert (an enclosure within which their tents were pitched), Exodus 29:14; Exodus 19:17; Exodus 32:17; hence, in Hebrews 13:11 used for the city of Jerusalem, inasmuch as that was to the Israelites what formerly the encampment had been in the desert; of the sacred congregation or assembly of Israel, as that had been gathered formerly in camps in the wilderness, Hebrews 13:13. b. the barracks of the Roman soldiers, which at Jerusalem were in the castle Antonia: Acts 21:34, 37; Acts 22:24; Acts 23:10, 16, 32. 3. an army in line of battle: Hebrews 11:34; Revelation 20:9 (here A. V. camp), (Exodus 14:19, 20; Judges 4:16; Judges 8:11; 1 Samuel 14:16; very often in Polybius; Aelian v. h. 14, 46). Often in the Sept. for מַחֲנֶה, which signifies both camp and army; frequent in both senses in 1 Maccabees (); cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. 3:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρενοχλέω Transliteration: parenochleō Phonetic Spelling: par-en-okh-leh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to annoy Meaning: to annoy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3926 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3926 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3926 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3926 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3926, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρενοχλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3926 parenochleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trouble. From para and enochleo; to harass further, i.e. Annoy -- trouble. see GREEK para see GREEK enochleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3926: παρενοχλέωπαρενοχλέω, παρενόχλω; (see ἐνοχλέω); to cause trouble in a matter (παρά equivalent to παρά τίνι πράγματι); to trouble, annoy: τίνι, Acts 15:19. (The Sept.; Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, Epictetus, Lucian, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρεπίδημος Transliteration: parepidēmos Phonetic Spelling: par-ep-id'-ay-mos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: sojourning in a strange place Meaning: sojourning in a strange place GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3927 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3927 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3927 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3927 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3927, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρεπίδημος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3927 parepidēmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pilgrim, stranger. From para and the base of epidemeo; an alien alongside, i.e. A resident foreigner -- pilgrim, stranger. see GREEK para see GREEK epidemeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3927: παρεπίδημοςπαρεπίδημος, παρεπιδημον (see ἐπιδημέω), properly, "one who comes from a foreign country into a city or land to reside there by the side of the natives; hence, stranger; sojourning in a strange place, a foreigner" (Polybius 32, 22, 4; Athen. 5, p. 196 a.); in the N. T. metaphorically, in reference to heaven as the native country, one who sojourns on earth: so of Christians, 1 Peter 1:1; joined with πάροικοι, 1 Peter 2:11, cf. 1:17, (Christians πατριδας οἰκοῦσιν ἰδίας, ἀλλ' ὡς πάροικοι. μετεχουσι πάντων ὡς πολῖται, καί πανθ' ὑπομένουσιν ὡς ξένοι. πᾶσα ξένῃ πατρίς ἐστιν αὐτῶν καί πᾶσα πατρίς ξένῃ, Ep. ad Diogn. c. 5 [ET]); of the patriarchs, ξένοι καί παρεπίδημοί ἐπί τῆς γῆς, Hebrews 11:13 (Genesis 23:4; Psalm 38:13 (); παρεπιδημια τίς ἐστιν ὁ βίος, Aeschines dial. Socrates 3, 3, where see Fischer). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρέρχομαι Transliteration: parerchomai Phonetic Spelling: par-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pass by, to come to Meaning: to pass by, to come to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3928 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3928 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3928 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3928 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3928, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3928 parerchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to pass by, pass away; to arriveFrom para and erchomai; to come near or aside, i.e. To approach (arrive), go by (or away), (figuratively) perish or neglect, (causative) avert -- come (forth), go, pass (away, by, over), past, transgress. see GREEK para see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3928: παρέρχομαιπαρέρχομαι; future παρελεύσομαι; perfect παρεληλυθα; 2 aorist παρῆλθον, 3 person imperative παρελθάτω (Matthew 26:39 L T Tr WH; see ἀπέρχομαι, at the beginning); from Homer down; the Sept. mostly for עָבַר; 1. (παρά past (cf. παρά, IV. 1)) to go past, pass by; a. properly, α. of persons moving forward: to pass by, absolutely, Luke 18:37; τινα, to go past one, Mark 6:48; with an accusative of place, Acts 16:8 (Homer Iliad 8, 239; Xenophon, an. 4, 2, 12; Plato, Alc. 1, p. 123 b.); διά τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης, Matthew 8:28. β. of time: Matthew 14:15; ὁ παρεληλυθώς χρόνος (A. V. the time past), 1 Peter 4:3 (Sophocles, Isocrates, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, others); of an act continuing for a time (viz. the Fast), Acts 27:9. (τά παρελθοντα and τά ἐπιόντα are distinguished in Aelian v. h. 14, 6.) b. metaphorically, α. to pass away, perish: ὡς ἄνθος, James 1:10 ὁ οὐρανός, Matthew 5:18; Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31; Luke 16:17; Luke 21:33; 2 Peter 3:10; Revelation 21:1 Rec.; ἡ γενεά αὕτη, Matthew 24:34; Mark 13:30; Luke 21:32; οἱ λόγοι μου, Matthew 24:35; Mark 13:31; Luke 21:33; τά ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, 2 Corinthians 5:17 (Psalm 36:36 (); Daniel 7:14 Theod.; Wis. 2:4 Wis. 5:9; Demosthenes, p. 291, 12; Theocritus, 27, 8). Here belongs also Matthew 5:18 (`not even the smallest part shall pass away from the law,' i. e. so as no longer to belong to it). β. to pass by (pass over), i. e. to neglect, omit (transgress): with an accusative of the thing, Luke 11:42; Luke 15:29, (Deuteronomy 17:2; Jeremiah 41:18 (); Judith 11:10; 1 Macc. 2:22; Διός νῷν, Hesiod theog. 613; νόμον, Lysias, p. 107, 52; Demosthenes, p. 977, 14). γ. to be led by, to be carried past, be averted: ἀπό τίνος, from one i. e. so as not to hit, not to appear to (2 Chronicles 9:2); παρελθάτω ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τό ποτήριον, Matthew 26:39; παρελθεῖν, 42 (here G T Tr WH omit; L brackets ἀπ' ἐμοῦ); ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα, Mark 14:35. 2. (παρά to (cf. παρά, IV. 1)) to come near, come forward, arrive: Luke 12:37; Luke 17:7; Acts 24:7 Rec. (and in Greek authors from Aeschylus and Herodotus down). (Synonym: see παραβαίνω, at the end. Compare: ἀντιπαρέρχομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάρεσις Transliteration: paresis Phonetic Spelling: par'-es-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a letting go Meaning: a letting go GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3929 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3929 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3929 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3929 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3929, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάρεσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3929 paresis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: remission. From ktetor; praetermission, i.e. Toleration -- remission. see GREEK ktetor Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3929: πάρεσιςπάρεσις, παρεσισεως, ἡ (παρίημι, which see), pretermission, passing over, letting pass, neglecting, disregarding: διά τήν πάρεσιν ... ἀνοχή τοῦ Θεοῦ, because God had patiently let pass the sins committed previously (to the expiatory death of Christ), i. e. bad tolerated, had not punished (and so man's conception of his holiness was in danger of becoming dim, if not extinct), Romans 3:25, where cf. Fritzsche; (Trench, § xxxiii. (Hippocrates, Dionysius Halicarnassus, others)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρέχω Transliteration: parechō Phonetic Spelling: par-ekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to furnish, to present Meaning: to furnish, to present GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3930 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3930 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3930 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3930 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3930, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3930 parechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: offer, show, affordFrom para and echo; to hold near, i.e. Present, afford, exhibit, furnish occasion -- bring, do, give, keep, minister, offer, shew, + trouble. see GREEK para see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3930: παρέχωπαρέχω; imperfect παρεῖχον, 3 person plural παρειχαν (Acts 28:2 L T Tr WH; see ἔχω, at the beginning, and ἀπέρχομαι, at the beginning); future 3 person singular παρέξει (Luke 7:4 R G; see below); 2 aorist 3 person plural παρέσχον, participle παρασχών; middle (present παρέχομαι); imperfect παρειχομην; future 2 person singular παρέξῃ (Luke 7:4 L T Tr WH); from Homer down; Plautuspraehibeo i. e.praebeo (Latinprae from the Greek παραί (but see Curtius, §§ 346, 380 (cf. παρά IV. 1 at the end))); i. e. a. to reach forth, offer: τί τίνι, Luke 6:29. b. to show, afford, supply: τίνι ἡσυχίαν, Acts 22:2; φιλανθρωπίαν, Acts 28:2; πάντα, 1 Timothy 6:17. c. to be the author of, or to cause one to have; to give, bring, cause, one something — either unfavorable: κόπους, Matthew 26:10; Mark 14:6; Luke 11:7; Luke 18:5; Galatians 6:17 (παρέχειν πόνον, Sir. 29:4; ἀγῶνα, Isaiah 7:13; πράγματα, very often from Herodotus down; also ὄχλον, see Passow, under the word ὄχλος, 3; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II.)); — or favorable: ἐργασίαν, Acts 16:16, and Lachmann in ; πίστιν (A. V. to give assurance), Acts 17:31, on which phrase cf. Fischer, De vitiis lexic. N. T., pp. 37-39; equivalent to to occasion (ζητήσεις, see οἰκονομία), 1 Timothy 1:4. Middle, 1. to offer, show, or present oneself: with ἑαυτόν added (Winers Grammar, § 38, 6; (Buttmann, § 135, 6)), with an accusative of the predicate, τύπον, a pattern, Titus 2:7; παράδειγμα ... τοιονδε, ἑαυτόν παρείχετο, Xenophon, Cyril 8, 1, 39; (Josephus, contra Apion 2, 15, 4); in the act., Plutarch, puer. educ. c. 20 at the beginning. 2. to exhibit or offer on one's own part: τό δίκαιον τοῖς δούλοις, Colossians 4:1; to render or afford from one's own resources or by one's own power: τίνι τί, Luke 7:4 (where if we read, with Rec., παρέξει, it must be taken as the 3rd person singular of the future active (in opposed to Winer's Grammar, § 13, 2 a.), the elders being introduced as talking among themselves; but undoubtedly the reading παρέξῃ should be restored (see above at the beginning), and the elders are addressing Jesus; cf. Meyer at the passage; (and on the construction, cf. Buttmann, § 139, 32)). On the middle of this verb, cf. Krüger, § 52, 8, 2; Winers Grammar, § 38, 5 end; (Ellicott and Lightfoot on Col. as above). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρηγορία Transliteration: parēgoria Phonetic Spelling: par-ay-gor-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: exhortation, comfort Meaning: exhortation, comfort GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3931 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3931 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3931 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3931 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3931, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρηγορία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3931 parēgoria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comfort. From a compound of para and a derivative of agora (meaning to harangue an assembly); an address alongside, i.e. (specially), consolation -- comfort. see GREEK para see GREEK agora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3931: παρηγορίαπαρηγορία, παρηγοριας, ἡ (παρηγορέω (to address)), properly, an addressing, address; i. e. a. exhortation (4 Macc. 5:11; 6:1; Apoll. Rh. 2, 1281). b. comfort, solace, relief, alleviation, consolation: Colossians 4:11 (where see Lightfoot). (Aeschylus Ag. 95; Philo, q. deus immort. § 14; de somn. i., § 18; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 3; often in Plutarch; Hierocl.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρθενία Transliteration: parthenia Phonetic Spelling: par-then-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: virginity Meaning: virginity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3932 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3932 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3932 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3932 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3932, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρθενία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3932 parthenia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: virginity. From parthenos; maidenhood -- virginity. see GREEK parthenos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3932: παρθένιαπαρθένια, παρθενίας, ἡ (πυρθενος), virginity: Luke 2:36. (Jeremiah 3:4; Pindar, Aeschylus, Euripides, Diodorus, Plutarch, Herodian, others (cf. Field, Otium Norv. pars 3:at the passage).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρθένος Transliteration: parthenos Phonetic Spelling: par-then'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a maiden, a virgin Meaning: a maiden, a virgin GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3933 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3933 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3933 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3933 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3933, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρθένος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3933 parthenos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: virgin. Of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter -- virgin. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3933: παρθένοςπαρθένος, παρθένου, ἡ, 1. a virgin: Matthew 1:23 (from Isaiah 7:14); ; Luke 1:27; Acts 21:9; 1 Corinthians 7:25, 28, 33() (from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for בְּתוּלָה, several times for נַעֲרָה; twice for עַלמָה i. e. either a marriageable maiden, or a young (married) woman, Genesis 24:43; Isaiah 7:14, on which (last) word cf., besides Gesenius, Thesaurus, p. 1037, Credner, Beiträge as above with ii., p. 197ff; παρθένος of a young bride, newly married woman, Homer, Iliad 2, 514); ἡ παρθένον τίνος, one's marriageable daughter, 1 Corinthians 7:36ff; παρθένον ἁγνή, a pure virgin, 2 Corinthians 11:2. 2. "a man who has abstained from all uncleanness and whoredom attendant on idolatry, and so has kept his chastity": Revelation 14:4, where see DeWette. In ecclesiastical writings one who has never had commerce with women; so of Joseph, in Fabricius, Cod. pseudepigr. Vet. Test. ii., pp. 92, 98; of Abel and Melchizedek, in Suidas (10 a. and 2450 b.); especially of the apostle John, as in Nonnus, metaphorically, ev. Joann. 19, 140 (John 19:26), ἠνίδε παρθένον |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πάρθος Transliteration: Parthos Phonetic Spelling: par'-thos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a Parthian, an inhabitant of Parthia Meaning: Parthians -- a Parthian, an inhabitant of Parthia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3934 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3934 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3934 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3934 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3934, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πάρθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3934 Parthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Parthian. Probably of foreign origin; a Parthian, i.e. Inhabitant of Parthia -- Parthian. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3934: ΠάρθοςΠάρθος, Παρθου, ὁ, a Parthian, an inhabitant of Parthia, a district of Asia, bounded on the north by Hyrcania, on the east by Ariana, on the south by Carmania Deserta, on the west by Media; plural in Acts 2:9 of the Jewish residents of Parthia. (B. D. under the word ; Geo. Rawlinson, Sixth Great Oriental Monarchy, etc. (Lond. 1873).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρίημι Transliteration: pariēmi Phonetic Spelling: par-ee'-ay-mi Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pass by or over, to relax Meaning: to pass by or over, to relax GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3935 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3935 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3935 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3935 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3935, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρίημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3935 pariēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be presentFrom para and hiemi (to send); to let by, i.e. Relax -- hang down. see GREEK para Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3935: παρίημιπαρίημι: 2 aorist infinitive παρεῖναι (Luke 11:42 L T Tr WH); perfect passive participle παρειμένος; from Homer down; 1. to let pass; to pass by, neglect (very often in Greek writings from Pindar, Aeschyl, Herodotus down), to disregard, omit: τί, Luke 11:42 (R G ἀφιέναι) (ἁμαρτήματα, to pass oreo, let go unpunished, Sir. 23:2; (τιμωρίαν, Lycurgus, 148, 41)). 2. to relax, loosen, let go (see παρά, IV. 2) (e. g. a bow); perfect passive participle παρειμένος, relaxed, unstrung, weakened, exhausted (Euripides, Plato, Diodorus, Plutarch, others): χεῖρες, Hebrews 12:12; Sir. 2:13 Sir. 25:23, cf. Zephaniah 3:16; Jeremiah 4:31; ἀργοί καί παρείμενοι ἐπί ἀργόν ἀγαθόν, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 34, 4 [ET] cf. 1. Cf. παραλύω. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρίστημι Transliteration: paristēmi Phonetic Spelling: par-is'-tay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to place beside, to present, stand by, appear Meaning: to place beside, to present, stand by, appear GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3936 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3936 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3936 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3936 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3936, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρίστημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3936 paristēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: stand byOr prolonged paristano (par-is-tan'-o) from para and histemi; to stand beside, i.e. (transitively) to exhibit, proffer, (specially), recommend, (figuratively) substantiate; or (intransitively) to be at hand (or ready), aid -- assist, bring before, command, commend, give presently, present, prove, provide, shew, stand (before, by, here, up, with), yield. see GREEK para see GREEK histemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3936: παριστάνωπαριστάνω, see παρίστημι. STRONGS NT 3936: παρίστημιπαρίστημι and (in later writings, and in the N. T. in Romans 6:13, 16) παριστάνω; future παραστήσω; 1 aorist παρέστησα; 2 aorist παρέστην; perfect παρέστηκα, participle παρεστηκώς and παρεστως; pluperfect 3 person plural παρειστήκεισαν (Acts 1:10 (WH παριστηκεισαν; see ἵστημι, at the beginning)); 1 future middle παραστήσομαί; from Homer down. 1. The present, imperfect, future and 1 aorist active have a transitive sense (the Sept. chiefly for הֶעֱמִיד), a. to place beside or near (παρά, IV. 1); to set at hand; to present; to proffer; to provide: κτήνη, Acts 23:24 (σκάφη, 2 Macc. 12:3); τινα or τί τίνι, to place a person or tiring at one's disposal, Matthew 26:53; to present a person for another to see and question, Acts 23:33; to present or show, τινα orτί with an accusative of the quality which the person or thing exhibits: οἷς παρέστησεν ἑαυτόν ζῶντα, Acts 1:3; add, Romans 6:13, 16, 19; 2 Corinthians 11:2; Ephesians 5:27; 2 Timothy 2:15 (te vegetum nobis in Graeeia siste, Cicero, ad Att. 10, 16, 6); τινα with a predicate accusative followed by κατενώπιον τίνος, Colossians 1:22; ἑαυτόν ὡς (ὡσεί) τινα τίνι, Romans 6:13; to bring, lead to, in the sense of presenting, without a dative: Acts 9:41; Colossians 1:28. of sacrifices or of things consecrated to God: τά σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ... τῷ Θεῷ, Romans 12:1 (so also in secular authors: Polybius 16, 25, 7; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 6, 4; Lucian, deor. concil. 13; Latinadmoveo, Vergil Aen. 12, 171; sisto, Stat. Theb. 4, 445); τινα (a firstborn) τῷ κυρίῳ, Luke 2:22; to bring to, bring near, metaphorically, i. e. to bring into one's fellowship or intimacy: τινα τῷ Θεῷ, 1 Corinthians 8:8; namely, τῷ Θεῷ, 2 Corinthians 4:14. b. to present (show) by argument, to prove: τί, Acts 24:13 (Epictetus diss. 2, 23, 47; followed by πῶς, id. 2, 26, 4; τίνι τί, Xenophon, oec. 13, 1; τίνι, ὅτι, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 3, 2; de vita sua §6). 2. Middle and perfect, pluperfect, 2 aorist active, in an intransitive sense (the Sept. chiefly for עָמַד, also for נִצַּב), to stand beside, stand by or near, to be at hand, be present; a. universally, to stand by: τίνι, to stand beside one, Acts 1:10; Acts 9:39; Acts 23:2; Acts 27:23; ὁ παρεστηκώς, a by-stander, Mark 14:47, 69 (here T Tr WH παρεστῶσιν); (here Tdf. παρεστωτων, WH marginal reading ἑστηκότων), ; John 18:22 (L marginal reading Tr marginal reading παρεστωτων); ὁ παρεστως, Mark 14:70; John 19:26 (here anarthrous). b. to appear: with a predicate nominative followed by ἐνώπιον τίνος, Acts 4:10 (A. V. stand here); before a judge, Καίσαρι, Acts 27:24; middle τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ (R G Χριστοῦ), Romans 14:10. c. to be at hand, stand ready: of assailants, absolutely, Acts 4:26 (A. V. stood up) (from Psalm 2:2); to be at hand for service, of servants in attendance on their master (Latinappareo), τίνι, Esther 4:5; ἐνώπιον τίνος, 1 Kings 10:8; ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, of a presence-angel (A. V. that stand in the presence of God), Luke 1:19, cf. Revelation 8:2.; absolutely, οἱ παρεστῶτες, them that stood by, Luke 19:24; with αὐτῷ added (viz. the high-priest), Acts 23:2, 4. d. to stand by to help, to succor (German beistehen): τίνι, Romans 16:2; 2 Timothy 4:17 (Homer, Iliad 10, 290; Hesiod th. 439; Aristophanes vesp. 1388; Xenophon; Demosthenes, p. 366, 20; 1120, 26, and in other authors). e. to be present; to have come: of time, Mark 4:29. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Παρμενᾶς Transliteration: Parmenas Phonetic Spelling: par-men-as' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "constant", Parmenas, a Christian Meaning: Parmenas -- "constant", Parmenas, a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3937 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3937 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3937 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3937 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3937, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Παρμενᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3937 Parmenas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Parmenas. Probably by contraction for Parmenides (a derivative of a compound of para and meno); constant; Parmenas, a Christian -- Parmenas. see GREEK para see GREEK meno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3937: ΠαρμενᾶςΠαρμενᾶς (probably contracted from Παρμενιδης 'steadfast'; cf. Winer's Grammar, 103 (97)), accusative Παρμενᾶν (cf. Buttmann, 20 (18)), ὁ, Parmenas, one of the seven deacons of the primitive church at Jerusalem: Acts 6:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάροδος Transliteration: parodos Phonetic Spelling: par'-od-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a passing or passage Meaning: a passing or passage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3938 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3938 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3938 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3938 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3938, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάροδος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3938 parodos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: passage, way. From para and hodos; a by-road, i.e. (actively) a route -- way. see GREEK para see GREEK hodos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3938: πάροδοςπάροδος, παροδου, ἡ (παρά, near by; ὁδός), a passing by or passage : ἐν παρόδῳ, in passing (A. V. by the way), 1 Corinthians 16:7. (Thucydides 1, 126; 5:4; Polybius 5, 68, 8; Cicero, ad Att. 5, 20, 2.; Lucian, dial. deor. 24, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροικέω Transliteration: paroikeō Phonetic Spelling: par-oy-keh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dwell near, reside as a foreigner Meaning: to dwell near, reside as a foreigner GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3939 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3939 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3939 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3939 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3939, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροικέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3939 paroikeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sojourn in, be a stranger. From para and oikeo; to dwell near, i.e. Reside as a foreigner -- sojourn in, be a stranger. see GREEK para see GREEK oikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3939: παροικέωπαροικέω, παροίκῳ; 1 aorist παρῴκησα; 1. properly, to dwell beside (one) or in one's neighborhood (παρά, IV. 1); to live near; (Xenophon, Thucydides, Isocrates, others). 2. in the Scriptures to be or dwell in a place as a stranger, to sojourn (the Sept. for גּוּר, several times also for יָשַׁב and שָׁכַן): followed by ἐν with a dative of place, Luke 24:18 R L (Genesis 20:1; Genesis 21:34; Genesis 26:3; Exodus 12:40, the Alex. manuscript; Leviticus 18:3 (Ald.), etc.); with an accusative of place, ibid. G T Tr WH (Genesis 17:8; Exodus 6:4); εἰς with the accusative of place (in pregnant construction; see εἰς, C. 2), Hebrews 11:9. (Metaphorically and absolutely, to dwell on the earth, Philo de cherub. § 34 (cf. Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 1, 1 [ET] and Lightfoot and Harnack at the passage; Holtzmann, Einl. ins N. T., p. 484f. Synonym: see κατοικέω.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροικία Transliteration: paroikia Phonetic Spelling: par-oy-kee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a sojourning Meaning: a sojourning GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3940 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3940 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3940 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3940 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3940, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροικία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3940 paroikia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sojourning, as strangers. From paroikos; foreign residence -- sojourning, X as strangers. see GREEK paroikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3940: παροικίαπαροικία, παροικίας, ἡ (παροικέω, which see), a Biblical and ecclesiastical word a dwelling near or with one; hence, a sojourning, dwelling in a strange land: properly, Acts 13:17 (2 Esdr. 8:35; Psalm 119:5 (); Wis. 19:10; Prol. of Sir. 21; cf. Fritzsche on Judith 5:9). Metaphorically, the life of man here on earth, likened to a sojourning: 1 Peter 1:17 (Genesis 47:9); see παρεπίδημος (and references under παροικέω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάροικος Transliteration: paroikos Phonetic Spelling: par'-oy-kos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: dwelling near, foreign Meaning: dwelling near, foreign GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3941 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3941 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3941 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3941 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3941, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάροικος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3941 paroikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foreigner, sojourn, stranger. From para and oikos; having a home near, i.e. (as noun) a by-dweller (alien resident) -- foreigner, sojourn, stranger. see GREEK para see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3941: πάροικοςπάροικος, πάροικον (παρά and οἶκος); 1. in classical Greek dwelling near, neighboring. 2. in the Scriptures a stranger, foreigner, one who lives in a place without the right of citizenship; (R. V. sojourner); the Sept. for גֵּר and תּושָׁב (see παροικέω 2, and παροικία (and cf. Schmidt, Syn., 43, 5; Liddell and Scott, under the word)): followed by ἐν with the dative of place, Acts 7:6, 29; metaphorically, without citizenship in God's kingdom: joined with ξένος and opposed to συμπολίτης, Ephesians 2:19 (μόνος κύριος ὁ Θεός πολίτης ἐστι, πάροικον δέ καί ἐπηλυτον τό γενητον ἅπαν, Philo de cherub. § 34 (cf. Mangey 1:161 note)); one who lives on earth as a stranger, a sojourner on the earth: joined with παρεπίδημος (which see), of Christians, whose fatherland is heaven, 1 Peter 2:11. (Cf. Ep. ad Diognet. § 5, 5 [ET].) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροιμία Transliteration: paroimia Phonetic Spelling: par-oy-mee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a byword, a parable, an allegory Meaning: a byword, a parable, an allegory GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3942 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3942 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3942 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3942 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3942, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροιμία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3942 paroimia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: parable, proverb. From a compound of para and perhaps a derivative of oiomai; apparently a state alongside of supposition, i.e. (concretely) an adage; specially, an enigmatical or fictitious illustration -- parable, proverb. see GREEK para see GREEK oiomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3942: παροιμίαπαροιμία, παροιμίας, ἡ (παρά by, aside from (cf. παρά, IV. 2), and οἶμος way), properly, a saying out of the usual course or deviating from the usual manner of speaking (cf. Suidas 654, 15; but Hesychius under the word, et al., 'a saying heard by the wayside' (παρά, IV. 1), i. e. a current or trite saying, proverb; cf. Curtius, § 611; Stephanus' Thesaurus, under the word), hence, 1. a clever and sententious saying, a proverb (Aeschylus Ag. 264; Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Plutarch, others; examples from Philo are given by Hilgenfeld, Die Evangelien, p. 292f (as de ebriet. § 20; de Abr. § 40; de vit. Moys. i. § 28; ii. § 5; de exsecrat. § 6); for מָשָׁל in Proverbs 1:1; Proverbs 25:1 the Alex. manuscript; Sir. 6:35, etc.): τό τῆς παροιμίας, what is in the proverb (Lucian, dial. mort. 6, 2; 8, 1), 2 Peter 2:22. 2. any dark saying which shadows forth some didactic truth, especially a symbolic or figurative saying: παροιμίαν λέγειν, John 16:29; ἐν παροιμίαις λαλεῖν, ibid. 25; "speech or discourse in which a thing is illustrated by the use of similes and comparisons; an allegory, i. e. extended and elaborate metaphor": John 10:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάροινος Transliteration: paroinos Phonetic Spelling: par'-oy-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: given to wine, drunken Meaning: given to wine, drunken GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3943 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3943 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3943 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3943 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3943, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάροινος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3943 paroinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drunken, given to wine. From para and oinos; staying near wine, i.e. Tippling (a toper) -- given to wine. see GREEK para see GREEK oinos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3943: πάροινοςπάροινος, πάροινον, a later Greek word for the earlier παροίνιος (παρά (which see IV. 1) and οἶνος, one who sits long at his wine), given to wine, drunken: 1 Timothy 3:3; Titus 1:7; (others give it the secondary sense, 'quarrelsome over wine'; hence, brawling, abusive). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροίχομαι Transliteration: paroichomai Phonetic Spelling: par-oy'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to have passed by Meaning: to have passed by GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3944 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3944 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3944 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3944 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3944, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροίχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3944 paroichomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: past. From para and oichomai (to depart); to escape along, i.e. Be gone -- past. see GREEK para Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3944: παροίχομαιπαροίχομαι: perfect participle παρωχημενος; to go by, pass by: as in Greek writings from Homer, Iliad 10, 252 down, of time, Acts 14:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρομοιάζω Transliteration: paromoiazō Phonetic Spelling: par-om-oy-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be like Meaning: to be like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3945 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3945 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3945 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3945 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3945, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρομοιάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3945 paromoiazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be like unto. From paromoios; to resemble -- be like unto. see GREEK paromoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3945: παρομοιάζωπαρομοιάζω; (from παρόμοιος, and this from παρά (which see IV. 1 (?)) and ὅμοιος); to be like; to be not unlike: Matthew 23:27 R G T Tr marginal reading WH text (Several times also in ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρόμοιος Transliteration: paromoios Phonetic Spelling: par-om'-oy-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: much like Meaning: much like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3946 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3946 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3946 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3946 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3946, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρόμοιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3946 paromoios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: like. From para and homoios; alike nearly, i.e. Similar -- like. see GREEK para see GREEK homoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3946: παρόμοιοςπαρόμοιος, παρομοιον (also of three term. (see ὅμοιος, at the beginning)), like: Mark 7:8 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause), 13. (Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Demosthenes, Polybius, Diodorus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροξύνω Transliteration: paroxynō Phonetic Spelling: par-ox-oo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sharpen, to stimulate, to provoke Meaning: to sharpen, to stimulate, to provoke GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3947 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3947 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3947 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3947 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3947, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροξύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3947 paroxynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: easily provoke, stir. From para and a derivative of oxus; to sharpen alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate -- easily provoke, stir. see GREEK para see GREEK oxus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3947: παροξύνωπαροξύνω: properly, to make sharp, to sharpen (παρά, IV. 3): τήν μάχαιραν, Deuteronomy 32:41. Metaphorically, (so always in secular authors from Euripides, Thucydides, Xenophon down), a. to stimulate, spur on, urge (πρός τί, ἐπί τί). b. to irritate, provoke, rouse to anger; passive, present παροξύνομαι; imperfect παρωξυνομην: Acts 17:16; 1 Corinthians 13:5. The Sept. chiefly for נָאַץ, to scorn, despise; besides for הִכְעִיס, to provoke, make angry, Deuteronomy 9:18; Psalm 105:29 (); Isaiah 65:3; for הִקְצִיף, to exasperate, Deuteronomy 9:7, 22, etc.; passive for חָרָה, to burn with anger, Hosea 8:5; Zechariah 10:3, and for other verbs. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροξυσμός Transliteration: paroxysmos Phonetic Spelling: par-ox-oos-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: stimulation, provocation Meaning: stimulation, provocation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3948 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3948 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3948 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3948 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3948, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροξυσμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3948 paroxysmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: contention, provoke unto. From paroxuno ("paroxysm"); incitement (to good), or dispute (in anger) -- contention, provoke unto. see GREEK paroxuno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3948: παροξυσμόςπαροξυσμός, παροξυσμου, ὁ (παροξύνω, which see); 1. an inciting, incitement: εἰς παροξυσμόν ἀγάπης (A. V. to provoke unto love), Hebrews 10:24. 2. irritation (R. V. contention): Acts 15:39; the Sept. twice for קֶצֶף, violent anger, passion, Deuteronomy 29:28; Jeremiah 39:37 (); Demosthenes, p. 1105, 24.' |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροργίζω Transliteration: parorgizō Phonetic Spelling: par-org-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to provoke to anger Meaning: to provoke to anger GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3949 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3949 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3949 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3949 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3949, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροργίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3949 parorgizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: anger, provoke to wrath. From para and orgizo; to anger alongside, i.e. Enrage -- anger, provoke to wrath. see GREEK para see GREEK orgizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3949: παροργίζωπαροργίζω; Attic future (cf. Buttmann, 37 (32); WH's Appendix, 163) παροργιῶ; to rouse to wrath, to provoke, exasperate, anger (cf. παρά, IV. 3): Romans 10:19; Ephesians 6:4; and Lachmann in Colossians 3:21. (Demosthenes, p. 805, 19; Philo de somn. ii. § 26; the Sept. chiefly for הִכְעִיס.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροργισμός Transliteration: parorgismos Phonetic Spelling: par-org-is-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: irritation Meaning: irritation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3950 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3950 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3950 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3950 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3950, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροργισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3950 parorgismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wrath. From parorgizo; rage -- wrath. see GREEK parorgizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3950: παροργισμόςπαροργισμός, παροργισμοῦ, ὁ (παροργίζω), indignation, exasperation, wrath: Ephesians 4:26. (1 Kings 15:30; 2 Kings 23:26; Nehemiah 9:18; (Jeremiah 21:5 Alex.); not found in secular authors) (Synonym: cf. Trench, § xxxvii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροτρύνω Transliteration: parotrynō Phonetic Spelling: par-ot-roo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to urge on, to stir up Meaning: to urge on, to stir up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3951 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3951 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3951 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3951 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3951, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροτρύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3951 parotrynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: stir up. From para and otruno (to spur); to urge along, i.e. Stimulate (to hostility) -- stir up. see GREEK para Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3951: παροτρύνωπαροτρύνω: 1 aorist παρωτρυνα; (ὀτρύνω to stir up (cf. παρά, IV. 3)); to incite, stir up: τινα, Acts 13:50. (Pindar Ol. 3, 68; Josephus, Antiquities 7, 6, 1; Lucian, deor. concil 4.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρουσία Transliteration: parousia Phonetic Spelling: par-oo-see'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a presence, a coming Meaning: a presence, a coming GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3952 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3952 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3952 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3952 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3952, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρουσία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3952 parousia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: coming, presence. From the present participle of pareimi; a being near, i.e. Advent (often, return; specially, of Christ to punish Jerusalem, or finally the wicked); (by implication) physically, aspect -- coming, presence. see GREEK pareimi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3952: παρουσίαπαρουσία, παρουσίας, ἡ (παρών, παροῦσα, παρουσον, from πάρειμι which see) in Greek authors from the Tragg., Thucydides, Plato down; not found in the Sept.; 1. presence: 1 Corinthians 16:17; 2 Corinthians 10:10; opposed to ἀπουσίᾳ, Philippians 2:12 (2 Macc. 15:21; (Aristotle, phys. 2, 3, p. 195a, 14; metaphys. 4, 2, p. 1013b, 14; meteor. 4, 5, p. 382a, 33 etc.)). 2. the presence of one coming, hence, the coming, arrival, advent, ((Polybius 3, 41, 1. 8); Judith 10:18; 2 Macc. 8:12; (Hermas, sim. 5, 5, 3 [ET])): 2 Corinthians 7:6; 2 Thessalonians 2:9 (cf. ἀποκαλυφθήσεται; ἡ ... πάλιν πρός τινα, of a return, Philippians 1:26. In the N. T. especially of the advent, i. e. the future, visible, return from heaven of Jesus, the Messiah, to raise the dead, hold the last judgment, and set up formally and gloriously the kingdom of God: Matthew 24:3; ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (27), 37, 39; τοῦ κυρίου, 1 Thessalonians 3:13; 1 Thessalonians 4:15; 1 Thessalonians 5:23; 2 Thessalonians 2:1; James 5:7; 2 Peter 3:4; Χριστοῦ, 2 Peter 1:16; αὐτοῦ, 1 Corinthians 15:23; (1 Thessalonians 2:19); 2 Thessalonians 2:8; 2 Peter 3:4; (1 John 2:28); τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμέρας, 2 Peter 3:12. It is called in ecclesiastical writings ἡ δευτέρᾳ παρουσία, Ev. Nicod. c. 22 at the end; Justin Martyr, Apology 1, 52 (where see Otto's note); dialog contra Trypho, chapters 40, 110, 121; and is opposed to ἡ πρώτη παρουσία which took place in the incarnation, birth, and earthly career of Christ, Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, chapters 52, 121, cf. 14, 32, 49, etc.; (cf. Ignatius ad Phil. 9 [ET] (and Lightfoot)); see ἔλευσις. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παροψίς Transliteration: paropsis Phonetic Spelling: par-op-sis' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a side dish of delicacies Meaning: a side dish of delicacies GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3953 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3953 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3953 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3953 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3953, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παροψίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3953 paropsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: platter. From para and the base of opsarion; a side-dish (the receptacle) -- platter. see GREEK para see GREEK opsarion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3953: παροψίςπαροψίς, παροψίδος, ἡ (παρά (which see IV. 1), and ὄψον, on which see ὀψάριον); 1. "a side-dish, a dish of dainties or choice food suited not so much to satisfy as to gratify the appetite; a side-accompaniment of the more solid food"; hence, equivalent to παροψημα; so in Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 4 and many Attic writings in Athen. 9, p. 367 d. following 2. the dish itself in which the delicacies are served up: Matthew 23:25, 26 (here T omits; WH brackets παροψίδος); Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 1, 74; Alciphron 3, 20; Plutarch, de vitand. aere alien. § 2. This latter use of the word is condemned by the Atticists; cf. Sturz, Lex. Xenophon, iii., 463f; Lob. ad Phryn., p. 176; (Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 265f); Poppo on Xenophon, Cyril 1, 3, 4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρρησία Transliteration: parrēsia Phonetic Spelling: par-rhay-see'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: freedom of speech, confidence Meaning: freedom of speech, confidence GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3954 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3954 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3954 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3954 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3954, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρρησία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3954 parrēsia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: boldness, confidenceFrom pas and a derivative of rheo; all out-spokenness, i.e. Frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance -- bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness). see GREEK pas see GREEK rheo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3954: παρρησίαπαρρησία, παρρησίας, ἡ (πᾶν and ῤῆσις; cf. ἀρρησια silence, καταρρησις accusation, πρόρρησις prediction); 1. freedom in speaking, unreservedness in speech (Euripides, Plato, Demosthenes, others): ἡ παρρησία τίνος, Acts 4:13; χρῆσθαι παρρησία, 2 Corinthians 3:12; παρρησία adverbially — freely: λαλεῖν, John 7:13, 26; John 18:20; — openly, frankly, i. e. without concealment: Mark 8:32; John 11:14; — without ambiguity or circumlocution: εἶπε ἡμῖν παρρησία (Philemon 1, Meineke edition, p. 405), John 10:24; — without the use of figures and comparisons, opposed to ἐν παροιμίαις: John 16:25, and R G in 29 (where L T Tr WH ἐν παρρησία); ἐν παρρησία, freely, Ephesians 6:19; μετά παρρησίας, Acts 28:31; εἶπεν, Acts 2:29; λαλεῖν, Acts 4:29, 31. 2. free and fearless confidence, cheerful courage, boldness, assurance, (1 Macc. 4:18; Wis. 5:1; Josephus, Antiquities 9, 10, 4; 15, 2, 7; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 23)): Philippians 1:20 (opposed to αἰσχύνεσθαι, cf. Wiesinger at the passage); ἐν πίστει, resting on, 1 Timothy 3:13, cf. Huther at the passage; ἔχειν παρρησίαν εἰς τί, Hebrews 10:19; πολλή μοι (ἐστι) παρρησία πρός ὑμᾶς, 2 Corinthians 7:4; of the confidence impelling one to do something, ἔχειν παρρησία with an infinitive of the thing to be done, Philemon 1:8 (Test xii. Patr., test. Rub. 4); of the undoubting confidence of Christians relative to their fellowship with God, Ephesians 3:12; Hebrews 3:6; Hebrews 10:35; μετά παρρησίας, Hebrews 4:16; ἔχειν παρρησίαν, opposed to αἰσχύνεσθαι to be covered with shame, 1 John 2:28; before the judge, 1 John 4:17; with πρός τόν Θεόν added, 1 John 3:21; 1 John 5:14. 3. the deportment by which one becomes conspicuous or secures publicity (Philo de victim. offer. § 12): ἐν παρρησία, before the public, in view of all, John 7:4 (opposed to ἐν τῷ κρύπτω); John 11:54 (without ἐν); Colossians 2:15 (where cf. Lightfoot). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παρρησιάζομαι Transliteration: parrēsiazomai Phonetic Spelling: par-hray-see-ad'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to speak freely or boldly Meaning: to speak freely or boldly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3955 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3955 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3955 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3955 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3955, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παρρησιάζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3955 parrēsiazomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: speak boldly. Middle voice from parrhesia; to be frank in utterance, or confident in spirit and demeanor -- be (wax) bold, (preach, speak) boldly. see GREEK parrhesia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3955: παρρησιάζομαιπαρρησιάζομαι; imperfect ἐπαρρησιαζομην; 1 aorist ἐπαρρησιασαμην; (παρρησία, which see); a deponent verb; Vulg. chieflyfiducialiter ago; to bear oneself boldly or confidently; 1. to use freedom in speaking, be free-spoken; to speak freely ((A. V. boldly)): Acts 18:26; Acts 19:8; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, relying on the name of Jesus, Acts 9:27, 28(29); also ἐπί τῷ κυρίῳ, Acts 14:3. 2. to grow confident, have boldness, show assurance, assume a bold bearing: εἶπεν, Acts 13:46 (R. V. spake out boldly); λαλεῖν, Acts 26:26; παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τίνι, in reliance on one to take courage, followed by an infinitive of the thing to be done: λαλῆσαι, Ephesians 6:20; 1 Thessalonians 2:2. (Xenophon, Demosthenes, Aeschines, Polybius, Philo, Plutarch, others; the Sept.; Sir. 6:11.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πᾶς Transliteration: pas Phonetic Spelling: pas Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: all, every Meaning: all, every GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3956 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3956 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3956 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3956 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3956, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πᾶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3956 pas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: every, all manner ofIncluding all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole -- all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3956: πᾶςπᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, genitive παντός, πάσης, παντός, (dative plural, Lachmann πᾶσι ten times, πασσιν seventy-two times; Tdf. πᾶσι five times (see Proleg., p. 98f), πᾶσιν seventy-seven times; Treg. πᾶσιν eighty-two times; WH πᾶσι fourteen times, πᾶσιν sixty-eight times; see Nu, (ἐφελκυστικον)), Hebrew כֹּל (from Homer down), all, every; it is used: I. adjectivally, and 1. with anarthrous nouns; a. any, every one (namely, of the class denoted by the norm annexed to πᾶς); with the singular: as πᾶν δένδρον, Matthew 3:10; πᾶσα θυσία, Mark 9:49 (T WH Tr marginal reading omits; Tr text brackets the clause); add, Matthew 5:11; Matthew 15:13; Luke 4:37; John 2:10; John 15:2; Acts 2:43; Acts 5:42; Romans 14:11; 1 Corinthians 4:17; Revelation 18:17, and very often; πᾶσα ψυχή ἀνθρώπου, Romans 2:9 (πᾶσα ἄνθρωπος ψυχή, Plato, Phaedr., p. 249 e.); πᾶσα συνείδησις ἀνθρώπων, 2 Corinthians 4:2; πᾶς λεγόμενος Θεός, 2 Thessalonians 2:4; πᾶς ἅγιος ἐν Χριστῷ, Philippians 4:21ff with the plural, all or any that are of the class indicated by the noun: as πάντες ἄνθρωποι, Acts 22:15; Romans 5:12, 18; Romans 12:17; 1 Corinthians 7:7; 1 Corinthians 15:19; πάντες ἅγιοι, Romans 16:15; πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ, Hebrews 1:6; πάντα (L T Tr WH τά) ἔθνη, Revelation 14:8; on the phrase πᾶσα σάρξ, see σάρξ, 3. b. any and every, of every kind (A. V. often all manner of): πᾶσα νόσος καί μαλακία, Matthew 4:23; Matthew 9:35; Matthew 10:1; εὐλογία, blessings of every kind, Ephesians 1:3; so especially with nouns designating virtues or vices, emotions, character, condition, to indicate every mode in which such virtue, vice or emotion manifests itself, or any object whatever to which the idea expressed by the noun belongs: — thus, πᾶσα ἐλπίς, Acts 27:20; σοφία, Acts 7:22; Colossians 1:28; γνῶσις, Romans 15:14; ἀδικία, ἀσέβεια, etc., Romans 1:18, 29; 2 Corinthians 10:6; Ephesians 4:19, 31; Ephesians 5:3; σπουδή, 2 Corinthians 8:7; 2 Peter 1:5; ἐπιθυμία, Romans 7:8; χαρά, Romans 15:13; αὐτάρκεια, 2 Corinthians 9:8; ἐν παντί λόγῳ καί γνώσει, 1 Corinthians 1:5; σοφία καί φρονήσει etc. Ephesians 1:8; ἐν πάσῃ ἀγαθωσύνη καί δικαιοσύνη, καί ἀλήθεια, Ephesians 5:9; αἰσθήσει, Philippians 1:9; ὑπομονή, θλῖψις, etc., 2 Corinthians 1:4; 2 Corinthians 12:12; add, Colossians 1:9-11; Colossians 3:16; 2 Thessalonians 1:11; 2 Thessalonians 2:9; 1 Timothy 1:15; 1 Timothy 5:2; 1 Timothy 6:1; 2 Timothy 4:2; Titus 2:15 (on which see σπιταγη); ; James 1:21; 1 Peter 2:1; 1 Peter 5:10; πᾶσα δικαιοσύνη, i. e. ὁ ἄν ἤ δίκαιον, Matthew 3:15; πᾶν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, everything God wills, Colossians 4:12; πᾶσα ὑποταγῇ, obedience in all things, 1 Timothy 2:11; πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθή, consciousness of rectitude in all things, Acts 23:1; — or it signifies the highest degree, the maximum, of the thing which the noun denotes (cf. Winer's Grammar, 110 (105f); Ellicott on Ephesians 1:8; Meyer on Philippians 1:20; Krüger, § 50, 11, 9 and 10): as μετά πάσης παρρησίας, Acts 4:29; Acts 28:31; μετά πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης, Acts 20:19; προθυμίας, Acts 17:11; χαρᾶς, Philippians 2:29, cf. James 1:2; ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφάλεια, Acts 5:23; ἐν παντί φόβῳ, 1 Peter 2:18; πᾶσα ἐξουσία, Matthew 28:18 (πᾶν κράτος, Sophocles Phil. 142). c. the whole (all, Latintotus): so before proper names of countries, cities, nations; as, πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα, Matthew 2:3; πᾶς, Ἰσραήλ, Romans 11:26; before collective terms, as πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, Acts 2:36; πᾶσα κτίσις (see κτίσις, 2 b.); πᾶσα γραφή (nearly equivalent to the ὅσα προεγράφη in Romans 15:4), 2 Timothy 3:16 (cf. Rothe, Zur Dogmatik, p. 181); πᾶσα γερουσία υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, Exodus 12:21; πᾶς ἵππος Φαραώ, Exodus 14:23; πᾶν δίκαιον ἔθνος, Additions to Esther 1:9 [Esther 11:71:1f]; by a somewhat rare usage before other substantives also, as (πᾶν πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, Acts 17:26 L T Tr WH); οἰκοδομή, Ephesians 2:21 G L T Tr WH, cf. Harless at the passage, p. 262 (others find no necessity here for resorting to this exceptional use, but render (with R. V.) each several building (cf. Meyer)); πᾶν τέμενος, 3Macc. 1:13 (where see Grimm); Παύλου ... ὅς ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολή μνημονεύει ὑμῶν, Ignatius ad Eph. 12 [ET] ((yet cf. Lightfoot)); cf. Passow, under the word πᾶς, 2; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. II.); Winers Grammar, § 18, 4; (Buttmann, § 127, 29); Krüger, § 50, 11, 8 to 11; Kühner, see 545f. 2. with nouns which have the article, all the, the whole (see c. just above): — with the singular; as, πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη, the whole herd, Matthew 8:32; πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος, Matthew 13:2; πᾶς ὁ κόσμος, Romans 3:19; Colossians 1:6; πᾶσα ἡ πόλις (i. e. all its inhabitants), Matthew 8:34; Matthew 21:10, etc.; πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, Matthew 3:5; add, Matthew 27:25; Mark 5:33; Luke 1:10; Acts 7:14; Acts 10:2; Acts 20:28; Acts 22:5; Romans 4:16; Romans 9:17; 1 Corinthians 13:2 (πίστιν καί γνῶσιν in their whole compass and extent); Ephesians 4:16; Colossians 1:19; Colossians 2:9, 19; Philippians 1:3; Hebrews 2:15; Revelation 5:6, etc.; the difference between πᾶσα ἡ θλῖψις (all) and πᾶσα θλῖψις (any) appears in 2 Corinthians 1:4. πᾶς ὁ λαός οὗτος, Luke 9:13; πᾶσαν τήν ὀφειλήν ἐκείνην, Matthew 18:32; πᾶς placed after the noun has the force of a predicate: τήν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκέ, the judgment he hath given wholly (cf. Winer's Grammar, 548 (510)), John 5:22; τήν ἐξουσίαν ... πᾶσαν ποιεῖ, Revelation 13:12; it is placed between the article and noun (Buttmann, § 127, 29; Winer's Grammar, 549 (510)), as τόν πάντα χρόνον, i. e. always, Acts 20:18; add, Galatians 5:14; 1 Timothy 1:16 (here L T Tr WH ἅπας); — with a plural, all (the totality of the persons or things designated by the noun): πάντας τούς ἀρχιερεῖς, Matthew 2:4; add, Matthew 4:8; Matthew 11:13; Mark 4:13; Mark 6:33; Luke 1:6, 48; Acts 10:12, 43; Romans 1:5; Romans 15:11; 1 Corinthians 12:26; 1 Corinthians 15:25; 2 Corinthians 8:18, and very often; with a demonstrative pronoun added, Matthew 25:7; Luke 2:19, 51 (here T WH omit L Tr marginal reading brackets the pronoun); πάντες is placed after the noun: τάς πόλεις πάσας, the cities all (of them) (cf. Winer's Grammar, as above), Matthew 9:35: Acts 8:40; add, Matthew 10:30; Luke 7:35 (here L Tr WH text πάντων τῶν etc.); Luke 12:7; Acts 8:40; Acts 16:26; Romans 12:4; 1 Corinthians 7:17; 1 Corinthians 10:1; 1 Corinthians 13:2; 1 Corinthians 15:7; 1 Corinthians 16:20; 2 Corinthians 13:2, 12(13); Philippians 1:13; 1 Thessalonians 5:26; 2 Timothy 4:21 (WH brackets πάντες); Revelation 8:3; οἱ πάντες followed by a noun, Acts 19:7; Acts 27:37; τούς κατά τά ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, Acts 21:21 (here L omits; Tr brackets πάντας). II. without a substantive; 1. masculine and feminine every one, any one: in the singular, without any addition, Mark 9:49; Luke 16:16; Hebrews 2:9; followed by a relative pronoun, πᾶς ὅστις, Matthew 7:24; Matthew 10:32; πᾶς ὅς, Matthew 19:29 (L T Tr WH ὅστις); Galatians 3:10; πᾶς ὅς ἄν (ἐάν Tr WH), whosoever, Acts 2:21; πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὅς, Luke 14:33; with a participle which has not the article (Winer's Grammar, 111 (106)): παντός ἀκούοντος (if anyone heareth, whoever he is), Matthew 13:19; παντί ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν, everyone owing (if he owe) us anything, unless ὀφείλοντι is to be taken substantively, every debtor of ours, Luke 11:4; with a participle which has the article and takes the place of a relative clause (Winer's Grammar, as above): πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος, everyone that is angry, Matthew 5:22; add, Matthew 7:8; Luke 6:47; John 3:8, 20; John 6:45; Acts 10:43; Acts 13:39; Romans 1:16; Romans 2:10; Romans 12:3; 1 Corinthians 9:25; 1 Corinthians 16:16; Galatians 3:13; 1 John 2:23; 1 John 3:3f, 6, etc. Plural, πάντες, without any addition, all men: Matthew 10:22; Mark 13:13; Luke 20:38; Luke 21:17; John 1:7; John 3:31a (in 31b G T WH marginal reading omit the clause); ; Acts 17:25; Romans 10:12; 1 Corinthians 9:19; 2 Corinthians 5:14(); Ephesians 3:9 (here T WH text omit; L brackets πάντας); of a certain definite whole: all (the people), Matthew 21:26; all (we who hold more liberal views), 1 Corinthians 8:1; all (the members of the church), 1 Corinthians 8:7; by hyperbole equivalent to the great majority, the multitude, John 3:26; all (just before mentioned), Matthew 14:20; Matthew 22:27; Matthew 27:22; Mark 1:27 (here T Tr WH ἅπαντες); Mark 1:37; Mark 6:39, 42; ( Lachmann); Luke 1:63; Luke 4:15; John 2:15, 24, and very often; (all (about to be mentioned), διά πάντων namely, τῶν ἁγίων (as is shown by the following καί κτλ.), Acts 9:32). οἱ πάντες, all taken together, all collectively (cf. Winer's Grammar, 116 (110)): of all men, Romans 11:32; of a certain definite whole, Philippians 2:21; with the 1 person plural of the verb, 1 Corinthians 10:17; Ephesians 4:13; with a definite number, in all (cf. Buttmann, § 127, 29): ἦσαν δέ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεί δεκαδύο (or δώδεκα), Acts 19:7; ἤμεθα αἱ ψυχαί διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ, Acts 27:37 (ἐπ' ἄνδρας τούς πάντας δύο, Judith 4:7; ἐγένοντο οἱ πάντες ὡς τετρακόσιοι, Josephus, Antiquities 6, 12, 3; τούς πάντας εἰς δυσχιλιους, id. 4, 7, 1; ὡς εἶναι τάς πάσας δέκα, Aelian v. h. 12, 35; see other examples from Greek authors in Passow, under the word πᾶς, 5 b.; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, C.); relinquitur ergo, ut omnia tria genera sint causarum, Cicero, de invent. 1, 9); οἱ πάντες, all those I have spoken of, 1 Corinthians 9:22; 2 Corinthians 5:14(15). πάντες ὅσοι, all as many as, Matthew 22:10; Luke 4:40 (here Tr marginal reading WH text ἅπαντες); John 10:8; Acts 5:36f; πάντες οἱ with a participle, all (they) that: Matthew 4:24; Mark 1:32; Luke 2:18, 38; Acts 2:44; Acts 4:16; Romans 1:7; Romans 10:12; 1 Corinthians 1:2; 2 Corinthians 1:1; Ephesians 6:24; 1 Thessalonians 1:7; 2 Thessalonians 1:10; Hebrews 3:16; 2 John 1:1; Revelation 13:8; Revelation 18:19, 24, and often. πάντες οἱ namely, ὄντες: Matthew 5:15; Luke 5:9; John 5:28; Acts 2:39; Acts 5:17; Acts 16:32; Romans 9:6; 2 Timothy 1:15; 1 Peter 5:14, etc. πάντες with personal and demonst. pronouns (compare Winer's Grammar, 548 (510)): ἡμεῖς πάντες, John 1:16; Romans 8:32; 2 Corinthians 3:18; Ephesians 2:3; πάντες ἡμεῖς, Acts 2:32; Acts 10:33; Acts 26:14; Acts 28:2; Romans 4:16; οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς, 2 Corinthians 5:10; ὑμεῖς πάντες, Acts 20:25; πάντες ὑμεῖς, Matthew 23:8; Matthew 26:31; Luke 9:48; Acts 22:3; Romans 15:33; 2 Corinthians 7:15; (Galatians 3:28 R G L WH); Philippians 1:4, 7; 1 Thessalonians 1:2; 2 Thessalonians 3:16, 18; Titus 3:15; Hebrews 13:25, etc.; αὐτοί πάντες, 1 Corinthians 15:10; πάντες αὐτοί, Acts 4:33; Acts 19:17; Acts 20:36; οὗτοι πάντες, Acts 1:14; Acts 17:7; Hebrews 11:13, 39; πάντες (L T ἅπαντες) οὗτοι, Acts 2:7; οἱ δέ πάντες, and they all, Mark 14:64. 2. Neuter πᾶν, everything (anything) whatsoever; a. in the singular: πᾶν τό followed by a participle (on the neuter in a concrete and collective sense cf. Buttmann, § 128, 1), 1 Corinthians 10:25, 27; Ephesians 5:13; 1 John 5:4; πᾶν τό namely, ὄν, 1 John 2:16; πᾶν ὁ, Romans 14:23; John 6:37, 39 (R. V. all that); John 17:2; πᾶν ὁ, τί ἄν or ἐάν, whatsoever, Colossians 3:17, and Rec. in Colossians 3:23. Joined to prepositions it forms adverbial phrases: παντός or διαπαντός, always, perpetually, see διά, A. II. 1 a.; ἐν παντί, either in every condition, or in every matter, Philippians 4:6; 1 Thessalonians 5:18; in everything, in every way, on every side, in every particular or relation, 2 Corinthians 4:8; 2 Corinthians 7:5, 11, 16; 2 Corinthians 11:6, 9; Ephesians 5:24; πλουτίζεσθαι, 1 Corinthians 1:5; (περισσεύειν), 2 Corinthians 8:7; ἐν παντί καί ἐν πᾶσιν (see μυέω, b.), Philippians 4:12. b. Plural, πάντα (without the article (cf. Winers Grammar, 116 (110); Matthiae, § 438)) all things; α. of a certain definite totality or sum of things, the context shewing what things are meant: Mark 4:34; Mark 6:30; Luke 1:3; (v. 28 L T Tr WH); John 4:25 (here T Tr WH ἅπαντα); Romans 8:28; 2 Corinthians 6:10; Galatians 4:1; Philippians 2:14; 1 Thessalonians 5:21; 2 Timothy 2:10; Titus 1:15; 1 John 2:27; πάντα ὑμῶν, all ye do with one another, 1 Corinthians 16:14; πάντα γίνεσθαι πᾶσιν (A. V. to become all things to all men), i. e. to adapt oneself in all ways to the needs of all, 1 Corinthians 9:22 L T Tr WH (Rec. τά πάντα i. e. in all the ways possible or necessary); cf. Kypke, Obs. ii, p. 215f. β. accusative πάντα (adverbially), wholly, altogether, in all ways, in all things, in all respects: Acts 20:35; 1 Corinthians 9:25; 1 Corinthians 10:33; 1 Corinthians 11:2; cf. Matthiae, § 425, 5; Passow, ii, p. 764a; (Liddell and Scott, under the word D. II. 4). γ. πάντα, in an absolute sense, all things that exist, all created things: John 1:3; 1 Corinthians 2:10; 1 Corinthians 15:27; Hebrews 2:8 (and L T Tr WH in ); Ephesians 1:22; Colossians 1:17; 1 Peter 4:7; Revelation 21:5; (in Romans 9:5 πάντων is more fitly taken as genitive masculine (but see the commentaries at the passage)). ποίᾳ ἐστιν ἐντολή πρώτη πάντων (genitive neuter; Rec. πασῶν), what commandment is first of all (things), Mark 12:28 (ἐφασκε λέγων κορυδον πάντων πρώτην ὀρνιθα γενέσθαι, προτέραν τῆς γῆς, Aristophanes av. 472; τάς πόλεις ... ἐλευθερουν καί πάντων μάλιστα Ἀντανδρον, Thucydides 4, 52; cf. Winers Grammar, § 27,6; (Buttmann, § 150, 6; Green, p. 109); Fritzsche on Mark, p. 538]. δ. with the article (cf. references in b. above), τά πάντα; αα. in an absolute sense, all things collectively, the totality of created things, the universe of things: Romans 11:36; 1 Corinthians 8:6; Ephesians 3:9; Ephesians 4:10; Philippians 3:21; Colossians 1:16; Hebrews 1:3; Hebrews 2:10; Revelation 4:11; τά πάντα ἐν πᾶσι πληροῦσθαι, to fill the universe of things in all places, Ephesians 1:23 (Rec. omits τά; but others take ἐν πᾶσιν here modally (see θ'. below), others instrumentally (see Meyer at the passage)). ββ. in a relative sense: Mark 4:11 (Tdf. omits τά) (the whole substance of saving teaching); Acts 17:25 (not Rec.st) (all the necessities of life); Romans 8:32 (all the things that he can give for our benefit); all intelligent beings (others include things material also), Ephesians 1:10; Colossians 1:20; it serves by its universality to designate every class of men, all mankind (cf. Winers Grammar, § 27, 5; Buttmann, § 128, 1), Galatians 3:22 (cf. Romans 11:32); 1 Timothy 6:13; εἶναι τά (T WH omit τά) πάντα, to avail for, be a substitute for, to possess supreme authority, καί ἐν πᾶσιν (i. e. either with all men or in the minds of all (others take πᾶσιν as neuter, cf. Lightfoot at the passage)), Colossians 3:11; ἵνα ἤ ὁ Θεός τά (L Tr WH omit τά) πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν (neuter according to Grimm (as below)), i. e. that God may rule supreme by his spiritual power working within all, 'may be the immanent and controlling principle of life,' 1 Corinthians 15:28 (so in secular authors πάντα or ἅπαντα without the article: πάντα ἦν ἐν τοισι Βαβυλωνιοισι Ζωπυρος, Herodotus 3, 157; cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 727; other examples from secular authors are given in Kypke, Observations, ii., p. 230f; Palairet, Observations, p. 407; cf. Grimm in the Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. for 1873, p. 394ff); accusative (adverbially, cf. β. above) τά πάντα, in all the parts (in which we grow (Meyer)), in all respects, Ephesians 4:15. The article in τά πάντα refers — in 1 Corinthians 11:12 to the things before mentioned (husband and wife, and their mutual dependence); in 2 Corinthians 4:15 to 'all the things that befall me'; in 1 Corinthians 15:27; Philippians 3:8, to the preceding πάντα; in Colossians 3:8 τά πάντα serves to sum up what follows (Winer's Grammar, 107 (102)). πάντα τά followed by a participle (see πᾶς, πάντες, II. 1 above): Matthew 18:31; Luke 12:44; Luke 17:10; Luke 18:31; Luke 21:22; Luke 24:44; John 18:4; Acts 10:33; Acts 24:14; Galatians 3:10; τά πάντα with participle, Luke 9:7; Ephesians 5:13; πάντα τά namely, ὄντα (see πᾶς (πᾶν), πάντες, II. 1 and 2 above), Matthew 23:20; Acts 4:24; Acts 14:15; Acts 17:24; πάντα τά ὧδε, namely, ὄντα, Colossians 4:9; τά κατ' ἐμέ, Colossians 4:7 (see κατά, II. 3 b.). ζ. and τά πάντα with pronouns: τά ἐμά πάντα, John 17:10; πάντα τά ἐμά, Luke 15:31; ταῦτα πάντα, these things all taken together (Winer's Grammar, 548 (510); Fritzsche on Matthew 24:33, 34; cf. Bornemann on Luke 21:36; Lobeck, Paralip., p. 65): Matthew 4:9; Matthew 6:33; Matthew 13:34, 51; Luke 12:30; Luke 16:14; Luke 21:36 (πάντα τά L marginal reading); Luke 24:9 (Tdf. πάντα ταῦτα); Acts 7:50; Romans 8:37; 2 Peter 3:11; πάντα ταῦτα, all these things (references as above): Matthew 6:32; Matthew 24:8, 33 (T Tr text ταῦτα πάντα),34 (Tr marginal reading ταῦτα πάντα); Luke 7:18; Acts 24:8; 1 Corinthians 12:11; Colossians 3:14; 1 Thessalonians 4:6; the reading varies also between πάντα ταῦτα and ταῦτα πάντα in Matthew 19:20; Matthew 23:36; Matthew 24:2; πάντα τά συμβεβηκότα ταῦτα, Luke 24:14; πάντα ἅ, John 4:(29 T WH Tr marginal reading (see the next entry)); John 4:45 (here L Tr WH ὅσα (see the next entry)); ; Acts 10:39; Acts 13:39. εε. πάντα ὅσα: Matthew 7:12; Matthew 13:46; Matthew 18:25; Matthew 28:20; Mark 12:44; John 4:29 (see ζ' above), L Tr WH; ; Acts 3:22; πάντα ὅσα, ἄν (or ἐάν), Matthew 21:22; Matthew 23:3; Mark 11:24 (G L T Tr WH omit ἄν); Acts 3:22. τη. πάντα with prepositions forms adverbial phrases: πρό πάντων, before or above all things (see πρό, c.), James 5:12; 1 Peter 4:8. (But περί πάντων, 3 John 1:2, must not be referred to this head, as though it signified above all things; it is rather as respects all things, and depends on εὔχομαι (apparently a mistake for εὐοδοῦσθαι; yet see περί, the passage cited ἆ.), cf. Lücke at the passage, 2nd edition, p. 370 (3rd edition, p. 462f; Westcott at the passage); Winer's Grammar, 373 (350)). (on διά πάντων, Acts 9:32, see 1 above.) ἐν πᾶσιν, in all things, in all ways, altogether: 1 Timothy 3:11; 1 Timothy 4:15 (Rec.); 2 Timothy 2:7; 2 Timothy 4:5; Titus 2:9; Hebrews 13:4, 18; 1 Peter 4:11 (see also 2 a. at the end, above); ἐπί πᾶσιν, see ἐπί, B. 2 d., p. 233b. κατά πάντα, in all respects: Acts 17:22; Colossians 3:20, 22; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 4:15. III. with negatives; 1. οὐ πᾶς, not everyone. 2. πᾶς οὐ (where οὐ belongs to the verb), no one, none, see οὐ, 2, p. 460b; πᾶς μή (so that μή must be joined to the verb), no one, none, in final sentences, John 3:15; John 6:39; John 12:46; 1 Corinthians 1:29; with an imperative Ephesians 4:29 (1 Macc. 5:42); πᾶς ... οὐ μή with the aorist subjunctive (see μή, IV. 2), Revelation 18:22. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάσχα Transliteration: pascha Phonetic Spelling: pas'-khah Part of Speech: Aramaic Transliterated Word (Indeclinable) Short Definition: the Passover, the Passover supper or lamb Meaning: the Passover, the Passover supper or lamb GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3957 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3957 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3957 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3957 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3957, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάσχα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3957 pascha 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Passover. Of Chaldee origin (compare pecach); the Passover (the meal, the day, the festival or the special sacrifices connected with it) -- Easter, Passover. see HEBREW pecach Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3957: πάσχαπάσχα, τό (Chaldean פִּסְחָא, Hebrew פֶּסַח, from פָּסַח, to pass over, to pass over by sparing; the Sept. also constantly use the Chaldean form πάσχα, except in 2 Chron. (and Jeremiah 38:8 ()) where it is φασεκ; Josephus has φασκα, Antiquities 5, 1, 4; 14, 2, 1; 17, 9, 13; b. j. 2, 1, 3), an indeclinable noun (Winers Grammar, § 10, 2); properly, a passing over; 1. the paschal sacrifice (which was accustomed to be offered for the people's deliverance of old from Egypt), or 2. the paschal lamb, i. e. the lamb which the Israelites were accustomed to slay and eat on the fourteenth day of the month Nisan (the first month of their year) in memory of that day on which their fathers, preparing to depart from Egypt, were bidden by God to slay and eat a lamb, and to sprinkle their door-posts with its blood, that the destroying angel, seeing the blood, might pass over their dwellings (Exodus 12; Numbers 9; Deuteronomy 16): θύειν τό πάσχα (הַפֶסַח שָׁחַט), Mark 14:12; Luke 22:7, (Exodus 12:21); Christ crucified is likened to the slain paschal lamb, 1 Corinthians 5:7; φαγεῖν τό πάσχα, Matthew 26:17; Mark 14:12, 14; Luke 22:11, 15; John 18:28; הָפֶסַח אָכַל, 2 Chronicles 30:17f. 3. the paschal supper: ἑτοιμάζειν τό πάσχα, Matthew 26:19; Mark 14:16; Luke 22:8, 13; ποιεῖν τό πάσχα to celebrate the paschal meal, Matthew 26:18. 4. the paschal festival, the feast of Passover, extending from the fourteenth to the twentieth day of the month Nisan: Matthew 26:2; Mark 14:1; Luke 2:41; Luke 22:1; John 2:13, 23; John 6:4; John 11:55; John 12:1; John 13:1; John 18:39; John 19:14; Acts 12:4; πεποίηκε τό πάσχα he instituted the Passover (of Moses), Hebrews 11:28 (cf. Winers Grammar, 272 (256); Buttmann, 197 (170)); γίνεται τό πάσχα the Passover is celebrated (R. V. cometh), Matthew 26:2. (See BB. DD. under the word ; Dillmann in Schenkel iv., p. 392ff; and on the question of the relation of the Last Supper to the Jewish Passover, see (in addition to references in BB. DD. as above) Kirchner, die Jüdische Passahfeier u. Jesu letztes Mahl. Gotha, 1870; Keil, Com. über Matth., pp. 513-528; J. B. McClellan, The N. T. etc. i., pp. 473-494; but especially Schürer, Ueber φαγεῖν τό πάσχα, akademische Festschrift (Giessen, 1883).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πάσχω Transliteration: paschō Phonetic Spelling: pas'-kho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to suffer, to be acted on Meaning: to suffer, to be acted on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3958 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3958 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3958 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3958 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3958, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πάσχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3958 paschō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to sufferIncluding the forms patho (path'-o), and pentho (pen'-tho), used only in certain tenses for it apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful) -- feel, passion, suffer, vex. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3958: πάσχωπάσχω; 2 aorist ἔπαθον; perfect πέπονθα (Luke 13:2; Hebrews 2:18); from Homer down; to be affected or have been affected, to feel, have a sensible experience, to undergo; it is a vox media — used in either a good or a bad sense; as, ὅσα πεπονθασι καί ὅσα αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο, of perils and deliverance from them, Esther 9:26 (for רָאָה); hence, κακῶς πάσχειν, to stiffer sadly, be in bad plight, of a sick person, Matthew 17:15 where L Tr text WH text κακῶς ἔχειν (on the other hand, εὖ πάσχειν, to be well off, in good case, often in Greek writings from Pindar down). 1. in a bad sense, of misfortunes, to suffer, to undergo evils, to be afflicted (so everywhere in Homer and Hesiod; also in the other Greek writings where it is used absolutely): absolutely, Luke 22:15; Luke 24:46; Acts 1:3; Acts 3:18; Acts 17:3; 1 Corinthians 12:26; Hebrews 2:18; Hebrews 9:26; 1 Peter 2:19f, 23; 1 Peter 3:17; 1 Peter 4:15, 19; Hebrews 13:12; ὀλίγον, a little while, 1 Peter 5:10; πάσχειν τί, Matthew 27:19; Mark 9:12; Luke 13:2; (); Acts 28:5; 2 Timothy 1:12; (Hebrews 5:8 cf. Winers Grammar, 166 (158) a.; Buttmann, § 143, 10); Revelation 2:10; παθήματα πάσχειν, 2 Corinthians 1:6; τί ἀπό with the genitive of person, Matthew 16:21; Luke 9:22; Luke 17:25; πάσχειν ὑπό with the genitive of person, Matthew 17:12; ὑπό τίνος, Mark 5:28; 1 Thessalonians 2:14; πάσχειν ὑπέρ τίνος, in behalf of a person or thing, Acts 9:16; Philippians 1:29; 2 Thessalonians 1:5; with the addition of a dative of reference or respect (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 6), σαρκί, 1 Peter 4:1a; ἐν σαρκί, ibid. b (yet G L T Tr WH omit ἐν; cf. Winer's Grammar, 412 (384)); πάσχειν περί with the genitive of the thing and ὑπέρ with the genitive of person 1 Peter 3:18 (R G WH marginal reading; cf. Winer's Grammar, 373 (349); 383 (358) note); πάσχειν διά δικαιοσύνην, 1 Peter 3:14. 2. in a good sense, of pleasant experiences; but nowhere so unless either the adverb εὖ or an accusative of the thing be added (Ὑπομνῆσαι, ὅσα παθοντες ἐξ αὐτοῦ (i. e. Θεοῦ) καί πηλικων εὐεργεσιῶν μεταλαβόντες ἀχάριστοι πρός αὐτόν γένοιντο, Josephus, Antiquities 3, 15, 1; examples from Greek authors are given in Passow, under the word, II. 5; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. 2)): Galatians 3:4, on which see γέ, 3 c. (Compare: προπάσχω, συμπάσχω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πάταρα Transliteration: Patara Phonetic Spelling: pat'-ar-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: Patara, a city of Lycia Meaning: Patara -- a city of Lycia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3959 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3959 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3959 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3959 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3959, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πάταρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3959 Patara 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Patara. Probably of foreign origin; Patara, a place in Asia Minor -- Patara. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3959: ΠάταραΠάταρα, Παταρων, τά (cf. Winers Grammar, 176 (166)), Patara, a maritime city of Lycia, celebrated for an oracle of Apollo: Acts 21:1. (B. D. under the word ; Lewin, St. Paul, ii. 99f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατάσσω Transliteration: patassō Phonetic Spelling: pat-as'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to beat (of the heart), to strike Meaning: to beat (of the heart), to strike GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3960 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3960 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3960 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3960 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3960, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3960 patassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: smite, strike. Probably prolongation from paio; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally) -- smite, strike. Compare tupto. see GREEK paio see GREEK tupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3960: πατάσσωπατάσσω: future πατάξω; 1 aorist ἐπάταξα; the Sept. times without number for הִכָּה (Hiphil of נָכָה, unused in Kal), also for נָגַף, etc.; (in Homer intransitive, to beat, of the heart; from Aristophanes, Sophocles, Plato, others on used it transitively); 1. to strike gently: τί (as a part or a member of the body), Acts 12:7. 2. to strike, smite: absolutely, ἐν μάχαιρα, with the sword, Luke 22:49; τινα, Matthew 26:51; Luke 22:50. by a use solely biblical, to afflict; to visit with evils, etc.: as with a deadly disease, τινα, Acts 12:23; τινα ἐν with the dative of the thing, Revelation 11:6 G L T Tr WH; (Genesis 8:21; Numbers 14:12; Exodus 12:23, etc.). 3. by a use solely biblical, to smite down, cut down, to kill, slay: τινα, Matthew 26:31 and Mark 14:27 (after Zechariah 13:7); Acts 7:24. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατέω Transliteration: pateō Phonetic Spelling: pat-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tread or tread on Meaning: to tread or tread on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3961 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3961 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3961 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3961 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3961, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3961 pateō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tread under foot. From a derivative probably of paio (meaning a "path"); to trample (literally or figuratively) -- tread (down, under foot). see GREEK paio Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3961: πατέωπατέω, πάτω; future πατήσω; passive, present participle πατουμενος; 1 aorist ἐπατήθην; from Pindar, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato down; the Sept. for דָּרַך, etc.; to tread, i. e., a. to trample, crush with the feet: τήν ληνόν, Revelation 14:20; Revelation 19:15 (Judges 9:27; Nehemiah 13:15; Jeremiah 31:33 (); Lamentations 1:15). b. to advance by setting foot upon, tread upon: ἐπάνω ὄφεων καί σκορπίων καί ἐπί πᾶσαν τήν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ, to encounter successfully the greatest perils from the machinations and persecutions with which Satan would fain thwart the preaching of the gospel, Luke 10:19 (cf. Psalm 90:13 ()). c. to tread underfoot, trample on, i. e. treat with insult and contempt: to desecrate the holy city by devastation and outrage, Luke 21:24; Revelation 11:2 (from Daniel 8:13); see καταπατέω. (Compare: καταπατέω, περιπατέω, ἐμπεριπατέω |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατήρ Transliteration: patēr Phonetic Spelling: pat-ayr' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a father Meaning: a father GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3962 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3962 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3962 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3962 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3962, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατήρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3962 patēr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: father, parent. Apparently a primary word; a "father" (literally or figuratively, near or more remote) -- father, parent. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3962: πατήρπατήρ (from the root, pa; literally, nourisher, protector, upholder; (Curtius, § 348)), πατρός, πατρί, πατέρα, vocative πάτερ (for which the nominative ὁ πατήρ is five times used, and (anarthrous) πατήρ in John 17:21 T Tr WH, 24 and 25 L T Tr WH; cf. B. § 129, 5; Winers Grammar, § 29, 2; WH's Appendix, p. 158), plural πατέρες, πατέρων, πατρασι (Hebrews 1:1), πατέρας, ὁ (from Homer down), the Sept. for אָב, a father; 1. properly, equivalent to generator or male ancestor, and either a. the nearest ancestor: Matthew 2:22; Matthew 4:21; Matthew 8:21; Luke 1:17; John 4:53; Acts 7:14; 1 Corinthians 5:1, etc.; οἱ πατέρες τῆς σαρκός, fathers of the corporeal nature, natural fathers (opposed to ὁ πατήρ τῶν πνευμάτων), Hebrews 12:9; plural of both parents, Hebrews 11:23 (not infrequent in secular auth, cf. Delitzsch at the passage); or b. a more remote ancestor, the founder of a race or tribe, progenitor of a people, forefather: so Abraham is called, Matthew 3:9; Luke 1:73; Luke 16:24; John 8:39, 53; Acts 7:2; Romans 4:1 Rec., Romans 4:17f, etc.; Isaac, Romans 9:10; Jacob, John 4:12; David, Mark 11:10; Luke 1:32; plural, fathers i. e. ancestor's, forefathers, Matthew 23:30, 32; Luke 6:23, 26; Luke 11:47; John 4:20; John 6:31; Acts 3:13, 25; 1 Corinthians 10:1, etc., and often in Greek writings from Homer down; so too אָבות, 1 Kings 8:21; Psalm 21:5 (), etc.; in the stricter sense of the founders of a race, John 7:22; Romans 9:5; Romans 11:28. c. equivalent to one advanced in years, a senior: 1 John 2:13f. 2. metaphorically; a. the originator and transmitter of anything: πατήρ περιτομῆς, Romans 4:12; the author of a family or society of persons animated by the same spirit as himself: so πατήρ πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων, Romans 4:11, cf. Romans 4:12, 16 (1 Macc. 2:54); one who has infused his own spirit into others, who actuates and governs their minds, John 8:38, 41f, 44; the phrase ἐκ πατρός τίνος εἶναι is used of one who shows himself as like another in spirit and purpose as though he had inherited his nature from him, John 8:44. b. one who stands in a father's place, and looks after another in paternal way: 1 Corinthians 4:15. c. a title of honor (cf. Sophocles, Lexicon, under the word), applied to α. teachers, as those to whom pupils trace back the knowledge and training they have received: Matthew 23:9 (of prophets, 2 Kings 2:12; 2 Kings 6:21). β. the members of the Sanhedrin, whose prerogative it was, by virtue of the wisdom and experience in which they excelled, to take charge of the interests of others: Acts 7:2; Acts 22:1; cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus i., p. 7{a}. 3. God is called the Father, a. τῶν φώτων (A. V. of lights i. e.) of the stars, the heavenly luminaries, because he is their creator, upholder, ruler, James 1:17. b. of all rational and intelligent beings, whether angels or men, because he is their creator, preserver, guardian and protector: Ephesians 3:14f G L T Tr WH; τῶν πνευμάτων, of spiritual beings, Hebrews 12:9; and, for the same reason, of all men (πατήρ τοῦ παντός ἀνθρώπων γένους, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 24): so in the Synoptic Gospels, especially Matthew, Matthew 6:4, 8, 15; Matthew 24:36; Luke 6:36; Luke 11:2; Luke 12:30, 32; John 4:21, 23; James 3:9; ὁ πατήρ ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρανοῖς, the Father in heaven, Matthew 5:16, 45, 48; Matthew 6:1, 9; Matthew 7:11, 21; Matthew 18:14; Mark 11:25, 26 R G L; Luke 11:13 (ἐξ οὐρανοῦ; cf. Buttmann, § 151, 2{a}; Winer's Grammar, § 66, 6); ὁ πατήρ ὁ οὐρανοῖς, the heavenly Father, Matthew 6:14, 26, 32; Matthew 15:13. c. of Christians, as those who through Christ have been exalted to a specially close and intimate relationship with God, and who no longer dread him as the stern judge of sinners, but revere him as their reconciled and loving Father. This conception, common in the N. T. Epistles, shines forth with especial brightness in Romans 8:15; Galatians 4:6; in John's use of the term it seems to include the additional idea of one who by the power of his Spirit, operative in the gospel, has begotten them anew to a life of holiness (see γεννάω, 2 d.): absolutely, 2 Corinthians 6:18; Ephesians 2:18; 1 John 2:1, 14(),; ; Θεός καί πατήρ πάντων, of all Christians, Ephesians 4:6; with the addition of a genitive of quality (Winer's Grammar, § 34, 3 b.; § 132, 10), ὁ πατήρ τῶν οἰκτίρμων, 2 Corinthians 1:3; τῆς δόξης, Ephesians 1:17; on the phrases ὁ Θεός καί πατήρ ἡμῶν, Θεός πατήρ, etc., see Θεός, 3, p. 288{a}. d. the Father of Jesus Christ, as one whom God has united to himself in the closest bond of love and intimacy, made acquainted with his purposes, appointed to explain and carry out among men the plan of salvation, and (as appears from the teaching of John) made to share also in his own divine nature; he is so called, α. by Jesus himself: simply ὁ πατήρ (opposed to ὁ υἱός), Matthew 11:25-27; Luke 10:21; John 5:20-23, 26, 36; John 10:15, 30, etc.; ὁ πατήρ μου, Matthew 11:27; Matthew 25:34; Matthew 26:53; Luke 10:22; John 5:17; John 8:19, 49; John 10:18, 32, and often in John's Gospel; Revelation 2:28 (); ; with ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς added, Matthew 7:11, 21, 32; Matthew 12:50; Matthew 16:17; Matthew 18:10, 19; ὁ οὐράνιος, Matthew 15:13; ὁ ἐπουράνιος, Matthew 18:35 Rec. β. by the apostles: Romans 15:6; 2 Corinthians 1:3; 2 Corinthians 11:31; Ephesians 1:3; Ephesians 3:14 Rec.: Colossians 1:3; Hebrews 1:5; 1 Peter 1:3; Revelation 1:6. See (Tholuck (Bergrede Christi) on Matthew 6:9; Weiss, Biblical Theol. d. N. T., Index under Vater; C. Wittichen, Die Idee Gottes als d. Vaters (Göttingen, 1865); Westcott, Epistles of St. John, pp. 27-34, and) below in υἱός and τέκνον. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πάτμος Transliteration: Patmos Phonetic Spelling: pat'-mos Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Patmos, an island in the Aegean Sea Meaning: Patmos -- an island in the Aegean Sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3963 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3963 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3963 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3963 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3963, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πάτμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3963 Patmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Patmos. Of uncertain derivation; Patmus, an islet in the Mediterranean -- Patmos. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3963: ΠάτμοςΠάτμος, Πατμου, ἡ, Patmos, a small and rocky island in the Aegean Sea, reckoned as one of the Sporades (Thucydides 3, 33; Strabo 10, p. 488; Pliny, h. n. 4, 23); now called Patino or (chiefly in the middle ages (Howson)) Palmosa and having from four to five thousand Christian inhabitants (cf. Schubert, Raise in das Morgenland, Th. iii., pp. 425-443; Bleek, Vorless. üb. die Apokalypse, p. 157; Kneucker in Schenkel iv., p. 403f; (BB. DD. under the word)). In it John, the author of the Apocalypse, says the revelations were made to him of the approaching consummation of God's kingdom: Revelation 1:9. It has been held by the church, ever since the time of (Justin Martyr (dialog contra Trypho, § 81, p. 308 a. cf. Eusebius, h. e. 4, 18, 8; see Charteris, Canonicity, chapter 34:and note)and) Irenaeus adv. haer. 5, 30, that this John is the Apostle; see Ἰωάννης, 2 and 6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατρολῴας Transliteration: patrolōas Phonetic Spelling: pat-ral-o'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: murderer of fathers Meaning: murderer of fathers GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3964 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3964 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3964 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3964 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3964, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατρολῴας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3964 patrolōas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: murderer of fathers. From pater and the same as the latter part of metraloias; a parricide -- murderer of fathers. see GREEK pater see GREEK metraloias Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3964: πατραλῴαςπατραλῴας (Attic πατραλοίας, Aristophanes, Plato, Demosthenes, p. 732, 14; Aristotle, Lucian), L T Tr WH πατρολῴας (see μητραλωας), πατραλοωυ, ὁ, a parricide: 1 Timothy 1:9. STRONGS NT 3964: πατρολῴαςπατρολῴας, see πατραλῴας. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατριά Transliteration: patria Phonetic Spelling: pat-ree-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: lineage, family Meaning: lineage, family GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3965 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3965 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3965 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3965 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3965, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατριά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3965 patria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lineage, family, kindredAs if feminine of a derivative of pater; paternal descent, i.e. (concretely) a group of families or a whole race (nation) -- family, kindred, lineage. see GREEK pater Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3965: πατριάπατριά, πατριᾶς, ἡ (from πατήρ); 1. lineage running back to some progenitor, ancestry: Herodotus 2, 143; 3, 75. 2. a race or tribe, i. e. a group of families, all those who in a given people lay claim to a common origin: εἰσί ἀυτεων (Βαβυλωνίων) πατριαί τρεῖς, Herodotus 1, 200. The Israelites were distributed into (twelve) מַטּות, φυλαί, tribes, descended from the twelve sons of Jacob; these were divided into מִשְׁפָחות, πατριαί, deriving their descent from the several sons of Jacob's sons; and these in turn were divided into הָאָבות בֵּית, οἶκοι, houses (or families); cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, i., p. 193; iii., p. 1463; Winer's RWB under the word Stämme; (Keil, Archaeol. § 140); hence, ἐξ οἴκου καί πατριᾶς Δαυίδ, i. e. belonging not only to the same 'house' (πατριά) as David, but to the very 'family' of David, descended from David himself, Luke 2:4 (αὗται αἱ πατριαί τῶν υἱῶν Συμεών, Exodus 6:15; ὁ ἀνήρ αὐτῆς Μανασσης τῆς φυλῆς αὐτῆς καί τῆς πατριᾶς αὐτῆς, Judith 8:2; τῶν φυλῶν κατά πατριᾶς αὐτῶν, Numbers 1:16; οἶκοι πατριῶν, Exodus 12:3; Numbers 1:2, and often; add, Josephus, Antiquities 6, 4, 1; 7, 14, 7; 11, 3, 10). 3. family in a wider sense, equivalent to nation, people: Acts 3:25 (1 Chronicles 16:28; Psalm 21:28 ()); πᾶσα πατριά ἐν οὐρανοῖς (i. e. every order of angels) καί ἐπί γῆς, Ephesians 3:15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατριάρχης Transliteration: patriarchēs Phonetic Spelling: pat-ree-arkh'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a patriarch Meaning: a patriarch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3966 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3966 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3966 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3966 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3966, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατριάρχης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3966 patriarchēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: patriarch. From patria and archo; a progenitor ("patriarch") -- patriarch. see GREEK patria see GREEK archo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3966: πατριάρχηςπατριάρχης, πατριάρχου, ὁ (πατριά and ἄρχω; see ἑκατοντάρχης), a Hellensitic word (Winers Grammar, 26), a patriarch, founder of a tribe, progenitor: used of David, Acts 2:29; of the twelve sons of Jacob, founders of the several tribes of Israel, Acts 7:8f; of Abraham, Hebrews 7:4; of the same and Isaac and Jacob, 4 Macc. 7:19; 16:25; used for הָאָבות רֹאשׁ, 1 Chronicles 24:31 (but the text here is uncertain); for שְׁבָטִים שַׂר, 1 Chronicles 27:22; for הַמֵּאות שַׂר, 2 Chronicles 23:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατρικός Transliteration: patrikos Phonetic Spelling: pat-ree-kos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: paternal, ancestral Meaning: paternal, ancestral GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3967 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3967 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3967 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3967 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3967, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατρικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3967 patrikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: paternalFrom pater; paternal, i.e. Ancestral -- of fathers. see GREEK pater Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3967: πατρικόςπατρικός, πατρική, πατρικόν (πατήρ),paternal, ancestral, equivalent to handed down by or received from one's fathers: Galatians 1:14. (Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, and following; the Sept.) (Synonym: see πατροως, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατρίς Transliteration: patris Phonetic Spelling: pat-rece' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: of one's fathers, fatherland Meaning: of one's fathers, fatherland GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3968 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3968 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3968 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3968 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3968, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατρίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3968 patris 🕊 Strong's Concordance: own country. From parasemos; a father-land, i.e. Native town; (figuratively) heavenly home -- (own) country. see GREEK parasemos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3968: πατρίςπατρίς, πατρίδος, ἡ (πατήρ), one's native country; a. as in classical Greek from Homer down, one's fatherland, one's (own) country: John 4:44 (cf. γάρ, II. 1); equivalent to a fixed abode (home (R. V. a country of their own), opposed to the land where one παρεπιδημει), Hebrews 11:14. b. one's native (own) place i. e. city: Matthew 13:54, 57; Mark 6:1, 4; Luke 4:23,(24); so Philo, leg. ad Gaium § 36 (ἐστι δέ μοι Ἱεροσόλυμα πατρίς); Josephus, Antiquities 10, 7, 3; 6, 4, 6; ᾧ πατρίς ἡ Ἀκυληια ἦν, Herodian, 8, 3, 2 (1 edition, Bekker). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πατρόβας Transliteration: Patrobas Phonetic Spelling: pat-rob'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "father's life", Patrobas, a Christian Meaning: Patrobas -- "father's life", a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3969 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3969 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3969 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3969 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3969, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πατρόβας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3969 Patrobas 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Patrobas. Perhaps a contraction for Patrobios (a compound of pater and bios); father's life; Patrobas, a Christian -- Patrobas. see GREEK pater see GREEK bios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3969: ΠατροβᾶςΠατροβᾶς (others, Πατροβᾶς, as contracted from πατροβιος; cf. B. D., under the word; Lightfoot on Philip., p. 176f; Chandler § 32), accusative Πατροβᾶν (cf. Buttmann, 19f (17f); Winers Grammar, § 8, 1), Patrobas, a certain Christian: Romans 16:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατροπαράδοτος Transliteration: patroparadotos Phonetic Spelling: pat-rop-ar-ad'-ot-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: handed down from one's fathers Meaning: handed down from one's fathers GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3970 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3970 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3970 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3970 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3970, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατροπαράδοτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3970 patroparadotos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: inheritedFrom pater and a derivative of paradidomi (in the sense of handing over or down); traditionary -- received by tradition from fathers. see GREEK pater see GREEK paradidomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3970: πατροπαράδοτοςπατροπαράδοτος, πατροπαραδοτον (πατήρ and παραδίδωμι), handed down from one's fathers or ancestors: 1 Peter 1:18 (Buttmann, 91 (79)). (Diodorus 4,8; 15, 74; 17,4; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 5, 48; Theophil. ad Autol. 2, 34; Eusebius, h. c. 4, 23, 10; 10, 4, 16.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πατρῷος Transliteration: patrōos Phonetic Spelling: pat-ro'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of one's fathers, received from one's fathers Meaning: of one's fathers, received from one's fathers GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3971 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3971 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3971 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3971 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3971, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πατρῷος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3971 patrōos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: paternalFrom pater; paternal, i.e. Hereditary -- of fathers. see GREEK pater Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3971: πατροωςπατροως (poetic and Ionic πατρωιος), πατρωα, πατροων, (πατήρ), from Homer down, "descending from father to son or from ancestors to their posterity as it were by right of inheritance; received from the fathers": νόμος, Acts 22:3 (2 Macc. 6:1; Aelian v. h. 6, 10); Θεός, Acts 24:14 (4 Macc. 12:19; and often in Greek writings θεοί πατροωι, Ζεύς πατροως etc.); τοῖς ἔθεσι τοῖς πατροωις, Acts 28:17 (Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, c. 63; πατροως ἔθος, Aelian v. h. 7, 19 variant). [SYNONYMS: πατροως, πατρικός: on the distinction of the grammarians (see Photius, Suidas, Ammonius, etc. under the words) according to which πατροως is used of property descending from father to son, πατρικός of persons in friendship or feud, etc., see Ellendt, Lex. Sophocles ii., p. 530f; Liddell and Scott, under the word πατροως; Schmidt, chapter 154.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Παῦλος Transliteration: Paulos Phonetic Spelling: pow'-los Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: (Sergius) Paulus (a Roman proconsul), also Paul (an apostle) Meaning: Paul the apostle -- also Sergius Paulus (a Roman proconsul) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3972 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3972 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3972 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3972 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3972, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Παῦλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3972 Paulos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Paul, Paulus. Of Latin origin; (little; but remotely from a derivative of pauo, meaning the same); Paulus, the name of a Roman and of an apostle -- Paul, Paulus. see GREEK pauo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3972: ΠαῦλοςΠαῦλος, Παύλου, ὁ (a Latin proper name, Paulus), Paul. Two persons of this name are mentioned in the N. T., viz.: 1. Sergius Paulus, a Roman propraetor (proconsul; cf. Σέργιος, and B. D., under the phrase, Sergius Paulus), converted to Christ by the agency of the apostle Paul: Acts 13:7. 2. the apostle Paul, whose Hebrew name was Saul (see Σαούλ, Σαῦλος). He was born at Tarsus in Cilicia (Acts 9:11; Acts 21:39; Acts 22:3) of Jewish parents (Philippians 3:5). His father was a Pharisee (Acts 23:6) and a Roman citizen; hence, he himself was a Roman citizen by birth (Acts 22:28; Acts 16:37). He was endowed with remarkable gifts, both moral and intellectual. He learned the trade of a σκηνοποιός (which see). Brought to Jerusalem in early youth, he was thoroughly indoctrinated in the Jewish theology by the Pharisee Gamaliel (Acts 22:3; Acts 5:34). At first he attacked and persecuted the Christians most fiercely; at length, on his way to Damascus, he was suddenly converted to Christ by g miracle, and became an indefatigable and undaunted preacher of Christ; and the founder of many Christian churches. And not only by his unwearied labors did he establish a claim to the undying esteem of the friends of Christianity, but also by the fact, which appears from his immortal Epistles, that he caught perfectly the mind of his heavenly Master and taught most unequivocally that salvation was designed by God for all men who repose a living faith in Jesus Christ, and that bondage to the Mosaic law is wholly incompatible with the spiritual liberty of which Christ is the author. By his zeal and doctrine he drew upon himself the deadly hatred of the Jews, who at Jerusalem in the year 57 (or 58 according to the more common opinion; yet see the chronological table in Meyer (or Lange) on Acts; Farrar, St. Paul, ii. excurs. x.) brought about his imprisonment; and as a captive he was carried first to Caesarea in Palestine, and two years later to Rome, where he suffered martyrdom (in the year 64). For the number of those daily grows smaller who venture to defend the ecclesiastical tradition for which Eusebius is responsible (h. e. 2, 22, 2) (but of which traces seem to be found in Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 5, 7 [ET]; can. Murator. (cf. Westcott, Canon, 5th edition, p. 521f)), according to which Paul, released from this imprisonment, is said to have preached in Spain and Asia Minor; and subsequently, imprisoned a second-time, to have been at length put to death at Rome in the year 67 or 68, while Nero was still emperor. (On this point cf. Meyer on Romans, Introduction, § 1; Harnack on Clement to the Romans, the passage cited; Lightfoot, ibid., p. 49f; Holtzmann, Die Pastoralbriefe, Einl., chapter iv., p. 37ff; references in Heinichen's note on Eusebius, h. e. as above; see Hofmann, Die heilige Schrift Neuen Testaments. 5ter Theil, p. 4ff; Farrar, St. Paul, vol. ii. excurs. viii.; Schaff, History of Apostolic Christianity (1882), p. 331f) Paul is mentioned in the N. T. not only in the Acts and in the Epistles from his pen, but also in 2 Peter 3:15. (For bibliog. references respecting his life and its debatable points see the article Paulus by Woldemar Schmidt in Herzog edition 2 vol. xi., pp. 356-389.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παύω Transliteration: pauō Phonetic Spelling: pow'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make to cease, hinder Meaning: to make to cease, hinder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3973 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3973 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3973 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3973 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3973, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3973 pauō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cease, leave, refrain. A primary verb ("pause"); to stop (transitively or intransitively), i.e. Restrain, quit, desist, come to an end -- cease, leave, refrain. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3973: παύωπαύω: 1 aorist imperative 3 person singular παυσάτω (1 Peter 3:10); middle, present παύομαι; imperfect ἐπαυομην; future παύσομαι (see ἀναπαύω and ἐπαναπαύω (and on the forms παηναι etc. cf. futher Hilgenfeld, Hermae Pastor, edition alt. proleg., p. xviii, note, also his edition of the 'Teaching' 4, 2 [ET] note (p. 97))); perfect πεπαυμαι; 1 aorist ἐπαυσάμην; from Homer down; to make to cease or desist: τί or τινα ἀπό τίνος, to restrain (A. V. refrain) a thing or a person from something, 1 Peter 3:10, from Psalm 33:14 (); cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 6; ((cf. 326 (305)): R. § 132, 5). Middle, the Sept. for חָדַל, כָּלָה, שָׁבַת, etc. to cease, leave off, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 253 (238)): Luke 8:24; Acts 20:1; 1 Corinthians 13:8; the action or state desisted from is indicated by the addition of a present participle (cf. Matthiae, § 551 d.; Passow, under the word, II. 3; (Liddell and Scott, I. 4); Winers Grammar, § 45, 4; (Buttmann, § 144,15)): ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν, Luke 5:4 (Genesis 18:33; Numbers 16:31; Deuteronomy 20:9); add, Acts 5:42; Acts 6:13; Acts 13:10; Acts 20:31; Acts 21:32; Ephesians 1:16; Colossians 1:9; Hebrews 10:2; the participle is lacking, as being evident from the context, Luke 11:1. Passive (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 39, 3 and N. 3) πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας, hath got release (A. V. hath ceased) from sin, i. e. is no longer stirred by its incitements and seductions, 1 Peter 4:1; cf. Kypke, Observations, at the passage, and Winers Grammar, as above; (Buttmann, § 132, 5; but WH text ἁμαρτίαις, dative, unto sins. Compare: ἀναπαύω, ἐπαναπαύω, συναναπαύω (συναναπαύομαι), καταπαύω). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πάφος Transliteration: Paphos Phonetic Spelling: paf'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Paphos, a city in Cyprus Meaning: Paphos -- a city in Cyprus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3974 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3974 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3974 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3974 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3974, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πάφος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3974 Paphos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Paphos. Of uncertain derivation; Paphus, a place in Cyprus -- Paphos. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3974: ΠάφοςΠάφος (perhaps from the root meaning, 'to cozen'; cf. Pape, Eigennamen, under the word), Πάφου, ἡ, Paphos (now Baffa], a maritime city on the island of Cyprus, with a harbor. It was the residence of the Roman proconsul. Old Paphos (now Kuklia), formerly noted for the worship and shrine of Venus (Aphrodite), lay some 7 miles or more southeast of it (Mela 2, 7; Pliny, h. n. 5, 31, 35; Tacitus, hist. 2, 2): Acts 13:6, 13. (Lewin, St. Paul, i. 120ff.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: παχύνω Transliteration: pachynō Phonetic Spelling: pakh-oo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to thicken, to fatten, to make dull Meaning: to thicken, to fatten, to make dull GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3975 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3975 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3975 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3975 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3975, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/παχύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3975 pachynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: become dullFrom a derivative of pegnumi (meaning thick); to thicken, i.e. (by implication) to fatten (figuratively, stupefy or render callous) -- wax gross. see GREEK pegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3975: παχύνωπαχύνω: 1 aorist passive ἐπαχυνθην; (from παχύς (thick, stout); cf. βραδύνω; ταχύνω); to make thick; to make fat, fatten: τά σώματα, Plato, Gorgias, p. 518 c.; βοῦν, de rep., p. 343 b.; ἵππον, Xenophon, oec. 12, 20. Metaphorically, to make stupid (to render the soul dull or callous): τάς ψυχάς, Plutarch, mor., p. 995 d. (i. e. de esu carn. 1, 6, 3); νοῦν, Philostr. vit. Apoll. 1, 8; παχεῖς τάς διανοίας, Herodian, 2, 9, 15 (11 edition, Bekker); τήν διάνοιαν, Aelian v. h. 13, 15 (Latinpingue ingenium) (cf. Winer's Grammar, 18); ἐπαχύνθη ἡ καρδία (Vulg.incrassatum (A. V. their heart is waxed gross)): Matthew 13:15; Acts 28:27, after Isaiah 6:10 (for לֵב הַשְׁמֵן). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέδη Transliteration: pedē Phonetic Spelling: ped'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a fetter, shackle Meaning: a fetter, shackle GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3976 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3976 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3976 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3976 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3976, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέδη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3976 pedē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shackle, fetter. Ultimately from pous; a shackle for the feet -- fetter. see GREEK pous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3976: πέδηπέδη, πεδης, ἡ (from πέζα the foot, instep), a fetter, shackle for the feet: Mark 5:4; Luke 8:29. (From Homer down; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεδινός Transliteration: pedinos Phonetic Spelling: ped-ee-nos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: level, plain Meaning: level, plain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3977 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3977 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3977 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3977 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3977, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεδινός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3977 pedinos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: level, a plain. From a derivative of pous (meaning the ground); level (as easy for the feet) -- plain. see GREEK pous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3977: πεδινόςπεδινός, πεδινῇ, πεδινον (πεδίον (a plain), πέδον (the ground)), level, plain: Luke 6:17. (Xenophon, Polybius, Plutarch, Dio Cass., others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεζεύω Transliteration: pezeuō Phonetic Spelling: ped-zyoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to travel on foot or by land Meaning: to travel on foot or by land GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3978 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3978 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3978 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3978 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3978, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεζεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3978 pezeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go afoot. From the same as peze; to foot a journey, i.e. Travel by land -- go afoot. see GREEK peze Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3978: πεζεύωπεζεύω; (πεζός, which see); to travel on foot (not on horseback or in a carriage), or (if opposed to going by sea) by land: Acts 20:13. (Xenophon, Isocrates, Polybius, Strabo, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεζῇ Transliteration: pezē Phonetic Spelling: ped-zay' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: on foot, by land Meaning: on foot, by land GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3979 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3979 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3979 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3979 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3979, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεζῇ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3979 pezē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: on foot. Dative case feminine of a derivative of pous (as adverb); foot-wise, i.e. By walking -- a- (on) foot. see GREEK pous Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3979: πεζῇπεζῇ (dative feminine from πεζός, which see; cf. Matthiae, § 400), on foot or (if opposed to going by sea) by land: Matthew 14:13 R G Tr L text WH text; Mark 6:33. (Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Demosthenes, others.) STRONGS NT 3979: πεζόςπεζός, πεζῇ πεζον (πέζα; see πέδη), from Homer down; 1. on foot (as opposed to riding). 2. by land (as opposed to going by sea): ἠκολούθησαν πεζοί, Matthew 14:13, T L marginal reading WH marginal reading (so the Sinaiticus manuscript also) for R G πεζῇ (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 2; Buttmann, § 123, 9). (The Sept. for רַגְלִי and בְּרֶגֶל.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πειθαρχέω Transliteration: peitharcheō Phonetic Spelling: pi-tharkh-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to obey authority Meaning: to obey authority GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3980 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3980 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3980 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3980 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3980, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πειθαρχέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3980 peitharcheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to obey authorityFrom a compound of peitho and archo; to be persuaded by a ruler, i.e. (genitive case) to submit to authority; by analogy, to conform to advice -- hearken, obey (magistrates). see GREEK peitho see GREEK archo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3980: πειθαρχέωπειθαρχέω, πειθάρχω; 1 aorist participle πειθαρχησας; (πείθαρχος; and this from πείθομαι and ἀρχή); to obey (a ruler or a superior): Θεῷ, Acts 5:29, 32; magistrates, Titus 3:1 (others take it here absolutely, to be obedient); τῷ λόγῳ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, Polycarp, ad Philipp. 9, 1 [ET]; (A. V. to hearken to) one advising something, Acts 27:21. (Sophocles, Xenophon, Polybius, Diodorus, Josephus, Plutarch, others; on the very frequent use of the verb by Philo see Siegfried, Philo von Alex. as above with, p. 43 (especially, p. 108).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πειθός Transliteration: peithos Phonetic Spelling: pi-thos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: persuasive Meaning: persuasive GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3981 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3981 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3981 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3981 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3981, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πειθός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3981 peithos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enticing. From peitho; persuasive -- enticing. see GREEK peitho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3981: πειθόςπειθός (WH πίθος; see Iota), πειθη, πειθον, (from πείθω, like φειδος from φείδομαι (cf. Winers Grammar, 96 (91))), persuasive: ἐν πειθοῖς λόγοις, 1 Corinthians 2:4 (cf. Buttmann, 73). Not found elsewhere (Winer's Grammar, 24). The Greeks say πιθανός; as πιθανοι λόγοι, Josephus, Antiquities 8, 9, and often in Greek authors See Passow, under the word, πιθανός, 1 e.; (Liddell and Scott, ibid. I. 2; WH's Appendix, p. 153). STRONGS NT 3981: πίθος [πίθος, see πειθός and cf. Iota.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πείθω Transliteration: peithō Phonetic Spelling: pi'-tho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to persuade, to have confidence Meaning: to persuade, to have confidence GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3982 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3982 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3982 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3982 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3982, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πείθω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3982 peithō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to persuadeA primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty) -- agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3982: ΠειθώΠειθώ, Πειθους, ἡ, 1. Peitho, proper name of a goddess, literally, Persuasion; LatinSuada orSuadela. 2. persuasive power, persuasion: 1 Corinthians 2:4 ἐν πειθοι — accusative to certain inferior authorities. (On the word, see Müller's note on Josephus, contra Apion 2, 21, 3. (Hesiod, Herodotus, others.)) STRONGS NT 3982: πείθωπείθω ((from the root meaning 'to bind'; allied with πίστις, fides, foedus, etc.; Curtius, § 327; Vanicek, p. 592)); imperfect ἔπειθον; future πείσω; 1 aorist ἐπεισα; 2 perfect πέποιθα; pluperfect ἐπεποίθειν (Luke 11:22); passive (or middle, present πείθομαι; imperfect ἐπειθομην); perfect πέπεισμαι; 1 aorist ἐπείσθην; 1 future πεισθήσομαι (Luke 16:31); from Homer down; 1. Active; a. to persuade, i. e. to induce one by words to believe: absolutely πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανόν ὄχλον, Acts 19:26; τί, to cause belief in a thing (which one sets forth), Acts 19:8 R G T (cf. Buttmann, 150 (131) n.) (Sophocles O. C. 1442); with the genitive of the thing, ibid. L Tr WH; τινα, one, Acts 18:4; τινα τί, one of a thing, Acts 28:23 Rec. (Herodotus 1, 163; Plato, Apology, p. 37 a., and elsewhere; (cf. Buttmann, as above)); τινα περί τίνος, concerning a thing, ibid. G L T Tr WH. b. as in classical Greek from Homer down, with an accusative of a person, to make friends of, win one's favor, gain one's good-will, Acts 12:20; or to seek to win one, strive to please one, 2 Corinthians 5:11; Galatians 1:10; to conciliate by persuasion, Matthew 28:14 (here T WH omit; Tr brackets αὐτόν); Acts 14:19; equivalent to to tranquillize (A. V. assure), τάς καρδίας ἡμῶν, 1 John 3:19. c. to persuade unto i. e. move or induce one by persuasion to do something: τινα followed by an infinitive (R § 139, 46), Acts 13:43; Acts 26:28 (Xenophon, an. 1, 3, 19; Polybius 4, 64,2; Diodorus 11, 15; 12, 39; Josephus, Antiquities 8, 10, 3); τινα followed by ἵνα (cf. Winers Grammar, 338 (317); Buttmann, § 139, 40), Matthew 27:20 (Plutarch, apoph. Alex. 21). 2. Passive and middle (cf. Winers Grammar, 253 (238)); a. to be persuaded, to suffer oneself to be persuaded; to be induced to believe: absol, Luke 16:31; Acts 17:4; to have faith, Hebrews 11:13 Rec.; τίνι, in a thing, Acts 28:24; to believe, namely, ὅτι, Hebrews 13:18 L T Tr WH. πέπεισμαι τί (on the neuter accusative cf. Buttmann, § 131, 10) περί τίνος (genitive of person), to be persuaded (of) a thing concerning a person, Hebrews 6:9 (A. V. we are persuaded better things of you, etc.); πεπεισμένος εἰμί, to have persuaded oneself, and πείθομαι, to believe (cf. English to be persuaded), followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Luke 20:6; Acts 26:26; πέπεισμαι ὅτι, Romans 8:38; 2 Timothy 1:5, 12; with ἐν κυρίῳ added (see ἐν, I. 6 b.), Romans 14:14; περί τίνος ὅτι, Romans 15:14. b. to listen to, obey, yield to, comply with: τίνι, one, Acts 5:36f, 39(); ; Romans 2:8; Galatians 3:1 Rec.; ; Hebrews 13:17; James 3:3. 3. 2 perfect πέποιθα (the Sept. mostly for בָּטַח, also for חָסָה, נִשְׁעַן Niphal of the unused שָׁעַן), intransitive, to trust, have confidence, be confident: followed by an accusative with an infinitive, Romans 2:19; by ὅτι, Hebrews 13:18 Rec.; by ὅτι with a preparatory αὐτό τοῦτο (Winer's Grammar, § 23, 5), Philippians 1:6; τοῦτο πεποιθώς οἶδα ὅτι, Philippians 1:25; πέποιθα with a dative of the person or the thing in which the confidence reposes (so in classical Greek (on its construction in the N. T. see Buttmann, § 133, 5; Winer's Grammar, 214 (201); § 33, d.)): Philippians 1:14; Philemon 1:21 (2 Kings 17:20; Proverbs 14:16; Proverbs 26:26; Isaiah 28:17; Sir. 35:24 (Sir. 32:24); Wis. 14:29); ἑαυτῷ followed by an infinitive 2 Corinthians 10:7; ἐν τίνι, to trust in, put confidence in a person or thing (cf. Buttmann, as above), Philippians 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ followed by ὅτι, Philippians 2:24; ἐπί τίνι, Matthew 27:43 L text WH marginal reading; Mark 10:24 (where T WH omit; Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); Luke 11:22; Luke 18:9; 2 Corinthians 1:9; Hebrews 2:13 (and very often in the Sept., as Deuteronomy 28:52; 2 Chronicles 14:11; Psalm 2:13; Proverbs 3:5; Isaiah 8:17; Isaiah 31:1); ἐπί τινα, Matthew 27:43 where L text WH marginal reading ἐπί with the dative (Isaiah 36:5; Habakkuk 2:18; 2 Chronicles 16:7f, etc.); ἐπί τινα followed by ὅτι, 2 Corinthians 2:3; 2 Thessalonians 3:4; εἰς τινα followed by ὅτι, Galatians 5:10. (Compare: ἀναπείθω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεινάω Transliteration: peinaō Phonetic Spelling: pi-nah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hunger, be hungry Meaning: to hunger, be hungry GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3983 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3983 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3983 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3983 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3983, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεινάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3983 peinaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be hungry From the same as penes (through the idea of pinching toil; "pine"); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave -- be an hungered. see GREEK penes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3983: πεινάωπεινάω, πείνω, infinitive πεινᾶν (Philippians 4:12); future πεινάσω (Luke 6:25; Revelation 7:16); 1 aorist ἐπείνασα — for the earlier forms πεινην, πεινήσω, ἐπείνησα; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., pp. 61 and 204; Winers Grammar, § 13, 3 b.; (Buttmann, 37 (32); 44 (38)); see also διψάω; (from πεινᾷ hunger; (see πένης)); from Homer down; the Sept. for רָעֵב; to hunger, be hungry; a. properly: Matthew 4:2; Matthew 12:1, 3; Matthew 21:18; Matthew 25:35, 37, 42, 44; Mark 2:25; Mark 11:12; Luke 4:2; Luke 6:3, 25; equivalent to to suffer want, Romans 12:20; 1 Corinthians 11:21, 34; to be needy, Luke 1:53; Luke 6:21; Philippians 4:12; in this same sense it is joined with δίψαν, 1 Corinthians 4:11; in figurative discourse, οὐ πεινᾶν καί οὐ δίψαν is used to describe the condition of one who is in need of nothing requisite for his real (spiritual) life and salvation, John 6:35; Revelation 7:16. b. metaphorically, to crave ardently, to seek with eager desire: with the accusative of the thing, τήν δικαιοσύνην, Matthew 5:6 (in the better Greek authors with a genitive as χρημάτων, Xenophon, Cyril 8, 3, 39; συμμαχων, 7, 5, 50; ἐπαινου, oec. 13, 9; cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 10, b. at the end; (Buttmann, § 131, 4); Kuinoel on Matthew 5:6, and see διψάω, 2). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεῖρα Transliteration: peira Phonetic Spelling: pi'-rah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a trial, an experiment Meaning: a trial, an experiment GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3984 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3984 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3984 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3984 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3984, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεῖρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3984 peira 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trial. From the base of peran (through the idea of piercing); a test, i.e. Attempt, experience -- assaying, trial. see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3984: πεῖραπεῖρα, πειρας, ἡ (πειράω), from Aeschylus down, a trial, experiment, attempt: πεῖραν λαμβάνειν τίνος, equivalent to to attempt a thing, to make trial of a thing or a person (a phrase common in secular authors; cf. Xenophon, mem. 1, 4, 18; Cyril 3, 3, 38; see other examples in Sturz, Lex. Xenoph. iii., p. 488; Plato, Protag., p. 342 a.; Gorgias, p. 448 a.; Josephus, Antiquities 8, 6, 5; Aelian v. h. 12, 22; often in Polybius, cf. Schweighäuser, Lex. Polybius, p. 460; the Sept. Deuteronomy 28:56; (other examples in Bleek on Hebrews, the passage cited; Field, Otium Norv. pars iii., p. 146)), θαλάσσης, to try whether the sea can be crossed dry-shod like the land, Hebrews 11:29; to have trial of a thing, i. e. to experience, learn to know by experience, μαστίγων, Hebrews 11:36 (often in Polybius; τῆς προνοίας, Josephus, Antiquities 2, 5, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πειράζω Transliteration: peirazō Phonetic Spelling: pi-rad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make proof of, to attempt, test, tempt Meaning: to make proof of, to attempt, test, tempt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3985 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3985 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3985 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3985 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3985, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πειράζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3985 peirazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tempt, examine, tryFrom peira; to test (objectively), i.e. Endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline -- assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try. see GREEK peira Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3985: πειράζωπειράζω (a form found several times in Homer and Apoll. Rhod. and later prose, for πειράω (which see in Veitch) more common in the other Greek writings); imperfect ἐπείραζον; 1 aorist ἐπείρασα; passive, present πειράζομαι; 1 aorist ἐπειρασθην; perfect participle πεπειρασμενος (Hebrews 4:15; see πειράω, 1); 1 aorist middle 2 person singular ἐπειράσω (Revelation 2:2 Rec.); the Sept. for נִסָּה; to try, i. e.: 1. to try whether a thing can be done; to attempt, endeavor: with an infinitive, Acts 9:26 L T Tr WH; . 2. to try, make trial of, test: τινα, for the purpose of ascertaining his quality, or what he thinks, or how he will behave himself; a. in a good sense: Matthew 22:35 (others refer this to b.); John 6:6; (2 Corinthians 13:5); Revelation 2:2. b. in a bad sense: to test one maliciously, craftily to put to the proof his feelings or judgment, Matthew 16:1; Matthew 19:3; Matthew 22:18, 35; Mark 8:11; Mark 10:2; Mark 12:15; Luke 11:16; Luke 20:23 (where G T WH Tr text omit; Tr marginal reading brackets the words τί με πειράζετε); John 8:6. c. to try or test one's faith, virtue, character, by enticement to sin; hence, according to the context equivalent to to solicit to sin, to tempt: James 1:13; Galatians 6:1; Revelation 2:10; of the temptations of the devil, Matthew 4:1, 3; Mark 1:13; Luke 4:2; 1 Corinthians 7:5; 1 Thessalonians 3:5; hence, ὁ πειράζων, a substantive, Vulg.tentator, etc., the tempter: Matthew 4:3; 1 Thessalonians 3:5. d. After the O. T. usage α. of God; to inflict evils upon one in order to prove his character and the steadfastness of his faith: 1 Corinthians 10:13; Hebrews 2:18; Hebrews 4:15 (see πειράω); (where see WH's Appendix); Revelation 3:10 (Genesis 22:1; Exodus 20:20; Deuteronomy 8:2; Wis. 3:5 Wis. 11:10(); Judith 8:25f). β. Men are said πειράζειν τόν Θεόν — by exhibitions of distrust, as though they wished to try whether he is not justly distrusted; by impious or wicked conduct to test God's justice and patience, and to challenge him, as it were, to give proof of his perfections: Acts 15:10; Hebrews 3:9 R G (Exodus 17:2, 7; Numbers 14:22; Psalm 77:41 (), ; (), etc.; cf. Grimm, Exgt. Hdb. on Sap., p. 49); namely, τόν Χριστόν (L T Tr text WH τόν κύριον), 1 Corinthians 10:9 (but L marginal reading T WH marginal reading ἐξεπείρασαν); τό κυρίου, Acts 5:9; absolutely πειράζειν ἐν δοιμασια (see δοκιμασία), Hebrews 3:9 L T Tr WH. (On πειράζω (as compared with δοκιμάζω), see Trench, § lxxiv.; cf. Cremer, under the word. Compare: ἐξπειράζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πειρασμός Transliteration: peirasmos Phonetic Spelling: pi-ras-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an experiment, a trial, temptation Meaning: an experiment, a trial, temptation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3986 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3986 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3986 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3986 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3986, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πειρασμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3986 peirasmos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: temptationFrom peirazo; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity -- temptation, X try. see GREEK peirazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3986: πειρασμόςπειρασμός, πειρασμοῦ, ὁ (πειράζω, which see), the Sept. for מַסָּה, an experiment, attempt, trial, proving; (Vulg.tentatio); a. universally, trial, proving: Sir. 27:5, 7; τόν πειρασμόν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, the trial made of you by my bodily condition, since this condition served to test the love of the Galatians toward Paul, Galatians 4:14 L T Tr WH (cf. b. below, and Lightfoot at the passage). b. specifically, the trial of man's fidelity, integrity, virtue, constancy, etc.: 1 Peter 4:12; also an enticement to sin, temptation, whether arising from the desires or from outward circumstances, Luke 8:13; 1 Corinthians 10:13; ὑπομένειν πειρασμόν, James 1:12; an internal temptation to sin, 1 Timothy 6:9; of the temptation by which the devil sought to divert Jesus the Messiah from his divine errand, Luke 4:13; of a condition of things, or a mental state, by which we are enticed to sin, or to a lapse from faith and holiness: in the phrases εἰσφέρειν τινα εἰς πειρασμόν, Matthew 6:13; Luke 11:4; ἐισέρχεσθαι εἰς πειρασμόν, Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38 (here T WH ἔλθητε); Luke 22:40, 46; adversity, affliction, trouble (cf. our trial), sent by God and serving to test or prove one's faith, holiness, character: plural, Luke 22:28; Acts 20:19; James 1:2; 1 Peter 1:6; τόν πειρασμόν μου τόν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, my temptation arising from my bodily infirmity, Galatians 4:14 Rec. (but see a. above); ὥρα τοῦ πειρασμοῦ, Revelation 3:10; ἐκ πειρασμοῦ ῤύεσθαι, 2 Peter 2:9 (Deuteronomy 7:19; Deuteronomy 29:3; Sir. 2:1 Sir. 6:7 Sir. 36:1 (Sir. 33:1); 1 Macc. 2:52). c. 'temptation' (i. e. trial) of God by men, i. e. rebellion against God, by which his power and justice are, as It were, put to the proof and challenged to show themselves: Hebrews 3:8 (Deuteronomy 6:16; Deuteronomy 9:22; Psalm 94:8 ()). Cf. Fried. B. Koester, Die Biblical Lehre yon der Versuchung. Gotha, 1859. (The word has not yet been found in secular authors except Dioscorides (?) praef. i. τούς ἐπί παθῶν πειρασμούς experiments made on diseases.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πειράω Transliteration: peiraō Phonetic Spelling: pi-rah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to try, attempt Meaning: to try, attempt GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3987 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3987 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3987 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3987 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3987, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πειράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3987 peiraō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: assay. From peira; to test (subjectively), i.e. (reflexively) to attempt -- assay. see GREEK peira Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3987: πειράωπειράω: imperfect middle 3 person (singular and plural), ἐπειρᾶτο, ἐπειρῶντο; perfect passive participle πεπειραμενος (see below); common in Greek writings from Homer down; to try; i. e.: 1. to make a trial, to attempt (A. V. to assay), followed by an infinitive; often so from Homer down; also so in the middle in Acts 9:26 R G; (Xenophon, symp. 4, 7; Cyril 1, 4, 5, etc.; often in Polybius; Aelian v. h. I, 34; 2 Macc. 2:23; 3Macc. 1:25; 4 Macc. 12:2, etc.); hence, πεπειραμενος taught by trial, experienced, Hebrews 4:15 in certain manuscripts and editions ((Rec.st), Tdf. formerly) (see below, and cf. πειράζω, d. α.). 2. In post-Homer usage with the accusative of a person to test, make trial of one, put him to the proof: his mind, sentiments, temper, Plutarch, Brut. 10; in particular, to attempt to induce one to commit some (especially a carnal) crime; cf. Passow, under the word, 3{a}; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. IV. 2). Hence, πεπειραμενος in Hebrews 4:15 (see 1 above) is explained by some (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 15. Note at the end) tempted to sin; but the passive in this sense is not found in Greek writings; see Delitzsch at the passage. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεισμονή Transliteration: peismonē Phonetic Spelling: pice-mon-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: persuasion Meaning: persuasion GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3988 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3988 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3988 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3988 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3988, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεισμονή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3988 peismonē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: persuasion. From a presumed derivative of peitho; persuadableness, i.e. Credulity -- persuasion. see GREEK peitho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3988: πεισμονήπεισμονή, πεισμονης, ἡ (πείθω, which see; like πλησμονή), persuasion: in an active sense (yet cf. Lightfoot on Gal. as below) and contextually, treacherous or deceptive persuasion, Galatians 5:8 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 68, 1 at the end). (Found besides in Ignat. ad Rom. 3, 3 [ET] longer recens.; Justin Martyr, Apology 1, 53 at the beginning; (Irenaeus 4, 33, 7); Epiphanius 30, 21; Chrysostom on 1 Thess. 1:3; Apollonius Dyscolus, syntax, p. 195, 10 (299, 17); Eustathius on Homer, Iliad a., p. 21, 46, verse 22; 99, 45, verse 442; i, p. 637, 5, verse 131; and Odyssey, chapter, p. 185, 22, verse 285.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέλαγος Transliteration: pelagos Phonetic Spelling: pel'-ag-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the deep, the deep sea Meaning: the deep, the deep sea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3989 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3989 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3989 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3989 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3989, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέλαγος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3989 pelagos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depth, sea. Of uncertain affinity; deep or open sea, i.e. The main -- depth, sea. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3989: πέλαγοςπέλαγος, πελαγους, τό (by some (e. g. Lob. Pathol. Proleg., p. 805) connected with παξ, i. e. the 'flat' expanse (cf. Latinaequor); but by Curtius, § 367, et al. (cf. Vanicek, p. 515) with πλήσσω, i. e. the 'beating' waves (cf. our 'plash')), from Homer down; a. properly, the sea i. e. the high sea, the deep (where ships sail; accordingly but a part of the sea, θάλασσα, Aristotle, Probl. sect. 23 quaest. 3 (p. 931{b}, 14f) ἐν τῷ λιμενι ὀλίγη ἐστιν ἡ θάλασσα, ἐν δέ τῷ πελάγει βαθεῖα. Hence) τό πέλαγος τῆς θαλάσσης,aequor maris (A. V. the depth of the sea; cf. Trench, § xiii.), Matthew 18:6 (so too Apollonius Rhodius, 2, 608; πέλαγος αἰγαιας ἁλός, Euripides, Tro. 88; Hesychius πέλαγος ... βυθός, πλάτος θαλάσσης. Cf. Winers Grammar, 611 (568); (Trench, as above)). b. universally, the sea: τό πέλαγος τό κατά τήν Κιλικίαν, Acts 27:5 (see examples from Greek authors in Passow, under the word πέλαγος, 1; (Liddell and Scott, under I.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πελεκίζω Transliteration: pelekizō Phonetic Spelling: pel-ek-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut off with an ax, to behead Meaning: to cut off with an ax, to behead GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3990 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3990 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3990 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3990 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3990, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πελεκίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3990 pelekizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: behead. From a derivative of plesso (meaning an axe); to chop off (the head), i.e. Truncate -- behead. see GREEK plesso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3990: πελεκίζωπελεκίζω: perfect passive participle πεπελεκισμενος; (πέλεκυς, an axe or two-edged hatchet); to cut off with an axe, to behead: τινα, Revelation 20:4. (Polybius, Diodorus, Strabo, Josephus, Antiquities 20, 5, 4; Plutarch, Ant. 36; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 26 (25)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέμπτος Transliteration: pemptos Phonetic Spelling: pemp'-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fifth Meaning: fifth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3991 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3991 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3991 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3991 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3991, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέμπτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3991 pemptos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fifth. From pente; fifth -- fifth. see GREEK pente Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3991: πέμπτοςπέμπτος, πέμπτῃ, πέμπτον (from Homer down), fifth: Revelation 6:9; Revelation 9:1; Revelation 16:10; Revelation 21:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέμπω Transliteration: pempō Phonetic Spelling: pem'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to send Meaning: to send GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3992 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3992 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3992 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3992 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3992, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέμπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3992 pempō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: send, thrust in. Apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas hiemi (as a stronger form of eimi) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and stello denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield -- send, thrust in. see GREEK stello Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3992: πέμπωπέμπω; future πέμψω; 1 aorist ἔπεμψα (on its epistolary use (for the present or the perfect) see Winers Grammar, 278 (261); Buttmann, 198 (172); Lightfoot on Philippians 2:(25),28; Philemon 1:11); passive, present πέμπομαι; 1 aorist ἐπεμφθην (Luke 7:10); from Homer down; the Sept. for שָׁלַח; to send: τινα, absolutely, one to do something, Matthew 22:7; Luke 7:19; Luke 16:24; John 1:22; John 7:18; John 13:16, 20; John 20:21 (Treg. marginal reading ἀποστέλλω); 2 Corinthians 9:3; Philippians 2:23, 28, etc.; τινα or τινας is omitted where the participle is joined to another finite verb, as πέμψας ἀπεκεφάλισε τόν λωαννην, he sent (a deputy) and beheaded John, Matthew 14:10; add, Acts 19:31; Acts 23:30 (for other examples see ἀποστέλλω, 1 d.); in imitation of the Hebrew פּ בְּיַד שָׁלַח (1 Samuel 16:20; 2 Samuel 11:14; 2 Samuel 12:25; 1 Kings 2:25) we find πέμψας διά τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, he sent by his disciples (unless with Fritzsche, and Bornemann, Schol. in Luc., p. lxv., one prefer to take πέμψας absolutely and to connect διά τῶν μαθητῶν with the following εἶπεν (so Meyer, but see (7te Aufl., Weiss edition), Keil, DeWette, others)), Matthew 11:2 L T Tr WH (so ἀποστείλας διά τοῦ ἀγγέλου, Revelation 1:1). Teachers who come forward by God's command and with his anthority are said to be (or to have been) sent by God: as, John the Baptist, John 1:33; Jesus, John 4:34; John 5:23f, 30, 37; John 6:38-40, 44; John 7:16, 28, etc.; Romans 8:3; the Holy Spirit, rhetorically personified, John 14:26; John 15:26; John 16:7. τινα, with the dative of the person to whom one is sent: 1 Corinthians 4:17; Philippians 2:19; τινα τίνι παρά τίνος (properly, to send one to one from one's abode (see παρά, I. a.)), John 15:26; πρός τινα, Luke 4:26; John 16:7; Acts 10:33; Acts 15:25; Acts 23:30; (xxv. 21 R G); Ephesians 6:22; Philippians 2:25; Colossians 4:8; Titus 3:12; with the participle λέγων added (Hebrew לֵאמֹר שָׁלַח, Genesis 38:25; 2 Samuel 14:32, etc.), said by messenger (German liess sagen), Luke 7:6, 19; τινα εἰς with an accusative of place, Matthew 2:8; Luke 15:15; Luke 16:27; Acts 10:5; the end, for which one is sent is indicated — by the preposition εἰς, Ephesians 6:22; Colossians 4:8; 1 Peter 2:14; by an infinitive, John 1:33; 1 Corinthians 16:3; Revelation 22:16. Of things, τί τίνι, a. to bid a thing to be carried to one: Revelation 11:10; with εἰς and an accusative of place added, Revelation 1:11; εἰς with an accusative indicating the purpose, Acts 11:29; Philippians 4:16 (here Lachmannbr. εἰς; cf. Buttmann, 329 (283)). b. to send (thrust or insert) a thing into another: Revelation 14:15, 18 (Aelian hist. an. 12, 5); τίνι τί εἰς τό with an inf, 2 Thessalonians 2:11. (Compare: ἀναπέμπω, ἐκπέμπω, μεταπέμπω, προπέμπω, συμπέμπω.) [SYNONYMS: πέμπω, ἀποστέλλω: πέμπω is the general term (differing from ἵημι in directing attention not to the exit but to the advent); it may even imply accompaniment (as when the sender is God). ἀποστέλλω includes a reference to equipment, and suggests official or authoritative sending. Cf. Schmidt, chapter 104; Westcott on John 20:21, 'Additional Note'; also 'Additional Note' on 1 John 3:5.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πένης Transliteration: penēs Phonetic Spelling: pen'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who works for his living Meaning: one who works for his living GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3993 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3993 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3993 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3993 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3993, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πένης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3993 penēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: poor. From a primary peno (to toil for daily subsistence); starving, i.e. Indigent -- poor. Compare ptochos. see GREEK ptochos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3993: πένηςπένης, πένητος, ὁ (πένομαι to work for one's living; the Latinpenuria and Greek πεινάω are akin to it (cf. Vanicek, p. 1164); hence, πένης equivalent to ἐκ πόνου καί ἐνεργείας τό ζῆν ἔχων, Etym. Magn.), poor: 2 Corinthians 9:9. (From Sophocles and Herodotus down; the Sept. for אֶבְיון, עָנִי, דַּל, רָשׁ, etc.) [SYNONYMS: πένης, πτωχός: "πένης occurs but once in the N. T., and then in a quotation from the O. T., while πτωχός occurs between thirty and forty times .... The πένης may be so poor that he earns his bread by daily labor; the πτωχός that he only obtains his living by begging." Trench, § xxxvi.; cf. Schmidt, chapter 85, 4; chapter 186.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πενθερά Transliteration: penthera Phonetic Spelling: pen-ther-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a mother-in-law Meaning: a mother-in-law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3994 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3994 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3994 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3994 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3994, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πενθερά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3994 penthera 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a mother-in-lawFeminine of pentheros; a wife's mother -- mother in law, wife's mother. see GREEK pentheros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3994: πενθεράπενθερά, πενθερᾶς, ἡ (feminine of πενθερός, which see), a mother-in-law, a wife's mother: Matthew 8:14; Matthew 10:35; Mark 1:30; Luke 4:38; Luke 12:53. (Demosthenes, Plutarch, Lucian, others; the Sept. for חָמות.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πενθερός Transliteration: pentheros Phonetic Spelling: pen-ther-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a father-in-law Meaning: a father-in-law GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3995 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3995 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3995 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3995 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3995, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πενθερός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3995 pentheros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: father-in-lawOf uncertain affinity; a wife's father -- father in law. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3995: πενθερόςπενθερός, πενθεροῦ, ὁ, a father-in-law, a wife's father: John 18:13. (Homer, Sophocles, Euripides, Plutarch, others; the Sept. (for חָם, חֹתֵן.).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πενθέω Transliteration: pentheō Phonetic Spelling: pen-theh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to mourn, lament Meaning: to mourn, lament GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3996 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3996 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3996 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3996 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3996, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πενθέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3996 pentheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mourn, bewail. From penthos; to grieve (the feeling or the act) -- mourn, (be-)wail. see GREEK penthos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3996: πενθέωπενθέω, πένθω; future πενθήσω; 1 aorist ἐπένθησα (πένθος); from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for אָבַל; to mourn; a. intransitive: Matthew 5:4 (); ; 1 Corinthians 5:2; πενθεῖν καί κλαίειν, Mark 16:10; Luke 6:25; James 4:9; Revelation 18:15, 19; ἐπί τίνι, over one, Revelation 18:11 R G L (Isaiah 66:10); ἐπί τινα, ibid. T Tr WH (2 Samuel 13:37; 2 Chronicles 35:24, etc.). b. transitive, to mourn for, lament, one: 2 Corinthians 12:21 (cf. Winers Grammar, 635f (590); Buttmann, § 131, 4. Synonym: see θρηνέω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πένθος Transliteration: penthos Phonetic Spelling: pen'-thos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: mourning Meaning: mourning GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3997 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3997 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3997 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3997 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3997, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πένθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3997 penthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: mourning, sorrow. Strengthened from the alternate of pascho; grief -- mourning, sorrow. see GREEK pascho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3997: πένθοςπένθος, πένθους, τό (πένθω ((?); akin, rather, to πάθος, πένομαι (cf. πένης); see Curtius, p. 53; Vanicek, p. 1165)), from Homer down, the Sept. for אֵבֶל, mourning: James 4:9; Revelation 18:7; Revelation 21:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πενιχρός Transliteration: penichros Phonetic Spelling: pen-tikh-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: needy, poor Meaning: needy, poor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3998 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3998 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3998 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3998 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3998, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πενιχρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3998 penichros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: poor. Prolongation from the base of penes; necessitous -- poor. see GREEK penes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3998: πενιχρόςπενιχρός, πενιχρα, πενιχον (from πένομαι, see πένης), needy, poor: Luke 21:2. (Occasionally in Greek authors from Homer, Odyssey 3, 348 down; for עָנִי in Exodus 22:25; for דַּל in Proverbs 29:7.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντάκις Transliteration: pentakis Phonetic Spelling: pen-tak-ece' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: five times Meaning: five times GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G3999 GO TO BIBLEHUB G3999 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G3999 GO TO OPENBIBLE G3999 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G3999, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντάκις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G3999 pentakis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: five times. Multiplicative adverb from pente; five times -- five times. see GREEK pente Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 3999: πεντάκιςπεντάκις, adverb,five times: 2 Corinthians 11:24. (From Pindar, Aeschylus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντακισχίλιοι Transliteration: pentakischilioi Phonetic Spelling: pen-tak-is-khil'-ee-oy Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: five thousand Meaning: five thousand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4000 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4000 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4000 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4000 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4000, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντακισχίλιοι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4000 pentakischilioi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: five thousand. From pentakis and chilioi; five times a thousand -- five thousand. see GREEK pentakis see GREEK chilioi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4000: πεντακισχίλιοιπεντακισχίλιοι, πεντακισχίλιαι, πεντακισχίλια, five times a thousand, five thousand: Matthew 14:21; Matthew 16:9; Mark 6:44; Mark 8:19; Luke 9:14; John 6:10. (Herodotus, Plato, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντακόσιοι Transliteration: pentakosioi Phonetic Spelling: pen-tak-os'-ee-oy Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: five hundred Meaning: five hundred GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4001 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4001 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4001 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4001 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4001, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντακόσιοι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4001 pentakosioi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: five hundred. From pente and hekaton; five hundred -- five hundred. see GREEK pente see GREEK hekaton Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4001: πεντακόσιοιπεντακόσιοι, πεντακόσιαι, πεντακόσια, five hundred: Luke 7:41; 1 Corinthians 15:6. (From Homer (πεντηκόσιοι) down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέντε Transliteration: pente Phonetic Spelling: pen'-teh Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: five Meaning: five GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4002 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4002 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4002 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4002 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4002, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέντε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4002 pente 🕊 Strong's Concordance: five. A primary number; "five" -- five. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4002: πέντεπέντε, οἱ, αἱ, five: Matthew 14:17, and often. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντεκαιδέκατος Transliteration: pentekaidekatos Phonetic Spelling: pen-tek-ahee-ded'-at-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: fifteenth Meaning: fifteenth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4003 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4003 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4003 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4003 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4003, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντεκαιδέκατος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4003 pentekaidekatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fifteenth. From pente and kai and dekatos; five and tenth -- fifteenth. see GREEK pente see GREEK kai see GREEK dekatos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4003: πεντεκαιδέκατοςπεντεκαιδέκατος, πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ, πεντεκαιδεκατον, the fifteenth: Luke 3:1. (Diodorus, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντήκοντα Transliteration: pentēkonta Phonetic Spelling: pen-tay'-kon-tah Part of Speech: Indeclinable Numeral (Adjective) Short Definition: fifty Meaning: fifty GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4004 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4004 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4004 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4004 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4004, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντήκοντα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4004 pentēkonta 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fifty. Multiplicative of pente; fifty -- fifty. see GREEK pente Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4004: πεντήκονταπεντήκοντα, οἱ, αἱ, τά, fifty: Luke 7:41; Luke 16:6; John 8:57; John 21:11 (R G πεντηκοντατριῶν (as one word)); Acts 13:20; ἀνά πεντήκοντα by fifties (see ἀνά, 2), Mark 6:40 (here L T Tr WH κατά πεντήκοντα; see κατά, II. 3 a. γ.); Luke 9:14. (From Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεντηκοστή Transliteration: pentēkostē Phonetic Spelling: pen-tay-kos-tay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: fiftieth, Pentecost, the second of the three great Jewish feasts Meaning: fiftieth, Pentecost, the second of the three great Jewish feasts GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4005 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4005 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4005 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4005 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4005, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεντηκοστή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4005 pentēkostē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pentecost. Feminine of the ordinal of pentekonta; fiftieth (hemera being implied) from Passover, i.e. The festival of "Pentecost" -- Pentecost. see GREEK pentekonta see GREEK hemera Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4005: πεντηκοστήπεντηκοστή, πεντηκοστῆς, ἡ (namely, ἡμέρα; feminine of πεντηκοστός fiftieth) (from Plato down.), Pentecost (properly, the fiftieth day after the Passover, Tobit 2:1; 2 Macc. 12:32; (Philo de septen. § 21; de decal. § 30; cf. Winer's Grammar, 26)), the second of the three great Jewish festivals; celebrated at Jerusalem yearly, the seventh week after the Passover, in grateful recognition of the completed harvest (Exodus 23:16; Leviticus 23:15; Deuteronomy 16:9): Acts 2:1; Acts 20:16; 1 Corinthians 16:8 (Josephus, Antiquities 3, 10, 6; (14, 13, 4; etc.)). (BB. DD. (especially Ginsburg in Alex.'s Kitto) under the word ; Hamburger, Real-Encycl. 1, under the word, Wochenfest; Edersheim, The Temple, chapter xiii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πεποίθησις Transliteration: pepoithēsis Phonetic Spelling: pep-oy'-thay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: confidence Meaning: confidence GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4006 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4006 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4006 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4006 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4006, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πεποίθησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4006 pepoithēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confidence, trust. From the perfect of the alternate of pascho; reliance -- confidence, trust. see GREEK pascho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4006: πεποίθησιςπεποίθησις, πεποιθησεως, ἡ (πείθω, 2 perfect πέποιθα), trust, confidence (R. V.), reliance: 2 Corinthians 1:15; 2 Corinthians 3:4; 2 Corinthians 10:2; Ephesians 3:12; εἰς τινα, 2 Corinthians 8:22; ἐν τίνι,Philippians 3:4. (Philo de nobilit. § 7; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 3, 1; 3, 2, 2; 10, 1, 4; (11, 7, 1; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 2, 3 [ET]); Zosimus (), Sextus Empiricus, others; the Sept. once for בִּטָּחון, 2 Kings 18:19.) The word is condemned by the Atticists; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 295. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περ Transliteration: per Phonetic Spelling: per Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: indeed (adds force to the preceding word Meaning: indeed (adds force to the preceding word GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4007 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4007 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4007 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4007 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4007, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4007 per 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whosoever. From the base of peran; an enclitic particle significant of abundance (thoroughness), i.e. Emphasis; much, very or ever -- (whom-)soever. see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4007: περπερ, an enclitic particle, akin to the preposition περί (Herm. de part. ἄν, p. 6; Curtius, § 359; cf. Lob. Pathol. Elementa, i. 290; others (connect it directly with πέραν, etc., and) give 'throughly' as its fundamental meaning; cf. Bäumlein, Partikeln, p. 198), showing that the idea of the word to which it is annexed must be taken in its fullest extent; it corresponds to the Latincirciter, cunque, German noch so sehr, immerhin, wenigstens, ja; (English however much, very much, altogether, indeed); cf. Hermann ad Vig., p. 791; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 722ff; (Donaldson, New Crat. § 178 at the end). In the N. T. it is affixed to the pronoun ὅς and to sundry particles, see διόπερ, ἐάνπερ, εἴπερ, ἐπείπερ, ἐπειδήπερ, ἤπερ, καθάπερ, καίπερ, ὅσπερ, ὥσπερ. ((From Homer down.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέραν Transliteration: peran Phonetic Spelling: per'-an Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: on the other side Meaning: on the other side GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4008 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4008 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4008 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4008 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4008, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέραν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4008 peran 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beyond, further, over. Apparently accusative case of an obsolete derivative of peiro (to "pierce"); through (as adverb or preposition), i.e. Across -- beyond, farther (other) side, over. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4008: περαιτέρωπεραιτέρω (from περαίτερος, comparitive of πέρα), adverb, from Aeschylus down, further, beyond, besides: Acts 19:39 L Tr WH, for R G περί ἑτέρων. With this compare οὐδέν ζητήσετέ περαιτέρω, Plato, Phaedo, c. 56, at the end, p. 107 b. STRONGS NT 4008: πέρανπέραν, Ionic and epic περην, adv, from Homer down; the Sept. for עֵבֶר; beyond, on the other side; a. τό πέραν, the region beyond, the opposite shore: Matthew 8:18, 28; Matthew 14:22; Matthew 16:5; Mark 4:35; Mark 5:21; Mark 6:45; Mark 8:13. b. joined (like a preposition) with a genitive (Winer's Grammar, § 54, 6): πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, John 6:22, 25; πέραν τοῦ Ιορδάνου, Matthew 4:15; Matthew 19:1; (Mark 10:1 L T Tr WH); John 1:28; John 3:26; with verbs of going it marks direction toward a place (over, beyond) John 6:1, 17; John 10:40; John 18:1; of the place whence (Matthew 4:25); Mark 3:8. τό πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, Mark 5:1; (τοῦ Ιορδάνου, Mark 10:1 R G); τῆς λίμνης, Luke 13:22 (τοῦ ποταμοῦ, Xenophon, an. 3, 5, 2). (See Sophocles, Lexicon, under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέρας Transliteration: peras Phonetic Spelling: per'-as Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a limit Meaning: a limit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4009 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4009 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4009 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4009 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4009, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέρας [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4009 peras 🕊 Strong's Concordance: end, limitFrom the same as peran; an extremity -- end, ut-(ter-)most participle see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4009: πέραςπέρας, πέρατος, τό (πέρα beyond), from Aeschylus down, extremity, bound, end (see τέλος, 1 a. at the beginning); a. of a portion of space ("boundary, frontier): πέρατα τῆς γῆς (the ends of the earth), equivalent to the remotest lands, Matthew 12:42; Luke 11:31 (Homer, Iliad 8, 478 (πεῖραρ); Thucydides 1, 69; Xenophon, Ages. 9, 4; the Sept. for אֶרֶץ אַפְסֵי (Winer's Grammar, 30)); also τῆς οἰκουμένης, Romans 10:18 (Psalm 71:8 ()). b. of a thing extending through a period of time (termination): ἀντιλογίας, Hebrews 6:16 (τῶν κακῶν, Aeschylus Pers. 632; Josephus, b. j. 7, 5, 6, and other examples in other writings). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πέργαμος Transliteration: Pergamos Phonetic Spelling: per'-gam-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Pergamum, a city of Mysia Meaning: Pergamum -- a city of Mysia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4010 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4010 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4010 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4010 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4010, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πέργαμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4010 Pergamos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: PergamumFrom purgos; fortified; Pergamus, a place in Asia Minor -- Pergamos. see GREEK purgos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4010: ΠέργαμοςΠέργαμος (perhaps Περγαμμον, τό (the gender in the N. T. is indeterminate; cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 421f; Pape, Eigennamen, see under the words)), Περγαμου, ἡ, Pergamus (or Pergamum (cf. Curtius, § 413)), a city of Mysia Major in Asia Minor, the seat of the dynasties of Attalus and Eumenes, celebrated for the temple of Aesculapius, and the invention ((?) cf. Gardthausen, Griech. Palaeogr., p. 39f; Birt, Antikes Buchwesen, chapter ii.) and manufacture of parchment. The river Selinus flowed through it and the Cetius ran past it (Strabo 13, p. 623; Pliny, 5, 30 (33); 13, 11 (21); Tacitus, ann. 3, 63). It was the birthplace of the physician Galen, and had a great royal library. Modern Berghama. There was a Christian church there: Revelation 1:11; Revelation 2:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πέργη Transliteration: Pergē Phonetic Spelling: perg'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Perga, a city of Pamphylia Meaning: Perga -- a city of Pamphylia GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4011 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4011 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4011 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4011 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4011, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πέργη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4011 Pergē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Perga. Probably from the same as Pergamos; a tower; Perga, a place in Asia Minor -- Perga. see GREEK Pergamos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4011: ΠέργηΠέργη, Πέργης, ἡ (cf. the preceding word), Perge or Perga, a town of Pamphylia, on the river Cestrus about seven miles (sixty stadia) from the sea. On a hill near the town was the temple of Diana (i. e. Artemis) (Strabo 14, p. 667; Mel. 1, 14; Livy 38, 37): Acts 13:13; Acts 14:25. (BB. DD.; Lewin, St. Paul, i., 134f) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περί Transliteration: peri Phonetic Spelling: per-ee' Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: about, concerning, around (denotes place, cause or subject) Meaning: about, concerning, around (denotes place, cause or subject) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4012 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4012 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4012 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4012 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4012, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περί [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4012 peri 🕊 Strong's Concordance: about, aroundFrom the base of peran; properly, through (all over), i.e. Around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period) -- (there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through). see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4012: περίπερί (akin to πέρα, πέραν; (Curtius, § 359)), preposition, joined in the N. T. with the genitive and the accusative (in classical Greek also with the dative), and indicating that the person or thing relative to which an act or state is predicated is as it were encompassed by this act or state; Latincircum, circa; around, about. I. with the GENITIVE it denotes that around which an act or state revolves; about, concerning, as touching, etc. (Latinde, quod attinet ad, causa with a genitivepropter) (cf. Winers Grammar, 372f (349)). a. about, concerning, (Latinde; in later Latin alsocirca): after verbs of speaking, teaching, writing, etc., see under ἀναγγέλλω, ἀπαγμαι, διαγνωρίζω, διαλέγομαι, διδάσκω, διηγοῦμαι (Hebrews 11:32), διήγησις, εἶπον and προεῖπον, ἐπερωτάω and ἐρωτάω, κατηχέω, λαλέω, λέγω, λόγον αἰτέω, λόγον ἀποδίδωμι, λόγον δίδωμι, μαρτυρέω, μνεία, μνημονεύω, προκαταγγέλλω, προφητεύω, ὑπομιμνῄσκω, χρηματίζομαι, ἦχος, φήμη, etc.; after verbs of hearing, knowing, ascertaining, inquiring, see under ἀκούω, γινώσκω, ἐπίσταμαι, εἶδον, ἐξετάζω, ζητέω, ἐκζητέω, ἐπιζητέω, ζήτημα, πυνθάνομαι, etc.; after verbs of thinking, deciding, supposing, doubting, etc.; see under διαλογίζομαι, ἐνθυμέομαι, πέπεισμαι, πιστεύω, διαπορέω, ἐλέγχω, etc. b. as respects (A. V. often (as) touching); α. with verbs, to indicate that what is expressed by the verb (or verbal noun) holds so far forth as some person or thing is concerned; with regard to, in reference to: Acts 28:21; Hebrews 11:20; ἡ περί σου μνεία, 2 Timothy 1:3; ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν, 1 Corinthians 7:37; ἐπιταγήν ἔχειν, ibid. 25; see ἐντέλλομαι, ἐντολή, παρακαλέω, παραμυθέομαι, πρόφασις, ἔκδικος, λαγχάνω to cast lots. β. with the neuter plural (and singular) of the article, τά περί τίνος the things concerning a person or thing, i. e. what relates to, can be said about, etc.: τά περί τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ, Acts 1:3; Acts 8:12 (Rec.); (here L Tr WH omit τά); τά περί τῆς ὁδοῦ, Acts 24:22; with the genitive of a person one's affairs, his condition or state: Acts 28:15; Ephesians 6:22; Philippians 1:27; Philippians 2:19ff; Colossians 4:8; in a forensic sense, one's cause or case, Acts 24:10; τά περί Ἰησοῦ (or τοῦ κυρίου) (the (rumors) about Jesus (as a worker of miracles), Mark 5:27 T Tr marginal reading brackets WH); the things (necessary to be known and believed) concerning Jesus, Acts 18:25; Acts 23:11; Acts 28:23 Rec., 31; the things that befell Jesus, his death, Luke 24:19; the things in the O. T. relative to him, the prophecies concerning him, Luke 24:27; the career, death, appointed him by God, Luke 22:37 (here T Tr WH τό etc.). γ. περί τίνος, absolutely, at the beginning of sentences, concerning, as to: 1 Corinthians 7:1; 1 Corinthians 8:1; 1 Corinthians 16:1, 12; but in other places it is more properly taken with the following verb, Matthew 22:31; Matthew 24:36; Mark 12:26; 1 Corinthians 7:25; 1 Corinthians 8:1, 4; 1 Corinthians 12:1; 1 Thessalonians 4:9; 1 Thessalonians 5:1; cf. Winers Grammar, 373 (350). c. on account of; α. of the subject matter, which at the same time occasions the action expressed by the verb: so after verbs of accusing, see ἐγκαλέω, κατηγορέω, κρίνω τινα περί τίνος, etc.; after verbs expressing emotion, see θαυμάζω, ἀγανακτέω, καυχάομαι, σπλαγχνίζομαι, εὐχαριστέω, εὐχαριστία, αἰνέω, μέλειμοι μεριμνάω; also after εὔχομαι, 3 John 1:2, see πᾶς. II. 2 b. θ'. β. of the cause for (on account of) which a tiring is done, or of that which gave occasion for the action or occurrence: Mark 1:44; Luke 5:14; John 10:33 (περί τῆς βλασφημίας λάβετε αὐτόν, Ev. Nic c. 4, p. 546, Thilo edition (p. 221, Tdf. edition)); Acts 15:2; Acts 19:23; Acts 25:15, 18, 24; Colossians 2:1 (R G). γ. on account of i. e. for, for the benefit or advantage of: Matthew 26:28; Mark 14:24 R G; Luke 4:38; John 16:26; John 17:9, 20; Hebrews 5:3; Hebrews 11:40; περί and ὑπέρ alternate in Ephesians 6:18f (cf. Winers Grammar, 383 (358) n. also § 50, 3; Buttmann, § 147, 21, 22; Wieseler, Meyer, Lightfoot, Ellicott on Galatians 1:4). δ. περί is used of the design or purpose for removing something or taking it away: περί ἁμαρτίας, to destroy sin, Romans 8:3; διδόναι ἑαυτόν περί τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, to expiate, atone for, sins, Galatians 1:4 (where R WH text ὑπέρ (see as in above, and cf. ὑπέρ, I. 6)); also to offer sacrifices, and simply sacrifices, περί ἁμαρτιῶν. Hebrews 5:3 (R G ὑπέρ; see as above); ; περί ἁμαρτιῶν ἔπαθε (ἀπέθανεν), 1 Peter 3:18; περί ἁμαρτίας namely, θυσίαι, sacrifices for sin, expiatory sacrifices, Hebrews 10:6 (from Psalm 39:7 (); cf. Numbers 8:8; see ἁμαρτία, 3; τά περί τῆς ἁμαρτίας Leviticus 6:25; τό περί τῆς ἁμαρτίας, Leviticus 14:19); ἱλασμός περί τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, 1 John 2:2; 1 John 4:10. II. with the ACCUSATIVE (Winers Grammar, 406 (379)); a. of place; about, around: as, about parts of the body, Matthew 3:4; ( L T Tr WH); Mark 1:6; Mark 9:42; Luke 17:2; Revelation 15:6. about places: Luke 13:8; Acts 22:6; Jude 1:7; τά περί τόν τόπον ἐκεῖνον, the neighborhood of that place, Acts 28:7; οἱ περί with an accusative of place, those dwelling about a place or in its vicinity, Mark 3:8 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets οἱ). οἱ περί τινα, those about one, i. e. with him, his companions, associates, friends, etc., Mark 4:10; Luke 22:49; (add, Mark 16 WH (rejected) Shorter Conclusion); according to Greek idiom οἱ περί τόν Παῦλον, Paul and his companions (German die Paulusgesellschaft) (cf. Winers Grammar, 406 (379); Buttmann, § 125, 8), Acts 13:13; according to a later Greek usage αἱ περί Μάρθαν denotes Martha herself, John 11:19 (although others (e. g. Meyer, Weiss, Keil, Godet, others) understand by it Martha and her attendants or domestics; but L Tr WH read πρός τήν (for τάς περί) Μάρθαν); cf. Matthiae, § 583, 2; Bernhardy (1829), p. 263; Kühncr ii., p. 230f; (Winers Grammar, and Buttmann, as above). in phrases the underlying notion of which is that of revolving about sometiring: of persons engaged in any occupation, οἱ περί τά τοιαῦτα ἐργάται (A. V. the workmen of like occupation), Acts 19:25; περισπᾶσθαι, πυρβάζεσθαι περί τί, Luke 10:40, 41 (but here L T Tr WIt text θορυβάζῃ which see (and WH marginal reading omits περί πολλά)) (περί τήν γεωργίαν γίνεσθαι, 2 Macc. 12:1). b. as to, in reference to, concerning: so after ἀδόκιμος, 2 Timothy 3:8; ἀστόχειν, 1 Timothy 6:21; 2 Timothy 2:18; ναυάγειν, 1 Timothy 1:19; νόσειν, 1 Timothy 6:4; περί πάντα ἑαυτόν παρέχεσθαι τύπον, Titus 2:7; τά περί ἐμέ, the state of my affairs, Philippians 2:23; αἱ περί τά λοιπά ἐπιθυμίαι Mark 4:19 (αἱ περί τό σῶμα ἐπιθυμίαι, Aristotle, rhet. 2, 12, 3; τά περί ψυχήν καί σῶμα ἀγαθά, eth. Nic. 1, 8); cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 3 N. 5; (Buttmann, § 125, 9). c. of Time; in a somewhat indefinite specification of time, about, near: περί τρίτην ὥραν, Matthew 20:3; add, ; ; Mark 6:48; Acts 10:( L T Tr WH),; . III. in COMPOSITION περί in the N. T. signifies: 1. in a circuit, round about, all around, as περιάγω, περιβάλλω, περιαστράπτω, περίκειμαι, περιοικέω, etc., etc. 2. beyond (because that which surrounds a thing does not belong to the thing itself but is beyond it): περίεργος, περισσεύω. 3. through ((?) — intensive, rather |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιάγω Transliteration: periagō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lead around, to go about Meaning: to lead around, to go about GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4013 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4013 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4013 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4013 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4013, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4013 periagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: lead round, go round aboutFrom peri and ago; to take around (as a companion); reflexively, to walk around -- compass, go (round) about, lead about. see GREEK peri see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4013: περιάγωπεριάγω; imperfect περιηγον; from Herodotus down; 1. transitive, a. to lead around (cf. περί, III. 1). b. equivalent to to lead about with oneself: τινα (Xenophon, Cyril 2, 2, 28; τρεῖς παῖδας ἀκολουθους, Demosthenes, p. 958, 16), 1 Corinthians 9:5. 2. intransitive, to go about, walk about (Cebes () tab. c. 6): absolutely, Acts 13:11; with an accusative of place (depending on the preposition in compos., cf. Matthiae, § 426; (Buttmann, 144 (126); Winer's Grammar, § 52, 2 c.; 432 (402))), Matthew 4:28 (R G; (others read the dative with or without ἐν)); ; Mark 6:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιαιρέω Transliteration: periaireō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-ahee-reh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take away (that which surrounds) Meaning: to take away (that which surrounds) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4014 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4014 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4014 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4014 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4014, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιαιρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4014 periaireō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to cast off, take awayFrom peri and haireomai (including its alternate); to remove all around, i.e. Unveil, cast off (anchor); figuratively, to expiate -- take away (up). see GREEK peri see GREEK haireomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4014: περιαιρέωπεριαιρέω, περιαίρω: 2 aorist infinitive περιελεῖν (participle plural περιελόντες; passive, present 3 person singular περιαιρεῖται); imperfect 3 person singular περιῃρεῖτο; from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for הֵסִיר; a. to take away that which surrounds or envelops a thing (cf. περί, III. 1): τό κάλυμμα, passive, 2 Corinthians 3:16 (πορφύραν, 2 Macc. 4:38; τόν δακτύλιον, Genesis 41:42; Josephus, Antiquities 19, 2, 3); ἀγκύρας, the anchors from both sides of the ship (R. V. casting off), Acts 27:40; (2 aorist participle, absolutely, in a nautical sense, to cast loose, Acts 28:13 WH (others περιελθόντες)). b. metaphorically, to take away altogether or entirely: τάς ἁμαρτίας (with which one is, as it were, enveloped), the guilt of sin, i. e. to expiate perfectly, Hebrews 10:11; τήν ἐλπίδα, passive, Acts 27:20. STRONGS NT 4014a: περιάπτωπεριάπτω: 1 aorist participle περιαψας; (from Pindar down); 1. to bind or tie around, to put around (περί, III. 1); to hang upon, attach to. 2. to kindle a fire around (or thoroughly; see περικρύπτω, περικαλύπτω, περικρατής, περίλυπος, etc.) (Phalaris, epistle 5, p. 28): Luke 22:55 T WH Tr text |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιαστράπτω Transliteration: periastraptō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-as-trap'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tie around Meaning: to tie around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4015 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4015 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4015 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4015 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4015, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιαστράπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4015 periastraptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shine roundFrom peri and astrapto; to flash all around, i.e. Envelop in light -- shine round (about). see GREEK peri see GREEK astrapto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4015: περιαστράπτωπεριαστράπτω: 1 aorist περιηστραψα (Relz L περιεστραψα (see Buttmann, 34f (30) and Tdf.s note)), to flash around, shine about, (περί, III. 1): τινα, Acts 9:3; περί τινα, Acts 22:6. ((4 Macc. 4:10); ecclesiastical and Byzantine writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιβάλλω Transliteration: periballō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-bal'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to throw around, put on Meaning: to throw around, put on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4016 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4016 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4016 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4016 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4016, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4016 periballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: array, cast about, clothed me, put on. From peri and ballo; to throw all around, i.e. Invest (with a palisade or with clothing) -- array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on. see GREEK peri see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4016: περιβάλλωπεριβάλλω: future περιβαλῶ; 2 aorist περιέβαλον; perfect passive participle περιβεβλημένος; 2 aorist middle περιεβαλομην; 2 future middle περιβαλοῦμαι; from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for כָּסָה, to cover, cover up; also for לָבַשׁ, to clothe, and עָטָה, to veil; to throw around, to put round; a. χάρακα, to surround a city with a bank (palisade), Luke 19:43 ((R G Tr L text WH marginal reading); see παρεμβάλλω, 2). b. of garments, τινα, to clothe one: Matthew 25:36, 38, 43; τινα τί, to put a thing on one, to clothe one with a thing (Buttmann, 149 (130); Winer's Grammar, § 32,4 a.): Luke 23:11 (here T WH omit; L Tr brackets accusative of person); John 19:2; passive, Mark 14:51; Mark 16:5; Revelation 7:9, 13; Revelation 10:1; Revelation 11:3; Revelation 12:1; Revelation 17:4 (where Rec. has the dative of the thing; (so L WH txt, but others ἐν with the dative of thing)); ; middle to put on or clothe oneself: absolutely, Revelation 3:18; with the accusative of the thing (cf. Buttmann, § 135, 2), Matthew 6:31; Acts 12:8; passively — in 2 aorist, Matthew 6:29; Luke 12:27; in 2 aorist with the accusative of the thing, Revelation 3:18; Revelation 19:8; in 2 future with ἐν τίνι (Buttmann, as above; see ἐν, I. 5 b., p. 210a), Revelation 3:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιβλέπομαι Transliteration: periblepomai Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-blep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to look around Meaning: to look around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4017 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4017 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4017 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4017 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4017, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιβλέπομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4017 periblepomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: look roundFrom peri and blepo; to look all around -- look (round) about (on). see GREEK peri see GREEK blepo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4017: περιβλέπωπεριβλέπω: imperfect middle 3 person singular περιεβλέπετο; 1 aorist participle περιβλεψάμενος; to look around. In the N. T. only in the middle (to look round about oneself): absolutely, Mark 9:8; Mark 10:23; followed by an infinitive of purpose, Mark 5:32; τινα, to look round on one (i. e. to look for oneself at one near by), Mark 3:5, 34; Luke 6:10; εἰς τίνος, Ev. Nic c. 4; πάντα, Mark 11:11. (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιβόλαιον Transliteration: peribolaion Phonetic Spelling: per-ib-ol'-ah-yon Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is thrown around, a covering Meaning: that which is thrown around, a covering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4018 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4018 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4018 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4018 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4018, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιβόλαιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4018 peribolaion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: covering, vesture. Neuter of a presumed derivative of periballo; something thrown around one, i.e. A mantle, veil -- covering, vesture. see GREEK periballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4018: περιβόλαιονπεριβόλαιον, περιβολαίου, τό (περιβάλλω), properly, a covering thrown around, a wrapper; in the N. T. 1. a mantle: Hebrews 1:12 (Psalm 101:27 (); Ezekiel 16:13; Ezekiel 27:7; Isaiah 59:17; περιβόλαιον βασιλικόν and περιβόλαιον ἐκ πορφύρας, Palaeph. 52, 4). 2. a veil (A. V. a covering): 1 Corinthians 11:15. ((From Euripides down.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιδέω Transliteration: perideō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-deh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tie around Meaning: to tie around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4019 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4019 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4019 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4019 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4019, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιδέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4019 perideō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bind peri and deo; to bind around one, i.e. Enwrap -- bind about. see GREEK deo see GREEK peri Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4019: περιδέωπεριδέω: pluperfect passive 3 person singular περιεδέδετο; (from Herodotus down); to bind around, tie over (cf. περί, III. 1]: τινα τίνι, John 11:44. (The Sept. Job 12:18; Plutarch, mor., p. 825 e. (i. e. praecepta ger. reipub. 32, 21; Aristotle, h. a. 9, 39, p. 628a, 14).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιεργάζομαι Transliteration: periergazomai Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-er-gad'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to waste one's labor about (a thing) Meaning: to waste one's labor about (a thing) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4020 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4020 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4020 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4020 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4020, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιεργάζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4020 periergazomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be a busybody. From peri and ergazomai; to work all around, i.e. Bustle about (meddle) -- be a busybody. see GREEK peri see GREEK ergazomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4020: περιεργάζομαιπεριεργάζομαι; (see περί, III. 2); to bustle about uselessly, to busy oneself about trifling, needless, useless matters, (Sir. 3:23; Herodotus 3, 46; Plato, Apology, p. 19 b.; others): used apparently of a person officiously inquisitive about others' affairs (A. V. to be a busybody), 2 Thessalonians 3:11, as in Demosthenes, p. 150, 24 (cf. p. 805, 4 etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίεργος Transliteration: periergos Phonetic Spelling: per-ee'-er-gos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: overly careful, curious, meddling, subst. a busybody Meaning: overly careful, curious, meddling, a busybody GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4021 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4021 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4021 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4021 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4021, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίεργος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4021 periergos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meddlesome, belonging to magicFrom peri and ergon; working all around, i.e. Officious (meddlesome, neuter plural magic) -- busybody, curious arts. see GREEK peri see GREEK ergon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4021: περίεργοςπερίεργος, περιεργον (περί and ἔργον; see περί, III. 2), busy about trifles and neglectful of important matters, especially busy about other folks' affairs, a busybody: 1 Timothy 5:13 (often so in secular authors from Xenophon, mem. 1, 3, 1; περιεργων καί πολυπράγμων, Epictetus diss. 3, 1, 21); of things: τά περίεργα, impertinent and superfluous, of magic (A. V., curious) arts, Acts 19:19 (so περίεργος practising magic, Aristaen., epistles 2, 18, 2 (cf. Plutarch, Alex. 2, 5)); cf. Kypke, Observations, and Kuinoel, commentary at the passage. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιέρχομαι Transliteration: perierchomai Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go about Meaning: to go about GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4022 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4022 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4022 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4022 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4022, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4022 perierchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go aboutFrom peri and erchomai (including its alternate); to come all around, i.e. Stroll, vacillate, veer -- fetch a compass, vagabond, wandering about. see GREEK peri see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4022: περιέρχομαιπεριέρχομαι; 2 aorist περιῆλθον; from Herodotus down; to go about: of strollers, Acts 19:13; of wanderers, Hebrews 11:37; of navigators (making a circuit), Acts 28:13 (here WH περιελόντες, see περιαιρέω, a.); τάς οἰκίας, to go about from house to house, 1 Timothy 5:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιέχω Transliteration: periechō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-ekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to surround Meaning: to surround GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4023 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4023 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4023 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4023 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4023, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4023 periechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: containFrom peri and echo; to hold all around, i.e. Include, clasp (figuratively) -- + astonished, contain, after (this manner). see GREEK peri see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4023: περιέχωπεριέχω; 2 aorist περιέσχον; from Homer down; in the N. T. to surround, encompass; i. e. a. to contain: of the subject-matter, contents, of a writing (ἡ βίβλος περιέχει τάς πράξεις, Diodorus 2, 1; (Josephus, contra Apion (1, 1); 1, 8, 2; 2, 4, 1; 2, 38, 1)), ἐπιστολήν περιέχουσαν τόν τύπον τοῦτον, a letter of which this is a sample, or a letter written after this form (cf. τύπος, 3), Acts 23:25 (L T Tr WH ἔχουσαν (cf. Grimm on 1 Macc. as below)) (τόν τρόπον τοῦτον, 1 Macc. 15:2; 2 Macc. 11:16); intransitive, (Buttmann, § 129, 17 n.; 144 (126) n.): περιέχει ἐν (τῇ) γραφή, it is contained in (holy) scripture, 1 Peter 2:6 R G T Tr WH; absolutely, περιέχει ἡ γραφή (our runs), followed by direct discourse, ibid. Lachmann; likewise, ὁ νόμος ὑμῶν περιέχει, Ev. Nicod. c. 4; with adverbs: περιέχειν οὕτως, 2 Macc. 9:18 2Macc. 11:22; καθώς περιέχει βίβλος Ανωχ, Test. xii. Patr., test. Levi 10; ὡς ἡ παράδοσις περιέχει, Eusebius, h. e. 3, 1; see Grimm on 1 Macc. 11:29. b. equivalent to to take possession of, to seize: τινα, Luke 5:9 (2 Macc. 4:16; Josephus, b. j. 4, 10, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιζώννυμι Transliteration: perizōnnymi Phonetic Spelling: per-id-zone'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to gird Meaning: to gird GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4024 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4024 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4024 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4024 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4024, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιζώννυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4024 perizōnnymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: girdFrom peri and zonnumi; to gird all around, i.e. (middle voice or passive) to fasten on one's belt (literally or figuratively) -- gird (about, self). see GREEK peri see GREEK zonnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4024: περιζωννύωπεριζωννύω, or περιζώννυμι: middle, 1 future περιζώσομαι; 1 aorist imperative περίζωσαι, participle περιζωσάμενος; perfect passive participle περιεζωσμένος; to gird around (περί, III. 1); to fasten garments with a girdle: τήν ὀσφύν, to fasten one's clothing about the loins with a girdle (Jeremiah 1:17), passive, Luke 12:35. Middle to gird oneself: absolutely, Luke 12:37; Luke 17:8; Acts 12:8 Rec.; τήν ὀσφύν ἐν ἀλήθεια, with truth as a girdle, figuratively equivalent to to equip oneself with knowledge of the truth, Ephesians 6:14; with an accusative of the thing with which one girds himself (often so in the Sept., as σάκκον, Jeremiah 4:8; Jeremiah 6:26; Lamentations 2:10; στολήν δόξης, Sir. 45:7; and in tropical expressions, δύναμιν, εὐφροσύνην, 1 Samuel 2:4; Psalm 17:33 (); (Buttmann, § 135, 2)): πρός τοῖς μαστοῖς ζώνην, Revelation 1:13; ζώνας περί τά στήθη, Revelation 15:6. (Aristophanes, Polybius, Pausanias, Plutarch, others; the Sept. for חָגַר and אָזַר). Cf. ἀναζώννυμι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίθεσις Transliteration: perithesis Phonetic Spelling: per-ith'-es-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a putting around Meaning: a putting around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4025 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4025 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4025 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4025 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4025, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίθεσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4025 perithesis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wearing. From peritithemi; a putting all around, i.e. Decorating oneself with -- wearing. see GREEK peritithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4025: περίθεσιςπερίθεσις, περιθέσεως, ἡ (περιτίθημι), the act of putting around (περί, III. 1) (Vulg.circumdatio (A. V. wearing)): περιθέσεως χρυσίων κόσμος, the adornment consisting of the golden ornaments wont to be plied around the head or the body, 1 Peter 3:3. ((Arrian 7, 22), Galen, Sextus Empiricus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιΐστημι Transliteration: periistēmi Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-is'-tay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to stand around, turn around (to avoid) Meaning: to stand around, turn around (to avoid) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4026 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4026 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4026 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4026 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4026, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιΐστημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4026 periistēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: avoid, shun, stand byFrom peri and histemi; to stand all around, i.e. (near) to be a bystander, or (aloof) to keep away from -- avoid, shun, stand by (round about). see GREEK peri see GREEK histemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4026: περιΐστημιπεριΐστημι: 2 aorist περιεστην; perfect participle περιεστώς; present middle imperative 2 person singular περιΐστασο (on which form see Winers Grammar, § 14, 1 e.; (Buttmann, 47 (40), who both call it passive (but see Veitch, p. 340))); 1. in the present, imperfect, future, 1 aorist, active, to place around (one). 2. in the perfect, pluperfect, 2 aorist active, and the tenses of the middle, to stand around: John 11:42; Acts 25:7 (in L T Tr WH with an accusative; cf. Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 12). Middle to turn oneself about namely, for the purpose of avoiding something, hence, to avoid, shun (Josephus, Antiquities 4, 6, 12; 10, 10, 4; b. j. 2, 8, 6; Antoninus 3,4; Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 4, 59; Athen. 15, p. 675 e.; (Diogenes Laërtius 9, 14; Jamblichus, vit. Pythagoras 31 (p. 392, Kiessl. edition); Sextus Empiricus; joined with φεύγειν, Josephus, Antiquities 1, 1, 4; with ἐκτρέπεσθαι, Lucian, Hermot. § 86; Hesychius περιΐστασο. Ἀποφευγε, ἀνατρεπε; (cf. furher, D'Orville's Chariton, Reiske edition, p. 282); this use of the verb is censured by Lucian, soloec. 5): in the N. T. so with an accusative of the thing (cf. Winer's Grammar, the passage cited), 2 Timothy 2:16; Titus 3:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικάθαρμα Transliteration: perikatharma Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-kath'-ar-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is cleaned off, refuse Meaning: that which is cleaned off, refuse GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4027 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4027 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4027 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4027 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4027, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικάθαρμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4027 perikatharma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: filth. From a compound of peri and kathairo; something cleaned off all around, i.e. Refuse (figuratively) -- filth. see GREEK peri see GREEK kathairo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4027: περικάθαρμαπερικάθαρμα, περικαθαρματος, τό (περικαθαίρω, to cleanse on all sides (περί, III. 1)), off-scouring, refuse: plural, τά περικαθάρματα τοῦ κόσμου (A. V., the filth of the world), metaphorically, the most abject and despicable men, 1 Corinthians 4:13. (Epictetus diss. 3, 22, 78;purgamenta urbis, Curt. 8, 5, 8; 10, 2, 7; (see Wetstein on 1 Corinthians, the passage cited); the Sept. once for כֹּפֶר, the price of expiation or redemption, Proverbs 21:18, because the Greeks used to apply the term καθαρματα to victims sacrificed to make expiation for the people, and even to criminals who were maintained at the public expense, that on the outbreak of a pestilence or other calamity they might be offered as sacrifices to make expiation for the state.) STRONGS NT 4027a: περικαθίζωπερικαθίζω: 1 aorist participle περικαθισας; 1. in classical Greek transitive, to bid or make to sit around, to invest, besiege, a city, a fortress. 2. intransitive, to sit around, be seated around ; so in Luke 22:55 Lachmann text |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικαλύπτω Transliteration: perikalyptō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-kal-oop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cover around Meaning: to cover around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4028 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4028 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4028 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4028 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4028, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικαλύπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4028 perikalyptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blindfold, cover, overlay. From peri and kalupto; to cover all around, i.e. Entirely (the face, a surface) -- blindfold, cover, overlay. see GREEK peri see GREEK kalupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4028: περικαλύπτωπερικαλύπτω; 1 aorist participle περικαλυψας; perfect passive participle περικεκαλυμμενος; from Homer down; to cover all around (περί, III. 1), to cover up, cover over: τό πρόσωπον, Mark 14:65; Luke 22:64 (A. V. blindfold); τί χρυσίῳ, Hebrews 9:4 (Exodus 28:20). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίκειμαι Transliteration: perikeimai Phonetic Spelling: per-ik'-i-mahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lie around Meaning: to lie around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4029 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4029 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4029 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4029 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4029, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίκειμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4029 perikeimai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enclose, encircle, wearFrom peri and keimai; to lie all around, i.e. Inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively) -- be bound (compassed) with, hang about. see GREEK peri see GREEK keimai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4029: περίκειμαιπερίκειμαι; (περί and κεῖμαι); from Homer down; 1. to lie around (cf. περί, III. 1): περί (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 12) τί (A. V. were hanged, Mark 9:42); Luke 17:2; ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος (A. V. are composed about with a cloud etc.), Hebrews 12:1. 2. passively (cf. Buttmann, 50 (44)), to be compassed with, have round one, (with the accusative; cf. Winers Grammar, § 32, 5; Buttmann, § 134, 7): ἅλυσιν, Acts 28:20 (δεσμά, 4 Macc. 12:3); ἀσθένειαν, infirmity cleaves to me, Hebrews 5:2 (ὕβριν, Theocritus, 23,14; ἀμαυρωσιν, νέφος, Clement of Rome, 2 Cor. 1, 6 [ET]). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικεφαλαία Transliteration: perikephalaia Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-kef-al-ah'-yah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a helmet Meaning: a helmet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4030 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4030 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4030 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4030 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4030, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικεφαλαία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4030 perikephalaia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: helmet. Feminine of a compound of peri and kephale; encirclement of the head, i.e. A helmet -- helmet. see GREEK peri see GREEK kephale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4030: περικεφαλαίαπερικεφαλαία, περικεφαλαίας, ἡ (περί and κεφαλή), a helmet: 1 Thessalonians 5:8; τοῦ σωτηρίου (from Isaiah 59:17), i. e. dropping the figure, the protection of soul which consists in (the hope of) salvation, Ephesians 6:17. (Polybius; the Sept. for כּובַע .) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικρατής Transliteration: perikratēs Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-krat-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: having full command of Meaning: having full command of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4031 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4031 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4031 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4031 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4031, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικρατής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4031 perikratēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: having powerFrom peri and kratos; strong all around, i.e. A master (manager) -- + come by. see GREEK peri see GREEK kratos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4031: περικρατήςπερικρατής, περικρατες (κράτος), τίνος, having full power over a thing: (περικρατής γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης, to secure), Acts 27:16. (Susanna, 39; the Alex. manuscript; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικρύπτω Transliteration: perikryptō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-kroop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to conceal entirely Meaning: to conceal entirely GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4032 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4032 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4032 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4032 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4032, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικρύπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4032 perikryptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hide. From peri and krupto; to conceal all around, i.e. Entirely -- hide. see GREEK peri see GREEK krupto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4032: περικρύπτωπερικρύπτω: 2 aorist περιέκρυβον (on this fore cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. i., p. 400f; ii., p. 226; (WHs Appendix, p. 170; others make it (in Luke as below) a late imperfect; cf. Buttmann, 40 (35); Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word κρυβῶ; Veitch, under the word κρύπτω)); to conceal on all sides or entirely, to hide: ἑαυτόν, to keep oneself at home, Luke 1:24. (Lucian, (Diogenes Laërtius, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περικυκλόω Transliteration: perikykloō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-koo-klo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to encircle Meaning: to encircle GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4033 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4033 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4033 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4033 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4033, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περικυκλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4033 perikykloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: encircle, surroundFrom peri and kukloo; to encircle all around, i.e. Blockade completely -- compass round. see GREEK peri see GREEK kukloo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4033: περικυκλόωπερικυκλόω, περικύκλῳ: future περικυκλώσω; to encircle, compass about: of a city (besieged), Luke 19:43. (Aristophanes av. 346; Xenophon, an. 6,1 (3), 11; Aristotle, h. a. 4, 8 (p. 533{b}, 11); Lucian, others; the Sept. for סָבַב.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιλάμπω Transliteration: perilampō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-lam'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to shine around Meaning: to shine around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4034 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4034 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4034 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4034 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4034, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιλάμπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4034 perilampō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shine aroundFrom peri and lampo; to illuminate all around, i.e. Invest with a halo -- shine round about. see GREEK peri see GREEK lampo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4034: περιλάμπωπεριλάμπω: 1 aorist περιελαμψα; to shine around: τινα, Luke 2:9; Acts 26:13. (Diodorus, Josephus, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιλείπω Transliteration: perileipō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-li'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be left remaining Meaning: to be left remaining GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4035 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4035 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4035 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4035 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4035, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιλείπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4035 perileipō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: remain. From peri and leipo; to leave all around, i.e. (passively) survive -- remain. see GREEK peri see GREEK leipo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4035: περιλείπωπεριλείπω: present passive participle περιλειπόμενος (cf. περί, III. 2); to leave over; passive, to remain over, to survive: 1 Thessalonians 4:15, 17. (Aristophanes, Plato, Euripides, Polybius, Herodian; 2 Macc. 1:31.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίλυπος Transliteration: perilypos Phonetic Spelling: per-il'-oo-pos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: very sad Meaning: very sad GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4036 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4036 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4036 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4036 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4036, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίλυπος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4036 perilypos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: very sorrowful. From peri and lupe; grieved all around, i.e. Intensely sad -- exceeding (very) sorry(-owful). see GREEK peri see GREEK lupe Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4036: περίλυποςπερίλυπος, περίλυπον (περί and λύπη, and so properly, 'encompassed with grief' (cf. περί, III. 3)), very sad, exceedingly sorrowful: Matthew 26:38: Mark 6:26; Mark 14:34; Luke 18:23, 24 (where T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause). (Psalm 41:6, 12 (); 1 Esdr. 8:69; Isocrates, Aristotle, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιμένω Transliteration: perimenō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-men'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to wait for Meaning: to wait for GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4037 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4037 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4037 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4037 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4037, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιμένω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4037 perimenō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wait for. From peri and meno; to stay around, i.e. Await -- wait for. see GREEK peri see GREEK meno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4037: περιμένωπεριμένω; (περί further (cf. περί, III. 2)); to wait for: τί, Acts 1:4. (Genesis 49:18; Wis. 8:12; Aristophanes, Thucydides, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Josephus, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέριξ Transliteration: perix Phonetic Spelling: per'-ix Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: (all) around Meaning: (all) around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4038 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4038 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4038 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4038 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4038, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέριξ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4038 perix 🕊 Strong's Concordance: aroundAdverb from peri; all around, i.e. (as an adjective) circumjacent -- round about. see GREEK peri Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4038: πέριξπέριξ (on the formative or strengthening xi Ξ cf. Lob. Paralip., p. 131), adverb, from Aeschylus down, round about: αἱ πέριξ πόλεις, the cities round about, the circumjacent cities, Acts 5:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιοικέω Transliteration: perioikeō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-oy-keh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to dwell around Meaning: to dwell around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4039 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4039 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4039 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4039 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4039, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιοικέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4039 perioikeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dwell aroundFrom peri and oikeo; to reside around, i.e. Be a neighbor -- dwell round about. see GREEK peri see GREEK oikeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4039: περιοικέωπεριοικέω, περιοίκῳ; to dwell round about: τινα (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 12), to be one's neighbor, Luke 1:65. (Herodotus, Aristophanes, Xenophon, Lysias, Plutarch.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίοικος Transliteration: perioikos Phonetic Spelling: per-ee'-oy-kos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: dwelling around, a neighbor Meaning: dwelling around, a neighbor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4040 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4040 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4040 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4040 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4040, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίοικος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4040 perioikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neighboringFrom peri and oikos; housed around, i.e. Neighboring (used elliptically as a noun) -- neighbour. see GREEK peri see GREEK oikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4040: περίοικοςπερίοικος, περιοίκου (περί and οἶκος), dwelling around, a neighbor: Luke 1:58. (Genesis 19:29; Deuteronomy 1:7; Jeremiah 30:5 (); Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Isocrates, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιούσιος Transliteration: periousios Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-oo'-see-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of one's own possession Meaning: of one's own possession GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4041 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4041 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4041 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4041 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4041, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιούσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4041 periousios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: chosenFrom the present participle feminine of a compound of peri and eimi; being beyond usual, i.e. Special (one's own) -- peculiar. see GREEK eimi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4041: περιούσιοςπεριούσιος, περιούσιον (from περιων, περιουσα, participle of the verb περίειμι, to be over and above — see ἐπιούσιος; hence, περιουσία, abundance, plenty; riches, wealth, property), that which is one's own, belongs to one's possessions: λαός περιούσιος, a people selected by God from the other nations for his own possession, Titus 2:14; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 64 [ET]; in the Sept. for סְגֶלָּה עַם (Exodus 19:5); Deuteronomy 7:6; Deuteronomy 14:2; Deuteronomy 26:18. (Cf. Lightfoot 'Fresh Revision' etc. Appendix ii.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιοχή Transliteration: periochē Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-okh-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: circumference, a portion circumscribed Meaning: circumference, a portion circumscribed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4042 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4042 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4042 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4042 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4042, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιοχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4042 periochē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Scripture passageFrom periecho; a being held around, i.e. (concretely) a passage (of Scripture, as circumscribed) -- place. see GREEK periecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4042: περιοχήπεριοχή, περιοχῆς, ἡ (περιέχω, which see); 1. an encompassing, compass, circuit (Theophrastus, Diodorus, Plutarch, others). 2. that which is contained; specifically, the contents of any writing, Acts 8:32 (Cicero, ad Attic. 13, 25; Stobaeus, eclog. ethic., p. 164 (ii., p. 541, Gaisford edition)) (but A. V. place i. e. passage; cf. Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιπατέω Transliteration: peripateō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-pat-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to walk Meaning: to walk GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4043 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4043 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4043 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4043 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4043, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιπατέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4043 peripateō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: walkFrom peri and pateo; to tread all around, i.e. Walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary) -- go, be occupied with, walk (about). see GREEK peri see GREEK pateo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4043: περιπατέωπεριπατέω, περιπατῶ; imperfect 2 person singular περιεπάτεις, 3 person περιεπάτει, plural περιεπάτουν; future περιπατήσω; 1 aorist περιεπάτησα; pluperfect 3 person singular περιεπεπατήκει (Acts 14:8 Rec.elz), and without the augment (cf. Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; (Buttmann, 33 (29))) περιπεπατήκει (ibid. Rec.st Griesbach); the Sept. for הָלַך; to walk; (walk about A. V. 1 Peter 5:8); a. properly, (as in Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates, Josephus, Aelian, others): absolutely, Matthew 9:5; Matthew 11:5; Matthew 15:31; Mark 2:9 (Tdf. ὕπαγε; Mark 5:42; Mark 8:24; Mark 16:12; Luke 5:23; Luke 7:22; Luke 24:17; John 1:36; John 5:8f, 11; John 11:9; Acts 3:6, 8f, 12; Acts 14:8, 10; 1 Peter 5:8; Revelation 9:20; equivalent to to make one's way, make progress, in figurative discourse equivalent to to make a due use of opportunities, John 12:35a. with additions: γυμνός περιπατῇ, Revelation 16:15; ἐπάνω (τίνος), Luke 11:44; διά with the genitive of the thing, Revelation 21:24 (G L T Tr WH); ἐν with the dative of place, equivalent to to frequent, stay in, a place, Mark 11:27; John 7:1; John 10:23; Revelation 2:1; ἐν τισί, among persons, John 11:54; (περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες, of personal liberty, John 21:18); metaphorically, ἐν τῇ σκοτία, to be subject to error and sin, John 8:12; John 12:35b; 1 John 1:6; 1 John 2:11; ἐν with the dative of the garment one is clothed in, Mark 12:38; Luke 20:46; Revelation 3:4 (ἐν κοκκινοις, Epictetus diss. 3, 22, 10); ἐπί τῆς θαλάσσης (Matthew 14:25 R G; 26 L T Tr WH; Mark 6:48, 49), see ἐπί, A. I. 1 a. and 2 a.; ἐπί τήν θαλασσην, ἐπί τά ὕδατα (Matthew 14:25 L T Tr WH, 26 R G, 29), see ἐπί, C. I. 1 a.; (παρά τήν θάλασσαν, Matthew 4:18; Mark 1:16 Rec., see παρά, III. 1); μετά τίνος, to associate with one, to be one's companion, used of one's followers and votaries, John 6:66; Revelation 3:4. b. Hebraistically, to live (cf. Winers Grammar, 32; common in Paul and John, but not found in James or in Peter (cf. ἀναστρέφω 3 b., ἀναστροφή)), i. e. α. to regulate one's life, to conduct oneself (cf. ὁδός, 2 a., πορεύω, b. γ.): ἀξίως τίνος, Ephesians 4:1; Colossians 1:10; 1 Thessalonians 2:12; εὐσχημόνως, Romans 13:13; 1 Thessalonians 4:12; ἀκριβῶς, Ephesians 5:15; ἀτάκτως, 2 Thessalonians 3:6, 11; ὡς or καθώς τίς, Ephesians 4:17; Ephesians 5:8, 15; οὕτω περιπατοῦντας καθώς, Philippians 3:17; (καθώς περιεπάτησεν ... οὕτως περιπατεῖν, 1 John 2:6 (L Tr text WH omit οὕτω)); πῶς, καθώς, 1 Thessalonians 4:1; οὕτως, ὡς, 1 Corinthians 7:17; so that a nominative of quality must be sought from what follows, ἐχθροί τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Philippians 3:18. with a dative of the thing to which the life is given or consecrated: κώμοις, μέθαις, etc., Romans 13:13, cf. Fritzsche on Romans, vol. iii., p. 140f; with a dative of the standard according to which one governs his life (cf. Fritzsche as above, p. 142; also Buttmann, § 133, 22 b.; Winer's Grammar, 219 (205)): Acts 21:21; Galatians 5:16; 2 Corinthians 12:18; followed by ἐν with a dative denoting either the state in which one is flying, or the virtue or vice to which he is given (cf. ἐν, I. 5 e., p. 210b bottom): Romans 6:4; 2 Corinthians 4:2; Ephesians 2:2, 10; Ephesians 4:17; Ephesians 5:2; Colossians 3:7; Colossians 4:5; 2 John 1:4, 6; 3 John 1:3f; ἐν βρώμασι, of those who have fellowship in the sacrificial feasts, Hebrews 13:9; ἐν Χριστῷ (see ἐν, I. 6 b.), to live a life conformed to the union entered into with Christ, Colossians 2:6; κατά with an accusative of the person or thing furnishing the standard of living (Mark 7:5); 2 John 1:6; κατά ἄνθρωπον, 1 Corinthians 3:3; κατά σάρκα, Romans 8:1 Rec., ; ; 2 Corinthians 10:2. β. equivalent to to pass (one's) life: ἐν σαρκί, in the body, 2 Corinthians 10:3; διά πίστεως (see διά, A. I. 2), 2 Corinthians 5:7. (Compare: ἐμπεριπατέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιπείρω Transliteration: peripeirō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-pi'-ro Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to put on a spit, to pierce Meaning: to put on a spit, to pierce GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4044 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4044 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4044 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4044 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4044, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιπείρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4044 peripeirō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pierce through. From peri and the base of peran; to penetrate entirely, i.e. Transfix (figuratively) -- pierce through. see GREEK peri see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4044: περιπείρωπεριπείρω: 1 aorist περιεπειρα; to pierce through (see περί, III. 3): τινα ξιφεσι, δόρατι, etc., Diodorus, Josephus, Plutarch, Lucian, others; metaphorically, ἑαυτόν ... ὀδύναις, to torture one's soul with sorrows, 1 Timothy 6:10 (ἀνηκέστοις κακοῖς, Philo in Flacc. § 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιπίπτω Transliteration: peripiptō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-pip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall around Meaning: to fall around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4045 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4045 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4045 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4045 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4045, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιπίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4045 peripiptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fall into. From peri and pipto; to fall into something that is all around, i.e. Light among or upon, be surrounded with -- fall among (into). see GREEK peri see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4045: περιπίπτωπεριπίπτω: 2 aorist περιέπεσον; from Herodotus down; so to fall into as to be encompassed by (cf. περί, III. 1): λῃσταῖς, among robbers, Luke 10:30; τοῖς πειρασμοῖς, James 1:2 (αἰκίαις, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 51, 2 [ET]; θανάτῳ, Daniel 2:9; Diodorus 1, 77; νόσῳ, Josephus, Antiquities 15, 7, 7; συμφορά, ibid. 1, 1, 4; τοῖς δεινοῖς, Aesop 79 (110 edition Halm); ψευδέσι καί ἀσεβέσι δόγμασιν, Origen in Joann. t. ii. § 2; numerous other examples in Passow, under the word, the passage cited (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II. 3); to which add, 2 Macc. 6:13 2Macc. 10:4; Polybius 1, 37, 1 and 9); εἰς τόπον τινα, upon a certain place, Acts 27:41. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιποιέω Transliteration: peripoieō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-poy-eh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to preserve, get possession of Meaning: to preserve, get possession of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4046 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4046 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4046 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4046 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4046, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιποιέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4046 peripoieō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: acquire, purchase. Middle voice from peri and poieo; to make around oneself, i.e. Acquire (buy) -- purchase. see GREEK peri see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4046: περιποιέωπεριποιέω, περιποιῶ: middle, present περιποιοῦμαι; 1 aorist περιεποιησάμην; (see περί, III. 2); from Herodotus down; "to make to remain over; to reserve, to leave or keep safe, lay by; middle to make to remain for oneself," i. e.: 1. to preserve for oneself (the Sept. for הֶחֱיָה): τήν ψυχήν, life, Luke 17:33 T Tr WH (τάς ψυχάς, Xenophon, Cyril 4, 4, 10). 2. to get for oneself, purchase: τί, Acts 20:28 (Isaiah 43:21; δύναμιν, Thucydides 1, 9; Xenophon, mem. 2, 7, 3); τί ἐμαυτῷ, gain for myself (Winer's Grammar, § 38, 6), 1 Timothy 3:13 (1 Macc. 6:44; Xenophon, an. 5, 8, 17). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιποίησις Transliteration: peripoiēsis Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-poy'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: preservation, acquisition Meaning: preservation, acquisition GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4047 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4047 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4047 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4047 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4047, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιποίησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4047 peripoiēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: acquisition, possessionFrom peripoieomai; acquisition (the act or the thing); by extension, preservation -- obtain(-ing), peculiar, purchased, possession, saving. see GREEK peripoieomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4047: περιποίησιςπεριποίησις, περιποιήσεως, ἡ (περιποιέω); 1. a preserving, preservation: εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς, to the preserving of the soul, namely, that it may be made partaker of eternal salvation (A. V. unto the saving of the soul), Hebrews 10:39 (Plato, deff., p. 415 c.). 2. possession, one's own property: 1 Peter 2:9 (Isaiah 43:20f); Ephesians 1:14 (on this passive see ἀπολύτρωσις, 2): 3. an obtaining: with a genitive of the thing to be obtained, 1 Thessalonians 5:9; 2 Thessalonians 2:14. STRONGS NT 4047a: περιρραίνωπεριρραίνω (Tdf. περιραίνω, with one rho ῥ; see Rho): perfect passive participle, περιρεραμμενος (cf. Mu); (περί and ῤαίνω to sprinkle); to sprinkle around, besprinkle: ἱμάτιον, passive, Revelation 19:13 Tdf. (others, βεβαμμένον (except WH ῥεραντισμενον, see ῤαντίζω, and their Appendix at the passage)). (Aristophanes, Menander, Philo, Plutarch, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιρρήγνυμι Transliteration: perirrēgnymi Phonetic Spelling: per-ir-hrayg'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to tear off all around Meaning: to tear off all around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4048 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4048 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4048 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4048 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4048, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιρρήγνυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4048 perirrēgnymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: tear off completelyFrom peri and rhegnumi; to tear all around, i.e. Completely away -- rend off. see GREEK peri see GREEK rhegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4048: περιρρήγνυμιπεριρρήγνυμι (L T Tr WH περιρήγνυμι, with one rho ῥ; see the preceding word): 1 aorist participle plural περιρρήξαντες; (περί and ῤήγνυμι); to break off on all sides, break off all round (cf. περί, III. 1): τό ἱμάτιον, to rend or tear off all around, Acts 16:22. So of garments also in 2 Macc. 4:38 and often in secular authors; Aeschylus sept. 329; Demosthenes, p. 403, 3; Polybius 15, 33, 4; Diodorus 17, 35. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισπάω Transliteration: perispaō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-spah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to draw away Meaning: to draw away GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4049 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4049 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4049 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4049 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4049, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισπάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4049 perispaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: distractFrom peri and spao; to drag all around, i.e. (figuratively) to distract (with care) -- cumber. see GREEK peri see GREEK spao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4049: περισπάωπερισπάω, περίσπω: imperfect passive 3 person singular περιεσπᾶτο; from Xenophon down; to draw around (περί, III. 1), to draw away, distract; passive metaphorically, to be driven about mentally, to be distracted: περί τί, i. e. to be over-occupied, too busy, about a thing, Luke 10:40 (A. V. cumbered); in the same sense with τῇ διάνοια added, Polybius 3, 105, 1; 4, 10, 3; Diodorus 1, 74; περισπαν τόν ἀργόν δῆμον περί τάς ἔξω στρατείας, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 9, 43; passive, to be distracted with cares, to be troubled, distressed (cf. Winer's Grammar, 23), for עָנָה, Ecclesiastes 1:13; Ecclesiastes 3:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσεία Transliteration: perisseia Phonetic Spelling: per-is-si'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: superfluity Meaning: superfluity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4050 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4050 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4050 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4050 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4050, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4050 perisseia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abundance, surplusFrom perisseuo; surplusage, i.e. Superabundance -- abundance(-ant, (-ly)), superfluity. see GREEK perisseuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4050: περισσείαπερισσεία, περισσειας, ἡ (περισσεύω, which see); 1. abundance: τῆς χάριτος, Romans 5:17; τῆς χαρᾶς, 2 Corinthians 8:2; εἰς περισσείαν, adverbially, superabundantly, superfluously, (A. V. out of measure), 2 Corinthians 10:15 (Boeckh, Corpus inscriptions i., p. 668, no. 1378, 6; Byzantine writings). 2. superiority; preference, preeminence: יותֵר, Ecclesiastes 6:8; for יִתְרון, Ecclesiastes 2:13; Ecclesiastes 10:10. 3. gain, profit: for יִתְרון, Ecclesiastes 1:3; Ecclesiastes 2:11; Ecclesiastes 3:9, etc. 4. residue, remains: κακίας, the wickedness remaining over in the Christian from his state prior to conversion, James 1:21, see περίσσευμα, 2; (others adhere in this passive to the meaning which the word bears elsewhere in the N. T. viz. 'excess','superabundance,' (A. V. superfluity)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίσσευμα Transliteration: perisseuma Phonetic Spelling: per-is'-syoo-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: superfluity Meaning: superfluity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4051 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4051 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4051 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4051 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4051, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίσσευμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4051 perisseuma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abundance, that was leftFrom perisseuo; a surplus, or superabundance -- abundance, that was left, over and above. see GREEK perisseuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4051: περίσσευμαπερίσσευμα, περισσεύματος, τό (περισσεύω); 1. abundance, in which one delights; opposed to ὑστέρημα, 2 Corinthians 8:14 (13), 14; tropically, of that which fills the heart, Matthew 12:34; Luke 6:45, (Eratosthenes, Plutarch). 2. what is left over, residue, remains: plural Mark 8:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσεύω Transliteration: perisseuō Phonetic Spelling: per-is-syoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be over and above, to abound Meaning: to be over and above, to abound GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4052 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4052 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4052 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4052 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4052, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4052 perisseuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abound, have an abundanceFrom perissos; to superabound (in quantity or quality), be in excess, be superfluous; also (transitively) to cause to superabound or excel -- (make, more) abound, (have, have more) abundance (be more) abundant, be the better, enough and to spare, exceed, excel, increase, be left, redound, remain (over and above). see GREEK perissos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4052: περισσεύωπερισσεύω; imperfect ἐπερίσσευον (Acts 16:5); future infinitive περισσεύσειν (Philippians 4:12 Rec.bez); 1 aorist ἐπερίσσευσα; passive, present περισσεύομαι (Luke 15:17, see below); 1 future 3 person singular περισσευθήσεται; (περισσός, which see); 1. intransitive and properly, to exceed a fixed number or measure; to be over and above a certain number or measure: μύριοι εἰσιν ἀριθμόν ... εἷς δέ περισσεύει, Hesiod from 14, 4 (clxix. (187), edition Göttling); hence, a. to be over, to remain: John 6:12; τό περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων, equivalent to τά περισσευοντα κλάσματα, Matthew 14:20; Matthew 15:37; περισσεύει μοι τί, John 6:13 (Tobit 4:16); τό περισσεῦσαν τίνι, what remained over to one, Luke 9:17. b. to exist or be at hand in abundance: τίνι, Luke 12:15; τό περισσεῦον τίνι, one's abundance, wealth ((R. V. superfluity); opposed to ὑστέρησις), Mark 12:44; opposed to ὑστέρημα, Luke 21:4: to be great (abundant), 2 Corinthians 1:5b; 2 Corinthians 9:12; Philippians 1:26; περισσεύει τί εἰς τινα, "a thing comes in abundance, or overflows, unto one; something falls to the lot of one in large measure": Romans 5:15; 2 Corinthians 1:5a; περισσεύω εἰς τί, to redound unto, turn out abundantly for, a thing, 2 Corinthians 8:2; ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τήν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, i. e. by my lie it came to pass that God's veracity became the more conspicuous, and becoming thus more thoroughly known increased his glory, Romans 3:7; to be increased, τῷ ἀριθμῷ, Acts 16:5. c. to abound, overflow, i. e. α. to be abundantly furnished with, to have in abundance, abound in (a thing): absolutely (A. V. to abound), to be in affluence, Philippians 4:18; opposed to ὑστερεῖσθαι; Philippians 4:12; in spiritual gifts, 1 Corinthians 14:12; with a genitive of the thing in which one abounds (Winers Grammar, § 30, 8b.; (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 12)): ἄρτων, Luke 15:17 R G L T Tr marginal reading β. to be pre-eminent, to excel (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 22): absolutely, 1 Corinthians 8:8; followed by ἐν with a dative of the virtues or the actions in which one excels (Buttmann, § 132, 12), 1 Corinthians 15:13; 1 Corinthians 15:58; 2 Corinthians 3:9 (here L T Tr WH omit ἐν); ; Colossians 2:7; περισσεύητε μᾶλλον, to excel still more, to increase in excellence, 1 Thessalonians 4:1, 10; μᾶλλον καί μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ, Philippians 1:9; περισσεύσῃ ... πλεῖον, to excel more than (A. V. exceed; cf. Buttmann, § 132, 20 and 22), Matthew 5:20, (περισσεύειν ὑπέρ τινα, 1 Macc. 3:30; τί ἐπερίσσευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος παρά τό κτῆνος; Ecclesiastes 3:19). 2. by later Greek usage transitively (cf. Winers Grammar, p. 23; § 38,1), to make to abound, i. e. a. to furnish one richly so that he has abundance: passive, Matthew 13:12; Matthew 25:29; with the genitive of the thing with which one is furnished, passive, Luke 15:17 WH Tr text; τί εἰς τινα, to make a thing to abound unto one, to confer a thing abundantly upon one, 2 Corinthians 9:8; Ephesians 1:8. b. to make abundant or excellent: τί, 2 Corinthians 4:15; to cause one to excel: τινα, with a dative of the thing, 1 Thessalonians 3:12. (τάς ὥρας, to extend the hours beyond the prescribed time, Athen. 2, p. 42 b.) (Compare: ὑπερπερισσεύω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσός Transliteration: perissos Phonetic Spelling: per-is-sos' Part of Speech: Adjective; Adverb Short Definition: abundant Meaning: abundant GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4053 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4053 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4053 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4053 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4053, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4053 perissos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: excessive, more abundantFrom peri (in the sense of beyond); superabundant (in quantity) or superior (in quality); by implication, excessive; adverbially (with ek) violently; neuter (as noun) preeminence -- exceeding abundantly above, more abundantly, advantage, exceedingly, very highly, beyond measure, more, superfluous, vehement(-ly). see GREEK peri see GREEK ek Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4053: περισσόςπερισσός, περισσή, περισσόν (from περί, which see III. 2), from Hesiod down, the Sept. for יותֵר, יֶתֶר, etc.; exceeding some number or measure or rank or need; 1. over and above, more than is necessary, superadded: τό περισσόν τούτων, what is added to (A. V. more than; cf. Buttmann, § 132, 21 Rem.) these, Matthew 5:37; ἐκ περισσοῦ, exceedingly, beyond measure, Mark 6:51 (WH omits; Tr brackets ἐκ περισσοῦ); Mark 14:31 Rec.; ὑπέρ ἐκ περισσοῦ (written as one word ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ (which see)), exceeding abundantly, supremely, Ephesians 3:20 (cf. Buttmann, as above); 1 Thessalonians 3:10; 1 Thessalonians 5:13 (R G WH text); περισσόν μοι ἐστιν, it is superfluous for me, 2 Corinthians 9:1; περισσόν ἔχειν, to have abundance, John 10:10 (οἱ μέν ... περισσά ἔχουσιν, οἱ δέ οὐδέ τά ἀναγκαῖά δύνανται πορίζεσθαι, Xenophon, oec. 20, 1); neuter comparitive περισσότερον τί, something further, more, Luke 12:4 (L Tr marginal reading περισσόν); περισσότερον, the more, Luke 12:48; (περισσότερον πάντων, etc. much more than all etc. Mark 12:33 T Tr text WH); adverbially, somewhat more (R. V. somewhat abundantly), 2 Corinthians 10:8; (Vulg.abundantius (A. V. more abundantly)) i. e. more plainly, Hebrews 6:17; μᾶλλον περισσότερον, much more, Mark 7:36; περισσότερον πάντων, more (abundantly) than all, 1 Corinthians 15:10; with an adjective it forms a periphrasis for the comparitive περισσότερον κατάδηλόν, more (abundantly) evident, Hebrews 7:15 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 35, 1). 2. superior, extraordinary, surpassing, uncommon: Matthew 5:47 (A. V. more than others); τό περισσόν, as a substantive, pre-eminence, superiority, advantage, Romans 3:1; comparitive περισσότερος, more eminent, more remarkable (οὐκ ἔσῃ περισσότερος, Genesis 49:3 Symm.; περιττοτερος φρονήσει, Plutarch, mor., p. 57 f. de adulatore etc. 14): Matthew 11:9; Luke 7:26, although in each passage περισσότερον can also be taken as neuter (something) more excellent (Vulg.plus (R. V. much more than etc.)); with substantives: περισσότερον κρίμα, i. e. a severer, heavier judgment, Matthew 23:14-13Rec.; Mark 12:40; Luke 20:47; τιμή, greater honor, more (abundant) honor, 1 Corinthians 12:23{a} (1 Corinthians 12:24; εὐσχημοσύνη, 1 Corinthians 12:23b); λύπη, 2 Corinthians 2:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσότερον Transliteration: perissoteron Phonetic Spelling: per-is-sot'-er-on Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: more abundantly, a great deal, far more Meaning: more abundantly, a great deal, far more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4054 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4054 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4054 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4054 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4054, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσότερον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4054 perissoteron 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more abundantly, a great deal, far more. Neuter of perissoteros (as adverb); in a more superabundant way -- more abundantly, a great deal, far more. see GREEK perissoteros |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσότερος Transliteration: perissoteros Phonetic Spelling: per-is-sot'-er-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: greater, more Meaning: greater, more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4055 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4055 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4055 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4055 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4055, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσότερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4055 perissoteros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more abundant, greaterComparative of perissos; more superabundant (in number, degree or character) -- more abundant, greater (much) more, overmuch. see GREEK perissos |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσοτέρως Transliteration: perissoterōs Phonetic Spelling: per-is-sot-er'-oce Part of Speech: (is missing, coming soon) Short Definition: more abundantly, much more Meaning: more abundantly, much more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4056 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4056 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4056 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4056 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4056, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσοτέρως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4056 perissoterōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more abundantly, much moreAdverb from perissoteros; more superabundantly -- more abundant(-ly), X the more earnest, (more) exceedingly, more frequent, much more, the rather. see GREEK perissoteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4056: περισσοτέρωςπερισσοτέρως, adverb (from περισσῶς, which see) (cf. Winers Grammar, § 11, 2 c.; Buttmann, 69 (61)); 1. properly, more abundantly (so in Diodorus 13, 108; Athen. 5, p. 192 f.); in the N. T. more, in a greater degree; more earnestly, more exceedingly, (cf. Winer's Grammar, 243 (228)): Mark 15:14 Rec.; 2 Corinthians 7:15; 2 Corinthians 11:23; Galatians 1:14; Philippians 1:14; 1 Thessalonians 2:17; Hebrews 2:1; Hebrews 13:19; opposed to ἧττον, 2 Corinthians 12:15; περισσοτέρως μᾶλλον, much more (R. V. the more exceedingly), 2 Corinthians 7:13. 2. especially, above others (A. V. more abundantly): 2 Corinthians 1:12; 2 Corinthians 2:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περισσῶς Transliteration: perissōs Phonetic Spelling: per-is-soce' Part of Speech: Adverb; Adverb, Comparative Short Definition: abundantly Meaning: abundantly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4057 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4057 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4057 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4057 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4057, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περισσῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4057 perissōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: superabundantly, exceedinglyAdverb from perissos; superabundantly -- exceedingly, out of measure, the more. see GREEK perissos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4057: περισσῶςπερισσῶς (περισσός, which see), adverb, beyond measure, extraordinarily (Euripides; equivalent to magnificently, Polybius, Athen.); equivalent to greatly, exceedingly: ἐκπλήσσεσθαι, Mark 10:26; κράζειν, Matthew 27:23 and G L T Tr WH in Mark 15:14; ἐμμαίνεσθαι, Acts 26:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιστερά Transliteration: peristera Phonetic Spelling: per-is-ter-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a dove Meaning: a dove GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4058 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4058 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4058 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4058 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4058, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιστερά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4058 peristera 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dove, pigeon. Of uncertain derivation; a pigeon -- dove, pigeon. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4058: περιστεράπεριστερά, περιστεράς, ἡ, Hebrew יונָה, a dove: Matthew 3:16; Matthew 10:16; Matthew 21:12; Mark 1:10; Mark 11:15; Luke 2:24; Luke 3:22; John 1:32; John 2:14, 16. (From Herodotus down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιτέμνω Transliteration: peritemnō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-tem'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut around, circumcise Meaning: to cut around, circumcise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4059 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4059 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4059 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4059 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4059, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιτέμνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4059 peritemnō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: circumcise. From peri and the base of tomoteros; to cut around, i.e. (specially) to circumcise -- circumcise. see GREEK peri see GREEK tomoteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4059: περιτέμνωπεριτέμνω (Ionic περιτάμνω); 2 aorist περιέτεμον; passive, present περιτέμνομαι; perfect participle περιτετμημένος; 1 aorist περιετμήθην; (from Hesiod down); the Sept. chiefly for מוּל; to cut around (cf. περί, III. 1): τινα, to circumcise, cut off one's prepuce (used of that well-known rite by which not only the male children of the Israelites, on the eighth day after birth, but subsequently also 'proselytes of righteousness' were consecrated to Jehovah and introduced into the number of his people; (cf. BB. DD. under the word ; Oehler's O. T. Theol. (edited by Day) §§ 87, 88; Müller, Barnabasbrief, p. 227f)), Luke 1:59; Luke 2:21; John 7:22; Acts 7:8; Acts 15:5; Acts 16:3; Acts 21:21; of the same rite, Diodorus 1, 28; passive and middle to get oneself circumcised, present oneself to be circumcised, receive circumcision (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 38, 3): Acts 15:1, 24 Rec.; 1 Corinthians 7:18; Galatians 2:3; Galatians 5:2; Galatians 6:12f; with τά αἰδοῖα added, Herodotus 2, 36 and 104; Josephus, Antiquities 1, 10, 5; contra Apion 1, 22. Since by the rite of circumcision a man was separated from the unclean world and dedicated to God, the verb is transferred to denote the extinguishing of lusts and the removal of sins, Colossians 2:11, cf. Jeremiah 4:4; Deuteronomy 10:16, and ecclesiastical writings (see Lightfoot on Philippians 3:3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιτίθημι Transliteration: peritithēmi Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-tith'-ay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to place around Meaning: to place around GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4060 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4060 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4060 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4060 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4060, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιτίθημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4060 peritithēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to place aroundFrom peri and tithemi; to place around; by implication, to present -- bestow upon, hedge round about, put about (on, upon), set about. see GREEK peri see GREEK tithemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4060: περιτίθημιπεριτίθημι, 3 person plural περιτιθέασιν (Mark 15:17; see references in ἐπιτίθημι); 1 aorist περιέθηκα; 2 aorist participle περιθείς, περιθέντες; from Homer down; a. properly, to place around, set about, (cf. περί, III. 1): τίνι τί, as φραγμόν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι, Matthew 21:33; Mark 12:1; to put a garment on one, Matthew 27:28; στέφανον, put on (encircle one's head with) a crown, Mark 15:17 (Sir. 6:31; Plato, Alcib. 2, p. 151 a.); τί τίνι, to put or bind one thing around another, Matthew 27:48; Mark 15:36; John 19:29. b. tropically, τίνι τί, to present, bestow, confer, a thing upon one (so in classical Greek from Herodotus down, as ἐλευθερίαν, Herodotus 3, 142; δόξαν, Demosthenes, p. 1417, 3; see Passow, ii, p. 881f; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, II.); τό ὄνομα, Wis. 14:21; Thucydides 4, 87): τιμήν, 1 Corinthians 12:23; Esther 1:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιτομή Transliteration: peritomē Phonetic Spelling: per-it-om-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: circumcision Meaning: circumcision GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4061 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4061 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4061 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4061 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4061, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιτομή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4061 peritomē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: circumcision. From peritemno; circumcision (the rite, the condition or the people, literally or figuratively) -- X circumcised, circumcision. see GREEK peritemno Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4061: περιτομήπεριτομή, περιτομῆς, ἡ (περιτέμνω), circumcision (on which see περιτέμνω); a. properly, α. the act or rite of circumcision: John 7:22; Acts 7:8; Romans 4:11; Galatians 5:11; Philippians 3:5; οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς (see ἐκ, II. 7), the circumcised, they of the circumcision, used of Jews, Romans 4:12; of Christians gathered from among the Jews, Acts 11:2; Galatians 2:12; Titus 1:10; οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς, Colossians 4:11. β. the state of circumcision, the being circumcised: Romans 2:25-28; Romans 3:1; 1 Corinthians 7:19; Galatians 5:6; Galatians 6:15; Colossians 3:11; ἐν περιτομή ὤν, circumcised, Romans 4:10. γ. by metonymy, 'the circumcision' for οἱ περιτμηθέντες the circumcised, i. e. Jews: Romans 3:30; Romans 4:9, 12; Romans 15:8; Galatians 2:7-9; Ephesians 2:11; οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί, Christian converts from among the Jews, Jewish Christians, Acts 10:45. b. metaphorically, α. of Christians: (ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν) ἡ περιτομή, separated from the unclean multitude and truly consecrated to God, Philippians 3:3 ((where see Lightfoot)). β. ἡ περιτομή ἀχειροποίητος, the extinction of the passions and the removal of spiritual impurity (see περιτέμνω, at the end), Colossians 2:11a; ἡ περιτομή καρδίας in Romans 2:29 denotes the same thing; περιτομή τοῦ Χριστοῦ, of which Christ is the author, Colossians 2:11b. (The noun περιτομή occurs three times in the O. T., viz. Genesis 17:13; Jeremiah 11:16; for מוּלָה, Exodus 4:26; besides in Philo, whose tract περί περιτομῆς is found in Mangey's edition 2, pp. 210-212 (Richter's edition 4, pp. 282-284); Josephus, Antiquities 1, 10, 5; (13, 11 at the end; contra Apion 2, 13, 1, 6); plural, Antiquities 1, 12, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιτρέπω Transliteration: peritrepō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-trep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to turn about Meaning: to turn about GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4062 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4062 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4062 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4062 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4062, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιτρέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4062 peritrepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drive insaneFrom peri and the base of trope; to turn around, i.e. (mentally) to craze -- + make mad. see GREEK peri see GREEK trope Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4062: περιτρέπωπεριτρέπω; to turn about (περί, III. 1), to turn; to transfer or change by turning: τί or τινα εἰς τί, a person or thing into some state; once so in the N. T. viz. σε εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει, is turning thee mad, Acts 26:24; τούς παρόντας εἰς χαράν περιεστρεψε, Josephus, Antiquities 9, 4, 4; τό θεῖον εἰς ὀργήν περιτραπεν, 2, 14, 1. In various other uses in Greek authors (from Lysias, and Plato on). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιτρέχω Transliteration: peritrechō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-trekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to run about Meaning: to run about GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4063 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4063 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4063 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4063 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4063, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιτρέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4063 peritrechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: run through. From peri and trecho (including its alternate); to run around, i.e. Traverse -- run through. see GREEK peri see GREEK trecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4063: περιδρέμωπεριδρέμω, see περιτρέχω. STRONGS NT 4063: περιτρέχωπεριτρέχω: 2 aorist (περιέδραμον T Tr WH), participle περιδραμόντες (R G L); from (Homer), Theognis, Xenophon, Plato down; to run around, run round about: with an accusative of place, Mark 6:55. (The Sept. twice for שׁוּט, Jeremiah 5:1; Amos 8:12.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιφέρω Transliteration: peripherō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-fer'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to carry about Meaning: to carry about GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4064 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4064 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4064 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4064 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4064, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιφέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4064 peripherō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: carry about. From peri and phero; to convey around, i.e. Transport hither and thither -- bear (carry) about. see GREEK peri see GREEK phero Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4064: περιφέρωπεριφέρω; present passive περιφέρομαι; from Herodotus down; to carry round: to bear about everywhere with one, τί, 2 Corinthians 4:10; to carry hither and thither, τούς κακῶς ἔχοντας, Mark 6:55 (where the Evangelist wishes us to conceive of the sick as brought to Jesus while he is travelling about and visiting different places); passive, to be driven (A. V. carried) about: παντί ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας, i. e. in doubt and hesitation to be led away now to this opinion, now to that, Ephesians 4:14. In Hebrews 13:9 and Jude 1:12 for περιφερ( editors from Griesbach on have restored παραφερ(. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περιφρονέω Transliteration: periphroneō Phonetic Spelling: per-ee-fron-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to examine on all sides, to despise Meaning: to examine on all sides, to despise GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4065 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4065 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4065 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4065 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4065, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περιφρονέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4065 periphroneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: despise. From peri and phroneo; to think beyond, i.e. Depreciate (contemn) -- despise. see GREEK peri see GREEK phroneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4065: περιφρονέωπεριφρονέω, περιφρόνω; 1. to consider or examine on all sides (περί, III. 1), i. e. carefully, thoroughly (Aristophanes nub. 741). 2. (from περί, beyond, III. 2), to set oneself in thought beyond (exalt oneself in thought above) a person or thing; to contemn, despise: τίνος (cf. Kühner, § 419, 1 b. vol. 2, p. 325), Titus 2:15 (4 Macc. 6:9; 7:16; 14:1; Plutarch, others; τοῦ ζῆν, Plato, Ax., p. 372; Aeschines dial. Socrates 3, 22). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίχωρος Transliteration: perichōros Phonetic Spelling: per-ikh'-o-ros Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: neighboring Meaning: neighboring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4066 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4066 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4066 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4066 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4066, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίχωρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4066 perichōros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: neighboringFrom peri and chora; around the region, i.e. Circumjacent (as noun, with ge implied vicinity) -- country (round) about, region (that lieth) round about. see GREEK peri see GREEK chora see GREEK ge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4066: περίχωροςπερίχωρος, περίχωρον (περί and χῶρος), lying round about, neighboring (Plutarch, Aelian, Dio Cassius); in the Scriptures ἡ περίχωρος, namely, γῆ, the region round about (which see in B. D.): Matthew 14:35; Mark 1:28; Mark 6:55 (R G L text); Luke 3:3; Luke 4:14, 37; Luke 7:17; Luke 8:37; Acts 14:6 (Genesis 19:17; Deuteronomy 3:13, etc.; τῆς γῆς τῆς περιχώρου, Genesis 19:28, the Alex. manuscript); ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ιορδάνου, Luke 3:3 (Genesis 13:10f; for הַיַּרְדֵּן כִּכַּר, the region of the Jordan (cf. B. D. as above)); by metonymy, for its inhabitants: Matthew 3:5. (τό περίχωρον and τά περίχωρα, Deuteronomy 3:4; 1 Chronicles 5:16; 2 Chronicles 4:17, etc.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περίψημα Transliteration: peripsēma Phonetic Spelling: per-ip'-so-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: offscouring Meaning: offscouring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4067 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4067 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4067 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4067 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4067, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περίψημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4067 peripsēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dirt, scumFrom a comparative of peri and psao (to rub); something brushed all around, i.e. Off-scrapings (figuratively, scum) -- offscouring. see GREEK peri Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4067: περίψημαπερίψημα, περιψηματος, τό (from περιψάω 'to wipe off all round'; and this from περί (which see III. 1), and ψάω 'to wipe,' 'rub'), properly, what is wiped off; dirt rubbed off'; offscouring, scrapings: 1 Corinthians 4:13, used in the same sense as περικάθαρμα, which see Suidas and other Greek lexicographers under the word relate that the Athenians, in order to avert public calamities, yearly threw a criminal into the sea as an offering to Poseidon; hence, ἀργύριον ... περίψημα τοῦ παιδίου ἡμῶν γένοιτο (as if to say) let it become an expiatory offering, a ransom, for our child, i. e. in comparison with the saving of our son's life let it be to us a despicable and worthless thing, Tobit 5:18 (where see Fritzsche; (cf. also Müller on the Epistle of Barnabas 4, 9 [ET])). It is used of a man who in behalf of religion undergoes dire trials for the salvation of others, Ignatius ad Eph. 8, 1 [ET]; 18, 1 [ET]; (see Lightfoot's note on the former passage). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: περπερεύομαι Transliteration: perpereuomai Phonetic Spelling: per-per-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to boast Meaning: to boast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4068 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4068 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4068 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4068 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4068, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/περπερεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4068 perpereuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bragMiddle voice from perperos (braggart; perhaps by reduplication of the base of peran); to boast -- vaunt itself. see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4068: περπερεύομαιπερπερεύομαι; (to be πέρπερος, i. e. vain-glorious, braggart, Polybius 32, 6, 5; 40, 6, 2; Epictetus diss. 3, 2, 14); to boast oneself (A. V. vaunt oneself): 1 Corinthians 13:4 (Antoninus 5, 5; the compound ἐμπερπερεύεσθαι is used of adulation, employing rhetorical embellishments in extolling another excessively, in Cicero, ad Attic. 1, 14. Hesychius περπερεύεται. κατεπαίρεται); Cf. Osiander (or Wetstein) on 1 Corinthians, the passage cited (Gataker on Marc. Antoninus 5, 5, p. 143). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Περσίς Transliteration: Persis Phonetic Spelling: per-sece' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Persis, a Christian at Rome Meaning: Persis -- a Christian at Rome GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4069 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4069 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4069 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4069 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4069, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Περσίς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4069 Persis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Persis. A Persian woman; Persis, a Christian female -- Persis. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4069: ΠερσίςΠερσίς (literally, 'a Persian woman'), ἡ, accusative Περσίδα, Persis, a Christian woman: Romans 16:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέρυσι Transliteration: perysi Phonetic Spelling: per'-oo-si Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: last year Meaning: last year GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4070 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4070 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4070 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4070 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4070, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέρυσι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4070 perysi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: last yearAdverb from peras; the by-gone, i.e. (as noun) last year -- + a year ago. see GREEK peras Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4070: πέρυσιπέρυσι (from πέρας), adverb, last year; the year just past: ἀπό πέρυσι, for a year past, a year ago (Winer's Grammar, 422 (393)), 2 Corinthians 8:10; 2 Corinthians 9:2. ((Simonides), Aristophanes, Plato, Plutarch, Lucian). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πετεινόν Transliteration: peteinon Phonetic Spelling: pet-i-non' Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: winged Meaning: winged GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4071 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4071 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4071 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4071 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4071, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πετεινόν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4071 peteinon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bird, fowl. Neuter of a derivative of petomai; a flying animal, i.e. Bird -- bird, fowl. see GREEK petomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4071: πετεινόςπετεινός, πετεινη, πετεινόν (Attic for πετηνος, from πέτομαι),.flying, winged; in the N. T. found only in neuter plural πετεινά and τά πετεινά, as a substantive, flying or winged animals, birds: Matthew 13:4; Mark 4:4 (G L T Tr WH); Luke 12:24; Romans 1:23; James 3:7; τά πετεινά τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (the Sept. for הַשָׁמַיִם עוף; see οὐρανός, 1 b.), the birds of heaven, i. e. flying in the heavens (air), Matthew 6:26; Matthew 8:20; Matthew 13:32; Mark 4:4 (Rec), ; Luke 8:5; Luke 9:58; Luke 13:19; Acts 10:12 (here L T Tr WH omit τά); . ((Theognis, Herodotus, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέτομαι Transliteration: petomai Phonetic Spelling: pet'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fly Meaning: to fly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4072 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4072 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4072 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4072 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4072, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέτομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4072 petomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: flying. Or prolongation petaomai (pet-ah'-om-ahee), or contracted ptaomai (ptah'-om-ahee) middle voice of a primary verb; to fly -- fly(-ing). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4072: πετάομαιπετάομαι, πετωμαι; a doubtful later Greek form for the earlier πέτομαι (see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 581; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii, p. 271f; cf. Winers Grammar, 88 (84); (Buttmann, 65 (58); Veitch, under the word)); to fly: in the N. T. found only in present participle, πετωμενος, Rec. in Revelation 4:7; Revelation 8:13; Revelation 14:6; Revelation 19:17, where since Griesbach πετόμενος has been restored. STRONGS NT 4072: πέτομαιπέτομαι; (from Homer down); the Sept. for עוּף; to fly: Revelation 4:7; Revelation 8:13; Revelation 12:14; Revelation 14:6; Revelation 19:17; see πετάομαι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πέτρα Transliteration: petra Phonetic Spelling: pet'-ra Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a (large mass of) rock Meaning: a (large mass of) rock GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4073 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4073 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4073 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4073 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4073, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πέτρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4073 petra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rock. Feminine of the same as Petros; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively) -- rock. see GREEK Petros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4073: πέτραπέτρα, πέτρας, ἡ, from Homer down; the Sept. for סֶלַע and צוּר; a rock, ledge, cliff; a. properly: Matthew 7:24; Matthew 27:51, 60; Mark 15:46; Luke 6:48; 1 Corinthians 10:4 (on which see πνευματικός, 3 a.); a projecting rock, crag, Revelation 6:15f, rocky ground, Luke 8:6, 13. b. a rock, large stone: Romans 9:33; 1 Peter 2:8 (7). c. metaphorically, a man like a rock, by reason of his firmness and strength of soul: Matthew 16:18 (some interpretations regard the distinction (generally observed in classic Greek; see the commentaries and cf. Schmidt, Syn., chapter 51, §§ 4-6) between πέτρα, the massive living rock, and πέτρος, a detached but large fragment, as important for the correct understanding of this passage; others explain the different genders here as due first to the personal then to the material reference. Cf. Meyer, Keil, others; Green, Critical Note on John 1:43). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πέτρος Transliteration: Petros Phonetic Spelling: pet'-ros Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "a stone" or "a boulder", Peter, one of the twelve apostles Meaning: Peter -- "a stone" or "a boulder", one of the twelve apostles GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4074 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4074 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4074 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4074 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4074, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πέτρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4074 Petros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Peter, rock. Apparently a primary word; a (piece of) rock (larger than lithos); as a name, Petrus, an apostle -- Peter, rock. Compare Kephas. see GREEK lithos see GREEK Kephas Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4074: ΠέτροςΠέτρος, Πέτρου, ὁ (an appellative proper name, signifying 'a stone,' 'a rock,' 'a ledge' or 'cliff'; used metaphorically of a soul hard and unyielding, and so resembling a rock, Sophocles O. R. 334; Euripides, Med. 28; Herc. fur. 1397; answering to the Chaldean Κηφᾶς, which see, John 1:42 (43)), Peter, the surname of the apostle Simon. He was a native of Bethsaida, a town of Galilee, the son of a fisherman (see Ἰωάννης, 3, and Ἰωνᾶς, 2), and dwelt with his wife at Capernaum, Matthew 8:14; Mark 1:30; Luke 4:38, cf. 1 Corinthians 9:5. He had a brother Andrew, with whom he followed the occupation of a fisherman, Matthew 4:18; Mark 1:16; Luke 5:3. Both were received by Jesus as his companions, Matthew 4:19; Mark 1:17; Luke 5:10; John 1:40-42 (41-43); and Simon, whose pre-eminent courage and firmness he discerned and especially relied on for the future establishment of the kingdom of God, he honored with the name of Peter, John 1:42 (43); Matthew 16:18; Mark 3:16. Excelling in vigor of mind, eagerness to learn, and love for Jesus, he enjoyed, together with James and John the sons of Zebedee, the special favor and intimacy of his divine Master. After having for some time presided, in connection with John and James the brother of our Lord (see Ἰάκωβος, 3), over the affairs of the Christians at Jerusalem, he seems to have gone abroad to preach the gospel especially to Jews (Galatians 2:9; 1 Corinthians 9:5; 1 Peter 5:13; Papias in Eusebius 3, 39, 15; for Papias states that Peter employed Mark as 'interpreter' (ἑρμηνευτής), an aid of which he had no need except beyond the borders of Palestine, especially among those who spoke Latin (but on the disputed meaning: of the word 'interpreter' here, see Morison, Commentary on Mark, edition 2, Introduction, p. xxix)). But just as, on the night of the betrayal, Peter proved so far faithless to himself as thrice to deny that he was a follower of Jesus, so also some time afterward at Antioch he made greater concessions to the rigorous Jewish Christians than Christian liberty permitted; accordingly he was rebuked by Paul for his weakness and 'dissimulation' (ὑπόκρισις), Galatians 2:11ff. Nevertheless, in the patristic age Jewish Christians did not hesitate to claim the authority of Peter and of James the brother of the Lord in defense of their narrow views and practices. This is not the place to relate and refute the ecclesiastical traditions concerning Peter's being the founder of the church at Rome and bishop of it for twenty-five years and more; the discussion of them may be found in Hase, Protestant. Polemik gegen die röm.-kathol. Kirche, edition 4, p. 123ff; (cf. Schaff, Church History, 1882, vol. i. §§ 25, 26; Sieffert in Herzog edition 2, vol. xi., p. 524ff, and (for references), p. 537f). This one thing seems to be evident from John 21:18ff, that Peter suffered death by crucifixion (cf. Keil ad loc.; others doubt whether Christ's words contain anything more than a general prediction of martyrdom). If he was crucified at Rome, it must have been several years after the death of Paul. (Cf. BB. DD. and references as above) He is called in the N. T., at one time, simply Σίμων (once Συμεών, Acts 15:14), and (and that, too, most frequently (see B. D. under the word , under the end (p. 2459 American edition))), Πέτρος and Κηφᾶς (which see), then again Σίμων Πέτρος, Matthew 16:16; Luke 5:8; John (John 1:42 ()); 6:(),; ,(); ; once Συμεών Πέτρος (2 Peter 1:1 where L WH text Σίμων); Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, Matthew 4:18; Matthew 10:2; Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος, Acts 10:18; Acts 11:13; Σίμων ὅς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος, Acts 10:5, 32. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πετρώδης Transliteration: petrōdēs Phonetic Spelling: pet-ro'-dace Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: rock-like Meaning: rock-like GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4075 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4075 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4075 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4075 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4075, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πετρώδης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4075 petrōdēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: stony. From petra and eidos; rock-like, i.e. Rocky -- stony. see GREEK petra see GREEK eidos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4075: πετρώδηςπετρώδης, πετρῶδες (from πέτρα and εἶδος; hence, properly, 'rocklike,' 'having the appearance of rock'), rocky, stony: τό πετρῶδες and τά πετρώδη, of ground full of rocks, Matthew 13:5, 20; Mark 4:5, 16. (Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Diodorus 3, 45 (44), Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πήγανον Transliteration: pēganon Phonetic Spelling: pay'-gan-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: rue (a plant with thick, fleshy leaves) Meaning: rue (a plant with thick, fleshy leaves) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4076 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4076 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4076 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4076 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4076, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πήγανον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4076 pēganon 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rue. From pegnumi; rue (from its thick or fleshy leaves) -- rue. see GREEK pegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4076: πήγανονπήγανον, πηγανου, τό (thought to be from πήγνυμι to make solid, on account of its thick, fleshy leaves; cf. Vanicek, p. 457), rue: Luke 11:42. (Theophrastus, hist. plant. 1, 3, 4; Dioscorid. 3, 45 (52); Plutarch, others) (B. D., under the word; Tristram, Nat. Hist. etc., p. 478; Carruthers in the Bible Educator, iii. 216f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πηγή Transliteration: pēgē Phonetic Spelling: pay-gay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a spring (of water) Meaning: a spring (of water) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4077 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4077 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4077 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4077 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4077, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πηγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4077 pēgē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fountain, well. Probably from pegnumi (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. Source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring) -- fountain, well. see GREEK pegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4077: πηγήπηγή, πηγῆς, ἡ, from Homer down, the Sept. chiefly for מַעְיָן, עַיִן, מָקור; a fountain, spring: James 3:11, and Rec. in 12; 2 Peter 2:17; ὕδατος ἁλλομένου, John 4:14; τῶν ὑδάτων, Revelation 8:10; Revelation 14:7; Revelation 16:4; of a well fed by a spring, John 4:6. ζωῆς πηγαί ὑδάτων, Revelation 7:17; ἡ πηγή τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς, Revelation 21:6 (on both passive see in ζωή, p. 274{a}); ἡ πηγή τοῦ αἵματος, a flow of blood, Mark 5:29. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πήγνυμι Transliteration: pēgnymi Phonetic Spelling: payg'-noo-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make fast Meaning: to make fast GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4078 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4078 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4078 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4078 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4078, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πήγνυμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4078 pēgnymi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: put up, pitch. A prolonged form of a primary verb (which in its simpler form occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to fix ("peg"), i.e. (specially) to set up (a tent) -- pitch. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4078: πήγνυμιπήγνυμι: 1 aorist ἔπηξα; from Homer down; to make fast, to fix; to fasten together, to build by fastening together: σκηνήν, Hebrews 8:2 (A. V. pitched. Compare: προσπήγνυμι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πηδάλιον Transliteration: pēdalion Phonetic Spelling: pay-dal'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a rudder Meaning: a rudder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4079 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4079 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4079 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4079 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4079, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πηδάλιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4079 pēdalion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rudder. Neuter of a (presumed) derivative of pedon (the blade of an oar; from the same as pede); a "pedal", i.e. Helm -- rudder. see GREEK pede Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4079: πηδάλιονπηδάλιον, πηδαλίου, τό (from πηδον the blade of an oar, an oar), from Homer down, a ship's rudder :. Acts 27:40 (on the plural see Smith, Voy. and Shipwreck of St. Paul, 4th edition, p. 183ff; B. D., under the word, Ship (2); cf. Graser, Das Seewesen des Alterthums, in the Philologus for 1865, p. 266f); James 3:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πηλίκος Transliteration: pēlikos Phonetic Spelling: pay-lee'-kos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: how large? how great? Meaning: how large? how great? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4080 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4080 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4080 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4080 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4080, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πηλίκος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4080 pēlikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: how greatA quantitative form (the feminine) of the base of pou; how much (as an indefinite), i.e. In size or (figuratively) dignity -- how great (large). see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4080: πηλίκοςπηλίκος, πηλικη, πηλίκον (from ἧλιξ (?)), interrogative, how great, how large: in a material reference (denoting geometrical magnitude as disting. from arithmetical, πόσος) (Plato, Men., p. 82 d.; p. 83 e.; Ptolemy, 1, 3, 3; Zechariah 2:2,(6)), Galatians 6:11, where cf. Winer, Rückert, Hilgenfeld (Hackett in B. D. American edition under the word ; but see Lightfoot or Meyer). in an ethical reference, equivalent to how distinguished, Hebrews 7:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πηλός Transliteration: pēlos Phonetic Spelling: pay-los' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: clay Meaning: clay GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4081 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4081 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4081 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4081 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4081, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πηλός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4081 pēlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: clay. Perhaps a primary word; clay -- clay. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4081: πηλόςπηλός, πηλοῦ, ὁ, from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; a. clay, which the potter uses (Isaiah 29:16; Isaiah 41:25; Nahum 3:14): Romans 9:21. b. equivalent to mud (wet 'clay'): John 9:6, 11, 14f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πήρα Transliteration: pēra Phonetic Spelling: pay'-rah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a leather pouch Meaning: a leather pouch GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4082 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4082 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4082 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4082 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4082, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πήρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4082 pēra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: leather pouch for food Of uncertain affinity; a wallet or leather pouch for food -- scrip. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4082: πήραπήρα, πήρας, ἡ, a wallet (a leather sack, in which travellers and shepherds carried their provisions) (A. V. scrip (which see in B. D.)): Matthew 10:10; Mark 6:8; Luke 9:3; Luke 10:4; Luke 22:35f. (Homer, Aristophanes, Josephus, Plutarch, Herodian, Lucian, others; with τῶν βρωμάτων added, Judith 13:10.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πῆχυς Transliteration: pēchys Phonetic Spelling: pay'-khoos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the forearm, a cubit Meaning: the forearm, a cubit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4083 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4083 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4083 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4083 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4083, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πῆχυς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4083 pēchys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cubit. Of uncertain affinity; the fore-arm, i.e. (as a measure) a cubit -- cubit. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4083: πῆχυςπῆχυς, genitive πηχεως (not found in the N. T.), genitive plural πηχῶν contracted from Ionic πήχεων (John 21:8; Revelation 21:17; 1 Kings 7:3 (15), 39 (2); Esther 7:9; Ezekiel 40:5) according to later usage, for the earlier and Attic πήχεων, which is common in the Sept. (cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 245f; (WHs Appendix, p. 157); Winer's Grammar, § 9, 2 e.), ὁ, the forearm i. e. that part of the arm between the hand and the elbow-joint (Homer, Odyssey 17, 38; Iliad 21, 166, etc.); hence, a cubit (ell, Latinulna), a measure of length equal to the distance from the joint of the elbow to the tip of the middle finger (i. e. about one foot and a half, but its precise length varied and is disputed; see B. D., under the phrase, Weights and Measures, II. 1): Matthew 6:27; Luke 12:25 (on these passages, cf. ἡλικία, 1 a.); John 21:8; Revelation 21:17. (The Sept. very often for אַמָּה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιάζω Transliteration: piazō Phonetic Spelling: pee-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lay hold of, to take Meaning: to lay hold of, to take GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4084 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4084 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4084 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4084 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4084, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4084 piazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Probably another form of biazo; to squeeze, i.e. Seize (gently by the hand (press), or officially (arrest), or in hunting (capture)) -- apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Compare piezo. see GREEK biazo see GREEK piezo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4084: πιάζωπιάζω (Doric for πιέζω, cf. Buttmann, 66 (58)): 1 aorist ἐπίασα; 1 aorist passive ἐπιασθην; 1. to lay hold of: τινα τῆς χειρός, Acts 3:7 (Theocritus, 4, 35). 2. to take, capture: fishes, John 21:3, 10; θηρίον, passive, Revelation 19:20 (Song of Solomon 2:15). to take i. e. apprehend: a man, in order to imprison him, John 7:30, 32, 44; John 8:20; John 10:39; John 11:57; Acts 12:4; 2 Corinthians 11:32. (Compare: ὑποπιάζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιέζω Transliteration: piezō Phonetic Spelling: pee-ed'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to press down Meaning: to press down GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4085 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4085 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4085 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4085 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4085, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιέζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4085 piezō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: press down. Another form for piazo; to pack -- press down. see GREEK piazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4085: πιέζωπιέζω: perfect passive participle πεπιεσμενος; from Homer down; to press, press together: Luke 6:38. The Sept. once for דָּרַך, Micah 6:15. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιθανολογία Transliteration: pithanologia Phonetic Spelling: pith-an-ol-og-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: persuasive speech Meaning: persuasive speech GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4086 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4086 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4086 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4086 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4086, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιθανολογία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4086 pithanologia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: persuasive speechFrom a compound of a derivative of peitho and logos; persuasive language -- enticing words. see GREEK peitho see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4086: πιθανολογίᾳπιθανολογίᾳ, πιθανολογιας, ἡ (from πιθανολόγος; and this from πιθανός, on which see πειθός, and λόγος), speech adapted to persuade, discourse in which probable arguments are adduced; once so in classical Greek, viz. Plato, Theact., p. 162 e.; in a bad sense, persuasiveness of speech, specious discourse leading others into error: Colossians 2:4, and several times in ecclesiastical writers. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πικραίνω Transliteration: pikrainō Phonetic Spelling: pik-rah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make bitter Meaning: to make bitter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4087 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4087 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4087 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4087 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4087, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πικραίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4087 pikrainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: embitter. From pikros; to embitter (literally or figuratively) -- be (make) bitter. see GREEK pikros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4087: πικραίνωπικραίνω: future πικράνω; passive, present πικραίνομαι; 1 aorist ἐπικρανθην; (πικρός, which see); 1. properly, to make bitter: τά ὕδατα, passive, Revelation 8:11; τήν κοιλίαν, to produce a bitter taste in the stomach (Vulg.amarico), Revelation 10:9f. 2. tropically, to embitter, exasperate, i. e. render angry, indignant; passive, to be embittered, irritated (Plato, Demosthenes, others): πρός τινα, Colossians 3:19 (Athen. 6, p. 242 c.; ἐπί τινα, Exodus 16:20; Jeremiah 44:15 (); 1 Esdr. 4:31; (ἐν τίνι, Ruth 1:20)); contextually equivalent to to visit with bitterness, to grieve (deal bitterly with), Job 27:2; Macc. 3:7. (Compare: παραπικραίνω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πικρία Transliteration: pikria Phonetic Spelling: pik-ree'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: bitterness Meaning: bitterness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4088 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4088 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4088 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4088 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4088, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πικρία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4088 pikria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bitterness. From pikros; acridity (especially poison), literally or figuratively -- bitterness. see GREEK pikros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4088: πικρίαπικρία, πικρίας, ἡ (πικρός), bitterness: χολή πικρίας, equivalent to χολή πικρά (Winers Grammar, 34, 3 b.; Buttmann, § 132, 10), bitter gall, equivalent to extreme wickedness, Acts 8:23; ῤίζα πικρίας (references as above), a bitter root, and so producing bitter fruit, Hebrews 12:15 (from Deuteronomy 29:18, the Alex. manuscript), cf. Bleek at the passage; metaphorically, bitterness, i. e. bitter hatred, Ephesians 4:31; of speech, Romans 3:14 after Psalm 9:28 (). (In various uses in the Sept. (Demosthenes, Aristotle), Theophrastus, Polybius, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πικρός Transliteration: pikros Phonetic Spelling: pik-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: bitter, sharp Meaning: bitter, sharp GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4089 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4089 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4089 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4089 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4089, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πικρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4089 pikros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bitter. Perhaps from pegnumi (through the idea of piercing); sharp (pungent), i.e. Acrid (literally or figuratively) -- bitter. see GREEK pegnumi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4089: πικρόςπικρός, πικρά, πικρόν (from the root meaning 'to cut,' 'prick'; Vanicek, 534; Curtius, § 100; Fick 1:145), from Homer down, the Sept. for מַר; bitter: properly, James 3:11 (opposed to τό γλυκύ); metaphorically, harsh, virulent, James 3:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πικρῶς Transliteration: pikrōs Phonetic Spelling: pik-roce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: bitterly Meaning: bitterly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4090 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4090 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4090 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4090 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4090, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πικρῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4090 pikrōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bitterly. Adverb from pikros; bitterly, i.e. (figuratively) violently -- bitterly. see GREEK pikros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4090: πικρῶςπικρῶς, adverb (from Aeschylus down), bitterly: metaphorically, ἔκλαυσε, i. e. with poignant grief, Matthew 26:75; Luke 22:62 (here WH brackets the clause); cf. πικρόν δάκρυον, Homer, Odyssey 4, 153. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πιλᾶτος Transliteration: Pilatos Phonetic Spelling: pil-at'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Pilate, a Roman procurator of Judea Meaning: Pilate -- a Roman procurator of Judea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4091 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4091 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4091 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4091 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4091, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πιλᾶτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4091 Pilatos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pilate. Of Latin origin; close-pressed, i.e. Firm; Pilatus, a Roman -- Pilate. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4091: ΠειλᾶτοςΠειλᾶτος, see Πιλᾶτος (and cf. εἰ, ἰ) STRONGS NT 4091: ΠιλᾶτοςΠιλᾶτος (L) Tr better Πιλᾶτος ((on the accent in manuscripts see Tdf. Proleg., p. 103; cf. Chandler § 326; Buttmann, p. 6 n.); Winers Grammar, § 6, 1 m.), T WH incorrectly Πειλᾶτος (but see Tdf. Proleg., p. 84f; WHs Appendix, p. 155; and cf. εἰ, ἰ) (a Latin name, equivalent to 'armed with a pilum or javelin,' like Torquatus equivalent to 'adorned with the collar or neck-chain'; (so generally; but some would contract it from pileatus i. e. 'wearing the felt cap' (pileus), the badge of a manumitted slave; cf. Leyrer in Herzog as below; Plumptre in B. D. under the word (note))), Πιλάτου, ὁ (on the use of the article with the name cf. Winers Grammar, 113 (107) n.), Pontius Pilate, the fifth procurator of the Roman emperor in Judaea and Samaria (having had as predecessors Coponius, Marcus Ambivius, Annius Rufus, and Valerius Gratus). (Some writers (e. g. BB. DD., under the word) call Pilate the sixth procurator, reckoning Subinus as the first, he having had charge for a time, during the absence of Archelaus at Rome, shortly after the death of Herod; cf. Josephus, Antiquities 17, 9, 3.) He was sent into Judaea in the year , and remained in office ten years; (cf. Keim, Jesus von Naz. iii., p. 485f. (English translation, vi. 226f)). Although he saw that Jesus was innocent, yet, fearing that the Jews would bring an accusation against him before Caesar for the wrongs he had done them, and dreading the emperor's displeasure, he delivered up Jesus to their bloodthirsty demands and ordered him to be crucified. At length, in consequence of his having ordered the slaughter of the Samaritans assembled at Matt. Gerizim, Vitellius, the governor of Syria and father of the Vitellius who was afterward emperor, removed him from office and ordered him to go to Rome and answer their accusations; but before his arrival Tiberius died. Cf. Josephus, Antiquities 18, 2-4 and chapter 6, 5; b. j. 2, 9, 2 and 4; Philo, leg. ad Gaium § 38; Tacitus, ann. 15, 44. Eusebius (h. e. 2, 7, and Chron. ad ann. I. Gaii) reports that he died by his own hand. Various stories about his death are related in the Evangelia apocr. edition Tischendorf, p. 426ff (English translation, p. 231ff). He is mentioned in the N. T. in Matthew 27:2ff; Mark 15:1ff; Luke 3:1; Luke 13:1; Luke 23:1ff; John 18:29ff; ff; Acts 3:13; Acts 4:27; Acts 13:28; 1 Timothy 6:18. A full account of him is given in Winers RWB, under the word Pilatus; (BB. DD. ibid.); Ewald, Geschichte Christus' u. seiner Zeit, edition 3, p. 82ff; Leyrer in Herzog xi., p. 663ff (2nd edition, p. 685ff); Renan, Vie de Jesus, 14me edition, p. 413ff (English translation, (N. Y. 1865), p. 333ff); Klöpper in Schenkel iv., p. 581f; Schürer, Neutest. Zeitgesch. § 17 c., p. 252ff; (Warneck, Pont. Pilatus as above with (pp. 210. Gotha, 1867)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πίμπρημι Transliteration: pimprēmi Phonetic Spelling: pim'-pray-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fill full of Meaning: to fill full of GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4092 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4092 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4092 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4092 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4092, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πίμπρημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4092 pimprēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: swell up, burn with fever or passionA reduplicated and prolonged form of a primary preo preh'-o which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); to fire, i.e. Burn (figuratively and passively, become inflamed with fever) -- be (X should have) swollen. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4092: πιμπράωπιμπράω (for the more common πίμπρημι (cf. Curtius, § 378, Vanicek, p. 510f)): (present infinitive passive πίμπρασθαι; but R G L Tr WH πίμπρασθαι from the form πίμπρημι (Tdf. ἐμπίπρασθαι, which see)); in Greek writings from Homer ((yet only the aorist from πρήθω)) down; to blow, to burn (on the connection between these meanings cf. Ebeling, Lex. Homer, under the word πρήθω); in the Scriptures four times to cause to swell, to render tumid (cf. Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word): γαστέρα, Numbers 5:22; passive, to swell, become swollen, of parts of the body, Numbers 5:21, 27: Acts 28:6 (see above and in ἐμπιπράω). (Compare: ἐμπιπράω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πινακίδιον Transliteration: pinakidion Phonetic Spelling: pin-ak-id'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a writing tablet Meaning: a writing tablet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4093 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4093 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4093 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4093 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4093, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πινακίδιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4093 pinakidion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: writing tablet. Diminutive of pinax; a tablet (for writing on) -- writing table. see GREEK pinax Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4093: πινακίδιονπινακίδιον, πινακιδιου, τό (diminutive of πινακίς, πινακιδος) (Aristotle, others); a. a small tablet. b. specifically, a writing-tablet: Luke 1:63 (Tr marginal reading πινακιδα; see the following word); Epictetus diss. 3, 22, 74. STRONGS NT 4093: πινακίς [πινακίς, πινικιδος, ἡ, equivalent to πινακίδιον (which see): Luke 1:63 Tr marginal reading (Epictetus, Plutarch, Artemidorus Daldianus, others.)] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πίναξ Transliteration: pinax Phonetic Spelling: pin'-ax Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a board, dish Meaning: a board, dish GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4094 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4094 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4094 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4094 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4094, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πίναξ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4094 pinax 🕊 Strong's Concordance: charger, platter. Apparently a form of plax; a plate -- charger, platter. see GREEK plax Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4094: πίναξπίναξ, πίνακος, ὁ (common thought to be from ΠΙΝΟΣ a pine, and so properly, 'a pine-board'; according to the conjecture of Buttmann, Ausf. Spr. i. 74 n., from πναξ for πλάξ (i. e. anything broad and flat (cf. English plank)) with ἰ inserted, as in πινυτός for πνυτος (according to Fick i. 146 from Sanskritpinaka, a stick, staff)), from Homer down; 1. a board, a tablet. 2. a dish, plate, platter: Matthew 14:8, 11; Mark 6:25,(27 Lachmann brackets),28; Luke 11:39; Homer, Odyssey 1, 141; 16, 49; others. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πίνω Transliteration: pinō Phonetic Spelling: pee'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to drink Meaning: to drink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4095 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4095 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4095 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4095 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4095, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4095 pinō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drink. A prolonged form of pio (pee'-o), which (together with another form) poo (po'-o) occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively) -- drink. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4095: πίνωπίνω; imperfect ἔπινον; future πίομαι (cf. Winer's Grammar, 90f (86)), 2 person singular πίεσαι (Luke 17:8 ((see references in κατακαυχάομαι))); perfect 3 person singular (Revelation 18:3) πέπωκε R G, but L T WH marginal reading plural πέπωκαν, for which Lachmann's stereotyped edition; Tr text WH text read πεπτωκαν (see γίνομαι); 2 aorist ἔπιον, imperative πίε (Luke 12:19), infinitive πιεῖν ((Matthew 20:22; Matthew 27:34 (not Tdf.); Mark 10:38); Acts 23:12 (not WH), 21; Romans 14:21 (not WH), etc.), and in colloquial form πῖν (Lachmann in John 4:9; Revelation 16:6), and πεῖν (T Tr WH in John 4:7, 9f; T WH in 1 Corinthians 9:4; 1 Corinthians 10:7; Revelation 16:6; T in Matthew 27:34 (twice); WH in Acts 23:12, 21; Romans 14:21, and often among the variants of the manuscripts) — on these forms see (especially WHs Appendix, p. 170); Fritzsche, De conformatione N. T. critica etc., p. 27f; Buttmann, 66f (58f); (Curtius, Das Verbum, ii. 103); the Sept. for שָׁתָה; (from Homer down); to drink: absolutely, Luke 12:19; John 4:7, 10; 1 Corinthians 11:25; figuratively, to receive into the soul what serves to refresh, strengthen, nourish it unto life eternal, John 7:37; on the various uses of the phrase ἐσθίειν καί πίνειν see in ἐσθίω, a.; τρώγειν καί πίνειν, of those living in fancied security, Matthew 24:38; πίνω with an accusative of the thing, to drink a thing (cf. Winer's Grammar, 198 (187) n.), Matthew 6:25 (G T omit; WH brackets the clause), ; ; Mark 14:25; Mark 16:18; Revelation 16:6; to use a thing for drink, Luke 1:15; Luke 12:29; Romans 14:21; 1 Corinthians 10:4 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 40, 3 b.); τό αἷμα of Christ, see αἷμα, at the end; τό ποτήριον i. e. what is in the cup, 1 Corinthians 10:21; 1 Corinthians 11:27, etc. (see ποτήριον, a.). ἡ γῆ is said πίνειν τόν ὑετόν, to suck in, absorb, imbibe, Hebrews 6:7 (Deuteronomy 11:11; Herodotus 3, 117; 4, 198; Vergil ecl. 3, 111sat prata biberunt). πίνω ἐκ with a genitive of the vessel out of which one drinks, ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου, Matthew 26:27; Mark 14:23; 1 Corinthians 10:4 (cf. above); (Aristophanes eqq. 1289); ἐκ with a genitive denoting the drink of which as a supply one drinks, Matthew 26:29; Mark 14:25; ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, John 4:13f; ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου (or θυμοῦ), Revelation 14:10; Revelation 18:3 (L omits; Tr WH brackets τοῦ οἴνου); ἀπό with a genitive of the drink, Luke 22:18. (Cf. Buttmann, § 132, 7; Winer's Grammar, 199 (187). Compare: κατασυμπίνω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιότης Transliteration: piotēs Phonetic Spelling: pee-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: fatness Meaning: fatness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4096 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4096 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4096 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4096 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4096, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4096 piotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fatness. From pion (fat; perhaps akin to the alternate of pino through the idea of repletion); plumpness, i.e. (by implication) richness (oiliness) -- fatness. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4096: πιότηςπιότης, πιητος, ἡ (πίων fat), fatness: Romans 11:17. (Aristotle, Theophrastus, others; the Sept. for דֶּשֶׁן.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιπράσκω Transliteration: pipraskō Phonetic Spelling: pip-ras'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sell Meaning: to sell GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4097 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4097 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4097 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4097 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4097, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιπράσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4097 pipraskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sell. A reduplicated and prolonged form of prao (prah'-o); (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses) contracted from perao (to traverse; from the base of peran); to traffic (by travelling), i.e. Dispose of as merchandise or into slavery (literally or figuratively) -- sell. see GREEK peran Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4097: πιπράσκωπιπράσκω: imperfect ἐπίπρασκον; perfect πέπρακα; passive, present participle πιπρασκόμενος; perfect participle πεπραμένος; 1 aorist ἐπράθην; (from περάω to cross, to transport to a distant land); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. for מָכַר; to sell: Matthew 13:46 (on the use of the perfect, cf. Sophocles' Glossary, etc., Introduction, § 82, 4) Acts 2:45; Acts 4:34; Acts 5:4; with the genitive of price, Matthew 26:9; Mark 14:5; John 12:5 (Deuteronomy 21:14); τινα, one into slavery, Matthew 18:25; hence, metaphorically, πεπραμένος ὑπό τήν ἁμαρτίαν (A. V. sold under sin) i. e. entirely under the control of the love of sinning, Romans 7:14 (ἐπράθησαν τοῦ ποιῆσαι τό πονηρόν, 2 Kings 17:17; 1 Macc. 1:15, cf. 1 Kings 20:25 (); with a dative of the master to whom one is sold as a slave, Leviticus 25:39; Deuteronomy 15:12; Deuteronomy 28:68; Baruch 4:6; Sophocles Trach. 252; ἑαυτόν τίνι, of one bribed to give himself up wholly to another's will, τῷ Φιλίππῳ, Demosthenes, p. 148, 8). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πίπτω Transliteration: piptō Phonetic Spelling: pip'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fall Meaning: to fall GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4098 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4098 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4098 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4098 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4098, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πίπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4098 piptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fail, fall downA reduplicated and contracted form of peto (pet'-o); (which occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses); probably akin to petomai through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively) -- fail, fall (down), light on. see GREEK petomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4098: πίπτωπίπτω; (imperfect ἔπιπτον (Mark 14:35 T Tr marginal reading WH)); future πεσοῦμαι; 2 aorist ἔπεσον and according to the Alex. form (received everywhere by Lachmann (except Luke 23:30), Tdf. (except Revelation 6:16), Tr (except ibid.), WH; and also used by R G in Revelation 1:17; Revelation 5:14; Revelation 6:13; Revelation 11:16; Revelation 17:10) ἔπεσα (cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 164; Tdf. Proleg., p. 123); Lob. ad Phryn., p. 724f; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. ii., p. 277f, and see ἀπέρχομαι at the beginning); perfect πέπτωκα, 2 person singular πεπτωκες (Revelation 2:5 T WH; see κοπιάω), 3 person plural πεπτωκαν (Revelation 18:3, Lachmann's stereotyped edition; Tr text WH text; see γίνομαι); (from ΠΑΤΩ, as τίκτω from ΤΑΚΩ (cf. Curtius, Etymol. § 214; Verbum, ii., p. 398)); from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for נָפַל; to fall; used: 1. of descent from a higher place to a lower; a. properly, to fall (either from or upon, equivalent to Latinincido, decido): ἐπί with the accusative of place, Matthew 10:29; Matthew 13:5,(),; (T omits; L WH Tr marginal reading brackets the verse); Mark 4:5; Luke 8:6 (here T Tr WH κατέπεσεν), 8 Rec.; Revelation 8:10; εἰς τί (of the thing that is entered; into), Matthew 15:14; Matthew 17:15; Mark 4:7 (L marginal reading ἐπί); Luke 6:39, R G L marginal reading (but L text T Tr WH ἐμπεσοῦνται); G L T Tr WH (; L T Tr WH); John 12:24; εἰς (upon) τήν γῆν, Revelation 6:13; Revelation 9:1; ἐν μέσῳ, with the genitive of the thing, Luke 8:7; παρά τήν ὁδόν, Matthew 13:4; Mark 4:4; Luke 8:5; to fall from or down: followed by ἀπό with the genitive of place, Matthew 15:27; Matthew 24:29 (here Tdf. ἐκ; Luke 16:21); Acts 20:9; followed by ἐκ with the genitive of place (Mark 13:25 L T Tr WH); Revelation 8:10; Revelation 9:1; equivalent to to be thrust down, Luke 10:18. b. metaphorically: οὐ πίπτει ἐπί τινα ὁ ἥλιος, i. e. the heat of the sun does not strike upon them or incommode them, Revelation 7:16; (ἀχλύς καί σκότος, Acts 13:11 L T Tr WH); ὁ κλῆρος πίπτει ἐπί τινα, the lot falls upon one, Acts 1:20; φόβος πίπτει ἐπί τινα, falls upon or seizes one (Acts 19:17 L Tr); Revelation 11:11 Rec.; (τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Acts 10:44 Lachmann); πίπτω ὑπό κρίσιν, to fall under judgment, come under condemnation, James 5:12 (where Rec.st εἰς ὑπόκρισιν). 2. of descent from an erect to a prostrate position (Latinlabor, ruo; prolabor, procido; collabor, etc.); a. properly; α. to fall down: ἐπί λίθον, Luke 20:18; λίθος πίπτει ἐπί τινα, Matthew 21:44 (T omits; L WH Tr marginal reading brackets the verse); Luke 20:18; τό ὄρος ἐπί τινα, Luke 23:30; Revelation 6:16. β. to be prostrated, fall prostrate; of those overcome by terror or astonishment or grief: χαμαί, John 18:6; εἰς τό ἔδαφος, Acts 22:7; ἐπί τήν γῆν, Acts 9:4; (ἐπί πρόσωπον, Matthew 17:6); or under the attack of an evil spirit: ἐπί τῆς γῆς, Mark 9:20; or falling dead suddenly: πρός τούς πόδας τίνος ὡς νεκρός, Revelation 1:17; πεσών ἐξέψυξε, Acts 5:5; ἔπεσεν παρά (L T Tr WH πρός) τούς πόδας τίνος, Acts 5:10; absolutely, 1 Corinthians 10:8; στόματι μαχαριας, Luke 21:24; absolutely of the dismemberment of corpses by decay, Hebrews 3:17 (Numbers 14:29, 32). γ. to prostrate oneself; used now of suppliants, now of persons rendering homage or worship to one: ἐπί τῆς γῆς, Mark 14:35; participle with προσκυνεῖν, as finite verb, Matthew 2:11; Matthew 4:9; Matthew 18:26; πίπτειν καί προσκυνεῖν, Revelation 5:14; Revelation 19:4; ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι, Revelation 22:8; πεσών εἰς τούς πόδας (αὐτοῦ), Matthew 18:29 Rec.; εἰς (T Tr WH πρός) τούς πόδας τίνος, John 11:32; πρός τούς πόδας τίνος, Mark 5:22; (παρά τούς πόδας τίνος, Luke 8:41); ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τίνος, Revelation 19:10; ἐνώπιον τίνος, Revelation 4:10; Revelation 5:8; ἐπί πρόσωπον, Matthew 26:39; Luke 5:12; ἐπί πρόσωπον παρά τούς πόδας τίνος, Luke 17:16; πεσών ἐπί τούς πόδας προσεκύνησε, Acts 10:25; πεσών ἐπί πρόσωπον προσκυνήσει, 1 Corinthians 14:25; ἐπί τά πρόσωπα καί προσκυνεῖν, Revelation 7:11 (ἐπί πρόσωπον Rec.); Revelation 11:16. δ. to fall out, fall from: θρίξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς πεσεῖται, equivalent to shall perish, be lost, Acts 27:34 Rec. ε. to fall down, fall in ruin: of buildings, walls, etc., Matthew 7:25,(27); Luke 6:49 (where T Tr WH συνεπεσε); Hebrews 11:30; οἶκος ἐπ' οἶκον πίπτει, Luke 11:17 (see ἐπί, C. I. 2 c.); πύργος ἐπί τινα, Luke 13:4; σκηνή ἡ πεπτωκυῖα, the tabernacle that has fallen down, a figurative description of the family of David and the theocracy as reduced to extreme decay (cf. σκηνή, at the end), Acts 15:16. of a city: ἔπεσε, i. e. has been overthrown, destroyed, Revelation 11:13; Revelation 14:8; Revelation 16:19; Revelation 18:2 (Jeremiah 28:8 (). b. metaphorically, α. to be cast down from a state of prosperity: πόθεν πέπωκας, from what a height of Christian knowledge and attainment thou hast declined, Revelation 2:5 G L T Tr WH (see above at the beginning). β. to fall from a state of uprightness, i. e. to sin: opposed to ἑστάναι, 1 Corinthians 10:12; opposed to στήκειν, with a dative of the person whose interests suffer by the sinning (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 1 k.), Romans 14:4; to fall into a state of wickedness, Revelation 18:3; Lachmann's stereotyped edition; Tr WH text (see πίνω). γ. to perish, i. e. to come to an end, disappear, cease: of virtues, 1 Corinthians 13:8 L T Tr WH (R. V. fail); to lose authority, no longer have force, of sayings, precepts, etc., Luke 16:17 (ὥστε οὐ χαμαί πεσεῖται ὁ τί ἄν εἴπῃς, Plato, Euchyphr. § 17; irrita cadunt promissa, Livy 2, 31). equivalent to to be removed from power by death, Revelation 17:10; to fail of participating in, miss a share in, the Messianic salvation, Romans 11:11,(22); Hebrews 4:11 ((yet see ἐν, I. 5 f.). Compare: ἀναπίπτω, ἀντιπίπτω, ἀποπίπτω, ἐκπίπτω ἐνπίπτω, ἐπιπίπτω, καταπίπτω, παραπίπτω, περιπίπτω, προσπίπτω, συμπίπτω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πισιδία Transliteration: Pisidia Phonetic Spelling: pis-id-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor Meaning: Pisidia -- a region of Asia Minor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4099 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4099 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4099 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4099 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4099, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πισιδία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4099 Pisidia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pisidia. Probably of foreign origin; Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor -- Pisidia. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4099: ΠισιδίαΠισιδία, Πισιδίας, ἡ, Pisidia, a region of Asia Minor, bounded by Pamphylia and the Pamphylian Sea, Phrygia, and Lycaonia: Acts 13:14 R G; . (B. D., under the word .) STRONGS NT 4099: ΠισίδιοςΠισίδιος, Πισιδία, Πισιδιον, equivalent to Πισιδικος, "belonging to Pisidia: Ἀντιχεια ἡ Πισιδία, i. e. taking its name from Pisidia (see Ἀντιόχεια, 2): Acts 13:14 L T Tr WH. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιστεύω Transliteration: pisteuō Phonetic Spelling: pist-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to believe, entrust Meaning: to believe, entrust GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4100 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4100 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4100 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4100 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4100, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιστεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4100 pisteuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: believe, put in trust with. From pistis; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. Credit; by implication, to entrust (especially one's spiritual well-being to Christ) -- believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with. see GREEK pistis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4100: πιστεύωπιστεύω; imperfect ἐπίστευον; future πιστεύσω; 1 aorist ἐπίστευσα; perfect πεπίστευκα; pluperfect (without augment, cf. Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; (Buttmann, 33 (29))) πεπιστεύκειν (Acts 14:23); passive perfect πεπίστευμαι; 1 aorist ἐπιστεύθην; (πιστός); the Sept. for הֶאֱמִין; in classical Greek from Aeschyl, Sophocles, Euripides, Thucydides down; to believe, i. e. 1. intransitive, to think to be true; to be persuaded of; to credit, place confidence in; a. universally: the thing believed being evident from the preceding context, Matthew 24:23,(26); Mark 13:21; 1 Corinthians 11:18; with an accusative of the thing, Acts 13:41 (L T Tr WH ὁ for Rec. ᾧ), to credit, have confidence, followed by ὅτι, Acts 9:26; τίνι, to believe one's words, Mark 16:13; 1 John 4:1; τίνι ὅτι, John 4:21; τῷ ψεύδει, 2 Thessalonians 2:11; περί τίνος, ὅτι, John 9:18. b. specifically, in a moral and religious reference, πιστεύειν is used in the N. T. of "the conviction and trust to which a man is impelled by a certain inner and higher prerogative and law of his soul"; thus it stands α. absolutely to trust in Jesus or in God as able to aid either in obtaining or in doing something: Matthew 8:13; Matthew 21:22; Mark 5:36; Mark 9:23; Luke 8:50; John 11:40; followed by ὅτι, Matthew 9:28; Mark 11:23; (Hebrews 11:6); τῷ λόγῳ, ᾧ (ὅν) εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, John 4:50. β. of the credence given to God's messengers and their words, with a dative of the person or thing: Μωϋσεῖ John 5:46. to the prophets, John 12:38; Acts 24:14; Acts 26:27; Romans 10:16; ἐπί πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται, to place reliance on etc. Luke 24:25. to an angel, Luke 1:20; followed by ὅτι, Luke 1:45. to John the Baptist, Matthew 21:25 (26),32; Mark 11:31; Luke 20:5. to Christ's words, John 3:12; John 5:38, 46; John 6:30; John 8:45; John 10:(37),38{a}; τοῖς ἔργοις of Christ, John 10:38{b}. to the teachings of evangelists and apostles, Acts 8:12; τῇ ἀλήθεια, 2 Thessalonians 2:12; ἐπιστεύθη τό μαρτύριον, the testimony was believed, 2 Thessalonians 1:10 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 39,1 a.; Buttmann, 175 (152)); τῇ γραφή, John 2:22. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ, to put faith in the gospel, Mark 1:15 (Buttmann, 174 (151f); cf. Winers Grammar, 213 (200f)) (Ignatius ad Philad. 8, 2 [ET] ((but see Zahn's note); cf. John 3:15 in γ. below)). γ. used especially of the faith by which a man embraces Jesus, i. e. "a conviction, full of joyful trust, that Jesus is the Messiah — the divinely appointed author of eternal salvation in the kingdom of God, conjoined with obedience to Christ": πιστεύω τόν υἱόν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶναι Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, Acts 8:37 Rec.; ἐπιστεύθη (was believed on (cf. Winers Grammar, § 39, 1 a.; Buttmann, 175 (152))) ἐν κόσμῳ, 1 Timothy 3:16. the phrase πιστεύειν εἰς τόν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τόν υἱόν τοῦ Θεοῦ, etc., is very common; properly, to have a faith directed unto, believing or in faith to give oneself up to, Jesus, etc. (cf. Winers Grammar, 213 (200f); (Buttmann, 174 (151))): Matthew 18:6; Mark 9:42 (R G L Tr text); John 2:11; John 3:15 R G,; (R G L); ,(),; ,(); ; Acts 10:43; Acts 19:4; Romans 10:14; Galatians 2:16; Philippians 1:29; 1 John 5:10; 1 Peter 1:8; εἰς τό φῶς, John 12:36; εἰς τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, John 1:12; John 2:23; John 3:18; 1 John 5:13; τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ, to commit oneself trustfully to the name (see ὄνομα, 2, p. 448a), 1 John 3:23; ἐπ' αὐτόν, ἐπί τόν κύριον, to have a faith directed toward, etc. (see ἐπί, C. I. 2 g. α., p. 235b (cf. Winers Grammar, and Buttmann, as above, also Buttmann, § 147, 25)): Matthew 27:42 T Tr text WH; John 3:15 L text; Acts 9:42; Acts 11:17; Acts 16:31; Acts 22:19 ((cf. Wis. 12:2)); ἐπ' αὐτῷ, to build one's faith on, to place one's faith upon (see ἐπί, B. 2 a.γ., p. 233a; Buttmann, as above): Romans 9:33; Romans 10:11; 1 Timothy 1:16; 1 Peter 2:6; ἐν αὐτῷ, to put faith in him, John 3:15 (L marginal reading; cf. T Tr WH also (who probably connect ἐν αὐτῷ with the following ἔχῃ; cf. Westcott's Commentary at the passage, Meyer, others)) (cf. Jeremiah 12:6; Psalm 77:22 (), where πιστεύειν ἐν τίνι means to put confidence in one, to trust one; (cf. Mark 1:15 above, β. at the end)); ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν, on this rests our faith (A. V. by this we believe), John 16:30; with the simple dative, τῷ κυρίῳ, to (yield faith to) believe (cf. B. 173 (151)): Matthew 27:42 R G L Tr marginal reading; Acts 5:14; Acts 18:8; supply τούτῳ before οὗ in Romans 10:14; to trust in Christ (God), 2 Timothy 1:12; διά τίνος, through one's agency to be brought to faith, John 1:7; 1 Corinthians 3:5; διά Ἰησοῦ εἰς Θεόν, 1 Peter 1:21 R G Tr marginal reading; διά τῆς χάριτος, Acts 18:27; διά τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμέ, John 17:20; διά τί, John 4:39 (), ; . πιστεύω followed by ὅτι with a sentence in which either the nature and dignity of Christ or his blessings are set forth: John 6:69; John 8:24; John 10:38c R G; ,(); ; (); ; 1 John 5:1, 5; Romans 6:8; 1 Thessalonians 4:14; μοι ὅτι, John 14:11; τί, John 11:26; πιστεύω σωθῆναι, Acts 15:11; the simple πιστεύειν is used emphatically, of those who acknowledge Jesus as the saviour and devote themselves to him: Mark 15:32 (here L adds αὐτῷ); Luke 8:12; Luke 22:67; John 1:50(); f; Rec.; ; Acts 5:14; (); ; (); Romans 1:16; Romans 3:22; Romans 4:11; Romans 10:4; Romans 15:13; 2 Corinthians 4:13; Ephesians 1:13,(); 2 Thessalonians 1:10; Hebrews 4:3; with ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας added, Acts 8:37 Rec.; with a dative of instrumentality καρδία, Romans 10:10; participle present οἱ πιστεύοντες, as a substantive: Acts 2:44; Romans 3:22; 1 Corinthians 1:21; Galatians 3:22; (Ephesians 1:19); 1 Thessalonians 1:7; 1 Thessalonians 2:10, 13; 2 Thessalonians 1:10 Rec.; 1 Peter 2:7; equivalent to who are on the point of believing, 1 Corinthians 14:22, cf. 1 Corinthians 14:24f; aorist ἐπίστευσα (marking entrance into a state; see βασιλεύω, at the end), I became a believer, a Christian (A. V. believed): Acts 4:4; Acts 8:13; Acts 13:12, 48; Acts 14:1; Acts 15:7; Acts 17:12, 34; Romans 13:11; 1 Corinthians 3:5; 1 Corinthians 15:2, 11; with the addition of ἐπί τόν κύριον (see above), Acts 9:42; participle πιστεύσας, Acts 11:21; Acts 19:2; ὁ πιστεύσας, Mark 16:16; plural, ; Acts 4:32; οἱ πεπιστευκότες, they that have believed (have become believers): Acts 19:18; Acts 21:20; (on (John's use of) the tenses of πιστεύω see Westcott on 1 John 3:23). It must be borne in mind, that in Paul's conception of τό πιστεύειν εἰς Χριστόν, the prominent element is the grace of God toward sinners as manifested and pledged (and to be laid hold of by faith) in Jesus, particularly in his death and resurrection, as appears especially in Romans 3:25; Romans 4:24; Romans 10:9; 1 Thessalonians 4:14; but in John's conception, it is the metaphysical relationship of Christ with God and close ethical intimacy with him, as well as the true 'life' to be derived from Christ as its source; cf. Rückert, Das Abendmahl, p. 251. Moreover, πιστεύειν is used by John of various degrees of faith, from its first beginnings, its incipient stirring within the soul, up to the fullest assurance, John 2:23 (cf. John 2:24); ; of a faith which does not yet recognize Jesus as the Messiah, but as a prophet very like the Messiah, John 7:31; and to signify that one's faith is preserved, strengthened, increased, raised to the level which it ought to reach, ; 1 John 5:13b Rec.; (cf. references under the word πίστις, at the end). is applied also to the faith by which one is persuaded that Jesus was raised from the dead, inasmuch as by that fact God declared him to be his Son and the Messiah: John 20:8, 25, 29; πιστεύσῃς ἐν τῇ καρδία σου ὅτι ὁ Θεός αὐτόν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν σωθήσῃ, Romans 10:9 (cf. Buttmann, § 133, 19). Since according to the conception of Christian faith Christ alone is the author of salvation, ὁ πιστεύων repudiates all the various things which aside from Christ are commended as means of salvation (such e. g. as abstinence from flesh and wine), and understands that all things are lawful to him which do not lead him away from Christ; hence, πιστεύει (τίς) φαγεῖν πάντα, hath faith to eat all things or so that he eats all things, Romans 14:2; cf. Rückert at the passage; (Winers Grammar, § 44,3 b.; per contra Buttmann, 273f (235)). δ. πιστεύειν used in reference to God has various senses: αα. it denotes the mere acknowledgment of his existence: ὅτι ὁ Θεός εἷς ἐστιν, James 2:19; acknowledgment joined to appropriate trust, absolutely, Jude 1:5; εἰς Θεόν, John 12:44; John 14:1; equivalent to to believe and embrace what God has made known either through Christ or concerning Christ: τῷ Θεῷ, John 5:24; Acts 16:34; Titus 3:8; 1 John 5:10; ἐπί τόν Θεόν, Romans 4:5; τήν ἀγάπην, ἥν ἔχει ὁ Θεός, 1 John 4:16; εἰς τήν μαρτυρίαν, ἥν κτλ., 1 John 5:10. ββ. to trust: τῷ Θεῷ, God promising a thing, Romans 4:3, 17 (on which see κατέναντι); Galatians 3:6; (James 2:23); absolutely, Romans 4:18; followed by ὅτι, Acts 27:25. ε. πιστεύειν is used in an ethical sense, of confidence in the goodness of men: ἡ ἀγάπη πιστεύει πάντα, 1 Corinthians 13:7. τό πιστεύειν is opposed to ἰδεῖν, John 20:29; to ὁρᾶν, ibid. and 1 Peter 1:8 (Theophilus ad Autol. 1, 7 at the end), cf. 2 Corinthians 5:7; to διακρίνεσθαι, Romans 4:19; Romans 14:1, 23, cf. James 1:6; to ὁμολογεῖν, Romans 10:9. 2. transitively, τίνι τί, to intrust a thing to one, i. e. to his fidelity : Luke 16:11; ἑαυτόν τίνι, John 2:24; passive, πιστεύομαι τί, to be intrusted with a thing: Romans 3:2; 1 Corinthians 9:17; Galatians 2:7; 1 Thessalonians 2:4; 1 Timothy 1:11; Titus 1:8 (Ignatius ad Philad. 9 [ET]; examples from secular authors are given in Winers Grammar, § 39, 1 a.). On the grammatical construction of the word cf. Buttmann, § 133, 4 (and the summaries in Ellicott on 1 Timothy 1:16; Vaughan on Romans 4:5; Cremer, under the word). It does not occur in Revlation, nor in Philemon, 2 Peter, 2 and 3 John (Cf. the references under the word πίστις, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιστικός Transliteration: pistikos Phonetic Spelling: pis-tik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: trustworthy Meaning: trustworthy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4101 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4101 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4101 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4101 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4101, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιστικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4101 pistikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: genuine, pureFrom pistis; trustworthy, i.e. Genuine (unadulterated) -- spike-(nard). see GREEK pistis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4101: πιστικόςπιστικός, πιστικη, πιστικον (πιστός), pertaining to belief; a. having the power of persuading, skillful in producing belief: Plato, Gorgias, p. 455 a. b. trusty, faithful, that can be relied on: γυνή πιστικη καί οἰκουρός καί πειθομενη τῷ ἀνδρί, Artemidorus Daldianus, oneir. 2, 32; often so in Cedrenus (also (of persons) in Epiphanius, John Moschus, Sophronius of Damascus; cf. Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word); of commodities equivalent to δόκιμος, genuine, pure, unadulterated: so νάρδος πιστικη (but A. V. spike-(i. e. spiked) nard, after thenardispicati of the Vulg. (in Mark)), Mark 14:3; John 12:3 (for nard was often adulterated; see Pliny, h. n. 12,26; Dioscorides (?) de mater. med. 1, 6 and 7); hence, metaphorically, τό πιστικον τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης κρᾶμα, Eusebius, dem. evang. 9, 8 (p. 439 d.). Cf. the full discussion of this word in Fritzsche on Mark, p. 596ff; Lücke on John 12:3, p. 494ff; Winer's Grammar, 97f (92f); (especially Dr. James Morison on Mark, the passage cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πίστις Transliteration: pistis Phonetic Spelling: pis'-tis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: faith, faithfulness Meaning: faith, faithfulness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4102 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4102 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4102 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4102 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4102, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πίστις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4102 pistis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity. From peitho; persuasion, i.e. Credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself -- assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity. see GREEK peitho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4102: πίστιςπίστις, πίστεως, ἡ (πείθω (which see)), from (Hesiod, Theognis, Pindar), Aeschylus, Herodotus down; the Sept. for אֱמוּנָה, several times for אֱמֶת and אֲמָנָה; faith; i. e.: 1. conviction of the truth of anything, belief (Plato, Polybius, Josephus, Plutarch; θαυμάσια καί μείζω πίστεως, Diodorus 1, 86); in the N. T. of a conviction or belief respecting man's relationship to God and divine things, generally with the included idea of trust and holy fervor born of faith and conjoined with it: Hebrews 11:1 (where πίστις is called ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων); opposed to εἶδος, 2 Corinthians 5:7; joined with ἀγάπη and ἐλπίς, 1 Corinthians 13:13. a. when it relates to God, πίστις is "the conviction that God exists and is the creator and ruler of all things, the provider and bestower of eternal salvation through Christ": Hebrews 11:6; Hebrews 12:2; Hebrews 13:7; πίστις ἐπί Θεόν, Hebrews 6:1; ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρός τόν Θεόν, by which ye turned to God, 1 Thessalonians 1:8; τήν πίστιν ὑμῶν καί ἐλπίδα εἰς Θεόν, directed unto God, 1 Peter 1:21; with a genitive of the object (faith in) (τῶν θεῶν, Euripides, Med. 414; τοῦ Θεοῦ, Josephus, contra Apion 2, 16, 5; cf. Grimm, Exgt. Hdbch. on Sap. vi., 17f, p. 132; (cf. Meyer on Romans 3:22; also Meyer, Ellicott, Lightfoot on Col. as below; Winer's Grammar, 186 (175))): ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτόν (Christ) ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, Colossians 2:12; διά πίστεως, by the help of faith, Hebrews 11:33, 39; κατά πίστιν, equivalent to πιστεύοντες, Hebrews 11:13; πίστει, dative of means or of mode by faith or by believing, prompted, actuated, by faith, Hebrews 11:3f, 7-9, 17, 20-24, 27-29, 31; dative of cause, because of faith, Hebrews 11:5, 11, 30. b. in reference to Christ, it denotes "a strong and welcome conviction or belief that Jesus is the Messiah, through whom we obtain eternal salvation in the kingdom of God" (on this see more at length in πιστεύω, 1 b. γ.); α. universally: with the genitive of the object (see above, in a.), Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Romans 3:22; Galatians 2:16; Galatians 3:22; Ephesians 3:12; Ἰησοῦ, Revelation 14:12; Χρσιτου, Philippians 3:9; τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, Galatians 2:20; τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, James 2:1; μου (i. e. in Christ), Revelation 2:13 (certainly we must reject the interpretation, faith in God of which Jesus Christ is the author, advocated by Van Hengel, Ep. ad Romans 1, p. 314ff, and H. P. Berlage, Disquisitio de formulae Paulinae ψιτις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ signifieatione. Lugd. Bat. 1856); τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Philippians 1:27; ἀληθείας, 2 Thessalonians 2:13, with prepositions: εἰς (toward (cf. εἰς, B. II. 2 a.)) τόν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν, Acts 20:21; εἰς Χριστόν, Acts 24:24; Acts 26:18; ἡ εἰς Χριστόν πίστις ὑμῶν, Colossians 2:5; (πίστιν ἔχειν εἰς ἐμέ, Mark 9:42 Tr marginal reading); πρός τόν κύριον, Philemon 1:5 (L Tr WH εἰς) ((see πρός, L 1 c.; cf. Lightfoot at the passage); unless here we prefer to render πίστιν fidelity (see 2, below); cf. Meyer at the passage and Winer's Grammar, § 50, 2); ἐν πίστει τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, reposed in Christ Jesus, 1 Timothy 3:13; 2 Timothy 3:15; τήν πίστιν ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, Colossians 1:4; ἡ κατά τινα (see κατά, II. 1 e.) πίστις ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ, Ephesians 1:15; ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, Romans 3:25 (yet cf. Meyer). πίστις (cf. Winer's Grammar, 120 (114)) and ἡ πίστις simply: Luke 18:8; Acts 13:8; Acts 14:22, 27; Acts 15:9; Acts 17:31; Rom. ( (on which see νόμος, 3)), Romans 3:31; Romans 4:14; Romans 5:2 (L Tr WH brackets τῇ πίστει); ; 1 Cor. ( (here of a charism)); ; 2 Corinthians 4:13; (); ; Galatians 3:14, 23, 25; Galatians 5:5; Galatians 6:10; Ephesians 2:8; Ephesians 3:17; Ephesians 4:5; Ephesians 6:16; 2 Thessalonians 1:4; 1 Timothy 1:2, 4 (on the latter passive, see οἰκονομία), ; (on which see ἀλήθεια, I. 2 c.); ; 2 Timothy 1:5; 2 Timothy 2:18; 2 Timothy 3:8, 10; 2 Timothy 4:7; Titus 1:1, 4, 13; Titus 2:2; Titus 3:15; James 2:5; 1 Peter 1:5; 2 Peter 1:1, 5. with a genitive of the subject: Luke 22:32; Romans 1:8, 12; 1 Corinthians 2:5; 1 Corinthians 15:14, 17; 2 Corinthians 1:24; Philippians 1:25; Philippians 2:17; 1 Thessalonians 3:2, 5-7, 10; 2 Thessalonians 1:3; 2 Thessalonians 3:2; Philemon 1:6; James 1:3; 1 Peter 1:7, 9 (here WH omits the genitive); 1 John 5:4; Revelation 13:10; πλήρης πιστέω καί πνεύματος, Acts 6:5; πνεύματος καί πίστεως, Acts 11:24; πίστεως καί δυνάμεως, Acts 6:8 Rec.; τῇ πίστει ἑστηκεναι, Romans 11:20; 2 Corinthians 1:24; ἐν τῇ πίστει στήκειν, 1 Corinthians 16:13; εἶναι, 2 Corinthians 13:5; μένειν, 1 Timothy 2:15; ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει, Acts 14:22; ἐπιμένειν, Colossians 1:23; στερεοί τῇ πίστει, 1 Peter 5:9; ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, Acts 16:5; βεβαιοῦμαι ἐν (L T Tr WH omit ἐν) τῇ πίστει, Colossians 2:7. Since faith is a power that seizes upon the soul, one who yields himself to it is said ὑπακούειν τῇ πίστει, Acts 6:7; hence, ὑπακοή τῆς πίστεως, obedience rendered to faith (Winer's Grammar, 186 (175)), Romans 1:5; Romans 16:26; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως namely, ὤν, depending on faith, equivalent to πιστεύων (see ἐκ, II. 7), Romans 3:26; plural, Galatians 3:7, 9; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ, he who has the same faith as Abraham, Romans 4:16; ἐκ πίστεως εἶναι, to be related, akin to, faith (cf. ἐκ, as above), Galatians 3:12. δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως, Romans 1:17; Galatians 3:11; δικαιοσύνην δέ τήν ἐκ πίστεως, Romans 9:30; ἡ ... ἐκ πιστηως δικαιοσύνη, Romans 10:6; δικαιοσύνη ... ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, springing from faith (and availing) to (arouse) faith (in those who as yet have it not), Romans 1:17; δικαιοσύνη ἡ διά πίστεως Χριστοῦ, ... ἡ ἐκ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνη ἐπί τῇ πίστει, Philippians 3:9; passive, δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει, Romans 3:28; δικαιοῦν τινα διά πίστεως Χριστοῦ, Galatians 2:16; διά τῆς πίστεως, Romans 3:30; δικαιοῦσθαι τινα ἐκ πίστεως, ibid.; Galatians 3:8; passive, Romans 5:1; Galatians 3:24; εὐαγγελίζομαι τήν πίστιν, to proclaim the glad tidings of faith in Christ, Galatians 1:23; ἀκοή πίστεως, instruction concerning the necessity of faith (see ἀκοή, 3 a.), Galatians 3:2, 5; ἡ πίστις is joined with ἡ ἀγάπη: 1 Thessalonians 3:6; 1 Thessalonians 5:8; 1 Timothy 1:14; 1 Timothy 2:15; 1 Timothy 4:12; 1 Timothy 6:11; 2 Timothy 2:22; with a subjunctive genitive Revelation 2:19; πίστις δἰ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη, Galatians 5:6; ἀγάπη μετά πίστεως, Ephesians 6:23; ἀγάπη ἐκ πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου, 1 Timothy 1:5; πίστις καί ἀγάπη ἡ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 2 Timothy 1:13; φιλεῖν τινα πίστει, Titus 3:15 (where see DeWette); ἔργον πίστεως (cf. ἔργον, 3, p. 248{b} near the bottom), 1 Thessalonians 1:3; 2 Thessalonians 1:11. β. in an ethical sense, persuasion or conviction (which springs from faith in Christ as the sole author of salvation; cf. πιστεύω, 1 b. γ. at the end) concerning things lawful for a Christian: Romans 14:1, 23; πίστιν ἔχειν, Romans 14:22. c. universally, the religious belief of Christians; α. subjectively: Ephesians 4:13, where cf. Meyer; in the sense of a mere acknowledgment of divine things and of the claims of Christianity, James 2:14, 17f, 20, 22, 24, 26. β. objectively, the substance of Christian faith or what is believed by Christians: τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ ... πίστει Jude 1:3; ἡ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστις, Jude 1:20. There are some who think this meaning of the word is to be recognized also in 1 Timothy 1:4, 19; 1 Timothy 2:7; 1 Timothy 3:9; 1 Timothy 4:1, 6; 1 Timothy 5:8; 1 Timothy 6:10, 21 (cf. Pfleiderer, Paulinismus, p. 468 (English translation, ii., p. 200)); but Weiss (Biblical Theol. d. N. T. § 107 a. note) correctly objects, "πίστις is rather the form in which the truth (as the substance of right doctrine) is subjectively appropriated"; (cf. Meyer on Romans 1:5 (and Prof. Dwight's additional note); Ellicott on Galatians 1:23; Lightfoot on Galatians, p. 157). d. with the predominant idea of trust (or confidence) whether in God or in Christ, springing from faith in the same: Matthew 8:10; Matthew 15:28; Luke 7:9, 50; Luke 17:5; Hebrews 9:28; Lachmann's stereotyped edition; Hebrews 10:22; James 1:6; with a genitive of the subject: Matthew 9:2, 22, 29; Matthew 15:28; Mark 2:5; Mark 5:34; Mark 10:52; (Luke 5:20); ; with a genitive of the object in which trust is placed: τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, Acts 3:16; πίστιν ἔχειν (Matthew 17:20); ; Mark 4:40; Luke 17:6; πᾶσαν τήν πίστιν (`all the faith' that can be thought of), 1 Corinthians 13:2; ἔχειν πίστιν Θεοῦ, to trust in God, Mark 11:22; ἔχειν πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι, to be healed (see Fritzsche on Matthew, p. 843f; (cf. Winers Grammar, § 44,4{a}; Buttmann, 268 (230))), Acts 14:9; ἡ πίστις δἰ αὐτοῦ, awakened through him, Acts 3:16; εὐχή τῆς πίστεως, that proceeds from faith, James 5:15; of trust in the promises of God, Romans 4:9, 16, 19; Hebrews 4:2; Hebrews 6:12; Hebrews 10:38f; with a genitive of the subject, Romans 4:5, 12; πίστις ἐπί Θεόν, faith which relies on God who grants the forgiveness of sins to the penitent (see ἐπί, C. I. 2 g. α.), Hebrews 6:1; δικαιοσύνη τῆς πίστεως (cf. Winer's Grammar, 186 (175)), Romans 4:11, 13; ἡ κατά πίστιν δικαιοσύνη, Hebrews 11:7. 2. fidelity, faithfulness, i. e. the character of one who can be relied on: Matthew 23:23; Galatians 5:22; Philemon 1:5 (? see above in b. α.); Titus 2:10. of one who keeps his promises: ἡ πίστις τοῦ Θεοῦ, subjunctive genitive, Romans 3:3. objectively, plighted faith (often so in Attic writings from Aeschylus down): ἀθετεῖν (see ἀθετέω, a.) τήν πίστιν, 1 Timothy 5:12. Cf. especially Koolhaas, Diss. philol. I. et II.de ratio usu et constructione vocum πίστις, πιστόςet πιστεύειν in N. T. (Traj. ad Rhen. 1733, 4to.); Dav. Schulz, Was heisst Glauben, etc. (Leipz. 1830), p. 62ff; Rückert, Com. üb. d. Röm., 2nd edition, i., p. 51ff; Lutz, Biblical Dogmatik, p. 312ff; Huther, Ueber ζωή u. πιστεύειν im N. T., in the Jahrbb. f. deutsch. Theol. for 1872, pp. 1-33; (Lightfoot's Commentary on Galatians, p. 154ff). On Paul's conception of πίστις, cf. Lipsius, Paulin. Rechtfertigungslehre, p. 94ff; Weiss, Biblical Theol. d. N. T., § 82 c. d. (cf. the index under the word Glaube); Pfleiderer, Paulinismus, p. 162ff (English translation, i., p. 161ff; Schnedermann, De fidel notione ethica Paulina. (Lipsius 1880)). On the idea of faith in the Epistle to the Hebrews see Riehm, Lehrbegr. des Hebrew-Br., p. 700ff; Weiss, as above § 125 b. c. On John's conception, see Reuss, die Johann. Theol. § 10 in the Beiträge zu d. theol. Wissensch. i., p. 56ff (cf. his Histoire de la Theol. Chretienne, etc., 3me edition, ii., p. 508ff (English translation, ii. 455ff)); Weiss, as above § 149, and the same author's Johann. Lehrbegriff, p. 18ff |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιστός Transliteration: pistos Phonetic Spelling: pis-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: faithful, reliable Meaning: faithful, reliable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4103 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4103 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4103 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4103 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4103, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιστός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4103 pistos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: believing, faithful, sure, true. From peitho; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful -- believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true. see GREEK peitho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4103: πιστόςπιστός, πιστή, πιστόν (πείθω (which see)) (from Homer down), the Sept. mostly for נֶאֱמָן; 1. trusty, faithful; of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties: δοῦλος, Matthew 24:45; Matthew 25:21, 23; οἰκονόμος, Luke 12:42; 1 Corinthians 4:2; διάκονος, Ephesians 6:21; Colossians 1:7; Colossians 4:7; ἀρχιερεύς, Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 3:2; of God, abiding by his promises, 1 Corinthians 1:9; 1 Corinthians 10:13; 2 Corinthians 1:18; 1 Thessalonians 5:24; 2 Thessalonians 3:3; Hebrews 10:23; Hebrews 11:11; 2 Timothy 2:13; 1 John 1:9; 1 Peter 4:19; add, 1 Corinthians 4:17; Colossians 4:9; 1 Timothy 1:12; Hebrews 3:5; 1 Peter 5:12; πιστός ἐν τίνι, in a thing, Luke 16:10-12; Luke 19:17; 1 Timothy 3:11; ἐπί τί, Matthew 25:23; ἄχρι θανάτου, Revelation 2:10. one who kept his plighted faith, Revelation 2:13; worthy of trust; that can, be relied on: 1 Corinthians 7:25; 2 Timothy 2:2: Christ is called μάρτυς ὁ πιστός, Revelation 1:5; with καί ἀληθινός, added, Revelation 3:14; (cf. Revelation 19:11). of things, that can be relied on: ὁ λόγος, 1 Timothy 3:1; 2 Timothy 2:11; Titus 1:9; (Titus 3:8; οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι, Revelation 21:5; Revelation 22:6); with πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος added, 1 Timothy 1:15; 1 Timothy 4:9; τά ὅσια Δαυις τά πιστά (see ὅσιος, at the end), Acts 13:34. 2. easily persuaded; believing, confiding, trusting (Theognis, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, others); in the N. T. one who trusts in God's promises, Galatians 3:9; is convinced that Jesus has been raised from the dead, opposed to ἄπιστος, John 20:27; one who has become convinced that Jesus is the Messiah and the author of salvation (opposed to ἄπιστος, see πιστεύω, 1 b. γ. and πίστις, 1 b.) (a believer): Acts 16:1; 2 Corinthians 6:15; 1 Timothy 5:16; with the addition of τῷ κυρίῳ, dative of the person in whom faith or trust is reposed, Acts 16:15; plural in Colossians 1:2 (where cf. Lightfoot); 1 Timothy 4:10; 1 Timothy 6:2; Titus 1:6; Revelation 17:14; οἱ πιστοί, substantively (see Lightfoot on Galatians, p. 157), Acts 10:45; 1 Timothy 4:3, 12; with ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ added (cf. Buttmann, 174 (152)), Ephesians 1:1; εἰς Θεόν κτλ. 1 Peter 1:21 L T Tr text WH; πιστόν ποιεῖν τί, to do something harmonizing with (Christian) faith (R. V. a faithful work), 3 John 1:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πιστόω Transliteration: pistoō Phonetic Spelling: pis-to'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make trustworthy, to establish Meaning: to make trustworthy, to establish GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4104 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4104 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4104 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4104 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4104, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πιστόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4104 pistoō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: assureFrom pistos; to assure -- assure of. see GREEK pistos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4104: πιστόωπιστόω, πιστῷ: 1 aorist passive ἐπιστωθην; (πιστός); 1. to make faithful, render trustworthy: τό ῤῆμα, 1 Kings 1:36; τινα ὅρκοις, Thucydides 4, 88; universally, to make firm, establish, 1 Chronicles 17:14. 2. Passive (the Sept. in various senses for נֶאֱמָן) and middle to be firmly persuaded of; to be assured of: τί (Opp. cyn. 3, 355. 417; Lucian, philops. 5), 2 Timothy 3:14; Hesychius ἐπιστώθη. ἐπείσθη, ἐπληροφορήθη. (In various other senses in secular authors from Homer down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλανάω Transliteration: planaō Phonetic Spelling: plan-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cause to wander, to wander Meaning: to cause to wander, to wander GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4105 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4105 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4105 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4105 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4105, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλανάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4105 planaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deceive, err, seduce, wanderFrom plane; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue) -- go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way. see GREEK plane Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4105: πλανάωπλανάω, πλανῶ; future πλανήσω; 1 aorist ἐπλάνησα; passive, present πλανωμαι; perfect πεπλάνημαι; 1 aorist ἐπλανήθην; (πλάνη); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. for הִתְעָה; to cause to stray, to lead astray, lead aside from the rigid way; a. properly; in passive, the Sept. chiefly for תָּעָה, to go astray, wander, roam about (first so in Homer, Iliad 23, 321): Matthew 18:12; 1 Peter 2:25 (from Isaiah 53:6, cf. Exodus 23:4; Psalm 118:176 (); Hebrews 11:38. b. metaphorically, to lead away from the truth, to lead into error, to deceive: τινα, Matthew 24:4, 5, 11, 24; Mark 13:5, 6; John 7:12; 1 John 2:26; 1 John 3:7; 2 Timothy 3:13a; Revelation 2:20 G L T Tr WH; ; ἑαυτόν, 1 John 1:8; passive, to be led into error (R. V. be led astray): Luke 21:8; John 7:47; Revelation 2:20 Rec.; to err, Matthew 22:29; Mark 12:24, 27; μή πλανᾶσθε, 1 Corinthians 11:9; 1 Corinthians 15:33; Galatians 6:7; James 1:16; especially through ignorance to be led aside from the path of virtue, to go astray, sin: Titus 3:3; Hebrews 5:2; τῇ καρδία, Hebrews 3:10; ἀπό τῆς ἀληθείας, James 5:19; to wander or fall away from the true faith, of heretics, 2 Timothy 3:13b; 2 Peter 2:15; to be led away into error and sin, Revelation 18:23. (Compare: ἀποπλανάω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάνη Transliteration: planē Phonetic Spelling: plan'-ay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a wandering Meaning: a wandering GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4106 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4106 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4106 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4106 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4106, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4106 planē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: delusion, error. Feminine of planos (as abstractly); objectively, fraudulence; subjectively, a straying from orthodoxy or piety -- deceit, to deceive, delusion, error. see GREEK planos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4106: πλάνηπλάνη, πλάνης, ἡ, a wandering, a straying about, whereby one, led astray from the right way, roams hither and thither (Aeschylus (Herodotus), Euripides, Plato, Demosthenes, others). In the N. T. metaphorically, mental straying, i. e. error, wrong opinion relative to morals or religion: Ephesians 4:14; 1 Thessalonians 2:3; 2 Thessalonians 2:11; 2 Peter 2:18; 2 Peter 3:17; 1 John 4:6; Jude 1:11 (on which (cf. Winers Grammar, 189 (177) and) see ἐκχέω, b. at the end); error which shows itself in action, a wrong mode of acting: Romans 1:27; πλάνη ὁδοῦ τίνος (R. V. error of one's way i. e.) the wrong manner of life which one follows, James 5:20 (πλάνη ζωῆς, Wis. 1:12); as sometimes the Latin error, equivalent to that which leads into error, deceit, fraud: Matthew 27:64. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλανήτης Transliteration: planētēs Phonetic Spelling: plan-ay'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a wanderer Meaning: a wanderer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4107 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4107 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4107 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4107 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4107, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλανήτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4107 planētēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wandering. From planos; a rover ("planet"), i.e. (figuratively) an erratic teacher -- wandering. see GREEK planos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4107: πλάνης [πλάνης, πλανητός, ὁ, see πλανήτης.] STRONGS NT 4107: πλανήτηςπλανήτης, πλανητου, ὁ (πλανάω), a wanderer: ἀστέρες πλανῆται, wandering stars (Aristotle, Plutarch, others), Jude 1:13 (where WH marginal reading ἀστέρες πλανῆται (Xenophon, mem. 4, 7, 5)); see ἀστήρ, at the end |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάνος Transliteration: planos Phonetic Spelling: plan'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: wandering, leading astray (adjective), a deceiver (subst.) Meaning: wandering, leading astray, a deceiver GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4108 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4108 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4108 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4108 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4108, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4108 planos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deceiver, seducerOf uncertain affinity; roving (as a tramp), i.e. (by implication) an impostor or misleader; --deceiver, seducing. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4108: πλάνοςπλάνος, πλανον, wandering, roving; transitively and tropically, misleading, leading into error: πνεύματα πλανᾷ, 1 Timothy 4:1 (πλάνοι ἄνθρωποι, Josephus, b. j. 2, 13, 4). ὁ πλάνος substantively (Cicero, others,planus), as we say, a vagabond, 'tramp,' impostor (Diodorus, Athen., others); hence, universally, a corrupter, deceiver, (Vulg.seductor): Matthew 27:63; 2 Corinthians 6:8; 2 John 1:7. (Cf. ὁ κοσμοπλάνος, 'Teaching' etc. 16, 4 [ET].) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάξ Transliteration: plax Phonetic Spelling: plax Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: anything flat and broad, a flat stone Meaning: anything flat and broad, a flat stone GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4109 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4109 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4109 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4109 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4109, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάξ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4109 plax 🕊 Strong's Concordance: table, tabletFrom plasso; a moulding-board, i.e. Flat surface ("plate", or tablet, literally or figuratively) -- table. see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4109: πλάξπλάξ, πλακος, ἡ ((akin to πλάτος, etc.; Fick 4:161)), a flat thing, broad tablet, plane, level surface (as of the sea) (cf. our plate) (Pindar, Tragg., others; the Sept. for לוּחַ): αἱ πλάκες τῆς διαθήκης (see διαθήκη, 2, p. 136b), Hebrews 9:4; οὐκ ἐν πλαξί λιθίναις (tables of stone, such as those on which the law of Moses was written), ἀλλ' ἐν πλαξί καρδίας σαρκίναις, 2 Corinthians 3:3. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάσμα Transliteration: plasma Phonetic Spelling: plas'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: that which is molded Meaning: that which is molded GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4110 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4110 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4110 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4110 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4110, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάσμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4110 plasma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: image, thing formed. From plasso; something moulded -- thing formed. see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4110: πλάσμαπλάσμα, πλάσματος, τό (πλάσσω), what has been moulded or formed, as from wax (Plato, Theact., p. 197 d. and p. 200 b.); the thing formed by a potter, earthen vessel (Vulg.figmentum): Romans 9:20 (with πηλοῦ added, Aristophanes av. 686). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάσσω Transliteration: plassō Phonetic Spelling: plas'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to form Meaning: to form GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4111 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4111 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4111 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4111 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4111, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4111 plassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: form. A primary verb; to mould, i.e. Shape or fabricate -- form. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4111: πλάσσωπλάσσω: 1 aorist participle πλάσας; 1 aorist passive ἐπλασθην; ((perhaps akin to πλατύς; Curtius, § 367 b)); from Hesiod down; the Sept. chiefly for יָצַר; to form, mould (properly, something from clay, wax, etc.): used of a potter, Romans 9:20; of God as Creator (Genesis 2:7f, 19 etc.), passive, 1 Timothy 2:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλαστός Transliteration: plastos Phonetic Spelling: plas-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: formed, molded Meaning: formed, molded GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4112 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4112 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4112 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4112 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4112, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλαστός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4112 plastos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: feigned. From plasso; moulded, i.e. (by implication) artificial or (figuratively) fictitious (false) -- feigned. see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4112: πλαστόςπλαστός, πλαστη, πλαστον (πλάσσω); 1. properly, moulded, formed, as from clay, wax, stone (Hesiod, Plato, Aristotle, Plutarch, others). 2. tropically, feigned: 2 Peter 2:3 ((Herodotus 1, 68), Euripides, Xenophon, Lucian, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλατεῖα Transliteration: plateia Phonetic Spelling: plat-i'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a wide road, street Meaning: a wide road, street GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4113 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4113 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4113 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4113 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4113, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλατεῖα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4113 plateia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: street. Feminine of platus; a wide "plat" or "place", i.e. Open square -- street. see GREEK platus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4113: πλατεῖαπλατεῖα, πλατείας, ἡ (feminine of the adjective πλατύς, namely, ὁδός (cf. Winers Grammar, 590 (549))), a broad way, a street: Matthew 6:5; Matthew 12:19; Luke 10:10; Luke 13:26; Luke 14:21; Acts 5:15; Revelation 11:8; Revelation 21:21; Revelation 22:2. (Euripides, Plutarch, others; in the Sept. chiefly for רְחֹב.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλάτος Transliteration: platos Phonetic Spelling: plat'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: breadth Meaning: breadth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4114 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4114 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4114 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4114 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4114, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλάτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4114 platos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breadth. From platus; width -- breadth. see GREEK platus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4114: πλάτοςπλάτος, πλάτους, τό ((cf. πλάξ), from Herodotus down), breadth: Ephesians 3:18 (on which see μῆκος); Revelation 21:16; carrying with it the suggestion of great extent, τῆς γῆς, opposed to the ends or corners of the earth, Revelation 20:9; (for מֶרְחָב, Habakkuk 1:6). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλατύνω Transliteration: platynō Phonetic Spelling: plat-oo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make broad Meaning: to make broad GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4115 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4115 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4115 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4115 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4115, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλατύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4115 platynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: make broad, enlarge. From platus; to widen (literally or figuratively) -- make broad, enlarge. see GREEK platus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4115: πλατύνωπλατύνω; passive, perfect 3 person singular πεπλάτυνται (see μιαίνω); 1 aorist ἐπλατυνθην; (πλατύς); to make broad, to enlarge: τί, Matthew 23:5; ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται, our heart expands itself namely, to receive you into it, i. e. to welcome and embrace you in love, 2 Corinthians 6:11 (πλατύνειν τήν καρδίαν for לֵב הִרְחִב, to open the heart namely, to instruction, Psalm 118:32 () (cf. Winer's Grammar, 30)); πλατύνθητε καί ὑμεῖς, be ye also enlarged in heart, viz. to receive me therein, 2 Corinthians 6:13. (Xenophon, Plutarch, Anthol., others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλατύς Transliteration: platys Phonetic Spelling: plat-oos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: broad, subst. a street Meaning: broad, a street GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4116 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4116 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4116 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4116 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4116, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλατύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4116 platys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wide. From plasso; spread out "flat" ("plot"), i.e. Broad -- wide. see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4116: πλατύςπλατύς, πλατεῖα, πλατύ (cf. Latinplanus, latus; Curtius, § 367 b; Vanicek, p. 552), from Homer down, the Sept. several times for רָחַב, broad: Matthew 7:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλέγμα Transliteration: plegma Phonetic Spelling: pleg'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a braiding Meaning: a braiding GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4117 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4117 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4117 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4117 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4117, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλέγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4117 plegma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: braided hairFrom pleko; a plait (of hair) -- broidered hair. see GREEK pleko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4117: πλέγμαπλέγμα, πλεγματος, τό (πλέκω), what is woven, plaited, or twisted together; a web, plait, braid: used thus of a net, Xenophon, Cyril 1, 6, 28; of a basket, Euripides, Plato; πλέγμα βιβλινον in which the infant Moses was laid, Josephus, Antiquities 2, 9, 4; by other writings in other senses. Braided hair (Vulg.crines torti, ringlets, curls): 1 Timothy 2:9 (cf. 1 Peter 3:3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλεῖστος Transliteration: pleistos Phonetic Spelling: plice'-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: most, very great, much Meaning: most, very great, much GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4118 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4118 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4118 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4118 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4118, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλεῖστος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4118 pleistos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: most, very great, much. Irregular superlative of polus; the largest number or very large -- very great, most. see GREEK polus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4118: πλεῖστοςπλεῖστος, πλείστῃ, πλεῖστον (superlative of πολύς), most: plural Matthew 11:20; (ὄχλος πλεῖστος, a very great multitude, Mark 4:1 T Tr WH); ὁ πλεῖστος ὄχλος, the most part of the multitude, Matthew 21:8 (Thucydides 7, 78; Plato, rep. 3, p. 397{d}; λαός, Homer, Iliad 16, 377); τό πλεῖστον, adverbially, at the most, 1 Corinthians 14:27. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλείων Transliteration: pleiōn Phonetic Spelling: pli-own Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: more excellent, very great, many Meaning: more excellent, very great, many GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4119 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4119 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4119 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4119 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4119, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλείων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4119 pleiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more excellent, very great, many Or neuter pleion (pli'-on), or pleon (pleh'-on) comparative of polus; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion -- X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but. see GREEK polus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4119: πλείωνπλείων, πλείονος, ὁ, ἡ, neuter πλεῖον (eighteen times) and (in Luke 3:13; (John 21:15 L T Tr WH); Acts 15:28) πλέον (cf. (WHs Appendix, p. 151); Matthiae, i., p. 333; Krüger, § 23, 7, 4; Kühner, § 156, 3; Passow, under the word πολύς, B. 1; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, B.)), plural πλείονες and contracted πλείους, accusative πλείονας and contracted πλείους (which forms are used indiscriminately in the N. T.), neuter πλείονα and (L T Tr WH in Matthew 26:53; L T in Luke 21:3) contracted πλείω; (comparitive of πολύς); more, i. e. 1. greater in quantity: the object with which the comparison is made being added in the genitive, as πλείονας τῶν πρώτων, more in number than the first, Matthew 21:36; πλεῖον (or πλείω) πάντων, more than all, Mark 12:43; Luke 21:3; πλείονα ... τούτων, more than these, John 7:31 (here L T Tr WH omit the genitive (see below)); πλείονα τῶν πρώτων, more than the first, Revelation 2:19; πλεῖον τούτων, more than these, John 21:15; (πλείονα τιμήν ἔχειν τοῦ οἴκου, Hebrews 3:3b (cf. Winer's Grammar, 190 (178), 240 (225))); περισσεύειν πλεῖον, more than, followed by a genitive (A. V. exceed), Matthew 5:20. πλείονες (πλείους) ἤ, Matthew 26:53 R G (L πλείω (br. ἤ)); John 4:1 (Tr marginal reading omits; WH brackets ἤ). πλεῖον ἤ, more than, Luke 9:13; πλέον πλήν with a genitive Acts 15:28; πλέον παρά (τί or τινα (see παρά, III. 2 b.)), Luke 3:13; (Hebrews 3:3a); ἤ is omitted before numerals without change of construction: ἐτῶν ἦν πλειόνων τεσσαράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος, Acts 4:22; οὐ πλείους εἰσιν μοι ἡμέραι δεκαδύο, Acts 24:11 (here Rec. inserts ἤ); ἡμέρας οὐ πλείους ὀκτώ ἤ δέκα (Rec. πλείους ἤ δέκα), Acts 25:6; add, Acts 23:13, 21; as in Greek writings after a neuter: πλείω (Lachmann ἤ in brackets) δώδεκα λεγεῶνας, Matthew 26:53 (T Tr WH (but T λεγιωνων)) (πλεῖν — Attic for πλεῖον — ἑξακοσίους, Aristophanes av. 1251; ἔτη γεγονώς πλείω ἑβδομήκοντα, Plato, Apology Socrates, p. 17 d.; see ἤ, 3 a.; on the omission ofquam in Latin afterplus andamplius, cf. Ramshorn, Latin Gram., p. 491; (Roby, Latin Gram. § 1273)). the objects with which the comparison is made are not added because easily supplied from the context: John 4:41; (John 7:31 (see above)); ; Hebrews 7:23; τό πλεῖον, the more (viz., the greater debt mentioned), Luke 7:43; πλεῖον, adverbially, more, i. e. more earnestly, Luke 7:42; ἐπί πλεῖον, more widely, further, διανέμεσθαι, Acts 4:17; (cf. Acts 20:9 WH marginal reading (see below)); προκόπτειν, 2 Timothy 3:9; ἐπί πλεῖον ἀσεβείας, 2 Timothy 2:16; ἐπί πλεῖον, longer (than proper), Acts 20:9 (not WH marginal reading (see above)); Acts 24:4; plural πλείονα, more, i. e. a larger reward, Matthew 20:10 (but L Tr WH πλεῖον); without comparison, used of an indefinite number, with a substantive: Acts 2:40; Acts 13:31; Acts 18:20; Acts 21:10; Acts 24:17; Acts 25:14; Acts 27:20; Acts 28:23; neuter περί πλειόνων (A. V. of many things), Luke 11:53; with the article οἱ πλείονες (πλείους), the more part, very many: Acts 19:32; Acts 27:12; 1 Corinthians 9:19; 1 Corinthians 10:5; 1 Corinthians 15:6; 2 Corinthians 2:6; 2 Corinthians 4:15; 2 Corinthians 9:2; Philippians 1:14. 2. greater in quality, superior, more excellent: followed by the genitive of comparison, Matthew 6:25; Matthew 12:41, 42; Mark 12:33 (here T WH Tr text περισσότερον); Luke 11:31, 32; Luke 12:23; (πλείονα θυσίαν ... παρά Κάϊν, Hebrews 11:4 (see παρά, as above). From Homer down.) STRONGS NT 4119: πλέονπλέον, see πλείων. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλέκω Transliteration: plekō Phonetic Spelling: plek'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to plait Meaning: to plait GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4120 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4120 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4120 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4120 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4120, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλέκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4120 plekō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: braid, weave, plait. A primary word; to twine or braid -- plait. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4120: πλέκωπλέκω: 1 aorist participle πλέξαντες; ((cf. Curtius, § 103; Vanicek, p. 519)); from Homer down; to plait, braid, weave together: πλέξαντες στέφανον, Matthew 27:29; Mark 15:17; John 19:2. (Compare: ἐμπλέκω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλεονάζω Transliteration: pleonazō Phonetic Spelling: pleh-on-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to superabound, to make to abound Meaning: to superabound, to make to abound GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4121 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4121 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4121 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4121 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4121, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλεονάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4121 pleonazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abound, abundant, make to increaseFrom pleion; to do, make or be more, i.e. Increase (transitively or intransitively); by extension, to superabound -- abound, abundant, make to increase, have over. see GREEK pleion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4121: πλεονάζωπλεονάζω; 1 aorist ἐπλεόνασα; (πλέον); the Sept. for עָדַף, and רָבָה; 1. intransitive: used of one possessing, to superabound (A. V. to have over), 2 Corinthians 8:15. of things, to exist in abundance (R. V. be multiplied), 2 Corinthians 4:15; to increase, be augmented, Romans 5:20; Romans 6:1; 2 Thessalonians 1:8; Philippians 4:17; 2 Peter 1:8. 2. transitive, to make to increase: τινα τίνι, one in a thing, 1 Thessalonians 3:12; for הִרְבָּה, Numbers 26:54; Psalm 70:21 (); add 1 Macc. 4:35. By secular writings ((from Hippocrates on)) in various other senses. (Compare: ὑπερπλεονάζω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλεονεκτέω Transliteration: pleonekteō Phonetic Spelling: pleh-on-cek-teh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to have more, to overreach Meaning: to have more, to overreach GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4122 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4122 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4122 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4122 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4122, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλεονεκτέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4122 pleonekteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: take advantage, defraud, make a gain. From pleonektes; to be covetous, i.e. (by implication) to over-reach -- get an advantage, defraud, make a gain. see GREEK pleonektes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4122: πλεονεκτέωπλεονεκτέω, πλεονέκτω; 1 aorist ἐπλεονέκτησα; 1 aorist passive subjunctive 1 person plural πλεονεκτηθῶμεν; (πλεονέκτης); 1. intransitive, to have more, or a greater part or share: Thucydides, Xenophon, Plutarch, others; to be superior, excel, surpass, have an advantage over, τίνος (genitive of person) τίνι (the dative of thing): Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates, Demosthenes, others. 2. transitive, to gain or take advantage of another, to overreach: (Herodotus 8, 112), Plato, Diodorus, Dionysius Halicarnassus, Dio Cassius, others; and so in the N. T. in 2 Corinthians 7:2; 2 Corinthians 12:17, 18; 1 Thessalonians 4:6 (see πρᾶγμα, b.); passive (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 22) ὑπό τίνος, 2 Corinthians 2:11(10). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλεονέκτης Transliteration: pleonektēs Phonetic Spelling: pleh-on-ek'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one desirous of having more Meaning: one desirous of having more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4123 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4123 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4123 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4123 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4123, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλεονέκτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4123 pleonektēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: covetous. From pleion and echo; holding (desiring) more, i.e. Eager for gain (avaricious, hence a defrauder) -- covetous. see GREEK pleion see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4123: πλεονέκτηςπλεονέκτης, πλεονέκτου, ὁ (πλέον and ἔχω); 1. one eager to have more, especially what belongs to others ((Thucydides 1, 40, 1 (cf. Herodotus 7, 158)); Xenophon, mem. 1, 5, 3); 2. greedy of gain, covetous: 1 Corinthians 5:10, 11; 1 Corinthians 6:10; Ephesians 5:5; Sir. 14:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλεονεξία Transliteration: pleonexia Phonetic Spelling: pleh-on-ex-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: advantage, covetousness Meaning: advantage, covetousness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4124 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4124 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4124 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4124 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4124, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλεονεξία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4124 pleonexia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: covetousness, greediness. From pleonektes; avarice, i.e. (by implication) fraudulency, extortion -- covetous(-ness) practices, greediness. see GREEK pleonektes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4124: πλεονεξίαπλεονεξία, πλεονεξίας, ἡ (πλεονέκτης, which see), greedy desire to have more, covetousness, avarice: Luke 12:15; Romans 1:29; Ephesians 4:19; Ephesians 5:3; Colossians 3:5; 1 Thessalonians 2:5; 2 Peter 2:3 (on the omission of the article in the last two passages, cf. Winer's Grammar, 120 (114)), 14; ὡς (Rec. ὥσπερ) πλεονεξίαν (as a matter of covetousness), i. e. a gift which betrays the giver's covetousness, 2 Corinthians 9:5 (here R. V. text extortion); plural various modes in which covetousness shows itself, covetings (cf. Winers Grammar, § 27, 3; Buttmann, 77 (67)), Mark 7:22. (In the same and various other senses by secular writings from Herodotus and Thucydides down.) (Trench, N. T. Synonyms, § xxiv., and (in partial correction) Lightfoot's Commentary on Colossians 3:5.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλευρά Transliteration: pleura Phonetic Spelling: plyoo-rah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: the side Meaning: the side GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4125 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4125 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4125 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4125 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4125, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλευρά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4125 pleura 🕊 Strong's Concordance: side. Of uncertain affinity; a rib, i.e. (by extension) side -- side. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4125: πλευράπλευρά, πλευρᾶς, ἡ, from Homer (who always uses the plural) down; the side of the body: John 19:34; John 20:20, 25, 27; Acts 12:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλέω Transliteration: pleō Phonetic Spelling: pleh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sail Meaning: to sail GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4126 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4126 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4126 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4126 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4126, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4126 pleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sail. Another form for pleuo (plyoo'-o); which is used as an alternate in certain tenses; probably a form of pluno (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel -- sail. See also pletho. see GREEK pluno see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4126: ΠΛΑΩΠΛΑΩ, see πίμπλημι. STRONGS NT 4126: πλέωπλέω; imperfect 1 person plural ἐπλέομεν; (allied with πλύνω, Latinpluo, fluo, our float, flow, etc.; Curtius, § 369); from Homer down; to sail, navigate, travel by ship: Luke 8:23; Acts 27:24; followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, Acts 21:3; Acts 27:6; ἐπί τόπον, Revelation 18:17 G L T Tr WH; by a use common only to the poets (cf. Matthiae, § 409, 4{a}; Kühner, ii. § 409, 6; (Jelf, § 559; Winer's Grammar, 224 (210))), with a simple accusative indicating the direction: Acts 27:2 (Euripides, Med. Acts 27:7), where L T Tr WH add εἰς (Compare: ἀποπλέω, διαπλέω, ἐκπλέω, καταπλέω, παραπλέω, ὑποπλέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πληγή Transliteration: plēgē Phonetic Spelling: play-gay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a blow, wound Meaning: a blow, wound GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4127 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4127 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4127 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4127 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4127, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πληγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4127 plēgē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wound, stripeFrom plesso; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity -- plague, stripe, wound(-ed). see GREEK plesso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4127: πληγήπληγή, πληγῆς, ἡ (πλήσσω), from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for מַכָּה, also for מַגֵּפָה; 1. a blow, stripe: plural, Luke 10:30; Luke 10:43; Acts 16:23, 33; 2 Corinthians 6:5; 2 Corinthians 11:23; a wound: ἡ πληγή τοῦ θανάτου, deadly wound (R. V. death-stroke), Revelation 13:3, 12; τῆς μαχαίρας, wound made by a sword (sword-stroke), Revelation 13:14. (On its idiomatic omission (Luke 12:47, etc.) cf. Buttmann, 82 (72); Winer's Grammar, § 64, 4.) 2. a public calamity, heavy affliction (cf. English plague) (now tormenting now destroying the bodies of men, and sent by God as a punishment): Revelation 9:18 (Rec. omits), ; ,(); . (Cf. πληγή Διός, Sophocles Aj. 137 (cf. 279); others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλῆθος Transliteration: plēthos Phonetic Spelling: play'-thos Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a great number Meaning: a great number GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4128 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4128 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4128 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4128 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4128, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλῆθος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4128 plēthos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: company, multitude. From pletho; a fulness, i.e. A large number, throng, populace -- bundle, company, multitude. see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4128: πλῆθοςπλῆθος, πλήθους, τό (ΠΛΑΩ), from Homer down; the Sept. chiefly for רֹב, often for הָמון; a multitude, i. e. a. a great number, namely, of men or things: Acts 21:22 (not Tr WH); Hebrews 11:12 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 120 (114) n.); with πολύ added, Mark 3:7, 8; πλῆθος with a genitive, Luke 2:13; John 21:6; Acts 5:14; Acts 28:3 (A. V. bundle (L T Tr WH add τί)); James 5:20; 1 Peter 4:8; πολύ πλῆθος and πλῆθος πολύ (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 59, 2) with a genitive, Luke 5:6; Luke 11:17; Luke 23:27; John 5:3 (here L brackets G T Tr WH omit πολύ); Acts 14:1; Acts 17:4. b. with the article, the whole number, the whole multitude; the assemblage: Acts 15:30; Acts 23:7; τοῦ λαοῦ, Acts 21:36; πᾶν τό πλῆθος, Acts 15:12; with a genitive, Luke 1:10; (Luke 8:37 (τῆς περιχώρου); ); ; Acts (); ; (); ; the multitude of people, Acts 2:6; Acts 19:9; with τῆς πόλεως added, Acts 14:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πληθύνω Transliteration: plēthynō Phonetic Spelling: play-thoo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to increase, to be increased Meaning: to increase, to be increased GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4129 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4129 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4129 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4129 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4129, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πληθύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4129 plēthynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: multiply. From another form of plethos; to increase (transitively or intransitively) -- abound, multiply. see GREEK plethos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4129: πληθύνωπληθύνω; future πληθύνω; 1 aorist optative 3 person singular πληθῦναι (2 Corinthians 9:10 Rec.); passive, imperfect ἐπληθυνομην; 1 aorist ἐπληθυνθην; (from πληθύς fullness); Aeschyl, Aristotle, Herodian, Geoponica; the Sept. very often for רָבָה, רִבָּה, הִרְבָּה, sometimes for רָבַב; 1. transitive, to increase, to multiply: 2 Corinthians 9:10; Hebrews 6:14 (from Genesis 22:17); passive, to be increased (be multiplied) multiply: Matthew 24:12; Acts 6:7; Acts 7:17; Acts 9:31; Acts 12:24; τίνι (A. V. be multiplied to one i. e.) be richly allotted to, 1 Peter 1:2; 2 Peter 1:2; Jude 1:2 (Daniel 3:31 (); Daniel 6:25, Theod.; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 1 inscr. (also Martyr. Polycarp, inscr., Apostolic Constitutions, inscr.)). 2. intransitive, to be increased, to multiply: Acts 6:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήθω Transliteration: plēthō Phonetic Spelling: play'-tho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: furnish, accomplish, fill, supply Meaning: furnish, accomplish, fill, supply GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4130 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4130 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4130 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4130 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4130, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήθω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4130plēthō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: furnish, accomplish, fill, supplyA prolonged form of a primary pleo (pleh'-o) (which appears only as an alternate in certain tenses and in the reduplicated form pimplemi) to "fill" (literally or figuratively (imbue, influence, supply)); specially, to fulfil (time) -- accomplish, full (...come), furnish. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4130: πίμπλημιπίμπλημι; (a lengthened form of the theme ΠΛΑΩ, whence πλέος, πλήρης (cf. Curtius, § 366)): 1 aorist ἔπλησα; passive, 1 future πλησθήσομαι; 1 aorist ἐπλήσθην; from Homer on; the Sept. for מָלֵא, also for הִשְׂבִּיעַ (to satiate) and passive, שָׂבַע (to be full); to fill: τί, Luke 5:7; τί τίνος (Winer's Grammar, § 30, 8 b.), a thing with something, Matthew 27:48; (John 19:29 R G); in the passive, Matthew 22:10; Acts 19:29; (ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς, John 12:3 Tr marginal reading; cf. Winers Grammar, as above note; Buttmann, § 132, 12). what wholly takes possession of the mind is said to fill it: passive, φοβοῦ, Luke 5:26; θάμβους, Acts 3:10; ἀνοίας, Luke 6:11; ζήλου, Acts 5:17; Acts 13:45; θυμοῦ, Luke 4:28; Acts 3:10; πνεύματος ἁγίου, Luke 1:15, 41, 67; Acts 2:4; Acts 4:8, 31; Acts 9:17; Acts 13:9. prophecies are said πλησθῆναι, i. e. to come to pass, to be confirmed by the event, Luke 21:22 G L T Tr WH (for Rec. πληρωθῆναι). time is said πλησθῆναι, to be fulfilled or completed, i. e. finished, elapsed, Luke 1:23, 57 (Winers Grammar, 324 (304); Buttmann, 267 (230)); f; so נִמְלָא, Job 15:32; and מִלֵּא to (ful-)fill the time, i. e. to complete, fill up, Genesis 29:27; Job 39:2. (Compare: ἐμπίπλημι.) STRONGS NT 4130: πλήθωπλήθω, see πίμπλημι. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήκτης Transliteration: plēktēs Phonetic Spelling: plake'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a striker Meaning: a striker GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4131 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4131 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4131 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4131 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4131, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήκτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4131 plēktēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bully, striker. From plesso; a smiter, i.e. Pugnacious (quarrelsome) -- striker. see GREEK plesso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4131: πλήκτηςπλήκτης, πληκτου, ὁ (πλήσσω) (Vulg.percussor), (A. V. striker), bruiser, ready with a blow; a pugnacious, contentious, quarrelsome person: 1 Timothy 3:3; Titus 1:7. (Plutarch, Marcell. 1; Pyrrh. 30; Crass. 9; Fab. 19; (Diogenes Laërtius 6, 38; others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλημμύρα Transliteration: plēmmyra Phonetic Spelling: plame-moo'-rah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a flood Meaning: flood -- a flood GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4132 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4132 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4132 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4132 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4132, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλημμύρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4132 plēmmyra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: flood. Prolonged from pletho; flood-tide, i.e. (by analogy) a freshet -- flood. see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4132: πλήμμυραπλήμμυρα (so all editions) (or πλημυρα (cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 7 Anm. 17 note; Lob. Rhemat., p. 264)) (better accented as proparoxytone; Chandler § 160), πλημμύρας and (so G T Tr WH) πλημμύρης (see μάχαιρα), ἡ (from πλημμη or πλημη i. e. πλησμη (from πλήθω, πίμπλημι, which see)), a flood, whether of the sea or of a river: Luke 6:48. (Job 40:18; (Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 1, 71); Josephus, Antiquities 2, 10, 2; Plutarch, Sextus Empiricus; with ποταμῶν added, Philo de opif. mund. § 19; (cf. de vim Moys. i. § 36; iii, § 24; de Abrah. § 19; de leg. alleg. i. § 13).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήν Transliteration: plēn Phonetic Spelling: plane Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: yet, except Meaning: yet, except GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4133 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4133 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4133 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4133 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4133, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4133 plēn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nevertheless, however, notwithstanding, save, than. From pleion; moreover (besides), i.e. Albeit, save that, rather, yet -- but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than. see GREEK pleion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4133: πλήνπλήν, adverb (from πλέον 'more' (Curtius, § 375; Lob. Path. Element. 1:143; 2:93 (cf. Lightfoot on Philippians 3:16)); hence, properly, beyond, besides, further); it stands: 1. adverbially, at the beginning of a sentence, serving either to restrict, or to unfold and expand what has preceded: moreover, besides, so that, according to the requirements of the context, it may also be rendered but, nevertheless; (howbeit; cf. Buttmann, § 146, 2): Matthew 11:22, 24; Matthew 18:7; Matthew 26:39, 64; Luke 6:24, 35; Luke 10:11, 14, 20; Luke 11:41; Luke 12:31; Luke 13:33; Luke 17:1 L Tr text WH; ; 1 Corinthians 11:11; Ephesians 5:33; Philippians 1:18 (R G (see Ellicott)); ; Revelation 2:25; πλήν ὅτι, except that, save that (examples from classical Greek are given by Passow, under the word, II. 1 e.; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, B. II. 4)): Acts 20:23 ((Winer's Grammar, 508 (473); Philippians 1:18 L T Tr WH (R. V. only that)). 2. as a preposition, with the genitive (first so by Homer, Odyssey 8, 207; (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 6)), besides, except, but: Mark 12:32; John 8:10; Acts 8:1; Acts 15:28; Acts 27:22. Cf. Klotz ad Devar. II. 2, p. 724f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήρης Transliteration: plērēs Phonetic Spelling: play'-race Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: full Meaning: full GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4134 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4134 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4134 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4134 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4134, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήρης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4134 plērēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: full. From pletho; replete, or covered over; by analogy, complete -- full. see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4134: πλήρηςπλήρης, πλῆρες (ΠΛΑΩ), from Aeschylus and Herodotus down, the Sept. chiefly for מָלֵא; a. full, i. e. filled up (as opposed to empty): of hollow vessels, Matthew 14:20; Matthew 15:37; Mark 6:43 (R G L); with a genitive of the thing, Mark 8:19; of a surface, covered in every part: λέπρας, Luke 5:12; of the soul, thoroughly permeated with: πνεύματος ἁγίου, Luke 4:1; Acts 6:3; Acts 7:55; Acts 11:24; πίστεως, Acts 6:5; χάριτος, Acts 6:8 (Rec. πίστεως); χάριτος καί ἀληθείας, John 1:14; δόλου, Acts 13:10 (Jeremiah 5:27); θυμοῦ, Acts 19:28; abounding in, ἔργων ἀγαθῶν, Acts 9:36. b. full i. e. complete; lacking nothing, perfect (so the Sept. sometimes for שָׁלֵם; σελήνη πλήρης, Sir. I. 6, cf. Herodotus 6, 106): μισθός, 2 John 1:8 (Ruth 2:12); σῖτος, a full kernel of grain (one completely filling the follicle or hull containing it), Mark 4:28. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πληροφορέω Transliteration: plērophoreō Phonetic Spelling: play-rof-or-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring in full measure, to fulfill Meaning: to bring in full measure, to fulfill GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4135 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4135 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4135 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4135 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4135, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πληροφορέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4135 plērophoreō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fulfill, fully know, make full proof of. From pleres and phoreo; to carry out fully (in evidence), i.e. Completely assure (or convince), entirely accomplish -- most surely believe, fully know (persuade), make full proof of. see GREEK pleres see GREEK phoreo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4135: πληροφορέωπληροφορέω, πληροφόρω: (1 aorist imperative πληροφόρησον, infinitive πληροφορησαι (Romans 15:13 L marginal reading); passive, present imperative πληροθορείσθω; perfect participle πεπληροφορημενος; 1 aorist participle πληροφορηθείς); (from the unused adjective πληροθορος, and this from πλήρης and φέρω); to bear or bring full, to make full; a. to cause a thing to be shown to the full: τήν διακονίαν, i. e. to fulfil the ministry in every respect, 2 Timothy 4:5 (cf. πληροῦν τήν διακονίαν, Acts 12:25); also τό κήρυγμα, 2 Timothy 4:17. b. "to carry through to the end, accomplish: πράγματα πεπληροφορημενα, things that have been accomplished (Itala and Vulg.completae), Luke 1:1 (cf. ὡς ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, Acts 19:21) (cf. Meyer edition Weiss at the passage). c. τινα, to fill one with any thought, conviction, or inclination: (Romans 15:13 L marginal reading (followed by ἐν with the dative of thing): others, πληρόω, which see, 1); hence, to make one certain, to persuade, convince, one (πολλαῖς οὖν λόγοις καί ὅρκοις πληροθορησαντες Μεγαβυζον, extracted from Ctesias () in Photius, p. 41, 29 ((edited by Bekker); but on this passive, see Lightfoot as below)); passive, to be persuaded, Romans 14:5; πληροθορηθεις, persuaded, fully convinced or assured, Romans 4:21; also πεπληροθορήμενοι, Colossians 4:12 L T Tr WH; οἱ ἀπόστολοι ... πληροθορηθεντες διά τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καί πιστωθενθες ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 42, 3 [ET]; frequent so in ecclesiastical writings; to render inclined or bent on, ἐπληροθορηθη καρδία ... τοῦ ποιῆσαι τό πονηρόν, Ecclesiastes 8:11 (cf. Test xii. Patr., test. Gad 2). The word is treated of fully by Bleek, Brief an d. Hebrews 2:2, p. 233ff; Grimm in the Jahrbb. f. Deutsche TheoI. for 1871, p. 38ff; (Lightfoot's Commentary on Colossians 4:12. Cf. also Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πληροφορία Transliteration: plērophoria Phonetic Spelling: play-rof-or-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: full assurance Meaning: full assurance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4136 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4136 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4136 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4136 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4136, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πληροφορία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4136 plērophoria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: full assurance. From plerophoreo; entire confidence -- (full) assurance. see GREEK plerophoreo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4136: πληροθοριαπληροθορια, πληροθοριας, ἡ (πληροθορέω, which see), fullness, abundance; πίστεως, Hebrews 10:22; τῆς ἐλπίδος, Hebrews 6:11; τῆς συνέσεως, Colossians 2:2; full assurance, most certain confidence (see πληροθορέω, c. (others give it the same meaning in one or other of the preceding passages also; cf. Lightfoot on Colossians, the passage cited)), 1 Thessalonians 1:5. (Not found elsewhere except in ecclesiastical writings (cf. Winer's Grammar, 25).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πληρόω Transliteration: plēroō Phonetic Spelling: play-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make full, to complete Meaning: to make full, to complete GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4137 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4137 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4137 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4137 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4137, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πληρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4137 plēroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accomplish, complete, fulfillFrom pleres; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc. -- accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply. see GREEK pleres Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4137: πληρόωπληρόω πληρῶ (infinitive πληροῦν Luke 9:31, see WH's Appendix, p. 166); imperfect 3 person singular ἐπλήρου; future πληρώσω; 1 aorist ἐπλήρωσα; perfect πεπλήρωκα; passive, present πληροῦμαι; imperfect ἐπληρουμην; perfect πεπλήρωμαι; 1 aorist ἐπληρώθην; 1 future πληρωθήσομαι; future middle πληρώσομαι (once, Revelation 6:11 Rec.); (from ΠΛηΡΟΣ equivalent to πλήρης); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. for מָלֵא; 1. to make full, to fill, to fill up: τήν σαγηνην, passive, Matthew 13:48; equivalent to "to fill to the full, πᾶσαν χρείαν, Philippians 4:19; to cause to abound, to furnish or supply liberally: πεπλήρωμαι, I abound, I am liberally supplied, namely, with what is necessary for subsistence, Philippians 4:18; Hebraistically, with the accusative of the thing in which one abounds (cf. Buttmann, § 134, 7; Winer's Grammar, § 32, 5): of spiritual possessions, Philippians 1:11 (where Rec. has καρπῶν); Colossians 1:9, (ἐνέπλησα αὐτόν πνεῦμα σοφίας, Exodus 31:3; Exodus 35:31); equivalent to to flood, ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη (Tr marginal reading ἐπλήσθη) ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς, John 12:3 (see ἐκ, II. 5); ἦχος ἐπλήρωσε τόν οἶκον, Acts 2:2; with a genitive of the thing, τήν Ἱερουσαλήμ τῆς διδαχῆς, Acts 5:28 (Libanius, epistles 721 πάσας — i. e. πόλεις — ἐνέπλησας τῶν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν λόγων; Justin, hist. 11, 7 Phrygiam religionibus implevit); τινα, equivalent to to fill, diffuse throughout one's soul: with a genitive of the thing, Luke 2:40 R G L text T Tr marginal reading (see below); Acts 2:28; passive, Acts 13:52; Romans 15:13 (where L marginal reading πληροφορέω, which see in c.), 14; 2 Timothy 1:4; with a dative of the thing (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 7), passive (Luke 2:40 L marginal reading Tr text WH); Romans 1:29; 2 Corinthians 7:4; followed by ἐν with a dative of the instrument: ἐν πνεύματι, Ephesians 5:18; ἐν παντί θελήματι Θεοῦ, with everything which God wills (used of those who will nothing but what God wills), Colossians 4:12 R G (but see πληροφορέω, c.); πληροῦν τήν καρδίαν τίνος, to pervade, take possession of, one's heart, John 16:6; Acts 5:3; Christians are said πληροῦσθαι, simply, as those who are pervaded (i. e. richly furnished) with the power and gifts of the Holy Spirit: ἐν αὐτῷ, rooted as it were in Christ, i. e. by virtue of the intimate relationship entered into with him, Colossians 2:10 (cf. ἐν, I. 6 b.); εἰς πᾶν τό πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ (see πλήρωμα, 1), Ephesians 3:19 (not WH marginal reading); Christ, exalted to share in the divine administration, is said πληροῦν τά πάντα, to fill (pervade) the universe with his presence, power, activity, Ephesians 4:10; also πληροῦσθαι (middle for himself, i. e. to execute his counsels (cf. Winers Grammar, 258 (242); Buttmann, § 134, 7)) τά πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν, all things in all places, Ephesians 1:23 (μή οὐχί τόν οὐρανόν καί τήν γῆν ἐγώ πληρῶ, λέγει κύριος, Jeremiah 23:24; Grimm, Exeget. Hdbch. on Wis. 1:7, p. 55, cites examples from Philo and others; ((but ἐν πᾶσιν here is variously understood; see πᾶς, II. 2 b. δ. αα. and the commentaries))). 2. to render full, i. e. to complete; a. properly, to fill up to the top: πᾶσαν φάραγγα, Luke 3:5; so that nothing shall be lacking to full measure, fill to the brim, μέτρον (which see, 1 a.), Matthew 23:32. b. to perfect, consummate; α. a number: ἕως πληρωθῶσι καί οἱ σύνδουλοι, until the number of their comrades also shall have been made complete, Revelation 6:11 L WH text,cf. Düsterdieck at the passage (see γ. below). by a Hebraism (see πίμπλημι, at the end) time is said πληροῦσθαι, πεπληρωμένος, either when a period of time that was to elapse has passed, or when a definite time is at hand: Mark 1:15; Luke 21:24; John 7:8; Acts 7:23, 30; Acts 9:23; Acts 24:27 (Genesis 25:24; Genesis 29:21; Leviticus 8:33; Leviticus 12:4; Leviticus 25:30; Numbers 6:5; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 4, 6; 6, 4, 1; πληροῦν τόν τέλεον ἐνιαυτόν, Plato, Tim., p. 39d.; τούς χρόνους, legg. 9, p. 866a.). β. to make complete in every particular; to render perfect: πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν κ.τ.λ. 2 Thessalonians 1:11; τήν χαράν, Philippians 2:2; passive, John 3:29; John 15:11; John 16:24; John 17:13; 1 John 1:4; 2 John 1:12; τά ἔργα, passive, Revelation 3:2; τήν ὑπακοήν, to cause all to obey, passive, 2 Corinthians 10:6; τό πάσχα, Luke 22:16 (Jesus speaks here allegorically: until perfect deliverance and blessedness be celebrated in the heavenly state). γ. to carry through to the end, to accomplish, carry out, (some undertaking): πάντα τά ῤήματα, Luke 7:1; τήν διακονίαν, Acts 12:25; Colossians 4:17; τό ἔργον, Acts 14:26; τόν δρόμον, Acts 13:25; namely, τόν δρόμον, Revelation 6:11 according to the reading πληρωσωσι (G T Tr WH marginal reading) or πληρωσονται (Rec.) (see α. above); ὡς ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, when these things were ended, Acts 19:21. Here belongs also πληροῦν τό εὐαγγέλιον, to cause to be everywhere known, acknowledged, embraced (A. V. I have fully preached), Romans 15:19; in the same sense τόν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Colossians 1:25. c. to carry into effect, bring to realization, realize; α. of matters of duty, to perform, execute: τόν νόμον, Romans 13:8; Galatians 5:14; τό δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου, passive, ἐν ἡμῖν, among us, Romans 8:4; πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην, Matthew 3:15 (εὐσέβειαν, 4 Macc. 12:15); τήν ἔξοδον (as something appointed and prescribed by God), Luke 9:31. β. of sayings, promises, prophecies, to bring to pass, ratify, accomplish; so in the phrases ἵνα or ὅπως πληρωθῇ ἡ γραφή, τό ῤηθέν, etc. (el. Knapp, Seripta var. Arg., p. 533f): Matthew 1:22; Matthew 2:15, 17, 23; Matthew 4:14; Matthew 8:17; Matthew 12:17; Matthew 13:35; Matthew 21:4; Matthew 26:54, 56; Matthew 27:9, 35 Rec.; Mark 14:49; Mark 15:28 (which verse G T WH omits; but Tr brackets it); Luke 1:20; Luke 4:21; Luke 21:22 Rec.; ; John 12:38; John 13:18; John 15:25; John 17:12; John 18:9, 32; John 19:24, 36; Acts 1:16; Acts 3:18; Acts 13:27; James 2:23 (1 Kings 2:27; 2 Chronicles 36:22). γ. universally and absolutely, to fulfil, i. e. "to cause God's will (as made known in the law) to be obeyed as it should be, and God's promises (given through the prophets) to receive fulfilment": Matthew 5:17; cf. Weiss, Das Matthäusevang. as above with, p. 146f (Compare: ἀναπληρόω, ἀνταναπληρόω, προσαναπληρόω, ἐκπληρόω, συμπληρόω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήρωμα Transliteration: plērōma Phonetic Spelling: play'-ro-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: fullness, a filling up Meaning: fullness, a filling up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4138 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4138 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4138 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4138 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4138, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήρωμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4138 plērōma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fullness, fulfilling, full, From pleroo; repletion or completion, i.e. (subjectively) what fills (as contents, supplement, copiousness, multitude), or (objectively) what is filled (as container, performance, period) -- which is put in to fill up, piece that filled up, fulfilling, full, fulness. see GREEK pleroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4138: πλήρωμαπλήρωμα, πληρώματος, τό (πληρόω), the Sept. for מְלֹא; 1. etymologically it has a passive sense, that which is (or has been) filled; very rarely so in classical Greek: a ship, inasmuch as it is filled (i. e. manned) with sailors, rowers, and soldiers; ἀπό δύο πληρωματων Ἐμάχοντο, Lucian, ver. hist. 2, 37; πέντε εἶχον πληρώματα, ibid. 38. In the N. T. the body of believers, as that which is filled with the presence, power, agency, riches of God and of Christ: τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Ephesians 4:13 (see ἡλικία, 1 c. (cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 3 N. T; Buttmann, 155 (136))); ; εἰς πᾶν τό πλήρωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, that ye may become a body wholly filled and flooded by God, Ephesians 3:19 (but WH marginal reading reads πληρωθῇ πᾶν τό 2. that which fills or with which a thing is filled: so very frequently in classical Greek from Herodotus down; especially of those things with which ships are filled, freight and merchandise, sailors, oarsmen, soldiers (cf. our 'complement' (yet cf. Lightfoot as below, p. 258f)) (of the animals filling Noah's ark, Philo de vit. Moys. ii. § 12); πλήρωμα πόλεως, the inhabitants or population filling a city, Plato, de rep. 2, p. 371 e.; Aristotle, polit. 3, 13, p. 1284{a}, 5; 4,4, p. 1291a, 17; others. So in the N. T. ἡ γῆ καί τό πλήρωμα αὐτῆς, whatever fills the earth or is contained in it, 1 Corinthians 10:26, 28 Rec. (Psalm 23:1 (); (); Jeremiah 8:16; Ezekiel 12:19, etc.; τό πλήρωμα τῆς θαλάσσης, Psalm 95:11 (); 1 Chronicles 16:32); κοφίνων πληρώματα, those things with which the baskets were filled, (basketfuls), Mark 6:43 T Tr WH (on this passive, cf. Lightfoot as below, p. 260); also σπυρίδων πληρώματα, Mark 8:20; the filling (Latincomplementum) by which a gap is filled up, Matthew 9:16; Mark 2:21; that by which a loss is repaired, spoken of the reception of all the Jews into the kingdom of God (see ἥττημα, 1), Romans 11:12. Of time (see πληρόω, 2 b. α.), that portion of time by which a longer antecedent period is completed; hence, completeness, fullness, of time: τοῦ χρόνου, Galatians 4:4; τῶν καιρῶν, Ephesians 1:10 (on which see οἰκονομία). 3. fullness, abundance: John 1:16; Colossians 1:19; Colossians 2:9; full number, Romans 11:25. 4. equivalent to πλήρωσις (see καύχημα, 2), i. e. a fulfilling, keeping: τοῦ νόμου (see πληρόω, 2 c. α.), Romans 13:10. For a full discussion of this word see Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, ii., p. 469ff; (especially Lightfoot's Commentary on Colossians, p. 257ff). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλησίον Transliteration: plēsion Phonetic Spelling: play-see'-on Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: near, neighboring Meaning: near, neighboring GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4139 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4139 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4139 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4139 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4139, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλησίον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4139 plēsion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: near, neighbor. Neuter of a derivative of pelas (near); (adverbially) close by; as noun, a neighbor, i.e. Fellow (as man, countryman, Christian or friend) -- near, neighbour. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4139: πλησίονπλησίον (neuter of the adjective πλησίος, πλησια, πλησίον), adverb, from Homer down, near: with a genitive of place (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 54, 6), John 4:5; with the article, ὁ πλησίον namely, ὤν (cf. Buttmann, § 125, 10; Winers Grammar, 24) (the Sept. very often for רֵעַ ; sometimes for עָמִית), properly, Latinproximus (so Vulg. in the N. T.), a neighbor; i. e. a. friend: Matthew 5:43. b. any other person, and where two are concerned the other (thy fellow-man, thy neighbor) i. e., according to the O. T. and Jewish conception, a member of the Hebrew race and commonwealth: Acts 7:27; and Rec. in Hebrews 8:11; according to the teaching of Christ, any other man irrespective of race or religion with whom we live or whom we chance to meet (which idea is clearly brought out in the parable Luke 10:25-37): Matthew 19:19; Matthew 22:39; Mark 12:31, 33; Luke 10:27; Romans 13:9, 10; (); Galatians 5:14; Ephesians 4:25; James 2:8 and L T Tr WH in ; πλησίον εἶναι τίνος, to be near one (one's neighbor), i. e. in a passive sense, worthy to be regarded as a friend and companion, Luke 10:29; actively, to perform the offices of a friend and companion, Luke 10:36; (on the omission of the article in the last two examples see Buttmann, § 129, 11; Winer's Grammar, § 19 at the end). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλησμονή Transliteration: plēsmonē Phonetic Spelling: place-mon-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a filling up Meaning: a filling up GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4140 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4140 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4140 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4140 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4140, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλησμονή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4140 plēsmonē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gratification, satisfaction. From a presumed derivative of pletho; a filling up, i.e. (figuratively) gratification -- satisfying. see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4140: πλησμονήπλησμονή, πλησμονῆς, ἡ (πίμπλημι (cf. Winers Grammar, 94 (89))), repletion, satiety (Vulg.saturitas): πρός πλησμονήν σαρκός, for the satisfying of the flesh, to satiate the desires of the flesh (see σάρξ, 4), Colossians 2:23, cf. Meyer at the passage; (others (including R. V.) render the phrase against (i. e. for the remedy of) the indulgence of the flesh; see Lightfoot at the passage, and πρός. I. 1 c.). (Aristophanes, Euripides, Xenophon, Plato, Plutarch, others; the Sept..) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλήσσω Transliteration: plēssō Phonetic Spelling: place'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to strike Meaning: to strike GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4141 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4141 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4141 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4141 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4141, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλήσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4141 plēssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: smite, strike. Apparently another form of plasso (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (figuratively) to inflict with (calamity) -- smite. Compare tupto. see GREEK tupto see GREEK plasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4141: πλήσσωπλήσσω (cf. πληγή (πέλαγος), Latinplango, plaga; Curtius, § 367): 2 aorist passive ἐπλήγην; from Homer down; the Sept. for הִכָּה (see πατάσσω, at the beginning); to strike, to smite: passive (of the heavenly bodies smitten by God that they may be deprived of light and shrouded in darkness), Revelation 8:12. (Compare: ἐκπλήσσω, ἐπιπλήσσω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλοιάριον Transliteration: ploiarion Phonetic Spelling: ploy-ar'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little boat Meaning: a little boat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4142 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4142 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4142 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4142 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4142, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλοιάριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4142 ploiarion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: boat, small ship. Neuter of a presumed derivative of ploion; a boat -- boat, little (small) ship. see GREEK ploion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4142: πλοιάριονπλοιάριον, πλοιαριου, τό (diminutive of πλοῖον, see γυναικάριον, at the end), a small vessel, a boat: Mark 3:9; Mark 4:36 Rec.; Luke 5:2 L marginal reading T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading; John 6:(a), b Rec., (where L Tr marginal reading WH πλοῖα), L T Tr WH; . (Cf. B. D., under the word Ship (13).) (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Diodorus, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλοῖον Transliteration: ploion Phonetic Spelling: ploy'-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a boat Meaning: a boat GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4143 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4143 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4143 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4143 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4143, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλοῖον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4143 ploion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a boatFrom pleo; a sailer, i.e. Vessel -- ship(-ing). see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4143: πλοῖονπλοῖον, πλοίου, τό (πλέω), from Herodotus down, the Sept. chiefly for אנִיָּה, a ship: Matthew 4:21, 22; Mark 1:19; Luke 5:2 (R G L text Tr text WH text); John 6:17; Acts 20:13, and often in the historical books of the N. T.; James 3:4; Revelation 8:9; Revelation 18:19. (BB. DD., under the word Ship.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλόος Transliteration: ploos Phonetic Spelling: plo'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a voyage Meaning: a voyage GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4144 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4144 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4144 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4144 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4144, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλόος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4144 ploos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: course, sailing, voyage. From pleo; a sail, i.e. Navigation -- course, sailing, voyage. see GREEK pleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4144: πλοοςπλοος πλοῦς, genitive πλόου πλοῦ, and in later writings πλοός (Acts 27:9; Arrian peripl. erythr., p. 176 § 61; see νοῦς (and cf. Lob. Paralip., p. 173f)) (πλέω), from Homer, Odyssey 3, 169 down; voyage: Acts 21:7; Acts 27:9, 10 (Wis. 14:1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλούσιος Transliteration: plousios Phonetic Spelling: ploo'-see-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: wealthy Meaning: wealthy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4145 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4145 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4145 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4145 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4145, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλούσιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4145 plousios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: rich. From ploutos; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with -- rich. see GREEK ploutos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4145: πλούσιοςπλούσιος, πλουσία, πλούσιον (πλοῦτος), from Hesiod, Works, 22 down, the Sept. for עָשִׁיר, rich; a. properly, wealthy, abounding in material resources: Matthew 27:57; Luke 12:16; Luke 14:12; Luke 16:1, 19; Luke 18:23; Luke 19:2; ὁ πλούσιος, substantively, Luke 16:21, 22; James 1:10, 11; οἱ πλούσιοι, Luke 6:24; Luke 21:1; 1 Timothy 6:17; James 2:6; James 5:1; Revelation 6:15; Revelation 13:16; πλούσιος, without the article, a rich man, Matthew 19:23, 24; Mark 10:25; Mark 12:41; Luke 18:25. b. metaphorically and universally, abounding, abundantly supplied: followed by ἐν with a dative of the thing in which one abounds (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 8 b. note), ἐν ἐληι, Ephesians 2:4; ἐν πίστει, James 2:5; absolutely, abounding (rich) in Christian virtues and eternal possessions, Revelation 2:9; Revelation 3:17, on which see Düsterdieck. ἐπτώχευσε πλούσιος ὤν, of Christ, 'although as the ἄσαρκος λόγος he formerly abounded in the riches of a heavenly condition, by assuming human nature he entered into a state of (earthly) poverty,' 2 Corinthians 8:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλουσίως Transliteration: plousiōs Phonetic Spelling: ploo-see'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: richly Meaning: richly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4146 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4146 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4146 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4146 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4146, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλουσίως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4146 plousiōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abundantly, richly. Adverb from plousios; copiously -- abundantly, richly. see GREEK plousios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4146: πλουσίωςπλουσίως, adverb (from Herodotus down), abundantly, richly: Colossians 3:16; 1 Timothy 6:17; Titus 3:6; 2 Peter 1:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλουτέω Transliteration: plouteō Phonetic Spelling: ploo-teh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be rich Meaning: to be rich GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4147 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4147 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4147 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4147 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4147, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλουτέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4147 plouteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be rich. From ploutizo; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively) -- be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich. see GREEK ploutizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4147: πλουτέωπλουτέω, πλούτῳ; 1 aorist ἐπλούτησα; perfect πεπλούτηκα; (πλοῦτος); from Hesiod down; the Sept. sometimes for עָשַׁר; a. to be rich, to have abundance: properly, of outward possessions, absolutely, Luke 1:53; 1 Timothy 6:9; 1 aorist I have been made rich, hate become rich, have gotten riches (on this use of the aorist see βασιλεύω, at the end), ἀπό τίνος, Revelation 18:15 (Sir. 11:18; (cf. ἀπό, II. 2 a.)); also ἐκ τίνος (see ἐκ, II. 5), Revelation 18:3, 19; ἐν τίνι (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 30, 8 b. note; the Greeks say πλουτεῖν τίνος, or τίνι, or τί), 1 Timothy 6:18. b. metaphorically, to be richly supplied: πλουτεῖν εἰς πάντας, is affluent in resources so that he can give the blessings of salvation unto all, Romans 10:12; πλουτεῖν εἰς Θεόν (see εἰς, B. II. 2 b. α.), Luke 12:21; aorist ἐπλούτησα, absolutely, I became rich, i. e. obtained the eternal spiritual possessions: 1 Corinthians 4:8; 2 Corinthians 8:9; Revelation 3:18; πεπλούτηκα, I have gotten riches, Revelation 3:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλουτίζω Transliteration: ploutizō Phonetic Spelling: ploo-tid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make rich Meaning: to make rich GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4148 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4148 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4148 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4148 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4148, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλουτίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4148 ploutizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: enrich. From ploutos; to make wealthy (figuratively) -- en- (make) rich. see GREEK ploutos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4148: πλουτίζωπλουτίζω; passive, present participle πλουτιζόμενος; 1 aorist ἐπλουτίσθην; (πλοῦτος); to make rich, to enrich: τινα, passive, 2 Corinthians 9:11; used of spiritual riches: τινα, 2 Corinthians 6:10; ἐν with a dative of the thing (see πλουτέω, a.), passive, to be richly furnished, 1 Corinthians 1:5. (Aeschylus, Sophicles, Xenophon, Plutarch; the Sept. for הֶעֱשִׁיר.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλοῦτος Transliteration: ploutos Phonetic Spelling: ploo'-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine; Noun, Neuter Short Definition: wealth Meaning: wealth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4149 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4149 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4149 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4149 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4149, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλοῦτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4149 ploutos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: riches. From the base of pletho; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment -- riches. see GREEK pletho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4149: πλοῦτοςπλοῦτος, πλούτου, ὁ, and (according to L T Tr WH in 2 Corinthians 8:2; Ephesians 1:7; Ephesians 2:7; Ephesians 3:8, 16; Philippians 4:19; Colossians 1:27; Colossians 2:2, but only in the nominative and accusative; cf. (Tdf. Proleg., p. 118; WHs Appendix, p. 158); Winers Grammar, 65 (64); Buttmann, 22f (20)) τό πλοῦτος (apparently equivalent to πλεοτος, from πλέος full (cf. πίμπλημι)), from Homer down, the Sept. for עֹשֶׁר, and also for הָמון, a multitude, חַיִל, הול; riches, wealth; a. properly, and absolutely, abundance of external possessions: Matthew 13:22; Mark 4:19; Luke 8:14; 1 Timothy 6:17; James 5:2; Revelation 18:17 (16). b. universally, fullness, abundance, plenitude: with a genitive of the excellence in which one abounds, as τῆς χρηστότητος, Romans 2:4; Romans 9:23; 2 Corinthians 8:2; Ephesians 1:7, 18; Ephesians 2:7; Ephesians 3:16; Colossians 1:21; Colossians 2:2. the πλοῦτος of God is extolled, i. e. the fullness of his perfections — of which two are mentioned, viz. σοφία and γνῶσις, Romans 11:33 (for σοφίας καί γνώσεως here depend on βάθος, not on πλούτου (cf. B. 155 (135); Winer's Grammar, § 30, 3 N. 1)); the fullness of all things in store for God's uses, Philippians 4:19; in the same sense πλοῦτος is attributed to Christ, exalted at the right hand of God, Revelation 5:12; in a more restricted sense, πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ is used of the fullness of the things pertaining to salvation with which Christ is able to enrich others, Ephesians 3:8. c. universally equivalent to a good ((to point an antithesis)): Hebrews 11:26; equivalent to that with which one is enriched, with a genitive of the person enriched, used of Christian salvation, Romans 11:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πλύνω Transliteration: plynō Phonetic Spelling: ploo'-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to wash Meaning: to wash GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4150 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4150 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4150 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4150 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4150, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πλύνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4150 plynō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wash. A prolonged form of an obsolete pluo (to "flow"); to "plunge", i.e. Launder clothing -- wash. Compare louo, nipto. see GREEK louo see GREEK nipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4150: πλύνωπλύνω; imperfect ἔπλυνον; 1 aorist ἐπλυνα; ((cf. πλέω)); from Homer down; the Sept. for כִּבֵּס and רָחַץ; to wash: τά δίκτυα, Luke 5:2 L T Tr WH ((T WH marginal reading πλῦναν; see ἀποπλύνω)); used from Homer down especially in reference to clothing (Genesis 49:11; Exodus 19:10, 14; Leviticus 13:6, 34, etc.); hence, figuratively πλύνειν τάς στολάς αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ἀρνίου is used of those who by faith so appropriate the results of Christ's expiation as to be regarded by God as pure and sinless, Revelation 7:14, and L T Tr WH in ; cf. Psalm 50:4, 9 (). (Compare: ἀποπλύνω. Synonym: see λούω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνεῦμα Transliteration: pneuma Phonetic Spelling: pnyoo'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: wind, spirit Meaning: wind, spirit GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4151 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4151 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4151 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4151 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4151, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνεῦμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4151 pneuma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spirit, ghostFrom pneo; a current of air, i.e. Breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christ's spirit, the Holy Spirit -- ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare psuche. see GREEK pneo see GREEK psuche Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4151: πνεῦμαπνεῦμα, πνεύματος, τό (πνέω), Greek writings from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; Hebrew רוּחַ, Latinspiritus; i. e.: 1. a movement of air (gentle) blast; a. of the wind: ἀνέμων πνεύματα, Herodotus 7, 16, 1; Pausanias, 5, 25; hence, the wind itself, John 3:8; plural Hebrews 1:7 (1 Kings 18:45; 1 Kings 19:11; Job 1:19; Psalm 103:4 (), etc.; often in Greek writings). b. breath of the nostrils or mouth, often in Greek writings from Aeschylus down: πνεῦμα τοῦ στόματος, 2 Thessalonians 2:8 (Psalm 32:6 (), cf. Isaiah 11:4); πνεῦμα ζωῆς, the breath of life, Revelation 11:11 (Genesis 6:17, cf. πνοή ζωῆς, ). (πνεῦμα and πνοή seem to have been in the main coincident terms; but πνοή became the more poetic. Both retain a suggestion of their evident etymology. Even in classical Greek πνεῦμα became as frequent and as wide in its application as ἄνεμος. (Schmidt, chapter 55, 7; Trench, § lxxiii.)) 2. the spirit, i. e. the vital principle by which the body is animated ((Aristotle, Polybius, Plutarch, others; see below)): Luke 8:55; Luke 23:46; John 19:30; Acts 7:59; Revelation 13:15 (here R. V. breath); ἀφιέναι τό πνεῦμα, to breathe out the spirit, to expire, Matthew 27:50 cf. Sir. 38:23; Wis. 16:14 (Greek writings said ἀφιέναι τήν ψυχήν, as Genesis 35:18, see ἀφίημι, 1 b. and Kypke, Observations, i, p. 140; but we also find ἀφιέναι πνεῦμα θανσίμω σφαγή, Euripides, Hec. 571); σῶμα χωρίς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν, James 2:26; τό πνεῦμα ἐστι τό ζοωποιουν, ἡ σάρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν, the spirit is that which animates and gives life, the body is of no profit (for the spirit imparts life to it, not the body in turn to the spirit; cf. Chr. Frid. Fritzsche, Nova opuscc., p. 239), John 6:63. the rational spirit, the power by which a human being feels, thinks, wills, decides; the soul: τό πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τό ἐν αὐτῷ, 1 Corinthians 2:11; opposed to σάρξ (which see (especially 2 a.)), Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38; 1 Corinthians 5:5; 2 Corinthians 7:1; Colossians 2:5; opposed to τό σῶμα, Romans 8:10; 1 Corinthians 6:17, 20 Rec.; ; 1 Peter 4:6. Although for the most part the words πνεῦμα and ψυχή are used indiscriminately and so σῶμα and ψυχή put in contrast (but never by Paul; see ψυχή, especially 2), there is also recognized a threefold distinction, τό πνεῦμα καί ἡ ψυχή καί τό σῶμα, 1 Thessalonians 5:23, according to which τό πνεῦμα is the rational part of man, the power of perceiving and grasping divine and eternal things, and upon which the Spirit of God exerts its influence; (πνεῦμα, says Luther, "is the highest and noblest part of man, which qualifies him to lay bold of incomprehensible, invisible, eternal things; in short, it is the house where Faith and God's word are at home" (see references at end)): ἄχρι μερισμοῦ ψυχῆς καί πνεύματος (see μερισμός, 2), Hebrews 4:12; ἐν ἑνί πνεύματι, μία ψυχή, Philippians 1:27 (where instead of μία ψυχή Paul according to his mode of speaking elsewhere would have said more appropriately μία καρδία). τό πνεῦμα τίνος, Mark 2:8; Mark 8:12; Lukei. 47; Acts 17:16; Romans 1:9; Romans 8:16; 1 Corinthians 5:4; 1 Corinthians 16:18; 2 Corinthians 2:13; 2 Corinthians 7:13; Galatians 6:18; (Philippians 4:23 L T Tr WH); Philemon 1:25; 2 Timothy 4:22; ὁ Θεός τῶν πνευμάτων (for which Rec. has ἁγίων) τῶν προφητῶν, who incites and directs the souls of the prophets, Revelation 22:6, where cf. Düsterdieck. the dative τῷ πνεύματι is used to denote the seat (locality) where one does or suffers something, like our in spirit: ἐπιγινώσκειν, Mark 2:8; ἀναστενάζειν, Mark 8:12; ἐμβρίμασθαι, John 11:33; ταράσσεσθαι, John 13:21; ζηιν, Acts 18:25; Romans 12:11; ἀγαλλίασθαι, Luke 10:21 (but L T Tr WH here add ἁγίῳ); the dative of respect: 1 Corinthians 5:3; Colossians 2:5; 1 Peter 4:6; κραταιουσθαι, Luke 1:80; Luke 2:40 Rec.; ἅγιον εἶναι, 1 Corinthians 7:34; ζοωποιηθεις, 1 Peter 3:18; ζῆν, 1 Peter 4:6; πτωχοί, Matthew 5:3; dative of instrument: δεδεμένος, Acts 20:22; συνέχεσθαι, Rec.; Θεῷ λατρεύειν, Philippians 3:3 R G; dative of advantage: ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματι μου, 2 Corinthians 2:13 (12); ἐν τῷ πνεύματι, is used of the instrument, 1 Corinthians 6:20 Rec. (it is surely better to take ἐν τῷ πνεύματι here locally, of the 'sphere' (Winer's Grammar, 386 (362), cf. 1 Corinthians 6:19)); also ἐν πνεύματι, nearly equivalent to πνευματικῶς (but see Winer's Grammar, § 51, 1 e. note), John 4:23; of the seat of an action, ἐν τῷ πνεύματι μου, Romans 1:9; τιθέναι ἐν τῷ πνεύματι, to propose to oneself, purpose in spirit, followed by the infinitive (πορεύεσθαι, Acts 19:21. πνεύματα προφητῶν, according to the context the souls (spirits) of the prophets moved by the Spirit of God, 1 Corinthians 14:32; in a peculiar sense πνεῦμα is used of a soul thoroughly roused by the Holy Spirit and wholly intent on divine things, yet destitute of distinct self-consciousness and clear understanding; thus in the phrases τό πνεῦμα μου προσεύχεται, opposed to ὁ νοῦς μου, 1 Corinthians 14:14; πνεύματι λαλεῖν μυστήρια, 1 Corinthians 14:2; προσεύχεσθαι, ψάλλειν, εὐλογεῖν, τῷ πνεύματι, as opposed to τῷ νοι<, 1 Corinthians 14:15, 16. 3. "a spirit, i. e. a simple essence, devoid of all or at least all grosser matter, and possessed of the power of knowing, desiring, deciding, and acting"; a. generically: Luke 24:37; Acts 23:8 (on which see μήτε, at the end); Acts 23:9; πνεῦμα σάρκα καί ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, Luke 24:39; πνεῦμα ζοωποιουν (a life-giving spirit), spoken of Christ as raised from the dead, 1 Corinthians 15:45; πνεῦμα ὁ Θεός (God is spirit essentially), John 4:24; πατήρ τῶν πνευμάτων, of God, Hebrews 12:9, where the term comprises both the spirits of men and of angels. b. a human soul that has left the body ((Babrius 122, 8)): plural (Latinmanes), Hebrews 12:23; 1 Peter 3:19. c. a spirit higher than man but lower than God, i. e. an angel: plural Hebrews 1:14; used of demons, or evil spirits, who were conceived of as inhabiting the bodies of men: (Mark 9:20); Luke 9:39; Acts 16:18; plural, Matthew 8:16; Matthew 12:45; Luke 10:20; Luke 11:26; πνεῦμα Πύθωνος or πύθωνα, Acts 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Revelation 16:14; πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Luke 4:33 (see δαιμόνιον, 2); πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας, causing infirmity, Luke 13:11; πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον, Matthew 10:1; Matthew 12:43; Mark 1:23, 26, 27; Mark 3:11, 30; Mark 5:2, 8, 13; Mark 6:7; Mark 7:25; Mark 9:25; Luke 4:36; Luke 6:18; Luke 8:29; Luke 9:42; Luke 11:24, 26; Acts 5:16; Acts 8:7; Revelation 16:13; Revelation 18:2; ἄλαλον, κωφόν (for the Jews held that the same evils with which the men were afflicted affected the demons also that bad taken possession of them (cf. Wetstein, N. T. i. 279ff; Edersheim, Jesus the Messiah, Appendix xvi.; see δαιμονίζομαι etc. and references)), Mark 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Luke 7:21; Luke 8:2; Acts 19:12, 13, 15, 16, (cf. Judges 9:23; 1 Samuel 16:14; 1 Samuel 19:9, etc.). d. "the spiritual nature of Christ, higher than the highest angels, close to God and most intimately united to him" (in doctrinal phraseology the divine nature of Christ): 1 Timothy 3:16; with the addition of ἁγιωσύνης (on which see ἁγιωσύνη, 1 (yet cf. 4 a. below)), Romans 1:4 (but see Meyer at the passage, Ellicott on 1 Timothy, the passage cited); it is called πνεῦμα αἰώνιον, in tacit contrast with the perishable ψυχαί of sacrificial animals, in Hebrews 9:14, where cf. Delitzsch (and especially Kurtz). 4. The Scriptures also ascribe a πνεῦμα to God, i. e. God's power and agency — distinguishable in thought (or modalistice, as they say in technical speech) from God's essence in itself considered — "manifest in the course of affairs, and by its influence upon souls productive in the theocratic body (the church) of all the higher spiritual gifts and blessings"; (cf. the resemblances and differences in Philo's use of τό θεῖον πνεῦμα, e. g. de gigant. § 12 (cf. § 5f); quis rer. div. § 53; de mund. opif. § 46, etc.). a. This πνεῦμα is called in the O. T. אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ, יְהוָה רוּחַ; in the N. T. πνεῦμα ἅγιον, τό ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον (first so in Wis. 1:5 Wis. 9:17; for קֹדֶשׁ רוּחַ, in Psalm 50:13 (), Isaiah 63:10, 11, the Sept. renders by πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης), i. e. the Holy Spirit (august, full of majesty, adorable, utterly opposed to all impurity): Matthew 1:18, 20; Matthew 3:11; Matthew 12:32; Matthew 28:19; Mark 1:8; Mark 3:29; Mark 12:36; Mark 13:11; Luke 1:15, 35; Luke 2:25, 26; Luke 3:16, 22; Luke 4:1; Luke 11:13; Luke 12:10, 12; John 1:33; John 7:39 (L T WH omit; Tr brackets ἅγιον); John 14:26; John 20:22; Acts 1:2, 5, 8, 16; Acts 2:33, 38; Acts 4:25 L T Tr WH; (L T WH omit; Tr brackets τό ἅγιον), ; ; Romans 9:1; Romans 14:17; Romans 15:13, 16, 19 (L Tr WH in brackets); 1 Corinthians 6:19; 1 Corinthians 12:3; 2 Corinthians 6:6; 2 Corinthians 13:13 (14); Ephesians 1:13; 1 Thessalonians 1:5, 6; 2 Timothy 1:14; Titus 3:5; Hebrews 2:4; Hebrews 6:4; Hebrews 9:8; 1 John 5:7 Rec.; Jude 1:20; other examples will be given below in the phrases; (on the use and the omission of the article, see Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, ii., p. 105 (in opposition to Harless (on Ephesians 2:22), et al.; cf. also Meyer on Galatians 5:16; Ellicott on Galatians 5:5; Winers Grammar, 122 (116); Buttmann, 89 (78))); τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Ephesians 4:30; 1 Thessalonians 4:8; πνεῦμα Θεοῦ, Romans 8:9, 14; τό τοῦ Θεοῦ πνεῦμα, 1 Peter 4:14; (τό) πνεῦμα (τοῦ) Θεοῦ, Matthew 3:16; Matthew 12:18, 28; 1 Corinthians 2:14; 1 Corinthians 3:16; Ephesians 3:16; 1 John 4:2; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, 1 Corinthians 6:11; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ πατρός, Matthew 10:20; πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ζῶντος, 2 Corinthians 3:3; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος Ἰησοῦν, Romans 8:11; τό πνεῦμα τό ἐκ Θεοῦ (emanating from God and imparted unto men), 1 Corinthians 2:12; πνεῦμα and τό πνεῦμα τοῦ κυρίου, i. e. of God, Luke 4:18; Acts 5:9 (cf. Acts 5:4); ; κυρίου, i. e. of Christ, 2 Corinthians 3:17, 18 (cf. Buttmann, 343 (295)); τό πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ, since the same Spirit in a peculiar manner dwelt in Jesus, Acts 16:7 (where Rec. omits Ἰησοῦ); Χριστοῦ, Romans 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Philippians 1:19; τό ἐν τίνι (in one's soul (not WH marginal reading)) πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ, 1 Peter 1:11; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ Θεοῦ), Galatians 4:6; simply τό πνεῦμα or πνεῦμα: Matthew 4:1; Matthew 12:31, 32; Matthew 22:43; Mark 1:10, 12; Luke 2:1, 14; John 1:32, 33; John 3:6, 8, 34; John 7:39; Acts 2:4; Acts 8:29; Acts 10:19; Acts 11:12, 28; Acts 21:4; Romans 8:6, 16, 23, 26, 27; Romans 15:30; 1 Corinthians 2:4, 10, 13 (where Rec. adds ἁγίου); ; 2 Corinthians 1:22; 2 Corinthians 3:6, 8; 2 Corinthians 5:5; Galatians 3:3, 5, 14; Galatians 4:29; Galatians 5:5, 17, 22, 25; Ephesians 4:3; Ephesians 5:9 Rec.; ; Philippians 2:1; 2 Thessalonians 2:13; 1 Timothy 4:1; James 4:5; 1 Peter 1:22 Rec.; 1 John 3:24; 1 John 5:6, 8; Revelation 22:17. Among the beneficent and very varied operations and effects ascribed to this Spirit in the N. T., the following are prominent: by it the man Jesus was begotten in the womb of the virgin Mary (Matthew 1:18, 20; Luke 1:35), and at his baptism by John it is said to have descended upon Jesus (Matthew 3:16; Mark 1:10; Luke 3:22), so that he was perpetually (μένον ἐπ' αὐτόν) filled with it (John 1:32, 33, cf. 3:34; Matthew 12:28; Acts 10:38); hence, to its prompting and aid the acts and words of Christ are traced, Matthew 4:1; Matthew 12:28; Mark 1:12; Luke 4:1, 14. After Christ's resurrection it was imparted also to the apostles, John 20:22; Acts 2. Subsequently other followers of Christ are related to have received it through faith (Galatians 3:2), or by the instrumentality of baptism (Acts 2:38; 1 Corinthians 12:13) and the laying on of hands (Acts 19:5, 6), although its reception was in no wise connected with baptism by any magical bond, Acts 8:12, 15; Acts 10:44ff. To its agency are referred all the blessings of the Christian religion, such as regeneration wrought in baptism (John 3:5, 6, 8; Titus 3:5 (but see the commentators on the passages, and references under the word βάπτισμα, 3)); all sanctification (1 Corinthians 6:11; hence, ἁγιασμός πνεύματος, 2 Thessalonians 2:13; 1 Peter 1:2); the power of suppressing evil desires and practising holiness (Romans 8:2ff; Galatians 5:16ff,22; 1 Peter 1:22 (Rec.), etc.); fortitude to undergo with patience all persecutions, losses, trials, for Christ's sake (Matthew 10:20; Luke 12:11, 12; Romans 8:26); the knowledge of evangelical truth (John 14:17, 26; John 15:26; John 16:12, 13; 1 Corinthians 2:6-16; Ephesians 3:5) — hence, it is called πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας (John the passages cited; 1 John 4:6), πνεῦμα σοφίας καί ἀποκαλύψεως (Ephesians 1:17); the sure and joyful hope of a future resurrection, and of eternal blessedness (Romans 5:5; Romans 8:11; 2 Corinthians 1:22; 2 Corinthians 5:5; Ephesians 1:13f); for the Holy Spirit is the seal and pledge of citizenship in the kingdom of God, 2 Corinthians 1:22; Ephesians 1:13. He is present to teach, guide, prompt, restrain, those Christians whose agency God employs in carrying out his counsels: Acts 8:29, 39; Acts 10:19; Acts 11:12; Acts 13:2, 4; Acts 15:28; Acts 16:6, 7; Acts 20:28. He is the author of charisms or special gifts (1 Corinthians 12:7ff; see χάρισμα), prominent among which is the power of prophesying: τά ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ, John 16:13; hence, τό πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας (Revelation 19:10); and his efficiency in the prophets is called τό πνεῦμα simply (1 Thessalonians 5:19), and their utterances are introduced with these formulas: τάδε λέγει τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Acts 21:11; τό πνεῦμα λέγει, 1 Timothy 4:1; Revelation 14:13; with ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις added, Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29; Revelation 3:6, 13, 22. Since the Holy Spirit by his inspiration was the author also of the O. T. Scriptures (2 Peter 1:21; 2 Timothy 3:16), his utterances are cited in the following terms: λέγει or μαρτυρεῖ τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Hebrews 3:7; Hebrews 10:15; τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον ἐλάλησε διά Ἠσαΐου, Acts 28:25, cf. Acts 1:16. From among the great number of other phrases referring to the Holy Spirit the following seem to be noteworthy here: God is said διδόναι τίνι τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, Luke 11:13; Acts 15:8; passive, Romans 5:5; more precisely, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ, i. e. a portion from his Spirit's fullness (Buttmann, § 132, 7; Winer's Grammar, 366 (343)), 1 John 4:13; or έ᾿κχειν ἀπό τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ, Acts 2:17, 18 (for its entire fullness Christ alone receives, John 3:34); men are said, λαμβάνειν πνεῦμα ἅγιον, John 20:22; Acts 8:15, 17, 19; Acts 19:2; or τό πνεῦμα ἅγιον, Acts 10:47; or τό πνεῦμα τό ἐκ Θεοῦ, 1 Corinthians 2:12; or τό πνεῦμα, Galatians 3:2, cf. Romans 8:15; πνεῦμα Θεοῦ ἔχειν, 1 Corinthians 7:40; πνεῦμα μή ἔχειν, Jude 1:19; πληροῦσθαι πνεύματος ἁγίου, Acts 13:52; ἐν πνεύματι, Ephesians 5:18; πλησθῆναι, πλησθήσεσθαι, πνεύματος ἁγίου, Luke 1:15, 41, 67; Acts 2:4; Acts 4:8, 31; Acts 9:17; Acts 13:9; πνεύματος ἁγίου πλήρης, Acts 6:5; Acts 7:55; Acts 11:24; πλήρεις πνεύματος (Rec. adds ἁγίου) καί σοφίας, Acts 6:3; πνεύματι and πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγεσθαι, to be led by the Holy Spirit, Romans 8:14; Galatians 5:18; φέρεσθαι ὑπό πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Peter 1:21; the Spirit is said to dwell in the minds of Christians, Romans 8:9, 11; 1 Corinthians 3:16; 1 Corinthians 6:19; 2 Timothy 1:14; James 4:5 (other expressions may be found under βαπτίζω, II. b. bb.; γεννάω, 1 at the end and 2 d.; ἐκχέω b.; χρίω, a.); γίνεσθαι ἐν πνεύματι, to come to be in the Spirit, under the power of the Spirit, i. e. in a state of inspiration or ecstasy, Revelation 1:10; Revelation 4:2. Dative πνεύματι, by the power and aid of the Spirit, the Spirit prompting, Romans 8:13; Galatians 5:5; τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, Luke 10:21 L Tr WH; πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, 1 Peter 1:12 (where R G T have ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ); πνεύματι Θεοῦ, Philippians 3:3 L T Tr WH; also ἐν πνεύματι, Ephesians 2:22; Ephesians 3:5 (where ἐν πνεύματι must be joined to ἀπεκαλύφθη); ἐν πνεύματι, in the power of the Spirit, possessed and moved by the Spirit, Matthew 22:43; Revelation 17:3; Revelation 21:10; also ἐν τῷ πνεύματι, Luke 2:27; Luke 4:1; ἐν τῷ πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Luke 10:21 Tdf.; ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνευματου, Luke 4:14; ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ εἰπεῖν, Mark 12:36; ἐν πνεύματι (ἁγίῳ) προσεύχεσθαι, Ephesians 6:18; Jude 1:20; ἐν πνεύματι Θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 1 Corinthians 12:3; ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι, love which the Spirit begets, Colossians 1:8; περιτομή ἐν πνεύματι, effected by the Holy Spirit, opposed to γράμματι, the prescription of the written law, Romans 2:29; τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν ἐν πνεῦμα, in the way in which you are governed by the Spirit, 1 Timothy 4:12 Rec.; (ἐν ἑνί πνεύματι, Ephesians 2:18); ἡ ἑνότης τοῦ πνεύματος, effected by the Spirit, Ephesians 4:3; καινότης τοῦ πνευματου, Romans 7:6. τό πνεῦμα is opposed to ἡ σάρξ i. e. human nature left to itself and without the controlling influence of God's Spirit, subject to error and sin, Galatians 5:17, 19, 22; (); Romans 8:6; so in the phrases περιπατεῖν κατά πνεῦμα (opposed to κατά σάρκα), Romans 8:1 Rec., 4; οἱ κατά πνεῦμα namely, ὄντες (opposed to οἱ κατά σάρκα ὄντες), those who bear the nature of the Spirit (i. e. οἱ πνευματικοί), Romans 8:5; ἐν πνεύματι εἶναι (opposed to ἐν σαρκί), to be under the power of the Spirit, to be guided by the Spirit, Romans 8:9; πνεύματι (dative of 'norm'; (cf. Buttmann, § 133, 22 b.; Winer's Grammar, 219 (205))) περιπατεῖν (opposed to ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκός τέλειν), Galatians 5:16. The Holy Spirit is a δύναμις, and is expressly so called in Luke 24:49, and δύναμις ὑπιστου, Luke 1:35; but we find also πνεῦμα (or πνεῦμα ἅγιον) καί δύναμις, Acts 10:38; 1 Corinthians 2:4; and ἡ δύναμις τοῦ πνεύματος, Luke 4:14, where πνεῦμα is regarded as the essence, and δύναμις its efficacy; but in 1 Thessalonians 1:5 ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ is epexegetical of ἐν δυνάμει. In some passages the Holy Spirit is rhetorically represented as a Person ((cf. references below)): Matthew 28:19; John 14:16f, 26; John 15:26; John 16:13-15 (in which passages from John the personification was suggested by the fact that the Holy Spirit was about to assume with the apostles the place of a person, namely of Christ); τό πνεῦμα, καθώς βούλεται, 1 Corinthians 12:11; what anyone through the help of the Holy Spirit has come to understand or decide upon is said to have been spoken to him by the Holy Spirit: εἶπε τό πνεῦμα τίνι, Acts 8:29; Acts 10:19; Acts 11:12; Acts 13:4; τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον διαμαρτύρεταί μοι, Acts 20:23. τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, i. e. not only rendered them fit to discharge the office of bishop, but also exercised such an influence in their election (Acts 14:23) that none except fit persons were chosen to the office, Acts 20:28; τό πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις in Romans 8:26 means, as the whole context shows, nothing other than this: 'although we have no very definite conception of what we desire (τί προσευξώμεθα), and cannot state it in fit language (καθό δεῖ) in our prayer but only disclose it by inarticulate groanings, yet God receives these groanings as acceptable prayers inasmuch as they come from a soul full of the Holy Spirit.' Those who strive against the sanctifying impulses of the Holy Spirit are said ἀντιπίπτειν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, Acts 7:51; ἐνυβρίζειν τό πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος, Hebrews 10:29. πειράζειν τό πνεῦμα τοῦ κυρίου is applied to those who by falsehood would discover whether men full of the Holy Spirit can be deceived, Acts 5:9; by anthropopathism those who disregard decency in their speech are said λύπειν τό πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, since by that they are taught how they ought to talk, Ephesians 4:30 (παροξύνειν τό πνεῦμα, Isaiah 63:10; παραπικραίνειν, Psalm 105:33 ()). Cf. Grimm, Institutio theologiae dogmaticae, § 131; (Weiss, Biblical Theol. § 155 (and Index under the phrase, 'Geist Gottes,' 'Spirit of God') Kahnis, Lehre vom Heil. Geiste; Fritzsche, Nova opuscc. acad., p. 278ff; B. D. under the word Spirit the Holy; Swete in Dict. of Christ. Biog. under the phrase, Holy Ghost). b. τά ἑπτά πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ, Rev. ( (where Rec.st omit ἁπτα)); Revelation 4:5; Revelation 5:6 (here L omits; WH brackets ἑπτά), which are said to be ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ (Revelation 1:4) are not seven angels, but one and the same divine Spirit manifesting itself in seven energies or operations (which are rhetorically personified, Zechariah 3:9; Zechariah 4:6, 10); cf. Düsterdieck on Revelation 1:4; (Trench, Epistles to the Seven Churches, edition 3, p. 7f). c. by metonymy, πενυμα is used of α. "one in whom a spirit (πνεῦμα) is manifest or embodied; hence, equivalent to actuated by a spirit, whether divine or demoniacal; one who either is truly moved by God's Spirit or falsely boasts that he is": 2 Thessalonians 2:2; 1 John 4:2, 3; hence, διακρίσεις πνευμάτων, 1 Corinthians 12:10; μή παντί πνεύματι πιστεύετε, 1 John 4:1; δοκιμάζετε τά πνεύματα, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν, ibid.; πνεύματα πλανᾷ joined with διδασκαλιαι δαιμονίων, 1 Timothy 4:1. But in the truest and highest sense it is said κύριος τό πνεῦμα ἐστιν, he in whom the entire fullness of the Spirit dwells, and from whom that fullness is diffused through the body of Christian believers, 2 Corinthians 3:17. β. the plural πνεύματα denotes the various modes and gifts by which the Holy Spirit shows itself operative in those in whom it dwells (such as τό πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας, τῆς σοφίας, etc.), 1 Corinthians 14:12. 5. universally, "the disposition or influence which fills and governs the soul of anyone; the efficient source of any power, affection, emotion, desire," etc.: τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαμεν, 2 Corinthians 12:18; ἐν πνεύματι ἡλίου, in the same spirit with which Elijah was filled of old, Luke 1:17; τά ῤήματα ... πνεῦμα ἐστιν, exhale a spirit (and fill believers with it), John 6:63; οἵου πνεύματος ἐστε ὑμεῖς (what manner of spirit ye are of) viz. a divine spirit, that I have imparted unto you, Luke 9:55 (Rec.; (cf. B. § 132, 11 I.; Winer's Grammar, § 30, 5)); τῷ πνεύματι, ᾧ ἐλάλει, Acts 6:10, where see Meyer; πραυ καί ἡσύχιον πνεῦμα, 1 Peter 3:4; πνεῦμα πρᾳότητος, such as belongs to the meek, 1 Corinthians 4:21; Galatians 6:1; τό πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας, such as characterizes prophecy and by which the prophets are governed, Revelation 19:10; τῆς ἀληθείας, σοφίας καί ἀποκαλύψεως, see above, p. 521b middle (Isaiah 11:2; Deuteronomy 34:9; Wis. 7:7); τῆς πίστεως, 2 Corinthians 4:13; τῆς υἱοθεσίας, such as belongs to sons, Romans 8:15; τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ, of the life which one gets in fellowship with Christ, ibid. 2; δυνάμεως καί ἀγάπης καί σωφρονισμοῦ, 2 Timothy 1:7; ἕν πνεῦμα εἶναι with Christ, equivalent to to be filled with the same spirit as Christ and by the bond of that spirit to be intimately united to Christ, 1 Corinthians 6:17; ἐν ἑνί πνεύματι, by the reception of one Spirit's efficency, 1 Corinthians 12:13; εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα, so as to be united into one body filled with one Spirit, ibid. R G; ἕν πνεῦμα ποτίζεσθαι (made to drink of i. e.) imbued with one Spirit, ibid. L T Tr WH (see ποτίζω); ἕν σῶμα καί ἐν πνεῦμα, one (social) body filled and animated by one spirit, Ephesians 4:4; — in all these passages although the language is general, yet it is clear from the context that the writer means a spirit begotten of the Holy Spirit or even identical with that Spirit ((cf. Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 46, 6 [ET]; Hermas, sim. 9, 13, 18 [ET]; Ignatius ad Magn. 7 [ET])). In opposition to the divine Spirit stand, τό πνεῦμα τό ἐνεργουν ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας (a spirit) that comes from the devil), Ephesians 2:2; also τό πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου, the spirit that actuates the unholy multitude, 1 Corinthians 2:12; δουλείας, such as characterizes and governs slaves, Romans 8:15; κατανύξεως, Romans 11:8; δειλίας, 2 Timothy 1:7; τῆς πλάνης, 1 John 4:6 (πλανήσεως, Isaiah 19:14; πορνείας, Hosea 4:12; Hosea 5:4); τό τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου namely, πνεῦμα, 1 John 4:3; ἕτερον πνεῦμα λαμβάνειν, i. e. different from the Holy Spirit, 2 Corinthians 11:4; τό πνεῦμα τοῦ νως, the governing spirit of the mind, Ephesians 4:23. Cf. Ackermann, Beiträge zur theol. Würdigung u. Abwägung der Begriffe πνεῦμα, νοῦς, u. Geist, in the Theol. Studien und Kritiken for 1839, p. 873ff; Büchsenschütz, La doctrine de l'Esprit de Dieu selon l'aneien et nouveau testament. Strasb. 1840; Chr. From Fritzsche, De Spiritu Sancto commentatio exegetica et dogmatica, 4 Pts. Hal. 1840f, included in his Nova opuscula academica (Turici, 1846), p. 233ff; Kahnis, Die Lehre v. hiel. Geist. Part i. (Halle, 1847); an anonymous publication (by Prince Ludwig Solms Lich, entitled) Die biblische Bedeutung des Wortes Geist. (Giessen, 1862); H. H. Wendt, Die Begriffe Fleisch u. Geist im Biblical Sprachgebrauch. (Gotha, 1878); (Cremer, in Herzog edition 2, under the phrase, Geist des Menschen; G. L. Hahn, Theol. d. N. Test. i. § 149ff; J. Laidlaw, The Bible Doctrine of Man. (Cunningham Lects., 7th Series, 1880); Dickson, St. Paul's use of the terms Flesh and Spirit. (Glasgow, 1883); and references in B. D. (especially Amos edition) and Dict. of Christ. Biog., as above, 4 a. at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνευματικός Transliteration: pneumatikos Phonetic Spelling: pnyoo-mat-ik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: spiritual Meaning: spiritual GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4152 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4152 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4152 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4152 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4152, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνευματικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4152 pneumatikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spiritual. From pneuma; non-carnal, i.e. (humanly) ethereal (as opposed to gross), or (daemoniacally) a spirit (concretely), or (divinely) supernatural, regenerate, religious -- spiritual. Compare psuchikos. see GREEK pneuma see GREEK psuchikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4152: πνευματικόςπνευματικός, πνευματικῇ, πνευματικόν (πνεῦμα), spiritual (Vulg.spiritalis); in the N. T. 1. relating to the human spirit, or rational soul, as the part of man which is akin to God and serves as his instrument or organ, opposed to ἡ ψυχή (see πνεῦμα, 2): hence, τό πνευματικόν, that which possesses the nature of the rational soul, opposed to τό ψυχικόν, 1 Corinthians 15:46 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 592 (551)); σῶμα πνευματικόν, the body which is animated and controlled only by the rational soul and by means of which the rational life, of life of the πενυμα, is lived; opposed to σῶμα ψυχικόν, verse 44. 2. belonging to a spirit, or a being higher than man but inferior to God (see πνεῦμα, 3 c.): τά πνευματικά (i. e. spiritual beings or powers (R. V. spiritual hosts), cf. Winer's Grammar, 239 (224)) τῆς πονηρίας (genitive of quality), i. e. wicked spirits, Ephesians 6:12. 3. belonging to the Divine Spirit; a. in reference to things; emanating from the Divine Spirit, or exhibiting its effects and so its character: χάρισμα, Romans 1:11; εὐλογία, Ephesians 1:3; σοφία καί σύνεσις πνευματικῇ (opposed to σοφία σαρκικῇ, 2 Corinthians 1:12; ψυχική, James 3:15), Colossians 1:9; ᾠδαί, divinely inspired, and so redolent of the Holy Spirit, Colossians 3:16; (Ephesians 5:19 Lachmann brackets); ὁ νόμος (opposed to a σάρκινος man), Romans 7:14; θυσίαι, tropically, the acts of a life dedicated to God and approved by him, due to the influence of the Holy Spirit (tacitly opposed to the sacrifices of an external worship), 1 Peter 2:5; equivalent to produced by the sole power of God himself without natural instrumeutality, supernatural, βρῶμα, πόμα, πέτρα, 1 Corinthians 10:3, 4 ((cf. 'Teaching' etc. 10, 3 [ET])); πνευματικά, thoughts, opinions, precepts, maxims, ascribable to the Holy Spirit working in the soul, 1 Corinthians 2:13 (on which see συγκρίνω, 1); τά πνευματικά, spirithal gifts — of the endowments called χαρίσματα (see χάρισμα), 1 Corinthians 12:1; 1 Corinthians 14:1; universally, the spiritual or heavenly blessings of the gospel, opposed to τά σαρκικά, Romans 15:27; (1 Corinthians 9:11). b. in reference to persons; one who is filled with and governed by the Spirit of God: 1 Corinthians 2:15 (cf. ); (); ; Galatians 6:1; οἶκος πνευματικός, of a body of Christians (see οἶκος, 1 b. at the end), 1 Peter 2:5. (The word is not found in the O. T. (cf. Winers Grammar, § 34, 3). In secular writings from Aristotle, down it means pertaining to the wind or breath; windy, exposed to the wind; blowing; (but Sophocles' Lexicon, under the words, πνεῦμα οὐσία, Cleo. med. 1, 8, p. 46; τό πνεῦμα τό πάντων τούτων αἴτιον, Strabo 1, 3, 5, p. 78, 10 edition Kramer; and we find it opposed to σωματικον in Plutarch, mor., p. 129 c. (de sanitate praecepta 14); cf. Anthol. Pal. 8, 76. 175).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνευματικῶς Transliteration: pneumatikōs Phonetic Spelling: pnyoo-mat-ik-oce' Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: spiritually Meaning: spiritually GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4153 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4153 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4153 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4153 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4153, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνευματικῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4153 pneumatikōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spiritually. Adverb from pneumatikos; non-physically, i.e. Divinely, figuratively -- spiritually. see GREEK pneumatikos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4153: πνευματικῶςπνευματικῶς, adverb, spiritually (Vulg.spiritaliter): i. e. by the aid of the Holy Spirit, 1 Corinthians 2:14 (1 Corinthians 2:13 WH marginal reading); in a sense apprehended only by the aid of the Divine Spirit, i. e. in a hidden or mystical sense, Revelation 11:8. Its opposite σαρκικῶς in the sense of literally is used by Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, c. 14, p. 231 d. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνέω Transliteration: pneō Phonetic Spelling: pneh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to blow Meaning: to blow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4154 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4154 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4154 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4154 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4154, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4154 pneō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: blow. A primary word; to breathe hard, i.e. Breeze -- blow. Compare psucho. see GREEK psucho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4154: πνέωπνέω; 1 aorist ἔπνευσα; from Homer down; to breathe, to blow: of the wind, Matthew 7:25, 27; Luke 12:55; John 3:8; John 6:18; Revelation 7:1; τῇ πνεούσῃ namely, αὔρα (cf. Winers Grammar, 591 (550); (Buttmann, 82 (72))), Acts 27:40. (Compare: ἐκπνέω, ἐνπνέω, ὑποπνέω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνίγω Transliteration: pnigō Phonetic Spelling: pnee'-go Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to choke Meaning: to choke GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4155 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4155 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4155 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4155 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4155, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνίγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4155 pnigō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: choke, take by the throat. Strengthened from pneo; to wheeze, i.e. (causative, by implication) to throttle or strangle (drown) -- choke, take by the throat. see GREEK pneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4155: πνίγωπνίγω: imperfect ἐπνιγον; 1 aorist ἐπνιξα; imperfect passive 3 person plural ἐπνίγοντο; a. to choke, strangle: used of thorns crowding down the seed sown in a field and hindering its growth, Matthew 13:7 T WH marginal reading; in the passive of perishing by drowning (Xenophon, anab. 5, 7, 25; cf. Josephus, Antiquities 10, 7, 5), Mark 5:13. b. to wring one's neck, throttle (A. V. to take one by the throat): Matthew 18:28. (Compare: ἀποπνίγω, ἐπιπνίγω, συμπνίγω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνικτός Transliteration: pniktos Phonetic Spelling: pnik-tos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: strangled Meaning: strangled GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4156 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4156 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4156 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4156 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4156, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνικτός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4156 pniktos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: strangled. From pnigo; throttled, i.e. (neuter concretely) an animal choked to death (not bled) -- strangled. see GREEK pnigo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4156: πνικτόςπνικτός, πνικτη, πνικτόν (πνίγω), suffocated, strangled: τό πνικτόν (what is strangled, i. e.) an animal deprived of life without shedding its blood, Acts 15:20, 29; Acts 21:25. ((Several times in Athen. and other later writ, chiefly of cookery; cf. our smothered as a culinary term.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πνοή Transliteration: pnoē Phonetic Spelling: pno-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a blowing, wind, breath Meaning: a blowing, wind, breath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4157 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4157 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4157 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4157 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4157, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πνοή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4157 pnoē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: breath, wind. From pneo; respiration, a breeze -- breath, wind. see GREEK pneo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4157: πνοήπνοή, πνοῆς, ἡ (πνέω), from Homer down, the Sept. for נְשָׁמָה 1. breath, the breath of life: Acts 17:25 (Genesis 2:7; Proverbs 24:12; Sir. 30:29 (21); 2 Macc. 3:31 2Macc. 7:9). 2. wind: Acts 2:2 (Job 37:9). (Cf. πνεῦμα, 1 b.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποδήρης Transliteration: podērēs Phonetic Spelling: pod-ay'-race Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: reaching to the feet Meaning: reaching to the feet GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4158 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4158 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4158 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4158 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4158, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποδήρης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4158 podērēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: long robe, dressFrom pous and another element of uncertain affinity; a dress (esthes implied) reaching the ankles -- garment down to the foot. see GREEK pous see GREEK esthes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4158: ποδήρηςποδήρης, ποδηρες, accusative ποδηρην, Lachmann's stereotyped edition; Tdf. edition 7 in Revelation 1:13; see ἄρσην (πούς, and ἀρῶ 'to join together,' 'fasten'), reaching to the feet (Aeschylus, Euripides, Xenophon, Plutarch, others): ὁ ποδήρης (namely, χιτών, Exodus 25:6; Exodus 28:4; Exodus 35:8; Ezekiel 9:3) or ἡ ποδήρης (namely, ἐσθής), a garment reaching to the ankles, coming down to the feet, Revelation 1:13 (Sir. 27:8 Sir. 45:8; χιτών ποδήρης, Xenophon, Cyril 6, 4, 2; Pausanias, 5, 19, 6; ὑποδύτης ποδήρης, Exodus 28:27; ἔνδυμα ποδήρης, Wis. 18:24; (Josephus, b. j. 5, 5, 7)). (Cf. Trench, § l. under the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόθεν Transliteration: pothen Phonetic Spelling: poth'-en Part of Speech: Adverb, Interrogative Short Definition: from where Meaning: from where GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4159 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4159 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4159 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4159 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4159, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4159 pothen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whence. From the base of posis with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause -- whence. see GREEK posis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4159: πόθενπόθεν, adverb (from Homer down), whence; a. of place,from what place: Matthew 15:33; Luke 13:25, 27; John 3:8; John 6:5; John 8:14; John 9:29, 30; John 19:9; Revelation 7:13; from what condition, Revelation 2:5. b. of origin or source, equivalent to from what author or giver: Matt. 13:(),; ; Mark 6:2; Luke 20:7; John 2:9; James 4:1; from what parentage, John 7:27f (cf. ), see Meyer at the passage, c. of cause, how is it that? how can it be that? Mark 8:4; Mark 12:37; Luke 1:43; John 1:48 (); . |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποιέω Transliteration: poieō Phonetic Spelling: poy-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make, do Meaning: to make, do GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4160 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4160 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4160 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4160 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4160, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποιέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4160 poieō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to make or doApparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct) -- abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare prasso. see GREEK prasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4160: ποιέωποιέω, ποιῶ; imperfect 3 person singular ἐποίει, plural 2 person ἐποιεῖτε, 3 person ἐποίουν; future ποιήσω; 1 aorist ἐποίησα, 3 person plural optative ποιήσειαν (Luke 6:11 R G; cf. Winers Grammar, § 13, 2 d.; (Buttmann, 42 (37))) and ποιήσαιεν (ibid. L T Tr WH (see WH's Appendix, p. 167)); perfect πεποίηκα; pluperfect πεποιήκειν without augment (Mark 15:7; see Winers Grammar, § 12, 9; Buttmann, 33 (29)); middle, present ποιοῦμαι; imperfect ἐποιουμην; future ποιήσομαι; 1 aorist ἐποιησάμην; perfect passive participle πεποιημενος (Hebrews 12:27); from Homer down; Hebrew עָשָׂה; Latinfacio, that is, I. to make (Latineffcio), 1. τί; a. with the names of the things made, to produce, construct, form, fashion, etc.: ἀντρακιαν, John 18:18; εἰκόνα, Revelation 13:14; ἱμάτια, Acts 9:39; ναούς, Acts 19:24; σκηνάς, Matthew 17:4; Mark 9:5; Luke 9:33; τύπους, Acts 7:43; πηλόν, John 9:11, 14; πλάσμα, Romans 9:20; according to some interpreters (also Winer's Grammar, 256 n. 1 (210 n. 2)) ὁδόν ποιεῖν, to make a path, Mark 2:23 R G T Tr text WH text (so that the meaning is, that the disciples of Christ made a path for themselves through the standing grain by plucking the heads; see ὁδοποιέω, at the end. If we adopt this interpretation, we must take the ground that Mark does not give us the true account of the matter, but has sadly corrupted the narrative received from others; (those who do accept it, however, not only lay stress on the almost unvarying lexical usage, but call attention to the fact that the other interpretation (see below) finds the leading idea expressed in the participle — an idiom apparently foreign to the N. T. (see Winer's Grammar, 353 (331)), and to the additional circumstance that Mark introduces the phrase after having already expressed the idea of 'going', and expressed it by substantially the same word (παραπορεύεσθαι) which Matthew () and Luke () employ and regard as of itself sufficient. On the interpretation of the passage, the alleged 'sad corruption,' etc., see James Morison, Commentary on Mark, 2nd edition, p. 57f; on the other side, Weiss, Marcusevangelium, p. 100). But see just below, under c.). to create, to produce: of God, as the author of all things, τί or τινα, Matthew 19:4; Mark 10:6; Luke 11:40; Hebrews 1:2; Acts 4:24; Acts 7:50; Acts 17:24; Revelation 14:7; passive, Hebrews 12:27 (Wis. 1:13 Wis. 9:9; 2 Macc. 7:28, and often in the O. T. Apocrypha; for עָשָׂה in Genesis 1:7, 16, 25, etc.; for בָּרָא in Genesis 1:21, 27; Genesis 5:1, etc.; also in Greek writings: γένος ἀνθρώπων, Hesiod op. 109, etc.; absolutely, ὁ ποιῶν, the creator, Plato, Tim., p. 76 c.); here belongs also Hebrews 3:2, on which see Bleek and Lünemann ((cf. below, 2 c. β.)). In imitation of the Hebrew עָשָׂה (cf. Winer('s Simonis (4th edition 1828)), Lex. Hebrew et Chald., p. 754; Gesenius, Thesaurus, ii., p. 1074f) absolutely of men, to labor, to do work, Matthew 20:12 (Ruth 2:19); equivalent to to be operative, exercise activity, Revelation 13:5 Relz. L T Tr WH (cf. Daniel 11:28; but others render ποιεῖν in both these examples spend, continue, in reference to time; see II. d. below). b. joined to nouns denoting a state or condition, it signifies to be the author of, to cause: σκάνδαλα, Romans 16:17; εἰρήνην (to be the author of harmony), Ephesians 2:15; James 3:18; ἐπισύστασιν (L T Tr WH ἐπίστασιν), Acts 24:12; συστροφήν, Acts 23:12; ποιῶ τίνι τί, to bring, afford, a thing to one, Luke 1:68; Acts 15:3 (so also Greek writings, as Xenophon, mem. 3, 10, 8 (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word A. II. 1 a.)). c. joined to nouns involving the idea of action (or of something which is accomplished by action), so as to form a periphrasis for the verb cognate to the substantive, and thus to express the idea of the verb more forcibly — in which species of periphrasis the Greeks more commonly use the middle (see 3 below, and Winers Grammar, 256 (240); (Buttmann, § 135, 5)): μόνην ποιῶ παρά τίνι, John 14:23 (where L T Tr WH ποιησόμεθα; cf. Thucydides 1, 131); ὁδόν, to make one's way, go, Mark 2:23 (where render as follows: they began, as they went, to pluck the ears; cf. ποιῆσαι ὁδόν αὐτοῦ, Judges 17:8; the Greeks say ὁδόν ποιεῖσθαι, Herodotus 7, 42; see above, under a.); πόλεμον, Revelation 13:5 Rec.elz; with the addition of μετά τίνος (equivalent to πολεμεῖν), Revelation 11:7; Revelation 12:17; Revelation 13:7 (here L omits; WH Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); (see μετά, I. 2 d., p. 403{b}); ἐκδίκησιν, Luke 18:7, 8; τίνι, Acts 7:24, (Micah 5:15); ἐνέδραν, equivalent to ἐνεδρεύω, to make an ambush, lay wait, Acts 25:3; συμβούλιον, equivalent to συμβουλεύομαι, to hold a consultation, deliberate, Mark 3:6 (R G T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading); Mark 15:1 (here T WH marginal reading συμβούλιον ἑτοιμασαντες); συνωμοσίαν, equivalent to συνόμνυμι, Acts 23:13 (where L T Tr WH ποιησάμενοι for Rec. πεποιηκότες; see in 3 below); κρίσιν, to execute judgment, John 5:27; Jude 1:15. To this head may be referred norms by which the mode or kind of action is more precisely defined; as δυνάμεις, δύναμιν, ποιεῖν, Matthew 7:22; Matthew 13:58; Mark 6:5; Acts 19:11; τήν ἐξουσίαν τίνος, Revelation 13:12; ἔργον (a notable work), ἔργα, of Jesus, John 5:36; John 7:3, 21; John 10:25; John 14:10, 12; John 15:24; κράτος, Luke 1:51; σημεῖα, τέρατα καί σημεῖα (Mark 13:22 Tdf.); John 2:23; John 3:2; John 4:54; John 6:2, 14, 30; John 7:31; John 9:16; John 10:41; John 11:47; John 12:18, 37; John 20:30; Acts 2:22; Acts 6:8; Acts 7:36; Acts 8:6; Acts 15:12; Revelation 13:13, 14; Revelation 16:14; Revelation 19:20; θαυμάσια, Matthew 21:15; ὅσα ἐποίει, ἐποίησαν, etc., Mark 3:8; Mark 6:30; Luke 9:10; in other phrases it is used of marvellous works, Matthew 9:28; Luke 4:23; John 4:45; John 7:4; John 11:45, 46; John 21:25 (not Tdf.); Acts 10:39; Acts 14:11; Acts 21:19; etc. d. equivalent to to make ready, to prepare: ἄριστον, Luke 14:12; δεῖπνον, Mark 6:21; Luke 14:16; John 12:2 (δεῖπνον ποιεῖσθαι, Xenophon, Cyril 3, 3, 25); δοχήν, Luke 5:29; Luke 14:13 (Genesis 21:8); γάμους, Matthew 22:2 (γάμον, Tobit 8:19). e. of things effected by generative force, to produce, bear, shoot forth: of trees, vines, grass, etc., κλάδους, Mark 4:32; καρπούς, Matthew 3:8, etc., see καρπός, 1 and 2 a. (Genesis 1:11, 12; Aristotle, de plant. (1, 4, p. 819b, 31); 2, 10 (829a, 41); Theophrastus, de caus. plant. 4, 11 ((?))); ἐλαίας, James 3:12 (τόν οἶνον, of the vine, Josephus, Antiquities 11, 3, 5); of a fountain yielding water, ibid. f. ποιῶ ἐμαυτῷ τί, to acquire, to provide a thing for oneself (i. e. for one's use): βαλάντια, Luke 12:33; φίλους, Luke 16:9; without a dative, to gain: of tradesmen (like our colloquialism, to make something), Matthew 25:16 (L Tr WH ἐκέρδησεν); Luke 19:18 (Polybius 2, 62, 12; pecuniam maximam facere, Cicero, Verr. 2, 2, 6). 2. With additions to the accusative which define or limit the idea of making: a. τί ἐκ τίνος (genitive of material), to make a thing out of something, John 2:15; John 9:6; Romans 9:21; κατά τί, according to the pattern of a thing (see κατά, II. 3 c. α.), Acts 7:41. with the addition, to the accusative of the thing, of an adjective with which the verb so blends that, taken with the adjective, it may be changed into the verb cognate to the adjective: εὐθείας ποιεῖν (τάς τρίβους), equivalent to ἐυθύνειν, Matthew 3:3; Mark 1:3; Luke 3:4; τρίχα λευκήν ἡ μέλαιναν, equivalent to λευκαίνειν, μελαίνειν, Matthew 5:36; add, Acts 12:19; Hebrews 12:13; Revelation 21:5. b. τό ἱκανόν τίνι; see ἱκανός, a. c. ποιεῖν τινα with an accusative of the predicate, α. to (make i. e.) render one anything: τινα ἴσον τίνι, Matthew 20:12; τινα δῆλον, Matthew 26:73; add, Matthew 12:16; Matthew 28:14; Mark 3:12; John 5:11, 15; John 7:23; John 16:2; Romans 9:28 (R G, Tr marginal reading in brackets); Hebrews 1:7; Revelation 12:15; τινας ἁλιεῖς, to make them fit (qualify them) for fishing, Matthew 4:19; (ποιῶν ταῦτα γνωστά ἀπ' αἰῶνος, Acts 15:17f, G T Tr WH (see γνωστός, and cf. II. a. below)); τά ἀμφότερα ἕν, to make the two different things one, Ephesians 2:14; to change one thing into another, Matthew 21:13; Mark 11:17; Luke 19:46; John 2:16; John 4:46; 1 Corinthians 6:15. β. to (make i. e.) constitute or appoint one anything: τινα κύριον, Acts 2:36; Revelation 5:10; to this sense some interpreters would refer Hebrews 3:2 also, where after τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν they supply from the preceding context τόν ἀπόστολον καί ἀρχιερέα κτλ.; but it is more correct to take ποιεῖν here in the sense of create (see 1 a. above); τινα, ἵνα with the subjunctive to appoint or ordain one that etc. Mark 3:14. γ. to (make, i. e.) declare one anything: John 5:18; John 8:53; John 10:33; John 19:7, 12; 1 John 1:10; 1 John 5:10; τί with an accusative of the predicate Matthew 12:33 (on which see Meyer). d. with adverbs: καλῶς ποιῶ τί, Mark 7:37 (A. V. do); τινα ἔξω, to put one forth, to lead him out (German hiuausthun), Acts 5:34 (Xenophon, Cyril 4, 1, 3). e. ποιῶ τινα with an infinitive to make one do a thing, Mark 8:25 (R G L Tr marginal reading); Luke 5:34; John 6:10; Acts 17:26; or become something, Mark 1:17; τινα followed by τοῦ with an infinitive to cause one to etc. Acts 3:12 (Winers Grammar, 326 (306); Buttmann, § 140, 16 δ.); also followed by ἵνα (Buttmann, § 139, 43; Winer's Grammar, § 44, 8 b. at the end), John 11:37; Colossians 4:16; Revelation 13:15 (here T omits; WH brackets ἵνα); ; (other examples in Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word, 8). 3. As the active ποιεῖν (see 1 c. above), so also the middle ποιεῖσθαι, joined to accusatives of abstract nouns forms a periphrasis for the verb cognate to the substantive; and then, while ποιεῖν signifies to be the author of a thing (to cause, bring about, as ποιεῖν πόλεμον, εἰρήνην), ποιεῖσθαι denotes an action which pertains in some way to the actor (for oneself, among themselves, etc., as σπονδάς, εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι), or which is done by one with his own resources ((the 'dynamic' or 'subjective' middle), as πόλεμον ποιεῖσθαι (to make, carry on, war); cf. Passow, under the word, I. 2 a. ii., p. 974f; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, A. II. 4); Krüger, § 52, 8, 1; Blume ad Lycurgus, p. 55; (Winers Grammar, § 38, 5 n.; Buttmann, § 135, 5); although this distinction is not always, observed even by the Greeks): ποιεῖσθαι μόνην (make our abode), John 14:23 L T Tr WH (see 1 c. above); συνωμοσίαν (Herodian, 7, 4, 7 (3 edition, Bekker); Polybius 1, 70, 6; 6, 13, 4; in the second instance Polybius might more fitly have said ποιεῖν), Acts 23:13 L T Tr WH, see 1 c. above; λόγον, to compose a narrative, Acts 1:1; to make account of, regard, (see λόγος, II. 2 (and cf. I. 3 a.)), Acts 20:24 (T Tr WH, λόγου); ἀναβολήν (see ἀναβολή), Acts 25:17; ἐκβολήν (see ἐκβολή, b.), Acts 27:18; κοπετόν (equivalent to κόπτομαι), Acts 8:2 (here L T Tr WH give the active, cf. Buttmann, § 135, 5 n.); πορείαν (equivalent to πορεύομαι), Luke 13:22 (Xenophon, Cyril 5, 2, 31; anab. 5, 6, 11; Josephus, Vita §§11 and52; Plutarch, de solert. anim., p. 971 e.; 2 Macc. 3:8 2Macc. 12:10); κοινωνίαν, to make a contribution among themselves and from their own means, Romans 15:26; σπουδήν, Jude 1:3 (Herodotus 1, 4; 9, 8; Plato, legg. 1, p. 628 e.; Polybius 1, 46, 2 and often; Diodorus 1, 75; Plutarch, puer. educ. 7, 13; others); αὔξησιν (equivalent to ἀυξάνομαι), to make increase, Ephesians 4:16; δέησιν, δεήσεις, equivalent to δέομαι, to make supplication, Luke 5:33; Philippians 1:4; 1 Timothy 2:1; μνείαν (which see); μνήμην (which see in b.), 2 Peter 1:15; πρόνοιαν (equivalent to προνωυμαι), to have regard for, care for, make provision for, τίνος, Romans 13:14 (Isocrates paneg. §§ 2 and 136 (pp. 52 and 93, Lange edition); Demosthenes, p. 1163, 19; 1429, 8; Polybius 4, 6, 11; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 5, 46; Josephus, b. j. 4, 5, 2; Antiquities 5, 7, 9; contra Apion 1, 2, 3; Aelian v. h. 12, 56; others; cf. Kypke, Observations, ii, p. 187); καθαρισμόν, Hebrews 1:3 (Job 7:21); βέβαιον ποιεῖσθαι τί, equivalent to βεβαιουν, 2 Peter 1:10. II. to do (Latinago), i. e. to follow some method in expressing by deeds the feelings and thoughts of the mind; a. universally, with adverbs describing the mode of action: καλῶς, to act rightly, do well, Matthew 12:12; 1 Corinthians 7:37, 38; James 2:19; καλῶς ποιεῖν followed by a participle (cf. Buttmann, § 144, 15 a.; Winer's Grammar, § 45, 4 a.), Acts 10:33; Philippians 4:14; 2 Peter 1:19; 3 John 1:6 (examples from Greek writings are given by Passow, under II. 1 b. vol. ii., p. 977{a}; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, B. I. 3)); κρεῖσσον, 1 Corinthians 7:38; φρονίμως, Luke 16:8; οὕτω (οὕτως), Matthew 5:47 (R G); ; Luke 9:15; Luke 12:43; John 14:31; Acts 12:8; 1 Corinthians 16:1; James 2:12; ὡς καθώς, Matthew 1:24; Matthew 21:6; Matthew 26:19; Matthew 28:15; Luke 9:54 (T Tr text WH omit; Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); 1 Thessalonians 5:11; ὥσπερ, Matthew 6:2; ὁμοίως, Luke 3:11; Luke 10:37; ὡσαύτως, Matthew 20:5. κατά τί, Matthew 23:3; Luke 2:27; πρός τί, to do according to a thing (see πρός, I. 3 f.), Luke 12:47. with a participle indicating the mode of acting, ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I acted (A. V. did it] ignorantly, 1 Timothy 1:13. with the accusative of a thing, and that the accusative of a pronoun: with τί indefinite 1 Corinthians 10:31; with τί interrogative, Matthew 12:3; Mark 2:25; Mark 11:3 (not Lachmann marginal reading); Luke 3:12, 14; Luke 6:2; Luke 10:25; Luke 16:3, 4; Luke 18:18; John 7:51; John 11:47, etc.; with a participle added, τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; equivalent to διά τί λύετε; Mark 11:5; τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; Acts 21:13; but differently τί ποιήσουσι κτλ.; i. e. what must be thought of the conduct of those who receive baptism? Will they not seem to act foolishly? 1 Corinthians 15:29. τί περισσόν, Matthew 5:47; with the relative ὁ, Matthew 26:13; Mark 14:9; Luke 6:3; John 13:7; 2 Corinthians 11:12, etc.; τοῦτο, i. e. what has just been said, Matthew 13:28; Mark 5:32; Luke 5:6; Luke 22:19 ((WH reject the passage)); Romans 7:20; 1 Corinthians 11:25; 1 Timothy 4:16; Hebrews 6:3; Hebrews 7:27, etc.; τοῦτο to be supplied, Luke 6:10; αὐτό τοῦτο, Galatians 2:10; ταῦτα, Matthew 23:23; Galatians 5:17; 2 Peter 1:10; (ταῦτα followed by a predicate adjective Acts 15:17f, G T Tr WH (according to one construction; cf. R. V. marginal reading, see I. 2 c. α. above, and cf. γνωστός)); αὐτά, Romans 2:3; Galatians 3:10. With nouns which denote a command, or some rule of action, ποιῶ signifies to carry out, to execute; as, τόν νόμον, in classical Greek to make a law, Latinlegem ferre, of legislators; but in Biblical Greek to do the law, meet its demands,legi satisfacere, John 7:19; Galatians 5:3, (Joshua 22:5; 1 Chronicles 22:12; הַתְּורָה עָשָׂה, 2 Chronicles 14:3 (4)); τά τοῦ νόμου, the things which the law commands, Romans 2:14; τάς ἐντολάς, Matthew 5:19; 1 John 5:2 L T Tr WH; Revelation 22:14 R G; τό θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ;, Matthew 7:21; Matthew 12:50; Mark 3:35; John 4:34; John 6:38; John 7:17; John 9:31; Ephesians 6:6; Hebrews 13:21; τά θελήματα τῆς σαρκός, Ephesians 2:3; τάς ἐπιθυμίας τίνος, John 8:44; τήν γνώμην τίνος, Revelation 17:17; μίαν γνώμην, to follow one and the same mind (purpose) in acting, ibid. R G T Tr WH; τόν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Luke 8:21; τούς λόγους τίνος, Matthew 7:24, 26; Luke 6:47, 49; ἅ or ὁ or ὁ, τί etc. λέγει τίς, Matthew 23:3; Luke 6:46; John 2:5; Acts 21:23; ἅ παραγγέλλει τίς, 2 Thessalonians 3:4; τήν πρόθεσιν, Ephesians 3:11; τά διαταχθέντα, Luke 17:10 (τό προσταχθεν, Sophocles Phil. 1010); ὁ αἰτεῖ τίς, John 14:13; Ephesians 3:20; ὁ ἐντέλλεται τίς, John 15:14; τά ἔθη, Acts 16:21. With nouns describing a plan or course of action, to perform, accomplish: ἔργα, Titus 3:5; ποιεῖν τά ἔργα τίνος, to do the same works as another, John 8:39, 41; τά πρῶτα ἔργα, Revelation 2:5; τά ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ, delivered by God to be performed, John 10:37f; τό ἔργον, work committed to me by God, John 17:4; τό ἐργοι εὐαγγελιστοῦ, to perform what the relations and duties of an evangelist demand, 2 Timothy 4:5; ἔργον τί, to commit an evil deed, 1 Corinthians 5:2 (T WH Tr marginal reading πράξας); plural 3 John 1:10; ἀγαθόν, to do good, Matthew 19:16; (Mark 3:4 Tdf.); 1 Peter 3:11; τό ἀγαθόν, Romans 13:3; ὁ ἐάν ἀγαθόν, Ephesians 6:8; τά ἀγαθά, John 5:29; τό καλόν, Romans 7:21; 2 Corinthians 13:7; Galatians 6:9; James 4:17; τά ἀρεστά τῷ Θεῷ, John 8:29; τό ἀρεστόν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, Hebrews 13:21; 1 John 3:22; τί πιστόν, to perform something worthy of a Christian (see πιστός, at the end), 3 John 1:5; τήν δικαιοσύνην, Matthew 6:1 (for Rec. ἐλεημοσύνην); 1 John 2:29; 1 John 3:7, 10 (not Lachmann; Revelation 22:11 G L T Tr WH); τήν ἀλήθειαν (to act uprightly; see ἀλήθεια, I. 2 c.), John 3:21; 1 John 1:6; χρηστότητα, Romans 3:12; ἔλεος, to show oneself merciful, James 2:13; with μετά τίνος added (see ἔλεος, ἐλέους, 1 and 2 b.), Luke 1:72; Luke 10:37; ἐλεημοσύνην, Matthew 6:2f; plural, Acts 9:36; Acts 10:2 (see ἐλεημοσύνη, 1 and 2). to commit: τήν ἁμαρτίαν, John 8:34; 1 John 3:4, 8; ἁμαρτίαν, 2 Corinthians 11:7; James 5:15; 1 Peter 2:22; 1 John 3:9; τήν ἀνομίαν, Matthew 13:41; ἁμάρτημα, 1 Corinthians 6:18; τά μή καθήκοντα, Romans 1:28; ὁ οὐκ ἔξεστιν, Matthew 12:2; Mark 2:24; ἄξια πληγῶν; Luke 12:48; βδέλυγμα, Revelation 21:27; φόνον, Mark 15:7; ψεῦδος, Revelation 21:27; Revelation 22:15; κακόν, Matthew 27:23; Mark 15:14; Luke 23:22; 2 Corinthians 13:7; τό κακόν, Romans 13:4; plural κακά, 1 Peter 3:12; τά κακά, Romans 3:8. b. ποιεῖν τί with the case of a person added; α. with an accusative of the person: τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do unto Jesus? Matthew 27:22; Mark 15:12; cf. Winers Grammar, 222 (208); (Buttmann, § 131, 6; Kühner, § 411, 5); Matthiae, § 415, 1 a. β.; also with an adverb, εὖ ποιῶ τινα, to do well i. e. show oneself good (kind) to one (see εὖ, under the end), Mark 14:7 R G; also καλῶς ποιῶ, Matthew 5:44 Rec. β. with a dative of the person, to do (a thing) unto one (to his advantage or disadvantage), rarely so in Greek writings (cf. Winer's Grammar, and B as above; Kühner, as above Anm. 6): Matthew 7:12; Matthew 18:35; Matthew 20:32; Matthew 21:40; Matthew 25:40, 45; Mark 5:19, 20; Mark 10:51; Luke 1:49; Luke 6:11; Luke 8:39; Luke 18:41; Luke 20:15; John 9:26; John 12:16; John 13:12; Acts 4:16; also with an adverb: καθώς, Mark 15:8; Luke 6:31; John 13:15; ὁμοίως, Luke 6:31; οὕτως, Luke 1:25; Luke 2:48; ὡσαύτως, Matthew 21:36; καλῶς ποιεῖν τίνι, Luke 6:27; εὖ, Mark 14:7 L Tr WH; κακά τίνι, to do evil to one, Acts 9:13; τί, what (namely, κακόν), Hebrews 13:6 (according to punctuation of G L T Tr WH); ταῦτα πάντα, all these evils, John 15:21 R G L marginal reading; ποιεῖν τίνι κατά τά αὐτά (L T Tr WH (Rec. ταῦτα)), in the same manner, Luke 6:23, 26. γ. ποιεῖν τί with the more remote object added by means of a preposition: ἐν τίνι (German an einem), to do to one, Matthew 17:12; Luke 23:31 (here A. V. 'in the green tree,' etc.); also εἰς τινα, unto one, John 15:21 L text T Tr WH. c. God is said ποιῆσαι τί μετά τίνος, when present with and aiding (see μετά, I. 2 b. β.), Acts 14:27; Acts 15:4. d. with designations of time (Buttmann, § 131, 1), to pass, spend: χρόνον, Acts 15:33; Acts 18:23; μῆνας τρεῖς, Acts 20:3; νυχθήμερον, 2 Corinthians 11:25; ἐνιαυτόν or ἐνιαυτόν ἕνα, James 4:13 (Tobit 10:7; Josephus, Antiquities 6, 1, 4 at the end; Stallbaum on Plato, Phileb., p. 50 c., gives examples from Greek writings (and references; cf. also Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word 9); in the same sense עָשָׂה in Ecclesiastes 6:12 (); and the Latinfacere: Cicero, ad Att. 5, 20Apameae quinque dies morati, ... Iconii decem fecimus; Seneca, epistles 66 (l. 7, epistle 4, Haase edition),quamvis autem paucissimos una fecerimus dies); some interpreters bring in here also Matthew 20:12 and Revelation 13:5 Rec.not elz L T Tr WH; but on these passagaes see I. 1 a. above. e. like the Latinago equivalent to to celebrate, keep, with the accusative of a noun designating a feast: τό πάσχα, Matthew 26:18 (Joshua 5:10; but in Hebrews 11:28 the language denotes to make ready, and so at the same time to institute, the celebration of the passover; German veranstalten); τήν ἑορτήν, Acts 18:21 Rec. f. equivalent to (Latinperficio) to perform: as opposed to λέγειν, Matthew 23:3; to θέλειν, 2 Corinthians 8:10f; to a promise, 1 Thessalonians 5:24. (Compare: περιποιέω, προσποιέω.) [SYNONYMS: ποιεῖν, πράσσειν: roughly speaking, ποιεῖν may be said to answer to the Latinfacere or the English do, πράσσειν to agere or English practise; ποιεῖν to designate performance, πράσσειν intended, earnest, habitual, performance; ποιεῖν to denote merely productive action, πράσσειν definitely directed action; ποιεῖν to point to an actual result, πράσσειν to the scope and character of the result. In Attic in certain connections the difference between them is great, in others hardly perceptible (Schmidt); see his Syn., chapter 23, especially § 11; cf. Trench, N. T. Synonyms, § xcvi.; Green, 'Critical Note' on John 5:29; (cf. πράσσω, at the beginning and 2). The words are associated in John 3:20, 21; John 5:29; Acts 26:9, 10; Romans 1:32; Romans 2:3; Romans 7:15ff; 13:4, etc.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποίημα Transliteration: poiēma Phonetic Spelling: poy'-ay-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a work Meaning: a work GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4161 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4161 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4161 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4161 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4161, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποίημα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4161 poiēma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: workmanship. From poieo; a product, i.e. Fabric (literally or figuratively) -- thing that is made, workmanship. see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4161: ποίημαποίημα, ποιήματος, τό (ποιέω), that which has been made; a work: of the works of God as creator, Romans 1:20; those κτισθέντες by God ἐπί ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς are spoken of as ποίημα τοῦ Θεοῦ (A. V. his workmanship), Ephesians 2:10. (Herodotus, Plato, others; the Sept. chiefly for מַעֲשֶׂה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποίησις Transliteration: poiēsis Phonetic Spelling: poy'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a making, a doing Meaning: a making, a doing GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4162 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4162 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4162 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4162 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4162, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποίησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4162 poiēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deed. From poieo; action, i.e. Performance (of the law) -- deed. see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4162: ποίησιςποίησις, ποιήσεως, ἡ (ποιέω); 1. a making (Herodotus 3, 22; Thucydides 3, 2; Plato, Demosthenes, others; the Sept. several times for מַעֲשֶׂה). 2. a doing or performing: ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ (in his doing, i. e.) in the obedience he renders to the law, James 1:25; add Sir. 19:20 (18). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποιητής Transliteration: poiētēs Phonetic Spelling: poy-ay-tace' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a maker, a doer Meaning: a maker, a doer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4163 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4163 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4163 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4163 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4163, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποιητής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4163 poiētēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: poet, doer From poieo; a performer; specially, a "poet"; --doer, poet. see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4163: ποιητήςποιητής, ποιητου, ὁ (ποιέω); 1. a maker, producer, author (Xenophon, Plato, others). 2. a doer, performer (Vulg.factor): τοῦ νόμου, one who obeys or fulfils the law, Romans 2:13; James 4:11; 1 Macc. 2:67 (see ποιέω, II. a.); ἔργου, James 1:25; λόγου, James 1:22, 23. 3. a poet: Acts 17:28 ((Herodotus 2, 53, etc.), Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, Plutarch, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποικίλος Transliteration: poikilos Phonetic Spelling: poy-kee'-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: many colored Meaning: many colored GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4164 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4164 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4164 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4164 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4164, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποικίλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4164 poikilos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: diverse, manifold. Of uncertain derivation; motley, i.e. Various in character -- divers, manifold. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4164: ποικίλοςποικίλος, ποικίλη, ποικίλον, from Homer down, various, i. e. a. of divers colors, variegated: the Sept. b. equivalent to of divers sorts: Matthew 4:24; Mark 1:34; Luke 4:40; 2 Timothy 3:6; Titus 3:3; Hebrews 2:4; Hebrews 13:9; James 1:2; 1 Peter 1:6; 1 Peter 4:10 ((A. V. in the last two examples manifold)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποιμαίνω Transliteration: poimainō Phonetic Spelling: poy-mah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to act as a shepherd Meaning: to act as a shepherd GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4165 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4165 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4165 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4165 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4165, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποιμαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4165 poimainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to shepherd, ruleFrom poimen; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser) -- feed (cattle), rule. see GREEK poimen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4165: ποιμαίνωποιμαίνω; future ποιμανῶ; 1 aorist imperative 2 person plural ποιμάνατε (1 Peter 5:2); (ποιμήν, which see); from Homer down; the Sept. for רָעָה; to feed, to tend a flock, keep sheep; a. properly: Luke 17:7; ποίμνην, 1 Corinthians 9:7. b. tropically, α. to rule, govern: of rulers, τινα, Matthew 2:6; Revelation 2:27; Revelation 12:5; Revelation 19:15 (2 Samuel 5:2; Micah 5:6 (); , etc.; (cf. Winers Grammar, 17)) (see ποιμήν, b. at the end); of the overseers (pastors) of the church, John 21:16; Acts 20:28; 1 Peter 5:2. β. to furnish pasturage or food; to nourish: ἑαυτόν, to cherish one's body, to serve the body, Jude 1:12; to supply the requisites for the soul's needs (R. V. shall be their shepherd), Revelation 7:17. (Synonym: see βόσκω, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποιμήν Transliteration: poimēn Phonetic Spelling: poy-mane' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a shepherd Meaning: a shepherd GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4166 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4166 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4166 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4166 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4166, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποιμήν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4166 poimēn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: shepherd, pastor. Of uncertain affinity; a shepherd (literally or figuratively) -- shepherd, pastor. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4166: ποιμήνποιμήν, ποιμένος, ὁ (akin to the noun ποίᾳ, which see: (or from the root meaning 'to protect'; cf. Curtius, § 372; Fick 1:132)), from Homer down; the Sept. for רֹעֶה, a herdsman, especially a shepherd; a. properly: Matthew 9:36; Matthew 25:32; Matthew 26:31; Mark 6:34; Mark 14:27; Luke 2:8, 15, 18, 20; John 10:2, 12; in the parable, he to whose care and control others have committed themselves, and whose precepts they follow, John 10:11, 14. b. metaphorically, the presiding officer, manager, director, of any assembly: so of Christ the Head of the church, John 10:16; 1 Peter 2:25; Hebrews 13:20 (of the Jewish Messiah, Ezekiel 34:23); of the overseers of the Christian assemblies (A. V. pastors), Ephesians 4:11; cf. Ritschl, Entstehung der altkathol. Kirche, edition 2, p. 350f; (Hatch, Barnpron Lects. for 1880, p. 123f). (Of kings and princes we find ποιμένες λαῶν in Homer and Hesiod.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποίμνη Transliteration: poimnē Phonetic Spelling: poym'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a flock Meaning: a flock GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4167 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4167 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4167 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4167 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4167, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποίμνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4167 poimnē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: flock, fold. Contraction from poimaino; a flock (literally or figuratively) -- flock, fold. see GREEK poimaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4167: ποίμνηποίμνη, ποίμνης, ἡ (contracted from ποιμενη; see ποιμήν) (from Homer (Odyssey 9, 122) on), a flock (especially) of sheep: Matthew 26:31; Luke 2:8; 1 Corinthians 9:7; tropically (of Christ's flock i. e.) the body of those who follow Jesus as their guide and keeper, John 10:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποίμνιον Transliteration: poimnion Phonetic Spelling: poym'-nee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a flock Meaning: a flock GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4168 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4168 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4168 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4168 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4168, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποίμνιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4168 poimnion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: flock. Neuter of a presumed derivative of poimne; a flock, i.e. (figuratively) group (of believers) -- flock. see GREEK poimne Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4168: ποίμνιονποίμνιον, ποιμνίου, τό (contracted from ποιμενιον, equivalent to ποίμνη, see ποιμήν; (on the accent cf. Winers Grammar, 52; Chandler § 313 b.)), a flock (especially) of sheep: so of a group of Christ's disciples, Luke 12:32; of bodies of Christians (churches) presided over by elders (cf. references under the word ποιμήν, b.), Acts 20:28, 29; 1 Peter 5:3; with a possessive genitive added, τοῦ Θεοῦ, 1 Peter 5:2, as in Jeremiah 13:17; τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 16, 1 [ET]; 44, 3 [ET]; 54, 2 [ET]; 57, 2 [ET]. (Herodotus, Sophicles, Euripides, Plato, Lucian, others; the Sept. chiefly for עֵדֶר and צֹאן.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποῖος Transliteration: poios Phonetic Spelling: poy'-os Part of Speech: Interrogative Pronoun Short Definition: of what sort? Meaning: of what sort? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4169 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4169 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4169 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4169 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4169, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποῖος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4169 poios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: what manner of, which. From the base of pou and hoios; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one -- what (manner of), which. see GREEK pou see GREEK hoios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4169: ποίᾳποίᾳ, ποίας, ἡ (cf. Curtius, § 387), herbage, grass: according to some interpreters formal in James 4:14; but ποίᾳ there is more correctly taken as the feminine of the adjective ποῖος (which see), of what sort. (Jeremiah 2:22; Malachi 3:2; in Greek writings from Homer down.) STRONGS NT 4169: ποῖοςποῖος, ποίᾳ, ποῖον (interrogative pronoun, corresponding to the relative οἷος and the demonstrative τοῖος) (from Homer down), of what sort or nature (Latinqualis): absolute neuter plural in a direct question, Luke 24:19; with substantives, in direct questions: Matthew 19:18; Matthew 21:23; Matthew 22:36; Mark 11:28; Luke 6:32-34; John 10:32; Acts 4:7; Acts 7:49; Romans 3:27; 1 Corinthians 15:35; James 4:14; 1 Peter 2:20; in indirect discourse: Matthew 21:24, 27; Matthew 24:43; Mark 11:29, 33; Luke 12:39; John 12:33; John 18:32; John 21:19; Acts 23:34; Revelation 3:3; εἰς τινα ἡ ποῖον καιρόν, 1 Peter 1:11; ποίας (Rec. διά ποίας) namely, ὁδοῦ, Luke 5:19; cf. Winers Grammar, § 30, 11; ((also § 64, 5); Buttmann, §§ 123, 8; 132, 26; cf. Tobit 10:7). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολεμέω Transliteration: polemeō Phonetic Spelling: pol-em-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make war Meaning: to make war GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4170 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4170 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4170 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4170 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4170, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολεμέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4170 polemeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to battle, make war. From polemos; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. To battle (literally or figuratively): -fight, (make) war. see GREEK polemos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4170: πολεμέωπολεμέω, πολέμῳ; future πολεμήσω; 1 aorist ἐπολέμησα; (πόλεμος); (from Sophocles and Herodotus down); the Sept. chiefly for נִלְחַם; to war, carry on war; to fight: Revelation 19:11; μετά τίνος (on which construction see μετά, I. 2 d., p. 403{b}), Revelation 2:16; Revelation 12:7 (where Rec. κατά; (cf. on this verse Buttmann, § 140, 14 and under the word μετά as above)); Revelation 13:4; Revelation 17:14; equivalent to to wrangle, quarrel, James 4:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόλεμος Transliteration: polemos Phonetic Spelling: pol'-em-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: war Meaning: war GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4171 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4171 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4171 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4171 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4171, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόλεμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4171 polemos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: battle, fight, war. From pelomai (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series) -- battle, fight, war. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4171: πόλεμοςπόλεμος πολέμου, ὁ (from ΠΑΛΩ, πολέω, to turn, to range about, whence Latinpello, bellum; (but cf. Fick 1:671; Vanicek, 513)) (from Homer down), the Sept. for מִלְחָמָה; 1. properly, a. war: Matthew 24:6; Mark 13:7; Luke 14:31; Luke 21:9; Hebrews 11:31; in imitation of the Hebrew מִלְחָמָה עָשָׂה followed by אֵת or עִם (Genesis 14:2; Deuteronomy 20:12, 20), πόλεμον ποιεῖν μετά τίνος, Revelation 11:7; Revelation 12:17; Revelation 13:7 (here L omits; WH Tr marginal reading brackets the clause); (cf. μετά, I. 2 d.). b. a fight, a battle (more precisely μάχη; "in Homer (where Iliad 7, 174 it is used even of single combat) and Hesiod the sense of battle prevails; in Attic that of tear" (Liddell and Scott, under the word); cf. Trench, § 86:and (in partial modification) Schmidt, chapter 138, 5 and 6): 1 Corinthians 14:8; Hebrews 11:34; Revelation 9:7, 9; Revelation 12:7; Revelation 16:14; Revelation 20:8. 2. a dispute, strife, quarrel: πόλεμοι καί μάχαι, James 4:1 (Sophocles El. 219; Plato, Phaedo, p. 66 c.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόλις Transliteration: polis Phonetic Spelling: pol'-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a city Meaning: a city GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4172 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4172 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4172 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4172 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4172, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόλις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4172 polis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: city. Probably from the same as polemos, or perhaps from polus; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size) -- city. see GREEK polus see GREEK polemos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4172: πόλιςπόλις, πολισεως, ἡ (πέλομαι, to dwell (or rather denoting originally 'fullness,' 'throng'; allied with Latinpleo, plebs, etc.; cf. Curtius, p. 79 and § 374; Vanicek, p. 499; (otherwise Fick 1:138))) (from Homer down), the Sept. chiefly for עִיר, besides for קִרְיָה, שַׁעַר (gate), etc., a city; a. universally, Matthew 2:23; Mark 1:45; Luke 4:29; John 11:54; Acts 5:16, and very often in the historical books of the N. T.; κατά τήν πόλιν, through the city (A. V. in; see κατά, II. 1 a.), Acts 24:12; κατά πόλιν, κατά πόλεις, see κατά, II. 3a. α., p. 328a; opposed to κῶμαι, Matthew 9:35; Matthew 10:11; Luke 8:1; Luke 13:22; to κῶμαι καί ἀγροί, Mark 6:56; ἡ ἰδίᾳ πόλις, see ἴδιος, 1b., p. 297a; πόλις with the genitive of a person one's native city, Luke 2:4, 11; John 1:44(45); or the city in which one lives, Matthew 22:7; Luke 4:29; Luke 10:11; Acts 16:20; Revelation 16:19; Jerusalem is called, on account of the temple erected there, πόλις τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, i. e. in which the great King of Israel, Jehovah, has his abode, Matthew 5:35; Psalm 47:2 (), cf. Tobit 13:15; also ἅγια πόλις (see ἅγιος, 1 a., p. 7a) and ἡ ἠγαπημένη, the beloved of God, Revelation 20:9. with the genitive of a gentile noun: Δαμασκηνῶν, 2 Corinthians 11:32; Ἐφεσίων, Acts 19:35; τῶν Ἰουδαίων, Luke 23:51; τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Matthew 10:23; Σαμαρειτῶν, Matthew 10:5; with the genitive of a region: τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Luke 1:26; Luke 4:31; Ιουδα, of the tribe of Judah, Luke 1:39; Λυκαονίας, Acts 14:6; Κιλικίας, Acts 21:39; τῆς Σαμαρείας, John 4:5; Acts 8:5. As in classical Greek the proper name of the city is added — either in the nominative case, as πόλις Ἰόππη, Acts 11:5; or in the genitive, as πόλις Σοδομων, Γομορρας, 2 Peter 2:6; Θυατείρων, Acts 16:14. b. used of the heavenly Jerusalem (see Ἱεροσόλυμα, 2), i. e. α. the abode of the blessed, in heaven: Hebrews 11:10, 16; with Θεοῦ ζῶντος added, Hebrews 12:22; ἡ μελλουσα πόλις, Hebrews 13:14. β. in the visions of the Apocalypse it is used of the visible capital of the heavenly kingdom, to come down to earth after the renovation of the world: Revelation 3:12; Revelation 21:14ff; 22:14; ἡ πόλις ἡ ἅγια, Revelation 22:19; with Ἱερουσαλήμ καινή added, Revelation 21:2. c. πόλις by metonymy, for the inhabitants: Matthew 8:34; Acts 14:21; πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, Matthew 21:10; Acts 13:44; ἡ πόλις ὅλῃ, Mark 1:33; Acts 21:30; πόλις μερισθεῖσα καθ' ἑαυτῆς, Matthew 12:25. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολιτάρχης Transliteration: politarchēs Phonetic Spelling: pol-it-ar'-khace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: the ruler of a city Meaning: the ruler of a city GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4173 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4173 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4173 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4173 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4173, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολιτάρχης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4173 politarchēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ruler of the city. From polis and archo; a town-officer, i.e. Magistrate -- ruler of the city. see GREEK polis see GREEK archo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4173: πολιτάρχηςπολιτάρχης, πολιταρχου, ὁ (i. e. ὁ ἄρχων τῶν πολιτῶν; see ἑκατοντάρχης), a ruler of a city or citizens: Acts 17:6, 8. (Boeckh, Corpus inscriptions Graec. ii., p. 52f no. 1967 (cf. Boeckh's note, and Tdf. Proleg., p. 86 note 2); in Greek writings πολίαρχος was more common.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολιτεία Transliteration: politeia Phonetic Spelling: pol-ee-ti'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: citizenship Meaning: citizenship GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4174 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4174 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4174 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4174 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4174, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολιτεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4174 politeia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: citizenshipFrom polites ("polity"); citizenship; concretely, a community -- commonwealth, freedom. see GREEK polites Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4174: πολιτείαπολιτεία, πολιτείας, ἡ (πολιτεύω); 1. the administration of civil affairs (Xenophon, mem. 3, 9, 15; Aristophanes, Aeschines, Demosthenes (others)). 2. a state, commonwealth (2 Macc. 4:11 2Macc. 8:17 2Macc. 13:14; Xenophon, Plato, Thucydides (others)): with a genitive of the possessor, τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, spoken of the theocratic or divine commonwealth, Ephesians 2:12. 3. citizenship, the rights of a citizen (some make this sense the primary one): Acts 22:28 (3Macc. 3:21, 23; Herodotus 9, 34; Xenophon, Hell. 1, 1, 26; 1, 2, 10; (4, 4, 6, etc.); Demosthenes, Polybius, Diodorus, Josephus, others). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολίτευμα Transliteration: politeuma Phonetic Spelling: pol-it'-yoo-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a form of government, citizenship Meaning: a form of government, citizenship GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4175 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4175 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4175 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4175 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4175, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολίτευμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4175 politeuma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: citizenship, community, conversation. From politeuomai; a community, i.e. (abstractly) citizenship (figuratively) -- conversation. see GREEK politeuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4175: πολίτευμαπολίτευμα, πολιτευματος, τό (πολιτεύω), in Greek writings from Plato down; 1. the administration of civil affairs or of a commonwealth (R. V. text (Phil. as below) citizenship). 2. the constitution of a commonwealth, form of government and the laws by which it is administered. 3. a state, commonwealth (so R. V. marginal reading): ἡμῶν, the commonwealth whose citizens we are (see πόλις, b.), Philippians 3:20, cf. Meyer and Wiesinger at the passage; of Christians it is said ἐπί γῆς διατριβουσιν, ἀλλ' ἐν οὐρανῷ πολιτευονται, Epist. ad Diogn. c. 5 [ET]; (τῶν σοφῶν ψυχαί) πατρίδα μέν τόν οὐράνιον χῶρον, ἐν ᾧ πολιτευονται, ξένον τόν περιγειον ἐν ᾧ παρῴκησαν νομιζουσαι, Philo de confus. ling. § 17; (γυναῖκες ... τῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐγγεγραμμεναι πολιτευματι, de agricult. § 17 at the end. Cf. especially Lightfoot on Philippians, the passage cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολιτεύομαι Transliteration: politeuomai Phonetic Spelling: pol-it-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to live as a citizen Meaning: to live as a citizen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4176 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4176 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4176 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4176 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4176, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολιτεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4176 politeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: let conversation be, live. Middle voice of a derivative of polites; to behave as a citizen (figuratively) -- let conversation be, live. see GREEK polites Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4176: πολιτεύωπολιτεύω: middle (cf. Winer's Grammar, 260 (244)), present imperative 2 person plural πολιτεύεσθε; perfect πεπολίτευμαι; (πολίτης); 1. to be a citizen (Thucydides, Xenophon, Lysias, Polybius, others). 2. to administer civil affairs, manage the state (Thucydides, Xenophon). 3. to make or create a citizen (Diodorus 11, 72); middle a. to be a citizen; so in the passages from Philo and the Ep. ad Diogn. cited in πολίτευμα, 3. b. to behave as a citizen; to avail oneself of or recognize the laws; so from Thucydides down; in Hellenistic writings to conduct oneself as pledged to some law of life: ἀξίως τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Philippians 1:27 (R. V. text let your manner of life be worthy of etc.); ἀξίως τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Polycarp, ad Philip. 5, 2 [ET]; ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 21, 1 [ET]; ὁσίως, ibid. 6, 1 [ET]; κατά τό καθῆκον τῷ Χριστῷ, ibid. 3, 4 [ET]; μετά φοβοῦ καί ἀγάπης, ibid. 51, 2 [ET]; ἐννόμως, Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, c. 67; ἠρξάμην πολιτεύεσθαι τῇ Φαρισαίων ἁιρεσει κατακολουθῶν, Josephus, Vita2; other phrases are cited by Grimm on 2 Macc. 6:1; τῷ Θεῷ, to live in accordance with the laws of God, Acts 23:1 (A. V. I have lived etc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολίτης Transliteration: politēs Phonetic Spelling: pol-ee'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a citizen Meaning: a citizen GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4177 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4177 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4177 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4177 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4177, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολίτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4177 politēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: citizen. From polis; a townsman -- citizen. see GREEK polis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4177: πολίτηςπολίτης, πολιτου, ὁ (πόλις), from Homer down, a citizen; i. e. a. the inhabitant of any city or conntry: πόλεως, Acts 21:39; τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης, Luke 15:15. b. the associate of another in citizenship, i. e. a fellow-citizen, fellow-countryman, (Plato, Apology, p. 37 c.; others): with the genitive of a person, Luke 19:14; Hebrews 8:11 (where Rec. has τόν πλησίον) from Jeremiah 38:34 (), where it is used for רֵעַ , as in Proverbs 11:9, 12; Proverbs 24:43 (). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολλάκις Transliteration: pollakis Phonetic Spelling: pol-lak'-is Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: often Meaning: often GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4178 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4178 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4178 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4178 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4178, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολλάκις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4178 pollakis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: oftenMultiplicative adverb from polus; many times, i.e. Frequently -- oft(-en, -entimes, -times). see GREEK polus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4178: πολλάκιςπολλάκις (from πολύς, πολλά), adverb (fr. Homer down), often, frequently: Matthew 17:15; Mark 5:4; Mark 9:22; John 18:2; Acts 26:11; Romans 1:13; Romans 15:22 L Tr marginal reading; 2 Corinthians 8:22; 2 Corinthians 11:23, 26; Philippians 3:18; 2 Timothy 1:16; Hebrews 6:7; Hebrews 9:25; Hebrews 10:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολλαπλασίων Transliteration: pollaplasiōn Phonetic Spelling: pol-lap-las-ee'-ohn Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: many times more Meaning: many times more GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4179 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4179 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4179 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4179 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4179, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολλαπλασίων [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4179 pollaplasiōn 🕊 Strong's Concordance: manifold more. From polus and probably a derivative of pleko; manifold, i.e. (neuter as noun) very much more -- manifold more. see GREEK polus see GREEK pleko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4179: πολλαπλασίωνπολλαπλασίων, πολλαπλασιον, genitive πολλαπλασιονος, (πολύς), manifold, much more: Matthew 19:29 L T Tr WH; Luke 18:30. (Polybius, Pint., others; (cf. Buttmann, 30 (27)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολυλογία Transliteration: polylogia Phonetic Spelling: pol-oo-log-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: much speaking Meaning: much speaking GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4180 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4180 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4180 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4180 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4180, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολυλογία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4180 polylogia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wordinessFrom a compound of polus and logos; loquacity, i.e. Prolixity -- much speaking. see GREEK polus see GREEK logos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4180: πολυλογίαπολυλογία, πολυλογίας, ἡ (πολύλογος), much speaking, (Plautus, Vulg.,multiloquium): Matthew 6:7. (Proverbs 10:19; Xenophon, Cyril 1, 4, 3; Plato, legg. 1, p. 641 e.; Aristotle, polit. 4, 10 (p. 1295{a}, 2); Plutarch, educ. puer. 8, 10.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολυμερῶς Transliteration: polymerōs Phonetic Spelling: pol-oo-mer'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in many parts Meaning: in many parts GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4181 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4181 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4181 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4181 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4181, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολυμερῶς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4181 polymerōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: variously, at sundry times. Adverb from a compound of polus and meros; in many portions, i.e. Variously as to time and agency (piecemeal) -- at sundry times. see GREEK polus see GREEK meros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4181: πολυμερῶςπολυμερῶς (πολυμερής), by many portions: joined with πολυτρόπως, at many times (Vulg.multifariam (or-rie)), and in many ways, Hebrews 1:1. (Josephus, Antiquities 8, 3, 9 (variant; Plutarch, mor., p. 537 d., i. e. de invid. et od. 5); οὐδέν δεῖ τῆς πολυμερους ταύτης καί πολυτροπου μουσης τέ καί ἁρμονίας, Max. Tyr. diss. 37, p. 363; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 463 (431)).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολυποίκιλος Transliteration: polypoikilos Phonetic Spelling: pol-oo-poy'-kil-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of differing colors Meaning: of differing colors GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4182 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4182 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4182 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4182 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4182, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολυποίκιλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4182 polypoikilos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: manifold. From polus and poikilos; much variegated, i.e. Multifarious -- manifold. see GREEK polus see GREEK poikilos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4182: πολυποίκιλοςπολυποίκιλος, πολυποικιλον (πολύς and ποικίλος); 1. much-variegated; marked with a great variety of colors: of cloth or a painting; φαρεα, Euripides, Iph. T. 1149; στέφανον πολυποικιλον ἀνθεων, Eubulus ap Athen. 15, p. 679 d. 2. much varied, manifold: σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ, manifesting itself in a great variety of forms, Ephesians 3:10; Theophil. ad Autol. 1, 6; ὀργή, Sibylline Oracles 8, 411; λόγος, the Orphica, hymn. 61, 4, and by other writings with other nouns. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολύς Transliteration: polys Phonetic Spelling: pol-oos' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: much, many Meaning: much, many GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4183 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4183 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4183 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4183 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4183, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολύς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4183 polys 🕊 Strong's Concordance: abundant, many, much Including the forms from the alternate pollos; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely -- abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare pleistos, pleion. see GREEK pleistos see GREEK pleion Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4183: πολύςπολύς, πολλή (from an older form πολλός, found in Homer, Hesiod, Pindar), πολύ; ((cf. Curtius, § 375)); the Sept. chiefly for רַב; much; used a. of multitude, number, etc., many, numerous, great: ἀριθμός, Acts 11:21; λαός, Acts 18:10; ὄχλος, Mark 5:24; Mark 6:34; ( L T Tr WH); Luke 7:11; Luke 8:4; John 6:2, 5; Revelation 7:9; Revelation 19:6, etc.; πλῆθος, Mark 3:7; Luke 5:6; Acts 14:1, etc.; equivalent to abundant, plenteous (A. V. often much), καρπός, John 12:24; John 15:5, 8; θερισμός (the harvest to be gathered), Matthew 9:37; Luke 10:2; γῆ, Matthew 13:5; Mark 4:5; χόρτος, John 6:10; οἶνος, 1 Timothy 3:8; plural πολλοί τελῶναι, Matthew 9:10; Mark 2:15; πολλοί προφῆται, Matthew 13:17; Luke 10:24; σοφοί, 1 Corinthians 1:26; πατέρες, 1 Corinthians 4:15; δυνάμεις, Matthew 7:22; Matthew 13:58, etc.; ὄχλοι, Matthew 4:25; Matthew 8:1; Matthew 12:15 (but here L T WH omit; Tr brackets ὄχλοι); Luke 5:15, etc.; δαιμόνια, Mark 1:34; and in many other examples; with participles used substantively, Matthew 8:16; 1 Corinthians 16:9, etc.; with the article prefixed: αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί, her sins which are many, Luke 7:47; τά πολλά γράμματα, the great learning with which I see that you are furnished, Acts 26:24; ὁ πολύς ὄχλος, the great multitude of common people present, Mark 12:37 (cf. ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, John 12:9 T Tr marginal reading WH; see ὄχλος, 1). Plural masculine πολλοί, absolutely and without the article, many, a large part of mankind: πολλοί simply, Matthew 7:13, 22; Matthew 20:28; Matthew 26:28; Mark 2:2; Mark 3:10; Mark 10:45; Mark 14:24; Luke 1:1, 14; Hebrews 9:28, and very often; opposed to ὀλίγοι, Matthew 20:16 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); ἕτεροι πολλοί, Acts 15:35; ἄλλαι πολλαί, Mark 15:41; ἕτεραι πολλαί, Luke 8:3; πολλοί followed by a partitive genitive, as τῶν Φαρισαίων, Matthew 3:7; add, Luke 1:16; John 12:11; Acts 4:4; Acts 13:43; 2 Corinthians 12:21; Revelation 8:11, etc.; followed by ἐκ with a genitive of class, as πολλοί ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, John 6:60; add, ; Acts 17:12; πολλοί ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, John 4:39. with the article prefixed, οἱ πολλοί, the many (cf. Winer's Grammar, 110 (105)): those contrasted with ὁ εἷς (i. e. both with Adam and with Christ), according to the context equivalent to the rest of mankind, Romans 5:15, 19, cf. Romans 5:12, 18; we the (i. e. who are) many, Romans 12:5; 1 Corinthians 10:17; the many whom ye know, 2 Corinthians 2:17; the many i. e. the most part, the majority, Matthew 24:12; 1 Corinthians 10:33. b. with nouns denoting an action, an emotion, a state, which can be said to have as it were measure, weight, force, intensity, size, continuance, or repetition, much equivalent to great, strong, intense, large: ἀγάπη, Ephesians 2:4; ὀδύνη, 1 Timothy 6:10; θρῆνος, κλαυθμός, ὀδυρμός, Matthew 2:18; χαρά (Rec.st χάρις), Philemon 1:7; ἐπιθυμία, 1 Thessalonians 2:17; μακροθυμία, Romans 9:22; ἔλεος, 1 Peter 1:3; γογγυσμός, John 7:12; τρόμος, 1 Corinthians 2:3; πόνος (Rec. ζῆλος), Colossians 4:13; ἀγών, 1 Thessalonians 2:2; ἄθλησις, Hebrews 10:32; θλῖψις, 2 Corinthians 2:4; 1 Thessalonians 1:6; καύχησις, 2 Corinthians 7:4; πεποίθησις, 2 Corinthians 8:22; πληροφορία, 1 Thessalonians 1:5; παρρησία, 2 Corinthians 3:12; 2 Corinthians 7:4; 1 Timothy 3:13; Philemon 1:8; παράκλησις, 2 Corinthians 8:4; συζήτησις (T WH Tr text ζήτησις), Acts 15:7; Acts 28:29 (Rec.); στάσις, Acts 23:10; ἀσιτία, Acts 27:21; βία, Acts 24:7 (Rec.); διακονία, Luke 10:40; σιγή, deep silence, Acts 21:40 (Xenophon, Cyril 7, 1, 25); φαντασία, Acts 25:23; δύναμις καί δόξα, Matthew 24:30; Luke 21:27; μισθός, Matthew 5:12; Luke 6:23, 35; εἰρήνη, Acts 24:2 (3); περί οὗ πολύς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος, about which (but see λόγος, I. 3 a.) we have much (in readiness) to say, Hebrews 5:11 (πολύν λόγον ποιεῖσθαι περί τίνος, Plato, Phaedo, p. 115{d}; cf. Lex. Plato, iii., p. 148). c. of time, much, long: πολύν χρόνον, John 5:6; μετά χρόνον πολύν, Matthew 25:19; ὥρα πολλή, much time (i. e. a large part of the day) is spent (see ὥρα, 2), Mark 6:35; ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης (Tdf. γινομένης), of a late hour of the day, ibid. (so πολλῆς ὥρας, Polybius 5, 8, 3; ἐπί πολλήν ὥραν, Josephus, Antiquities 8, 4, 4; Ἐμάχοντο ... ἄχρι πολλῆς ὥρας, Dionysius Halicarnassus, 2, 54); πολλοῖς χρόνοις, for a long time, Luke 8:29 (οὐ πολλῷ χρόνῳ, Herodian, 1, 6, 24 (8 edition, Bekker); χρόνοις πολλοῖς ὕστερον, Plutarch, Thes. 6; (see χρόνος, under the end)); εἰς ἔτη πολλά, Luke 12:19; (ἐκ or) ἀπό πολλῶν ἐτῶν, Acts 24:10; Romans 15:23 (here WH Tr text ἀπό ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν); ἐπί πολύ, (for) a long time, Acts 28:6; μετ' οὐ πολύ, not long after (see μετά, II. 2 b.), Acts 27:14. d. Neuter singular πολύ, much, substantively, equivalent to many things: Luke 12:48; much, adverbially, of the mode and degree of an action: ἠγάπησε, Luke 7:47; πλανᾶσθε, Mark 12:27; namely, ὠφελεῖ, Romans 3:2. πολλοῦ as a genitive of price (from Homer down; cf. Passow, under the word, IV. b. vol. ii., p. 1013a; (cf. Winer's Grammar, 206 (194))): πραθῆναι, for much, Matthew 26:9. ἐν πολλῷ, in (administering) much (i. e. many things), Luke 16:10; with great labor, great effort, Acts 26:29 (where L T Tr WH ἐν μεγάλῳ (see μέγας, 1 a. γ.)). with a comparitive (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 35, 1): πολύ σπουδαιότερον, 2 Corinthians 8:22 (in Greek writings from Homer down); πολλῷ πλείους, many more, John 4:41; πολλῷ (or πολύ) μᾶλλον, see μᾶλλον, 1 a. following with the article, τό πολύ, German das Viele (opposed to τό ὀλίγον), 2 Corinthians 8:15 (cf. Buttmann, 395 (338); Winer's Grammar, 589 (548)). Plural, πολλά α. many things; as, διδάσκειν, λαλεῖν, Matthew 13:3; Mark 4:2; Mark 6:34; John 8:26; John 14:30; παθεῖν, Matthew 16:21; Mark 5:26; Mark 9:12; Luke 9:22, etc., and often in Greek writings from Pindar Ol. 13, 90 down; ποιεῖν, Mark 6:20 (T Tr marginal reading WH ἀπόρειν); πρᾶξαι, Acts 26:9; add as other examples, Matthew 25:21, 23; Mark 12:41; Mark 15:3; John 16:12; 2 Corinthians 8:22; 2 John 1:12; 3 John 1:13; πολλά καί ἀλλά, John 20:30. (On the Greek (and Latin) usage which treats the notion of multitude not as something external to a thing and consisting merely in a comparison of it with other things, but as an attribute inhering in the thing itself, and hence, capable of being co-ordinated with another attributive word by means of καί (which see, I. 3), see Kühner, § 523, 1 (or on Xenophon, mem. 1, 2, 24); Bäumlein, Partikeln, p. 146; Krüger, § 69, 32, 3; Lob. Paral., p. 60; Herm. ad Vig., p. 835; Winers Grammar, § 59, 3 at the end; Buttmann, 362f (311). Cf. Passow, under the word, I. 3 a.; Liddell and Scott, under II. 2.) β. adverbially (cf. Winers Grammar, 463 (432); Buttmann, § 128, 2), much: Mark ( T Tr marginal reading (?) WH (see ἀπορέω)); ; Romans 16:6, 12 (L brackets the clause); in many ways, James 3:2; with many words (R. V. much), with verbs of saying; as, κηρύσσειν, παρακαλεῖν, etc., Mark 1:45; Mark 3:12; Mark 5:10, 23, 43; 1 Corinthians 16:12; many times, often, repeatedly: Matthew 9:14 (R G Tr WH marginal reading) (and often in Greek writings from Homer down; cf. Passow, under the word, V. 1 a. vol. ii., p. 1013{b}; (Liddell and Scott, III. a.); Stallbaum on Plato, Phaedo, p. 61 c.); with the article πολλά, for the most part (R. V. these many times) (Vulg.plurimum), Romans 15:22 (L Tr marginal reading πολλάκις) (examples from Greek writings are given by Passow, the passage cited (Liddell and Scott, the passage cited), and by Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, iii., p. 281). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολύσπλαγχνος Transliteration: polysplanchnos Phonetic Spelling: pol-oo'-splankh-nos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: very compassionate Meaning: very compassionate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4184 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4184 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4184 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4184 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4184, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολύσπλαγχνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4184 polysplanchnos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: compassionate, pitiful. From polus and splagchnon (figuratively); extremely compassionate -- very pitiful. see GREEK polus see GREEK splagchnon Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4184: πολυεύσπλαγχνοςπολυεύσπλαγχνος, πολυευσπλαγχνον (πολύ and εὔσπλαγχνος), very tender-hearted, extremely full of pity: so a few minuscule manuscripts in James 5:11, where others have πολύσπλαγχνος, which see (Ecclesiastical and Byzantine writings.) STRONGS NT 4184: πολύσπλαγχνοςπολύσπλαγχνος, πολυσπλαγχνον (πολύς, and σπλάγχνον which see), full of pity, very kind: James 5:11; Hebrew חֶסֶד רַב, in the Sept. πολυέλεος. (Theod. Stud., p. 615.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολυτελής Transliteration: polytelēs Phonetic Spelling: pol-oo-tel-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: very costly Meaning: very costly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4185 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4185 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4185 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4185 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4185, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολυτελής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4185 polytelēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: costly, very precious, of great price. From polus and telos; extremely expensive -- costly, very precious, of great price. see GREEK polus see GREEK telos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4185: πολυτελήςπολυτελής, πολυτελές (πολύς, and τέλος cost) (from Herodotus down), precious; a. requiring great outlay, very costly: Mark 14:3; 1 Timothy 2:9. (Thucydides and following; the Sept.) b. excellent, of surpassing value (A. V. of great price): 1 Peter 3:4. ((Plato, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολύτιμος Transliteration: polytimos Phonetic Spelling: pol-oot'-ee-mos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: very precious Meaning: very precious GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4186 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4186 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4186 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4186 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4186, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολύτιμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4186 polytimos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: very costly, of great price. From polus and time; extremely valuable -- very costly, of great price. see GREEK polus see GREEK time Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4186: πολύτιμοςπολύτιμος, πολύτιμον (πολύς, τιμή), very valuable, of great price: Matthew 13:46; Matthew 26:7 L T Tr marginal reading; John 12:3; comparitive πολυτιμότερον, 1 Peter 1:7, where Rec. πολύ τιμιώτερον. (Plutarch, Pomp. 5; Herodian, 1, 17, 5 (3 edition, Bekker); Anthol., others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πολυτρόπως Transliteration: polytropōs Phonetic Spelling: pol-oot-rop'-oce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: in many ways Meaning: in many ways GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4187 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4187 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4187 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4187 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4187, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πολυτρόπως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4187 polytropōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: in many waysAdverb from a compound of polus and tropos; in many ways, i.e. Variously as to method or form -- in divers manners. see GREEK polus see GREEK tropos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4187: πολυτρόπωςπολυτρόπως (from πολυτρόπος, in use in various senses from Homer down), adverb, in many manners: Hebrews 1:1 ((Philo de incor. mund. § 24)); see πολυμερῶς. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόμα Transliteration: poma Phonetic Spelling: pom'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a drink Meaning: a drink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4188 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4188 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4188 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4188 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4188, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4188 poma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drink. From the alternate of pino; a beverage -- drink. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4188: πόμαπόμα (Attic πῶμα; (cf. Lob. Paralip., p. 425)), πόματος, τό (πίνω, πέπομαι), drink: 1 Corinthians 10:4; Hebrews 9:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πονηρία Transliteration: ponēria Phonetic Spelling: pon-ay-ree'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: iniquity Meaning: iniquity GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4189 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4189 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4189 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4189 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4189, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πονηρία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4189 ponēria 🕊 Strong's Concordance: iniquity, wickedness. From poneros; depravity, i.e. (specially), malice; plural (concretely) plots, sins -- iniquity, wickedness. see GREEK poneros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4189: πονηρίαπονηρία, πονηρίας, ἡ (πονηρός) (from Sophocles down), the Sept. for רֹעַ and רָעָה, depravity, iniquity, wickedness ((so A. V. almost uniformly)), malice: Matthew 22:18; Luke 11:39; Romans 1:29; 1 Corinthians 5:8; Ephesians 6:12; plural αἱ πονηρίαι (cf. Winers Grammar, § 27, 3; Buttmann, § 123, 2; R. V. wickednesses), evil purposes and desires, Mark 7:22; wicked ways (A. V. iniquities), Acts 3:26. (Synonym: see κακία, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πονηρός Transliteration: ponēros Phonetic Spelling: pon-ay-ros' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: toilsome, bad Meaning: toilsome, bad GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4190 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4190 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4190 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4190 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4190, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πονηρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4190 ponēros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: evil, grievousFrom a derivative of ponos; hurtful, i.e. Evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from kakos, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from sapros, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. Diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. Derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners -- bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also poneroteros. see GREEK ponos see GREEK kakos see GREEK sapros see GREEK poneroteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4190: πονηρόςπονηρός (on the accent cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 3 Göttling, Lehre v., Accent, p. 304f; (Chandler §§ 404, 405); Lipsius, Grammat. Untersuch., p. 26), πονηρά, πονηρόν; comparitive πονηρότερος (Matthew 12:45; Luke 11:26); (πονέω, πόνος); from Hesiod (Homer (ep. 15, 20), Theog.) down; the Sept. often for רַע ; 1. full of labors, annoyances, hardships; a. pressed and harassed by labors; thus Hercules is called πονηροτατος καί ἄριστος, Hesiod fragment 43, 5. b. bringing toils, annoyances, perils: (καιρός, Sir. 51:12); ἡμέρα πονηρά, of a time full of peril to Christian faith and steadfastness, Ephesians 5:16; Ephesians 6:13 (so in the plural ἡμέραι πονηραί the Epistle of Barnabas 2, 1 [ET]); causing pain and trouble (A. V. grievous), ἕλκος, Revelation 16:2. 2. bad, of a bad nature or condition; a. in a physical sense: ὀφθαλμός, diseased or blind, Matthew 6:23; Luke 11:34 (πονηρία ὀφθαλμῶν, Plato, Hipp., min., p. 374 d.; the Greeks use πονηρῶς ἔχειν or διακεῖσθαι of the sick; ἐκ γενετῆς πονηρούς ὑγιεῖς πεποιηκέναι, Justin Martyr, Apology 1, 22 ((cf. Otto's note); others take πονηρός in Matthew and Luke as above ethically; cf. b. and Meyer on Matt.)); καρπός, Matthew 7:17f. b. in an ethical sense, evil, wicked, bad, etc. ("this use of the word is due to its association with the working (largely the servile) class; not that contempt for labor is thereby expressed, for such words as ἐργάτης, δραστηρ, and the like, do not take on this evil sense, which connected itself only with a word expressive of unintermitted toil and carrying no suggestion of results" (cf. Schmidt, chapter 85, § 1); see κακία, at the end); of persons: Matthew 7:11; Matthew 12:34; Matthew 18:32; Matthew 25:26; Luke 6:45; Luke 11:13; Luke 19:22; Acts 17:5; 2 Thessalonians 3:2; 2 Timothy 3:13; γενεά πονηρά, Matthew 12:39, 45; Matthew 16:4; Luke 11:29; πνεῦμα πονηρόν, an evil spirit (see πνεῦμα, 3 c.), Matthew 12:45; Luke 7:21; Luke 8:2; Luke 11:26; Acts 19:12f, 15f; substantively οἱ πονηροί, the wicked, bad men, opposed to οἱ δίκαιοι, Matthew 13:49; πονηροί καί ἀγαθοί, Matthew 5:45; Matthew 22:10; ἀχάριστοι καί πονηροί, Luke 6:35; τόν πονηρόν, the wicked man, i. e. the evil-doer spoken of, 1 Corinthians 5:13; τῷ πονηρῷ, the evil man, who injures you, Matthew 5:39. ὁ πονηρός is used pre-eminently of the devil, the evil one: Matthew 5:37; Matthew 6:13; Matthew 13:19, 38; Luke 11:4 R L; John 17:15; 1 John 2:13; 1 John 3:12; 1 John 5:18f (on which see κεῖμαι, 2{c}); Ephesians 6:16. of things: αἰών, Galatians 1:4; ὄνομα (which see 1, p. 447a bottom), Luke 6:22; ῤᾳδιούργημα, Acts 18:14; the heart as a storehouse out of which a man brings forth πονηρά words is called θησαυρός πονηρός, Matthew 12:35; Luke 6:45; συνείδησις πονηρά, a soul conscious of wickedness (conscious wickedness; see συνείδησις, b. sub at the end), Hebrews 10:22; καρδία πονηρά ἀπιστίας, an evil heart such as is revealed in distrusting (cf. Buttmann, § 132, 24; Winer's Grammar, § 30, 4), Hebrews 3:12; ὀφθαλμός (which see), Matthew 20:15; Mark 7:22; διαλογισμοί, Matthew 15:19; James 2:4; ὑπόνοιαι, 1 Timothy 6:4; καύχησις; James 4:16; ῤῆμα, a reproach, Matthew 5:11 (R G; others omit ῤῆμα); λόγοι, 3 John 1:10; ἔργα, John 3:19; John 7:7; 1 John 3:12; 2 John 1:11; Colossians 1:21; ἔργον (according to the context) wrong committed against me, 2 Timothy 4:18; αἰτία, charge of crime, Acts 25:18 L T Tr marginal reading WH marginal reading The neuter πονηρόν, and τό πονηρόν, substantively, evil, that which is wicked: εἶδος πονηροῦ (see εἶδος, 2; (others take πονηροῦ here as an adjective, and bring the example under εἶδος, 1 (R. V. marginal reading appearance of evil))), 1 Thessalonians 5:22; 2 Thessalonians 3:3 (where τοῦ πονηροῦ is held by many to be the genitive of the masculine ὁ πονηρός, but cf. Lünemann ad loc.); (τί πονηρόν, Acts 28:21); opposed to τό ἀγαθόν, Luke 6:45; Romans 12:9; plural (Winer's Grammar, § 34, 2), Matthew 9:4; Luke 3:19; wicked deeds, Acts 25:18 Tr text WH text; ταῦτα τά πονηρά, these evil things i. e. the vices just enumerated, Mark 7:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πονηρότερα Transliteration: ponērotera Phonetic Spelling: pon-ay-rot'-er-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: more wicked Meaning: more wicked GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4191 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4191 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4191 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4191 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4191, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πονηρότερα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4191 ponērotera 🕊 Strong's Concordance: more wicked. Comparative of poneros; more evil -- more wicked. see GREEK poneros |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόνος Transliteration: ponos Phonetic Spelling: pon'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: labor Meaning: labor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4192 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4192 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4192 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4192 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4192, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4192 ponos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pain. From the base of penes; toil, i.e. (by implication) anguish -- pain. see GREEK penes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4192: πόνοςπόνος, πόνου, ὁ (πένομαι (see πένης)), from Homer down, the Sept. for עָמָל, יְגִיעַ , etc., labor, toil; 1. equivalent to great trouble, intense desire: ὑπέρ τίνος (genitive of person), Colossians 4:13 (where Rec. has ζῆλον (cf. Lightfoot at the passage)). 2. pain: Revelation 16:10; Revelation 21:4. (Synonym: see κόπος, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ποντικός Transliteration: Pontikos Phonetic Spelling: pon-tik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of Pontus Meaning: of Pontus GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4193 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4193 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4193 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4193 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4193, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ποντικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4193 Pontikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: born in Pontus. From Pontos; a Pontican, i.e. Native of Pontus -- born in Pontus. see GREEK Pontos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4193: ΠοντικόςΠοντικός, Ποντικη, Ποντικόν (Πόντος, which see), belonging to Pontus, born in Pontus: Acts 18:2. ((Herodotus, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πόντιος Transliteration: Pontios Phonetic Spelling: pon'-tee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Pontius (Pilate), a governor of Judea Meaning: Pontius (Pilate) -- a governor of Judea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4194 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4194 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4194 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4194 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4194, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πόντιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4194 Pontios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pontius. Of Latin origin; apparently bridged; Pontius, a Roman -- Pontius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4194: ΠόντιοςΠόντιος, Ποντίου, ὁ, Pontius (a Roman name), the praenomen of Pilate, procurator of Judaea (see Πιλᾶτος): Matthew 27:2 (R G L); Luke 3:1; Acts 4:27; 1 Timothy 6:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πόντος Transliteration: Pontos Phonetic Spelling: pon'-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: "a sea", Pontus, a region of Asia Minor Meaning: Pontus -- "a sea", a region of Asia Minor GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4195 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4195 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4195 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4195 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4195, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πόντος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4195 Pontos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pontus. A sea; Pontus, a region of Asia Minor -- Pontus. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4195: ΠόντοςΠόντος, Πόντου, ὁ, Pontus, a region of eastern Asia Minor, bounded by the Euxine Sea (from which circumstance it took its name), Armenia, Cappadocia, Galatia, Paphlagonia (BB. DD., under the word; Ed. Meyer, Gesch. d. Königreiches Pontos (Leip. 1879)): Acts 2:9; 1 Peter 1:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πόπλιος Transliteration: Poplios Phonetic Spelling: pop'-lee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Publius, an inhabitant of Malta Meaning: Publius -- an inhabitant of Malta GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4196 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4196 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4196 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4196 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4196, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πόπλιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4196 Poplios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Publius. Of Latin origin; apparently "popular"; Poplius (i.e. Publius), a Roman -- Publius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4196: ΠόπλιοςΠόπλιος, Ποπλίου, ὁ, Publius (a Roman name), the name of a chief magistrate ((Greek ὁ πρῶτος) but see Dr. Woolsey's addition to the article 'Publius' in B. D. (American edition)) of the island of Melita; nothing more is known of him: Acts 28:7, 8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορεία Transliteration: poreia Phonetic Spelling: por-i'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a journey Meaning: a journey GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4197 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4197 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4197 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4197 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4197, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4197 poreia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: journey, way. From poreuomai; travel (by land); figuratively (plural) proceedings, i.e. Career -- journey(-ing), ways. see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4197: πορείαπορεία, πορείας, ἡ (πορεύω), from Aeschylus down; the Sept. for הֲלִיכָה; a journey: Luke 13:22 (see ποιέω, I. 3); Hebraistically (see ὁδός, 2 a.), a going i. e. purpose, pursuit, undertaking: James 1:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορεύομαι Transliteration: poreuomai Phonetic Spelling: por-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go Meaning: to go GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4198 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4198 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4198 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4198 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4198, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4198 poreuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: depart, go forth, walk. Middle voice from a derivative of the same as peira; to traverse, i.e. Travel (literally or figuratively; especially to remove (figuratively, die), live, etc.); --depart, go (away, forth, one's way, up), (make a, take a) journey, walk. see GREEK peira Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4198: πορεύωπορεύω: to lead over, carry over, transfer (Pindar, Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato, others); middle (from Herodotus down), present πορεύομαι; imperfect ἐπορευόμην; future πορεύσομαι; perfect participle πεπορευμένος; 1 aorist subjunctive 1 person plural πορευσώμεθα (James 4:13 Rec.st Griesbach); 1 aorist passive ἐπορεύθην; (πόρος a ford (cf. English pore i. e. passage through; Curtius, § 356; Vanicek, p. 479)); the Sept. often for הָלַך, הִתְהַלֵּך, יָלַך; properly, to lead oneself across; i. e. to take one's way, betake oneself, set out, depart; a. properly: τήν ὁδόν μου, to pursue the journey on which one has entered, continue one's journey (A. V. go on one's way), Acts 8:39; πορεύειν followed by ἀπό with a genitive of place, to depart from, Matthew 24:1 (R G); ἀπό with a genitive of the person, Matthew 25:41; Luke 4:42; ἐκεῖθεν, Matthew 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Luke 13:31; followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, to go, depart, to some place: Matthew 2:20; Matthew 17:27; Mark 16:12; Luke 1:39; Luke 2:41; Luke 22:39; Luke 24:13; John 7:35; John 8:1; Acts 1:11, 25; Acts 20:1; Romans 15:24; James 4:13, etc.; with an accusative denoting the state: εἰς εἰρήνην, Luke 7:50; Luke 8:48 (also ἐν εἰρήνη, Acts 16:36; see εἰρήνη, 3); εἰς θάνατον, Luke 22:33; followed by ἐπί with an accusative of place, Matthew 22:9; Acts 8:26; Acts 9:11; ἐπί with the accusative of a person Acts 25:12; ἕως with a genitive of place, Acts 23:23; ποῦ (which see) for ποῖ, John 7:35; οὗ (see ὅς, II. 11 a.) for ὅποι, Luke 24:28; 1 Corinthians 16:6; πρός with the accusative of a person, Matthew 25:9; Matthew 26:14; Luke 11:5; Luke 15:18; Luke 16:30; John 14:12, 28; John 16:28; John 20:17; Acts 27:3; Acts 28:26; κατά τήν ὁδόν,Acts 8:36; διά with a genitive of place, Matthew 12:1; (Mark 9:30 L text Tr text WH text); the purpose of the journey is indicated by an infinitive: Matthew 28:8-9Rec.; Luke 2:3; Luke 14:19, 31; John 14:2; by the preposition ἐπί with an accusative (cf. ἐπί, C. I. 1 f.), Luke 15:4; followed by ἵνα, John 11:11; by σύν with a dative of the attendance, Luke 7:6; Acts 10:20; Acts 26:13; 1 Corinthians 16:4; ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, to go before one, John 10:4. absolutely equivalent to to depart, go one's way: Matthew 2:9; Matthew 8:9; Matthew 11:7; Matthew 28:11; Luke 7:8; Luke 17:19; John 4:50; John 8:11; John 14:3; Acts 5:20; Acts 8:27; Acts 21:5; Acts 22:21, etc.; equivalent to to be on one's way, to journey: (Luke 8:42 L Tr marginal reading); ; Acts 9:3; Acts 22:6. to enter upon a journey; to go to do something: 1 Corinthians 10:27; Luke 10:37. In accordance with the oriental fashion of describing an action circumstantially, the participle πορευόμενος or πορευθείς is placed before a finite verb which designates some other action (cf. ἀνίστημι, II. 1 c. and ἔρχομαι, I. 1 a. α., p. 250b bottom): Matthew 2:8; Matthew 9:13 (on which cf. the rabbinical phrase וּלְמֹד צֵא (cf. Schoettgen or Wetstein at the passage)); ; Luke 7:22; Luke 9:13, 52; Luke 13:32; Luke 14:10; Luke 15:15; Luke 17:14; Luke 22:8; 1 Peter 3:19. b. By a Hebraism, metaphorically, α. to depart from life: Luke 22:22; so הָלַך, Genesis 15:2; Psalm 39:14. β. ὀπίσω τίνος, to follow one, i. e. become his adherent (cf. Buttmann, 184 (160)): Luke 21:8 (Judges 2:12; 1 Kings 11:10; Sir. 46:10); to seek (cf. English run after) anything, 2 Peter 2:10. γ. to lead or order one's life (see περιπατέω, b. α. and ὁδός, 2 a.); followed by ἐν with a dative of the thing to which one's life is given up: ἐν ἀσελγείαις, 1 Peter 4:3; ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ κυρίου, Luke 1:6; κατά τάς ἐπιθυμίας, 2 Peter 3:3; Jude 1:16, 18; ταῖς ὁδοῖς μου, dative of place (to walk in one's own ways), to follow one's moral preferences, Acts 14:16; τῇ ὁδῷ τίνος, to imitate one, to follow his ways, Jude 1:11; τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, Acts 9:31; see Winers Grammar, § 31, 9; Buttmann, § 133, 22 b.; ὑπό μεριμνῶν, to lead a life subject to cares, Luke 8:14, cf. Bornemann at the passage; (Meyer edition Weiss at the passage; yet see ὑπό, I. 2 a.; Winers Grammar, 369 (346) note; Buttmann, § 147, 29; R. V. as they go on their way they are choked with cares, etc. Compare: διαπορεύω, εἰσπορεύω (μαι), ἐκπορεύω (ἐκπορεύομαι), ἐνπορεύω (ἐνπορεύομαι), ἐπιπορεύω (ἐπιπορεύομαι), παραπορεύω (παραπορεύομαι), προπορεύω, προσπορεύω (προσπορεύομαι), συνπορεύω (συνπορεύομαι). Synonym: see ἔρχομαι, at the end) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορθέω Transliteration: portheō Phonetic Spelling: por-theh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to destroy Meaning: to destroy GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4199 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4199 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4199 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4199 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4199, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορθέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4199 portheō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: destroy, waste. Prolongation from pertho (to sack); to ravage (figuratively) -- destroy, waste. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4199: πορθέωπορθέω: imperfect ἐπόρθουν; 1 aorist participle πορθήσας; (πέρθω, πεπορθα, to lay waste); from Homer down; to destroy, to overthrow (R. V. uniformly to make havock): τινα, Acts 9:21; τήν ἐκκλησίαν, Galatians 1:13; τήν πίστιν, ibid. 23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορισμός Transliteration: porismos Phonetic Spelling: por-is-mos' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a providing, a means of gain Meaning: a providing, a means of gain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4200 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4200 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4200 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4200 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4200, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορισμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4200 porismos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gain. From a derivative of poros (a way, i.e. Means); furnishing (procuring), i.e. (by implication) money-getting (acquisition) -- gain. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4200: πορισμόςπορισμός, πορισμοῦ, ὁ (πορίζω to cause a thing to get on well, to carry forward, to convey, to acquire; middle to bring about or procure for oneself, to gain; from πόρος (cf. πορεύω)); a. acquisition, gain (Wis. 13:19 Wis. 14:2; Polybius, Josephus, Plutarch). b. a source of gain: 1 Timothy 6:5f (Plutarch Cat. Maj. 25; (Test xii. Patr., test. Isa. § 4)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πόρκιος Transliteration: Porkios Phonetic Spelling: por'-kee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Porcius (Festus), a governor of Judea Meaning: Porcius (Festus) -- a governor of Judea GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4201 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4201 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4201 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4201 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4201, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πόρκιος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4201 Porkios 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Porcius. Of Latin origin; apparently swinish; Porcius, a Roman -- Porcius. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4201: ΠόρκιοςΠόρκιος, see Φῆστος. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορνεία Transliteration: porneia Phonetic Spelling: por-ni'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: fornication Meaning: fornication GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4202 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4202 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4202 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4202 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4202, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορνεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4202 porneia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fornication. From porneuo; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry -- fornication. see GREEK porneuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4202: πορνείαπορνεία, πορνείας, ἡ (πορνεύω), the Sept. for תַּזְנוּת, זְנוּת, זְנוּנִים, fornication (Vulg.fornicatio (and (Revelation 19:2)prostitutio)); used a. properly, of illicit sexual intercourse in general (Demosthenes, 403, 27; 433, 25): Acts 15:20, 29; Acts 21:25 (that this meaning must be adopted in these passages will surprise no one who has learned from 1 Corinthians 6:12ff how leniently converts from among the heathen regarded this vice and how lightly they indulged in it; accordingly, all other interpretations of the term, such as of marriages within the prohibited degrees and the like, are to be rejected); Romans 1:29 Rec.; 1 Corinthians 5:1; 1 Corinthians 6:13, 18; 1 Corinthians 7:2; 2 Corinthians 12:21; Ephesians 5:3; Colossians 3:5; 1 Thessalonians 4:3; Revelation 9:21; it is distinguished from μοιχεία in Matthew 15:19; Mark 7:21; and Galatians 5:19 Rec.; used of adultery ((cf. Hosea 2:2 (4), etc.)), Matthew 5:32; Matthew 19:9. b. In accordance with a form of speech common in the O. T. and among the Jews which represents the close relationship existing between Jehovah and his people under the figure of a marriage (cf. Gesenius, Thesaurus, i., p. 422{a} following), πορνεία is used metaphorically of the worship of idols: Revelation 14:8; Revelation 17:2, 4; Revelation 18:3; Revelation 19:2; ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα (we are not of a people given to idolatry), ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν τόν Θεόν, John 8:41 (ἄθεος μέν ὁ ἄγονος, πολύθεος δέ ὁ ἐκ πόρνης, τυφλωττων περί τόν ἀληθῆ πατέρα καί διά τοῦτο πολλούς ἀνθ' ἑνός γονεῖς αἰνιττόμενος, Philo de mig. Abr. § 12; τέκνα πορνείας, of idolaters, Hosea 1:2; (but in John, the passage cited others understand physical descent to be spoken of (cf. Meyer))); of the defilement of idolatry, as incurred by eating the sacrifices offered to idols, Revelation 2:21. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορνεύω Transliteration: porneuō Phonetic Spelling: porn-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to commit fornication Meaning: to commit fornication GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4203 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4203 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4203 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4203 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4203, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορνεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4203 porneuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: commit fornication. From porne; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry -- commit (fornication). see GREEK porne Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4203: πορνεύωπορνεύω; 1 aorist ἐπόρνευσα; (πόρνος, πόρνη which see); the Sept. for זָנָה; in Greek writings ((Herodotus), Demosthenes, Aeschines, Dio Cassius, Lucian, others) 1. to prostitute one's body to the lust of another. In the Scriptures 2. to give oneself to unlawful sexual intercourse; to commit fornication (Vulg.fornicor): 1 Corinthians 6:18; 1 Corinthians 10:8; Revelation 2:14, 20; (Mark 10:19 WH (rejected) marginal reading). 3. by a Hebraism (see πορνεία, b.) metaphorically, to be given to idolatry, to worship idols: 1 Chronicles 5:25; Psalm 72:27 (); Jeremiah 3:6; Ezekiel 23:19; Hosea 9:1, etc.; μετά τίνος, to permit oneself to be drawn away by another into idolatry, Revelation 17:2; Revelation 18. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόρνη Transliteration: pornē Phonetic Spelling: por'-nay Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a prostitute Meaning: a prostitute GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4204 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4204 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4204 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4204 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4204, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόρνη [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4204 pornē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prostitute, harlotFeminine of pornos; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater -- harlot, whore. see GREEK pornos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4204: πόρνηπόρνη, πόρνης, ἡ (from περάω, πέρνημι, to sell; Curtius, § 358), properly a woman who sells her body for sexual uses (cf. Xenophon, mem. 1, 6, 13), the Sept. for זונָה; 1. properly, a prostitute, a harlot, one who yields herself to defilement for the sake of gain (Aristophanes, Demosthenes, others); in the N. T. universally, any woman indulging in unlawful sexual intercourse, whether for gain or for lust: Matthew 21:31; Luke 15:30; 1 Corinthians 6:15; Hebrews 11:31; James 2:25. 2. Hebraistically (see πορνεία, b. and πορνεύω, 3), metaphorically, an idolatress; so of 'Babylon' i. e. Rome, the chief seat of idolatry: Revelation 17:1, 5, 15; Revelation 19:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόρνος Transliteration: pornos Phonetic Spelling: por'-nos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a fornicator Meaning: a fornicator GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4205 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4205 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4205 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4205 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4205, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόρνος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4205 pornos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: fornicator, whoremonger. From pernemi (to sell; akin to the base of piprasko); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine) -- fornicator, whoremonger. see GREEK piprasko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4205: πόρνοςπόρνος, πορνου, ὁ (for the etym. see πόρνη), a man who prostitutes his body to another's lust for hire, a male prostitute, ((Aristophanes), Xenophon, Demosthenes, Aeschines, Lucian); universally, a man who indulges in unlawful sexual intercourse, a fornicator (Vulg.fornicator,fornicarius (Revelation 22:15impudicus)): 1 Corinthians 5:9-11; 1 Corinthians 6:9; Ephesians 5:5; 1 Timothy 1:10; Hebrews 12:16; Hebrews 13:4; Revelation 21:8; Revelation 22:15. (Sir. 23:16f.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόρρω Transliteration: porrō Phonetic Spelling: por'-rho Part of Speech: Adverb; Adverb, Comparative Short Definition: far off Meaning: far off GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4206 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4206 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4206 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4206 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4206, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόρρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4206 porrō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: far, a great way off. Adverb from pro; forwards, i.e. At a distance -- far, a great way off. See also porrhothen. see GREEK pro see GREEK porrhothen Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4206: πόρρωπόρρω ((allied with πρό, Curtius, § 380)), adverb (from Plato, Xenophon down),far, at a distance, a great way off: Matthew 15:8; Mark 7:6; Luke 14:32 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 2 a.; Buttmann, § 129, 11); comparitive πορρωτέρω, in L Tr WH πορρώτερον ((Polybius, others)),further: Luke 24:28. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόρρωθεν Transliteration: porrōthen Phonetic Spelling: por'-rho-then Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: from afar Meaning: from afar GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4207 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4207 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4207 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4207 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4207, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόρρωθεν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4207 porrōthen 🕊 Strong's Concordance: afar off. From porrho with adverbial enclitic of source; from far, or (by implication) at a distance, i.e. Distantly -- afar off. see GREEK porrho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4207: πόρρωθενπόρρωθεν (πόρρω), adverb (from Plato on),from afar, afar off: Luke 17:12; Hebrews 11:13; the Sept. chiefly for מֵרָחוק. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορρωτέρω Transliteration: porrōterō Phonetic Spelling: por-rho-ter'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: farther Meaning: farther GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4208 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4208 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4208 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4208 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4208, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορρωτέρω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4208 porrōterō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: farther. Adverb comparative of porrho; further, i.e. A greater distance -- farther. see GREEK porrho |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορφύρα Transliteration: porphyra Phonetic Spelling: por-foo'-rah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: purple fish, purple dye, purple cloth Meaning: purple fish, purple dye, purple cloth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4209 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4209 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4209 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4209 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4209, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορφύρα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4209 porphyra 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purpleOf Latin origin; the "purple" mussel, i.e. (by implication) the red-blue color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it -- purple. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4209: πορφύραπορφύρα, πορφύρας, ἡ, the Sept. for אַרְגָמָן; 1. the purple-fish, a species of shell-fish or mussel: (Aeschylus, Sophocles), Isocrates, Aristotle, others; add 1 Macc. 4:23, on which see Grimm; (cf. B. D., under the word 1). 2. a fabric colored with the purple dye, a garment made from purple cloth (so from Aeschylus down): Mark 15:17, 20; Luke 16:19; Revelation 17:4 Rec.; . |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορφυροῦς Transliteration: porphyrous Phonetic Spelling: por-foo-rooce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: purple Meaning: purple GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4210 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4210 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4210 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4210 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4210, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορφυροῦς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4210 porphyrous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purple. From porphura; purpureal, i.e. Bluish red -- purple. see GREEK porphura Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4210: πορφύρεοςπορφύρεος, πορφυρεα, πορφυρεον, in Attic and in the N. T. contracted πορφυροῦς, πορφύρα, πορφυροῦν (πορφύρα), from Homer down, purple, dyed in purple, made of a purple fabric: John 19:2, 5; πορφυροῦν namely, ἔνδυμα ((Buttmann, 82 (72)); cf. Winer's Grammar, p. 591 (550)), Revelation 17:4 (G L T Tr WH); Revelation 18:16. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πορφυρόπωλις Transliteration: porphyropōlis Phonetic Spelling: por-foo-rop'-o-lis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a seller of purple fabrics Meaning: a seller of purple fabrics GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4211 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4211 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4211 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4211 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4211, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πορφυρόπωλις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4211 porphyropōlis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: dealer of purple cloth. Feminine of a compound of porphura and poleo; a female trader in purple cloth -- seller of purple. see GREEK porphura see GREEK poleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4211: πορφυρόπωλιςπορφυρόπωλις, πορφυροπωλιδος, ἡ (πορφύρα and πωλέω), a female seller of purple or of fabrics dyed in purple (Vulg.purpuraria): Acts 16:14. (Photius, Suidas, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποσάκις Transliteration: posakis Phonetic Spelling: pos-ak'-is Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: how often? Meaning: how often? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4212 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4212 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4212 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4212 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4212, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποσάκις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4212 posakis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: how often. Multiplicative from posos; how many times -- how oft(-en). see GREEK posos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4212: ποσάκιςποσάκις (πόσος), adverb, how often: Matthew 18:21; Matthew 23:37; Luke 13:34. ((Platos epistle, Aristotle, others.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόσις Transliteration: posis Phonetic Spelling: pos'-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a drinking, a drink Meaning: a drinking, a drink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4213 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4213 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4213 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4213 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4213, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4213 posis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: drink. From the alternate of pino; a drinking (the act), i.e. (concretely) a draught -- drink. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4213: πόσιςπόσις, ποσεως, ἡ (πίνω), from Homer down, a drinking, drink: John 6:55; Romans 14:17; Colossians 2:16 (see βρῶσις). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πόσος Transliteration: posos Phonetic Spelling: pos'-os Part of Speech: Correlative Or Interrogative Pronoun Short Definition: how much? how great? Meaning: how much? how great? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4214 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4214 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4214 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4214 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4214, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πόσος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4214 posos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: how greatFrom an absolute pos (who, what) and hos; interrogative pronoun (of amount) how much (large, long or (plural) many) -- how great (long, many), what. see GREEK hos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4214: πόσοςπόσος, πόση, πόσον ((cf. Curtius, § 631), from Aeschylus down, Latinquantus), how great: Matthew 6:23; 2 Corinthians 7:11; πόσος χρόνος, how great (a space) i. e. how long time, Mark 9:21; neuter how much, Luke 16:5, 7; πόσῳ (by) how much, Matthew 12:12; πόσῳ μᾶλλον, Matthew 7:11; Matthew 10:25; Luke 11:13; Luke 12:24, 28; Romans 11:12, 24; Philemon 1:16; Hebrews 9:14; πόσῳ χείρονος τιμωρίας, Hebrews 10:29; plural how many: with nouns, Matthew 15:34; Matthew 16:9; Mark 6:38; Mark 8:4, 19; Luke 15:17; Acts 21:20; πόσα, how grave, Matthew 27:13; Mark 15:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποταμός Transliteration: potamos Phonetic Spelling: pot-am-os' Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a river Meaning: a river GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4215 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4215 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4215 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4215 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4215, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποταμός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4215 potamos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: flood, river, stream, water. Probably from a derivative of the alternate of pino (compare potos); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. Running water -- flood, river, stream, water. see GREEK pino see GREEK potos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4215: ποταμόςποταμός, ποταμοῦ, ὁ, from Homer down, the Sept. for נָהָר and יְאֹר, a stream, a river: Matthew 3:6 L T Tr WH; Mark 1:5; Acts 16:13; 2 Corinthians 11:26 (Winer's Grammar, § 30, 2 a.); Revelation 8:10; Revelation 9:14; Revelation 12:15; Revelation 16:4, 12; Revelation 22:1f; equivalent to a torrent, Matthew 7:25, 27; Luke 6:48; Revelation 12:15f; plural figuratively equivalent to the greatest abundance (cf. colloquial English streams, floods), John 7:38. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποταμοφόρητος Transliteration: potamophorētos Phonetic Spelling: pot-am-of-or'-ay-tos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: carried away by a stream Meaning: carried away by a stream GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4216 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4216 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4216 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4216 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4216, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποταμοφόρητος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4216 potamophorētos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: carried away by flood. From potamos and a derivative of phoreo; river-borne, i.e. Overwhelmed by a stream -- carried away of the flood. see GREEK potamos see GREEK phoreo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4216: ποταμοφόρητοςποταμοφόρητος, ποταμοφορητου, ὁ (ποταμός and φορέω; like ἀνεμοφορητος (cf. Winers Grammar, 100 (94))), carried away by a stream (i. e. whelmed, drowned in the waters): Revelation 12:15. Besides only in Hesychius under the word ἀπόερσε. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποταπός Transliteration: potapos Phonetic Spelling: pot-ap-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: from what country? Meaning: from what country? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4217 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4217 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4217 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4217 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4217, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποταπός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4217 potapos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: what manner of. Apparently from pote and the base of pou; interrogatively, whatever, i.e. Of what possible sort -- what (manner of). see GREEK pote see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4217: ποταπόςποταπός ((in Dionysius Halicarnassus, Josephus, Philo, others) for the older ποδαπός (cf. Lob. Phryn., p. 56f; Rutherford, New Phryn., p. 129; Winers Grammar, 24; Curtius, p. 537, 5th edition); according to the Greek grammarians equivalent to ἐκ ποίου δαπεδου, from what region; according to the conjecture of others equivalent to ποῦ ἀπό ((Buttmann, Lexil. 1:126, compares the German wovon)), the delta δ' being inserted for the sake of euphony, as in the Latinprodire, prodesse; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 554f (still others regard (δαπος merely as an ending; cf. Apollonius Dyscolus, Buttmann's edition, the index under the word)), ποταπή, ποταπον; 1. from what country, race, or tribe? so from Aeschylus down. 2. from Demosth. down also equivalent to ποῖος, of what sort or quality? (what manner of?): absolutely of persons, Matthew 8:27; 2 Peter 3:11; with a person noun, Luke 7:39; with names of things, Mark 13:1; Luke 1:29; 1 John 3:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποτέ Transliteration: pote Phonetic Spelling: pot-eh' Part of Speech: Particle, Disjunctive Particle Short Definition: once, ever Meaning: once, ever GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4218 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4218 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4218 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4218 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4218, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποτέ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4218 pote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: formerly, in the old time From the base of pou and te; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever -- afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n-)ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when. see GREEK pou see GREEK te Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4218: ποτέποτέ, an enclitic particle, from Homer down; 1. once, i. e. at some time or other, formerly, aforetime; a. of the Past: John 9:13; Romans 7:9; Romans 11:30; Galatians 1:13, 23 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 15, 7); Ephesians 2:2f, 11, 13; Ephesians 5:8; Colossians 1:21; Colossians 3:7; 1 Thessalonians 2:5; Titus 3:3; Philemon 1:11; 1 Peter 2:10; 1 Peter 3:5, 20; ἤδη πότε, now at length, Philippians 4:10. b. of the future: Luke 22:32; ἤδη πότε, now at length, Romans 1:10. 2. ever: after a negative, οὐδείς πότε, Ephesians 5:29 (Buttmann, 202 (175).); οὐ ... πότε, 2 Peter 1:21; μή πότε (see μήποτε); after οὐ μή with the aorist subjunctive 2 Peter 1:10; in a question, τίς πότε, 1 Corinthians 9:7; Hebrews 1:5, 13; ὁποῖοί πότε, whatsoever, Galatians 2:6 (but some would render πότε here formerly, once; cf. Lightfoot ad loc.). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πότε Transliteration: pote Phonetic Spelling: pot'-eh Part of Speech: Particle, Interrogative Short Definition: when? Meaning: when? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4219 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4219 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4219 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4219 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4219, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πότε [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4219 pote 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whenFrom the base of pou and te; interrogative adverb, at what time -- + how long, when. see GREEK pou see GREEK te Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4219: πότεπότε (Curtius, § 631), direct interrogative adverb, from Homer down, when? at what time? Matthew 25:37-39, 44; Luke 21:7; John 6:25; loosely used (as sometimes even by Attic wrk.) for the relative ὁπότε in indirect questions (Winer's Grammar, 510 (475)): Matthew 24:3; Mark 13:4, 33, 35; Luke 12:36; Luke 17:20. ἕως πότε, how long? in direct questions (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 6 at the end; Buttmann, § 146, 4): Matthew 17:17; Mark 9:19; Luke 9:41; John 10:24; Revelation 6:10. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πότερος Transliteration: poteros Phonetic Spelling: pot'-er-on Part of Speech: Adverb, Interrogative Short Definition: which of two Meaning: which of two GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4220 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4220 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4220 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4220 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4220, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πότερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4220 poteros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: whether. Neuter of a comparative of the base of pou; interrogative as adverb, which (of two), i.e. Is it this or that -- whether. see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4220: πότεροςπότερος, ποτερα, πότερον (from Homer down), which of two; πότερον ... ἡ,utrum ... an, whether ... or (Winers Grammar, § 57, 1 b.; Buttmann, 250 (215)): John 7:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποτήριον Transliteration: potērion Phonetic Spelling: pot-ay'-ree-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a wine cup Meaning: a wine cup GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4221 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4221 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4221 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4221 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4221, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποτήριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4221 potērion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cup. Neuter of a derivative of the alternate of pino; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. A cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate -- cup. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4221: ποτήριονποτήριον, ποτηρίου, τό (diminutive of ποτήρ), a cup, a drinking vessel; a. properly: Matthew 23:25; Matthew 26:27; Mark 7:4, 8 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); Mark 14:23; Luke 11:39; Luke 22:17, 20; 1 Corinthians 11:25; Revelation 17:4; πίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου, 1 Corinthians 11:28; τό ποτήριον τῆς ἐυλογιασς (see εὐλογία, 4), 1 Corinthians 10:16; with a genitive of the thing with which the cup is filled: ψυχροῦ, Matthew 10:42; ὕδατος, Mark 9:41; by metonymy, of the container for the contained, the contents of the cup, what is offered to be drunk, Luke 22:20b ((WH reject the passage) cf. Winer's 635f (589f)); 1 Corinthians 11:25f; τό ποτήριον τίνος, genitive of the person giving the entertainment (cf. Rückert, Abendmahl, p. 217f): πίνειν, 1 Corinthians 10:21 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 189 (178)); (cf. Winers Grammar, 411 (410)). b. By a figure common to Hebrew, Arabic, Syriac, and not unknown to Latin writers, one's lot or experience, whether joyous or adverse, divine appointments, whether favorable or unfavorable, are likened to a cup which God presents one to drink (cf. Winer's Grammar, 32): so of prosperity, Psalm 15:5 (); Psalm 22:5 (); Psalm 115:13 (); of adversity, Psalm 10:6 (); Psalm 74:9 (); Isaiah 51:17, 22. In the N. T. of the bitter lot (the sufferings) of Christ: Matthew 26:39, 42 Rec.; Mark 14:36; Luke 22:42; John 18:11; πίνειν τό ποτήριον μου or ὁ ἐγώ πίνω, to undergo the same calamities which I undergo, Matthew 20:22, 23; Mark 10:38, 39 (Plautus Cas. 5, 2, 53 (50) ut senex hoc eodem poculo quod ego bibi biberet, i. e. that he might be treated as harshly as I was); used of the divine penalties: Revelation 14:10; Revelation 16:19; Revelation 18:6. ((Alcaeus, Sappho), Herodotus, Ctesias (), Aristophanes, Lucian, others; the Sept. for כּוס.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποτίζω Transliteration: potizō Phonetic Spelling: pot-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give to drink Meaning: to give to drink GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4222 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4222 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4222 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4222 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4222, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποτίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4222 potizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: give drink, feed, water. From a derivative of the alternate of pino; to furnish drink, irrigate -- give (make) to drink, feed, water. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4222: ποτίζωποτίζω; imperfect ἐπότιζον; 1 aorist ἐπότισα; perfect πεποτικα (Revelation 14:8); 1 aorist passive ἐποτίσθην; (πότος); from (Hippocrates), Xenophon, Plato down; the Sept. for הִשְׁקָה; to give to drink, to furnish drink, (Vulg. in 1 Corinthians 12:13 and Revelation 14:8poto (but in Revelation, the passage cited Tdf. givespotiono; A. V. to make to drink)): τινα, Matthew 25:35, 37, 42; Matthew 27:48; Mark 15:36; Luke 13:15; Romans 12:20; τινα τί, to offer one anything to drink (Winers Grammar, § 32, 4 a.; (Buttmann, § 131, 6)): Matthew 10:42; Mark 9:41, and often in the Sept.; in figurative discourse ποτίζειν τινα γάλα, to give one teaching easy to be apprehended, 1 Corinthians 3:2 (where by zeugma οὐ βρῶμα is added; (cf. Winers Grammar, § 66, 2 e.; Buttmann, § 151, 30; A. V. I have fed you with milk, etc.)); τινα ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου, Revelation 14:8 (see οἶνος, b. and θυμός, 2); equivalent to to water, irrigate (plants, fields, etc.): 1 Corinthians 3:6-8 (Xenophon, symp. 2, 25; Lucian, Athen., Geoponica, (Strabo, Philo); the Sept. (Genesis 13:10); Ezekiel 17:7); metaphorically, to imbue, saturate, τινα, one's mind, with the addition of an accusative of the thing, ἕν πνεῦμα, in the passive, 1 Corinthians 12:18 L T Tr WH (Winers Grammar, § 32, 5; Buttmann, § 134, 5); εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα, that we might be united into one body which is imbued with one spirit, ibid. R G (τινα πνεύματι κατανύξεως, Isaiah 29:10 (cf. Sir. 15:3)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Ποτίολοι Transliteration: Potioloi Phonetic Spelling: pot-ee'-ol-oy Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Puteoli, a city on the Bay of Naples Meaning: Puteoli -- a city on the Bay of Naples GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4223 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4223 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4223 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4223 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4223, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Ποτίολοι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4223 Potioloi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Puteoli. Of Latin origin; little wells, i.e. Mineral springs; Potioli (i.e. Puteoli), a place in Italy -- Puteoli. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4223: ΠοτίολοιΠοτίολοι, Ποτιολων, οἱ, Puteoli, a city of Campania in Italy, situated on the Bay of Naples, now called Pozzuoli: Acts 28:13. (Cf. Lewin, St. Paul, ii. 218ff; Smith, Dict. of Geog. under the word.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πότος Transliteration: potos Phonetic Spelling: pot'-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a drinking bout Meaning: a drinking bout GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4224 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4224 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4224 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4224 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4224, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πότος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4224 potos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: carousal, banqueting. From the alternate of pino; a drinking-bout or carousal -- banqueting. see GREEK pino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4224: πότοςπότος, πότου, ὁ (ΠΟΩ (cf. πίνω)), a drinking, carousing: 1 Peter 4:3. (Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Josephus, Plutarch, Aelian, others; the Sept. for מִשְׁתֶּה.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πού Transliteration: pou Phonetic Spelling: poo Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: somewhere Meaning: somewhere GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4225 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4225 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4225 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4225 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4225, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πού [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4225 pou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: somewhere, a certain place. Genitive case of an indefinite pronoun pos (some) otherwise obsolete (compare posos); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. Nearly -- about, a certain place. see GREEK posos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4225x: μήπουμήπου (T Tr) or μή ποῦ (WH), that nowhere, lest anywhere (lest haply): Acts 27:29 T Tr WH. (Homer, et al.) STRONGS NT 4225: πούπού, an enclitic particle, from Homer down; 1. somewhere: Hebrews 2:6; Hebrews 4:4. 2. it has a limiting force, nearly; with numerals somewhere about, about (Herodotus 1,119; 7, 22; Pausanias, 8, 11, 2; Herodian, 7, 5, 3 (2 edition, Bekker); Aelian v. h. 13, 4; others): Romans 4:19. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: ποῦ Transliteration: pou Phonetic Spelling: poo Part of Speech: Adverb, Interrogative Short Definition: where? Meaning: where? GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4226 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4226 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4226 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4226 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4226, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/ποῦ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4226 pou 🕊 Strong's Concordance: where, whither. Genitive case of an interrogative pronoun pos (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as pou used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality -- where, whither. see GREEK pou Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4226: ποῦποῦ (cf. Curtius, § 631), an interrogative adverb, from Homer down, the Sept. for אַיֵה, אָנָה, אַי, where? in what place? a. in direct questions: Matthew 2:2; Matthew 26:17; Mark 14:12, 14; Luke 17:17, 37; Luke 22:9, 11; John 1:38(39); ; ποῦ ἐστιν ((ἐστιν sometimes unexpressed)), in questions indicating that a person or thing is gone, or cannot be found, is equivalent to it is nowhere, does not exist: Luke 8:25; Romans 3:27; 1 Corinthians 1:20; 1 Corinthians 12:17, 19; 1 Corinthians 15:55; Galatians 4:15 L T Tr WH; 2 Peter 3:4; ποῦ φανεῖται (A. V. where shall ... appear) equivalent to there will be no place for him, 1 Peter 4:18. b. in indirect questions, for the relative ὅπου (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 57, 2 at the end): followed by the indicative, Matthew 2:4; Mark 15:47; John 1:39 (40); ; Revelation 2:13 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 612 (569)); followed by the subjunctive, Matthew 8:20; Luke 9:58; Luke 12:17. c. joined to verbs of going or coming, for ποῖ in direct question (cf. our colloquial, where for whither; see Winers Grammar, § 54, 7; Buttmann, 71 (62)): John 7:35 (cf. Winers Grammar, 300 (281); Buttmann, 358 (307)); ; in indirect question, followed by the indicative: John 3:8; John 8:14; John 12:35; John 14:5; Hebrews 11:8; 1 John 2:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πούδης Transliteration: Poudēs Phonetic Spelling: poo'-dace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: Pudens, a Christian Meaning: Pudens -- a Christian GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4227 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4227 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4227 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4227 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4227, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πούδης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4227 Poudēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Pudens. Of Latin origin; modest; Pudes (i.e. Pudens), a Christian -- Pudens. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4227: ΠούδηςΠούδης (Buttmann, 17 (15)), Pudens, proper name of a Christian mentioned in 2 Timothy 4:21. Cf. Lipsius, Chronologie d. römisch. Bischöfe (1869), p. 146; (B. D., under the word, also (American edition) under the word ; Bib. Sacr. for 1875, p. 174ff; Plumptre in the 'Bible Educator' iii., 245 and in Ellicott's 'New Testament Commentary' ii, p. 186f). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πούς Transliteration: pous Phonetic Spelling: pooce Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a foot Meaning: a foot GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4228 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4228 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4228 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4228 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4228, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πούς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4228 pous 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foot, footstool. A primary word; a "foot" (figuratively or literally) -- foot(-stool). Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4228: πούςπούς (not πούς, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 765; Göttling, Accentl., p. 244; (Chandler, Greek Accentuation, § 566); Winers Grammar, § 6, 1 d.; Lipsius, Gram. Untersuch., p. 48), ποδός, ὁ (allied with πέδον, πέζα, Latinpes, etc.; Curtius, § 291; Vanicek, p. 473), dative plural ποσίν, from Homer down, Hebrew רֶגֶל; a foot, both of men and of beasts: Matthew 4:6; Matthew 7:6; Matthew 22:13; Mark 9:45; Luke 1:79; John 11:44; Acts 7:5; 1 Corinthians 12:15; Revelation 10:2, and often. From the oriental practice of placing the foot upon the vanquished (Joshua 10:24), come the follow expressions: ὑπό τούς πόδας συντρίβειν ((which see) τινα, Romans 16:20; ὑποτάσσειν τινα, 1 Corinthians 15:27; Ephesians 1:22; Hebrews 2:8; τιθέναι, 1 Corinthians 15:25; τιθέναι τινα ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν, Matthew 22:44 L T Tr WH; ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν, Matthew 22:44 R G; Mark 12:36 (here WH ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν); Luke 20:43; Acts 2:35; Hebrews 1:13; Hebrews 10:13; disciples listening to their teacher's instruction are said παρά (or πρός) τούς πόδας τίνος καθῆσθαι or παρακαθισαι, Luke 10:39; Acts 22:3, cf. Luke 8:35; to lay a thing παρά (or πρός) τούς πόδας τίνος is used of those who consign it to his power and care, Matthew 15:30; Acts 4:35, 37; Acts 5:2; Acts 7:58. In saluting, paying homage, supplicating, etc., persons are said πρός τούς πόδας τίνος πίπτειν or προσπίπτειν: Mark 5:22; Mark 7:25; Luke 8:41; Luke 17:16 παρά); Revelation 1:17; εἰς τούς πόδας τίνος, Matthew 18:29 (Rec.); John 11:32 (here T Tr WH πρός); πίπτειν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν τίνος, Revelation 19:10; προσκυνεῖν ἔμπροσθεν (or ἐνώπιον) τῶν ποδῶν τίνος, Revelation 3:9; Revelation 22:8; πεσών ἐπί τούς πόδας, Acts 10:25. By a poetic usage that member of the body which is the chief organ or instrument in any given action is put for the man himself (see γλῶσσα, 1); thus οἱ πόδες τίνος is used for the man in motion: Luke 1:79 (Psalm 118:101 (); Acts 5:9; Romans 3:15; Romans 10:15; Hebrews 12:13. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρᾶγμα Transliteration: pragma Phonetic Spelling: prag'-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a deed, a matter Meaning: a deed, a matter GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4229 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4229 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4229 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4229 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4229, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρᾶγμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4229 pragma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: business, matter, thing, work. From prasso; a deed; by implication, an affair; by extension, an object (material) -- business, matter, thing, work. see GREEK prasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4229: πρᾶγμαπρᾶγμα, πράγματος, τό (πράσσω), from (Pindar), Aeschylus, Herodotus down, the Sept. chiefly for דָּבָר a. that which has been done, a deed, an accomplished fact: Luke 1:1; Acts 5:4; 2 Corinthians 7:11; Hebrews 6:18. b. what is doing or being accomplished: James 3:16; specifically, business (commercial transaction), 1 Thessalonians 4:6 (so Winers Grammar, 115 (109); others refer this example to c. and render in the matter (spoken of, or conventionally understood; cf. Green, Gram., p. 26f)). c. a matter (in question), affair: Matthew 18:19; Romans 16:2; specifically, in a forensic sense, a matter at law, case, suit (Xenophon, mem. 2, 9, 1; Demosthenes, 1120, 26; Josephus, Antiquities 14, 10, 17): πρᾶγμα ἔχειν πρός τινα (A. V. having a matter against, etc.), 1 Corinthians 6:1. d. that which is or exists, a thing: Hebrews 10:1; πράγματα οὐ βλεπόμενα, Hebrews 11:1 (see ἐλπίζω).*, |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πραγματεία Transliteration: pragmateia Phonetic Spelling: prag-mat-i'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: careful application, hard work Meaning: careful application, hard work GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4230 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4230 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4230 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4230 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4230, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πραγματεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4230 pragmateia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: negotiation, transactionFrom pragmateuomai; a transaction, i.e. Negotiation -- affair. see GREEK pragmateuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4230: πραγματείαπραγματεία (T WH πραγματια; see Iota), πραγματείας, ἡ (πραγματεύομαι), prosecution of any affair; business, occupation: plural with the addition of τοῦ βίου, pursuits and occupations pertaining to civil life, opposed to warfare (A. V. the affairs of this life), 2 Timothy 2:4 (In the same and other senses in Greek writings from (Hippocrates), Xenophon, Plato down.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πραγματεύομαι Transliteration: pragmateuomai Phonetic Spelling: prag-mat-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to busy oneself Meaning: to busy oneself GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4231 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4231 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4231 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4231 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4231, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πραγματεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4231 pragmateuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: trade, do businessFrom pragma; to busy oneself with, i.e. To trade -- occupy. see GREEK pragma Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4231: πραγματεύομαιπραγματεύομαι: 1 aorist middle imperative 2 person plural πραγματεύσασθε; (πρᾶγμα); in Greek prose writings from Herodotus down; to be occupied in anything; to carry on a business; specifically, to carry on the business of a banker or trader (Plutarch, Sull. 17; Cat. min. 59): Luke 19:13 (here WH text reads the infinitive (see their Introductory § 404); R. V. trade. Compare: διαπραγματεύομαι.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πραιτώριον Transliteration: praitōrion Phonetic Spelling: prahee-to'-ree-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: Praetorium (official residence of a governor), praetorian guard Meaning: Praetorium (official residence of a governor) -- praetorian guard GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4232 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4232 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4232 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4232 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4232, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πραιτώριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4232 praitōrion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: courtroom, hall of judgment, palace, praetorium. Of Latin origin; the praetorium or governor's courtroom (sometimes including the whole edifice and camp) -- (common, judgment) hall (of judgment), palace, praetorium. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4232: πραιτώριονπραιτώριον, πραιτωριου, τό, a Latin word,praetorium (neuter of the adjectivepraetorius used substantively); the word denotes 1. 'headquarters' in a Roman camp, the tent of the commander-in-chief. 2. the palace in which the governor or procurator of a province resided, to which use the Romans were accustomed to appropriate the palaces already existing, and formerly dwelt in by the kings or princes (at Syracuse illa domus praetoria, quae regis Hieronis fuit, Cicero, Verr. 2:5, 12, 30); at Jerusalem it was that magnificent palace which Herod the Great had built for himself, and which the Roman procurators seem to have occupied whenever they came from Caesarea to Jerusalem to transact public business: Matthew 27:27; Mark 15:16; John 18:28, 33; John 19:9; cf. Philo, leg. ad Gaium, § 38; Josephus, b. j. 2, 14, 8; also the one at Caesarea, Acts 23:35. Cf. Keim, iii, p. 359f. (English translation, vi., p. 79; B. D. under the word ). 3. the camp of praetorian soldiers established by Tiberius (Suetonius 37): Philippians 1:13. Cf. Winers RWB, under the word Richthaus; (Lightfoots Commentary on Philippians, pp. 99ff) rejects, as destitute of evidence, the various attempts to give a local sense to the word in Philippians, the passage cited, and vindicates the meaning praetorian guard (so R. V.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πράκτωρ Transliteration: praktōr Phonetic Spelling: prak'-tor Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who does or accomplishes Meaning: one who does or accomplishes GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4233 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4233 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4233 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4233 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4233, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πράκτωρ [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4233 praktōr 🕊 Strong's Concordance: officer. From a derivative of prasso; a practiser, i.e. (specially), an official collector -- officer. see GREEK prasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4233: πράκτωρπράκτωρ, πρακτορος, ὁ (πράσσω); 1. one who does anything, a doer (Sophocles). 2. "one who does the work of inflicting punishment or taking vengeance; especially the avenger of a murder (Aeschylus, Sophocles); the exactor of a pecuniary fine" ((Antiphon), Demosthenes, others); an officer of justice of the tower order whose business it is to inflict punishment: Luke 12:58. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρᾶξις Transliteration: praxis Phonetic Spelling: prax'-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a deed, function Meaning: a deed, function GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4234 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4234 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4234 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4234 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4234, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρᾶξις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4234 praxis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: deed, office, work. From prasso; practice, i.e. (concretely) an act; by extension, a function -- deed, office, work. see GREEK prasso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4234: πρᾶξιςπρᾶξις, πράξεως, ἡ (πράσσω), from Homer down; a. a doing, a mode of acting; a deed, act, transaction: universally, πράξεις τῶν ἀποστόλων (Griesbach; Rec. inserts ἁγίων, L Tr WH omit τῶν, Tdf. has simply πράξεις), the doings of (i. e. things done by) the apostles, in the inscription of the Acts; singular in an ethical sense: both good and bad, Matthew 16:27; in a bad sense, equivalent to wicked deed, crime, Luke 23:51; plural wicked doings (cf. our practices i. e. trickery; often so by Polybius): Acts 19:18; Romans 8:13; Colossians 3:9; (with κακῇ added, as Ev. Nicod. 1Ἰησοῦς ἐθεράπευσε δαιμονιζομένους ἀπό πράξεων κακῶν). b. a thing to be done, business (A. V. office) (Xenophon, mem. 2, 1, 6): Romans 12:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρᾷος Transliteration: praos Phonetic Spelling: prah'-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: meek Meaning: meek GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4235 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4235 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4235 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4235 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4235, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρᾷος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4235 praos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meek. A form of praus, used in certain parts; gentle, i.e. Humble -- meek. see GREEK praus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4235: πρᾷόςπρᾷός (so R G in Matthew 11:29; on the iota subscript, cf. Lob. ad Phryn., p. 403f; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Ausf. Spr. § 64, 2 i., p. 255; (Lipsius, Gramm. Untersuch., p. 7f; cf. Winer's Grammar, § 5, 4 d. and p. 45 (44))) or πρᾷός, πραα, πραου, and πραΰς (L T Tr WH, so R G in Matthew 21:5 (4); (cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 82)), πραείᾳ, πραυ, genitive πραέως T Tr WH for the common form πρᾳέος (so Lachmann; πρᾳέος R G), see βαθέως (cf. Buttmann, 26 (23)), plural πραεῖς L T Tr WH, πραεῖς R G; from Homer down; gentle, mild, meek: Matthew 5:5(4); ; 1 Peter 3:4; the Sept. several times for עָנָו and עָנִי. (Cf. Schmidt, chapter 98, 2; Trench, § xlii.; Clement of Alexandria, strom. 4, 6, 36.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρᾳότης Transliteration: praotēs Phonetic Spelling: prah-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: meekness Meaning: meekness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4236 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4236 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4236 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4236 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4236, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρᾳότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4236 praotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meekness. From praios; gentleness, by implication, humility -- meekness. see GREEK praios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4236: πραότηςπραότης (Rec. and Griesbach (except in James 1:21; James 3:13; 1 Peter 3:15); see the preceding word), πραότης (so Lachmann), and according to a later form πραΰτης (so R and G, but with the iota subscript under the alpha ἆ, in James 1:21; James 3:13; 1 Peter 3:15; Lachmann everywhere except in Galatians 6:1; Ephesians 4:2; Treg. everywhere (except in 2 Corinthians 10:1; Galatians 5:23 (22); ; Ephesians 4:2), T WH everywhere; cf. B. 26f (23f)), πρᾳότητος, ἡ, gentleness, mildness, meekness: 1 Corinthians 4:21; 2 Corinthians 10:1; Galatians 5:23 (22); ; Colossians 3:12; Ephesians 4:2; 1 Timothy 6:11 R; 2 Timothy 2:25; Titus 3:2; James 1:21; James 3:13; 1 Peter 3:16 (15). (Xenophon, Plato, Isocrates, Aristotle, Diodorus, Josephus, others; for עַנְוָה, Psalm 44:4 ()) (Synonym: see ἐπιείκεια, at the end; Trench (as there referred to, but especially) § xlii.; Lightfoot on Colossians 3:13.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρασιά Transliteration: prasia Phonetic Spelling: pras-ee-ah' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a garden bed Meaning: a garden bed GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4237 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4237 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4237 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4237 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4237, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρασιά [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4237 prasia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a groupPerhaps from prason (a leek, and so an onion-patch); a garden plot, i.e. (by implication, of regular beds) a row (repeated in plural by Hebraism, to indicate an arrangement) -- in ranks. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4237: πρασιάπρασιά, πρασιας, ἡ, a plot of ground, a garden-bed, Homer, Odyssey 7, 127; 24, 247; Theophrastus, hist. plant. 4, 4, 3; Nicander, Dioscorides (?), others; Sir. 24:31; ἀνέπεσον πρασιαί πρασιαί (a Hebraism), i. e. they reclined in ranks or divisions, so that the several ranks formed, as it were, separate plots, Mark 6:40; cf. Gesenius, Lehrgeb., p. 669; (Hebrew Gram. § 106, 4; Buttmann, 30 (27); Winer's Grammar, 464 (432) also) § 37, 3; (where add from the O. T. συνήγαγον αὐτούς θημωνιας θημωνιας, Exodus 8:14). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πράσσω Transliteration: prassō Phonetic Spelling: pras'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to do, practice Meaning: to do, practice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4238 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4238 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4238 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4238 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4238, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πράσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4238 prassō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: commit, do, performA primary verb; to "practise", i.e. Perform repeatedly or habitually (thus differing from poieo, which properly refers to a single act); by implication, to execute, accomplish, etc.; specially, to collect (dues), fare (personally) -- commit, deeds, do, exact, keep, require, use arts. see GREEK poieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4238: πράσσωπράσσω and (once viz. Acts 17:7 R G) πράττω; future πράξω; 1 aorist ἔπραξα; perfect πέπραχά; perfect passive participle πεπραγμενος; from Homer down; the Sept. several times for עָשָׂה and פָּעַל; to do, practise, effect, Latinagere (but ποιεῖν to make, Latinfacere; (see ποιέω, at the end)); i. e.: 1. to exercise, practise, be busy with, carry on: τά περίεργα, Acts 19:19; τά ἰδίᾳ, to mind one's own affairs, 1 Thessalonians 4:11 (τά ἑαυτοῦ (Sophocles Electr. 678); Xenophon, mem. 2, 9, 1; Plato, Phaedr., p. 247a.; Demosthenes, p. 150, 21; others); used of performing the duties of an office, 1 Corinthians 9:17. to undertake to do, μηδέν προπετές, Acts 19:36. 2. to accomplish, to perform: πεπραγμένον ἐστιν, has been accomplished, has taken place, Acts 26:26; εἴτε ἀγαθόν, εἴτε κακόν, 2 Corinthians 5:10; ἀγαθόν ἤ φαῦλον (κακόν), Romans 9:11 (δίκαια ἤ ἄδικα, Plato, Apology, p. 28 b.); ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα, Acts 26:20; add, Romans 7:15, 19; Philippians 4:9; μόνον, to do, i. e. keep the law, Romans 2:25; of unworthy acts, to commit, perpetrate (less frequent so in Greek writings, as πολλά καί ἀνόσια, Xenophon, symp. 8, 22; with them ποιεῖν ((see Schmidt, Syn., chapter 23, 11, 3; Liddell and Scott, under the word, B.)) is more common in reference to bad conduct; hence, τούς ἐπισταμένους μέν ἅ δεῖ πράττειν, ποιοῦντας δέ ταναντια, Xenophon, mem. 3, 9, 4), Acts 26:9; 2 Corinthians 12:21; τό ἔργον τοῦτο, this (criminal) deed, 1 Corinthians 5:2 T WH Tr marginal reading; add, Luke 22:23; Acts 3:17; Acts 5:35; Romans 7:19; τά τοιαῦτα, such nameless iniquities, Romans 1:32 (where ποιεῖν and πράσσειν are used indiscriminately (but cf. Meyer)); Romans 2:1-3; Galatians 5:21; (φαῦλα, John 3:20; John 5:29; τί ἄξιον θανάτου, Luke 23:15; Acts 25:11, 25; Acts 26:31; τό κακόν, Romans 7:19; Romans 13:4; ἄτοπον, Luke 23:41; τί τίνι κακόν, to bring evil upon one, Acts 16:28. 3. to manage public affairs, transact public business (Xenophon, Demosthenes, Plutarch); from this use has come a sense met with from Pindar, Aeschylus, Herodotus down, viz. to exact tribute, revenue, debts: Luke 3:13 (here R. V. extort); τό ἀργύριον, Luke 19:23 (soagere in Latin, cf. the commentators on Suetonius, Vesp. 1; (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 42, 1 a.)). 4. intransitive, to act (see εὖ, p. 256a): ἀπέναντι τίνος, contrary to a thing, Acts 17:7. 5. from Aeschylus and Herodotus down reflexively, me habere: τί πράσσω, how I do, the state of my affairs, Ephesians 6:21; εὖ πράξετε (see εὖ), Acts 15:29 (cf. Buttmann, 300 (258)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πραΰς Transliteration: praus Phonetic Spelling: prah-ooce' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: meekness Meaning: meekness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4239 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4239 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4239 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4239 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4239, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πραΰς [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4239 praus 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meek. Apparently a primary word; mild, i.e. (by implication) humble -- meek. See also praios. see GREEK praios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4239: πραΰςπραΰς, see πρᾷός. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρᾳΰτης Transliteration: prautēs Phonetic Spelling: prah-oo'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: gentleness Meaning: gentleness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4240 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4240 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4240 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4240 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4240, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρᾳΰτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4240 prautēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: meekness. From praus; mildness, i.e. (by implication) humility -- meekness. see GREEK praus Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4240: πραΰτηςπραΰτης, see πραότης. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρέπω Transliteration: prepō Phonetic Spelling: prep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be fitting, proper, suitable Meaning: to be fitting, proper, suitable GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4241 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4241 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4241 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4241 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4241, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4241 prepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: comely. Apparently a primary verb; to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by implication) to be suitable or proper (third person singular present indicative, often used impersonally, it is fit or right) -- become, comely. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4241: πρέπωπρέπω; imperfect 3 person singular ἔπρεπε; 1. to stand out, to be conspicuous, to be eminent; so from Homer, Iliad 12, 104 down. 2. to be becoming, seemly, fit (from Pindar, Aeschylus, Herodotus down): πρέπει τίνι with a subject nominative, Hebrews 7:26 (Psalm 32:1 (); ὁ or ἅ πρέπει, which becometh, befitteth, 1 Timothy 2:10; Titus 2:1; impersonally, καθώς πρέπει τίνι, Ephesians 5:3; πρέπον ἐστιν followed by the infinitive, Matthew 3:15; Hebrews 2:10; followed by an accusative with the infinitive 1 Corinthians 11:13. On its construction cf. Alexander Buttmann (1873) § 142, 2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβεία Transliteration: presbeia Phonetic Spelling: pres-bi'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: age, seniority Meaning: age, seniority GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4242 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4242 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4242 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4242 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4242, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβεία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4242 presbeia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: an ambassadorFrom presbeuo; seniority (eldership), i.e. (by implication) an embassy (concretely, ambassadors) -- ambassage, message. see GREEK presbeuo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4242: πρεσβείαπρεσβεία, πρεσβειας, ἡ (πρεσβεύω); 1. age, dignity, right of the first born: Aeschylus Pers. 4; Plato, de rep. 6, p. 509 b.; Pausanias, 3, 1, 4; 3, 3, 8. 2. the business usually to be entrusted to elders, specifically, the office of an ambassador, an embassy (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato); abstract for the concrete, an ambassage, i. e. ambassadors, Luke 14:32; Luke 19:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβεύω Transliteration: presbeuō Phonetic Spelling: pres-byoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be the elder, to take precedence Meaning: to be the elder, to take precedence GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4243 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4243 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4243 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4243 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4243, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4243 presbeuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be an ambassador. From the base of presbuteros; to be a senior, i.e. (by implication) act as a representative (figuratively, preacher) -- be an ambassador. see GREEK presbuteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4243: πρεσβεύωπρεσβεύω; (πρέσβυς an old man, an elder (Curtius, p. 479; Vanicek, p. 186)); 1. to be older, prior by birth or in age ((Sophocles), Herodotus and following). 2. to be an ambassador, act as an ambassador: 2 Corinthians 5:20; Ephesians 6:20, ((Herodotus 5, 93 at the beginning), Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato, and following). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβυτέριον Transliteration: presbyterion Phonetic Spelling: pres-boo-ter'-ee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a body of elders Meaning: a body of elders GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4244 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4244 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4244 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4244 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4244, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβυτέριον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4244 presbyterion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: presbytery, body of eldersNeuter of a presumed derivative of presbuteros; the order of elders, i.e. (specially), Israelite Sanhedrin or Christian "presbytery" -- (estate of) elder(-s), presbytery. see GREEK presbuteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4244: πρεσβυτέριονπρεσβυτέριον, πρεσβυτερίου, τό (πρεσβύτερος, which see), body of elders, presbytery, senate, council: of the Jewish elders (see συνέδριον, 2), Luke 22:66; Acts 22:5; (cf. Daniel, Theod. at the beginning); of the elders of any body (church) of Christians, 1 Timothy 4:14 (ecclesiastical writings (cf. references under the word πρεσβύτερος, 2 b.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβύτερος Transliteration: presbyteros Phonetic Spelling: pres-boo'-ter-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: elder Meaning: elder GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4245 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4245 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4245 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4245 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4245, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβύτερος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4245 presbyteros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: eldest, old. Comparative of presbus (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian "presbyter" -- elder(-est), old. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4245: πρεσβύτεροςπρεσβύτερος, πρεσβυτέρα, πρεσβύτερον (comparitive of πρέσβυς) (from Homer down), elder; used: 1. of age; a. where two persons are spoken of, the elder: ὁ υἱός ὁ πρεσβύτερος (Aelian v. h. 9, 42), Luke 15:25. b. universally, advanced in life, an elder, a senior: opposed to νεανίσκοι, Acts 2:17; opposed to νεώτερος, 1 Timothy 5:1f (Genesis 18:11f; Wis. 8:10; Sir. 6:34 (33); ; 2 Macc. 8:30). οἱ πρεσβύτεροι (A. V. the elders), forefathers, Hebrews 11:2; παράδοσις (which see) τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, received from the fathers, Matthew 15:2; Mark 7:3, 5. 2. a term of rank or office; as such borne by, a. among the Jews, α. members of the great council or Sanhedrin (because in early times the rulers of the people, judges, etc., were selected from the elderly men): Matthew 16:21; Matthew 26:47, 57, 59 Rec.; ; Mark 8:31; Mark 11:27; Mark 14:43, 53; Mark 15:1; Luke 9:22; Luke 20:1; Luke 22:52; John 8:9; Acts 4:5, 23; Acts 6:12; Acts 23:14; Acts 24:1; with the addition of τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, Acts 4:8 R G; of τῶν Ἰουδαίων, Acts 25:15; of τοῦ λαοῦ, Matthew 21:23; Matthew 26:3; Matthew 27:1. β. those who in the separate cities managed public affairs and administered justice: Luke 7:3. (Cf. BB. DD., under the word .) b. among Christians, those who presided over the assemblies (or churches): Acts 11:30; Acts 14:23; Acts 15:2, 4, 6, 22; Acts 16:4; Acts 21:18; 1 Timothy 5:17, 19; Titus 1:5; 2 John 1:1; 3 John 1:1; 1 Peter 5:1, 5; with τῆς ἐκκλησίας added, Acts 20:17; James 5:14. That they did not differ at all from the (ἐπίσκοποι) bishops or overseers (as is acknowledged also by Jerome on Titus 1:5 (cf. Lightfoot's Commentary on Philippians, pp. 98f, 229f)) is evident from the fact that the two words are used indiscriminately, Acts 20:17, 28; Titus 1:5, 7, and that the duty of presbyters is described by the terms ἐπισκοπεῖν, 1 Peter 5:1f, and ἐπισκοπή, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 44, 1 [ET]; accordingly only two ecclesiastical officers, οἱ ἐπίσκοποι and οἱ διάκονοι, are distinguished in Philippians 1:1; 1 Timothy 3:1, 8. The title ἐπίσκοπος denotes the function, πρεσβύτερος the dignity; the former was borrowed from Greek institutions, the latter from the Jewish; cf. (Lightfoot, as above, pp. 95ff, 191ff); Ritschl, Die Entstehung der altkathol. Kirche, edition 2, p. 350ff; Hase, Protest. Polemik, edition 4, p. 98ff; (Hatch, Bampton Lects. for 1880, Lect. 3 and Harnack's Analecten appended to the German translation of the same (p. 229ff); also Harnack's note on Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 1, 3 [ET] (cf. references at 44 at the beginning), and Hatch in Dict. of Christ. Antiq., under the word . Cf. ἐπίσκοπος.). the twenty-four members of the heavenly Sanhedrin or court, seated on thrones around the throne of God: Revelation 4:4, 10; Revelation 5:5, 6, 8, 11, 14; Revelation 7:11, 13; Revelation 11:16; Revelation 14:3; Revelation 19:4. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβύτης Transliteration: presbytēs Phonetic Spelling: pres-boo'-tace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: an old man Meaning: an old man GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4246 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4246 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4246 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4246 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4246, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβύτης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4246 presbytēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: aged man, old man. From the same as presbuteros; an old man -- aged (man), old man. see GREEK presbuteros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4246: πρεσβύτηςπρεσβύτης, πρεσβύτου, ὁ (πρέσβυς (see πρεσβεύω)), an old man, an aged man: Luke 1:18; Titus 2:2; Philemon 1:9 (here many (cf. R. V. marginal reading) regard the word as a substitute for πρεσβευτής, ambassador; see Lightfoots Commentary at the passage; WH's Appendix, at the passage; and add to the examples of the interchange πρεσβευτεροις in Wood, Discoveries at Ephesus, Appendix, Inscriptions from the Great Theatre, p. 24 (col. 5, 50:72)). (Aeschyl, Euripides, Xenophon, Plato, others; the Sept. for זָקֵן.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρεσβῦτις Transliteration: presbytis Phonetic Spelling: pres-boo'-tis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an aged woman Meaning: an aged woman GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4247 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4247 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4247 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4247 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4247, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρεσβῦτις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4247 presbytis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: aged woman. Feminine of presbutes; an old woman -- aged woman. see GREEK presbutes Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4247: πρεσβῦτιςπρεσβῦτις, πρεσβυτιδος, ἡ (feminine of πρεσβύτης), an aged woman: Titus 2:3. (Aeschylus, Euripides, Plato, Diodorus, Plutarch, Herodian, 5, 3, 6 (3 edition, Bekker).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρηνής Transliteration: prēnēs Phonetic Spelling: pray-nace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: headlong Meaning: headlong GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4248 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4248 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4248 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4248 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4248, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρηνής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4248 prēnēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: headlong. From pro; leaning (falling) forward ("prone"), i.e. Head foremost -- headlong. see GREEK pro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4248: πρηνήςπρηνής, πρηνες (allied with πρό; Vanicek, p. 484), Latinpronus, headlong: Acts 1:18. (Wis. 4:19; 3Macc. 5:43; in Greek writings from Homer down, but in Attic more common πρανής, see Lob. ad Phryn., p. 431; (Winer's Grammar, 22).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρίζω Transliteration: prizō Phonetic Spelling: prid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to saw (in two) Meaning: to saw (in two) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4249 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4249 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4249 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4249 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4249, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4249 prizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: saw asunder. A strengthened form of a primary prio (to saw); to saw in two -- saw asunder. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4249: πρίζωπρίζω (or πρίω, which see): 1 aorist passive ἐπρίσθην; to saw, to cut in two with a saw: Hebrews 11:37. To be 'sawn asunder' was a kind of punishment among the Hebrews (2 Samuel 12:31; 1 Chronicles 20:3), which according to ancient tradition was inflicted on the prophet Isaiah; cf. Winers RWB, under the word Säge; Roskoff in Schenkel 5:135; (B. D., under the word ). (Amos 1:3; Susanna 59; Plato, Theag., p. 124 b. and frequent in later writings.) STRONGS NT 4249: πρίωπρίω, see πρίζω. (Compare: διαπρίω.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρίν Transliteration: prin Phonetic Spelling: prin Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: before Meaning: before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4250 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4250 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4250 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4250 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4250, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρίν [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4250 prin 🕊 Strong's Concordance: before, ere. Adverb from pro; prior, sooner -- before (that), ere. see GREEK pro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4250: πρίνπρίν ((according to Curtius, § 380 comparitive προιον, προιν, πρίν)), as in Greek writings from Homer down: 1. an adverb previously,formerly (cf. πάλαι, 1): 3Macc. 5:28 3Macc. 6:4, 31; but never so in the N. T. 2. with the force of a conjunction, before, before that: with an accusative and aorist infinitive of things past (cf. Winers Grammar, § 44, 6 at the end; Buttmann, § 142, 3); πρίν Ἀβραάμ γενέσθαι, before Abraham existed, came into being, John 8:58; also πρίν ἤ (cf. Meyer on Matthew 1:18), Matthew 1:18; (Acts 7:2); with an aorist infinitive haying the force of the Latin future perfect, of things future (cf. Winer's Grammar, 332 (311)): πρίν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, before the cock shall have crowed, Matthew 26:34, 75; Mark 14:72; Luke 22:61; add, John 4:49; John 14:29; also πρίν ἤ, Mark 14:30; Acts 2:20 (where L T Tr WH text omit ἤ); πρίν ἤ, preceded by a negative sentence (Buttmann, § 139, 35), with the aorist subjunctive having the force of a future perfect in Latin (Buttmann, 231 (199)), Luke 2:26 (R G L T Tr marginal reading, but WH brackets ἤ), and R G in Luke 22:34; πρίν ἤ, followed by the optative of a thing as entertained in thought, Acts 25:16 (Winers Grammar, 297 (279); Buttmann, 230 (198)). Cf. Matthiae, § 522, 2, p. 1201f; Alexander Buttmann (1873) Gram. § 139, 41; Klotz ad Devar. ii. 2, p. 720ff; Winers Grammar (and Buttmann), as above. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πρίσκα Transliteration: Priska Phonetic Spelling: pris'-kah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Prisca, a Christian and the wife of Aquila Meaning: Prisca -- a Christian and the wife of Aquila GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4251 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4251 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4251 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4251 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4251, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πρίσκα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4251 Priska 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Prisca, PriscillaOf Latin origin; feminine of Priscus, ancient; Priska, a Christian woman -- Prisca. See also Priscilla. see GREEK Priscilla Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4251: ΠρίσκαΠρίσκα, ἡ (accusative, Πρίσκαν), Prisca (a Latin name (literally, 'ancient')), a Christian woman, wife of Aquila (concerning whom see Ἀκύλας): Romans 16:3 G L T Tr WH; 1 Corinthians 16:19, Lachmann's stereotyped edition; T Tr WH; 2 Timothy 4:19. She is also called by the diminutive name Πρίσκιλλα (better (with all editions) Πρίσκιλλα, see Chandler § 122; Etym. Magn. 19, 50f) (cf. Livia, Livilla; Drusa, Drusilla; Quinta, Quintilla; Secunda, Secundilla): Acts 18:2, 18, 26; besides, Romans 16:3 Rec.; 1 Corinthians 16:19 R G L. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: Πρίσκιλλα Transliteration: Priskilla Phonetic Spelling: pris'-cil-lah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: Priscilla, the same person as Prisca Meaning: Priscilla -- the same person as Prisca GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4252 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4252 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4252 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4252 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4252, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/Πρίσκιλλα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4252 Priskilla 🕊 Strong's Concordance: Priscilla. Diminutive of Priska; Priscilla (i.e. Little Prisca), a Christian woman -- Priscilla. see GREEK Priska Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4252: ΠρίσκιλλαΠρίσκιλλα, see the preceding word. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρό Transliteration: pro Phonetic Spelling: pro Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: before Meaning: before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4253 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4253 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4253 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4253 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4253, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρό [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4253 pro 🕊 Strong's Concordance: before, agoA primary preposition; "fore", i.e. In front of, prior (figuratively, superior) to -- above, ago, before, or ever. In the comparative, it retains the same significations. Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4253: πρόπρό, a preposition followed by the genitive (Latinpro) (from Homer down), the Sept. chiefly for לִפְנֵי, before; used a. of place: πρό τῶν θυρῶν, τῆς θύρας, etc., Acts 5:23 R G; ; James 5:9; by a Hebraism, πρό προσώπου with the genitive of a person before (the face of) one (who is following) (Buttmann, 319 (274)): Matthew 11:10; Mark 1:2; Luke 1:76; Luke 7:27; Luke 9:52; Luke 10:1 (Malachi 3:1; Zechariah 14:20; Deuteronomy 3:18). b. of Time: πρό τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, Acts 5:36; Acts 21:38; (πρό τοῦ πάσχα, John 11:55); according to a later Greek idiom, πρό ἕξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα, properly, before six days reckoning from the Passover, which is equivalent to ἕξ ἡμέρας πρό τοῦ πάσχα, on the sixth day before the Passover, John 12:1 (πρό δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ σεισμοῦ, Amos 1:1; πρό μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῆς Μαρδοχαϊκῆς ἡμέρας, 2 Macc. 15:36; examples from secular writings are cited by Winers Grammar, 557 (518); (cf. Buttmann, § 131, 11); from ecclesiastical writings by Hilgenfeld, Die Evangelien etc., pp. 298, 302; also his Paschastreit der alten Kirche, p. 221f; (cf. Sophocles' Lexicon, under the word πρό, 1 and 2)); (πρό τῆς ἑορτῆς, John 13:1); πρό καιροῦ, Matthew 8:29; 1 Corinthians 4:5; τῶν αἰώνων, 1 Corinthians 2:7; παντός τοῦ αἰῶνος, Jude 1:25 L T Tr WH; ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, (fourteen years ago), 2 Corinthians 12:2; add, 2 Timothy 1:9; 2 Timothy 4:21; Titus 1:2; τοῦ ἀρίστου, Luke 11:38; κατακλυσμοῦ, Matthew 24:38; πρό τῆς μεταθέσεως, Hebrews 11:5; πρό καταβολῆς κόσμου, John 17:24; Ephesians 1:4; 1 Peter 1:20; πρό πάντων, prior to all created things, Colossians 1:17; (πρό τούτων πάντων (Rev. ἁπάντων), Luke 21:12); by a Hebraism, πρό προσώπου with the genitive of a thing is used of time for the simple πρό (Winers Grammar, § 65, 4b.; (Buttmann, 319 (274))), Acts 13:24 ((literally, before the face of his entering in)). πρό with the genitive of a person: John 5:7; John 10:8 (not Tdf.); Romans 16:7; οἱ πρό τίνος, those that existed before one, Matthew 5:12; with a predicate nominative added, Galatians 1:17. πρό with the genitive of an infinitive that has the article, Latinante quam (before, before that) followed by a finite verb (Buttmann, § 140, 11; Winer's Grammar, 329 (309)): Matthew 6:8; Luke 2:21; Luke 22:15; John 1:48 (49); ; Acts 23:15; Galatians 2:12; Galatians 3:23. c. of superiority or pre-eminence (Winer's Grammar, 372 (349)): πρό πάντων, above all things, James 5:12; 1 Peter 4:8. d. In Composition, πρό marks α. place: προαύλιον; motion forward (Latinporro), προβαίνω, προβάλλω, etc.; before another who follows, in advance, προάγω, πρόδρομος, προπέρμπω, προτρέχω, etc.; in public view, openly, πρόδηλος, πρόκειμαι. β. time: before this, previously, προαμαρτάνω; in reference to the time of an occurrence, beforehand, in advance, προβλέπω, προγινώσκω, προθέσμιος, πρωρίζω, etc. γ. superiority or preference: προαιρέομαι. (Cf. Herm. ad Vig., p. 658.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προάγω Transliteration: proagō Phonetic Spelling: pro-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lead forth, to go before Meaning: to lead forth, to go before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4254 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4254 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4254 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4254 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4254, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4254 proagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring forth, go before. From pro and ago; to lead forward (magisterially); intransitively, to precede (in place or time (participle, previous)) -- bring (forth, out), go before. see GREEK pro see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4254: προάγωπροάγω; imperfect προῆγον; future προάξω; 2 aorist προήγαγον; from Herodotus down; 1. transitive, to lead forward, lead forth: τινα, one from a place in which he has lain hidden from view,—as from prison, ἔξω, Acts 16:30; (from Jason's house, Acts 17:5 L T Tr WH); in a forensic sense, to bring one forth to trial, Acts 12:6 (WH text προσαγαγεῖν); with addition of ἐπί and the genitive of the person about to examine into the case, before whom the hearing is to be had, Acts 25:26 (εἰς τήν δίκην, Josephus, b. j. 1, 27, 2; εἰς ἐκκλησίαν τούς ἐν αἰτία γενομένους, Antiquities 16, 11, 7). 2. intransitive (see ἄγω, 4 (and cf. πρό, d. α.)), a. to go before: Luke 18:39 (L marginal reading of παράγοντες); opposed to ἀκολουθέω, Matthew 21:9 R G; Mark 11:9; followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, Matthew 14:22; Mark 6:45; εἰς κρίσιν, 1 Timothy 5:24 (on which passage see ἐπακολουθέω); participle προάγων, preceding i. e. prior in point of time, previous, 1 Timothy 1:18 (see προφητεία at the end, and under the word ἐπί, C. I. 2 g.γ. γγ. (but R. V. marginal reading led the way to, etc.)); Hebrews 7:18. τινα, to precede one, Matthew 2:9; Mark 10:32; and L T Tr WH in Matthew 21:9 (cf. Josephus, b. j. 6, 1, 6; Buttmann, § 130, 4); followed by εἰς with an accusative of place, Matthew 26:32; Matthew 28:7; Mark 14:28; Mark 16:7; τινα εἰς τήν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, to take precedence of one in entering into the kingdom of God, Matthew 21:31 (cf. Buttmann, 201 (177)). b. to proceed, go forward: in a bad sense, to go further than is right or proper, equivalent to μή μένειν ἐν τῇ διδαχή, to transgress the limits of true doctrine (cf. our colloquial, 'advanced' (views, etc.) in a disparaging sense), 2 John 1:9 L T Tr WH (but R. V. marginal reading taketh the lead). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προαιρέω Transliteration: proaireō Phonetic Spelling: pro-ahee-reh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring forth or forward Meaning: to bring forth or forward GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4255 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4255 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4255 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4255 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4255, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προαιρέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4255 proaireō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purpose. From pro and haireomai; to choose for oneself before another thing (prefer), i.e. (by implication) to propose (intend) -- purpose. see GREEK pro see GREEK haireomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4255: προαιρέωπροαιρέω, προαίρω: by prose writings from Herodotus (rather, from Thucydides 8, 90 at the end (in poetry, from Aristophanes Thesm. 419)) down, to bring forward, bring forth from one's stores; middle to bring forth for oneself, to choose for oneself before another i. e. to prefer; to purpose: καθώς προαιρεῖται (L T Tr WH the perfect προῄρηται) τῇ καρδία, 2 Corinthians 9:7. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προαιτιάομαι Transliteration: proaitiaomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-ahee-tee-ah'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to accuse beforehand Meaning: to accuse beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4256 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4256 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4256 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4256 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4256, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προαιτιάομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4256 proaitiaomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to accuse beforehandFrom pro and a derivative of aitia; to accuse already, i.e. Previously charge -- prove before. see GREEK pro see GREEK aitia Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4256: αἴτιάομαι [αἴτιάομαι, : to accuse, bring a charge against; ἠτιασάμεθα is a various reading in Romans 3:9 for the προῃτιασάμεθα of the printed texts. (Proverbs 19:3; Sir. 29:5; frequent in secular writings) Synonym: see κατηγορέω.] STRONGS NT 4256: προαιτιάομαιπροαιτιάομαι, προαιτωμαι: 1 aorist 1 person plural προῃτιασάμεθα; to bring a charge against previously (i. e. in what has previously been said): τινα followed by an infinitive indicating the charge, Romans 3:9; where the prefix προ( makes reference to Romans 1:18-31; Romans 2:1-5, 17-29. Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προακούω Transliteration: proakouō Phonetic Spelling: pro-ak-oo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hear beforehand Meaning: to hear beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4257 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4257 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4257 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4257 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4257, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προακούω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4257 proakouō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: hear before. From pro and akouo; to hear already,i.e. Anticipate -- hear before. see GREEK pro see GREEK akouo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4257: προακούωπροακούω: 1 aorist 2 person plural προηκούσατε: to hear before: τήν ἐλπίδα, the hoped for salvation, before its realization, Colossians 1:5 (where cf. Lightfoot). (Herodotus, Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προαμαρτάνω Transliteration: proamartanō Phonetic Spelling: pro-am-ar-tan'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to sin before Meaning: to sin before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4258 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4258 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4258 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4258 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4258, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προαμαρτάνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4258 proamartanō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sin already, heretofore sin. From pro and hamartano; to sin previously (to conversion) -- sin already, heretofore sin. see GREEK pro see GREEK hamartano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4258: προαμαρτάνωπροαμαρτάνω: perfect participle προημαρτηκως; to sin before: οἱ προημαρτηκοτες, of those who before receiving baptism had been guilty of the vices especially common muong the Gentiles, 2 Corinthians 12:21; 2 Corinthians 13:2; in this same sense also in Justin Martyr, Apology i. e. 61; Clement of Alexandria, strom. 4, 12; cf. Lücke, Conjectanea Exeget. I. (Götting. 1837), p. 14ff (but on the reference of the προ( see Meyer on 2 Cor. the passages cited (R. V. heretofore)). (Herodian, 3, 14, 18 (14 edition, Bekker); ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προαύλιον Transliteration: proaulion Phonetic Spelling: pro-ow'-lee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a vestibule Meaning: a vestibule GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4259 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4259 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4259 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4259 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4259, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προαύλιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4259 proaulion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: porch. Neuter of a presumed compound of pro and aule; a forecourt, i.e. Vestibule (alley-way) -- porch. see GREEK pro see GREEK aule Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4259: προαύλιονπροαύλιον, προαυλιου, τό (πρό and αὐλή), forecourt, porch: Mark 14:68 ((cf. Pollux 1, 8, 77 and see αὐλή, 2)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προβαίνω Transliteration: probainō Phonetic Spelling: prob-ah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go forward Meaning: to go forward GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4260 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4260 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4260 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4260 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4260, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προβαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4260 probainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: advanceFrom pro and the base of basis; to walk forward, i.e. Advance (literally, or in years) -- + be of a great age, go farther (on), be well stricken. see GREEK pro see GREEK basis Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4260: προβαίνωπροβαίνω: perfect participle προβεβηκώς; 2 aorist participle προβάς; from Homer down; to go forward, go on (cf. πρό, d. α.): properly, on foot, Matthew 4:21; Mark 1:19; tropically, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις προβεβηκώς, advanced in age, Luke 1:7, 18; Luke 2:36 (see ἡμέρα, at the end; τήν ἡλικίαν, 2 Macc. 4:40 2Macc. 6:18; Herodian, 2, 7, 7 (5 edition, Bekker); τῇ ἡλικία, Lysias, p. 169, 37; (Diodorus 12, 18); ταῖς ἡλικιαις, Diodorus 13, 89; (cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word, I. 2)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προβάλλω Transliteration: proballō Phonetic Spelling: prob-al'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to throw before Meaning: to throw before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4261 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4261 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4261 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4261 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4261, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προβάλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4261 proballō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: put forward, shoot forth. From pro and ballo; to throw forward, i.e. Push to the front, germinate -- put forward, shoot forth. see GREEK pro see GREEK ballo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4261: προβάλλωπροβάλλω; 2 aorist προεβαλον; from Homer down; to throw forward (cf. πρό, d. α.); of trees, to shoot forth, put out, namely, leaves; to germinate (cf. Buttmann, § 130, 4; Winer's Grammar, 593 (552)) (with καρπόν, added, Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 19; Epict. 1, 15, 7): Luke 21:30; to push forward, thrust forward, put forward: τινα, Acts 19:33. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προβατικός Transliteration: probatikos Phonetic Spelling: prob-at-ik-os' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: of sheep Meaning: of sheep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4262 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4262 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4262 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4262 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4262, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προβατικός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4262 probatikos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: sheep market. From probaton; relating to sheep, i.e. (a gate) through which they were led into Jerusalem -- sheep (market). see GREEK probaton Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4262: προβατικόςπροβατικός, προβατικῇ, προβατικον (πρόβατον), pertaining to sheep: ἡ προβατικῇ, SC. πύλη (which is added in Nehemiah 3:1, 32; Nehemiah 12:39, for הַצֹּאן שַׁעַר), the sheep gate, John 5:2 ((Winers Grammar, 592 (551); Buttmann, § 123, 8); but some (as Meyer, Weiss, Milligan and Moulton, cf. Treg. marginal reading and see Tdf.'s note at the passage) would connect προβατικός with the immediately following κολυμβήθρα (pointed as a dative); see Tdf. as above; WHs Appendix, at the passage. On the supposed locality see B. D. under the phrase, Sheep Gate (Sheep-Market)). STRONGS NT 4262a: προβάτιονπροβάτιον, προβατιου, τό (diminutive of the following word), a little sheep: John 21:(16 T Tr marginal reading WH text), 17 T Tr WH text (Hippocrates, Aristophanes, Plato.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόβατον Transliteration: probaton Phonetic Spelling: prob'-at-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a little sheep Meaning: a little sheep GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4263 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4263 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4263 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4263 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4263, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόβατον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4263 probaton 🕊 Strong's Concordance: a sheepProbably neuter of a presumed derivative of probaino; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively) -- sheep(-fold). see GREEK probaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4263: πρόβατονπρόβατον, προβάτου, τό (from προβαίνω, properly, 'that which walks forward'), from Homer down, the Sept. chiefly for צֹאן, then for שֶׂה, sometimes for כֶּבֶשׂ and כֶּשֶׂב (a lamb), properly, any four-footed, tame animal accustomed to graze, small cattle (opposed to large cattle, horses, etc.), most common a sheep or a goat; but especially a sheep, and so always in the N. T.: Matthew 7:15; Matthew 10:16; Matthew 12:11; Mark 6:34; Luke 15:4, 6; John 2:14; John 10:1-4, 11f.; Acts 8:32 (from Isaiah 53:7); 1 Peter 2:25; Revelation 18:13; πρόβατα σφαγῆς, sheep destined for the slaughter, Romans 8:36. metaphorically, πρόβατα, sheep, is used of the followers of any master: Matthew 26:31 and Mark 14:27 (from Zechariah 13:7); of mankind, who as needing salvation obey the injunctions of him who provides it and leads them to it; so of the followers of Christ: John 10:7f, 15f, 26; John 21:16 (R G L Tr text WH marginal reading), (R G L WH marginal reading); Hebrews 13:20; τά πρόβατα ἀπολωλότα (see ἀπόλλυμι, at the end), Matthew 10:6; Matthew 15:24; τά πρόβατα in distinction from τά ἐρίφια, are good men as distinguished from bad people, Matthew 25:33. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προβιβάζω Transliteration: probibazō Phonetic Spelling: prob-ib-ad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lead forward, lead on Meaning: to lead forward, lead on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4264 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4264 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4264 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4264 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4264, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προβιβάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4264 probibazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prompt, drawFrom pro and a reduplicated form of biazo; to force forward, i.e. Bring to the front, instigate -- draw, before instruct. see GREEK pro see GREEK biazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4264: προβιβάζωπροβιβάζω 1 aorist 3 person plural προεβίβασαν; 1 aorist passive participle feminine προβιβασθεῖσα; 1. properly, to cause to go forward, to lead forward, to bring forward, drag forward: Acts 19:33 R G ((from Sophocles down)). 2. metaphorically, equivalent to προτρέπω, to incite, instigate, urge forward, set on; to induce by persuasion: Matthew 14:8 (εἰς τί, Xenophon, mem. 1, 5, 1; Plato, Prot., p. 328 b.; (in Deuteronomy 6:7 the Sept. with an accusative of the thing (and of the person) equivalent to to teach)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προβλέπομαι Transliteration: problepomai Phonetic Spelling: prob-lep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to foresee Meaning: to foresee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4265 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4265 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4265 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4265 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4265, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προβλέπομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4265 problepomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provide. From pro and blepo; to look out beforehand, i.e. Furnish in advance -- provide. see GREEK pro see GREEK blepo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4265: προβλέπωπροβλέπω: to foresee (Psalm 36:13 (); Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 11, 20); 1 aorist middle participle προβλεψαμενος; to provide: τί περί τίνος, Hebrews 11:40 (Winers Grammar, § 38, 6; Buttmann, 194 (167)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προγίνομαι Transliteration: proginomai Phonetic Spelling: prog-in'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to happen before Meaning: to happen before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4266 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4266 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4266 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4266 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4266, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προγίνομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4266 proginomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be past. From pro and ginomai; to be already, i.e. Have previousy transpired -- be past. see GREEK pro see GREEK ginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4266: προγίνομαιπρογίνομαι: perfect participle προγεγονώς; to become or arise before, happen before (so from Herodotus down (in Homer (Iliad 18, 525) to come forward into view)): προγεγονότα ἁμαρτήματα, sins previously committed, Romans 3:25. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προγινώσκω Transliteration: proginōskō Phonetic Spelling: prog-in-oce'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to know beforehand Meaning: to know beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4267 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4267 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4267 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4267 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4267, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προγινώσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4267 proginōskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foreknow, know before. From pro and ginosko; to know beforehand, i.e. Foresee -- foreknow (ordain), know (before). see GREEK pro see GREEK ginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4267: προγινώσκωπρογινώσκω; 2 aorist 3 person singular προέγνω; perfect passive participle προεγνωσμενος; to have knowledge of beforehand; to foreknow: namely, ταῦτα, 2 Peter 3:17, cf. 2 Peter 3:14, 16; τινα, Acts 26:5; οὕς προέγνω, whom he (God) foreknew, namely, that they would love him, or (with reference to what follows) whom he foreknew to be fit to be conformed to the likeness of his Son, Romans 8:29 (τῶν εἰς αὐτόν (Χριστόν) πιστεύειν προεγνωσμενων, Justin Martyr, dialog contr Trypho, c. 42; προγινώσκει (ὁ Θεός) τινας ἐκ μετανοίας σωθήσεσθαι μέλλοντας, id. Apology 1:28); ὅν προέγνω, whose character he clearly saw beforehand, Rom. 11:( Lachmann in brackets), (against those who in the preceding passages from Rom. explain προγινώσκειν as meaning to predestinate, cf. Meyer, Philippi, Van Hengel); προεγνωσμένου, namely, ὑπό τοῦ Θεοῦ (foreknown by God, although not yet 'made manifest' to men), 1 Peter 1:20. (Wis. 6:14 Wis. 8:8 Wis. 18:6; Euripides, Xenophon, Plato, Herodian, Philostr., others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόγνωσις Transliteration: prognōsis Phonetic Spelling: prog'-no-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: foreknowledge Meaning: foreknowledge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4268 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4268 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4268 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4268 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4268, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόγνωσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4268 prognōsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foreknowledge. From proginosko; forethought -- foreknowledge. see GREEK proginosko Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4268: πρόγνωσιςπρόγνωσις, προγνωσεως, ἡ (προγινώσκω); 1. foreknowledge: Judith 9:6 Judith 11:19 (Plutarch, Lucian, Herodian). 2. forethought, prearrangement (see προβλέπω): 1 Peter 1:2; Acts 2:23 (but cf. προγινώσκω, and see Meyer on Acts, the passage cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόγονος Transliteration: progonos Phonetic Spelling: prog'-on-os Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: born before Meaning: born before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4269 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4269 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4269 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4269 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4269, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόγονος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4269 progonos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forefather, parent. From proginomai; an ancestor, (grand-)parent -- forefather, parent. see GREEK proginomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4269: πρόγονοςπρόγονος, προγονου, ὁ (προγίνομαι), born before, older: Homer, Odyssey 9, 221; plural ancestors, Latinmajores (often so by Greek writings from Pindar down): ἀπό προγόνων, in the spirit and after the manner received from (my) forefathers (cf. ἀπό, II. 2 d. aa., p. 59a bottom), 2 Timothy 1:3; used of a mother, grandparents, and (if such survive) great-grandparents, 1 Timothy 5:4 (A. V. parents) (of surviving ancestors also in Plato, legg. 11, p. 932 at the beginning). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προγράφω Transliteration: prographō Phonetic Spelling: prog-raf'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to write before Meaning: to write before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4270 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4270 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4270 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4270 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4270, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προγράφω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4270 prographō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: write afore, aforetime. From pro and grapho; to write previously; figuratively, to announce, prescribe -- before ordain, evidently set forth, write (afore, aforetime). see GREEK pro see GREEK grapho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4270: προγράφωπρογράφω: 1 aorist προέγραψα; 2 aorist passive προεγραφην; perfect passive participle προγεγραμμενος; 1. to write before (of time): Romans 15:4a R G L text T Tr WH, 4b Rec.; Ephesians 3:3; οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τό κρίμα, of old set forth or designated beforehand (in the Scriptures of the O. T. and the prophecies of Enoch) unto this condemnation, Jude 1:4. 2. to depict or portray openly (cf. πρό, d. α: οἷς κατ' ὀφθαλμούς Ἰησοῦς Χριστός προεγράφη ἐν ὑμῖν (but ἐν ὑμῖν is dropped by G L T Tr WH) ἐσταυρωμένος, before whose eyes was portrayed the picture of Jesus Christ crucified (the attentive contemplation of which picture ought to have been a preventive against that bewitchment), i. e. who were taught most definitely and plainly concerning the meritorious efficacy of the death of Christ, Galatians 3:1. Since the simple γράφειν is often used of painters, and προγράφειν certainly signifies also to write before the eyes of all who can read (Plutarch, Demetr. 46 at the end, προγραφει τίς αὐτοῦ πρό τῆς σκηνῆς τήν τοῦ Ὀιδιποδος ἀρχήν), I see no reason why προγράφειν may not mean to depict (paint, portray) before the eyes; (R. V. openly set forth). Cf. Hofmann at the passage (Farrar, St. Paul, chapter xxiv., vol. i, 470 note; others adhere to the meaning to placard, write up publicly, see Lightfoot at the passage; others besides; see Meyer). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόδηλος Transliteration: prodēlos Phonetic Spelling: prod'-ay-los Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: evident beforehand Meaning: evident beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4271 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4271 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4271 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4271 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4271, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόδηλος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4271 prodēlos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: evident, manifest beforehand. From pro and delos; plain before all men, i.e. Obvious -- evident, manifest (open) beforehand. see GREEK pro see GREEK delos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4271: πρόδηλοςπρόδηλος, πρόδηλον (πρό (d. α. and) δῆλος), openly evident, known to all, manifest: 1 Timothy 5:24f; neuter followed by ὅτι, Hebrews 7:14. ((From Sophocles and Herodotus down.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προδίδωμι Transliteration: prodidōmi Phonetic Spelling: prod-id'-o-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to give before, give first Meaning: to give before, give first GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4272 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4272 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4272 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4272 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4272, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προδίδωμι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4272 prodidōmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: first give. From pro and didomi; to give before the other party has given -- first give. see GREEK pro see GREEK didomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4272: προδίδωμιπροδίδωμι: 1 aorist 3 person singular προέδωκεν; 1. to give before, give first: Romans 11:35 (Xenophon, Polybius, Aristotle). 2. to betray: Aeschylus, Herodotus, Euripides, Plato, others; τήν πατρίδα, 4 Macc. 4:1. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προδότης Transliteration: prodotēs Phonetic Spelling: prod-ot'-ace Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: a betrayer Meaning: a betrayer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4273 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4273 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4273 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4273 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4273, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προδότης [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4273 prodotēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: betrayer, traitor. From prodidomi (in the sense of giving forward into another's (the enemy's) hands); a surrender -- betrayer, traitor. see GREEK prodidomi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4273: προδότηςπροδότης, προδοτου, ὁ (προδίδωμι, 2), a betrayer, traitor: Luke 6:16; Acts 7:52; 2 Timothy 3:4. (From (Aeschylus), Herodotus down; 2 Macc. 5:15; 3Macc. 3:24.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόδρομος Transliteration: prodromos Phonetic Spelling: prod'-rom-os Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: a running forward, going in advance Meaning: a running forward, going in advance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4274 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4274 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4274 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4274 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4274, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόδρομος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4274 prodromos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forerunner. From the alternate of protrecho; a runner ahead, i.e. Scout (figuratively, precursor) -- forerunner. see GREEK protrecho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4274: πρόδρομοςπρόδρομος, προδρομου, ὁ, ἡ (προτρέχω, προδραμεῖν), a forerunner (especially one who is sent before to take observations or act as spy, a scout, a light-armed soldier; Aeschylus, Herodotus, Thucydides, Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch, others; cf. Wis. 12:8); one who comes in advance to a place whither the rest are to follow: Hebrews 6:20. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προείδω Transliteration: proeidō Phonetic Spelling: pro-i'-do Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to foresee Meaning: to foresee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4275 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4275 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4275 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4275 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4275, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προείδω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4275 proeidō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foreseeFrom pro and eido; foresee -- foresee, saw before. see GREEK eido see GREEK pro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4275: προεῖδονπροεῖδον (from Homer down), 2 aorist of the verb πρωράω, to foresee: Acts 2:31 ((here WH προϊδών without diaeresis; cf. Iota, at the end)); Galatians 3:8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προελπίζω Transliteration: proelpizō Phonetic Spelling: pro-el-pid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hope before Meaning: to hope before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4276 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4276 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4276 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4276 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4276, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προελπίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4276 proelpizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: first trust. From pro and elpizo; to hope in advance of other confirmation -- first trust. see GREEK pro see GREEK elpizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4276: προελπίζωπροελπίζω: perfect participle accusative plural προηλπικότας; to hope before: ἐν τίνι, to repose hope in a person or thing before the event confirms it, Ephesians 1:12. (Posidipp. quoted in Athen. 9, p. 377{c}, Dexippus (circa ), Gregory of Nyssa). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προέπω Transliteration: proepō Phonetic Spelling: pro-ep'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: forewarn, say before Meaning: forewarn, say before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4277 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4277 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4277 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4277 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4277, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προέπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4277proepō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: forewarn, say before From pro and epo; to say already, to predict -- forewarn, say (speak, tell) before. Compare proereo. see GREEK pro see GREEK epo see GREEK proereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4277: προεῖπονπροεῖπον (2 aorist active from an unused present (see εἶπον, at the beginning)), 1 person plural προείπομεν (1 Thessalonians 4:6 Griesbach), προείπαμεν, (ibid. R L T Tr WH (see WH's Appendix, p. 164)); perfect προείρηκα; perfect passive προείρημαι (see εἶπον, p. 181a top); from Homer ((by tmesis); Herodotus and Plato) down; to say before; i. e., a. to say in what precedes, to say above: followed by ὅτι, 2 Corinthians 7:3; followed by direct discourse (Hebrews 4:7 L T Tr WH text); Hebrews 10:15 (Rec.). b. to say before i. e. heretofore, formerly: followed by ὅτι, 2 Corinthians 13:2; Galatians 5:21; followed by direct discourse, Galatians 1:9; (Hebrews 4:7 WH marginal reading); καθώς προείπαμεν ὑμῖν, 1 Thessalonians 4:6; (in the passages under this head (except Galatians 1:9) some would give προ( the sense of openly, plainly (cf. R. V. marginal reading)). c. to say beforehand i. e. before the event; so used in reference to prophecies: τί, Acts 1:16; τά ῤήματα τό προειρημενα ὑπό τίνος, Jude 1:17; 2 Peter 3:2; προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα, Mark 13:23; namely, αὐτό, Matthew 24:25; followed by direct discourse, Romans 9:29. STRONGS NT 4277: προείρηκαπροείρηκα see προεῖπον. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προενάρχομαι Transliteration: proenarchomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-en-ar'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to begin before Meaning: to begin before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4278 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4278 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4278 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4278 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4278, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προενάρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4278 proenarchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: begin From pro and enarchomai; to commence already -- begin (before). see GREEK pro see GREEK enarchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4278: προενάρχομαιπροενάρχομαι: 1 aorist προενηρξαμην; to make a beginning before: 2 Corinthians 8:6; τί, 2 Corinthians 8:10 (here others render 'to make a beginning before others,' 'to be the first to make a beginning,' (cf. Meyer ad loc.)). Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προεπαγγέλλομαι Transliteration: proepangellomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-ep-ang-ghel'-lom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to announce before Meaning: to announce before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4279 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4279 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4279 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4279 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4279, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προεπαγγέλλομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4279 proepangellomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: promise before. Middle voice from pro and epaggello; to promise of old -- promise before. see GREEK pro see GREEK epaggello Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4279: προεπαγγέλλωπροεπαγγέλλω: 1 aorist middle προεπηγγειλαμην; perfect participle προεπηγγελμενος; to announce before (Dio Cassius); middle to promise before: τί, Romans 1:2, and L T Tr WH in 2 Corinthians 9:5 ((Arrian 6, 27, 1); Dio Cassius, 42, 32; 46, 40). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προερέω Transliteration: proereō Phonetic Spelling: pro-er-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: foretell, say before Meaning: foretell, say before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4280 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4280 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4280 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4280 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4280, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προερέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4280 proereō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foretell, say before. From pro and ereo; used as alternate of proepo; to say already, predict -- foretell, say (speak, tell) before. see GREEK pro see GREEK ereo see GREEK proepo |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προέρχομαι Transliteration: proerchomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go forward, go on Meaning: to go forward, go on GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4281 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4281 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4281 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4281 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4281, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4281 proerchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: precede, go before, pass on. From pro and erchomai (including its alternate); to go onward, precede (in place or time) -- go before (farther, forward), outgo, pass on. see GREEK pro see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4281: προέρχομαιπροέρχομαι: imperfect προηρχομην; future προελεύσομαι; 2 aorist προῆλθον; from Herodotus down; 1. to go forward, go on: μικρόν, a little, Matthew 26:39 (here T Tr WH marginal reading προσελθών (which see in a.)); Mark 14:35 (Tr WH marginal reading προσελθών); with an accusative of the way, Acts 12:10 (Xenophon, Cyril 2, 4, 18; Plato, rep. 1, p. 328 e.; 10, p. 616 b.). 2. to go before; i. e., a. to go before, precede (locally; German vorangehen): ἐνώπιον τίνος, Luke 1:17 ((ἔμπροσθεν τίνος, Genesis 33:3), WH marginal reading προσελευσαντες which see in a.); τίνος, to precede one, Luke 22:47 Rec. ((Judith 2:19)); τινα, ibid. G L T Tr WH (not so construed in secular writings; cf. Buttmann, 144 (126); Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, iii., p. 70; (Winers Grammar, § 52, 4, 13); but in Latin we findantecedere, anteire,praeire, aliquem, and in Greek writings πρόθειν τινα; see προηγέομαι); to outgo, outstrip (Latinpraecurrere, antevertere aliquem; for which the Greeks say φθάνειν τινα), Mark 6:33. b. to go before, i. e. (set out) in advance of another (German vorausgehen): Acts 20:5 (Tr WH text προσελθόντες); εἰς (L Tr πρός) ὑμᾶς, unto (as far as to) you, 2 Corinthians 9:5; ἐπί τό πλοῖον, to the ship, Acts 20:13 (Tr WH marginal reading προσελθόντες). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προετοιμάζω Transliteration: proetoimazō Phonetic Spelling: pro-et-oy-mad'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to prepare before Meaning: to prepare before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4282 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4282 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4282 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4282 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4282, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προετοιμάζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4282 proetoimazō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ordain before, prepare afore. From pro and hetoimazo; to fit up in advance (literally or figuratively) -- ordain before, prepare afore. see GREEK pro see GREEK hetoimazo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4282: προετοιμάζωπροετοιμάζω: 1 aorist προητοίμασα; to prepare before, to make ready beforehand: ἅ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν, i. e. for whom he appointed glory beforehand (i. e., from eternity), and, accordingly, rendered them fit to receive it, Romans 9:23; to prepare beforehand in mind and purpose, i. e. to decree, Ephesians 2:10, where οἷς stands by attraction for ἅ (cf. Winers Grammar, 149 (141); Buttmann, § 143, 8). (Isaiah 28:24; Wis. 9:8; Herodotus, Philo, Josephus, Plutarch, Geoponica, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προευαγγελίζομαι Transliteration: proeuangelizomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-yoo-ang-ghel-id'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to announce good news beforehand Meaning: to announce good news beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4283 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4283 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4283 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4283 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4283, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προευαγγελίζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4283 proeuangelizomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: announce beforehand good newsMiddle voice from pro and euaggelizo; to announce glad news in advance -- preach before the gospel. see GREEK pro see GREEK euaggelizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4283: προευαγγελίζομαιπροευαγγελίζομαι: 1 aorist 3 person singular προευηγγελίσατο; to announce or promise glad tidings beforehand (viz. before the event by which the promise is made good): Galatians 3:8. (Philo de opif. mund. § 9; mutat. nom. § 29; Byzantine writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προέχω Transliteration: proechō Phonetic Spelling: pro-ekh-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hold before Meaning: to hold before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4284 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4284 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4284 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4284 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4284, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4284 proechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be better. Middle voice from pro and echo; to hold oneself before others, i.e. (figuratively) to excel -- be better. see GREEK pro see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4284: προέχωπροέχω ((from Homer down)): present middle 1 person plural προεχόμεθα; to have before or in advance of another, to have pre-eminence over another, to excel, to surpass; often so in secular authors from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down; middle to excel to one's advantage (cf. Kühner, § 375, 1); to surpass in excellences which can be passed to one's credit: Romans 3:9; it does not make against this force of the middle in the present passage that the use is nowhere else met with, nor is there any objection to an interpretation which has commended itself to a great many and which the context plainly demands. (But on this difficult word see especially James Morison, Critical Expos. of the Third Chap. of Romans, p. 93ff; Gifford in the 'Speaker's Commentary,' p. 96; Winer's Grammar, § 38, 6; § 39 at the end, cf. p. 554 (516).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προηγέομαι Transliteration: proēgeomai Phonetic Spelling: pro-ay-geh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go before (as a leader) Meaning: to go before (as a leader) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4285 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4285 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4285 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4285 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4285, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προηγέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4285 proēgeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prefer. From pro and hegeomai; to lead the way for others, i.e. Show deference -- prefer. see GREEK pro see GREEK hegeomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4285: προηγέομαιπροηγέομαι, προηγοῦμαι; to go before and show the way, to go before and lead, to go before as leader (Herodotus 2, 48; often in Xenophon; besides in Aristophanes, Polybius, Plutarch, the Sept., others): τῇ τιμή ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι, one going before another as an example of deference (A. V. in honor preferring one another (on the dative cf. Winer's Grammar, § 31, 6 a.)), Romans 12:10. The Greek writers connect this verb now with the dative (Aristophanes, Plutarch, 1195; Polybius 6, 53, 8; etc.), now with the genitive (Diodorus 1, 87); see προέρχομαι, 2 a. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόθεσις Transliteration: prothesis Phonetic Spelling: proth'-es-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a setting forth, proposal, the showbread, sacred (bread) Meaning: a setting forth, proposal, the showbread, sacred (bread) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4286 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4286 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4286 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4286 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4286, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόθεσις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4286 prothesis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: purpose, showbread. From protithemai; a setting forth, i.e. (figuratively) proposal (intention); specially, the show-bread (in the Temple) as exposed before God -- purpose, shew(-bread). see GREEK protithemai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4286: πρόθεσιςπρόθεσις, προθέσεως, ἡ (προτίθημι); 1. the setting forth of a thing, placing of it in view (Plato, Demosthenes, Plutarch); οἱ ἄρτοι τῆς προθέσεως (Vulg.panes propositionis), the showbread, the Sept. for הַפָנִים לֶחֶם (Exodus 35:13; Exodus 39:18 (); 1 Kings 7:48 ()), and הַמַּעֲרֶכֶת לֶחֶם (1 Chronicles 9:32; 1 Chronicles 23:29); twelve loaves of wheaten bread, corresponding to the number of the tribes of Israel, which loaves were offered to God every Sabbath, and, separated into two rows, lay for seven days upon a table placed in the sanctuary or anterior portion of the tabernacle, and afterward of the temple (cf. Winer, RWB, under the word Schaubrode; Roskoff in Schenkel see p. 213f; (Edersheim, The Temple, chapter ix., p. 152ff; BB. DD.)): Matthew 12:4; Mark 2:26; Luke 6:4 (οἱ ἄρτοι τοῦ προσώπου, namely, Θεοῦ, Nehemiah 10:33; ἄρτοι ἐνωπιοι, Exodus 25:29); ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων (the rite of) the setting forth of the loaves, Hebrews 9:2. 2. a purpose (2 Macc. 3:8; (Aristotle), Polybius, Diodorus, Plutarch): Acts 27:13; Romans 8:28; Romans 9:11; Ephesians 1:11; Ephesians 3:11; 2 Timothy 1:9; 2 Timothy 3:10; τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας, with purpose of heart, Acts 11:23. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προθεσμία Transliteration: prothesmia Phonetic Spelling: proth-es'-mee-os Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: appointed beforehand Meaning: appointed beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4287 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4287 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4287 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4287 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4287, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προθεσμία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4287 prothesmia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: appointed timeFrom pro and a derivative of tithemi; fixed beforehand, i.e. (feminine with hemera implied) a designated day -- time appointed. see GREEK pro see GREEK tithemi see GREEK hemera Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4287: προθέσμιοςπροθέσμιος, προθεσμία, προθεσμιον (πρό (which see in d. β.) and θεσμός fixed, appointed), set beforehand, appointed or determined beforehand, pre-arranged (Lucian, Nigr. 27); ἡ προθεσμία, namely, ἡμέρα, the day previously appointed; universally, the pre-appointed time: Galatians 4:2. (Lysias, Plato, Demosthenes, Aeschines, Diodorus, Philo — cf. Siegfried, Philo, p. 113, Josephus, Plutarch, others; ecclesiastical writings; cf. Kypke and Hilgenfeld on Galatians, the passage cited.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προθυμία Transliteration: prothymia Phonetic Spelling: proth-oo-mee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: eagerness Meaning: eagerness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4288 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4288 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4288 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4288 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4288, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προθυμία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4288 prothymia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: readiness, eagernessFrom prothumos; predisposition, i.e. Alacrity -- forwardness of mind, readiness (of mind), ready (willing) mind. see GREEK prothumos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4288: προθυμίαπροθυμία, προθυμίας, ἡ (πρόθυμος), from Homer down; 1. zeal, spirit, eagerness; 2. inclination; readiness of mind: so Acts 17:11; 2 Corinthians 8:11f, 19; 2 Corinthians 9:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόθυμος Transliteration: prothymos Phonetic Spelling: proth'-oo-mos Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: willing, ready Meaning: willing, ready GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4289 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4289 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4289 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4289 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4289, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόθυμος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4289 prothymos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: ready, willing. From pro and thumos; forward in spirit, i.e. Predisposed; neuter (as noun) alacrity -- ready, willing. see GREEK pro see GREEK thumos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4289: πρόθυμοςπρόθυμος, πρόθυμον (πρό and θυμός), from (Sophocles and) Herodotus down, ready, willing: Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38; neuter τό πρόθυμον, equivalent to ἡ προθυμία: Romans 1:15, as in Thucydides 3, 82; Plato, legg. 9, p. 859 b.; Euripides, Med. verse 178; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 8, 13; Herodian, 8, 3, 15 (6 edition, Bekker) (on which cf. Irmisch); 3Macc. 5:26. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προθύμως Transliteration: prothymōs Phonetic Spelling: proth-oo'-moce Part of Speech: Adverb Short Definition: eagerly Meaning: eagerly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4290 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4290 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4290 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4290 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4290, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προθύμως [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4290 prothymōs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: willingly. Adverb from prothumos; with alacrity -- willingly. see GREEK prothumos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4290: προθύμωςπροθύμως, adverb, from Herodotus and Aeschylus down, willingly, with alacrity: 1 Peter 5:2. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προΐστημι Transliteration: proistēmi Phonetic Spelling: pro-is'-tay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: early Meaning: early GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4291 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4291 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4291 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4291 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4291, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προΐστημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4291 proistēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: maintain, be over, rule. From pro and histemi; to stand before, i.e. (in rank) to preside, or (by implication) to practise -- maintain, be over, rule. see GREEK pro see GREEK histemi Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4291: προΐστημιπροΐστημι: 2 aorist infinitive προστῆναι; perfect participle προεστώς; present middle προισταμαι; from Homer, Iliad 4, 156 down; 1. in the transitive tenses to set or place before; to set over. 2. in the perfect pluperfect and 2 aorist active and in the present and imperfect middle a. to be over, to superintend, preside over (A. V. rule) (so from Herodotus down): 1 Timothy 5:17; with a genitive of the person or thing over which one presides, 1 Thessalonians 5:12; 1 Timothy 3:4f, 12. b. to be a protector or guardian; to give aid (Euripides, Demosthenes, Aeschines, Polybius): Romans 12:8 ((others with A. V. to rule; cf. Fritzsche at the passage; Stuart, commentary, excurs. xii.)). c. to care for, give attention to: with a genitive of the thing, καλῶν ἔργων, Titus 3:8, 14; for examples from secular writings see Kypke and Lösner; (some (cf. R. V. marginal reading) would render these two examples profess honest occupations (see ἔργον, 1); but cf. ἔργον, 3, p. 248b middle and Field, Otium Norv. pars iii, at the passage cited). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκαλέομαι Transliteration: prokaleomai Phonetic Spelling: prok-al-eh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call forth, challenge Meaning: to call forth, challenge GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4292 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4292 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4292 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4292 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4292, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκαλέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4292 prokaleomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provoke. Middle voice from pro and kaleo; to call forth to oneself (challenge), i.e. (by implication) to irritate -- provoke. see GREEK pro see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4292: προκαλέωπροκαλέω, προκάλω: present middle participle προκαλούμενος; to call forth (cf. πρό, d. α.); middle to call forth to oneself, especially to challenge to a combat or contest with one; often so from Homer down; hence, to provoke, to irritate: Galatians 5:26 ((εἰς ὠμότητα καί ὀργήν, Herodian, 7, 1, 11, 4 edition, Bekker)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκαταγγέλλω Transliteration: prokatangellō Phonetic Spelling: prok-at-ang-ghel'-lo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to announce beforehand Meaning: to announce beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4293 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4293 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4293 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4293 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4293, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκαταγγέλλω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4293 prokatangellō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foretell, have notice, show before. From pro and kataggello; to anounce beforehand, i.e. Predict, promise -- foretell, have notice, (shew) before. see GREEK pro see GREEK kataggello Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4293: προκαταγγέλλωπροκαταγγέλλω: 1 aorist προκατηγγελεια; perfect passive participle προκατηγγελμενος; to announce beforehand (that a thing will be): of prophecies — followed by an accusative with an infinitive Acts 3:18; τί, Acts 3:24 Rec.; περί τίνος, Acts 7:52. To pre-announce in the sense of to promise: τί, passive, 2 Corinthians 9:5 Rec. (Josephus, Antiquities 1, 12, 3; 2, 9, 4; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκαταρτίζω Transliteration: prokatartizō Phonetic Spelling: prok-at-ar-tid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make ready beforehand Meaning: to make ready beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4294 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4294 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4294 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4294 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4294, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκαταρτίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4294 prokatartizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prepare beforehandFrom pro and katartizo; to prepare in advance -- make up beforehand. see GREEK pro see GREEK katartizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4294: προκαταρτίζωπροκαταρτίζω: 1 aorist subjunctive 3 person plural προκαταρτίσωσι; to prepare (A. V. make up) beforehand: τί, 2 Corinthians 9:5. (Hippocrates; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόκειμαι Transliteration: prokeimai Phonetic Spelling: prok'-i-mahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be set before, to be set forth Meaning: to be set before, to be set forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4295 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4295 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4295 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4295 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4295, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόκειμαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4295 prokeimai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: set forth. From pro and keimai; to lie before the view, i.e. (figuratively) to be present (to the mind), to stand forth (as an example or reward) -- be first, set before (forth). see GREEK pro see GREEK keimai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4295: πρόκειμαιπρόκειμαι; (πρό (which see d. α.) and κεῖμαι): from Homer down; 1. properly, to lie or be placed before (a person or thing), or in front (often so in Greek writings). 2. to be set before, i. e., a. to be placed before the eyes, to lie in sight; to stand forth: with a predicate nominative, δεῖγμα, as an example, Jude 1:7 (καλόν ὑπόδειγμα σοι πρόκειται, Josephus, b. j. 6, 2, 1). b. equivalent to to be appointed, destined: προκειμενη ἐλπίςt';, the hope open to us, offered, given, Hebrews 6:18; used of those things which by any appointment are destined to be done, borne, or attained by anyone; so προκειμενος ἀγών, Hebrews 12:1; προκειμενος χαρά, the destined joy (see ἀντί, 2 b.), ibid. 2 (the phrase τά ἆθλα προκεῖσθαι occurs often in secular writings from Herodotus down; cf. Bleek, Br. an die Hebrews 2:2, p. 268ff). c. to be there, be present, be at hand (so that it can become actual or available): 2 Corinthians 8:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκηρύσσω Transliteration: prokēryssō Phonetic Spelling: prok-ay-rooce'-so Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to proclaim (by herald) Meaning: to proclaim (by herald) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4296 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4296 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4296 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4296 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4296, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκηρύσσω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4296 prokēryssō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: proclaim beforehandFrom pro and kerusso; to herald (i.e. Proclaim) in advance -- before (first) preach. see GREEK pro see GREEK kerusso Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4296: προκηρύσσωπροκηρύσσω: 1 aorist participle προκηρυξας; perfect passive participle προκεκηρυγμενος; 1. to announce or proclaim by herald beforehand (Xenophon, resp. Lac. 11, 2; Isaeus, p. 60, 2; Polybius, Josephus, Plutarch, others). 2. universally, to announce beforehand (of the herald himself, Sophocles El. 684): Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, i. e. his advent, works, and sufferings, passive, Acts 3:20 Rcc.; τί, Acts 13:24 (Ἰερεμίας τά μέλλοντα τῇ πόλει δεῖνα προεκηρυξεν, Josephus, Antiquities 10, 5, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκοπή Transliteration: prokopē Phonetic Spelling: prok-op-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: progress Meaning: progress GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4297 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4297 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4297 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4297 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4297, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκοπή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4297 prokopē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: progress, furtherance, profit. From prokopto; progress, i.e. Advancement (subjectively or objectively) -- furtherance, profit. see GREEK prokopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4297: προκοπήπροκοπή, προκοπης, ἡ (προκόπτω, which see), progress, advancement: Philippians 1:12, 25; 1 Timothy 4:15. (Polybius, Diodorus, Josephus, Philo, others; rejected by the Atticists, cf. Phrynich. edition Lob., p. 85; (Sir. 2:17; 2 Macc. 8:8).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκόπτω Transliteration: prokoptō Phonetic Spelling: prok-op'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to cut forward (a way), advance Meaning: to cut forward (a way), advance GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4298 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4298 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4298 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4298 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4298, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκόπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4298 prokoptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: proceed, profit, advanceFrom pro and kopto; to drive forward (as if by beating), i.e. (figuratively and intransitively) to advance (in amount, to grow; in time, to be well along) -- increase, proceed, profit, be far spent, wax. see GREEK pro see GREEK kopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4298: προκόπτωπροκόπτω: imperfect προέκοπτον; future προκοψω; 1 aorist προεκοψα; to beat forward; 1. to lengthen out by hammering (as a smith forges metals); metaphorically, to promote, forward, further; Herodotus, Euripides, Thucydides, Xenophon, others. 2. from Polybius on intransitively (cf. Buttmann, 145 (127); Winers Grammar, 251 (236)), to go forward, advance, proceed; of time: ἡ νύξ προέκοψεν, the night is advanced (A. V. is far spent) (day is at hand), Romans 13:12 (Josephus, b. j. 4, 4, 6; (προκοπτουσης τῆς ὥρας) Chariton 2, 3, 3 (p. 38, 1 edition Reiske; τά τῆς νυκτός, ibid. 2, 3, 4); ἡ ἡμέρα προκοπτει, Justin Martyr, dialog contra Trypho, p. 277 d.; Latinprocedere is used in the same way, Livy 28, 15; Sallust, Jug. 21, 52, 109). metaphorically, to increase, make progress: with a dative of the thing in which one grows, Luke 2:52 (not Tdf.) (Diodorus 11 87); ἐν with a dative of the thing, ibid. Tdf.; Galatians 1:14 (Diod (excerpt. de virt. et vitiis), p. 554, 69; Antoninus 1, 17); ἐπί πλεῖον, further, 2 Timothy 3:9 (Diodorus 14, 98); ἐπί πλεῖον ἀσεβείας, 2 Timothy 2:16; ἐπί τό χεῖρον, will grow worse, i. e. will make progress in wickedness, 2 Timothy 3:13 (τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων πάθη προυκοπτε καθ' ἡμέραν ἐπί τό χεῖρον, Josephus, b. j. 6, 1, 1). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόκριμα Transliteration: prokrima Phonetic Spelling: prok'-ree-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a prejudice Meaning: a prejudice GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4299 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4299 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4299 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4299 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4299, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόκριμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4299 prokrima 🕊 Strong's Concordance: prejudice, biasFrom a compound of pro and krino; a prejudgment (prejudice), i.e. Prepossession -- prefer one before another. see GREEK pro see GREEK krino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4299: πρόκριμαπρόκριμα, προκρίματος, τό (πρό and κρίμα), an opinion formed before the facts are known, a prejudgment, a prejudice, (Vulg.praejudicium): 1 Timothy 5:21 (anonymous in Suidas, under the word; (Athanasius, Apology contra Arian. 25 (i. 288 a. Migne edition); Justinian manuscript 10, 11, 8, § ἐ)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προκυρόω Transliteration: prokyroō Phonetic Spelling: prok-oo-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to establish beforehand Meaning: to establish beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4300 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4300 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4300 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4300 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4300, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προκυρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4300 prokyroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: confirm before. From pro and kuroo; to ratify previously -- confirm before. see GREEK pro see GREEK kuroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4300: προκυρόωπροκυρόω, προκύρω: perfect passive participle προκεκυρωμενος; to sanction, ratify, or establish beforehand: Galatians 3:17. ((Eusebius, praep. evang. 10, 4 (ii., p. 70, 3 edition Heinichen)); Byzantine writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προλαμβάνω Transliteration: prolambanō Phonetic Spelling: prol-am-ban'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to take beforehand Meaning: to take beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4301 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4301 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4301 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4301 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4301, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προλαμβάνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4301 prolambanō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: take beforehand, overtake. From pro and lambano; to take in advance, i.e. (literally) eat before others have an opportunity; (figuratively) to anticipate, surprise -- come aforehand, overtake, take before. see GREEK pro see GREEK lambano Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4301: προλαμβάνωπρολαμβάνω; 2 aorist προελαβον; 1 aorist passive subjunctive 3 person singular προληφθῇ (προλημφθῇ L T Tr WH; see under the word Mu); from Herodotus down; 1. to take before: τί, 1 Corinthians 11:21. 2. to anticipate, to forestall: προέλαβε μυρίσαι, she has anticipated the anointing (hath anointed beforehand), Mark 14:8; cf. Meyer at the passage; Winer's Grammar, § 54, 4. 3. to take one by forestalling (him i. e. before he can flee or conceal his crime), i. e. surprise, detect (Wis. 17:16): τινα ἐν παραπτώματι, passive, Galatians 6:1; cf. Winer, Epistle to the Galatians, the passage cited |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προλέγω Transliteration: prolegō Phonetic Spelling: prol-eg'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to say beforehand, to predict Meaning: to say beforehand, to predict GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4302 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4302 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4302 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4302 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4302, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προλέγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4302 prolegō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foretell, tell before. From pro and lego; to say beforehand, i.e. Predict, forewarn -- foretell, tell before. see GREEK pro see GREEK lego Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4302: προλέγωπρολέγω; imperfect προελεγον; to say beforehand, to predict, (so from Aeschylus and Herodotus down): 2 Corinthians 13:2; Galatians 5:21; 1 Thessalonians 3:4; (some (see R. V. marginal reading) would give προ( the sense of plainly in all these examples; cf. Liddell and Scott, under the word II. 2, and see πρό, d. ἆ. at the end). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προμαρτύρομαι Transliteration: promartyromai Phonetic Spelling: prom-ar-too'-rom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to say beforehand Meaning: to say beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4303 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4303 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4303 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4303 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4303, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προμαρτύρομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4303 promartyromai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: testify beforehand. From pro and marturomai; to be a witness in advance i.e. Predict -- testify beforehand. see GREEK pro see GREEK marturomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4303: προμαρτύρομαιπρομαρτύρομαι; 1. antetestor (in the old lexicons). 2. to testify beforehand, i. e. to make known by prediction: 1 Peter 1:11; so also (Basil of Seleucia, 32 a. (Migne vol. lxxxv.) and) by Theodorus Metochita (c. 75, misc., p. 504) — a writer of the fourteenth century. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προμελετάω Transliteration: promeletaō Phonetic Spelling: prom-el-et-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to premeditate Meaning: to premeditate GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4304 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4304 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4304 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4304 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4304, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προμελετάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4304 promeletaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: premeditate, prepare. From pro and meletao; to premeditate -- meditate before. see GREEK pro see GREEK meletao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4304: προμελετάωπρομελετάω, προμελέτω; to meditate beforehand: Luke 21:14 (Aristophanes, Xenophon, Plato). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προμεριμνάω Transliteration: promerimnaō Phonetic Spelling: prom-er-im-nah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to be anxious beforehand Meaning: to be anxious beforehand GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4305 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4305 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4305 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4305 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4305, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προμεριμνάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4305 promerimnaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: be anxious beforehand. From pro and merimnao; to care (anxiously) in advance -- take thought beforehand. see GREEK pro see GREEK merimnao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4305: προμεριμνάωπρομεριμνάω; to be anxious beforehand: Mark 13:11 (Clement of Alexandria, strom. 4, 9, 72; (Hippolytus ref. haer. 6, 52, p. 330, 69; 8, 15, p. 432, 3)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προνοέω Transliteration: pronoeō Phonetic Spelling: pron-o-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to foresee Meaning: to foresee GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4306 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4306 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4306 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4306 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4306, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προνοέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4306 pronoeō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: provide for. From pro and noieo; to consider in advance, i.e. Look out for beforehand (actively, by way of maintenance for others; middle voice by way of circumspection for oneself) -- provide (for). see GREEK pro see GREEK noieo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4306: προνοέωπρονοέω, προνόω; present middle προνωυμαι; from Homer down; 1. to perceive before, foresee. 2. to provide, think of beforehand: τίνος (see Matthiae, § 348, vol. ii., p. 821 (but cf. § 379, p. 862); Kühner, § 419, 1 b. ii., p. 325; (Jelf, § 496); Winers Grammar, § 30, 10 c.), to provide for one, 1 Timothy 5:8 (where T Tr text WH marginal reading προνοειται); περί τίνος, Wis. 6:8. Middle with an accusative of the thing, equivalent to to take thought for, care for a thing: Romans 12:17; 2 Corinthians 8:21 (where L T Tr WH have adopted προνωυμεν). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόνοια Transliteration: pronoia Phonetic Spelling: pron'-oy-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: foresight, forethought Meaning: foresight, forethought GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4307 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4307 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4307 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4307 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4307, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόνοια [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4307 pronoia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: providence, provision. From pronoeo; forethought, i.e. Provident care or supply -- providence, provision. see GREEK pronoeo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4307: πρόνοιαπρόνοια, προνοίας, ἡ (προνως), from (Aeschylus, Sophocles), Herodotus down, forethought, provident care: Acts 24:2 (3) (A. V. providence); ποιοῦμαι πρόνοιαν τίνος, to make provision for a thing (see ποιέω, I. 3, p. 526a top), Romans 13:14. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προοράω Transliteration: prooraō Phonetic Spelling: pro-or-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to see before Meaning: to see before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4308 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4308 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4308 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4308 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4308, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προοράω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4308 prooraō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: foresee, see before. From pro and horao; to behold in advance, i.e. (actively) to notice (another) previously, or (middle voice) to keep in (one's own) view -- foresee, see before. see GREEK pro see GREEK horao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4308: προοράωπροοράω, προορῶ; perfect participleπροεωρακως; imperfect middle (Acts 2:25) προωρώμην, and without augment (see ὁμοιόω, at the beginning) προορωμην L T Tr WH; from Herodotus down; 1. to see before (whether as respects place or time): τινα, Acts 21:29. 2. Middle (rare use) to keep before one's eyes: metaphorically, τινα, with ἐνώπιον μου added, to be mindful of one always, Acts 2:25 from Psalm 15:(xvi.)8. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προορίζω Transliteration: proorizō Phonetic Spelling: pro-or-id'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to predetermine, foreordain Meaning: to predetermine, foreordain GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4309 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4309 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4309 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4309 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4309, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προορίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4309 proorizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: determine before, ordain, predestinate. From pro and horizo; to limit in advance, i.e. (figuratively) predetermine -- determine before, ordain, predestinate. see GREEK pro see GREEK horizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4309: προορίζωπροορίζω: 1 aorist προορισα; 1 aorist passive participle προορισθεντες; to predetermine, decide beforehand, Vulg. (except in Acts)praedestino (R. V. to foreordain): in the N. T. of God decreeing from eternity, followed by an accusative with the infinitive Acts 4:28; τί, with the addition of πρό τῶν αἰώνων 1 Corinthians 2:7; τινα, with a predicate acc, to foreordain, appoint beforehand, Romans 8:29f; τινα εἰς τί, one to obtain a thing. Ephesians 1:5; προορισθεντες namely, κληρωθῆναι, Ephesians 1:11. (Heliodorus and ecclesiastical writings. (Ignatius ad Eph. tit.)) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προπάσχω Transliteration: propaschō Phonetic Spelling: prop-as'-kho Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: suffer before Meaning: suffer before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4310 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4310 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4310 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4310 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4310, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προπάσχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4310 propaschō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: suffer before. From pro and pascho; to undergo hardship previously -- suffer before. see GREEK pro see GREEK pascho Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4310: προπάσχωπροπάσχω: 2 aorist participle προπαθόντες; to suffer before: 1 Thessalonians 2:2. (Herodotus, Sophocles, Thucydides, Plato, others.) STRONGS NT 4310a: προπάτωρπροπάτωρ, προπατορος, ὁ (πατήρ), a forefather, founder of a family or nation: Romans 4:1 L T Tr WH. (Pindar, Herodotus, Sophocles, Euripides, Plato, Dio Cassius, 44, 37; Lucian, others; Plutarch, consol. ad Apoll. c 10; Josephus, Antiquities 4, 2, 4; b. j. 5, 9, 4; Ev. Nicod. 21. 24. 25f; ecclesiastical writings.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προπέμπω Transliteration: propempō Phonetic Spelling: prop-em'-po Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to send before, send forth Meaning: to send before, send forth GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4311 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4311 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4311 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4311 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4311, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προπέμπω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4311 propempō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: accompany, send forthFrom pro and pempo; to send forward, i.e. Escort or aid in travel -- accompany, bring (forward) on journey (way), conduct forth. see GREEK pro see GREEK pempo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4311: προπέμπωπροπέμπω; imperfect προέπεμπον; 1 aorist active προεπεμψα; 1 aorist passive προεπεμφθην; from Homer down; 1. to send before. 2. to send forward, bring on the way, accompany or escort: τινα, 1 Corinthians 16:6, 11 (others associate these examples with the group at the close); with ἐκεῖ (for ἐκεῖσε) added, Romans 15:24; εἰς with an accusative of place, Acts 20:38; 2 Corinthians 1:16 (here R. V. set forward (see below)); ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, Acts 21:5. to set one forward, fit him out with the requisites for his journey: Acts 15:3 (others associate this example with the preceding); Titus 3:13; 3 John 1:6; 1 Macc. 12:4, cf. 1 Esdr. 4:47. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προπετής Transliteration: propetēs Phonetic Spelling: prop-et-ace' Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: falling forward, headlong Meaning: falling forward, headlong GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4312 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4312 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4312 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4312 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4312, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προπετής [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4312 propetēs 🕊 Strong's Concordance: reckless, thoughtlessFrom a compound of pro and pipto; falling forward, i.e. Headlong (figuratively, precipitate) -- heady, rash(-ly). see GREEK pro see GREEK pipto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4312: προπετήςπροπετής, προπετές (πρό and πέτω i. e. πίπτω); 1. falling forward, headlong, sloping, precipitous: Pindar Nem. 6, 107; Xenophon, r. eq. 1, 8; others. 2. precipitate, rash, reckless: Acts 19:36; 2 Timothy 3:4 (Proverbs 10:14; Proverbs 13:3; Sir. 9:18; Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 1, 1 [ET]; and often in Greek writings). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προπορεύομαι Transliteration: proporeuomai Phonetic Spelling: prop-or-yoo'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to make to go before, to cause to go before Meaning: to make to go before, to cause to go before GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4313 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4313 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4313 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4313 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4313, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προπορεύομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4313 proporeuomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go before. From pro and poreuomai; to precede (as guide or herald) -- go before. see GREEK pro see GREEK poreuomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4313: προπορεύωπροπορεύω: 1 future middle προπορεύσομαί; to send before, to make to precede (Aelian nat. an. 10, 22 (vat.)); middle to go before, to precede (see πρό, d. ἆ.): τίνος (on which genitive see Winers Grammar, § 52, 2 c.), to go before one, of a leader, Acts 7:40; πρό προσώπου τίνος (after the IIebr., Exodus 32:34; Deuteronomy 3:18; Deuteronomy 9:3), of a messenger or a herald, Luke 1:76; (of the van of an army, 1 Macc. 9:11; Xenophon, Cyril 4, 2, 23; Polybius). (Cf. ἔρχομαι, at the end.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρός Transliteration: pros Phonetic Spelling: pros Part of Speech: Preposition Short Definition: advantageous for, at (denotes local proximity), toward (denotes motion toward a place) Meaning: advantageous for, at (denotes local proximity), toward (denotes motion toward a place) GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4314 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4314 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4314 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4314 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4314, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρός [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4314 pros 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to, towardsA strengthened form of pro; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. Toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. Pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. Near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. Whither or for which it is predicated) -- about, according to, against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at. see GREEK pro Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4314: πρόςπρός, a preposition, equivalent to the epic προτί, from πρό and the adverbial suffix τί (cf. the German vor ... bin (Curtius, § 381)); it is joined I. with the accusative, to, toward, Latinad, denoting direction toward a thing, or position and state looking toward a thing (Winer's Grammar, § 49 h., p. 404 (378)); it is used 1. of the goal or limit toward which a movement is directed: πρός τινα or τί, a. properly, after verbs of going, departing, running, coming, etc.: ἄγω, John 11:15; ἀναβαίνω, Mark 6:51; John 20:17; Acts 15:2; ἀνακάμπτω, Matthew 2:12; Acts 18:21; ἀνέρχομαι, Galatians 1:17 (L Tr marginal reading ἀπῆλθον); ἀπέρχομαι, Matthew 14:25 (Rec.); Mark 3:13, etc.; πρός ἑαυτόν, to his house, Luke 24:12 (T omits; L Tr brackets; WH reject the verse; Tr reads πρός αὐτοῦ; some connect the phrase with θαυμάζων (see 2 b. below)); John 20:10 (T Tr αὐτούς, WH αὑτούς (cf. under the word αὑτοῦ, at the end)); γίνεσθαι πρός τινα, to come to one, 1 Corinthians 2:3; 1 Corinthians 16:10; διαπεράω, Luke 16:26; ἐγγίζω, Mark 11:1; Luke 19:29; εἰσέρχομαι, Mark 6:25; Luke 1:28; Acts 10:3; (πρός τήν Λυδίαν, into the house of Lydia, Acts 16:40 (Rec. εἰς)); etc.; Revelation 3:20; εἰσπορεύομαι, Acts 28:30; ἐκπορεύομαι, Matthew 3:5; Mark 1:5; ἐξέρχομαι, John 18:29, 38; 2 Corinthians 8:17; Hebrews 13:13; ἐπιστρέφω, to turn (oneself), Acts 9:40; 2 Corinthians 3:16; 1 Thessalonians 1:9; ἐπισυνάγεσθαι, Mark 1:33; ἔρχομαι, Matthew 3:14; Matthew 7:15, and often; ἥκω, John 6:37; Acts 28:23 (Rec.); καταβαίνω, Acts 10:21; Acts 14:11; Revelation 12:12; μεταβαίνω, John 13:1; ὀρθρίζω, Luke 21:38; παραγίνομαι, Matthew 3:13; Luke 7:4, 20; Luke 8:19; Luke 11:6; ( Tdf.); πορεύομαι, Matthew 10:6; Luke 11:5; John 14:12, etc.; συνάγεσθαι, Matthew 13:2; Matthew 27:62; Mark 4:1; Mark 6:30; Mark 7:1; συντρέχειν, Acts 3:11; ὑπάγω, Matthew 26:18; Mark 5:19; John 7:33; John 13:3; John 16:5, 10, 16 (T Tr WH omit; L brackets the clause), ; κατευθύνειν τήν ὁδόν,1 Thessalonians 3:11; also after (kindred) nouns: εἴσοδος, 1 Thessalonians 1:9; 1 Thessalonians 2:1; προσαγωγή, Ephesians 2:18. after verbs of moving, leading, sending, drawing, bringing, directing: ἄγω, Mark 11:7 (R L); Luke 18:40; John 1:42 (43); (John 18:13 L T Tr WH); Acts 9:27, etc.; ἀπάγω, Matthew 26:57 (R. V. to the house of C. (cf. Acts 16:40 above)); Mark 14:53; John 18:13 (R G); Acts 23:17; 1 Corinthians 12:2; (ἐξάγω ἕως πρός (see ἕως, II. 2 c.), Luke 24:50 L text T Tr WH); κατασύρω, Luke 12:58; ἁρπάζω, Revelation 12:5; ἑλκύω, John 12:32; παραλαμβάνω, John 14:3; φέρω, Mark 1:32; Mark 9:17, 19, 20; (Mark 11:7 T Tr WH); πέμπω, Luke 7:(not T WH),19; Acts 25:21 (L T Tr WH ἀναπέμψω), etc. (see πέμπω); ἀναπέμπω, Luke 23:7, 15; ἀποστέλλω, Matthew 23:34, etc. (see ἀποστέλλω, 1b. and d.); στρέφομαι, Luke 7:44; Luke 23:28. after verbs of falling: πίπτειν πρός τούς πόδας τίνος, Mark 5:22; Mark 7:25; (Acts 5:10 L T Tr WH); Revelation 1:17. after other verbs and substantives with which the idea of direction is connected: as ἐπιστολή πρός τινα, Acts 9:2; Acts 22:5; 2 Corinthians 3:1; ἐντολή, Acts 17:15; ἀνάδειξις, Luke 1:80; κάμπτω τά γόνατα, Ephesians 3:14; ἐκπετάννυμι τάς χεῖρας, Romans 10:21 (from Isaiah 65:2); πρόσωπον πρός πρόσωπον, face (turned) to face, i. e. in immediate presence, 1 Corinthians 13:12 (after the Hebrew, Genesis 32:30; Judges 6:22); στόμα πρός στόμα, mouth (turned) to mouth, i. e. in each other's presence, 2 John 1:12; 3 John 1:14 (see στόμα, 1); λαλεῖν πρός τό οὖς, the mouth being put to the ear, Luke 12:3. after verbs of adding, joining to: προστιθεναι τινα πρός τούς πατέρας, to lay one unto, i. e. bury him by the side of, his fathers, Acts 13:36 (after the Hebrew, 2 Kings 22:20; Judges 2:10); θάπτειν τινα πρός τινα, Acts 5:10. after verbs of saying (because speech is directed toward someone), invoking, swearing, testifying, making known: with an accusative of the person, ἀνοίγω τό στόμα, 2 Corinthians 6:11; Luke 1:13, and very often by Luke; John 4:48; John 7:3, etc.; Hebrews 1:13; λαλέω, Luke 1:19, 55; Luke 2:18, etc.; 1 Thessalonians 2:2; Hebrews 5:5; Hebrews 11:18; λέγω, Luke 5:36, etc.; John 2:3; John 4:15, etc.; Hebrews 7:21; φημί, Luke 22:70; Acts 2:38 (R G); , etc.; διαλέγομαι, Acts 24:12; ἀποκρίνομαι, Luke 4:4; Acts 3:12; δέομαι, Acts 8:24; βοάω, Luke 18:7 (R G L); αἴρειν φωνήν, Acts 4:24; εὔχομαι, 2 Corinthians 13:7; ὄμνυμι, Luke 1:73; μάρτυς εἰμί, Acts 13:31; Acts 22:15; δημηγορέω, Acts 12:21; κατηγορέω, to accuse to, bring, as it were, to the judge by accusation, John 5:45; ἐμφανίζω, Acts 23:22; γνωρίζεται, be made known unto, Philippians 4:6. also after (kindred) substantives (and phrases): ἀπολογία, addressed unto one, Acts 22:1; λόγος, 2 Corinthians 1:18; λόγος παρακλήσεως, Acts 13:15; ὁ λόγος γίνεται πρός τινα, John 10:35 (Genesis 15:1, 4; Jeremiah 1:2, 11; Jeremiah 13:8; Ezekiel 6:1; Hosea 1:1); γίνεται φωνή, Acts 7:31 Rec.; ; γίνεται ἐπαγγελία, Acts 13:32 and Rec. in (where L T Tr WH εἰς); προσευχή, Romans 15:30; δέησις, Romans 10:1; προσφέρειν δεήσεις, Hebrews 5:7. πρός ἀλλήλους after ἀντιβάλλειν λόγους, Luke 24:17; Luke 8taXaXe(p, Luke 6:11; διαλέγεσθαι, Mark 9:34; διαλογίζεσθαι, Mark 8:16; εἰπεῖν, Luke 2:15 ((L marginal reading T WH λαλεῖν)); ; John 16:17; John 19:24; λέγειν, Mark 4:41; Luke 8:25; John 4:33; Acts 28:4; ὁμιλεῖν, Luke 24:14; συλλαλεῖν, Luke 4:36. πρός ἑαυτούς equivalent to πρός ἀλλήλους: after συζητεῖν, Mark 1:27 (T WH text read simply αὐτούς (as subjunctive)); ; Luke 22:23; εἰπεῖν, Mark 12:7; John 12:19; λέγειν, Mark 16:3; ἀγανακτεῖν (R. V. had indignation among themselves. saying), Mark 14:4 T WH (cf. Tr); see 2 b. below. b. of a time drawing toward a given time (cf. f. below): πρός ἑσπέραν ἐστιν, toward evening, Luke 24:29 (Genesis 8:11; Zechariah 14:7; Plato, de rep. 1, p. 328a.; Josephus, Antiquities 5, 4, 3; πρός ἡμέραν, Xenophon, ahab. 4, 5, 21; Plato, conviv., p. 223 c.); (πρός σάββατον, Mark 15:42 LTr text). c. metaphorically, of mental direction, with words denoting desires and emotions of the mind, to, toward: ἐνδεικνύειν πραΰτητα, Titus 3:2; μακροθύμειν, 1 Thessalonians 5:14; ἤπιος, 2 Timothy 2:24; ἔχθρα, Luke 23:12; πεποίθησιν ἔχειν, 2 Corinthians 3:4; (ἐλπίδα ἔχων, Acts 24:15 Tdf.); πίστις, 1 Thessalonians 1:8; παρρησία, 2 Corinthians 7:4; 1 John 3:21; 1 John 5:14; with verbs signifying the mode of bearing oneself toward a person, ἐργάζεσθαι τό ἀγαθόν, Galatians 6:10; τά αὐτά, Ephesians 6:9 (Xenophon, mem. 1, 1, 6). of a hostile direction, agdainst; so after ἀνταγωνιζεσθα, Hebrews 12:4; στῆναι, Ephesians 6:11; λακτίζειν, Acts 9:5 Rec.; (see κέντρον, 2); πάλη, Ephesians 6:12; μάχεσθαι, John 6:52; διακρίνομαι, Acts 11:2; γογγυσμός, Acts 6:1; βλασφημία, Revelation 13:6; πικραίνεσθαι, Colossians 3:19; (ἔχειν τί, Acts 24:19; ἔχειν ζήτημα, ; μομφήν, Colossians 3:13; πρᾶγμα, 1 Corinthians 6:1; λόγον (see λόγος, I. 6), Acts 19:38; πρός τινα, to have something to bring against one (R. V. wherewith to answer), 2 Corinthians 5:12; τά (which Tr text WH omit) πρός τινα, the things to be said against one, Acts 23:30 (R G Tr WH; here may be added πρός πλησμονήν σαρκός, against (i. e. to check) the indulgence of the flesh, Colossians 2:23 (see πλησμονή)). d. of the issue or end to which anything tends or leads: ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἐστι πρός θάνατον, John 11:4; ἁμαρτάνειν, ἁμαρτία πρός θάνατον, 1 John 5:16f; ἅ στρεβλουσι πρός τήν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν, 2 Peter 3:16; τά πρός τήν εἰρήνην namely, ὄντα — now, the things which tend to the restoration of peace (A. V. conditions of peace), Luke 14:32; now, which tend to the attainment of safety (A. V. which belong unto peace), Luke 19:42; τά πρός ζωήν, καί εὐσέβειαν (A. V. that pertain unto), 2 Peter 1:3; πρός δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, 2 Corinthians 1:20; τοῦ κυρίου, 2 Corinthians 8:19. e. of an intended end or purpose: πρός νουθεσίαν τίνος, 1 Corinthians 10:11; as other examples add, Matthew 26:12; Romans 3:26; Romans 15:2; 1 Corinthians 6:5; 1 Corinthians 7:35; 1 Corinthians 12:7; 1 Corinthians 14:12, 26; 1 Corinthians 15:34; 2 Corinthians 4:6; 2 Corinthians 7:3; 2 Corinthians 11:8; Ephesians 4:12; 1 Timothy 1:16; Hebrews 6:11; Hebrews 9:13; πρός τί, to what end, for what intent, John 13:28; πρός τήν ἐλεημοσύνην, for the purpose of asking alms, Acts 3:10; πρός τό with an infinitive in order to, etc.: Matthew 5:28; Matthew 6:1; Matthew 13:30; Matthew 23:5; Matthew 26:12; Mark 13:22; 2 Corinthians 3:13; Ephesians 6:11; 1 Thessalonians 2:9; 2 Thessalonians 3:8, also R G in James 3:3. f. of the time for which a thing has been, as it were, appointed, i. e. during which it will last; where we use our for (German für orauf) (cf. b. above): πρός καιρόν (Latinad tempus, Cicero, de off. 1, 8, 27; de amicitia 15, 53; Livy 21, 25, 14), i. e. for a season, for a while, Luke 8:13; 1 Corinthians 7:5; πρός καιρόν ὥρας (R. V. for a short season), 1 Thessalonians 2:17; πρός ὥραν, for a short time, for an hour, John 5:35; 2 Corinthians 7:8; Galatians 2:5; Philemon 1:15; πρός ὀλίγας ἡμέρας, Hebrews 12:10 πρός τό παρόν, for the present, ibid. 11 (Thucydides 2, 22; Plato, legg. 5, p. 736 a.; Josephus, Antiquities 6, 5, 1; Herodian, 1, 3, 13 (5 edition, Bekker); Dio Cassius, 41, 15); πρός ὀλίγον, for a little time, James 4:4 (Lucian, dial. deor. 18, 1; Aelian v. h. 12, 63). 2. it is used of close proximity — the idea of direction, though not entirely lost, being more or less weakened; a. answering to our at or by (German an); after verbs of fastening, adhering, moving (to): δεδέσθαι πρός τήν θύραν, Mark 11:4; προσκολλᾶσθαι, Mark 10:7 R G Tr (in marginal reading brackets); Ephesians 5:31 R G WH text; προσκόπτειν, Matthew 4:6; Luke 4:11; κεῖσθαι, equivalent to to be brought near to, Matthew 3:10; Luke 3:9 ((cf. 2 Macc. 4:33)); τιθέναι, Acts 3:2; (Acts 4:37 Tdf. (others παρά)); add, βεβλησθαι, Luke 16:20; τά πρός τήν θύραν, the forecourt (see θύρα, a.), Mark 2:2; εἶναι πρός τήν θάλασσαν (properly, toward the sea (A. V. by the sea)), Mark 4:1; θερμαίνεσθαι πρός τό φῶς, turned to the light (R. V. in the light), Mark 14:54; καθῆσθαι πρός τό φῶς, Luke 22:56; πρός τό μνημεῖον, John 20:11 Rec.; cf. Fritzsche on Mark, p. 201f b. equivalent to (Latinapud) with, with the accusative of a person, after verbs of remaining, dwelling, tarrying, etc. (which require one to be conceived of as always turned toward one), cf. Fritzsche as above: after εἶναι, Matthew 13:56; Mark 6:3; Mark 9:19; Mark 14:49; Luke 9:41; John 1:1; 1 John 1:2; 1 Thessalonians 3:4; 2 Thessalonians 2:5; 2 Thessalonians 3:10; παρεῖναι, Acts 12:20; 2 Corinthians 11:9 (8); Galatians 4:18, 20; παρουσία, Philippians 1:26; διαμενεῖν, Galatians 2:5; παραμένειν, 1 Corinthians 16:6; ἐπιμένειν, 1 Corinthians 16:7; Galatians 1:18; καθέζεσθαι, Matthew 26:55 (R G L Tr brackets); ἐνδήμειν, 2 Corinthians 5:8; κατέχειν τινα πρός ἑαυτόν, Philemon 1:13. πρός ἐμαυτόν, etc. (apud animum meum), with myself, etc. (2 Macc. 11:13; examples from Greek writings are given in Passow, under the word, I. 2, p. 1157a; (Liddell and Scott, under the word C. I. 5)), συλλογίζομαι, Luke 20:5; προσεύχομαι, Luke 18:11 (Tdf. omits πρός ἑαυτόν, Griesbach connects it with σταθείς); ἀγανακτεῖν, Mark 14:4 ((cf. 1 a. at the end); θαυμάζειν, Luke 24:12 (according to some; see above, 1 a. at the beginning)). Further, ποιεῖν τί πρός τινα, Matthew 26:18; ἔχω χάριν πρός τινα, Acts 2:47; ἔχει καύχημα ... πρός Θεόν to have whereof to glory with one (properly, turned 'toward' one), Romans 4:2; παράκλητον πρός τινα, 1 John 2:1. 3. of relation or reference to any person or thing; thus a. of fitness: joined to adjectives, ἀγαθός, Ephesians 4:29; ἕτοιμος, Titus 3:1; 1 Peter 3:15; ἱκανός, 2 Corinthians 2:16; δυνατός, 2 Corinthians 10:4; ἐξηρτισμένος, 2 Timothy 3:17; ὠφέλιμος, 1 Timothy 4:8; 2 Timothy 3:16; ἀδόκιμος, Titus 1:16; ἀνεύθετος, Acts 27:12; λευκός, white and so ready for, John 4:35; τά πρός τήν χρείαν namely, ἀναγκαῖά (R. V. such things as we needed,), Acts 28:10. b. of the relation or close connection entered (or to be entered) into by one person with another: περιπατεῖν πρός (German im Verkehr mit (in contact with (A. V. toward)); cf. Bernhardy (1829), p. 265; Passow, under the word, I. 2, p. 1157a; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, C. I. 5)) τινα, Colossians 4:5; 1 Thessalonians 4:12; ἀναστρέφεσθαι, 2 Corinthians 1:12; of ethical relationship (where we use with), ἀσύμφωνος πρός ἀλλήλους, Acts 28:25; κονωνια, συμφώνησις πρός τινα or τί, 2 Corinthians 6:15f; εἰρήνην ἔχειν (see εἰρήνη, 5), Romans 5:1; συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρός τόν Θεόν, Acts 24:16; διαθήκην ἐντέλλομαι πρός τινα, Hebrews 9:20 (see ἐντέλλω, at the end); διαθήκην διατίθημι, Acts 2:25 (in Greek writings συνθήκας, σπονδάς, συμμαχίαν ποιεῖσθαι πρός τινα, and similar expressions; cf. Passow (or Liddell and Scott) as above); μή ταπεινώσῃ ... πρός ὑμᾶς, in my relation to you (R. V. before), 2 Corinthians 12:21; πρός ὅν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (see λόγος, II. 5), Hebrews 4:13. Here belongs also 2 Corinthians 4:2 (A. V. to every man's conscience). c. with regard to (any person or thing), with respect to, as to; after verbs of saying: πρός τινα, Mark 12:12; Luke 12:41; Luke 18:9; Luke 19:9; Luke 20:19; Romans 10:21; Hebrews 1:7f; πρός τό δεῖν προσεύχεσθαι, Luke 18:1; ἐπιτρέπειν, γράφειν τί πρός τί, Matthew 19:8; Mark 10:5; ἀποκριθῆναι τί πρός τί, Matthew 27:14; ἀνταποκριθῆναι, Luke 14:6' τί ἐροῦμεν πρός ταῦτα, Romans 8:31 (Xenophon, mem. 3, 9, 12; anab. 2, 1, 20). d. pertaining to: τά πρός τόν Θεόν (see Θεός, 3 γ.), Romans 15:17; Hebrews 2:17; Hebrews 5:1; τί πρός ἡμᾶς; namely, ἐστιν, what is that to us? i. e. it is none of our business to care for that, Matthew 27:4; also τί πρός σε; John 21:22, 23 (here Tdf. omits). e. in comparison (like Latinad) equivalent to in comparison with: so after ἄξιος (which see in a.), Romans 8:18 (οὐ λογισθήσεται ἕτερος πρός αὐτόν, Baruch 3:36 (35); cf. Viger. edition, Herm., p. 666; (Buttmann, § 147, 28)). f. agreeably to, according to: πρός ἅ (i. e. πρός ταῦτα ἅ) ἔπραξε, 2 Corinthians 5:10; ποιεῖν πρός τό θέλημα τίνος, Luke 12:47; ὀρθοπόδειν πρός τήν ἀλήθειαν, Galatians 2:14. Here belong Ephesians 3:4; Ephesians 4:14. g. akin to this is the use of πρός joined to nouns denoting desires, emotions, virtues, etc., to form a periphrasis of the adverbs (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 51, 2 h.): πρός φθόνον, enviously, James 4:5 ((on this passage see φθόνος); πρός ὀργήν equivalent to ὀργίλως, Sophocles El. 369; πρός βίαν equivalent to βιαίως, Aeschylus (Prom. 208, 353, etc.) Eum. 5; others; πρός ἡδονήν καί πρός χάριν, pleasantly and graciously, Josephus, Antiquities 12, 10, 3; (other examples in Liddell and Scott, under C. III. 7)). II. with the dative, at, near, hard by, denoting close local proximity (Winers Grammar, 395 (369f)); so six times in the N. T. (much more frequent in the Sept. and in the O. T. Apocrypha): Mark 5:11 G L T Tr WH (R. V. on the mountain side); Luke 19:37; John 18:16; John 20:11 (where Rec. has πρός τό μν,.); John 20:12; Revelation 1:13. III. with the genitive, a. properly, used of that from which something proceeds; b. (Latina parte i. e.) on the side of; hence, tropically πρός τίνος εἶναι or ὑπάρχειν, to pertain to one, lie in one's interests, be to one's advantage: so once in the N. T. τοῦτο πρός τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει, conduces to (A. V. is for) your safety, Acts 27:34. (Κροισος ἐλπισας πρός ἑωυτοῦ τόν χρησμον εἶναι, Herodotus 1, 75; οὐ πρός τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης, it will not redound to your credit, Thucydides 3, 59; add, Plato, Gorgias, p. 459 c.; Lucian, dial. deor. 20, 3; Dionysius Halicarnassus, Antiquities 10, 30; Arrian exp. Alex. 1, 19, 6; cf. Viger. edition, Herm., p. 659f; Matthiae, p. 1385f; (Liddell and Scott, under the word A. IV.); Winer's Grammar, 374 (350).) IV. in Composition πρός signifies 1. direction or motion to a goal: προσάγω, προσεγγίζω, προσέρχομαι, προστρέχω. 2. addition, accession, besides: προσανατίθημι, προσαπειλέω, προσοφείλω. 3. vicinity: προσεδρεύω, προσμένω. 4. our on, at, as in προσκόπτω; and then of things which adhere to or are fastened to others, as προσηλόω, προσπήγνυμι. 5. to or for, of a thing adjusted to some standard: πρόσκαιρος. Cf. Zeune ad Viger. edition, Herm., p. 666. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσάββατον Transliteration: prosabbaton Phonetic Spelling: pros-ab'-bat-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: the day before the Sabbath Meaning: the day before the Sabbath GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4315 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4315 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4315 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4315 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4315, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσάββατον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4315 prosabbaton 🕊 Strong's Concordance: day before the Sabbath. From pro and sabbaton; a fore-sabbath, i.e. The Sabbath-eve -- day before the sabbath. Compare paraskeue. see GREEK pro see GREEK sabbaton see GREEK paraskeue Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4315: προσάββατονπροσάββατον, προσαββάτου, τό, the day before the sabbath: Mark 15:42, R G T WH (L Tr text πρός σάββατον (cf. πρός, I. 1 b.)). (Judith 8:6; (Psalm 92:1 () heading; Nonnus, paraph. Ioan. 19, 66; Eusebius, de mart. Pal. 6, 1).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαγορεύω Transliteration: prosagoreuō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ag-or-yoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to address, to call by name Meaning: to address, to call by name GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4316 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4316 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4316 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4316 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4316, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαγορεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4316 prosagoreuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: call, designateFrom pros and a derivative of agora (mean to harangue); to address, i.e. Salute by name -- call. see GREEK pros see GREEK agora Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4316: προσαγορεύωπροσαγορεύω: 1 aorist passive participle προσαγορευθείς; to speak to, to address, accost, salute (Aeschyl, Herodotus, Aristph., Xenophon, Plato, others); especially to address or accost by some name, call by name: τινα with a predicate accusative, and in the passive with a predicate nominative (1 Macc. 14:40; 2 Macc. 14:37), Hebrews 5:10. (to give a name to publicly, to style, τινα or τί with a predicate accusative, Xenophon, mem. 3, 2, 1; Γάϊος Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ ὁ διά τάς πράξεις προσαγορευθείς Θεός, Diodorus 1, 4; add (Wis. 14:22); 2 Macc. 4:7 2Macc. 10:9 2Macc. 14:37; φρούριον ... Καισάρειαν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ προσαγορευθεν, Josephus, Antiquities 15, 8, 5.) Cf. Bleek, Brief an d. Hebrews 2:2, p. 97f. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσάγω Transliteration: prosagō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ag'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to bring or lead to Meaning: to bring or lead to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4317 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4317 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4317 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4317 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4317, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσάγω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4317 prosagō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: bring, draw near. From pros and ago; to lead towards, i.e. (transitively) to conduct near (summon, present), or (intransitively) to approach -- bring, draw near. see GREEK pros see GREEK ago Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4317: προσάγωπροσάγω; 2 aorist προσήγαγον; 1 aorist passive προσηχθην (Matthew 18:24 L Tr WH); from Homer down; the Sept. for הִקְרִיב, הִגִּישׁ, sometimes for הֵבִיא; 1. transitively, to lead to, bring (see πρός, IV. 1): τινα ὧδε, Luke 9:41; τινα τίνι, one to one (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 14), Matthew 18:24 L Tr WH; Acts 16:20; to open a way of access, τινα τῷ Θεῷ, for (A. V. to bring) one to God, i. e. to render one acceptable to God and assured of his grace (a figure borrowed from those who secure for one the privilege of an interview with the sovereign), 1 Peter 3:18 (noteworthy is the use, without specification of the goal, in a forensic sense, to summon (to trial or punishment), Acts 12:6 WH text (where others προάγω, which see 1)). 2. intransitively (see ἄγω, 4), to draw near to, approach (Joshua 3:9; Jeremiah 26:3 (), etc.): τίνι, Acts 27:27 ((not WH marginal reading)), where Luke speaks in nautical style phenomenally, the land which the sailor is approaching seeming to approach him; cf. Kuinoel (or Wetstein) at the passage; (see προσανέχω 2, and προσαχέω). STRONGS NT 4317: προσανέχωπροσανέχω; 1. to hold up besides. 2. intransitive, to rise up so as to approach, rise up toward: Acts 27:27 Lachmann stereotyped edition (see προσάγω, and προσαχέω) — a sense found nowhere else. STRONGS NT 4317: προσαχέω [προσαχέω, προσάχω, Doric for προσηχέω, to resound: Acts 27:27 WH marginal reading (see their Appendix, p. 151; others προσάγειν, which see), of the roar of the surf as indicating nearness to land to sailors at night.] |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαγωγή Transliteration: prosagōgē Phonetic Spelling: pros-ag-ogue-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: a bringing to Meaning: a bringing to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4318 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4318 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4318 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4318 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4318, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαγωγή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4318 prosagōgē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: access. From prosago (compare agoge); admission -- access. see GREEK prosago see GREEK agoge Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4318: προσαγωγήπροσαγωγή, προσαγωγης, ἡ; 1. the act of bringing to, a moving to (Thucydides, Aristotle, Polybius, others). 2. access, approach (Herodotus 2, 58; Xenophon, Cyril 7, 5, 45) (others, as Meyer on Romans, as below (yet see Weiss in the 6th edition), Ellicott on Ephesians, insist on the transitive sense, introduction): εἰς τήν χάριν, Romans 5:2; to God, i. e. (dropping the figure) that friendly relation with God whereby we are acceptable to him and have assurance that he is favorably disposed toward us, Ephesians 2:18; Ephesians 3:12. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαιτέω Transliteration: prosaiteō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ahee-teh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to ask besides Meaning: to ask besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4319 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4319 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4319 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4319 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4319, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαιτέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4319 prosaiteō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beg. From pros and aiteo; to ask repeatedly (importune), i.e. Solicit -- beg. see GREEK pros see GREEK aiteo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4319: προσαιτέωπροσαιτέω, προσαίτω; 1. to ask for in addition ((see πρός, IV. 2); Pindar, Aeschylus, others). 2. to approach one with supplications (German anbetteln (to importune; cf. πρός, IV. 4)), to ask alms ((Herodotus), Xenophon, Aristophanes, Euripides, Plutarch, others): Mark 10:46 R G L; Luke 18:35 (where L T Tr WH have ἐπαιτῶν); John 9:8. STRONGS NT 4319a: προσαίτηςπροσαίτης, προσαιτου, ὁ, a beggar: Mark 10:46 T Tr WH; John 9:8 (where for the Rec. τυφλός). (Plutarch, Lucian, (Diogenes Laërtius 6, 56.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαναβαίνω Transliteration: prosanabainō Phonetic Spelling: pros-an-ab-ah'-ee-no Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to go up besides Meaning: to go up besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4320 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4320 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4320 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4320 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4320, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαναβαίνω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4320 prosanabainō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: go up. From pros and anabaino; to ascend farther, i.e. Be promoted (take an upper (more honorable) seat) -- go up. see GREEK pros see GREEK anabaino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4320: προσαναβαίνωπροσαναβαίνω: 2 aorist imperative 2 person singular προσανάβηθι; to go up farther: with ἀνώτερον added, Luke 14:10 (A. V. go up higher; others regard the προς( as adding the suggestion of 'motion to' the place where the host stands: 'come up higher' (cf. Proverbs 25:7). Xenophon, Aristotle, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαναλίσκω Transliteration: prosanaliskō Phonetic Spelling: pros-an-al-is'-ko Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spend besides Meaning: to spend besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4321 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4321 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4321 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4321 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4321, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαναλίσκω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4321 prosanaliskō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spend. From pros and analisko; to expend further -- spend. see GREEK analisko see GREEK pros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4321: προσαναλίσκωπροσαναλίσκω: 1 aorist participle feminine προσαναλώσασα; to expend besides (πρός, IV. 2): ἰατροῖς (i. e. upon physicians, Buttmann, § 133, 1; Rec. εἰς ἰατρούς (cf. Winer's Grammar, 213 (200))) τόν βίον, Luke 8:43 (WH omits; Tr marginal reading brackets the clause). (Xenophon, Plato, Demosthenes, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαναπληρόω Transliteration: prosanaplēroō Phonetic Spelling: pros-an-ap-lay-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to fill up by adding to Meaning: to fill up by adding to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4322 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4322 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4322 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4322 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4322, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαναπληρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4322 prosanaplēroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: supply. From pros and anapleroo; to fill up further, i.e. Furnish fully -- supply. see GREEK pros see GREEK anapleroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4322: προσαναπληρόωπροσαναπληρόω, προσαναπλήρω; 1 aorist προσανεπληρωσα; to fill up by adding to (cf. πρός, IV. 2); to supply: τί, 2 Corinthians 9:12; 2 Corinthians 11:9. (Wis. 19:4; Aristotle, Diodorus, Philo, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσανατίθημι Transliteration: prosanatithēmi Phonetic Spelling: pros-an-at-ith'-ay-mee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to lay on besides, to undertake besides (mid.) Meaning: to lay on besides, to undertake besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4323 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4323 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4323 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4323 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4323, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσανατίθημι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4323 prosanatithēmi 🕊 Strong's Concordance: contribute, consultFrom pros and anatithemai; to lay up in addition, i.e. (middle voice and figuratively) to impart or (by implication) to consult -- in conference add, confer. see GREEK pros see GREEK anatithemai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4323: προσανατίθημιπροσανατίθημι: 2 aorist middle προσανεθέμην; 1. to lay upon in addition (cf. πρός, IV. 2). 2. Middle, a. to lay upon oneself in addition: φορτον, Pollux 1, 9, 99; to undertake besides: τί, Xenophon, mem. 2, 1, 8. b. with a dative of the person to put oneself upon another by going to him (πρός), i. e. to commit or betake oneself to another namely, for the purpose of consulting him, hence, to consult, to take one into counsel (A. V. confer with), (Diodorus 17, 116 τοῖς μαντεσι προσαναθεμενος περί τοῦ σημείου; Lucian, Jup. trag. § 1 ἐμοί προσαναθου, λαβέ με σύμβουλον πόνων), Galatians 1:16. c. to add from one's store (this is the force of the middle), to communicate, impart: τί πινι Galatians 2:6. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσαπειλέω Transliteration: prosapeileō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ap-i-leh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to threaten further Meaning: to threaten further GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4324 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4324 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4324 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4324 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4324, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσαπειλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4324 prosapeileō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: threaten further. From pros and apeileo; to menace additionally -- i.e. Threaten further. see GREEK pros see GREEK apeileo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4324: προσαπειλέωπροσαπειλέω, προσαπείλω: 1 aorist middle participle προσαπειλησαμενος; to add threats, threaten further (cf. πρός, IV. 2): Acts 4:21. (Demosthenes, p. 544, 26.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσδαπανάω Transliteration: prosdapanaō Phonetic Spelling: pros-dap-an-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to spend besides Meaning: to spend besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4325 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4325 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4325 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4325 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4325, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσδαπανάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4325 prosdapanaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: spend more. From pros and dapanao; to expend additionally -- spend more. see GREEK pros see GREEK dapanao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4325: προσδαπανάωπροσδαπανάω, προσδαπάνω: 1 aorist subjunctive 2 person singular προσδαπανήσῃς, to spend besides (cf. πρός, IV. 2), Vulg.supererogo: τί, Luke 10:35. (Lucian, Themistius). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσδέομαι Transliteration: prosdeomai Phonetic Spelling: pros-deh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to want further Meaning: to want further GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4326 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4326 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4326 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4326 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4326, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσδέομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4326 prosdeomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: need. From pros and deomai; to require additionally, i.e. Want further -- need. see GREEK pros see GREEK deomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4326: προσδέομαιπροσδέομαι; deponent passive, to want besides, need in addition, (cf. πρός, IV. 2): προσδεόμενός τίνος, quom nullius boni desideret accessionem (Erasmus) (A. V. as though he needed anything), Acts 17:25. (Xenophon, Plato, and following; the Sept.; (in the sense to ask of, several times in Herodotus).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσδέχομαι Transliteration: prosdechomai Phonetic Spelling: pros-dekh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to receive to oneself Meaning: to receive to oneself GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4327 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4327 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4327 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4327 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4327, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσδέχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4327 prosdechomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: awaitFrom pros and dechomai; to admit (to intercourse, hospitality, credence, or (figuratively) endurance); by implication, to await (with confidence or patience) -- accept, allow, look (wait) for, take. see GREEK pros see GREEK dechomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4327: προσδέχομαιπροσδέχομαι; deponent middle; imperfect προσεδεχόμην; 1 aorist προσεδεξαμην; 1. as in Greek writings from Aeschylus and Herodotus down, "to receive to oneself, to admit, to give access to oneself': τινα, to admit one, receive into contact and companionship, τούς ἁμαρτωλούς, Luke 15:2; to receive one (coming from some place), Romans 16:2; Philippians 2:29 (1 Chronicles 12:18); τί, to accept (not to reject) a thing offered: οὐ προσδεξάμενοι, to reject, Hebrews 11:35; προσδέχονται ἐλπίδα, to admit (accept) hope, i. e. not to repudiate but to entertain, embrace, its substance, Acts 24:15 (others refer this to the next head (R. V. text look for)); not to shun, to bear, an impending evil (A. V. took the spoiling etc.), Hebrews 10:34. 2. as from Homer down, to expect (A. V. look for, trait for): τινα, Luke 12:36; τί, Mark 15:43; Luke 2:25, 38; Luke 23:51; (Acts 23:21); Titus 2:13; Jude 1:21; τάς ἐπαγγελίας, the fulfilment of the promises, Hebrews 11:13 Lachmann (Cf. δέχομαι, at the endl |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσδοκάω Transliteration: prosdokaō Phonetic Spelling: pros-dok-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to await, expect Meaning: to await, expect GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4328 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4328 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4328 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4328 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4328, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσδοκάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4328 prosdokaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to wait for, look forFrom pros and dokeuo (to watch); to anticipate (in thought, hope or fear); by implication, to await -- (be in) expect(-ation), look (for), when looked, tarry, wait for. see GREEK pros Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4328: πραυπαθειαπραυπαθεια (πραϋπαθία T WH; see Iota), πραυπαθειας, ἡ (πραυπαθης ((πάσχω))), mildness of disposition, gentleness of spirit, meekness (equivalent to πραΰτης): 1 Timothy 6:11 L T Tr WH. (Philo de Abrah. § 37; Ignatius ad Trall. 8, 1 [ET].) STRONGS NT 4328: προσδοκάωπροσδοκάω, προσδόκω; imperfect 3 person plural προσεδόκων (Acts 28:6); (the simple verb is found only in the form δοκεύω; πρός (which see IV. 1) denotes mental direction); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; to expect (whether in thought, in hope, or in fear); to look for, wait for: when the preceding context shews who or what is expected, Matthew 24:50; Luke 3:15; Luke 12:46; Acts 27:33; Acts 28:6; τινα, one's coming or return, Matthew 11:3; Luke 1:21; Luke 7:19; Luke 8:40; Acts 10:24; τί, 2 Peter 3:12-14; followed by an accusative with infinitive Acts 28:6; followed by an infinitive belonging to the subject, Acts 3:5. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσδοκία Transliteration: prosdokia Phonetic Spelling: pros-dok-ee'-ah Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: expectation Meaning: expectation GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4329 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4329 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4329 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4329 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4329, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσδοκία [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4329 prosdokia 🕊 Strong's Concordance: expectation, looking after. From prosdokao; apprehension (of evil); by implication, infliction anticipated -- expectation, looking after. see GREEK prosdokao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4329: προσδοκίαπροσδοκία, προσδοκίας, ἡ (προσδοκάω), from Thucydides and Xenophon down, expectation (whether of good or of evil): joined to φόβος (Plutarch, Ant. 75: Demetr. 15) with a genitive of the object added (Winer's Grammar, § 50, 7 b.), Luke 21:26; τοῦ λαοῦ (genitive of subject), the expectation of the people respecting Peter's execution, Acts 12:11. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσεάω Transliteration: proseaō Phonetic Spelling: pros-eh-ah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to permit further Meaning: to permit further GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4330 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4330 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4330 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4330 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4330, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσεάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4330 proseaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: permit furtherFrom pros and eao; to permit further progress -- suffer. see GREEK pros see GREEK eao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4330: προσεάωπροσεάω, προσέω; to permit one to approach or arrive: Acts 27:7 (R. V. text to suffer further; (cf. πρός, IV. 2; Smith, Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul, 3rd edition, p. 78; Hackett at the passage)). Not found elsewhere. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσεγγίζω Transliteration: prosengizō Phonetic Spelling: pros-eng-ghid'-zo Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: come nigh Meaning: come nigh GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4331 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4331 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4331 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4331 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4331, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσεγγίζω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4331 prosengizō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: come nigh. From pros and eggizo; to approach near -- come nigh. see GREEK pros see GREEK eggizo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4331: προσεγγίζωπροσεγγίζω: 1 aorist infinitive προσεγγίσαι; to approach unto (πρός, IV. 1): with the dative of a person (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 14), Mark 2:4 (where T Tr marginal reading WH προσενέγκαι). (The Sept.; Polybius, Diodorus, Lucian). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσεδρεύω Transliteration: prosedreuō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ed-ryoo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: wait on, serve Meaning: wait on, serve GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4332 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4332 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4332 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4332 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4332, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσεδρεύω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4332 prosedreuō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: wait on, serveFrom a compound of pros and the base of hedraios; to sit near, i.e. Attend as a servant -- wait at. see GREEK pros see GREEK hedraios Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4332: προσεδρεύωπροσεδρεύω; (πρόσεδρος sitting near (cf. πρός, IV. 3)); 1. properly, to sit near ((Euripides, others)). 2. to attend assiduously: τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ (see παρεδρεύω), 1 Corinthians 9:13 Rec.; Protevangelium Jacobi, 23, 1 (where we also find the variant παρεδρεύω); τῇ θεραπεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, Josephus, contra Apion 1, 7, 1; ταῖς φιλοπονιαις, Aristotle, pol. 8, 4, 4, p. 1338b, 25; τοῖς πραγμασι, Demosthenes, pp. 14,15 (i. e. Olynth. 1, 18); with the dative of person to be in attendance upon, not to quit one's side, Josephus, contra Apion 1, 9, 1; (cf. Demosthenes, 914, 28). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσεργάζομαι Transliteration: prosergazomai Phonetic Spelling: pros-er-gad'-zom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to work besides, to gain besides Meaning: to work besides, to gain besides GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4333 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4333 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4333 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4333 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4333, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσεργάζομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4333 prosergazomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: gain. From pros and ergazomai; to work additionally, i.e. (by implication) acquire besides -- gain. see GREEK pros see GREEK ergazomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4333: προσεργάζομαιπροσεργάζομαι: 1 aorist 3 person singular προσειργάσατο (R G Tr), προσηργάσατο (L T WH; see ἐργάζομαι at the beginning); 1. to work besides (Euripides, Plutarch). 2. by working or trading to make or gain besides: Luke 19:16 (Xenophon, Hell. 3, 1, 28). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσέρχομαι Transliteration: proserchomai Phonetic Spelling: pros-er'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to approach, to draw near Meaning: to approach, to draw near GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4334 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4334 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4334 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4334 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4334, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσέρχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4334 proserchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: approach, come toFrom pros and erchomai (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to -- (as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto). see GREEK pros see GREEK erchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4334: προσέρχομαιπροσέρχομαι; imperfect 3 person plural προσήρχοντο (Acts 28:9); (future 3 person singular προσελεύσεται, Luke 1:17 WH marginal reading); 2 aorist 3 person plural προσῆλθον and (so L Tr WH in Matthew 9:28; Matthew 13:36; Matthew 14:15; T Tr WH in Matthew 5:1; Luke 13:31; WH in Matthew 19:3; Matthew 21:23; John 12:21) in the Alex. form προσῆλθαν (see ἀπέρχομαι, and ἔρχομαι); perfect προσελήλυθα (Hebrews 12:18, 22); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. for קָרַב and נָגַשׁ; to come to, to approach (πρός, IV. 1); a. properly, absolutely, Matthew 4:11; Luke ( WH marginal reading); ; Acts 8:29; Acts 28:9; προσῆλθον λέγοντες, Luke 13:31; with rhetorical fullness of description (see ἀνίστημι, II. 1 c. (also ἔρχομαι, p. 250b bottom)) the participle προσελθών is joined to a finite verb which denotes a different action: Matthew 8:2 L T Tr WH, Matthew 8:19, 25; Matthew 9:20; Matthew 13:10, 27; Matthew 14:12; Matthew 15:12, 23; Matthew 16:1; Matthew 17:7 (R, G); T Tr WH marginal reading (according to a reading no doubt corrupt (cf. Scrivener, lntroduction, p. 16)), ; ; Mark 1:31; Mark 10:2; Mark 12:28; (Mark 14:35 Tr WH marginal reading); Luke 7:14; Luke 8:24, 44; Luke 9:12, 42; Luke 10:34; Luke 20:27; Luke 23:36; Acts 22:26f; προσέρχομαι followed by an infinitive indicating the reason why one has drawn near, Matthew 24:1; Acts 7:31; Acts 12:13 (here WH marginal reading προηλθε); with a dative of the place (examples from Greek authors are given in Passow, under the word, 1 a., p. 1190a; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, I. 1)), Hebrews 12:18, 22; with the dative of a person (see Lexicons as above), Matthew 5:1; Matthew 8:5; Matthew 9:14, 28; Matthew 13:36; Matthew 14:15; Matthew 15:1, 30; Matthew 17:14, 24; Matthew 18:1; Matthew 19:3; Matthew 20:20; Matthew 21:14, 23; Matthew 22:23; Matthew 24:3; Matthew 26:7, 17, 69; John 12:21; Acts 10:28; Acts 18:2; Acts 24:23 Rec.; (with ἐπί and the accusative Acts 20:13 Tr WH marginal reading). The participle προσελθών αὐτῷ with a finite verb (see above) occurs in Matthew 4:3; Matthew 18:21; Matthew 21:28, 30; Matthew 26:49; Matthew 27:58; Mark 6:35; Mark 14:45; Luke 20:27; Luke 23:52; Acts 9:1; Acts 23:14. b. tropically, α. προσέρχεσθαι τῷ Θεῷ, to draw near to God in order to seek his grace and favor, Hebrews 7:25; Hebrews 11:6; τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος, Hebrews 4:16; without τῷ Θεῷ, Hebrews 10:1, 22 (in the O. T. προσέρχεσθαι, simply, is used of the priests about to offer sacrifices, Leviticus 21:17, 21; Deuteronomy 21:5; with the addition of πρός Θεόν, of one about to ask counsel of God, 1 Samuel 14:36; with τοῖς θεοῖς, of suppliants about to implore the gods, Dio Cassius, 56, 9); πρός Χριστόν, to attach oneself to Christ, to come to a participation in the benefits procured by him, 1 Peter 2:4 (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 3). β. equivalent to to assent to (cf. German beitreten (Latinaccedere; English come (over) to, used figuratively)): ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, 1 Timothy 6:3 (Tdf. προσέχεται, which see 3). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσευχή Transliteration: proseuchē Phonetic Spelling: pros-yoo-khay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: prayer Meaning: prayer GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4335 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4335 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4335 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4335 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4335, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσευχή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4335 proseuchē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: earnest prayer. From proseuchomai; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel) -- X pray earnestly, prayer. see GREEK proseuchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4335: προσευχήπροσευχή, προσευχῆς, ἡ (προσεύχομαι), the Sept. for תְּפִלָּה, equivalent to εὐχή πρός τόν Θεόν (cf. πρός, IV. 1. prayer addressed to God: Matthew 17:21 (T WH omit; Tr brackets the verse); Matthew 21:22; Mark 9:29; Luke 22:45; Acts 3:1; Acts 6:4; Acts 10:31; Romans 12:12; 1 Corinthians 7:5; Colossians 4:2; plural, Acts 2:42; Acts 10:4; Romans 1:10 (9); Ephesians 1:16; Colossians 4:12; 1 Thessalonians 1:2; Philemon 1:4, 22; 1 Peter 3:7; 1 Peter 4:7; Revelation 5:8; Revelation 8:3, 4 (where ταῖς προσευχαῖς is a dative commodi, for, in aid of, the prayers (Winers Grammar, § 31, 6 c.; cf. Green, p. 101f)); οἶκος προσευχῆς, a house devoted to the offering of prayer to God, Matthew 21:13; Mark 11:17; Luke 19:46 (Isaiah 56:7; 1 Macc. 7:37); προσευχή καί δέησις, Acts 1:14 Rec.; Ephesians 6:18; Philippians 4:6 (1 Kings 8:38; 2 Chronicles 6:29; 1 Macc. 7:37; on the distinction between the two words see δέησις); plural, 1 Timothy 2:1; 1 Timothy 5:5; ἡ προσευχή τοῦ Θεοῦ, prayer to God, Luke 6:12 (εὐχαριστία Θεοῦ, Wis. 16:28; cf. references in πίστις, 1 a.); πρός τόν Θεόν ὑπέρ (L T Tr WH περί) τίνος, Acts 12:5; plural Romans 15:30; προσευχή προσεύχεσθαι, a Hebraistic expression (cf. Winers Grammar, § 54, 3; (Buttmann, § 133, 22 a.)), to pray fervently, James 5:17. 2. a place set apart or suited for the offering of prayer; i. e. a. a synagogue (see συναγωγή, 2 b.): 3Macc. 7:20 (according to the reading προσευχήν; see Grimm's Commentary at the passage); Philo in Flaccum § 6 (also § 14); leg. ad Gaium §§ 20, 43, 46; Juvenal, sat. 1, 3, 296; συνάγονται πάντες εἰς τήν προσευχήν, μέγιστον οἴκημα πολύν ὄχλον ἐπιδέξασθαι δυνάμενον, Josephus, Vita §54. b. a place in the open air where the Jews were accustomed to pray, outside of those cities where they had no synagogue; such places were situated upon the bank of a stream or the shore of the sea, where there was a supply of water for washing the hands before prayer: Acts 16:13, 16; Josephus, Antiquities 14, 10, 23, cf. Epiphanius haer. 80, 1. Tertullian in his ad nationes 1, 13: makes mention of the orationes litorales of the Jews, and in his de jejuniis c. 16 says "Judaicum certe jejunium ubique celebratur, cure omissis templis per omne litus quocunque in aperto aliquando jam preces ad carlurn mittunt." (Josephus (c. Apion. 2, 2, 2) quotes Apion as representing Moses as offering αἴθριοι προσευχαί.) Cf. DeWette, Archäologie, § 242; (Schürer, Zeitgesch. § 27 vol. ii., p. 369ff). Not used by secular authors except in the passages cited above from Philo, Josephus, and Juvenal (to which add Cleomedes 71, 16; cf. Boeckh, Corpus inscriptions 2:1004 no. 2114 b. and 1005 no. 2114 bb. (A.D. 81), see Index under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσεύχομαι Transliteration: proseuchomai Phonetic Spelling: pros-yoo'-khom-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to pray Meaning: to pray GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4336 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4336 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4336 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4336 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4336, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσεύχομαι [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4336 proseuchomai 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pray, supplicate, worshipFrom pros and euchomai; to pray to God, i.e. Supplicate, worship -- pray (X earnestly, for), make prayer. see GREEK pros see GREEK euchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4336: προσεύχομαιπροσεύχομαι; deponent middle; imperfect προσηυχομην; future προσεύξομαι; 1 aorist προσηυξάμην; (on the augment see WHs Appendix, p. 162; cf. Tdf. Proleg., p. 121); from Aeschylus and Herodotus down; the Sept. for הִתְפַּלֵּל; to offer prayers, to pray (everywhere of prayers to the gods, or to God (cf. δέησις, at the end)): absolutely, Matthew 6:5-7, 9; Matthew 14:23; Matthew 26:36, 39, 44; Mark 1:35; Mark 6:46; Mark 11:24; Mark 13:33 (L T WH omit; Tr brackets the clause); 14:(32), 39; Luke 1:10; Luke 3:21; Luke 5:16; Luke 6:12; Luke 9:18, 28; Luke 11:1; Luke 18:1, 10; Luke 22:44 (L brackets WH reject the passage); Acts 1:24; Acts 6:6; Acts 9:11, 40; Acts 10:9, 30; Acts 11:5; Acts 12:12; Acts 13:3; Acts 14:23; Acts 16:25; Acts 20:36; Acts 21:5; Acts 22:17; Acts 28:8; 1 Corinthians 11:4; 1 Corinthians 14:14; 1 Thessalonians 5:17; 1 Timothy 2:8; James 5:13, 18; followed by λέγων and direct discourse, containing the words of the prayer, Matthew 26:39, 42; Luke 22:41; προσεύχεσθαι with a dative indicating the manner or instrument, 1 Corinthians 11:5 (Winer's Grammar, § 31, 7 d.); 1 Corinthians 14:14f (cf. Winer's Grammar, 279f (262f)); μακρά, to make long prayers, Matthew 23:14-13Rec.; Mark 12:40; Luke 20:47; ἐν πνεύματι (see πνεῦμα, 4 a., p. 522{a} middle), Ephesians 6:18; ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Jude 1:20; προσευχή (see προσευχή, 1 at the end), James 5:17; προσεύχεσθαι with the accusative of a thing, Luke 18:11; Romans 8:26 (cf. Winers Grammar, § 41 b. 4 b.; Buttmann, § 139, 61 c.); ἐπί τινα, over one, i. e. with hands extended over him, James 5:14 (cf. Winer's Grammar, 408 (381) n.); namely, ἐπί τινα, Matthew 19:13, as commonly in Greek writings with the dative of the person to whom the prayers are offered (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 14): Matthew 6:6; 1 Corinthians 11:13 (Isaiah 44:17); περί with the genitive of a person, Colossians 1:3 (R G T WH text); 1 Thessalonians 5:20; Hebrews 13:18; ὑπέρ with the genitive of a person, Matthew 5:44; Luke 6:28 (where T WH Tr marginal reading περί (see περί, the passage cited γ. also ὑπέρ, I. 6); Colossians 1:3 L Tr WH marginal reading (see references as above), 9); προσεύχεσθαι followed by ἵνα, with the design of, 1 Corinthians 14:13, cf. Meyer, in the place cited (Winer's Grammar, 460 (428)); the thing prayed for is indicated by a following ἵνα (see ἵνα, II. 2 b.): Matthew 24:20; Matthew 26:41; Mark 13:18; Mark 14:35, 38; Luke 22:46 (but in Matthew 26:41; Mark 14:38; (Luke 22:46?), ἵνα is more common regarded as giving the aim of the twofold command preceding); τοῦτο ἵνα, Philippians 1:9; περί τίνος ἵνα, Colossians 4:3; 2 Thessalonians 1:11; 2 Thessalonians 3:1; ὑπέρ τίνος ἵνα, Colossians 1:9; ὑπέρ τίνος ὅπως, James 5:16 L WH text Tr marginal reading; περί τίνος ὁππος, Acts 8:15 (ὅπως (which see II. 2) Seems to indicate not so much the contents of the prayer as its end and aim); followed by an infinitive belonging to the subject, Luke 22:40; followed by τοῦ with the infinitive, James 5:17. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσέχω Transliteration: prosechō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ekh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to hold to, turn to, attend to Meaning: to hold to, turn to, attend to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4337 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4337 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4337 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4337 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4337, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσέχω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4337 prosechō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: to attend to, give heed toFrom pros and echo; (figuratively) to hold the mind (nous implied) towards, i.e. Pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to -- (give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard. see GREEK pros see GREEK echo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4337: προσέχωπροσέχω; imperfect προσεῖχον; perfect προσέσχηκα; (present middle 3 person singular προσέχεται (1 Timothy 6:3 Tdf.)); to turn to (cf. πρός, IV. 1), that is, 1. to bring to, bring near; thus very frequent in Greek writings from Herodotus down with ναῦν (quite as often omitting the ναῦν) and a dative of place, or followed by πρός with an accusative of place, to bring a ship to land, and simply to touch at, put in. 2. a. τόν νοῦν, to turn the mind to, attend to, be attentive: τίνι, to a person or thing, Aristophanes eqq. 503; Plato, Demosthenes, Polybius, Josephus, Lucian, Plutarch, others; once so in the Bible, viz. Job 7:17. The simple προσέχειν τίνι (the Sept. for הִקְשִׁיב, also for הֶאֱזִין), with τόν νοῦν omitted, is often used in the same sense from Xenophon down; so in the N. T. (cf. Winers Grammar, 593 (552); Buttmann, 144 (126)): Acts 8:6; Acts 16:14; Hebrews 2:1; 2 Peter 1:19 (1 Macc. 7:11; 4 Macc. 1:1; Wis. 8:12); in the sense of caring for, providing for, Acts 20:28. b. προσέχω ἐμαυτῷ, to attend to oneself, i. e. to give heed to oneself (the Sept. for נִשְׁמָר, to guard oneself, i. e. to beware, Genesis 24:6; Exodus 10:28; Deuteronomy 4:9; Deuteronomy 6:12, etc.): Luke 17:3; Acts 5:35 (cf. Buttmann, 337 (290); Winers Grammar, 567 (518); yet see ἐπί, B. 2 f. α.); with the addition of ἀπό τίνος, to be on one's guard against, beware of, a thing (cf. Buttmann, § 147, 3 (ἀπό, I. 3 b.)): Luke 12:1 (Tobit 4:12; (Test xii. Patr., test. Dan 6)); also without the dative προσέχειν ἀπό τίνος: Matthew 7:15; Matthew 10:17; Matthew 16:6, 11; Luke 20:46, (Sir. 6:13 Sir. 11:33 Sir. 17:14 Sir. 18:27; ('Teaching' etc. 6, 3 [ET]; 12, 5 [ET])); followed by μή with an infinitive, to take heed lest one do a thing, Matthew 6:1; ἐμαυτῷ, μήποτε with the subjunctive Luke 21:34; absolutely to give attention, take heed: Sir. 13:13; the Epistle of Barnabas 4, 9 [ET]; 7, 4 [ET], 6. (9); followed by πῶς, the Epistle of Barnabas 7, 7 [ET]; by the interrogative τί, ibid. 15, 4 [ET]; ἵνα, ibid. 16, 8 [ET]; ἵνα μήποτε, the Epistle of Barnabas 4, 13 [ET] (variant; ἵνα μή, 2 Chronicles 25:16); (μήποτε, the Epistle of Barnabas 4, 14). 3. namely, ἐμαυτόν, to apply oneself to, attach oneself to, hold or cleave to a person or a thing (R. V. mostly give heed): with the dative of a person to one, Acts 8:10; 1 Timothy 4:1; τῷ ἐπισκόπω προσεχ. καί τῷ πρεσβυτεριω καί διακόνοις, Ignatius ad Philad. 7, 1 [ET]; ad Polycarp, 6, 1 [ET]; with the dative of a thing, μύθοις, 1 Timothy 1:4; Titus 1:14; (middle ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, 1 Timothy 6:3 Tdf. (others προσέρχεται, which see b. β.)); to be given or addicted to: οἴνῳ, 1 Timothy 3:8 (τρυφή, Julian Caesar 22 (p. 326, Spanh. edition); τρυφή καί μέθηl, Polyaen. strateg. 8, 56); to devote thought and effort to: τῇ ἀναγνώσει κτλ., 1 Timothy 4:13; τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ (A. V. give attendance), Hebrews 7:13 (ναυτικοις, Thucydides 1, 15; for other examples from Greek writings see Passow, under the word, 3 c.; (Liddell and Scott, under the word, 4 b.)). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσηλόω Transliteration: prosēloō Phonetic Spelling: pros-ay-lo'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to nail to Meaning: to nail to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4338 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4338 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4338 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4338 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4338, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσηλόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4338 prosēloō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: nail to. From pros and a derivative of helos; to peg to, i.e. Spike fast -- nail to. see GREEK pros see GREEK helos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4338: προσηλόωπροσηλόω, προσήλω: 1 aorist participle προσηλώσας; to fasten with nails to, nail to (cf. πρός, IV. 4): τί τῷ σταυρῷ, Colossians 2:14. (3Macc. 4:9; Plato, Demosthenes, Polybius, Diodorus, Philo, Josephus, Plutarch, Lucian, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσήλυτος Transliteration: prosēlytos Phonetic Spelling: pros-ay'-loo-tos Part of Speech: Noun, Masculine Short Definition: one who has arrived (at Judaism), a proselyte Meaning: one who has arrived (at Judaism), a proselyte GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4339 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4339 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4339 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4339 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4339, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσήλυτος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4339 prosēlytos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: proselyte. From the alternate of proserchomai; an arriver from a foreign region, i.e. (specially), an acceder (convert) to Judaism ("proselyte") -- proselyte. see GREEK proserchomai Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4339: προσήλυτοςπροσήλυτος, προσηλύτου, ὁ (from προσέρχομαι, perfect προσελήλυθα, cf. Buttmann, 74 (64); (Winer's Grammar, 24, 26, 97 (92))); 1. a newcomer (Latinadvena; cf. πρός, IV. 1); a stranger, alien (Schol. ad Apoll. Rhod. 1, 834; the Sept. often for גֵּר (cf. Philo de monarch. 1, 7 at the beginning)). 2. a proselyte, i. e. one who has come over from a Gentile religion to Judaism (Luther, Judengenosse): Matthew 23:15; Acts 2:11 (); . The rabbis distinguish two classes of proselytes, viz. הַצֶּדֶק גֵּרֵי proselytes of righteousness, who received circumcision and bound themselves to keep the whole Mosaic law and to comply with all the requirements of Judaism, and הַשַּׁעַר גֵּרֵי, proselytes of the gate (a name derived apparently from Exodus 20:10; Deuteronomy 5:14; (); (), ()), who dwelt among the Jews, and although uncircumcised observed certain specified laws, especially the seven precepts of Noah (as the rabbis called them), i. e. against the seven chief sins, idolatry, blasphemy against God, homicide, unchastity, theft or plundering, rebellion against rulers, and the use of flesh with the blood thereof. (Many hold that this distinction of proselytes into classes is purely theoretical, and was of no practical moment in Christ's day; cf. Lardner, Works, 11:306-324; cf. vi. 522-533; Schürer in Riehm as below.) Cf. Leyrer in Herzog xii., p. 237ff (rewritten in edition 2 by Delitzsch (xii. 293ff)); Steiner in Schenkel iv., 629f; (BB. DD.); Schürer, Neutest. Zeitgesch., p. 644 ((whose views are somewhat modified, especially as respects classes of proselytes, in his 2te Aufl. § 31 V., p. 567, and his article 'Proselyten' in Riehm, p. 1240f)) and the books he refers to. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόσκαιρος Transliteration: proskairos Phonetic Spelling: pros'-kahee-ros Part of Speech: Adjective Short Definition: in season, temporary Meaning: in season, temporary GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4340 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4340 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4340 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4340 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4340, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόσκαιρος [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4340 proskairos 🕊 Strong's Concordance: temporary, for a seasonFrom pros and kairos; for the occasion only, i.e. Temporary -- dur-(eth) for awhile, endure for a time, for a season, temporal. see GREEK pros see GREEK kairos Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4340: πρόσκαιροςπρόσκαιρος, πρόσκαιρον (equivalent to ὁ πρός καιρόν ὤν), for a season (cf. πρός, IV. 5), enduring only for a while, temporary: Matthew 13:21; Mark 4:17; 2 Corinthians 4:18; Hebrews 11:25. (4 Macc. 15:2; Josephus, Antiquities 2, 4, 4; Dio Cassius, Dionysius Halicarnassus (Strabo 7, 3, 11), Plutarch, Herodian; ὁ παρών καί πρόσκαιρος κόσμος, Clement, homil. 20, 2.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκαλέω Transliteration: proskaleō Phonetic Spelling: pros-kal-eh'-om-ahee Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to call to Meaning: to call to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4341 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4341 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4341 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4341 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4341, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκαλέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4341 proskaleō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: summon, call toMiddle voice from pros and kaleo; to call toward oneself, i.e. Summon, invite -- call (for, to, unto). see GREEK pros see GREEK kaleo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4341: προσκαλέωπροσκαλέω, προσκάλω: middle, present προσκαλοῦμαι; 1 aorist προσεκαλεσαμην; perfect προσκέκλημαι; from (Antiphon, Aristophanes, Thucydides), Xenophon, Plato down; to call to; in the N. T. found only in the middle (cf. Buttmann, § 135, 4), to call to oneself; to bid to come to oneself: τινα, a. properly: Matthew 10:1; Matthew 15:10, 32; Matthew 18:2, 32; Matthew 20:25; Mark 3:13, 23; Mark 6:7; Mark 7:14; Mark 8:1, 34; Mark 10:42; Mark 12:43; Mark 15:44; Luke 7:18(19); ; Acts 5:40; Acts 6:2; Acts 13:7; Acts 20:1 (R G L); ; James 5:14. b. metaphorically, God is said προσκαλεῖσθαι the Gentiles, aliens as they are from him, by inviting and drawing them, through the preaching of the gospel, unto fellowship with himself in the Messiah's kingdom, Acts 2:39; the Holy Spirit and Christ are said to call unto themselves (cf. Winer's Grammar, § 39, 3) those preachers of the gospel to whom they have decided to intrust a service having reference to the extension of the gospel: followed by an infinitive indicating the purpose, Acts 16:10; followed by εἰς τί, Acts 13:2 (where ὁ is for εἰς ὁ, according to that familiar Greek usage by which a preposition prefixed to the antecedent is not repeated before the relative; cf. Winers Grammar, 421f (393); (Buttmann, 342 (294))). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκαρτερέω Transliteration: proskartereō Phonetic Spelling: pros-kar-ter-eh'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to attend constantly Meaning: to attend constantly GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4342 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4342 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4342 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4342 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4342, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκαρτερέω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4342 proskartereō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: continueFrom pros and kartereo; to be earnest towards, i.e. (to a thing) to persevere, be constantly diligent, or (in a place) to attend assiduously all the exercises, or (to a person) to adhere closely to (as a servitor) -- attend (give self) continually (upon), continue (in, instant in, with), wait on (continually). see GREEK pros see GREEK kartereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4342: προσκαρτερέωπροσκαρτερέω, προσκαρτερῶ; future προσκαρτερήσω; (καρτερέω, from καρτερός (`strong,' 'steadfast'), of which the root is (τό) κάρτος for κράτος (`strength'; cf. Curtius, § 72)); to persevere (`continue steadfastly') in anything (cf. πρός, IV. 4): of persons, with the dative of a thing, to give constant attention to a thing, Acts 2:42 (here Lachmann adds ἐν (once) in brackets); τῇ προσευχή,Acts 1:14; Acts 6:4; Romans 12:12; Colossians 4:2 (ταῖς θηραις, Diodorus 3, 17; τῇ πολιορκία,Polybius 1, 55, 4; Diodorus 14, 87; τῇ καθέδρα, persist in the siege, Josephus, Antiquities 5, 2, 6); with the dative of a person, to adhere to one, be his adherent; to be devoted or constant to one: Acts 8:13; Acts 10:7, (Demosthenes, p. 1386, 6; Polybius 24, 5, 3; (Diogenes Laërtius 8, 1, 14); εἰς τί, to be steadfastly attentive unto, to give unremitting care to a thing, Romans 13:6 (cf. Meyer ad loc:); ἐν with a dative of place, to continue all the time in a place, Acts 2:46 (Susanna 6); absolutely to persevere, not to faint (in a thing), Xenophon, Hell. 7, 5, 14; to show oneself courageous, for הִתְחַזֵּק, Numbers 13:21 (20), of a thing, with the dative of a person, to be in constant readiness for one, wait on continually: Mark 3:9. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκαρτέρησις Transliteration: proskarterēsis Phonetic Spelling: pros-kar-ter'-ay-sis Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: steadfastness Meaning: steadfastness GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4343 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4343 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4343 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4343 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4343, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκαρτέρησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4343 proskarterēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: perseverance. From proskartereo; persistancy -- perseverance. see GREEK proskartereo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4343: προσκαρτέρησιςπροσκαρτέρησις, προσκαρτερησεως, ἡ, (προσκαρτερέω), perseverance: Ephesians 6:18. Nowhere else; (Koumanoudes, Λεξ. ἀθης. under the word). |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκεφάλαιον Transliteration: proskephalaion Phonetic Spelling: pros-kef-al'-ahee-on Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a pillow Meaning: a pillow GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4344 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4344 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4344 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4344 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4344, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκεφάλαιον [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4344 proskephalaion 🕊 Strong's Concordance: pillow. Neuter of a presumed compound of pros and kephale; something for the head, i.e. A cushion -- pillow. see GREEK pros see GREEK kephale Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4344: προσκεφάλαιονπροσκεφάλαιον, προσκεφαλαιου, τό (from πρός (which see IV. 3) and the adjective κεφάλαιος (cf. κεφάλαιον)), a pillow, a cushion: Mark 4:38. (Ezekiel 13:18, 20; Aristophanes, Plato, Plutarch, others.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκληρόω Transliteration: prosklēroō Phonetic Spelling: pros-klay-ro'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to allot to Meaning: to allot to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4345 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4345 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4345 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4345 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4345, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκληρόω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4345 prosklēroō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: consort with. From pros and kleroo; to give a common lot to, i.e. (figuratively) to associate with -- consort with. see GREEK pros see GREEK kleroo Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4345: προσκληρόωπροσκληρόω, προσκλήρω: 1 aorist passive 3 person plural προσεκληρώθησαν; to add or assign to by lot, to allot: προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ, were allotted by God to Paul, viz., as disciples, followers, Acts 17:4 (Winers Grammar, § 39, 2 at the end; others give it a middle force, joined their lot to, attached themselves to (A. V. consorted with); cf. leg. ad Gaium § 10 and other examples from Philo as below). (Plutarch, mor., p. 738 d.; Lucian, am. 3; frequent in Philo, cf. Loesner, Observations, p. 209ff.) STRONGS NT 4345a: προσκλίνωπροσκλίνω: 1 aorist passive 3 person singular προσεκλίθη; 1. transitive, (to cause) to lean against (cf. πρός, IV, 4) (Homer, Pindar). 2. intransitive, τίνι, to incline toward one, lean to his side or party: Polybius 4, 51, 5, etc.; 1 aorist passive προσεκλιθην with a middle significance to join oneself to one: Acts 5:36 L T Tr WH ((cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52, 4, 14)); 2 Macc. 14:24; τοῖς δικαίοις προσεκλίθη, Schol. ad Aristophanes, Plutarch, 1027; προσεκλιθητε τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 47, 4 [ET] and in other later writings. |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόσκλησις Transliteration: prosklēsis Phonetic Spelling: pros'-klis-is Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: to cause to lean against Meaning: to cause to lean against GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4346 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4346 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4346 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4346 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4346, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόσκλησις [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4346 prosklēsis 🕊 Strong's Concordance: partiality. From a compound of pros and klino; a leaning towards, i.e. (figuratively) proclivity (favoritism) -- partiality. see GREEK pros see GREEK klino Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4346: πρόσκλησιςπρόσκλησις, προσκλησεως, ἡ, 1. a judicial summons: Aristophanes, Plato, Demosthenes. 2. an invitation: μηδέν ποιῶν κατά πρόσκλησιν, 1 Timothy 5:21 L Tr marginal reading; this reading, unless (as can hardly be doubted) it be due to itacism, must be translated by invitation, i. e. the invitation or summons of those who seek to draw you over to their side (see quotations in Tdf. at the passage Cf. πρόσκλισις.) STRONGS NT 4346: πρόσκλισιςπρόσκλισις, προσκλισεως, ἡ, an inclination or proclivity of mind, a jollying the party of one (Polybius (Diodorus)); partiality: κατά πρόσκλισιν, led by partiality (Vulg.in (aliam on) alteram partem declinando), 1 Timothy 5:21 (R G T WH Tr text); κατά προσκλισεις, Clement of Rome, 1 Cor. 21, 7 [ET]; δίχα προσκλισεως ἀνθρωπίνης, ibid. 50, 2 [ET], cf. 47, 3f [ET]. (Cf. πρόσκλησις.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκολλάω Transliteration: proskollaō Phonetic Spelling: pros-kol-lah'-o Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to glue to, to cleave to Meaning: to glue to, to cleave to GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4347 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4347 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4347 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4347 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4347, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκολλάω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4347 proskollaō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: cleave, join self. From pros and kollao; to glue to, i.e. (figuratively) to adhere -- cleave, join (self). see GREEK pros see GREEK kollao Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4347: προσκολλάωπροσκολλάω, προσκόλλω: 1 aorist passive προσεκολλήθην; 1 future passive προσκολληθήσομαι; the Sept. for דָּבַק; to glue upon, glue to (cf. πρός, IV. 4); properly, Josephus, Antiquities 7, 12, 4; tropical in the passive with a reflexive force, to join oneself to closely, cleave to, stick to (Plato): with the dative of a person (Sir. 6:34 Sir. 13:16), Acts 5:36 Rec. (see προσκλίνω, 2); τῇ γυναικί, Matthew 19:5 Rec. (others, κολληθήσεται, which see): Mark 10:7 Lachmann; Ephesians 5:31 L T Tr WH marginal reading; πρός τήν γυναῖκα (from Genesis 2:24), Mark 10:7, R G Tr text; Ephesians 5:31 R G WH text (Cf. Winer's Grammar, § 52,4,14.) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: πρόσκομμα Transliteration: proskomma Phonetic Spelling: pros'-kom-mah Part of Speech: Noun, Neuter Short Definition: a stumbling, an occasion of stumbling Meaning: a stumbling, an occasion of stumbling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4348 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4348 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4348 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4348 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4348, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/πρόσκομμα [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4348 proskomma 🕊 Strong's Concordance: offense, stumbling blockFrom proskopto; a stub, i.e. (figuratively) occasion of apostasy -- offence, stumbling(-block, (-stone)). see GREEK proskopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4348: πρόσκομμαπρόσκομμα, προσκόμματος, τό (προσκόπτω), a stumbling-block, i. e. an obstacle in the way which if one strike his foot against he necessarily stumbles or falls; tropically, that over which the soul stumbles, i. e. by which it is impelled to sin: 1 Corinthians 8:9 (Sir. 17:25 (20); (Sir. 34:16); Sir. 39:24); τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τίνι, to put a stumblingblock in someone's way, i. e. tropically, to furnish one an occasion for sinning, Romans 14:13 (WH marginal reading omits); ὁ διά προσκόμματος ἐσθίων (A. V.) who eateth with offence (see διά, A. I. 2), by making no discrimination as to what he eats occasions another to act against his conscience, Romans 14:20; λίθος προσκόμματος (from Isaiah 8:14 for נֶגֶף אֶבֶן), properly, a stone against which the foot strikes (A. V. stone of stumbling), used figuratively of Christ Jesus, with regard to whom it especially annoyed and offended the Jews that his words, deeds, career, and particularly his ignominious death on the cross, quite failed to correspond to their preconceptions respecting the Messiah; hence, they despised and rejected him, and by that crime brought upon themselves woe and punishment: Romans 9:32, 33; 1 Peter 2:8 (7). (In the Sept. for מוקֵשׁ, Exodus 23:33; Exodus 34:12; (cf. Judith 8:22). a sore or bruise caused by striking the foot against any object, Athen. 3, p. 97 f.; a hindrance (?), Plutarch, mor., p. 1048 c. (i. e. de Stoic. repugn. 30, 8 at the end).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκοπή Transliteration: proskopē Phonetic Spelling: pros-kop-ay' Part of Speech: Noun, Feminine Short Definition: an occasion of stumbling Meaning: an occasion of stumbling GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4349 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4349 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4349 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4349 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4349, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκοπή [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4349 proskopē 🕊 Strong's Concordance: offense. From proskopto; a stumbling, i.e. (figuratively and concretely) occasion of sin -- offence. see GREEK proskopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4349: προσκοπήπροσκοπή, προσκοπης, ἡ (προσκόπτω), an occasion of stumbling (so R. V. (but A. V. offence)): διδόναι προσκοπήν (namely, ἄλλοις), to do something which causes others to stumble, i. e. leads them into error or sin, 2 Corinthians 6:3 (cf. Winers Grammar, 484 (451)). (Polybius; (for כִּשָּׁלון, fall, Proverbs 16:18, Graecus Venetus).) |
Lexical Summary of the Word: Original Word: προσκόπτω Transliteration: proskoptō Phonetic Spelling: pros-kop'-to Part of Speech: Verb Short Definition: to strike against, to stumble Meaning: to strike against, to stumble GO TO ALL OCCURRENCES G4350 GO TO BIBLEHUB G4350 SOME OCCURRENCES GO TO BIBLEHUB G4350 GO TO OPENBIBLE G4350 Or go to LSJ.GR for the word G4350, the GOLD strandard in GREEK dictionaries, with the link below⬇ https://lsj.gr/wiki/προσκόπτω [There is no collaboration of any kind with the great internet platform LSJ.GR, it is simply linked to it with great commendation to make Christian smarter in Greek & THE HOLY BIBLE!] ✝ G4350 proskoptō 🕊 Strong's Concordance: beat upon, dash, stumbleFrom pros and kopto; to strike at, i.e. Surge against (as water); specially, to stub on, i.e. Trip up (literally or figuratively) -- beat upon, dash, stumble (at). see GREEK pros see GREEK kopto Thayer's Greek Lexicon: STRONGS NT 4350: προσκόπτωπροσκόπτω; 1 aorist προσεκοψα; to strike against (cf. πρός, IV. 4): absolutely of those who strike against a stone or other obstacle in the path, to stumble, John 11:9, 10; πρός λίθον τόν πόδα, to strike the foot against a stone, i. e. (dropping the figure) to meet with some harm, Matthew 4:6; Luke 4:11 (from Psalm 90:12 ()); to rush upon, beat against, οἱ ἄνεμοι τῇ οἰκία, Matthew 7:27 (L marginal reading προσερρηξαν, see προσρήγνυμι). ἐν τίνι, to be made to stumble by a thing, i. e. metaphorically, to be induced to sin, Romans 14:21 (cf. Winers Grammar, 583 (542); Buttmann, § 151, 23 d.). Since we are angry with an obstacle in our path which we have struck and hurt our foot against, one is tropically said προσκόπτειν, to stumble at, a person or thing which highly displeases him; thus the Jews are said προσκόψαι τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος, i. e. to have recoiled from Jesus as one who failed to meet their ideas of the Messiah (see πρόσκομμα), Romans 9:32; the enemies of Christianity are said προσκόμματος ... τῷ λόγῳ, 1 Peter 2:8 (some (cf. R. V. marginal reading) take προσκόμματος here absolutely, and make τῷ λόγῳ depend on ἀπειθοῦντες, which see in a.). (Examples of this and other figurative uses of the word by Polybius, Diodorus, M. Antoninus are cited by Passow (Liddell and Scott), under the word and Fritzsche, Ep. ad Romans, ii., p. 362f.) |